diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6eb04a3e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -0,0 +1,7902 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-04-08 13:26+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 14:59+0000\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/administration.rst:8 +msgid "Install and Maintain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration.rst:10 +msgid "" +"These guides provide instructions on how to install, maintain and upgrade " +"Odoo databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration.rst:13 +msgid "" +":doc:`History of Versions `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:5 +msgid "Install" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:3 +msgid "Setting up a Content Delivery Network (CDN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:8 +msgid "Deploying with KeyCDN_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:12 +msgid "" +"This document will guide you through the setup of a KeyCDN_ account with " +"your Odoo powered website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:16 +msgid "Step 1: Create a pull zone in the KeyCDN dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When creating the zone, enable the CORS option in the :guilabel:`advanced " +"features` submenu. (more on that later)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once done, you'll have to wait a bit while KeyCDN_ is crawling your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:32 +msgid "" +"a new URL has been generated for your Zone, in this case it is " +"``http://pulltest-b49.kxcdn.com``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:36 +msgid "Step 2: Configure the odoo instance with your zone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:38 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo back end, go to the :guilabel:`Website Settings`: menu, then " +"activate the CDN support and copy/paste your zone URL in the :guilabel:`CDN " +"Base URL` field. This field is only visible and configurable if you have " +"developer mode activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Now your website is using the CDN for the resources matching the " +":guilabel:`CDN filters` regular expressions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You can have a look to the HTML of your website in order to check if the CDN" +" integration is properly working." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:57 +msgid "Why should I activate CORS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A security restriction in some browsers (Firefox and Chrome at time of " +"writing) prevents a remotely linked CSS file to fetch relative resources on " +"this same external server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If you don't activate the CORS option in the CDN zone, the more obvious " +"resulting problem on a default Odoo website will be the lack of font-awesome" +" icons because the font file declared in the font-awesome CSS won't be " +"loaded on the remote server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:68 +msgid "Here's what you would see on your homepage in such a case:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:73 +msgid "A security error message will also appear in the browser's console:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:78 +msgid "Enabling the CORS option in the CDN fixes this issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:3 +msgid "System configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document describes basic steps to set up Odoo in production or on an " +"internet-facing server. It follows :ref:`installation `, and " +"is not generally necessary for a development systems that is not exposed on " +"the internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you are setting up a public server, be sure to check our :ref:`security` " +"recommendations!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:15 +msgid "dbfilter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Odoo is a multi-tenant system: a single Odoo system may run and serve a " +"number of database instances. It is also highly customizable, with " +"customizations (starting from the modules being loaded) depending on the " +"\"current database\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:21 +msgid "" +"This is not an issue when working with the backend (web client) as a logged-" +"in company user: the database can be selected when logging in, and " +"customizations loaded afterwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:25 +msgid "" +"However it is an issue for non-logged users (portal, website) which aren't " +"bound to a database: Odoo needs to know which database should be used to " +"load the website page or perform the operation. If multi-tenancy is not used" +" that is not an issue, there's only one database to use, but if there are " +"multiple databases accessible Odoo needs a rule to know which one it should " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:31 +msgid "" +"That is one of the purposes of :option:`--db-filter `:" +" it specifies how the database should be selected based on the hostname " +"(domain) that is being requested. The value is a `regular expression`_, " +"possibly including the dynamically injected hostname (``%h``) or the first " +"subdomain (``%d``) through which the system is being accessed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:37 +msgid "" +"For servers hosting multiple databases in production, especially if " +"``website`` is used, dbfilter **must** be set, otherwise a number of " +"features will not work correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:42 +msgid "Configuration samples" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:44 +msgid "Show only databases with names beginning with 'mycompany'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:46 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:276 +msgid "in ``/etc/odoo.conf`` set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Show only databases matching the first subdomain after ``www``: for example " +"the database \"mycompany\" will be shown if the incoming request was sent to" +" ``www.mycompany.com`` or ``mycompany.co.uk``, but not for " +"``www2.mycompany.com`` or ``helpdesk.mycompany.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Setting a proper :option:`--db-filter ` is an " +"important part of securing your deployment. Once it is correctly working and" +" only matching a single database per hostname, it is strongly recommended to" +" block access to the database manager screens, and to use the ``--no-" +"database-list`` startup parameter to prevent listing your databases, and to " +"block access to the database management screens. See also security_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:76 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:325 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:488 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:659 +msgid "PostgreSQL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:78 +msgid "" +"By default, PostgreSQL only allows connection over UNIX sockets and loopback" +" connections (from \"localhost\", the same machine the PostgreSQL server is " +"installed on)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:82 +msgid "" +"UNIX socket is fine if you want Odoo and PostgreSQL to execute on the same " +"machine, and is the default when no host is provided, but if you want Odoo " +"and PostgreSQL to execute on different machines [#different-machines]_ it " +"will need to `listen to network interfaces`_ [#remote-socket]_, either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Only accept loopback connections and `use an SSH tunnel`_ between the " +"machine on which Odoo runs and the one on which PostgreSQL runs, then " +"configure Odoo to connect to its end of the tunnel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Accept connections to the machine on which Odoo is installed, possibly over " +"ssl (see `PostgreSQL connection settings`_ for details), then configure Odoo" +" to connect over the network" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:95 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:145 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:231 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 +msgid "Configuration sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:97 +msgid "Allow tcp connection on localhost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:98 +msgid "Allow tcp connection from 192.168.1.x network" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:100 +msgid "in ``/etc/postgresql/9.5/main/pg_hba.conf`` set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:108 +msgid "in ``/etc/postgresql/9.5/main/postgresql.conf`` set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:119 +msgid "Configuring Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Out of the box, Odoo connects to a local postgres over UNIX socket via port " +"5432. This can be overridden using :ref:`the database options " +"` when your Postgres deployment is not " +"local and/or does not use the installation defaults." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The :ref:`packaged installers ` will automatically " +"create a new user (``odoo``) and set it as the database user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The database management screens are protected by the ``admin_passwd`` " +"setting. This setting can only be set using configuration files, and is " +"simply checked before performing database alterations. It should be set to a" +" randomly generated value to ensure third parties can not use this " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:134 +msgid "" +"All database operations use the :ref:`database options " +"`, including the database management " +"screen. For the database management screen to work requires that the " +"PostgreSQL user have ``createdb`` right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Users can always drop databases they own. For the database management screen" +" to be completely non-functional, the PostgreSQL user needs to be created " +"with ``no-createdb`` and the database must be owned by a different " +"PostgreSQL user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:142 +msgid "the PostgreSQL user *must not* be a superuser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:147 +msgid "connect to a PostgreSQL server on 192.168.1.2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:148 +msgid "port 5432" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:149 +msgid "using an 'odoo' user account," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:150 +msgid "with 'pwd' as a password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:151 +msgid "filtering only db with a name beginning with 'mycompany'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:168 +msgid "SSL Between Odoo and PostgreSQL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Since Odoo 11.0, you can enforce ssl connection between Odoo and PostgreSQL." +" in Odoo the db_sslmode control the ssl security of the connection with " +"value chosen out of 'disable', 'allow', 'prefer', 'require', 'verify-ca' or " +"'verify-full'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:175 +msgid "" +"`PostgreSQL Doc `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:180 +msgid "Builtin server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Odoo includes built-in HTTP servers, using either multithreading or " +"multiprocessing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For production use, it is recommended to use the multiprocessing server as " +"it increases stability, makes somewhat better use of computing resources and" +" can be better monitored and resource-restricted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Multiprocessing is enabled by configuring :option:`a non-zero number of " +"worker processes `, the number of workers should be " +"based on the number of cores in the machine (possibly with some room for " +"cron workers depending on how much cron work is predicted)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Worker limits can be configured based on the hardware configuration to avoid" +" resources exhaustion" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:196 +msgid "multiprocessing mode currently isn't available on Windows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:199 +msgid "Worker number calculation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201 +msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:202 +msgid "Cron workers need CPU" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:203 +msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:206 +msgid "memory size calculation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:208 +msgid "" +"We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler " +"ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 +msgid "" +"A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are " +"well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:210 +msgid "" +"A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB" +" of RAM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) " +"+ (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:215 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 +msgid "LiveChat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:217 +msgid "" +"In multiprocessing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started and" +" listening on :option:`the longpolling port ` " +"but the client will not connect to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Instead you must have a proxy redirecting requests whose URL starts with " +"``/longpolling/`` to the longpolling port. Other request should be proxied " +"to the :option:`normal HTTP port `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To achieve such a thing, you'll need to deploy a reverse proxy in front of " +"Odoo, like nginx or apache. When doing so, you'll need to forward some more " +"http Headers to Odoo, and activate the proxy_mode in Odoo configuration to " +"have Odoo read those headers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:233 +msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:234 +msgid "60 concurrent users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:236 +msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237 +msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238 +msgid "" +"We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to " +"measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:239 +msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 +msgid "in ``/etc/odoo.conf``:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:259 +msgid "" +"Whether it's accessed via website/web client or web service, Odoo transmits " +"authentication information in cleartext. This means a secure deployment of " +"Odoo must use HTTPS\\ [#switching]_. SSL termination can be implemented via " +"just about any SSL termination proxy, but requires the following setup:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:264 +msgid "" +"Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode `. This should only" +" be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:265 +msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:266 +msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:267 +msgid "" +"Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure " +"connections to the secure port" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:273 +msgid "Redirect http requests to https" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:274 +msgid "Proxy requests to odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:282 +msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:343 +msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:345 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to mount Odoo as a standard WSGI_ application. Odoo " +"provides the base for a WSGI launcher script as ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. " +"That script should be customized (possibly after copying it from the setup " +"directory) to correctly set the configuration directly in " +":mod:`odoo.tools.config` rather than through the command-line or a " +"configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:351 +msgid "" +"However the WSGI server will only expose the main HTTP endpoint for the web " +"client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the " +"creation of workers anymore it can not setup cron or livechat workers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:356 +msgid "Cron Workers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:358 +msgid "To run cron jobs for an Odoo deployment as a WSGI application requires" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360 +msgid "A classical Odoo (run via ``odoo-bin``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:361 +msgid "" +"Connected to the database in which cron jobs have to be run (via " +":option:`odoo-bin -d`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:363 +msgid "" +"Which should not be exposed to the network. To ensure cron runners are not " +"network-accessible, it is possible to disable the built-in HTTP server " +"entirely with :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` or setting ``http_enable = " +"False`` in the configuration file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:371 +msgid "" +"The second problematic subsystem for WSGI deployments is the LiveChat: where" +" most HTTP connections are relatively short and quickly free up their worker" +" process for the next request, LiveChat require a long-lived connection for " +"each client in order to implement near-real-time notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:376 +msgid "" +"This is in conflict with the process-based worker model, as it will tie up " +"worker processes and prevent new users from accessing the system. However, " +"those long-lived connections do very little and mostly stay parked waiting " +"for notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:381 +msgid "" +"The solutions to support livechat/motifications in a WSGI application are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Deploy a threaded version of Odoo (instead of a process-based preforking " +"one) and redirect only requests to URLs starting with ``/longpolling/`` to " +"that Odoo, this is the simplest and the longpolling URL can double up as the" +" cron instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:387 +msgid "" +"Deploy an evented Odoo via ``odoo-gevent`` and proxy requests starting with " +"``/longpolling/`` to :option:`the longpolling port `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:392 +msgid "Serving Static Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:394 +msgid "" +"For development convenience, Odoo directly serves all static files in its " +"modules. This may not be ideal when it comes to performances, and static " +"files should generally be served by a static HTTP server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Odoo static files live in each module's ``static/`` folder, so static files " +"can be served by intercepting all requests to " +":samp:`/{MODULE}/static/{FILE}`, and looking up the right module (and file) " +"in the various addons paths." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:402 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:402 +msgid "" +"test whether it would be interesting to serve filestored attachments via " +"this, and how (e.g. possibility of mapping ir.attachment id to filestore " +"hash in the database?)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:409 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:411 +msgid "" +"For starters, keep in mind that securing an information system is a " +"continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only " +"be as secure as the weakest link in your environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:415 +msgid "" +"So please do not take this section as the ultimate list of measures that " +"will prevent all security problems. It's only intended as a summary of the " +"first important things you should be sure to include in your security action" +" plan. The rest will come from best security practices for your operating " +"system and distribution, best practices in terms of users, passwords, and " +"access control management, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:421 +msgid "" +"When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the " +"following security-related topics:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:424 +msgid "" +"Always set a strong super-admin admin password, and restrict access to the " +"database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See " +":ref:`db_manager_security`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:427 +msgid "" +"Choose unique logins and strong passwords for all administrator accounts on " +"all databases. Do not use 'admin' as the login. Do not use those logins for " +"day-to-day operations, only for controlling/managing the installation. " +"*Never* use any default passwords like admin/admin, even for test/staging " +"databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:432 +msgid "" +"Do **not** install demo data on internet-facing servers. Databases with demo" +" data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your" +" systems and cause significant trouble, even on staging/dev systems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:436 +msgid "" +"Use appropriate database filters ( :option:`--db-filter `) to restrict the visibility of your databases according to the " +"hostname. See :ref:`db_filter`. You may also use :option:`-d ` " +"to provide your own (comma-separated) list of available databases to filter " +"from, instead of letting the system fetch them all from the database " +"backend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:443 +msgid "" +"Once your ``db_name`` and ``db_filter`` are configured and only match a " +"single database per hostname, you should set ``list_db`` configuration " +"option to ``False``, to prevent listing databases entirely, and to block " +"access to the database management screens (this is also exposed as the " +":option:`--no-database-list ` command-line " +"option)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:449 +msgid "" +"Make sure the PostgreSQL user (:option:`--db_user `) is " +"*not* a super-user, and that your databases are owned by a different user. " +"For example they could be owned by the ``postgres`` super-user if you are " +"using a dedicated non-privileged ``db_user``. See also " +":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:454 +msgid "" +"Keep installations updated by regularly installing the latest builds, either" +" via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from " +"https://www.odoo.com/page/download or http://nightly.odoo.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:458 +msgid "" +"Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your" +" typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:461 +msgid "" +"Run Odoo behind a web server providing HTTPS termination with a valid SSL " +"certificate, in order to prevent eavesdropping on cleartext communications. " +"SSL certificates are cheap, and many free options exist. Configure the web " +"proxy to limit the size of requests, set appropriate timeouts, and then " +"enable the :option:`proxy mode ` option. See also " +":ref:`https_proxy`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:468 +msgid "" +"If you need to allow remote SSH access to your servers, make sure to set a " +"strong password for **all** accounts, not just `root`. It is strongly " +"recommended to entirely disable password-based authentication, and only " +"allow public key authentication. Also consider restricting access via a VPN," +" allowing only trusted IPs in the firewall, and/or running a brute-force " +"detection system such as `fail2ban` or equivalent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:474 +msgid "" +"Consider installing appropriate rate-limiting on your proxy or firewall, to " +"prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also " +":ref:`login_brute_force` for specific measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478 +msgid "" +"Many network providers provide automatic mitigation for Distributed Denial " +"of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you " +"should consult with them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482 +msgid "" +"Whenever possible, host your public-facing demo/test/staging instances on " +"different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security " +"precautions as for production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:486 +msgid "" +"If your public-facing Odoo server has access to sensitive internal network " +"resources or services (e.g. via a private VLAN), implement appropriate " +"firewall rules to protect those internal resources. This will ensure that " +"the Odoo server cannot be used accidentally (or as a result of malicious " +"user actions) to access or disrupt those internal resources. Typically this " +"can be done by applying an outbound default DENY rule on the firewall, then " +"only explicitly authorizing access to internal resources that the Odoo " +"server needs to access. `Systemd IP traffic access control " +"`_ may also be useful to implement per-process network access " +"control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:497 +msgid "" +"If your public-facing Odoo server is behind a Web Application Firewall, a " +"load-balancer, a transparent DDoS protection service (like CloudFlare) or a " +"similar network-level device, you may wish to avoid direct access to the " +"Odoo system. It is generally difficult to keep the endpoint IP addresses of " +"your Odoo servers secret. For example they can appear in web server logs " +"when querying public systems, or in the headers of emails posted from Odoo. " +"In such a situation you may want to configure your firewall so that the " +"endpoints are not accessible publicly except from the specific IP addresses " +"of your WAF, load-balancer or proxy service. Service providers like " +"CloudFlare usually maintain a public list of their IP address ranges for " +"this purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:508 +msgid "" +"If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from " +"each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:511 +msgid "" +"Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a" +" remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:518 +msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:519 +msgid "" +"For internet-facing deployments, brute force attacks on user passwords are " +"very common, and this threat should not be neglected for Odoo servers. Odoo " +"emits a log entry whenever a login attempt is performed, and reports the " +"result: success or failure, along with the target login and source IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 +msgid "The log entries will have the following form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:525 +msgid "Failed login::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:529 +msgid "Successful login::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:534 +msgid "" +"These logs can be easily analyzed by an intrusion prevention system such as " +"`fail2ban`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:536 +msgid "" +"For example, the following fail2ban filter definition should match a failed " +"login::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:543 +msgid "" +"This could be used with a jail definition to block the attacking IP on " +"HTTP(S)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 +msgid "" +"Here is what it could look like for blocking the IP for 15 minutes when 10 " +"failed login attempts are detected from the same IP within 1 minute::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:559 +msgid "Database Manager Security" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:561 +msgid ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo` mentioned ``admin_passwd`` in passing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:563 +msgid "" +"This setting is used on all database management screens (to create, delete, " +"dump or restore databases)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:566 +msgid "" +"If the management screens must not be accessible at all, you should set " +"``list_db`` configuration option to ``False``, to block access to all the " +"database selection and management screens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:572 +msgid "" +"It is strongly recommended to disable the Database Manager for any internet-" +"facing system! It is meant as a development/demo tool, to make it easy to " +"quickly create and manage databases. It is not designed for use in " +"production, and may even expose dangerous features to attackers. It is also " +"not designed to handle large databases, and may trigger memory limits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:578 +msgid "" +"On production systems, database management operations should always be " +"performed by the system administrator, including provisioning of new " +"databases and automated backups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Be sure to setup an appropriate ``db_name`` parameter (and optionally, " +"``db_filter`` too) so that the system can determine the target database for " +"each request, otherwise users will be blocked as they won't be allowed to " +"choose the database themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:586 +msgid "" +"If the management screens must only be accessible from a selected set of " +"machines, use the proxy server's features to block access to all routes " +"starting with ``/web/database`` except (maybe) ``/web/database/selector`` " +"which displays the database-selection screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:590 +msgid "" +"If the database-management screen should be left accessible, the " +"``admin_passwd`` setting must be changed from its ``admin`` default: this " +"password is checked before allowing database-alteration operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:594 +msgid "It should be stored securely, and should be generated randomly e.g." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:600 +msgid "which will generate a 32 characters pseudorandom printable string." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:603 +msgid "Supported Browsers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:605 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports all the major desktop and mobile browsers available on the " +"market, as long as they are supported by their publishers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:608 +msgid "Here are the supported browsers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:610 +msgid "Google Chrome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:611 +msgid "Mozilla Firefox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:612 +msgid "Microsoft Edge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:613 +msgid "Apple Safari" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:615 +msgid "" +"Please make sure your browser is up-to-date and still supported by its " +"publisher before filing a bug report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:620 +msgid "Since Odoo 13.0, ES6 is supported. Therefore, IE support is dropped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:623 +msgid "" +"to have multiple Odoo installations use the same PostgreSQL database, or to " +"provide more computing resources to both software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:626 +msgid "" +"technically a tool like socat_ can be used to proxy UNIX sockets across " +"networks, but that is mostly for software which can only be used over UNIX " +"sockets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:630 +msgid "" +"or be accessible only over an internal packet-switched network, but that " +"requires secured switches, protections against `ARP spoofing`_ and precludes" +" usage of WiFi. Even over secure packet-switched networks, deployment over " +"HTTPS is recommended, and possible costs are lowered as \"self-signed\" " +"certificates are easier to deploy on a controlled environment than over the " +"internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:3 +msgid "Email gateway" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo mail gateway allows you to inject directly all the received emails " +"in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Its principle is straightforward: your SMTP server executes the \"mailgate\"" +" script for every new incoming email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The script takes care of connecting to your Odoo database through XML-RPC, " +"and send the emails via the `MailThread.message_process()` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:13 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:14 +msgid "Administrator access to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:15 +msgid "Your own mail server such as Postfix or Exim." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:16 +msgid "Technical knowledge on how to configure an email server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:19 +msgid "For Postfix" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:20 +msgid "In you alias config (:file:`/etc/aliases`):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:27 +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:41 +msgid "Resources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:29 +msgid "`Postfix `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:30 +msgid "`Postfix aliases `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:31 +msgid "`Postfix virtual `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:35 +msgid "For Exim" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:43 +msgid "`Exim `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you don't have access/manage your email server, use :ref:`inbound " +"messages `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:6 +msgid "Installing Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:8 +msgid "" +"There are multiple ways to install Odoo, or not install it at all, depending" +" on the intended use case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:11 +msgid "This documents attempts to describe most of the installation options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:14 +msgid ":ref:`setup/install/online`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:14 +msgid "The easiest way to use Odoo in production or to try it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:18 +msgid ":ref:`setup/install/packaged`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Suitable for testing Odoo, developing modules and can be used for long-term " +"production use with additional deployment and maintenance work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:23 +msgid ":ref:`setup/install/source`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Provides greater flexibility: e.g. allow multiple running Odoo versions on " +"the same system. Good for developing modules, can be used as base for " +"production deployment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:28 +msgid ":ref:`setup/install/docker`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you usually use docker_ for development or deployment, an official " +"docker_ base image is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:33 +msgid "Editions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:35 +msgid "" +"There are two different Editions_ of Odoo: the Community and Enterprise " +"versions. Using the Enterprise version is possible on our SaaS_ and " +"accessing the code is restricted to Enterprise customers and partners. The " +"Community version is freely available to anyone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you already use the Community version and wish to upgrade to Enterprise, " +"please refer to :ref:`setup/enterprise` (except for " +":ref:`setup/install/source`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:47 +msgid "Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:50 +msgid "Demo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To simply get a quick idea of Odoo, demo_ instances are available. They are " +"shared instances which only live for a few hours, and can be used to browse " +"around and try things out with no commitment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:56 +msgid "Demo_ instances require no local installation, just a web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:59 +msgid "SaaS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Trivial to start with, fully managed and migrated by Odoo S.A., Odoo's SaaS_" +" provides private instances and starts out free. It can be used to discover " +"and test Odoo and do non-code customizations (i.e. incompatible with custom " +"modules or the Odoo Apps Store) without having to install it locally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:66 +msgid "Can be used for both testing Odoo and long-term production use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Like demo_ instances, SaaS_ instances require no local installation, a web " +"browser is sufficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:75 +msgid "Packaged installers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides packaged installers for Windows, deb-based distributions " +"(Debian, Ubuntu, …) and RPM-based distributions (Fedora, CentOS, RHEL, …) " +"for both the Community and Enterprise versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:81 +msgid "" +"These packages automatically set up all dependencies (for the Community " +"version), but may be difficult to keep up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Official Community packages with all relevant dependency requirements are " +"available on our nightly_ server. Both Communtiy and Enterprise packages can" +" be downloaded from our download_ page (you must to be logged in as a paying" +" customer or partner to download the Enterprise packages)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:90 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:252 +msgid "Windows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Download the installer from our nightly_ server (Community only) or the " +"Windows installer from the download_ page (any edition)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:94 +msgid "Execute the downloaded file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:0 +msgid "" +"On Windows 8 and later you may see a warning titled \"Windows protected your" +" PC\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:0 +msgid "Click on **More Info** and then on **Run anyway**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:99 +msgid "Accept the UAC_ prompt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:100 +msgid "Go through the various installation steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:102 +msgid "Odoo will automatically be started at the end of the installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:105 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:418 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:108 +msgid "Debian/Ubuntu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Odoo 15.0 'deb' package currently supports `Debian 11 (Bullseye)`_, `Ubuntu " +"20.04 (Focal)`_ or above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:113 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:186 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:300 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:466 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:637 +msgid "Prepare" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs a `PostgreSQL`_ server to run properly. The default configuration" +" for the Odoo 'deb' package is to use the PostgreSQL server on the same host" +" as your Odoo instance. Execute the following command in order to install " +"the PostgreSQL server:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:123 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:198 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:367 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:540 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:704 +msgid "" +"`wkhtmltopdf` is not installed through **pip** and must be installed " +"manually in version `0.12.5 `_ for it to " +"support headers and footers. See our `wiki " +"`_ for more details on the " +"various versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:204 +msgid "Repository" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Odoo S.A. provides a repository that can be used with Debian and Ubuntu " +"distributions. It can be used to install *Odoo Community Edition* by " +"executing the following commands **as root**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:140 +msgid "" +"You can then use the usual `apt-get upgrade` command to keep your " +"installation up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:142 +msgid "" +"At this moment, there is no nightly repository for the Enterprise Edition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:145 +msgid "Deb Package" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Instead of using the repository as described above, the 'deb' packages for " +"both the *Community* and *Enterprise* editions can be downloaded from the " +"`official download page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:150 +msgid "Next, execute the following commands **as root**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:158 +msgid "" +"This will install Odoo as a service, create the necessary PostgreSQL_ user " +"and automatically start the server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:161 +msgid "" +"The `python3-xlwt` Debian package does not exists in Debian Buster nor " +"Ubuntu 18.04. This python module is needed to export into xls format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:164 +msgid "If you need the feature, you can install it manually with:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:170 +msgid "" +"The `num2words` python package does not exists in Debian Buster nor Ubuntu " +"18.04. Textual amounts will not be rendered by Odoo and this could cause " +"problems with the `l10n_mx_edi` module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:174 +msgid "If you need this feature, you can install manually with:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:181 +msgid "Fedora" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:183 +msgid "Odoo 15.0 'rpm' package supports Fedora 34." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs a `PostgreSQL`_ server to run properly. Make sure that the `sudo`" +" command is available and well configured and, only then, execute the " +"following command in order to install the PostgreSQL server:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Odoo S.A. provides a repository that can be used with the Fedora " +"distributions. It can be used to install *Odoo Community Edition* by " +"executing the following commands:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:218 +msgid "RPM package" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Instead of using the repository as described above, the 'rpm' packages for " +"both the *Community* and *Enterprise* editions can be downloaded from the " +"`official download page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Once downloaded, the package can be installed using the 'dnf' package " +"manager:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:235 +msgid "Source Install" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:237 +msgid "" +"The source \"installation\" is really about not installing Odoo, and running" +" it directly from source instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:240 +msgid "" +"This can be more convenient for module developers as the Odoo source is more" +" easily accessible than using packaged installation (for information or to " +"build this documentation and have it available offline)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:244 +msgid "" +"It also makes starting and stopping Odoo more flexible and explicit than the" +" services set up by the packaged installations, and allows overriding " +"settings using :ref:`command-line parameters ` without " +"needing to edit a configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Finally it provides greater control over the system's set up, and allows to " +"more easily keep (and run) multiple versions of Odoo side-by-side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:255 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:421 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:592 +msgid "Fetch the sources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:257 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:423 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:594 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to obtain the source code of Odoo: as a zip **archive** " +"or through **git**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:260 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:426 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:597 +msgid "Archive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:262 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:279 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:428 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:445 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:599 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:616 +msgid "Community Edition:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:264 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:270 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:430 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:436 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:601 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:607 +msgid "`Official download page `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:265 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:431 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:602 +msgid "`GitHub repository `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:266 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:432 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:603 +msgid "`Nightly server `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:268 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:434 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:605 +msgid "Enterprise Edition:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:437 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:608 +msgid "`GitHub repository `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:274 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:440 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:611 +msgid "Git" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:276 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:442 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:613 +msgid "" +"The following requires git_ to be installed on your machine and that you " +"have basic knowledge of git commands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:286 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:452 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:623 +msgid "Enterprise Edition: (see :ref:`setup/install/editions` to get access)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:292 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:458 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:629 +msgid "" +"**The Enterprise git repository does not contain the full Odoo source " +"code**. It is only a collection of extra add-ons. The main server code is in" +" the Community version. Running the Enterprise version actually means " +"running the server from the Community version with the addons-path option " +"set to the folder with the Enterprise version. You need to clone both the " +"Community and Enterprise repository to have a working Odoo Enterprise " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:303 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:469 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:640 +msgid "Python" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Odoo requires Python 3.7 or later to run. Visit `Python's download page " +"`_ to download and install the " +"latest version of Python 3 on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:308 +msgid "" +"During installation, check **Add Python 3 to PATH**, then click **Customize " +"Installation** and make sure that **pip** is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:311 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:474 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:645 +msgid "" +"If Python 3 is already installed, make sure that the version is 3.7 or " +"above, as previous versions are not compatible with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:318 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:481 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:652 +msgid "Verify also that pip_ is installed for this version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:327 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses PostgreSQL as database management system. `Download and install " +"PostgreSQL `_ (supported " +"version: 10.0 and later)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:330 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:499 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:664 +msgid "" +"By default, the only user is `postgres` but Odoo forbids connecting as " +"`postgres`, so you need to create a new PostgreSQL user:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Add PostgreSQL's `bin` directory (by default: `C:\\\\Program " +"Files\\\\PostgreSQL\\\\\\\\bin`) to your `PATH`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:335 +msgid "Create a postgres user with a password using the pg admin gui:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:337 +msgid "Open **pgAdmin**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:338 +msgid "Double-click the server to create a connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:339 +msgid "Select :menuselection:`Object --> Create --> Login/Group Role`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:340 +msgid "Enter the username in the **Role Name** field (e.g. `odoo`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:341 +msgid "" +"Open the **Definition** tab and enter the password (e.g. ``odoo``), then " +"click **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:342 +msgid "" +"Open the **Privileges** tab and switch **Can login?** to `Yes` and **Create " +"database?** to `Yes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:346 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:511 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:676 +msgid "Dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Before installing the dependencies, you must download and install the `Build" +" Tools for Visual Studio " +"`_. When prompted, select **C++ build tools** in the " +"**Workloads** tab and install them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:352 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:525 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:678 +msgid "" +"Odoo dependencies are listed in the `requirements.txt` file located at the " +"root of the Odoo community directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:355 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:528 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:681 +msgid "" +"It can be preferable to not mix python modules packages between different " +"instances of Odoo or with your system. You can use virtualenv_ to create " +"isolated Python environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:358 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the path of your Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " +"and run **pip** on the requirements file in a terminal **with Administrator " +"privileges**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:372 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:545 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:709 +msgid "" +"For languages with right-to-left interface (such as Arabic or Hebrew), the " +"package `rtlcss` is needed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:375 +msgid "Download and install `nodejs `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:376 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:549 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:713 +msgid "Install `rtlcss`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:382 +msgid "" +"Edit the System Environment's variable `PATH` to add the folder where " +"`rtlcss.cmd` is located (typically: " +"`C:\\\\Users\\\\\\\\AppData\\\\Roaming\\\\npm\\\\`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:386 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:556 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:720 +msgid "Running Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:388 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:558 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:722 +msgid "" +"Once all dependencies are set up, Odoo can be launched by running `odoo-" +"bin`, the command-line interface of the server. It is located at the root of" +" the Odoo Community directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:391 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:561 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:725 +msgid "" +"To configure the server, you can either specify :ref:`command-line arguments" +" ` or a :ref:`configuration file " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:394 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:564 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:728 +msgid "" +"For the Enterprise edition, you must add the path to the `enterprise` addons" +" to the `addons-path` argument. Note that it must come before the other " +"paths in `addons-path` for addons to be loaded correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:398 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:568 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:732 +msgid "Common necessary configurations are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:400 +msgid "PostgreSQL user and password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:401 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:573 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:737 +msgid "Custom addon paths beyond the defaults, to load your own modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:403 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:575 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:739 +msgid "A typical way to run the server would be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:410 +msgid "" +"Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, " +"`dbuser` is the PostgreSQL login, `dbpassword` is the PostgreSQL password " +"and `mydb` is the default database to serve on `localhost:8069`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:415 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:586 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:750 +msgid "" +":doc:`The exhaustive list of arguments for odoo-bin " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:471 +msgid "" +"Odoo requires Python 3.7 or later to run. Use your package manager to " +"download and install Python 3 on your machine if it is not already done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:490 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses PostgreSQL as database management system. Use your package manager" +" to download and install PostgreSQL (supported version: 10.0 and later)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:493 +msgid "On Debian/Unbuntu, it can be achieved by executing the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:507 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:672 +msgid "" +"Because your PostgreSQL user has the same name as your Unix login, you will " +"be able to connect to the database without password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:513 +msgid "" +"For libraries using native code, it is necessary to install development " +"tools and native dependencies before the Python dependencies of Odoo. They " +"are available in `-dev` or `-devel` packages for Python, PostgreSQL, " +"libxml2, libxslt1, libevent, libsasl2 and libldap2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:517 +msgid "" +"On Debian/Unbuntu, the following command should install all the required " +"libraries:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:531 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:684 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the path of your Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " +"and run **pip** on the requirements file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:548 +msgid "Download and install **nodejs** and **npm** with your package manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:570 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:734 +msgid "" +"PostgreSQL user and password. Odoo has no defaults beyond `psycopg2's " +"defaults `_: connects over a UNIX" +" socket on port `5432` with the current user and no password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:582 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:746 +msgid "" +"Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation and " +"`mydb` is the default database to serve on `localhost:8069`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:589 +msgid "Mac OS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:642 +msgid "" +"Odoo requires Python 3.7 or later to run. Use your preferred package manager" +" (homebrew_, macports_) to download and install Python 3 on your machine if " +"it is not already done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:661 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses PostgreSQL as database management system. Use `postgres.app " +"`_ to download and install PostgreSQL (supported " +"version: 10.0 and later)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:693 +msgid "Non-Python dependencies need to be installed with a package manager:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:695 +msgid "Download and install the **Command Line Tools**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:701 +msgid "" +"Download and install the package manager of your choice (homebrew_, " +"macports_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:702 +msgid "Install non-python dependencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:712 +msgid "" +"Download and install **nodejs** with your preferred package manager " +"(homebrew_, macports_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:755 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:147 +msgid "Docker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:757 +msgid "" +"The full documentation on how to use Odoo with Docker can be found on the " +"official Odoo `docker image `_ page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain.rst:5 +msgid "Maintain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:3 +msgid "Domain names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A **domain name** works as an address for your website. It makes the " +"Internet much more accessible as it allows users to type a meaningful web " +"address, such as ``www.odoo.com``, rather than its server's IP address with " +"a series of numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:9 +msgid "" +"You can use a custom domain name to access your Odoo database and websites:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:11 +msgid "" +"By :ref:`registering a free domain name with Odoo ` (for Odoo Online databases)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:13 +msgid "" +"By :ref:`configuring a custom domain that you already own `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases, including their websites, use by default " +"a subdomain of ``odoo.com`` for both the URL and the emails (e.g., " +"``https://example.odoo.com``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers a :ref:`free custom domain name ` to " +"all Odoo Online databases for one year. Visitors can then access your " +"website with an address such as ``www.example.com`` rather than the default " +"``example.odoo.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:27 +msgid "About domain names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Having a **good domain name** is as important to your branding as the name " +"of your business or organization as it is the first thing your visitors will" +" notice. We recommend you keep them *simple, short, easy to remember and " +"spell*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A **subdomain** is a domain that is a part of another domain. It often " +"refers to the additional part that comes before the main domain name. " +"Traditionally, most websites use the ``www.`` subdomain, but any string of " +"letters can be used as well. You can use subdomains to direct your visitors " +"to other websites than your main website or to specific pages (e.g., " +"``experience.odoo.com`` points to a specific page.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:39 +msgid "" +"All domain names are referenced in the **Domain Name System**, or **DNS**, " +"which works as a giant directory for the Internet. There are many DNS " +"servers, so any modification to the DNS can take up to 72 hours to propagate" +" worldwide on all servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:46 +msgid "Register a free domain name with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can register a domain name for your Odoo Online database directly from " +"Odoo Website or your database manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Your domain name is **free for one year** if you register it with Odoo!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The domain name is registered with `Gandi `_, the " +"domain name registrar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You are the owner of the domain name and can use it for other purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:56 +msgid "Odoo manages payment and technical support for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> " +"Domain Name`. Alternatively, open your `database manager " +"`_, click on the :guilabel:`settings` " +"button next to your database, then on :guilabel:`Domain names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Search for the domain name of your choice to check its availability, then " +"select the one you want to register for your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Next, fill in the form with your information to become the domain name " +"owner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Your domain name is directly linked to your database, but you still have to " +":ref:`map your domain name with your website `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Free domain names are also available for free Odoo Online databases (if you " +"installed one app only, for example). In this case, Odoo reviews your " +"request and your website to avoid abuse. This process may take up to three " +"days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:82 +msgid "This is not available for Odoo.sh databases yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:87 +msgid "Manage your domain name registered with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To manage the DNS records of your domain name registered with Odoo or to " +"visualize the contacts associated with it, open your `database manager " +"`_, click on the :guilabel:`settings` " +"button next to your database, on :guilabel:`Domain names`, and then on " +":guilabel:`Contacts` or :guilabel:`DNS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Please `submit a support ticket `_ if you need " +"further assistance to manage your domain name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:105 +msgid "Configure your existing domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If you already own a domain name, you can use it to point to your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To avoid any issue with the :ref:`SSL certificate validation `, we highly recommend that you proceed with the following actions " +"in this order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:112 +msgid "" +":ref:`Add a CNAME record ` on your domain name's DNS " +"zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:113 +msgid "" +":ref:`Map your domain name with your Odoo database `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:114 +msgid "" +":ref:`Map your domain name with your Odoo website `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:119 +msgid "Add a CNAME record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:121 +msgid "" +"A **CNAME record** is a type of DNS record that points to the IP address of " +"another website rather than to directly to an IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:124 +msgid "" +"You need a CNAME record that points to your Odoo database. The requirements " +"are detailed in your database manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:199 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The target address is the current address of your database, as defined at " +"its creation (e.g., ``example.odoo.com``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:134 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:213 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh.rst:5 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:4 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Your project's main address is defined in :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Project Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:138 +msgid "" +"If you want to target a specific branch (production, staging or " +"development), go to :menuselection:`Branches --> select your branch --> " +"Settings --> Custom domains`, and click on :guilabel:`How to set up my " +"domain?`. A message indicates which address your CNAME record should target." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:143 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:185 +msgid "Open your domain name's manager dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Open the **DNS zone** management page for the domain name you want to " +"configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:145 +msgid "Create a **CNAME record** pointing to the address of your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:147 +msgid "" +"While Odoo suggests creating a CNAME record for your ``www.`` subdomain " +"(``www.example.com``, you can of course use any domain name of your choice, " +"with any subdomain (e.g., ``anything.example.com``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:152 +msgid "" +"You own the domain name ``example.com``, and you have an Odoo Online " +"database at the address ``example.odoo.com``. You want to access your Odoo " +"database primarily with the domain ``www.example.com`` but also with the " +":ref:`naked domain ` ``example.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:157 +msgid "" +"To do so, you create a CNAME record for the ``www`` subdomain, with " +"``example.odoo.com`` as the target. The DNS zone manager generates the " +"following rule and adds it to your DNS zone: ``www IN CNAME " +"example.odoo.com.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:161 +msgid "" +"You also create a redirection from ``example.com`` to ``wwww.example.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:163 +msgid "Your new DNS records are propagated to all DNS servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:166 +msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:168 +msgid "`GoDaddy `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:169 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:170 +msgid "" +"`OVH " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:171 +msgid "" +"`CloudFlare `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:172 +msgid "" +"`Google Domains `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:177 +msgid "Naked domain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:179 +msgid "" +"A **naked domain** is a domain name that doesn't have any subdomain at the " +"beginning of the address (e.g., ``odoo.com`` instead of ``www.odoo.com``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:182 +msgid "" +"You may want your naked domain to redirect to your website as some visitors " +"may not type the full domain name to access your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Create a **redirection** from the naked domain (``example.com``) to your " +"main domain name (``www.example.com``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Depending on your domain name registrar, this redirection may be already " +"pre-configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:195 +msgid "Map your domain name with your Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Open your `database manager `_, click on " +"the :guilabel:`settings` button next to your database, on :guilabel:`Domain " +"names`, and then on :guilabel:`Use my own domain` at the bottom of the right" +" column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Type the domain name you want to add to this database, then click on " +":guilabel:`Verify` to check if the CNAME record is correctly configured. " +"Once done, click on :guilabel:`I confirm, it's done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Branches --> select your branch --> Settings --> " +"Custom domains`, type the domain name you want to add to this database, then" +" click on :guilabel:`Add domain`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:223 +msgid "" +":ref:`Odoo.sh branches: settings tab `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Make sure to :ref:`add a CNAME record ` to your domain " +"name's DNS **before** mapping your domain name with your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Failing to do so may impede the validation of the :ref:`SSL certificate " +"` and would result in a *certificate name mismatch* error. " +"This is often displayed by web browsers as a warning such as *\"Your " +"connection is not private\"*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:233 +msgid "" +"If this is the case and you have added the domain name to your database's " +"settings less than five days ago, wait 24 hours as the validation may still " +"happen. Otherwise, please `submit a support ticket " +"`_ including screenshots of your CNAME records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:240 +msgid "SSL encryption (HTTPS protocol)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**SSL encryption** is an encryption-based Internet security protocol. It " +"allows your visitors to navigate your website through a secure connection, " +"which appears as an ``https://`` protocol at the beginning of your web " +"address, rather than a non-secure ``http://`` protocol." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates a separate SSL certificate for each domain :ref:`mapped in " +"the database manager `, using integration with `Let's " +"Encrypt Certificate Authority and ACME protocol " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:251 +msgid "The certificate generation may take up to 24h." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Several attempts to validate your certificate are made during the five days " +"following the moment you add your domain name in your database's settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:254 +msgid "" +"If you already use another service, you can keep using it or simply change " +"for Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:259 +msgid "Web base URL of a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:262 +msgid "" +"If you have Odoo Website, you can disregard this part and directly :ref:`map" +" your domain name with your website `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:265 +msgid "" +"The **web base URL** of a database, or **root URL** affects your main " +"website address and all the links sent to your customers (e.g., quotations, " +"portal links, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:268 +msgid "" +"To configure it, access your Odoo database with your custom address, then " +"log in as an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* " +"group) from the login screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:272 +msgid "" +"Connecting to your database with the original Odoo subdomain address (e.g., " +"``example.odoo.com`` also updates the web base URL of your database. See " +"below to prevent these automatic updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can do it manually. To do so, activate the " +":ref:`developer mode `, then go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> System Parameters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:278 +msgid "" +"Find the key called ``web.base.url`` (or create it if it does not exist) and" +" enter the full address of your website as value, such as " +"``https://www.example.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:282 +msgid "" +"The URL must include the protocol ``https://`` (or ``http://``) and must not" +" end with a slash (``/``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:285 +msgid "" +"To prevent the automatic update of the web base URL when an administrator " +"logs in the database, you can create the following System Parameter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:288 +msgid "key: ``web.base.url.freeze``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:289 +msgid "value: ``True``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:294 +msgid "Map your domain name with your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:296 +msgid "" +"Mapping your domain name to your website isn't the same as mapping it with " +"your database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:298 +msgid "" +"It defines your domain name as the main one for your website, helping search" +" engines to index your website properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:300 +msgid "" +"It defines your domain name as the base URL for your database, including the" +" portal links sent by email to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:302 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple websites, it maps your domain name with the appropriate" +" website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:304 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Website " +"Info`. If you have multiple websites, select the one you want to configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:307 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Domain` field, fill in the web address of your website " +"(e.g., ``https://www.example.com``) and click on :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:315 +msgid "" +"Mapping your domain name with your Odoo website prevents Google from " +"indexing both your custom domain name ``www.example.com`` and your original " +"odoo database address ``example.odoo.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:318 +msgid "" +"If both addresses are already indexed, it may take some time before Google " +"removes the indexation of the second address. You may also try using the " +"`Google Search Console `_ " +"to fix this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:323 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple websites and companies on your database, make sure that" +" you select the right :guilabel:`Company` in the website settings, next to " +"the :guilabel:`Domain` settings. Doing so indicates Odoo which URL to use as" +" the :ref:`base URL ` according to the company in " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:329 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:6 +msgid "Upgrade Community to Enterprise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Depending on your current installation, there are multiple ways to upgrade " +"your community version. In any case the basic guidelines are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:12 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:31 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:80 +msgid "Backup your community database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:17 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:62 +msgid "Shutdown your server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:19 +msgid "Install the web_enterprise module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:21 +msgid "Restart your server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:23 +msgid "Enter your Odoo Enterprise Subscription code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:29 +msgid "On Linux, using an installer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:33 +msgid "Stop the odoo service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Install the enterprise .deb (it should install over the community package)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:45 +msgid "Update your database to the enterprise packages using" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You should be able to connect to your Odoo Enterprise instance using your " +"usual mean of identification. You can then link your database with your Odoo" +" Enterprise Subscription by entering the code you received by e-mail in the " +"form input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:57 +msgid "On Linux, using the source code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:59 +msgid "" +"There are many ways to launch your server when using sources, and you " +"probably have your own favourite. You may need to adapt sections to your " +"usual workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Update the ``--addons-path`` parameter of your launch command (see " +":ref:`setup/install/source`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:65 +msgid "Install the web_enterprise module by using" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:71 +msgid "Depending on the size of your database, this may take some time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Restart your server with the updated addons path of point 3. You should be " +"able to connect to your instance. You can then link your database with your " +"Odoo Enterprise Subscription by entering the code you received by e-mail in " +"the form input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:78 +msgid "On Windows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Uninstall Odoo Community (using the Uninstall executable in the installation" +" folder) - PostgreSQL will remain installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Launch the Odoo Enterprise Installer and follow the steps normally. When " +"choosing the installation path, you can set the folder of the Community " +"installation (this folder still contains the PostgreSQL installation). " +"Uncheck ``Start Odoo`` at the end of the installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Using a command window, update your Odoo Database using this command (from " +"the Odoo installation path, in the server subfolder)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:103 +msgid "" +"No need to manually launch the server, the service is running. You should be" +" able to connect to your Odoo Enterprise instance using your usual mean of " +"identification. You can then link your database with your Odoo Enterprise " +"Subscription by entering the code you received by e-mail in the form input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:6 +msgid "Change hosting solution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You may want to move your Odoo database from one hosting solution to " +"another. Depending on the platforms, you have to do it by yourself or " +"contact our support team first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:12 +msgid "From on-premises to Odoo Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:14 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:48 +msgid "Odoo Online is not compatible with **non-standard apps**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Create a :ref:`duplicate ` of your database: in this " +"duplicate, uninstall all the **non-standard apps**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Grab a \"dump with filestore\" of your database by using the Database " +"Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:18 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**If you have time constraints, contact us earlier to schedule the " +"transfer.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:19 +msgid "" +"`Create a support ticket `_ and attach the dump " +"(if the file is too large, use any file transfer service and attach the link" +" to your ticket). Also include your subscription number and the URL you want" +" to use for your database (e.g.: my-company.odoo.com)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:20 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:53 +msgid "" +"We will make sure your database is compatible and upload it to our cloud. In" +" case of technical issues, we will get in touch with you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:21 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:54 +msgid "It's done!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:24 +msgid "From on-premises to Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:26 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Follow the :ref:`Import your database section of the Odoo.sh documentation " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:27 +msgid "...and voilà!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:30 +msgid "From Odoo Online to on-premises" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:32 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Log into `your Odoo Online user portal " +"`_ and look for the version " +"number of your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If your database does not run a :ref:`major version ` of" +" Odoo, you cannot host it on-premises yet, you have to upgrade it first to a" +" new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a " +"major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Download a backup of your database by clicking on the \"Gear\" icon next to " +"your database name then :menuselection:`Download` (if the download fails due" +" to your backup file being too large, contact `our support " +"`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:35 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:60 +msgid "Restore it from the database manager on your local server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:38 +msgid "From Odoo Online to Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If your database does not run a :ref:`major version ` of" +" Odoo, you cannot host it on Odoo.sh yet, you have to upgrade it first to a " +"new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a " +"major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:46 +msgid "From Odoo.sh to Odoo Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Uninstall all the **non-standard apps**: test it in a staging build first, " +"then do it in your production build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:52 +msgid "" +"`Create a support ticket `_ and include your " +"subscription number and the URL you want to use for your database (e.g.: my-" +"company.odoo.com)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:57 +msgid "From Odoo.sh to on-premises" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Grab a :ref:`backup of your Odoo.sh production database " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:3 +msgid "On-premise database management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:6 +msgid "Register a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in " +"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before" +" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will" +" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-" +"registered database. You can check this Expiration Date in the About menu " +"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:16 +msgid "Registration Error Message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " +"message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:27 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:106 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:134 +msgid "Solutions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:29 +msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo" +" Account `__ or with your Account" +" Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:35 +msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " +"development database? `Find a partner `__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " +"`__ with the button \"Unlink " +"database\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:48 +msgid "" +"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " +"as it will be deactivated shortly:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:55 +msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:167 +msgid "" +"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " +"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID." +" Please check on your `Odoo Contract " +"`__, a short message will appear " +"specifying which database is problematic:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:69 +msgid "" +"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " +"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:72 +msgid "" +"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " +"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " +"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:76 +msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" +" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " +"outgoing connections towards:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:82 +msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:83 +msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " +"Update notification runs once a week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:91 +msgid "Error message due to too many users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" +" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:102 +msgid "" +"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " +"countdown is updated everyday." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:108 +msgid "" +"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " +"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:110 +msgid "" +"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `documentation " +"`_ and **Reject** the upsell " +"quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " +"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " +"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown," +" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification ` to make the " +"message disappear right away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:120 +msgid "Database expired error message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " +"subscription, you will encounter this message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:130 +msgid "" +"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" +" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " +"database is expired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " +"that" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:137 +msgid "" +"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " +"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " +"card payments are processed immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:140 +msgid "Contact our `Support `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:142 +msgid "" +"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:151 +msgid "Duplicate a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:153 +msgid "" +"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " +"server (/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " +"duplicate your database (among other things)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:161 +msgid "" +"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " +"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " +"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two " +"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " +"registration problems down the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:170 +msgid "" +"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`, we advise you" +" to use a `uuid generator `_ or to use the unix " +"command ``uuidgen`` to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it " +"like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:3 +msgid "Online (SaaS) database management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To manage a database, sign in to https://www.odoo.com and access the " +"`database management page `_ by clicking " +"on the user icon, then on *My Databases*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to" +" manage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Open the drop-down menu next to the database you want to manage by clicking " +"on the gear icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:21 +msgid "Several actions are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:23 +msgid ":ref:`online/upgrade`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:24 +msgid ":ref:`online/duplicate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`online/rename`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:26 +msgid ":ref:`online/download`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:27 +msgid ":ref:`online/domains`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:28 +msgid ":ref:`online/tags`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:29 +msgid ":ref:`online/delete`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`online/contact-support`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`online/users`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:36 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:10 +msgid "Upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you are *not* on the latest **Online version**, you should receive an " +"invitation to :doc:`upgrade <../upgrade>` your database. A **Rolling Release" +" button** on your database's main screen proposes an upgrade to the latest " +"version (e.g., 13.0 to 15.1)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:0 +msgid "" +"**If your Odoo database's version is lower than the latest major release:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You must upgrade your database within two months. After these two months, an" +" automatic upgrade is initiated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:0 +msgid "" +"**If your Odoo database's version is equal to or higher than the latest " +"major release:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can disregard the invitation to upgrade as you probably wouldn't benefit" +" from new features every two months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Versions that are not supported anymore become deprecated and need to be " +"updated to avoid security issues. We recommend you initiate the upgrade of " +"the database yourself, as this method allows you to request a test upgrade " +"of your database to check for any discrepancies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:56 +msgid ":doc:`../upgrade`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:57 +msgid ":doc:`supported_versions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:62 +msgid "Duplicate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Make an exact copy of the database to be able to perform testing without " +"compromising the daily operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:68 +msgid "" +"By checking *For testing purposes*, all external communication (emails, " +"payments, delivery orders, etc.) are disabled by default on the duplicated " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:70 +msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:75 +msgid "Rename" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:77 +msgid "Rename the database and its URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:82 +msgid "Download" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:84 +msgid "Download instantly a ZIP file with a backup of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Databases are backed up daily according to the `Odoo Cloud SLA " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:93 +msgid "Domains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:95 +msgid "Configure custom domains to access the database via another URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`domain_names`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:103 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Add tags to sort your databases out. You can search the tags in the search " +"bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:110 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:528 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:112 +msgid "Delete a database instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Deleting a database means that all data is permanently lost. The deletion is" +" instant and for all users. It is recommended to create a backup of the " +"database before deleting it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Read carefully the warning message that pops up and proceed only if you " +"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:126 +msgid "Only an administrator can delete a database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:127 +msgid "The database name is immediately available for a new database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:128 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " +"subscription. If needed, please get in touch with `Odoo Support " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To delete your account, please get in touch with `Odoo Support " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:135 +msgid "Contact Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Access the Odoo `support page `_ with your " +"database's details already pre-filled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:143 +msgid "Invite / Remove Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:145 +msgid "" +"To invite users, fill out the email address of the new user and click on " +"*Invite*. To add multiple users, click on *Add more users*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:152 +msgid "To remove users, select the users to remove and click on *Remove*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:155 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/manage_users`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:6 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:208 +msgid "Supported versions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo releases intermediary versions called **Online versions** on the " +":doc:`Odoo Online ` hosting every two months. Odoo Online users can " +"then benefit from the latest features of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Admins of Odoo Online databases are invited to :doc:`upgrade <../upgrade>` " +"them regularly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Online versions are *not* released for Odoo.sh and On-Premise installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:16 +msgid "Online versions are listed below as *SaaS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:19 +msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:21 +msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:23 +msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:3 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "Release date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "End of support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "Odoo saas~15.2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "|green|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:54 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:56 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:56 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "March 2022" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "Odoo saas~15.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:54 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:54 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:56 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "|red|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "February 2022" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "**Odoo 15.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "October 2021" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "October 2024 (planned)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "October 2023 (planned)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "October 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "October 2022 (planned)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "Odoo saas~12.3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "August 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:54 +msgid "October 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "Odoo saas~11.3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "April 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "October 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "March 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "January 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "October 2016" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "May 2016" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:54 +msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:54 +msgid "October 2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:56 +msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:56 +msgid "February 2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "September 2014" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:63 +msgid "|green| Supported version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:65 +msgid "|red| End-of-support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:67 +msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:69 +msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:81 +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:85 +msgid "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Even though we don't support older versions, you can always `upgrade from " +"any version `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:6 +msgid "Bugfix updates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:9 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In order to benefit from the latest improvements, security fixes, bug " +"corrections and performance boosts, you may need to update your Odoo " +"installation from time to time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This guide only applies when are using Odoo on your own hosting " +"infrastructure. If you are using one of the Odoo Cloud solutions, updates " +"are automatically performed for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The terminology surrounding software updates is often confusing, so here are" +" some preliminary definitions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:25 +msgid "Updating (an Odoo installation)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Refers to the process of obtaining the latest revision of the source code " +"for your current Odoo Edition. For example, updating your Odoo Enterprise " +"13.0 to the latest revision. This does not directly cause any change to the " +"contents of your Odoo database, and can be undone by reinstalling the " +"previous revision of the source code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:35 +msgid "Upgrading (an Odoo database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Refers to a complex data processing operation where the structure and " +"contents of your database is permanently altered to make it compatible with " +"a new release of Odoo. This operation is irreversible and typically " +"accomplished via Odoo's `database upgrade service " +"`_, when you decide to switch to a newer release " +"of Odoo. Historically, this process has also been known as a \"migration\" " +"because it involves moving data around inside the database, even though the " +"database may end up at the same physical location after the upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:37 +msgid "" +"This page describes the typical steps needed to *update* an Odoo " +"installation to the latest version. If you'd like more information about " +"upgrading a database, please visit the `Odoo Upgrade page " +"`_ instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:43 +msgid "In a nutshell" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Updating Odoo is accomplished by simply reinstalling the latest version of " +"your Odoo Edition on top of your current installation. This will preserve " +"your data without any alteration, as long as you do not uninstall PostgreSQL" +" (the database engine that comes with Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The main reference for updating is logically our :ref:`installation guide " +"`, which explains the common installation methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Updating is also most appropriately accomplished by the person who deployed " +"Odoo initially, because the procedure is very similar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:55 +msgid "" +"We always recommend to download a complete new up-to-date Odoo version, " +"rather than manually applying patches, such as the security patches that " +"come with Security Advisories. The patches are mainly provided for " +"installations that are heavily customized, or for technical personnel who " +"prefer to apply minimal changes temporarily while testing a complete update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:64 +msgid "Step 1: Download an updated Odoo version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The central download page is https://www.odoo.com/page/download. If you see " +"a \"Buy\" link for the Odoo Enterprise download, make sure you are logged " +"into Odoo.com with the same login that is linked to your Odoo Enterprise " +"subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can use the unique download link that was included with " +"your Odoo Enterprise purchase confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Downloading an updated version is not necessary if you installed via Github " +"(see below)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:77 +msgid "Step 2: Make a backup of your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The update procedure is quite safe and should not alter you data. However " +"it's always best to take a full database backup before performing any change" +" on your installation, and to store it somewhere safe, on a different " +"computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you have not disabled the database manager screen (see :ref:`here " +"` why you should), you can use it (link at bottom of your database" +" selection screen) to download a backup of your database(s). If you disabled" +" it, use the same procedure than for your usual backups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:89 +msgid "Step 3: Install the updated version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:91 +msgid "Choose the method that matches your current installation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:95 +msgid "Packaged Installers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you installed Odoo with an installation package downloaded on our website" +" (the recommended method), updating is very simple. All you have to do is " +"download the installation package corresponding to your system (see step #1)" +" and install it on your server. They are updated daily and include the " +"latest security fixes. Usually, you can simply double-click the package to " +"install it on top of the current installation. After installing the package," +" be sure to restart the Odoo service or reboot your server, and you're all " +"set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:106 +msgid "Source Install (Tarball)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If you have originally installed Odoo with the \"tarball\" version (source " +"code archive), you have to replace the installation directory with a newer " +"version. First download the latest tarball from Odoo.com. They are updated " +"daily and include the latest security fixes (see step #1) After downloading " +"the package, extract it to a temporary location on your server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:112 +msgid "" +"You will get a folder labelled with the version of the source code, for " +"example \"odoo-13.0+e.20190719\", that contains a folder \"odoo.egg-info\" " +"and the actual source code folder named \"odoo\" (for Odoo 10 and later) or " +"\"openerp\" for older versions. You can ignore the odoo.egg-info folder. " +"Locate the folder where your current installation is deployed, and replace " +"it with the newer \"odoo\" or \"openerp\" folder that was in the archive you" +" just extracted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Be sure to match the folder layout, for example the new \"addons\" folder " +"included in the source code should end up exactly at the same path it was " +"before. Next, watch out for any specific configuration files that you may " +"have manually copied or modified in the old folder, and copy them over to " +"the new folder. Finally, restart the Odoo service or reboot the machine, and" +" you are all set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:125 +msgid "Source Install (Github)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:126 +msgid "" +"If you have originally installed Odoo with a full Github clone of the " +"official repositories, the update procedure requires you to pull the latest " +"source code via git. Change into the directory for each repository (the main" +" Odoo repository, and the Enterprise repository), and run the following " +"commands::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:134 +msgid "" +"The last command may encounter source code conflicts if you had edited the " +"Odoo source code locally. The error message will give you the list of files " +"with conflicts, and you will need to resolve the conflicts manually, by " +"editing them and deciding which part of the code to keep." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, if you prefer to simply discard the conflicting changes and " +"restore the official version, you can use the following command::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Finally, restart the Odoo service or reboot the machine, and you should be " +"done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Please refer to our `Docker image documentation " +"`_ for specific update instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced.rst:5 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:4 +msgid "Containers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:7 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:9 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:7 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:9 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:7 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:9 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:7 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/status.rst:7 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/overview.rst:5 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Each build is isolated within its own container (Linux namespaced " +"container)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The base is an Ubuntu system, where all of Odoo's required dependencies, as " +"well as common useful packages, are installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If your project requires additional Python dependencies, or more recent " +"releases, you can define a :file:`requirements.txt` file in the root of your" +" branches listing them. The platform will take care to install these " +"dependencies in your containers. `The pip requirements specifiers " +"`_ documentation can help you write a :file:`requirements.txt` " +"file. To have a concrete example, check out the `requirements.txt file of " +"Odoo `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :file:`requirements.txt` files of submodules are taken into account as " +"well. The platform looks for :file:`requirements.txt` files in each folder " +"containing Odoo modules: Not in the module folder itself, but in their " +"parent folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:27 +msgid "Directory structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:29 +msgid "" +"As the containers are Ubuntu based, their directory structure follows the " +"linux Filesystem Hierarchy Standard. `Ubuntu's filesystem tree overview " +"`_" +" explains the main directories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:33 +msgid "Here are the Odoo.sh pertinent directories:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:73 +msgid "Both Python 2.7 and 3.5 are installed in the containers. However:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If your project is configured to use Odoo 10.0, the Odoo server runs with " +"Python 2.7." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If your project is configured to use Odoo 11.0 or above, the Odoo server " +"runs with Python 3.5." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:79 +msgid "Database shell" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:81 +msgid "" +"While accessing a container with the shell, you can access the database " +"using *psql*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Be careful !** `Use transactions " +"`_ " +"(*BEGIN...COMMIT/ROLLBACK*) for every *sql* statements leading to changes " +"(*UPDATE*, *DELETE*, *ALTER*, ...), especially for your production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:97 +msgid "" +"The transaction mechanism is your safety net in case of mistake. You simply " +"have to rollback your changes to revert your database to its previous state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:100 +msgid "" +"For example, it may happen that you forget to set your *WHERE* condition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In such a case, you can rollback to revert the unwanted changes that you " +"just mistakenly did, and rewrite the statement:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:122 +msgid "" +"However, do not forget to either commit or rollback your transaction after " +"having done it. Open transactions may lock records in your tables and your " +"running database may wait for them to be released. It can cause a server to " +"hang indefinitely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"In addition, when possible, use your staging databases to test your " +"statements first. It gives you an extra safety net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:129 +msgid "Run an Odoo server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You can start an Odoo server instance from a container shell. You won't be " +"able to access it from the outside world with a browser, but you can for " +"instance:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:134 +msgid "use the Odoo shell," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:146 +msgid "install a module," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:152 +msgid "update a module," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:158 +msgid "run the tests for a module," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:164 +msgid "In the above commands, the argument:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:166 +msgid "``--without-demo=all`` prevents demo data to be loaded for all modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:167 +msgid "" +"``--stop-after-init`` will immediately shutdown the server instance after it" +" completed the operations you asked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:169 +msgid "" +"More options are available and detailed in the :doc:`CLI documentation " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:172 +msgid "" +"You can find in the logs (*~/logs/odoo.log*) the addons path used by Odoo.sh" +" to run your server. Look for \"*odoo: addons paths*\":" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Be careful**, especially with your production database. Operations that " +"you perform running this Odoo server instance are not isolated: Changes will" +" be effective in the database. Always, make your tests in your staging " +"databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:186 +msgid "Debugging in Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Debugging an Odoo.sh build is not really different than another Python app. " +"This article only explains the specificities and limitations of the Odoo.sh " +"platform, and assumes that you already know how to use a debugger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If you don't know how to debug a Python application yet, there are multiple " +"introductory courses that can be easily found on the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:192 +msgid "" +"You can use ``pdb``, ``pudb`` or ``ipdb`` to debug your code on Odoo.sh. As " +"the server is run outside a shell, you cannot launch the debugger directly " +"from your Odoo instance backend as the debugger needs a shell to operate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:195 +msgid "" +"`pdb `_ is installed by default " +"in every container." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:197 +msgid "" +"If you want to use `pudb `_ or `ipdb " +"`_ you have to install it before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:199 +msgid "To do so, you have two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:201 +msgid "temporary (only in the current build):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:207 +msgid "or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:213 +msgid "" +"permanent: add ``pudb`` or ``ipdb`` to your project ``requirements.txt`` " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Then edit the code where you want to trigger the debugger and add this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The condition :code:`sys.__stdin__.isatty()` is a hack that detects if you " +"run Odoo from a shell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:226 +msgid "Save the file and then run the Odoo Shell:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Finally, *via* the Odoo Shell, you can trigger the piece of " +"code/function/method you want to debug." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:6 +msgid "Frequent Technical Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:9 +msgid "\"Scheduled actions do not run at the exact time they were expected\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"On the Odoo.sh platform, we cannot guarantee an exact running time for " +"scheduled actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:13 +msgid "" +"This is due to the fact that there might be multiple customers on the same " +"server, and we must guarantee a fair share of the server for every customer." +" Scheduled actions are therefore implemented slightly differently than on a " +"regular Odoo server, and are run on a *best effort* policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Do not expect any scheduled action to be run more often than every 5 min." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:19 +msgid "Are there \"best practices\" regarding scheduled actions?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Odoo.sh always limits the execution time of scheduled actions (*aka* " +"crons).** Therefore, you must keep this fact in mind when developing your " +"own crons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:24 +msgid "We advise that:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:26 +msgid "Your scheduled actions should work on small batches of records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Your scheduled actions should commit their work after processing each batch;" +" this way, if they get interrupted by the time-limit, there is no need to " +"start over." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Your scheduled actions should be `idempotent " +"`_: they must not cause side-" +"effects if they are started more often than expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:6 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:110 +msgid "Submodules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:11 +msgid "" +"A `Git submodule `_ " +"allows you to integrate other Git projects into your code, without the need " +"to copy-paste all their code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Indeed, your custom modules can depend on modules from other repositories. " +"Regarding Odoo, this feature allows you to add modules from other Git " +"repositories into the branches of your repository. Adding these dependencies" +" in your branch through submodules makes the deployment of your code and " +"servers easier, as you can clone the repositories added as submodules at the" +" same time you clone your own repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Besides, you can choose the branch of the repository added as submodule and " +"you have the control of the revision you want. It's up to you to decide " +"whether you want to pin the submodule to a specific revision and when you " +"want to update to a newer revision." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In Odoo.sh, the submodules give you the possibility to use and depend on " +"modules available in other repositories. The platform will detect that you " +"added modules through submodules in your branches and add them to your " +"addons path automatically so you can install them in your databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you add private repositories as submodules in your branches, you need to " +"configure a deploy key in your Odoo.sh project settings and in your " +"repository settings. Otherwise Odoo.sh won't be allowed to download them. " +"The procedure is detailed in the chapter :ref:`Settings > Submodules " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:34 +msgid "Adding a submodule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:37 +msgid "With Odoo.sh (simple)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For now it is not possible to add **private** repositories with this method." +" You can nevertheless do so :ref:`with Git `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:43 +msgid "" +"On Odoo.sh, in the branches view of your project, choose the branch in which" +" you want to add a submodule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In the upper right corner, click on the *Submodule* button, and then on " +"*Run*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:50 +msgid "A dialog with a form is shown. Fill the inputs as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:52 +msgid "Repository URL: The SSH URL of the repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:53 +msgid "Branch: The branch you want to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Path: The folder in which you want to add this submodule in your branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:59 +msgid "" +"On Github, you can get the repository URL with the *Clone or download* " +"button of the repository. Make sure to *use SSH*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:67 +msgid "With Git (advanced)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:69 +msgid "" +"In a terminal, in the folder where your Git repository is cloned, checkout " +"the branch in which you want to add a submodule:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:76 +msgid "Then, add the submodule using the command below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:82 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:94 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:358 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:487 +msgid "Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:84 +msgid "" +"*:* by the SSH URL of the " +"repository you want to add as submodule," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:85 +msgid "** by the branch you want to use in the above repository," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:86 +msgid "** by the folder in which you want to add this submodule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:88 +msgid "Commit and push your changes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:96 +msgid "" +" by the repository on which you want to push your changes. For a " +"standard Git setup, this is *origin*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:97 +msgid "" +" by the branch on which you want to push your changes. Most likely " +"the branch you used :code:`git checkout` on in the first step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You can read the `git-scm.com documentation `_ for more details about the Git " +"submodules. For instance, if you would like to update your submodules to " +"have their latest revision, you can follow the chapter `Pulling in Upstream " +"changes `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:107 +msgid "Ignore modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If you're adding a repository that contains a lot of modules, you may want " +"to ignore some of them in case there are any that are installed " +"automatically. To do so, you can prefix your submodule folder with a " +":code:`.`. The platform will ignore this folder and you can hand pick your " +"modules by creating symlinks to them from another folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:4 +msgid "Branches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The branches view gives you an overview of the different branches your " +"repository has." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:17 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:40 +msgid "Stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Odoo.sh offers three different stages for your branches: production, staging" +" and development." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can change the stage of a branch by drag and dropping it into the stage " +"section title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:29 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:43 +msgid "Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:30 +msgid "" +"This is the branch holding the code on which your production database runs. " +"There can be only one production branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When you push a new commit in this branch, your production server is updated" +" with the code of the new revision and is then restarted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If your changes require the update of a module, such as a change in a form " +"view, and you want it to be performed automatically, increase the version " +"number of the module in its manifest (*__manifest__.py*). The platform will " +"then take care to perform the update during which the instance will be held " +"temporarily unavailable for maintenance reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:43 +msgid "" +"This method is equivalent to perform an upgrade of the module through the " +"Apps menu, or through the :code:`-u` switch of :doc:`the command line " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the case the changes in the commit prevent the server to restart, or if " +"the modules update fails, the server is automatically reverted to the " +"previous successful code revision and the database is roll-backed as it was " +"before the update. You still have access to the log of the failed update, so" +" you can troubleshoot it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The demo data is not loaded, as it is not meant to be used in a production " +"database. The unit tests are not performed, as it would increase the " +"unavailability time of the production database during the updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Partners using trial projects should be aware their production branch, along" +" with all the staging branches, will automatically be set back to the " +"development stage after 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:61 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:61 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Staging branches are meant to test your new features using the production " +"data without compromising the actual production database with test records. " +"They will create databases that are neutralized duplicates of the production" +" database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:66 +msgid "The neutralization includes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Disabling scheduled actions. If you want to test them, you can trigger their" +" action manually or re-enable them. Be aware that the platform will trigger " +"them less often if no one is using the database in order to save up " +"resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Disabling outgoing emails by intercepting them with a mailcatcher. An " +":ref:`interface to view ` the " +"emails sent by your database is provided. That way, you do not have to worry" +" about sending test emails to your contacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:74 +msgid "Setting payment acquirers and shipping providers in test mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:75 +msgid "Disabling IAP services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The latest database will be kept alive indefinitely, older ones from the " +"same branch may get garbage collected to make room for new ones. It will be " +"valid for 3 months, after which you will be expected to rebuild the branch. " +"If you make configuration or view changes in these databases, make sure to " +"document them or write them directly in the modules of the branch, using XML" +" data files overriding the default configuration or views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The unit tests are not performed as, in Odoo, they currently rely on the " +"demo data, which is not loaded in the production database. In the future, if" +" Odoo supports to run the unit tests without the demo data, Odoo.sh will " +"then consider running the tests on staging databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:88 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:52 +msgid "Development" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Development branches create new databases using the demo data to run the " +"unit tests. The installed modules are the ones included in your branches. " +"You can change this list of modules to install in your :ref:`project " +"Settings `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:93 +msgid "" +"When you push a new commit in one of these branches, a new server is " +"started, with a database created from scratch and the new revision of the " +"branch. The demo data is loaded, and the unit tests are performed by " +"default. This verifies your changes do not break any of the features tested " +"by them. If you wish, you can disable the tests or allow specific tests to " +"be run with custom tags in the :ref:`branch's settings `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Similar to staging branches, the emails are not sent but are intercepted by " +"a mailcatcher and scheduled actions are not triggered as often is the " +"database is not in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The databases created for development branches are meant to live around " +"three days. After that, they can be automatically garbage collected to make " +"room for new databases without prior notice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:109 +msgid "Merging your branches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:110 +msgid "" +"You can merge your branches easily by drag and dropping them into each " +"other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:115 +msgid "" +"When you want to test the changes of your development branches with the " +"production data, you can either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:118 +msgid "" +"merge the development branch into your staging branch, by drag and dropping " +"it onto the desired staging branch," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:119 +msgid "" +"drag and dropping the development branch on the staging section title, to " +"make it become a staging branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:121 +msgid "" +"When your latest changes are ready for production, you can drag and drop " +"your staging branch onto your production branch to merge and deploy in " +"production your newest features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:125 +msgid "" +"If you are bold enough, you can merge your development branches into your " +"production branch as well. It just means you skip the validation of your " +"changes with the production data through a staging branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:129 +msgid "" +"You can merge your development branches into each other, and your staging " +"branches into each other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Of course, you can also use :code:`git merge` directly on your workstation " +"to merge your branches. Odoo.sh will be notified when new revisions have " +"been pushed in your branches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Merging a staging branch in the production branch only merges the source " +"code: Any configuration changes you made in the staging databases are not " +"passed to the production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:137 +msgid "" +"If you test configuration changes in staging branches, and want them to be " +"applied in the production, you have to either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:139 +msgid "" +"write the configuration changes in XML data files overriding the default " +"configuration or views in your branches, and then increase the version of " +"your module in its manifest (*__manifest__.py*) to trigger the update of the" +" module when you merge your staging branch in your production branch. This " +"is the best practice for a better scalability of your developments as you " +"will use the Git versioning features for all your configuration changes, and" +" therefore have a traceability for your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:145 +msgid "" +"pass them manually from your staging to your production database, by " +"copy/pasting them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:150 +msgid "Tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:153 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:64 +msgid "History" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:154 +msgid "An overview of your branch history:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:156 +msgid "The messages of the commits and their authors," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The various events linked to the platform, such as stage changes, database " +"imports, backup restores." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:162 +msgid "" +"For each event, a status is displayed in the top right-hand corner. It can " +"provide information about the ongoing operation on the database " +"(installation, update, backup import, ...), or its result (tests feedback, " +"successful backup import, ...). When an operation is successful, you can " +"access the database thanks to the *connect* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:170 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:60 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:72 +msgid "Mails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:171 +msgid "" +"This tab contains the mail catcher. It displays an overview of the emails " +"sent by your database. The mail catcher is available for your development " +"and staging branches as the emails of your production database are really " +"sent instead of being intercepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:180 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:181 +msgid "" +"A shell access to your container. You can perform basic linux commands " +"(:code:`ls`, :code:`top`) and open a shell on your database by typing " +":code:`psql`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:187 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:203 +msgid "" +"You can open multiple tabs and drag-and-drop them to arrange the layout as " +"you wish, for instance side by side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Long running shell instances are not guaranteed. Idle shells can be " +"disconnected at anytime in order to free up resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:196 +msgid "Editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:197 +msgid "" +"An online integrated development environment (IDE) to edit the source code. " +"You can also open terminals, Python consoles and even Odoo Shell consoles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:207 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:74 +msgid "Monitoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:208 +msgid "This link contains various monitoring metrics of the current build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:213 +msgid "" +"You can zoom, change the time range or select a specific metric on each " +"graph. On the graphs, annotations help you relate to changes on the build " +"(database import, git push, etc...)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:219 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:56 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:68 +msgid "Logs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:220 +msgid "A viewer to have a look to your server logs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:225 +msgid "Different logs are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:227 +msgid "" +"install.log: The logs of the database installation. In a development branch," +" the logs of the tests are included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:228 +msgid "pip.log: The logs of the Python dependencies installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:229 +msgid "odoo.log: The logs of the running server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:230 +msgid "update.log: The logs of the database updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:231 +msgid "" +"pg_long_queries.log: The logs of psql queries that take an unusual amount of" +" time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:233 +msgid "" +"If new lines are added in the logs, they will be displayed automatically. If" +" you scroll to the bottom, the browser will scroll automatically each time a" +" new line is added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:236 +msgid "" +"You can pause the logs fetching by clicking on the according button in the " +"upper right corner of the view. The fetching is automatically stopped after " +"5 minutes. You can restart it using the play button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:242 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:76 +msgid "Backups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:243 +msgid "" +"A list of the backups available for download and restore, the ability to " +"perform a manual backup and to import a database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Odoo.sh makes daily backups of the production database. It keeps 7 daily, 4 " +"weekly and 3 monthly backups. Each backup includes the database dump, the " +"filestore (attachments, binary fields), logs and sessions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Staging and development databases are not backed up. You nevertheless have " +"the possibility to restore a backup of the production database in your " +"staging branches, for testing purposes, or to manually recover data that has" +" been deleted by accident from the production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:256 +msgid "" +"The list contains the backups kept on the server your production database is" +" hosted on. This server only keeps one month of backups: 7 daily and 4 " +"weekly backups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:259 +msgid "" +"Dedicated backup servers keep the same backups, as well as 3 additional " +"monthly backups. To restore or download one of these monthly backups, please" +" `contact us `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:262 +msgid "" +"If you merge a commit updating the version of one or several modules (in " +":file:`__manifest__.py`), or their linked python dependencies (in " +":file:`requirements.txt`), then Odoo.sh performs a backup automatically " +"(flagged with type Update in the list), as either the container will be " +"changed by the installation of new pip packages, either the database itself " +"will be changed with the module update triggered afterwards. In these two " +"cases, we are doing a backup as it may potentially break things." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:268 +msgid "" +"If you merge a commit that only changes some code without the above-" +"mentioned modifications, then no backup is done by Odoo.sh, as neither the " +"container nor the database is modified so the platform considers this safe " +"enough. Of course, as an extra precaution, you can make a backup manually " +"before making big changes in your production sources in case something goes " +"wrong (those manual backups are available for about one week). To avoid " +"abuse, we limit manual backups to 5 per day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:274 +msgid "" +"The *import database* feature accepts database archives in the format " +"provided by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:276 +msgid "" +"the standard Odoo databases manager, (available for on-premise Odoo servers " +"under :code:`/web/database/manager`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:278 +msgid "the Odoo online databases manager," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:279 +msgid "the Odoo.sh backup download button of this *Backups* tab," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:280 +msgid "" +"the Odoo.sh dump download button in the :ref:`Builds view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:285 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:4 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:82 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:286 +msgid "" +"Here you can find a couple of settings that only apply to the currently " +"selected branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:291 +msgid "**Behaviour upon new commit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:293 +msgid "" +"For development and staging branches, you can change the branch's behavior " +"upon receiving a new commit. By default, a development branch will create a " +"new build and a staging branch will update the previous build (see the " +":ref:`Production Stage `). This is especially useful " +"should the feature you're working on require a particular setup or " +"configuration, to avoid having to manually set it up again on every commit. " +"If you choose new build for a staging branch, it will make a fresh copy from" +" the production build every time a commit is pushed. A branch that is put " +"back from staging to development will automatically be set to 'Do nothing'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:301 +msgid "**Modules installation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:303 +msgid "" +"Choose the modules to install automatically for your development builds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:308 +msgid "" +"*Install only my modules* will install the modules of the branch only. This " +"is the default option. The :ref:`submodules ` " +"are excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:310 +msgid "" +"*Full installation (all modules)* will install the modules of the branch, " +"the modules included in the submodules and all standard modules of Odoo. " +"When running the full installation, the test suite is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:312 +msgid "" +"*Install a list of modules* will install the modules specified in the input " +"just below this option. The names are the technical name of the modules, and" +" they must be comma-separated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the tests are enabled, the standard Odoo modules suite can take up to 1 " +"hour. This setting applies to development builds only. Staging builds " +"duplicate the production build and the production build only installs base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:320 +msgid "**Test suite**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:322 +msgid "" +"For development branches, you can choose to enable or disable the test " +"suite. It's enabled by default. When the test suite is enabled, you can " +"restrict them by specifying test tags :ref:`test tags " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:326 +msgid "**Odoo Version**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:328 +msgid "" +"For development branches only, you can change the version of Odoo, should " +"you want to test upgraded code or develop features while your production " +"database is in the process of being upgraded to a newer version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:331 +msgid "" +"In addition, for each version you have two options regarding the code " +"update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:333 +msgid "" +"You can choose to benefit from the latest bug, security and performance " +"fixes automatically. The sources of your Odoo server will be updated weekly." +" This is the 'Latest' option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:335 +msgid "" +"You can choose to pin the Odoo sources to a specific revision by selecting " +"them from a list of dates. Revisions will expire after 3 months. You will be" +" notified by mail when the expiration date approaches and if you don't take " +"action afterwards, you will automatically be set to the latest revision." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:340 +msgid "**Custom domains**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:342 +msgid "" +"Here you can configure additional domains for the selected branch. It's " +"possible to add other *.odoo.com* domains or your own custom domains. " +"For the latter you have to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:345 +msgid "own or purchase the domain name," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:346 +msgid "add the domain name in this list," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:347 +msgid "" +"in your registrar's domain name manager, configure the domain name with a " +"``CNAME`` record set to your production database domain name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:350 +msgid "" +"For instance, to associate *www.mycompany.com* to your database " +"*mycompany.odoo.com*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:352 +msgid "" +"in Odoo.sh, add *www.mycompany.com* in the custom domains of your project " +"settings," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:353 +msgid "" +"in your domain name manager (e.g. *godaddy.com*, *gandi.net*, *ovh.com*), " +"configure *www.mycompany.com* with a ``CNAME`` record with as value " +"*mycompany.odoo.com*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:356 +msgid "Bare domains (e.g. *mycompany.com*) are not accepted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:358 +msgid "they can only be configured using ``A`` records," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:359 +msgid "``A`` records only accept IP addresses as value," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:360 +msgid "" +"the IP address of your database can change, following an upgrade, a hardware" +" failure or your wish to host your database in another country or continent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:363 +msgid "" +"Therefore, bare domains could suddenly no longer work because of this change" +" of IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:365 +msgid "" +"In addition, if you would like both *mycompany.com* and *www.mycompany.com* " +"to work with your database, having the first redirecting to the second is " +"amongst the `SEO best practices " +"`_ (See *Provide" +" one version of a URL to reach a document*) in order to have one dominant " +"URL. You can therefore just configure *mycompany.com* to redirect to " +"*www.mycompany.com*. Most domain managers have the feature to configure this" +" redirection. This is commonly called a web redirection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:372 +msgid "**HTTPS/SSL**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:374 +msgid "" +"If the redirection is correctly set up, the platform will automatically " +"generate an SSL certificate with `Let's Encrypt " +"`_ within the hour and your domain will be " +"accessible through HTTPS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:378 +msgid "" +"While it is currently not possible to configure your own SSL certificates on" +" the Odoo.sh platform we are considering the feature if there is enough " +"demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:382 +msgid "**SPF and DKIM compliance**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:384 +msgid "" +"In case the domain of your users email addresses use SPF (Sender Policy " +"Framework) or DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail), don't forget to authorize " +"Odoo as a sending host in your domain name settings to increase the " +"deliverability of your outgoing emails. The configuration steps are " +"explained in the documentation about :ref:`SPF " +"` and :ref:`DKIM " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:392 +msgid "" +"Forgetting to configure your SPF or DKIM to authorize Odoo as a sending host" +" can lead to the delivery of your emails as spam in your contacts inbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:397 +msgid "Shell commands" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:398 +msgid "" +"In the top right-hand corner of the view, different shell commands are " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:403 +msgid "" +"Each command can be copied in the clipboard to be used in a terminal, and " +"some of them can be used directly from Odoo.sh by clicking the *run* button " +"in such case a popup will prompt the user in order to define eventual " +"placeholders such as ````, ````, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:409 +msgid "Clone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:410 +msgid "Download the Git repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:416 +msgid "Clones the repository *odoo/odoo*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:418 +msgid "" +":code:`--recurse-submodules`: Downloads the submodules of your repository. " +"Submodules included in the submodules are downloaded as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:419 +msgid "" +":code:`--branch`: checks out a specific branch of the repository, in this " +"case *master*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:421 +msgid "" +"The *run* button is not available for this command, as it is meant to be " +"used on your machines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:424 +msgid "Fork" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:425 +msgid "Create a new branch based on the current branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:431 +msgid "" +"Creates a new branch called *feature-1* based on the branch *master*, and " +"then checkouts it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:437 +msgid "Uploads the new branch *feature-1* on your remote repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:440 +msgid "Merge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:441 +msgid "Merge the current branch in another branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:447 +msgid "Merges the branch *staging-1* in the current branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:453 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:525 +msgid "" +"Uploads the changes you just added in the *master* branch on your remote " +"repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:456 +msgid "SSH" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:458 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:459 +msgid "" +"In order to use SSH, you have to set up your profile SSH public key (if it " +"is not already done). To do so, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:462 +msgid "" +"`Generate a new SSH key `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:464 +msgid "" +"`Copy the SSH key to your clipboard " +"`_ (only apply the step 1)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:467 +msgid "Paste the copied content to your profile SSH keys and press \"Add\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:472 +msgid "The key should appear below" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:478 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 +msgid "" +"To connect to your builds using ssh use the following command in a terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:486 +msgid "" +"You will find a shortcut for this command into the SSH tab in the upper " +"right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Provided you have the :ref:`correct access rights ` on the project, you'll be granted ssh access to the" +" build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:495 +msgid "" +"Long running ssh connections are not guaranteed. Idle connections will be " +"disconnected in order to free up resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:500 +msgid "Submodule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:502 +msgid "" +"Add a branch from another repository in your current branch as a " +"*submodule*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:504 +msgid "" +"*Submodules* allows you to use modules from other repositories in your " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:506 +msgid "" +"The submodules feature is detailed in the chapter :ref:`Submodules ` of this documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:513 +msgid "" +"Adds the branch *master* of the repository ** as a submodule under the " +"path ** in your current branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:519 +msgid "Commits all your current changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:530 +msgid "Delete a branch from your repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:536 +msgid "Deletes the branch in your remote repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:542 +msgid "Deletes the branch in your local copy of the repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:6 +msgid "Builds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In Odoo.sh, a build is considered as a database loaded by an Odoo server " +"(`odoo/odoo `_ & `odoo/enterprise " +"`_) running on a specific revision of " +"your project repository in a containerized environment. Its purpose is to " +"test the well-behavior of the server, the database and the features with " +"this revision." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In this view, a row represents a branch, and a cell of a row represents a " +"build of this branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Most of the time, builds are created following pushes on your Github " +"repository branches. They can be created as well when you do other " +"operations, such as importing a database on Odoo.sh or asking a rebuild for " +"a branch in your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:25 +msgid "" +"A build is considered successful if no errors or warnings come up during its" +" creation. A successful build is highlighted in green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:28 +msgid "" +"A build is considered failed if errors come up during its creation. A failed" +" build is highlighted in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If warnings come up during the creation, but there are no errors, the build " +"is considered almost successful. It is highlighted in yellow to notify the " +"developer warnings were raised." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Builds do not always create a database from scratch. For instance, when " +"pushing a change on the production branch, the build created just starts the" +" server with your new revision and tries to load the current production " +"database on it. If no errors come up, the build is considered successful, " +"and otherwise failed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The first build of a production branch creates a database from scratch. If " +"this build is successful, this database is considered as the production " +"database of your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:48 +msgid "" +"From then, pushes on the production branch will create new builds that " +"attempt to load the database using a server running with the new revision." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If the build is successful, or has warnings but no errors, the production " +"database will now run with this build, along with the revision associated to" +" this build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the build fails to load or update the database, then the previous " +"successful build is re-used to load the database, and therefore the database" +" will run using a server running with the previous successful revision." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The build used to run the production database is always the first of the " +"builds list. If a build fails, it is put after the build currently running " +"the production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Staging builds duplicate the production database, and try to load this " +"duplicate with the revisions of the staging branches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Each time you push a new revision on a staging branch, the build created " +"uses a new copy of the production database. The databases are not re-used " +"between builds of the same branch. This ensures:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:69 +msgid "" +"staging builds use databases that are close to what the production looks " +"like, so you do not make your tests with outdated data," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:72 +msgid "" +"you can play around as much as you want in the same staging database, and " +"you can then ask for a rebuild when you want to restart with a new copy of " +"the production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Nevertheless, this means that if you make configuration changes in staging " +"databases and do not apply them in the production, they will not be passed " +"on the next build of the same staging branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Development builds create new databases, load the demo data and run the unit" +" tests." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:84 +msgid "" +"A build will be considered failed and highlighted in red if tests fail " +"during the installation, as they are meant to raise errors if something " +"wrong occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If all tests pass, and there is no error, the build will be considered " +"successful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:89 +msgid "" +"According to the list of modules to install and test, a development build " +"can take up to 1 hour to be ready. This is due to the large number of tests " +"set in the default Odoo modules suite." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:93 +msgid "Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The production branch will always appear first, and then the other branches " +"are ordered by last build created. You can filter out the branches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:101 +msgid "" +"For each branch, you can access the last build's database using the " +"*Connect* link and jump to the branch code using the *Github* link. For " +"other branches than the production, you can create a new build which will " +"use the latest revision of the branch using the link *rebuild*. This last " +"link is not available when there is already a build in progress for the " +"branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:109 +msgid "" +"For each build, you can access the revision changes using the button with " +"the Github icon. You can access the build's database as the administrator " +"using the *Connect* button. Also, you can access the database with another " +"user using the *Connect as* button, in the dropdown menu of the *Connect* " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:121 +msgid "" +"In the dropdown menu of the build, you can access the same features than in " +":ref:`the branches view `: *Logs*, *Web" +" Shell*, *Editor*, *Outgoing e-mails*. You also have the possibility to " +"*Download a dump* of the build's database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:6 +msgid "Create your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:9 +msgid "Deploy your platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Odoo.sh `_ and hit the *Deploy your platform* " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:17 +msgid "Sign in with Github" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Sign in with your Github account. If you do not have an account yet, hit the" +" *Create an account* link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:25 +msgid "Authorize Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Grant Odoo.sh the required accesses to your account by clicking the " +"*Authorize* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:32 +msgid "Odoo.sh basically needs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:34 +msgid "to know your Github login and email," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:35 +msgid "to create a new repository in case you decide to start from scratch," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:36 +msgid "" +"to read your existing repositories, including the ones of your " +"organizations, in case you want to start from an existing repository," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:37 +msgid "to create a webhook to be notified each time you push changes," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:38 +msgid "" +"to commit changes to make your deployment easier, merging branches or adding" +" new `submodules `_ for" +" example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:41 +msgid "Submit your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Choose if you want to start from scratch by creating a new repository, or if" +" you want to use an existing repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:45 +msgid "Then, choose a name or select the repository you want to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Choose the Odoo version you want to use. If you plan to import an existing " +"database or an existing set of applications, you might need to choose the " +"according version. If you start from scratch, use the latest version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Enter your *subscription code*. This is also called *subscription referral*," +" *contract number* or *activation code*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:51 +msgid "" +"It should be the code of your Enterprise subscription that includes Odoo.sh." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Partners can use their partnership codes to start a trial. Should their " +"clients start a project, they ought to get an Enterprise subscription " +"including Odoo.sh and use its subscription code. The partner will get the " +"full amount as back commission. Contact your sales representative or account" +" manager in order to get it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:56 +msgid "" +"When submitting the form, if you are notified your subscription is not " +"valid, it either means:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:58 +msgid "it is not an existing subscription," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:59 +msgid "it is not a partnership subscription," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:60 +msgid "it is an enterprise subscription, but which does not include Odoo.sh," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:61 +msgid "" +"it is neither a partnership subscription or an enterprise subscription (e.g." +" an online subscription)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:63 +msgid "" +"In case of doubt with your subscription, please contact the `Odoo support " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:69 +msgid "You're done !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can start using Odoo.sh. Your first build is about to be created. You " +"will soon be able to connect to your first database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:79 +msgid "Import your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:81 +msgid "" +"You can import your database in your Odoo.sh project as long as it is in a " +":doc:`supported version ` of " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:85 +msgid "Push your modules in production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If you use community or custom modules, add them in a branch in your Github " +"repository. Databases hosted on the Odoo.com online platform do not have any" +" custom modules. Users of these databases can therefore skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:91 +msgid "" +"You can structure your modules as you wish, Odoo.sh will automatically " +"detect the folders containing Odoo addons. For instance, you can put all " +"your modules folder in the root directory of your repository, or group the " +"modules in folders by categories that you define (accounting, project, ...)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:95 +msgid "" +"For community modules available in public Git repositories, you can also " +"consider to add them using :ref:`Submodules `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Then, either :ref:`make this branch the production branch `, or :ref:`merge it into your production " +"branch `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:102 +msgid "Download a backup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:105 +msgid "On-premise databases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Access the URL :file:`/web/database/manager` of your on-premise database and" +" download a backup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:111 +msgid "" +"If you cannot access the database manager, it may have been disabled by your" +" system administrator. See the :ref:`database manager security documentation" +" `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:114 +msgid "" +"You will need the master password of your database server. If you do not " +"have it, contact your system administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:119 +msgid "Choose a zip including the filestore as the backup format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:125 +msgid "Odoo Online databases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:127 +msgid "" +"`Access your databases manager " +"`_ and download a backup of " +"your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:134 +msgid "Saas releases (e.g. *saas-**) are not supported on Odoo.sh." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:137 +msgid "Upload the backup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Then, in your Odoo.sh project, in the backups tab of your production branch," +" import the backup you just downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once the backup imported, you can access the database using the *Connect* " +"button in the history of the branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:150 +msgid "Check your outgoing email servers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:152 +msgid "" +"There is a default mail server provided with Odoo.sh. To use it, there must " +"be no enabled outgoing mail server configured in your database in " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Outgoing Mail Servers` " +"(:ref:`Developer mode ` must be activated)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:157 +msgid "" +"After the import of your database, all outgoing email servers are disabled " +"so you use the Odoo.sh email server provided by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Port 25 is (and will stay) closed. If you want to connect to an external " +"SMTP server, you should use ports 465 and 587." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:165 +msgid "Check your scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:167 +msgid "All scheduled actions are disabled after the import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:169 +msgid "" +"This is to prevent your newly imported database to perform actions that " +"could impact your running production, such as sending the mails remaining in" +" the queue, processing mass mailings, or third-party services " +"synchronization (Calendars, files hosting, ...)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:173 +msgid "" +"If you plan to make the imported database your production, enable the " +"scheduled actions you need. You can check what is enabled in the database of" +" origin and enable the same actions in the imported database. Scheduled " +"actions are located under :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:178 +msgid "Register your subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:180 +msgid "Your subscription is unlinked after the import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The imported database is considered a duplicate by default and the " +"enterprise subscription is therefore removed, as you can only have one " +"database linked per subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:185 +msgid "" +"If you plan to make it your production, unlink your former database from the" +" subscription, and register the newly imported database. Read the " +":doc:`database registration documentation <../../maintain/on_premise>` for " +"instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:4 +msgid "Your first module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This chapter helps you to create your first Odoo module and deploy it in " +"your Odoo.sh project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:11 +msgid "" +"This tutorial requires :ref:`you created a project on Odoo.sh `, and you know your Github repository's URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:13 +msgid "Basic use of Git and Github is explained." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:15 +msgid "The below assumptions are made:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:17 +msgid "" +"*~/src* is the directory where are located the Git repositories related to " +"your Odoo projects," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:18 +msgid "*odoo* is the Github user," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:19 +msgid "*odoo-addons* is the Github repository," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:20 +msgid "*feature-1* is the name of a development branch," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:21 +msgid "*master* is the name of the production branch," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:22 +msgid "*my_module* is the name of the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:24 +msgid "Replace these by the values of your choice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:27 +msgid "Create the development branch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:30 +msgid "From Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:32 +msgid "In the branches view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:34 +msgid "hit the :code:`+` button next to the development stage," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:35 +msgid "choose the branch *master* in the *Fork* selection," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:36 +msgid "type *feature-1* in the *To* input." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:38 +msgid "|pic1| |pic2|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once the build created, you can access the editor and browse to the folder " +"*~/src/user* to access to the code of your development branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:57 +msgid "From your computer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:60 +msgid "Clone your Github repository on your computer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:69 +msgid "Create a new branch:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:77 +msgid "Create the module structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:80 +msgid "Scaffolding the module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:82 +msgid "" +"While not necessary, scaffolding avoids the tedium of setting the basic Odoo" +" module structure. You can scaffold a new module using the executable *odoo-" +"bin*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:85 +msgid "From the Odoo.sh editor, in a terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Or, from your computer, if you have an :ref:`installation of Odoo " +"`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to bother installing Odoo on your computer, you can also " +":download:`download this module structure template ` in" +" which you replace every occurrences of *my_module* to the name of your " +"choice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:101 +msgid "The below structure will be generated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Do not use special characters other than the underscore ( _ ) for your " +"module name, not even an hyphen ( - ). This name is used for the Python " +"classes of your module, and having classes name with special characters " +"other than the underscore is not valid in Python." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:128 +msgid "Uncomment the content of the files:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:130 +msgid "*models/models.py*, an example of model with its fields," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:132 +msgid "" +"*views/views.xml*, a tree and a form view, with the menus opening them," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:134 +msgid "*demo/demo.xml*, demo records for the above example model," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:136 +msgid "" +"*controllers/controllers.py*, an example of controller implementing some " +"routes," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:138 +msgid "" +"*views/templates.xml*, two example qweb views used by the above controller " +"routes," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:140 +msgid "" +"*__manifest__.py*, the manifest of your module, including for instance its " +"title, description and data files to load. You just need to uncomment the " +"access control list data file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:149 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:151 +msgid "" +"If you want to create your module structure manually, you can follow " +":doc:`Build an Odoo module ` to understand the " +"structure of a module and the content of each file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:156 +msgid "Push the development branch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:158 +msgid "Stage the changes to be committed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:164 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:392 +msgid "Commit your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:170 +msgid "Push your changes to your remote repository" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:172 +msgid "From an Odoo.sh editor terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:178 +msgid "" +"The above command is explained in the section :ref:`Commit & Push your " +"changes ` of the :ref:`Online " +"Editor ` chapter. It includes the " +"explanation regarding the fact you will be prompted to type your username " +"and password, and what to do if you use the two-factor authentication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:186 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:380 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:406 +msgid "Or, from your computer terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:192 +msgid "" +"You need to specify *-u origin feature-1* for the first push only. From that" +" point, to push your future changes from your computer, you can simply use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:200 +msgid "Test your module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Your branch should appear in your development branches in your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:207 +msgid "" +"In the branches view of your project, you can click on your branch name in " +"the left navigation panel to access its history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:213 +msgid "" +"You can see here the changes you just pushed, including the comment you set." +" Once the database ready, you can access it by clicking the *Connect* " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:219 +msgid "" +"If your Odoo.sh project is configured to install your module automatically, " +"you will directly see it amongst the database apps. Otherwise, it will be " +"available in the apps to install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:222 +msgid "" +"You can then play around with your module, create new records and test your " +"features and buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:226 +msgid "Test with the production data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:228 +msgid "" +"You need to have a production database for this step. You can create it if " +"you do not have it yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Once you tested your module in a development build with the demo data and " +"believe it is ready, you can test it with the production data using a " +"staging branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:233 +msgid "You can either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:235 +msgid "" +"Make your development branch a staging branch, by drag and dropping it onto " +"the *staging* section title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Merge it in an existing staging branch, by drag and dropping it onto the " +"given staging branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:245 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:289 +msgid "You can also use the :code:`git merge` command to merge your branches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:247 +msgid "" +"This will create a new staging build, which will duplicate the production " +"database and make it run using a server updated with your latest changes of " +"your branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:253 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:297 +msgid "Once the database ready, you can access it using the *Connect* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:258 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:300 +msgid "Install your module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Your module will not be installed automatically, you have to install it from" +" the apps menu. Indeed, the purpose of the staging build is to test the " +"behavior of your changes as it would be on your production, and on your " +"production you would not like your module to be installed automatically, but" +" on demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:264 +msgid "" +"Your module may not appear directly in your apps to install either, you need" +" to update your apps list first:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:266 +msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:267 +msgid "in the apps menu, click the *Update Apps List* button," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:268 +msgid "in the dialog that appears, click the *Update* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:273 +msgid "Your module will then appear in the list of available apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:279 +msgid "Deploy in production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Once you tested your module in a staging branch with your production data, " +"and believe it is ready for production, you can merge your branch in the " +"production branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:284 +msgid "Drag and drop your staging branch on the production branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:291 +msgid "" +"This will merge the latest changes of your staging branch in the production " +"branch, and update your production server with these latest changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:302 +msgid "" +"Your module will not be installed automatically, you have to install it " +"manually as explained in the :ref:`above section about installing your " +"module in staging databases `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:308 +msgid "Add a change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:310 +msgid "" +"This section explains how to add a change in your module by adding a new " +"field in a model and deploy it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:314 +msgid "From the Odoo.sh editor," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:313 +msgid "browse to your module folder *~/src/user/my_module*," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:314 +msgid "then, open the file *models/models.py*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:319 +msgid "Or, from your computer," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:317 +msgid "" +"use the file browser of your choice to browse to your module folder " +"*~/src/odoo-addons/my_module*," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:318 +msgid "" +"then, open the file *models/models.py* using the editor of your choice, such" +" as *Atom*, *Sublime Text*, *PyCharm*, *vim*, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:321 +msgid "Then, after the description field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:327 +msgid "Add a datetime field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:333 +msgid "Then, open the file *views/views.xml*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:335 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:462 +msgid "After" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:341 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:439 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:456 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:468 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:347 +msgid "" +"These changes alter the database structure by adding a column in a table, " +"and modify a view stored in database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:350 +msgid "" +"In order to be applied in existing databases, such as your production " +"database, these changes requires the module to be updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:353 +msgid "" +"If you would like the update to be performed automatically by the Odoo.sh " +"platform when you push your changes, increase your module version in its " +"manifest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:356 +msgid "Open the module manifest *__manifest__.py*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:364 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:493 +msgid "with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:370 +msgid "" +"The platform will detect the change of version and trigger the update of the" +" module upon the new revision deployment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:372 +msgid "Browse to your Git folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:374 +msgid "Then, from an Odoo.sh terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:386 +msgid "Then, stage your changes to be committed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:398 +msgid "Push your changes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:400 +msgid "From an Odoo.sh terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:412 +msgid "The platform will then create a new build for the branch *feature-1*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:417 +msgid "" +"Once you tested your changes, you can merge your changes in the production " +"branch, for instance by drag-and-dropping the branch on the production " +"branch in the Odoo.sh interface. As you increased the module version in the " +"manifest, the platform will update the module automatically and your new " +"field will be directly available. Otherwise you can manually update the " +"module within the apps list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:423 +msgid "Use an external Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:425 +msgid "" +"If you would like to use an external Python library which is not installed " +"by default, you can define a *requirements.txt* file listing the external " +"libraries your modules depends on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:428 +msgid "" +"The platform will use this file to automatically install the Python " +"libraries your project needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:430 +msgid "" +"The feature is explained in this section by using the `Unidecode library " +"`_ in your module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:433 +msgid "Create a file *requirements.txt* in the root folder of your repository" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:435 +msgid "" +"From the Odoo.sh editor, create and open the file " +"~/src/user/requirements.txt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:437 +msgid "" +"Or, from your computer, create and open the file ~/src/odoo-" +"addons/requirements.txt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:445 +msgid "" +"Then use the library in your module, for instance to remove accents from " +"characters in the name field of your model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:448 +msgid "Open the file *models/models.py*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:450 +msgid "Before" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:483 +msgid "" +"Adding a Python dependency requires a module version increase for the " +"platform to install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:485 +msgid "Edit the module manifest *__manifest__.py*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:499 +msgid "Stage and commit your changes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:507 +msgid "Then, push your changes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:509 +msgid "In an Odoo.sh terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:515 +msgid "In your computer terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:6 +msgid "Online Editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The online editor allows you to edit the source code of your builds from a " +"web browser. It also gives you the possibility to open terminals, Python " +"consoles, Odoo Shell consoles and `Notebooks " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can access the editor of a build through :ref:`the branches tabs " +"`, :ref:`the builds dropdown menu " +"` or by adding */odoo-sh/editor*" +" to your build domain name (e.g. *https://odoo-addons-" +"master-1.dev.odoo.com/odoo-sh/editor*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:25 +msgid "Edit the source code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:27 +msgid "The working directory is composed of the following folders:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can edit the source code (files under */src*) in development and staging" +" builds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Your changes won't be propagated to a new build, you must commit them in " +"your source code if you want to make them persist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:57 +msgid "" +"For production builds, the source code is read-only, because applying local " +"changes on a production server is not a good practice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The source code of your Github repository is located under */src/user*," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:61 +msgid "The source code of Odoo is located under" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:63 +msgid "*/src/odoo* (`odoo/odoo `_)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*/src/enterprise* (`odoo/enterprise `_)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:65 +msgid "" +"*/src/themes* (`odoo/design-themes `_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open a file in the editor, just double-click on it in the file browser " +"panel on the left." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:72 +msgid "" +"You can then begin to make your changes. You can save your changes with the " +"menu :menuselection:`File --> Save .. File` or by hitting the :kbd:`Ctrl+S` " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you save a Python file which is under your Odoo server addons path, Odoo " +"will detect it and reload automatically so your changes are reflected " +"immediately, without having to restart the server manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:85 +msgid "" +"However, if the change is a data stored in database, such as the label of a " +"field, or a view, you have to update the according module to apply the " +"change. You can update the module of the currently opened file by using the " +"menu :menuselection:`Odoo --> Update current module`. Note that the file " +"considered as currently opened is the file focused in the text editor, not " +"the file highlighted in the file browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:94 +msgid "You can also open a terminal and execute the command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:103 +msgid "Commit & Push your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:105 +msgid "" +"You have the possibility to commit and push your changes to your Github " +"repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:107 +msgid "Open a terminal (:menuselection:`File --> New --> Terminal`)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:108 +msgid "Change the directory to *~/src/user* using :code:`cd ~/src/user`," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:109 +msgid "Stage your changes using :code:`git add`," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:110 +msgid "Commit your changes using :code:`git commit`," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:111 +msgid "Push your changes using :code:`git push https HEAD:`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:113 +msgid "In this last command," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:115 +msgid "" +"*https* is the name of your *HTTPS* Github remote repository (e.g. " +"https://github.com/username/repository.git)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:117 +msgid "HEAD is the reference to the latest revision you committed," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:118 +msgid "" +" must be replaced by the name of the branch to which you want to " +"push the changes, most-likely the current branch if you work in a " +"development build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:125 +msgid "" +"The SSH Github remote is not used because your SSH private key is not hosted" +" in your build containers (for obvious security concerns) nor forwarded " +"through an SSH Agent (as you access this editor through a web browser) and " +"you therefore cannot authenticate yourself to Github using SSH. You have to " +"use the HTTPS remote of your Github repository to push your changes, which " +"is added automatically named as *https* in your Git remotes. You will be " +"prompted to enter your Github username and password. If you activated the " +"two-factor authentication on Github, you can create a `personal access token" +" `_ and use it as password. Granting the ``repo`` permission " +"suffices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:139 +msgid "" +"The Git source folder *~/src/user* is not checked out on a branch but rather" +" on a detached revision: This is because builds work on specific revisions " +"rather than branches. In other words, this means you can have multiple " +"builds on the same branch, but on different revisions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Once your changes are pushed, according to your :ref:`branch push behavior " +"`, a new build may be created." +" You can continue to work in the editor you pushed from, as it will have the" +" same revision as the new build that was created, but always make sure to be" +" in an editor of a build using the latest revision of your branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:150 +msgid "Consoles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:152 +msgid "" +"You can open Python consoles, which are `IPython interactive shells " +"`_. One " +"of the most interesting addition to use a Python console rather than a " +"IPython shell within a terminal is the `rich display " +"`_ capabilities. Thanks to this, you will be able to display objects" +" in HTML." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can for instance display cells of a CSV file using `pandas " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:166 +msgid "" +"You can also open an Odoo Shell console to play around with the Odoo " +"registry and model methods of your database. You can also directly read or " +"write on your records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:171 +msgid "" +"In an Odoo Console, transactions are automatically committed. This means, " +"for instance, that changes in records are applied effectively in the " +"database. If you change the name of a user, the name of the user is changed " +"in your database as well. You therefore should use Odoo consoles carefully " +"on production databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:177 +msgid "" +"You can use *env* to invoke models of your database registry, e.g. " +":code:`env['res.users']`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:187 +msgid "" +"The class :code:`Pretty` gives you the possibility to easily display lists " +"and dicts in a pretty way, using the `rich display " +"`_ mentioned above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:195 +msgid "" +"You can also use `pandas `_ to display graphs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:9 +msgid "The settings allow you to manage the configuration of your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:15 +msgid "Project name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:17 +msgid "The name of your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:22 +msgid "" +"This defines the address that will be used to access your production " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Addresses of your staging and development builds are derived from this name " +"and assigned automatically. However, when you change your project name, only" +" future builds will use the new name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:30 +msgid "Collaborators" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:32 +msgid "Manage the Github users who can access your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:37 +msgid "There are two levels of users:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:39 +msgid "Admin: has access to all features of Odoo.sh." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:40 +msgid "" +"User: does not have access to the project settings nor to the production and" +" staging databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The user group is meant for developers who can make modifications in your " +"code but are not allowed to access the production data. Users of this group " +"cannot connect to the production and staging databases using the *1-click " +"connect* feature, but they can of course use their regular account on these " +"databases if they have one, using their regular credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In addition, they cannot use the webshell nor have access to the server " +"logs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:50 +msgid "User" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:50 +msgid "Admin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:54 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:54 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:56 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:56 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:60 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:60 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:64 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:64 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:66 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:68 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:72 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:76 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:82 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:54 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:66 +msgid "1-click connect" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:70 +msgid "Shell/SSH" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:64 +msgid "Production & Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/status.rst:4 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:86 +msgid "Public Access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:88 +msgid "Allow public access to your development builds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If activated, this option exposes the Builds page publicly, allowing " +"visitors to connect to your development builds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In addition, visitors have access to the logs, shell and mails of your " +"development builds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Production and staging builds are excluded, visitors can only see their " +"status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:103 +msgid "Custom domains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To configure additional domains please refer to the corresponding branch's " +":ref:`settings tab `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Configure the deploy keys for the private repositories you use as submodules" +" in your branches to allow Odoo.sh to download them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:116 +msgid "" +"These settings are required for **private repositories** only. If you are " +"looking on how to set up your submodules, instructions are available in the " +"chapter :ref:`Submodules ` of this " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:123 +msgid "" +"When a repository is private, it is not possible to publicly download its " +"branches and revisions. For that reason, you need to configure a deploy key " +"for Odoo.sh, so the remote Git server allows our platform to download the " +"revisions of this private repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:128 +msgid "" +"To configure the deploy key for a private repository, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:130 +msgid "" +"in the input, paste the SSH URL of your private sub-repository and click on " +"*Add*," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:132 +msgid "e.g. *git@github.com:USERNAME/REPOSITORY.git*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:133 +msgid "" +"it can be another Git server than Github, such as Bitbucket, Gitlab or even " +"your own self-hosted server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:135 +msgid "copy the public key," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:137 +msgid "it should look like *ssh-rsa some...random...characters...here...==*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:139 +msgid "" +"in the settings of the private sub-repository, add the public key amongst " +"the deploy keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Github.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Deploy keys --> Add deploy key`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:142 +msgid "Bitbucket.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Access keys --> Add key`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:143 +msgid "Gitlab.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Repository --> Deploy Keys`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Self-hosted: append the key to the git user’s authorized_keys file in its " +".ssh directory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:147 +msgid "Storage Size" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:149 +msgid "This section shows the storage size used by your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:154 +msgid "Storage size is computed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:156 +msgid "the size of the PostgreSQL database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:158 +msgid "" +"the size of the disk files available in your container: database filestore, " +"sessions storage directory..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:161 +msgid "" +"In case you want to analyze disk usage, you can run the tool `ncdu " +"`_ in your Web Shell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Should your production database size grow to exceed what's provisioned in " +"your subscription, it will automatically be synchronized with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:167 +msgid "Database Workers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Additional database workers can be configured here. More workers help " +"increase the load your production database is able to handle. If you add " +"more, it will automatically be synchronized with your subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Adding more workers will not magically solve all performance issues. It only" +" allows the server to handle more connections at the same time. If some " +"operations are unusually slow, it's most likely a problem with the code, if " +"it's not due to your own customizations you can open a ticket `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:183 +msgid "Staging Branches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Additional staging branches allow you to develop and test more features at " +"the same time. If you add more, it will automatically be synchronized with " +"your subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:192 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Shows the status of the project's activation. You can change the project's " +"activation code if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/status.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The status page shows statistics regarding the servers your project uses. It" +" includes the servers availability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/overview/introduction.rst:4 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/overview/introduction.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The documentation will help you go live with your Odoo.sh project in no " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:20 +msgid "" +"An upgrade is switching to a newer version of Odoo (e.g., Odoo 14.0 to Odoo " +"15.0)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:22 +msgid "An upgrade does not cover:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Changing :ref:`editions ` (i.e., Community to " +"Enterprise edition)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Switching :ref:`hosting type ` (i.e., On-" +"Premise to Online or Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:27 +msgid "Migration from another ERP to Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:29 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:148 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:252 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:81 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:92 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:119 +msgid "|assistance-contact|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:32 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:66 +msgid ":ref:`upgrade/sla`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:37 +msgid "Process workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:39 +msgid "The upgrade process in a nutshell:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:41 +msgid "You create a test upgrade request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Odoo processes the request automatically by running the database through an " +"upgrade script, which takes between 20 and 120 minutes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:44 +msgid "Odoo delivers a test database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You test your database for possible discrepancies (see :ref:`upgrade/test-" +"guidance`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If there are any discrepancies, you report them to the Upgrade support team " +"via the help portal (see :ref:`upgrade/test-assistance`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:48 +msgid "We fix the issues and send you a new test database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once you have completed the testing and are happy with the result, you " +"decide on a date and time when you stop users from accessing Odoo, freeze " +"all data entries, and create an upgrade request for the production upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo delivers the production database through the automated process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You restore it in your Production environment a few short hours later and " +"continue working on the newly upgraded database (this is done automatically " +"on Odoo Online)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:57 +msgid ":doc:`Upgrade process for Odoo Online (SaaS) `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:58 +msgid ":doc:`Upgrade process for Odoo.sh `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`Upgrade process for On-Premise `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:64 +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:66 +msgid "" +"This phase allows you to review an upgraded version of your database without" +" affecting your production database in any way. We suggest that you run the " +"test upgrade process at least once, but you can do it as many times as you " +"need (one at a time)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once you receive your upgraded test database, check that all data, " +"processes, and functionality are still correct and working as expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you do find discrepancies, :ref:`report your issues ` and :ref:`request a new test database ` when the reported issues are fixed in the upgrade script." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If you do not find any discrepancies, you can move on to the upgrade of your" +" production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:80 +msgid "" +"A test database is only intended for testing and remains completely " +"unrelated to your present or future production database. Any data you add, " +"or changes you make, will not be reflected in your upgraded production " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Test databases are neutered and features are disabled to prevent them from " +"having an impact on the production database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The serial number of the database is modified (to prevent it from sending " +"information as if it was the production database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The :ref:`base URL of the database ` is reset to " +"``http://localhost:8069`` and the email domain to ``localhost``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Scheduled actions are disabled (the calendar synchronization, the bank " +"statement synchronization, the planned automated actions, the fetching of " +"incoming mail servers, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail servers are disabled by archiving the existing ones and adding" +" a fake/non-working one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:96 +msgid "Payment providers and delivery carriers are reset to test environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Accounting localization Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) services are " +"disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:98 +msgid "A system parameter is set to tell the database has been neutered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:103 +msgid "Request a test database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Follow the instructions available per hosting type on the `website form " +"`_ and select *Testing* purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:115 +msgid "Test guidance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Every business and organization has its own operational needs and has to " +"test its specific Odoo database individually. We recommend you look at `the " +"test scenario " +"`_" +" for further information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 +msgid "change link \"test scenario\" once the related doc is published" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:127 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:172 +msgid "Assistance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If you encounter an issue in the **test database**, please get in touch with" +" Odoo Upgrade Support via the `Odoo Support page " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Under the *Ticket Description* section, select *An issue related to my " +"upgrade* ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If you choose another *Ticket Description* type, the request will be " +"redirected to another team. This will slow down the processing and response " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:142 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Please provide as much detail as you can (i.e., videos and screenshots to " +"illustrate your issue). This will avoid clarifying questions and speed up " +"the resolution process significantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:146 +msgid "" +"The purpose of the test phase is not to correct existing data or " +"configurations in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:153 +msgid "The production launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:155 +msgid "" +"The production upgrade request is when you decide to upgrade your current " +"database with all your production data (invoices, VAT returns, inventories, " +"current orders) to a new version of your choice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:159 +msgid "" +"After your :ref:`tests ` are completed to your " +"satisfaction, submit the request to upgrade your production database via our" +" `website form `_. Select *Production* purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:164 +msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:166 +msgid "" +"business interruptions (e.g., no longer having the possibility to validate " +"an action)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:167 +msgid "" +"poor customer experiences (e.g., an eCommerce website that does not work " +"correctly)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:174 +msgid "" +"If you encounter issues or problems in the **production database**, please " +"get in touch with **Odoo Support**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:177 +msgid "Connect to our `Odoo Support page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Under the *Ticket Description* section, select the appropriate type related " +"to your issue but **do not select** the option *An issue related to my " +"upgrade*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:182 +msgid "" +"After upgrading to production, the support will be provided by the Support " +"team instead of the Upgrade team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:189 +msgid "" +"If you choose *An issue related to my upgrade* as ticket type, the request " +"will be redirected to another team than the support one and will slow down " +"the processing and response time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:195 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:200 +msgid "Contact our Upgrade service support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Should you have any more questions about the upgrade, do not hesitate to " +"send a message to `Odoo Upgrade Team `_. We will be" +" happy to answer it as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Please note that Odoo provides support and bug fixing only for the three " +"last major versions of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:213 +msgid "" +"This is a factor to take into consideration before upgrading. If you are on " +"an older version, we suggest you to prefer the most recent version to " +"benefit from longer support (before having to upgrade again)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:218 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`maintain/supported_versions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:223 +msgid "Service Level Agreement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:226 +msgid "What is covered by the Enterprise Licence?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Databases hosted on Odoo’s Cloud platforms (Saas and Odoo.sh) or On-Premise " +"(Self-Hosting) enjoy the following services at all times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:231 +msgid "The upgrade of:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:233 +msgid "standard applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:234 +msgid "" +"Studio customization (as long as the :guilabel:`Studio` app is still active)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:235 +msgid "" +"customizations done by our consulting and developer services *if* they are " +"covered by a ‘Maintenance of Customisations’ subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238 +msgid "" +"The Upgrade Service is limited to your database's technical conversion and " +"adaptation (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the " +"targeted version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:242 +msgid "What upgrading does NOT cover" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:244 +msgid "The cleaning of pre-existing data & configuration while upgrading" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:245 +msgid "" +"Any new developments and/or upgrades of your own :ref:`custom modules " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:247 +msgid "`Training `_ on the latest version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:249 +msgid "" +"You can get more information about your Enterprise Licence on our :ref:`Odoo" +" Enterprise Subscription Agreement ` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:255 +msgid ":doc:`upgrade/faq`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256 +msgid ":doc:`odoo_sh`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:8 +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:13 +msgid "Why upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You benefit from the latest features of the :ref:`new major version " +"` released by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you are in an :ref:`unsupported version `, " +"you get a new version with support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:23 +msgid "When to upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Whenever you want. You can make your upgrade request as soon as a new " +"version is released or when your version turns unsupported, and you still " +"wish to enjoy support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:31 +msgid "Availability of the new version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:33 +msgid "" +"As soon as Odoo announces the release of a new major version, you can create" +" a test upgrade request to try the latest version. Please note that at this " +"point, the upgrade scripts will only have been tested with demo data. Please" +" report any issue you might encounter while testing via the `Odoo Support " +"page `_ and make sure to be happy with your test " +"version before requesting the upgrade of your database in production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:42 +msgid "Duration of the upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:44 +msgid "It is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In general, the \"smaller\" the database, the quickest the upgrade request " +"is completed. A single-user database that uses only CRM will be processed " +"faster than a multi-company, multi-user database that uses Accounting, " +"Sales, Purchase, and Manufacturing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can expect the time it takes for the platform to upgrade the test " +"database to be similar to the production upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:56 +msgid "Duration of the upgrade project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:58 +msgid "" +"It depends on the user involvement (the time spent on testing, reporting " +"problems, etc.) and the issues encountered that might need to be addressed " +"by our technical team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:61 +msgid "So, in a nutshell, what can impact your upgrade lead time?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:63 +msgid "Source & targeted versions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:64 +msgid "Installed apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:65 +msgid "Volume of data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Amount of customization (models, fields, methods, workflows, reports, " +"website, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Installation of new apps or configuration changes after the start of the " +"test phase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:68 +msgid "User commitment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:73 +msgid "Upgrade of the custom modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:75 +msgid "" +"As stated in our :doc:`/legal/terms/enterprise`, section " +":ref:`charges_standard`, this optional service is subject to additional " +"fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Depending on your situation, the custom code could be upgraded by our " +"services, by one of our partners, or you can do it yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:86 +msgid "Upgrade or Migration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:88 +msgid "" +"An upgrade is switching to a newer version of Odoo, while a migration " +"reflects the change of :ref:`editions ` or " +"change of :ref:`hosting type `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:97 +msgid "Editions change (from Community to Enterprise)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The upgrade always returns an Enterprise edition of Odoo, whether the " +"database you sent was a community or enterprise edition. It is required to " +"have an enterprise subscription to upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If you need assistance on this matter, please contact us via the `Odoo " +"Support page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:107 +msgid "`Editions `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Switching the hosting types (Self-Hosting vs. Online Hosting - SaaS vs. " +"Cloud Platform - Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:114 +msgid "" +"An upgrade does not cover a change of `Hosting types " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Open the following link to get :doc:`more information about how to change " +"your hosting type <../maintain/hosting_changes>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:124 +msgid "The Upgrade Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:126 +msgid "" +"When an upgrade request completes successfully (test or production), you " +"receive an email notification about it that includes an 'Upgrade Report'. " +"This report is also sent to you via the Discuss app. It contains valuable " +"information regarding changes that occurred during the upgrade. While it " +"serves as a guide to possible issues to look out for, it is not an " +"exhaustive list. It remains imperative that you test the upgraded database " +"thoroughly and report any discrepancies you might find, before you decide to" +" upgrade your production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:136 +msgid "Custom views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:138 +msgid "" +"During the upgrade, some custom views might get disabled for technical " +"reasons. Therefore they might have to be fixed after the upgrade. The " +":ref:`Upgrade Report ` that is generated after " +"the upgrade is available in the Discuss app, and lists all the custom views " +"that might be impacted by this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:146 +msgid "Release Notes by version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Open our `Release Note `_ page to " +"get a summary of the new features and improvements made in each version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:152 +msgid "How long is my test available for" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:154 +msgid "" +"An Odoo Online (SaaS) test database is available for one month by default. " +"We can extend this trial period upon request. For Odoo.sh or on-premise, " +"there is no restriction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:158 +msgid "How many tests to perform before upgrading to production?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:160 +msgid "" +"As many as needed. When you are comfortable with the database, run a last " +"test upgrade 48 hours before requesting your production upgrade and test " +"your workflows one last time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:164 +msgid "How to/Where to report upgrade issues?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:166 +msgid "" +"If you encounter issues during the upgrade process, please contact the Odoo " +"Support through the `Odoo Support page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To report an issue discovered during the testing phase, please select **An " +"issue related to my upgrade (test phase)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:171 +msgid "" +"To report an issue discovered post-upgrade, please select **An issue related" +" to my upgrade (production)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:175 +msgid "Upgrading to production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Once you have completed testing and are happy with the result, you decide on" +" a date and time when you stop users from accessing Odoo, freeze all data " +"entries, and create an upgrade request for the production upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:182 +msgid "How is my data handled in the Upgrade Platform?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Upgrade platform uses the same Privacy Policy as the rest of " +"Odoo.com services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Your data is hosted on servers that follow our security guidelines, namely:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:188 +msgid "" +"SSL - All web connections to client instances are protected with 256-bit SSL" +" encryption (HTTPS with a 2048-bit modulus SSL certificate), and running " +"behind Grade A SSL stacks. All our certificate chains are using SHA-2 " +"already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Safe System - Our servers are running recent Linux distribution with up-to-" +"date security patches, with firewall and intrusion countermeasures (not " +"disclosed for obvious reasons)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Servers are located at the same locations as our Cloud providers with the " +"following services:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Restricted perimeter, physically accessed by authorized data center " +"employees only" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:197 +msgid "Physical access control with security badges or biometrical security" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:198 +msgid "Security cameras monitoring the data center locations 24/7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:199 +msgid "Security personnel on-site 24/7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The uploaded and migrated databases uploaded to the Upgrade platform are " +"kept for up to 3 months and are permanently deleted following that period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:204 +msgid "" +"You can learn more about privacy and data handling at Odoo by visiting our " +"`General Data Protection Regulation page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:208 +msgid "Rolling Release (applicable to Odoo Online databases)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:210 +msgid "" +"This feature allows customers to upgrade their database directly from a " +"message prompt sent to the database administrator as soon as the new version" +" is released. Odoo first tests the upgrade to the next version. The rolling " +"release upgrade option is displayed if the automated tests are successful. " +"The message offers two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:215 +msgid "" +"To 'Upgrade Now', which immediately triggers the upgrade of your live " +"production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To take you to your `database manager `_" +" where you can `request an upgraded test database " +"`_ and check the upgraded test database " +"for any discrepancies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:221 +msgid "" +"When you choose to proceed with the production upgrade directly, make sure " +"all users have saved their work and are logged out. The upgrade takes " +"approximately 15 minutes. During this time your database is unreachable. If " +"you notice any problem after the upgrade, please report it via the `Odoo " +"Support page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:227 +msgid "" +"If you are using the Website or Studio app, we recommend you always do a " +"test upgrade before upgrading your production instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:7 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:6 +msgid "Test upgrade request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Download a dump of your database (from the :ref:`Builds view `), choose the **exact copy** and " +"**without filestore** options. Upload the .sql.gz dump on " +"https://upgrade.odoo.com/upload and select the testing purpose. Once it's " +"processed, you'll get a dump of the database in return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To have the most up-to-date test version of your database, create a backup " +"of your production database just before creating your request. Upload it in " +"your staging branch, select **Exact dump** and **Without filestore**, and " +"then click *start*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:20 +msgid "Test your upgraded database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:22 +msgid "" +"At the beginning of your upgrade project, make sure that you create a new " +"staging branch for testing purposes by forking your main branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once the staging build is complete (it doesn't matter if it failed due to " +"the version incompatibility), import your upgraded dump in the *Backups* tab" +" of the branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The platform automatically detects the version of the dump and changes the " +"version of Odoo's source code to the corresponding version of the build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Test the upgraded database and make sure everything runs as it's supposed " +"to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:35 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:41 +msgid "Upgrade your production database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once you've tested everything and you're satisfied, start the process over " +"to get an up-to-date upgraded dump:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:40 +msgid "Make a new dump of your production database (as described in step 1)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:41 +msgid "Upload it on upgrade.odoo.com and select the Production purpose" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Receive the newly upgraded dump and import it in your production branch. The" +" build might get marked as failed because the platform will run it with the " +"upgraded databases' Odoo version together with the old custom code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:45 +msgid "Merge or commit the upgraded custom code in the production branch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If anything goes wrong, remember you can restore a backup. The platform will" +" always make one before you make any Odoo.sh operation on the production " +"database. If the restored backup comes from a previous version, the platform" +" will detect it and change the project's Odoo version back if it needs to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:53 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:48 +msgid "Custom modules (if applicable)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The upgrade of a database that contains custom modules is a 2 step process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:52 +msgid "The standard upgrade is done when your upgrade request is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Your custom modules also need to be upgraded to keep them compatible with " +"the new version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Depending on your contract, the upgrade of your custom modules can be done -" +" by yourself - by your Partner - by Odoo (if you hold a subscription to " +"'Maintenance of Customizations')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:8 +msgid "There are two ways to create your upgrade request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:11 +msgid "Upgrade request via command line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For technically-advanced users and partners, the upgrade process can be " +"initiated via the following command line on the server where the database is" +" hosted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:16 +msgid "" +":command:`python <(curl -s https://upgrade.odoo.com/upgrade) test -d -t `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The above command creates the database dump, sends it to the upgrade " +"platform, and initiates the automated upgrade process. During the upgrade, " +"you can follow the live logs on your screen. Once the upgrade process is " +"completed successfully, the upgraded database is restored onto the server " +"(as a duplicate test database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:25 +msgid "Upgrade request via the Odoo Upgrade Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Download a recent copy of your database and select the option " +":guilabel:`pg_dump custom format (without filestore)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Upload this dump file at https://upgrade.odoo.com and select *Testing* as " +"the aim. Odoo performs the automated upgrade process. Once it is completed, " +"you receive an email with a link to download the upgrade database dump file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Import the upgraded database into your on-premise environment and manually " +"test all processes and workflows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For security reasons, only the person who submitted the upgrade request is " +"able to download it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Any problem found during testing should be reported via the `helpdesk " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Once you have completed the testing successfully, you can proceed to upgrade" +" your live database in production. Download your upgraded database from the " +"link in the email and import it onto your live environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The upgrade of a database that contains custom modules is a two-step " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Depending on your contract, the upgrade of your custom modules can be done" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:57 +msgid "by yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:58 +msgid "by your Partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:59 +msgid "" +"by Odoo (if you hold a subscription to 'Maintenance of Customizations')." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/online_hosting.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo Online (SaaS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/online_hosting.rst:6 +msgid "Requesting a test upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/online_hosting.rst:8 +msgid "Go to your `database manager `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/online_hosting.rst:9 +msgid "Click on your profile icon and select *My Databases*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/online_hosting.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Click on the action settings icon next to your main database and select the " +"*Upgrade* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/online_hosting.rst:19 +msgid "In the pop-up message that will appear, select Test Upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/online_hosting.rst:24 +msgid "" +"This triggers the automated upgrade process. A confirmation email is then " +"sent to you with the the link to the upgraded database or to provide " +"information if the upgrade failed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/online_hosting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You can also see and access your test database from your *My Databases* " +"page." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po index b0d38827b..e0697e4ed 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-11-02 08:37+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:46+0000\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -17,6 +17,10 @@ msgstr "" "Language: de\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../applications.rst:3 -msgid "Applications" +#: ../../content/applications.rst:9 +msgid "User Docs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications.rst:11 +msgid "Discover our user guides and configuration tutorials per application." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index a22585511..e542bcc54 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -4,40 +4,16 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Tobias Arndt, 2021 -# Florian Pose , 2021 -# philku79 , 2021 -# EugenBrodskiSAMSAIT , 2021 -# f91684c3ff9ec3e650d5c8461e534581_686eae3 <449b96d9f63071f94d89e129677b83de_366193>, 2021 -# e2f , 2021 -# Philipp Hug , 2021 -# Thorsten Vocks , 2021 -# Ermin Trevisan , 2021 -# Johannes Croe , 2021 -# Chris Egal , 2021 -# Patrick Heuel , 2021 -# Felix Schubert , 2021 -# Jan Meyer, 2021 -# Udo Hennig , 2021 -# Andreas Stauder , 2021 -# Tina Rittmüller , 2021 -# Katharina Moritz , 2021 -# Leon Grill , 2021 -# Robert Förster , 2021 -# Andreas Schmidt , 2021 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Wolfgang Taferner, 2021 -# Rudolf Schnapka , 2021 -# Cécile Collart , 2021 +# Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2022 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:17+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2021\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-04-08 13:26+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:47+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2022\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -45,26 +21,54 @@ msgstr "" "Language: de\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../content/applications/finance.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance.rst:5 msgid "Finance" -msgstr "Finanzen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:4 -msgid "Invoicing and Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:3 -msgid "Bank & Cash" -msgstr "Bank & Kasse" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:8 +msgid "Accounting and Invoicing" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Invoicing** is a standalone invoicing app to create invoices, send " +"them to your customers, and manage payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:13 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Accounting** is a full featured accounting app. Accountant " +"productivity is at the core of its development with features such as AI-" +"powered invoice recognition, synchronization with your bank accounts, smart " +"matching suggestions, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:18 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Invoicing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:19 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Accounting Cheat Sheet `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:5 +msgid "Bank & Cash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds.rst:5 msgid "Bank Feeds" -msgstr "Bank Datenübertragung" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 msgid "Bank Statements" -msgstr "Bankauszüge" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -111,11 +115,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:25 msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" -msgstr "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" -msgstr "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:27 msgid "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" @@ -184,11 +188,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Zu erledigen" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 msgid "add doc link to new documentation about reconciliation" @@ -196,7 +200,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 msgid "Bank Synchronization: Automatic Import" -msgstr "Bank Synchronisierung: Automatischer Import" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -248,7 +252,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:290 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:331 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 @@ -268,15 +275,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/alipay.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/buckaroo.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/mollie.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/sips.rst:9 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 msgid "On-Premise users" @@ -372,7 +389,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:89 msgid "Issues" -msgstr "Fälle" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 msgid "Synchronization in error" @@ -458,7 +475,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:78 msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "FAQ" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:144 msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time. Is that normal?" @@ -911,10 +928,10 @@ msgid "" "*Update Credentials* to reactivate the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc.rst:5 msgid "Miscellaneous" -msgstr "Sonstiges" +msgstr "Diverses" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 msgid "Do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another" @@ -1069,16 +1086,16 @@ msgid "" "happen automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:179 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" -msgstr "Bank-Abgleich" +msgstr "Kontenabgleich" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 msgid "Reconciliation Models" -msgstr "Ausgleichsmodelle" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1125,7 +1142,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 msgid "Manually create a write-off on clicked button" -msgstr "Anlage einer manuellen Abschreibung bei geklicktem Button" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -1137,7 +1154,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 msgid "Suggest counterpart values" -msgstr "Gegenkonto-Buchungen vorschlagen" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -1148,7 +1165,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" -msgstr "Abgleich vorhandener Kunden- und Lieferantenrechnungen" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -1181,9 +1198,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 msgid "Type" -msgstr "Typ" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -1201,7 +1218,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 msgid "Conditions on Bank Statement Line" -msgstr "Kontoauszugszeile" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -1219,7 +1236,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 msgid "Counterpart Values" -msgstr "Gegenbuchung Werte" +msgstr "Werte Gegenbuchung" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -1238,7 +1255,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" @@ -1251,18 +1268,16 @@ msgid "Bank reconciliation process - use cases" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Übersicht" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -1293,7 +1308,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "Anwendungsfälle" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" @@ -1363,7 +1378,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" -msgstr "Auf dem Dashboard, klicke auf **Ausgleich # Posten**" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -1387,18 +1402,14 @@ msgid "" "and validate all related payments :" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 -msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:177 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Einrichtung" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 msgid "Bank Accounts" -msgstr "Bankkonten" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1439,7 +1450,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 msgid "Bank Synchronization" -msgstr "Synchronisation Bankkonto" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -1479,31 +1490,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:65 msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:66 msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:67 msgid "" "**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " "the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:69 msgid "" "**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" " default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:71 msgid "" "**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " "that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " @@ -1545,7 +1556,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:192 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" @@ -1554,7 +1565,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:194 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting Basics `_" msgstr "" @@ -1754,7 +1765,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:262 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 msgid "Usage" -msgstr "Verwendung" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" @@ -1809,18 +1820,18 @@ msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:5 msgid "Fiscal Localizations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:5 msgid "Localizations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:13 msgid "Argentina" -msgstr "Argentinien" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:6 @@ -1853,7 +1864,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Überblick" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -1910,7 +1921,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:64 msgid "Chart of Account" -msgstr "Kontenplan" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -1943,7 +1954,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:74 msgid "Environment" -msgstr "Umgebung" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -2012,10 +2023,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:117 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:161 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:322 msgid "Partner" -msgstr "Partner" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:164 @@ -2050,14 +2061,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:143 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:198 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:243 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Steuern" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -2203,10 +2214,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:220 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:259 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:296 msgid "Journals" -msgstr "Journale" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:222 msgid "" @@ -2311,14 +2323,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:276 msgid "Sequences" -msgstr "Sequenzen" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:277 msgid "" "In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" " based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " -"under :doc:`developer mode ` can be " -"used:" +"under :ref:`developer mode ` can be used:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:285 @@ -2330,15 +2341,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:291 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:178 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:348 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:294 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:181 msgid "Invoice" -msgstr "Rechnung" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:296 msgid "" @@ -2699,11 +2710,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:515 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:651 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:5 msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Eingangsrechnungen" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:517 msgid "" @@ -2818,7 +2829,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:598 msgid "Reports" -msgstr "Berichte" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:600 msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" @@ -2854,7 +2865,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:3 msgid "Australia" -msgstr "Australien" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:8 msgid "KeyPay Australian Payroll" @@ -2946,7 +2957,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:3 msgid "Chile" -msgstr "Chile" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -3030,7 +3041,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:66 msgid "Fiscal Information" -msgstr "Steuerinformation" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -3071,7 +3082,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:215 msgid "Certificate" -msgstr "Zertifikat" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -3097,9 +3108,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:124 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:702 msgid "Financial Reports" -msgstr "Finanzberichte" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -3109,7 +3120,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:134 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:226 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:5 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "" @@ -3123,7 +3134,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:145 msgid "Chart of accounts" -msgstr "Kontenplan Finanzkonten" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -3151,7 +3162,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:158 msgid "Master Data" -msgstr "Stammdaten" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -3202,7 +3213,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:217 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:265 msgid "Fiscal Positions" -msgstr "Steuerzuordnung" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -3249,10 +3260,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 msgid "Sales" -msgstr "Verkauf" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:267 msgid "" @@ -3290,7 +3301,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "Einkauf" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:281 msgid "" @@ -3395,7 +3406,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:348 msgid "" "In case you have used some folios in your previous system, make sure you set" -" the next valid folio when the first transation is created." +" the next valid folio when the first transaction is created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:354 @@ -3429,28 +3440,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can manually change the document type if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:383 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:382 +msgid "" +"Documents type 33: Electronic Invoice must have at least one item with tax, " +"otherwise the SII rejects the document validation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:386 msgid "Validation and DTE Status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:388 msgid "" "When all the invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically" " when it’s created from a sales order, proceed to validate the invoice. " "After the invoice is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:391 msgid "" "The DTE File (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added in" " the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:389 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:392 msgid "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:398 msgid "" "The DTE Status is updated automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that" " runs every day at night, if you need to get the response from the SII " @@ -3458,7 +3475,7 @@ msgid "" "follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:407 msgid "" "In the first step the DTE is sent to the SII, you can manually send it using" " the button: Enviar Ahora, a SII Tack number is generated and assigned to " @@ -3466,38 +3483,38 @@ msgid "" "by email. The DTE status is updated to Ask for Status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:412 msgid "" "Once the SII response is received Odoo updates the DTE Status, in case you " "want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result " "can either be Accepted, Accepted With Objection or Rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:421 msgid "" "There are several internal status in the SII before you get Acceptance or " "Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you " "will receive in the chatter the detail of those intermediate statuses:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:429 msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:432 msgid "" "**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is " "now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:435 msgid "" "**Accepted with objections:** Indicates the invoice information is correct " "but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally " "valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:443 msgid "" "**Rejected:** Indicates the information in the invoice is incorrect and " "needs to be corrected, the detail of the issue is received in the emails you" @@ -3505,28 +3522,28 @@ msgid "" "are also retrieved in the chatter once the email server is processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:448 msgid "If the invoice is Rejected please follow this steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:450 msgid "Change the document to draft." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:451 msgid "" "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:452 msgid "Post the invoice again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:460 msgid "Crossed references" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:462 msgid "" "When the Invoice is created as a result of another fiscal document, the " "information related to the originator document must be registered in the Tab" @@ -3535,49 +3552,56 @@ msgid "" "credit and debit notes, they are set automatically by Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:472 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:450 msgid "Invoice PDF Report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:474 msgid "" -"After the invoice is Accepted and valdiated by the SII and the PDF is " -"printed it includes the fiscal elements that indicates out document is " +"Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the SII and the PDF is " +"printed, it includes the fiscal elements that indicate that the document is " "fiscally valid:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:480 -msgid "Commercial Validation" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:482 -msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:484 -msgid "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:485 -msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." +msgid "" +"If you are hosted in Odoo SH or On-Premise, you should manually install the " +"``pdf417gen`` library. Use the following command to install it: ``pip " +"install pdf417gen``." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:486 +msgid "Commercial Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:488 +msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:490 +msgid "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:491 +msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:492 msgid "" "Subsequently, if all the commercial terms and invoice data are correct, they" " will send the Acceptance confirmation, otherwise they send a Claim." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:494 msgid "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:502 msgid "Processed for Claimed invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:504 msgid "" "Once the invoice has been Accepted by the SII **it can not be cancelled in " "Odoo**. In case you get a Claim for your customer the correct way to " @@ -3585,71 +3609,71 @@ msgid "" "Please refer to the Credit Notes section for more details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:513 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:426 msgid "Common Errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:509 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:515 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the SII, but these are " "some of the common errors you might have and which is the related solution." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:518 msgid "Error: ``RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:520 msgid "" "*Hint:* Make sure the Company Address is properly filled including the State" " and City." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:522 msgid "Error en Monto: ``- IVA debe declararse.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:518 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:528 msgid "" "*Hint:* The invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add one " "on each invoice line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:520 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:526 msgid "Error: ``Rut No Autorizado a Firmar.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:530 msgid "" -"Error: ``Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" -"[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses.``" +"Error: ``Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : " +"(Firma_DTE[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:533 msgid "" "*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF related to this document as the one you’re " "using is expired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:535 msgid "" "Error: ``Element '{http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutReceptor': This element is " "not expected. Expected is ( {http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutEnvia ).``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:538 msgid "" "*Hint:* Make sure the field Document Type and VAT are set either in the " "Customer and in the main company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:541 msgid "GLOSA: ``Usuario sin permiso de envio.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:543 msgid "" "*Hint:* This error indicates that most likely, your company has not passed " "the `Certification process " @@ -3659,12 +3683,12 @@ msgid "" "not part of the the Odoo services, but we can give you some alternatives." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:552 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:556 msgid "Credit Notes" -msgstr "Gutschriften" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:554 msgid "" "When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " "credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a CAF file " @@ -3672,33 +3696,33 @@ msgid "" "SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:563 msgid "" "Refer to the CAF section where we described the process to load the CAF on " "each document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:561 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:613 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:619 msgid "Use Cases" -msgstr "Anwendungsfälle" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:570 msgid "Cancel Referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:572 msgid "" "In case you need to cancel or invalid an Invoice, use the button Add Credit" " note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is " "automatically set to: Anula Documento de referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:580 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Text" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:576 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:582 msgid "" "If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " "Street Name, use the button Add Credit note,select Partial Refund and select" @@ -3706,35 +3730,35 @@ msgid "" "automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:584 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:590 msgid "" "Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price " "0." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:597 msgid "" "It’s important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as " "it is taken for this use case in specific." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:595 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:601 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:603 msgid "" "When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button Add Credit note" " and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is " "automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:606 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:612 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:584 msgid "Debit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:614 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, besides creating credit notes from an " "existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " @@ -3742,59 +3766,59 @@ msgid "" "detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:622 msgid "Add debt on Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:624 msgid "" "The most common use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an " "existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code " "SII:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:632 msgid "" "In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross " "reference section:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:633 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:639 msgid "Cancel Credit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:635 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:641 msgid "" "In Chile the debits notes are used to cancel a validated Credit Note, in " "this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option " "in the wizard: *1: Anula Documentos de referencia.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:647 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:653 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email " "server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:656 msgid "" "Automatically receive the vendor bills DTE and create the vendor bill based " "on this information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:651 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:657 msgid "Automatically Send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:652 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:658 msgid "Accept or Claim the document and send this status to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:656 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:662 msgid "Reception" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:658 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:664 msgid "" "As soon as the vendor email with the attached DTE is received: 1. The vendor" " Bill mapping all the information included in the xml. 2. An email is sent " @@ -3802,11 +3826,11 @@ msgid "" "as: Acuse de Recibido Enviado" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:668 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:674 msgid "Acceptation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:676 msgid "" "If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, you can " "accept the document using the button: Aceptar Documento, once this is done " @@ -3814,11 +3838,11 @@ msgid "" "is sent to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:686 msgid "Claim" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:682 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:688 msgid "" "In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " "your vendor bill, you can Claim the document before validating it, using " @@ -3826,18 +3850,18 @@ msgid "" "Claim and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:696 msgid "" "If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from draft to cancel " "automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents " "should be canceled as they won’t be valid for your accounting records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:699 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:705 msgid "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:701 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:707 msgid "" "This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " "balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " @@ -3845,18 +3869,18 @@ msgid "" " time, so that a real and complete knowledge of the status of a company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:705 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:727 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:712 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:718 msgid "Propuesta F29" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:714 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:720 msgid "" "The form F29 is a new system that the SII enabled to taxpayers, and that " "replaces the Purchase and Sales Books. This report is integrated by Purchase" @@ -3864,19 +3888,19 @@ msgid "" "transactions related to VAT, improving its control and declaration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:724 msgid "" "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE’s) that have " "been received by the SII." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:33 msgid "Colombia" -msgstr "Kolumbien" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:10 -msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO `_." +msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO `_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:15 @@ -3895,13 +3919,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:21 msgid "" "**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" -" for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " +" for the Integration with Carvajal and generate the electronic invoice, " "based on the DIAN legal requirements." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 msgid "Workflow" -msgstr "Arbeitsablauf" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:37 msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" @@ -3909,23 +3933,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:39 msgid "" -"For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " -"first two modules." +"To :ref:`install ` the modules, go to " +":menuselection:`Apps`, remove the *Apps* filter and search for \"Colombia\"." +" Then click on *Install* for the first two modules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:47 -msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" +msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:49 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " -"Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " -"credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." +"Carvajal Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and credentials, " +"this information will be provided by Carvajal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:83 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " "for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." @@ -3933,148 +3958,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:59 msgid "" -"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" -" environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " -"integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " -"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" +"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal testing " +"environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and integration" +" with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:63 +msgid "CTS (Carvajal T&S)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:63 +msgid "https://cenflab.cen.biz/site/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:66 +msgid "CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:66 +msgid "https://web-stage.facturacarvajal.com/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:70 +msgid "CSC is the default for new databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:72 msgid "" -"Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" -" the testing environment can be disabled." +"Once that Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready for production " +"the testing environment can be disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:77 msgid "Configure your report data" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:79 msgid "" "As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " "define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 msgid "Configure data required in the XML" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:97 msgid "Identification" -msgstr "Identifikation" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:99 msgid "" "As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " "DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " "their identification number and document type set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:106 msgid "" "When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " "configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " "number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:113 msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:115 msgid "" "The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " "included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " "information required by the DIAN ." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:119 msgid "" "These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " "Tab --> Fiscal Information`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:125 msgid "" "Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " "regimen of the partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:132 msgid "" "If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " "consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " "This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:139 msgid "" "Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " "configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " "display taxes in the invoice PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:150 msgid "" "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " "electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " "documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"the :doc:`Developer mode `: " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " -"Journals`." +"the :ref:`developer mode `: :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Configuration Setting --> Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:159 msgid "" "Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " "be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:167 msgid "Users" -msgstr "Benutzer" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:169 msgid "" "The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " "job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:183 msgid "" "When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" " to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:180 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:190 msgid "" "The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " "doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " "invoice are the next fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:197 msgid "There are three types of documents:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:199 msgid "" "**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " "applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:201 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:203 msgid "" "**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " "manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " @@ -4082,29 +4129,29 @@ msgid "" "the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:386 msgid "Invoice validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:213 msgid "" "After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" " to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:219 msgid "" "An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " "XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " "the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:229 msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:231 msgid "" "The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" " the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " @@ -4114,42 +4161,42 @@ msgid "" " invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:239 msgid "After this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:241 msgid "" "A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " "the invoice chatter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:248 msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:252 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:254 msgid "" "During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " "missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " "after updating the electronic invoice status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:261 msgid "" "After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " "the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:273 msgid "Additional use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:275 msgid "" "The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " "the functional workflow remains the same as well." @@ -4181,7 +4228,7 @@ msgid "Plan Contable" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:131 msgid "Impuestos" msgstr "" @@ -4196,8 +4243,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 msgid "" "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " -"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " -"Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." +"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal y la generación de la Factura " +"Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 @@ -4219,14 +4266,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 -msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" +msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 msgid "" "Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " -"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " -"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." +"Servicio Web de Carvajal, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " +"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 @@ -4238,50 +4285,52 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 msgid "" "La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " -"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" -" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" -" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " -"`_." +"ambiente piloto de Carvajal, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo " +"completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a " +"través de la siguiente liga:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:68 +msgid "CSC es el predeterminado para nuevas bases de datos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:70 msgid "" -"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " -"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " -"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" -" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero `_." +"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal el " +"ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la información " +"al ambiente de producción de Carvajal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:76 msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:80 msgid "" "Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " "definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " "Bancaria." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 msgid "" "Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " "sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:89 msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:92 msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:95 msgid "Identificación" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:97 msgid "" "Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " "por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " @@ -4289,31 +4338,31 @@ msgid "" "de documento correspondiente." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 msgid "" "Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " "ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " "número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:112 msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:114 msgid "" "Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " "el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " "Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:118 msgid "" "Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " "Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 msgid "" "Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " "régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " @@ -4322,7 +4371,7 @@ msgid "" "opciones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:133 msgid "" "Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " "importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " @@ -4330,7 +4379,7 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:141 msgid "" "Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " "en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " @@ -4338,60 +4387,60 @@ msgid "" "gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 msgid "Diarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:153 msgid "" "Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " "resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" " con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 msgid "" "La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " "ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" " Secuencia`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:165 msgid "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:173 msgid "Usuarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:175 msgid "" "La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " "incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:184 msgid "Uso y Pruebas" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:187 msgid "Facturas" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:189 msgid "" "Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " "configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " "Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 msgid "Invoice Creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:197 msgid "" "El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " "factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " @@ -4399,29 +4448,29 @@ msgid "" "manualmente." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:202 msgid "" "Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " "son los siguientes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:205 msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:207 msgid "" "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," " Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:210 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " "importación." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:213 msgid "" "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" " un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " @@ -4429,18 +4478,18 @@ msgid "" "ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:223 msgid "Invoice Validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 msgid "" "Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " "automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " "desplegado en el historial." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:232 msgid "" "Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " "con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" @@ -4448,11 +4497,11 @@ msgid "" "inicial **En Proceso**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:249 msgid "" "El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " "validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " @@ -4462,34 +4511,34 @@ msgid "" "CUFE." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 msgid "" "Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " "el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " "automáticamente:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:255 msgid "" "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " "historial de la Factura." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:260 msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:265 msgid "" "En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " "mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:274 msgid "Errores Frecuentes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:276 msgid "" "Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " "relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " @@ -4497,123 +4546,123 @@ msgid "" "desplegados en el historial." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:284 msgid "" "Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " "la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " "botón:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:298 msgid "" "El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " "el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " "igual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:303 msgid "Consideraciones del Anexo 1.7" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:306 msgid "Contexto" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 msgid "Contexto Normativo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 msgid "Soporte Normativo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:312 msgid "" "Resolución DIAN Número 000042 ( 5 de Mayo de 2020) Por la cual se " "desarrollan:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 msgid "Los sistemas de facturación," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:315 msgid "Los proveedores tecnológicos," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 msgid "El registro de la factura electrónica de venta como título valor," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 msgid "Se expide el anexo técnico de factura electrónica de venta y" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 msgid "Se dictan otras disposiciones en materia de sistemas de facturación." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 msgid "Anexo 1.7: Principales Cambios" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:323 msgid "Cambios en la definición de Consumidor Final." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 msgid "Informar bienes cubiertos para los 3 dias sin IVA." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:325 msgid "Actualización de descripción de Impuestos." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 msgid "Se agrega concepto para IVA Excluido." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:327 msgid "Informar la fecha efectiva de entrega de los bienes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:328 msgid "Adecuaciones en la representación Gráfica (PDF)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:331 msgid "Calendario" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:333 msgid "" "Se tiene varias fechas límites para la salida a producción bajo las " "condiciones del Anexo 1.7 las cuales dependen de los siguientes factores:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:336 msgid "" "Calendario de implementación de acuerdo con la actividad económica principal" " en el RUT:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:341 msgid "Calendario de implementación, para otros sujetos obligados:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:346 msgid "Calendario de implementación permanente:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 msgid "Requerimientos en Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 msgid "" "Con la finalidad de facilitar el proceso de preparación de las bases de Odoo" " estándar V12 y v13, únicamente será necesario que los administradores " @@ -4621,67 +4670,67 @@ msgid "" "nuevos procesos." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:359 msgid "Actualización de listado de Apps" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 msgid "" "Utilizando el modo desarrollador, acceder al módulo de Aplicaciones y " "seleccionar el menú *Actualizar Lista*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:368 msgid "Actualización de Módulos" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:370 msgid "" "Una vez actualizado Buscar *Colombia*, los siguientes módulos serán " "desplegados, se requieren actualizar dos módulos." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:373 msgid "Colombia - Contabilidad - l10n_co" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:374 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal UBL 2.1 - " "l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:379 msgid "" "En cada módulo o ícono hay que desplegar el menú opciones utilizando los 3 " "puntos de la esquina superior derecha y seleccionamos *Actualizar*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:382 msgid "Primero lo hacemos con en el módulo l10n_co:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:387 msgid "Posteriormente lo hacemos con el módulo l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:393 msgid "Creación de Datos Maestros" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:395 msgid "" "Las bases de datos existentes a Junio 2020 tanto en V12 como V13, deberán " "crear algunos datos maestros necesarios para operar correctamente con los " "cambios del Anexo 1.7." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:498 msgid "Consumidor Final" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 msgid "" "La figura del consumidor final será utilizada para aquellas ventas sobre las" " cuales no es posible identificar toda la información fiscal y demográfica " @@ -4689,47 +4738,47 @@ msgid "" "genérico." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 msgid "" "Es importante coordinar y definir los casos de uso en los que dependiendo de" " su empresa se tendrá permitido utilizar este registro genérico." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:408 msgid "" "Dentro de Odoo se tendrá que crear un contacto con las siguientes " "características, es importante que se defina de esta manera debido a que son" " los parámetros definidos por la DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:411 msgid "**Tipo de contacto:** Individuo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 msgid "**Nombre:** Consumidor Final" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:413 msgid "**Tipo de documento:** Cedula de Ciudadania" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:414 msgid "**Numero de Identificacion:** 222222222222" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 msgid "" "Dentro de la pestaña Ventas y Compras, en la sección Información Fiscal, del" " campo Obligaciones y Responsabilidades colocaremos el valor: **R-99-PN**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 msgid "IVA Excluido - Bienes Cubiertos" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:428 msgid "" "Para reportar las transacciones realizadas mediante Bienes Cubiertos para " "los tres días sin IVA, será necesario crear un nuevo Impuesto al cual se le " @@ -4737,19 +4786,19 @@ msgid "" " para agregar la sección requerida en el XML de factura electrónica." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:433 msgid "" "Para el crear el impuesto accederemos a Contabilidad dentro del menú " ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:439 msgid "" "Procedemos a crear un nuevo Impuesto con importe 0% considerando los " "siguientes parámetros:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:444 msgid "" "El nombre del Impuesto puede ser definido a preferencia del usuario, sin " "embargo el campo clave es **Grupo de Impuestos** dentro de Opciones " @@ -4757,86 +4806,86 @@ msgid "" "Valor**: *IVA*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:452 msgid "Actualización de descripción de Departamentos" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:454 msgid "" "Es necesario actualizar la descripción de algunos departamentos, para lo " "cual accederemos a módulo de Contactos y dentro del menú de " ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Provincias`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:460 msgid "" "Posteriormente, podemos agregar por País para identificar claramente las " "provincias (Departamentos) de Colombia:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:466 msgid "" "Una vez agrupados buscar los siguientes departamentos para actualizarlos con" " el valor indicado en la columna **Nombre actualizado**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:470 msgid "Nombre de provincia" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:470 msgid "Código de Provincia" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:470 msgid "Nombre actualizado" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:472 msgid "D.C." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:472 msgid "DC" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:472 msgid "Bogotá" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:474 msgid "Quindio" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:474 msgid "QUI" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:474 msgid "Quindío" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:476 msgid "Archipiélago de San Andrés, Providencia y Santa Catalina" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:476 msgid "SAP" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:476 msgid "San Andrés y Providencia" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:480 msgid "Ejemplo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:486 msgid "Verificación de Código postal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 msgid "" "Dentro del Anexo 1.7 se comienza a validar que el código postal de las " "direcciones para contactos colombianos corresponda a las tablas oficiales " @@ -4846,18 +4895,18 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:495 msgid "Consideraciones Operativas" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 msgid "" "Una vez que resgistro de Consumidor final ha sido creado este deberá ser " "utilizado a demanda, generalmente será utilizado en las transacciones de " "facturación del punto de punto de venta." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:503 msgid "" "El proceso de validación de la Factura será realizado de forma convencional " "en Odoo y la factura será generada de la misma manera. Al detectar que el " @@ -4866,13 +4915,13 @@ msgid "" "correspondientes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:507 msgid "" "Contablemente todos los registros de Consumidor final quedarán asociados al " "identificador generico:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 msgid "" "El 21 mayo del 2020 fue publicado el El Decreto 682 el cual establece " "Excepción especial en el Impuesto sobre las ventas. El principal objetivo de" @@ -4880,33 +4929,33 @@ msgid "" "generadas a causa del COVID." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:520 msgid "Fechas" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 msgid "" "Días de excención del impuesto sobre las ventas – IVA para bienes cubiertos " "(3 días SIN IVA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 msgid "**Primer día**: 19 de junio de 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:525 msgid "**Segundo día**: 3 de Julio de 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:526 msgid "**Tercer día**: 19 de Julio de 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 msgid "Condiciones" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:531 msgid "" "Debido a que estas transacciones serán generadas de forma excepcional y que " "se tiene una combinación de varios factores y condiciones, los productores " @@ -4915,7 +4964,7 @@ msgid "" "corresponda." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 msgid "" "A continuación se mencionan algunas de las principales condiciones, sin " "embargo, cabe mencionar que las empresas deben de verificar todos los " @@ -4923,27 +4972,27 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 msgid "Tipo de productos y precio Máximo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:543 msgid "Tipo de Productos" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:543 msgid "Precio Máximo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:545 msgid "Electrodomesticos" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:545 msgid "40 UVT: $1,4 millones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:547 msgid "Vestuario y complementos" msgstr "" @@ -4956,70 +5005,70 @@ msgid "En el caso de los complementos es:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:551 msgid "10 UVT- $356.000" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:551 msgid "Elementos deportivos" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:553 msgid "Juguetes y Utiles Escolares" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:555 msgid "5 UVT - $178.035" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:555 msgid "Utiles Escolares" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:557 msgid "Bienes o servicios para el sector agropecuario" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:557 msgid "80 UVT - $2.848.560" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:561 msgid "Métodos de Pago:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 msgid "" "El pago debe realizarse por medios electrónico por ejemplo tarjetas de " "crédito/débito o bien mecanismos de pago online." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 msgid "Limite de unidades:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 msgid "" "Cada cliente puede adquirir únicamente 3 unidades como máximo de cada " "producto." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:570 msgid "Medidas en Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:572 msgid "**Preparación de datos**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:574 msgid "" "Crear el Impuesto para Bienes cubiertos de acuerdo a lo indicado en este " "punto: Datos maestros." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:575 msgid "" "Identificar los productos y transacciones a los cuales les aplicará la " "Exclusión de IVA de acuerdo a las condiciones establecidas en el decreto " @@ -5027,55 +5076,55 @@ msgid "" "actualizar el impuesto de forma temporal en Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:578 msgid "" "Exportar un listado con los productos que serán afectados incluyendo el " "campo IVA Venta el cual será sustituido temporalmente por el IVA de Bienes " "Cubiertos." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:580 msgid "" "Al finalizar las operaciones del día anterior a las fechas establecidas de " "día sin IVA, se debe hacer la actualización temporal a IVA de Bienes " "Cubiertos." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:586 msgid "**Durante el día SIN IVA**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 msgid "" "Por defecto los productos previamente considerados con IVA de Bienes " "cubiertos serán generados con este parámetro tanto en Órdenes de venta como " "facturas creadas durante ese mismo día." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 msgid "" "Las órdenes de venta generadas con este impuesto deberán ser facturas el " "mismo día." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:595 msgid "" "En caso de que alguna de las condiciones no sea cumplida (ejemplo el pago es" " realizado en efectivo) el impuesto deberá ser actualizado manualmente al " "momento de facturar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:598 msgid "**Posterior al día SIN IVA**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:600 msgid "" "Los productos que fueron actualizados deberá ser reconfigurados a su IVA " "original." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:601 msgid "" "En caso de que se detecte alguna Orden de venta facturar en la cual se " "incluya IVA de Bienes Cubiertos, se deberá realizar actualización manual " @@ -5084,52 +5133,981 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 msgid "France" -msgstr "Frankreich" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 -msgid "FEC" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " -"the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" -" --> FEC`." +msgid "FEC - Fichier des Écritures Comptables" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " -"module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." +"An FEC :dfn:`Fichier des Écritures Comptables` audit file contains all the " +"accounting data and entries recorded in all the accounting journals for a " +"financial year. The entries in the file must be arranged in chronological " +"order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 -msgid "French Accounting Reports" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Since January 1st, 2014, every French company is required to produce and " +"transmit this file upon request by the tax authorities for audit purposes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 +msgid "FEC Import" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To make the onboarding of new users easier, Odoo Enterprise's French " +":doc:`fiscal localization <../overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` " +"includes the **FEC Import** feature (module name: ``l10n_fr_fec_import``), " +"which enables the import of existing FEC files from older software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Accounting Import`, enable **FEC Import**, and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Next, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> FEC Import`, " +"upload your FEC file, and click on *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Importing FEC files from different year takes no particular action or " +"computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Should multiple files contain any \"Reports à Nouveaux\" (RAN) with the " +"starting balance of the year, you might need to cancel those entries in the " +"User Interface. Odoo makes those entries (RAN) useless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:38 +msgid "File formats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 +msgid "" +"FEC files can only be in CSV format, as the XML format is not supported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The FEC CSV file has a plain text format representing a data table, with the" +" first line being a header and defining the list of fields for each entry, " +"and each following line representing one accounting entry, in no " +"predetermined order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Our module expects the files to meet the following technical specifications:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 +msgid "**Encoding**: UTF-8, UTF-8-SIG and iso8859_15." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:51 +msgid "**Separator**: any of these: `;` or `|` or `,` or `TAB`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:52 +msgid "" +"**Line terminators**: both CR+LF (`\\\\r\\\\n`) and LF (`\\\\n`) character " +"groups are supported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:53 +msgid "**Date format**: `%Y%m%d`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:56 +msgid "Fields description and use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:59 +msgid "#" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:59 +msgid "Field name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:59 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:32 +msgid "Use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:59 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:61 +msgid "01" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:61 +msgid "JournalCode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:61 +msgid "Journal Code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:61 +msgid "`journal.code` and `journal.name` if `JournalLib` is not provided" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:104 +msgid "Alphanumeric" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:64 +msgid "02" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:64 +msgid "JournalLib" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:64 +msgid "Journal Label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:64 +msgid "`journal.name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 +msgid "03" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 +msgid "EcritureNum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 +msgid "Numbering specific to each journal sequence number of the entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 +msgid "`move.name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:69 +msgid "04" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:69 +msgid "EcritureDate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:69 +msgid "Accounting entry Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:84 +msgid "`move.date`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:99 +msgid "Date (yyyyMMdd)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:71 +msgid "05" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:186 +msgid "CompteNum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:71 +msgid "Account Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:71 +msgid "`account.code`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:73 +msgid "06" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:73 +msgid "CompteLib" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:73 +msgid "Account Label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:73 +msgid "`account.name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 +msgid "07" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 +msgid "CompAuxNum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 +msgid "Secondary account Number (accepts null)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 +msgid "`partner.ref`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:78 +msgid "08" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:78 +msgid "CompAuxLib" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:78 +msgid "Secondary account Label (accepts null)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:78 +msgid "`partner.name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 +msgid "09" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 +msgid "PieceRef" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 +msgid "Document Reference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 +msgid "`move.ref` and `move.name` if `EcritureNum` is not provided" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:84 +msgid "PieceDate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:84 +msgid "Document Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:86 +msgid "11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:86 +msgid "EcritureLib" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:86 +msgid "Account entry Label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:86 +msgid "`move_line.name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:88 +msgid "Debit amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:88 +msgid "`move_line.debit`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:114 +msgid "13" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 +msgid "Credit amount (Field name \"Crédit\" is not allowed)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 +msgid "`move_line.credit`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:93 +msgid "14" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:93 +msgid "EcritureLet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:93 +msgid "Accounting entry cross reference (accepts null)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:93 +msgid "`move_line.fec_matching_number`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 +msgid "DateLet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 +msgid "Accounting entry date (accepts null)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:99 +msgid "unused" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:99 +msgid "16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:99 +msgid "ValidDate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:99 +msgid "Accounting entry validation date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 +msgid "17" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 +msgid "Montantdevise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 +msgid "Currency amount (accepts null)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 +msgid "`move_line.amount_currency`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:104 +msgid "18" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:104 +msgid "Idevise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:104 +msgid "Currency identifier (accepts null)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:104 +msgid "`currency.name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:108 +msgid "" +"These two fields can be found in place of the others in the sence above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 +msgid "Montant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 +msgid "Amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 +msgid "`move_line.debit` or `move_line.credit`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:114 +msgid "Sens" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:114 +msgid "Can be \"C\" for Credit or \"D\" for Debit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:114 +msgid "determines `move_line.debit` or `move_line.credit`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:114 +msgid "Char" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:119 +msgid "Implementation details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The following accounting entities are imported from the FEC files: " +"**Accounts, Journals, Partners**, and **Moves**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Our module determines the encoding, the line-terminator character, and the " +"separator that are used in the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:127 +msgid "" +"A check is then performed to see if every line has the correct number of " +"fields corresponding to the header." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the check passes, then the file is read in full, kept in memory, and " +"scanned. Accounting entities are imported one type at a time, in the " +"following order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:134 +msgid "Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Every accounting entry is related to an account, which should be determined " +"by the field `CompteNum`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:140 +msgid "Code matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Should a similar account code already be present in the system, the existing" +" one is used instead of creating a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Accounts in Odoo generally have a number of digits that are default for the " +"fiscal localization. As the FEC module is related to the French " +"localization, the default number of relevant digits is 6." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:148 +msgid "" +"This means that the account codes the trailing zeroes are right-trimmed, and" +" that the comparison between the account codes in the FEC file and the ones " +"already existing in Odoo is performed only on the first six digits of the " +"codes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The account code `65800000` in the file is matched against an existing " +"`658000` account in Odoo, and that account is used instead of creating a new" +" one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:157 +msgid "Reconcilable flag" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:159 +msgid "" +"An account is technically flagged as *reconcilable* if the first line in " +"which it appears has the `EcritureLet` field filled out, as this flag means " +"that the accounting entry is going to be reconciled with another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:165 +msgid "" +"In case the line somehow has this field not filled out, but the entry still " +"has to be reconciled with a payment that hasn't yet been recorded, this " +"isn't a problem anyway; the account is flagged as reconcilable as soon as " +"the import of the move lines requires it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:170 +msgid "Account type and Templates matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:172 +msgid "" +"As the **type** of the account is not specified in the FEC format, **new** " +"accounts are created with the default type *Current Assets* and then, at the" +" end of the import process, they are matched against the installed Chart of " +"Account templates. Also, the *reconcile* flag is also computed this way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The match is done with the left-most digits, starting by using all digits, " +"then 3, then 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 +msgid "Code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 +msgid "Full comparison" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 +msgid "3-digits comparison" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 +msgid "2-digits comparison" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 +msgid "Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 +msgid "`400000`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 +msgid "`400`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:186 +msgid "`40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:186 +msgid "`40100000`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:186 +msgid "`401`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:188 +msgid "**Result**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:188 +msgid "Match **found**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The type of the account is then flagged as *payable* and *reconcilable* as " +"per the account template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Journals are also checked against those already existing in Odoo to avoid " +"duplicates, also in the case of multiple FEC files imports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Should a similar journal code already be present in the system, the existing" +" one is used instead of creating a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:202 +msgid "New journals have their name prefixed by the string ``FEC-``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:205 +msgid "`ACHATS` -> `FEC-ACHATS`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:207 +msgid "" +"The journals are *not* archived, the user is entitled to handle them as he " +"wishes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:210 +msgid "Journal type determination" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The journal type is also not specified in the format (as per the accounts) " +"and therefore it is at first created with the default type `general`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:215 +msgid "" +"At the end of the import process, the type is determined as per these rules " +"regarding related moves and accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "" +"`bank`: Moves in these journals always have a line (debit or credit) " +"impacting a liquidity account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "" +"`cash` / `bank` can be interchanged, so `bank` is set everywhere when this " +"condition is met." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "" +"`sale`: Moves in these journals mostly have debit lines on receivable " +"accounts and credit lines on tax income accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "Sale refund journal items are debit/credit inverted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "" +"`purchase`: Moves in these journals mostly have credit lines on payable " +"accounts and debit lines on expense accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "Purchase refund journal items are debit/credit inverted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "`general`: for everything else." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:231 +msgid "A minimum of three moves is necessary for journal type identification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:232 +msgid "" +"A threshold of 70% of moves must correspond to a criteria for a journal type" +" to be determined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:235 +msgid "Suppose we are analyzing the moves that share a certain `journal_id`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:269 +msgid "Moves" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:238 +msgid "Count" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:238 +msgid "Percentage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:240 +msgid "that have a sale account line and no purchase account line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:242 +msgid "that have a purchase account line and no sale account line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:242 +msgid "25%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:244 +msgid "that have a liquidity account line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:244 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:244 +msgid "**75%**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:246 +msgid "**Total**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:246 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:246 +msgid "100%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:249 +msgid "" +"The journal `type` would be `bank`, because the bank moves percentage (75%) " +"exceeds the threshold (70%)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:253 +msgid "Partners" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:255 +msgid "Each partner keeps its `Reference` from the field `CompAuxNum`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:259 +msgid "" +"These fields are searchable, in line with former FEC imports on the " +"accounting expert's side for fiscal/audit purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:264 +msgid "" +"Users can merge partners with the Data Cleaning App, where Vendors and " +"Customers or similar partner entries may be merged by the user, with " +"assistance from the system that groups them by similar entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Entries are immediately posted and reconciled after submission, using the " +"`EcritureLet` field to do the matching between the entries themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:274 +msgid "" +"The `EcritureNum` field represents the name of the moves. We noticed that " +"sometimes it may not be filled out. In this case, the field `PieceRef` is " +"used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:278 +msgid "Rounding issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:280 +msgid "" +"There is a rounding tolerance with a currency-related precision on debit and" +" credit (i.e., 0.01 for EUR). Under this tolerance, a new line is added to " +"the move, named *Import rounding difference*, targeting the accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:284 +msgid "`658000` Charges diverses de gestion courante, for added debits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:285 +msgid "`758000` Produits divers de gestion courante, for added credits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:288 +msgid "Missing move name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:290 +msgid "" +"Should the `EcritureNum` not be filled out, it may also happen that the " +"`PieceRef` field is also not suited to determine the move name (it may be " +"used as an accounting move line reference) leaving no way to actually find " +"which lines are to be grouped in a single move, and effectively impeding the" +" creation of balanced moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:295 +msgid "" +"One last attempt is made, grouping all lines from the same journal and date " +"(`JournalLib`, `EcritureDate`). Should this grouping generate balanced moves" +" (sum(credit) - sum(debit) = 0), then each different combination of journal " +"and date creates a new move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:300 +msgid "" +"`ACH` + `2021/05/01` --> new move on journal `ACH` with name `20210501`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:302 +msgid "" +"Should this attempt fail, the user is prompted an error message with all the" +" move lines that are supposedly unbalanced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:306 +msgid "Partner information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:308 +msgid "" +"If a line has the partner information specified, the information is copied " +"to the accounting move itself if the targeted Journal is of type *payable* " +"or *receivable*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:312 +msgid "Export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:314 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French :doc:`fiscal localization " +"<../overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, you should be able to download " +"the FEC. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" +" --> FEC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:320 +msgid "" +"If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove " +"the *Apps* filter, then search for the module named **France-FEC** and make " +"sure it is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:325 +msgid "" +"`Official Technical Specification (fr) " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:327 +msgid "" +"`Test-Compta-Demat (Official FEC Testing tool) " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:331 +msgid "French Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:333 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " "accounting reports specific to France:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:336 msgid "Bilan comptable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:337 msgid "Compte de résultats" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:338 msgid "Plan de Taxes France" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:341 msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:343 msgid "" "As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " "France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " @@ -5138,75 +6116,66 @@ msgid "" "through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 -msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:350 +msgid "Is my company required to use anti-fraud software?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:352 msgid "" "Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " "Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:355 msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:356 msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:358 msgid "" "This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " "VAT and therefore are not affected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:362 msgid "Get certified with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:364 msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:366 msgid "" "Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" " of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " "legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" " `here `_. If you " "use Odoo Community, you should :doc:`upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " -"` or contact your Odoo service provider." +"` or contact your Odoo service " +"provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:373 msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 -msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:375 +msgid "To get the certification, just follow the following steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:377 msgid "" -"Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " -"menu:" +"If you use **Odoo Point of Sale**, :ref:`install ` the " +"**France - VAT Anti-Fraud Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 " +"bis)** module by going to :menuselection:`Apps`, removing the *Apps* filter," +" then searching for *l10n_fr_pos_cert*, and installing the module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 -msgid "" -"if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " -"Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 -msgid "" -"in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " -"Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:381 msgid "" "Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " "encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " @@ -5214,27 +6183,27 @@ msgid "" "country from the list; Do not create a new country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:385 msgid "" "Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " "`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:389 msgid "" "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " -"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " -"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode " +"`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules " +"List* in the top-menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:393 msgid "" "In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " "restart your server beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:395 msgid "" "If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" " December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" @@ -5244,59 +6213,59 @@ msgid "" " installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:404 msgid "Anti-fraud features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:406 msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:408 msgid "" "**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " "data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:410 msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:411 msgid "" "**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " "cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:415 msgid "Inalterability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:417 msgid "" "All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " "confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " "located in France or in any DOM-TOM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:423 msgid "" "If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " "companies are impacted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:426 msgid "Security" -msgstr "Sicherheit" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:428 msgid "" -"To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" -" validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " +"To ensure inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon " +"validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " "document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:433 msgid "" "The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " "information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " @@ -5305,7 +6274,7 @@ msgid "" "document recorded in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:439 msgid "" "Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " "POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " @@ -5313,11 +6282,11 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:446 msgid "Storage" -msgstr "Lagerung" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:448 msgid "" "The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " "annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" @@ -5325,24 +6294,24 @@ msgid "" "recorded in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:454 msgid "" "Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " "Invoicing and Accounting apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:459 msgid "" "Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " "Type = Sales)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:461 msgid "" "For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:463 msgid "" "POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " "Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " @@ -5350,7 +6319,7 @@ msgid "" " hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:469 msgid "" "A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " "previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " @@ -5358,70 +6327,74 @@ msgid "" "counted in the very next closing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:476 msgid "" "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -":doc:`Developer mode `. Then go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " -"Actions`." +":ref:`developer mode `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "Verantwortlichkeiten" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:478 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:481 +msgid "Responsibilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:483 msgid "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:486 msgid "" "Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " "the inalterability of data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:490 msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:494 msgid "More Information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:496 msgid "" -"You will find more information about this legislation in the official " -"documents:" +"You can find more information about this legislation in the following " +"official documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:500 msgid "" "`Frequently Asked Questions " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:502 msgid "" "`Official Statement " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:504 msgid "" "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:52 msgid "Germany" -msgstr "Deutschland" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 msgid "German Chart of Accounts" @@ -5458,17 +6431,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:29 msgid "Balance Sheet" -msgstr "Bilanz" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 msgid "Profit & Loss" -msgstr "Erfolgsrechnung" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" @@ -5492,11 +6465,223 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:39 -msgid "German Tax Accounting Standards: Odoo's guide to GoBD Compliance" +msgid "Point of Sale in Germany: Technical Security System" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:41 msgid "" +"The **Kassensicherungsverordnung** (The Act on Protection against " +"Manipulation of Digital Records) requires that electronic record-keeping " +"systems - including the :doc:`point of sale " +"<../../../../sales/point_of_sale>` systems - must be equipped with a " +"**Technical Security System** (also called **TSS** or **TSE**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers a service that is compliant with the help of `fiskaly " +"`_, a *cloud-based solution*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Since this solution is cloud-based, a working internet connection is " +"required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The only VAT rates allowed are given by fiskaly. You can check these rates " +"by consulting: `fiskaly DSFinV-K API: VAT Definition " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:61 +msgid "Modules installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If your database was created before June 2021, :ref:`upgrade " +"` your **Point of Sale** app (`point_of_sale`) and the " +"**Restaurant** module (`pos_restaurant`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:65 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the **Germany - Certification for Point of " +"Sale** (`l10n_de_pos_cert`) and **Germany - Certification for Point of Sale " +"of type restaurant** (`l10n_de_pos_res_cert`) modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If these modules are not listed, :ref:`update the app list " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:77 +msgid "Register your company at the financial authority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To register your company, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"Settings --> Companies --> Update Info`, fill out the following fields and " +"*Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:82 +msgid "**Company name**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:83 +msgid "Valid **address**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:84 +msgid "**VAT** number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**St.-Nr** (Steuernummer): this number is assigned by the tax office to " +"every taxable natural or legal person. (e.g., `2893081508152`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:87 +msgid "" +"**W-IdNr** (Wirtschafts-Identifikationsnummer): this number is used as a " +"permanent identification number for economically active persons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:90 +msgid "" +"You can then **register your company through fiskaly** by opening the " +"*fiskaly* tab and clicking on the *fiskaly Registration* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If you do not see the *fiskaly Registration* button, make sure that you " +"*saved* your company details and are not in *editing mode* anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:101 +msgid "Once the registration has been finalized, new fields appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:103 +msgid "" +"**fiskaly organization ID** refers to the ID of your company at the fiskaly " +"side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:104 +msgid "" +"**fiskaly API key** and **secret** are the credentials the system uses to " +"access the services offered by fiskaly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:112 +msgid "" +"It is possible to request new credentials if there is any issue with the " +"current ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:115 +msgid "Create and link a Technical Security System to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To use your point of sale in Germany, you first have to create a :abbr:`TSS " +"(Technical Security System)` for it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:124 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of" +" Sale`, open the point of sale you want to edit, then check the box next to " +"**Create TSS** and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Once the creation of the TSS is successful, you can find your **TSS ID** and" +" **Client ID** under the *fiskaly API* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:134 +msgid "**TSS ID** refers to the ID of your TSS at fiskaly's side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:135 +msgid "**Client ID** refers to your PoS but at fiskaly's side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:138 +msgid "DSFinV-K" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Whenever you close a PoS session, the orders' details are sent to the " +":abbr:`DSFinV-K (Digitale Schnittstelle der Finanzverwaltung für " +"Kassensysteme)` service of fiskaly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:147 +msgid "" +"In case of an audit, you can export the data sent to DSFinV-K by going to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> DSFinV-k exports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:150 +msgid "These fields are mandatory:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:152 +msgid "**Name**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:153 +msgid "" +"**Start Datetime** (export data with dates larger than or equal to the given" +" start date)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:154 +msgid "" +"**End Datetime** (export data with dates smaller than or equal to the given " +"end date)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Leave the **Point of Sale** field blank if you want to export the data of " +"all your points of sale. Specify a Point of Sale if you want to export this " +"specific PoS' data only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The creation of a DSFinV-K export triggers on export at fiskaly's side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:165 +msgid "" +"As you can see, the **State** is *Pending*. This means that the export has " +"been successfully triggered and is being processed. You have to click on " +"*Refresh State* to check if it is ready." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:171 +msgid "German Tax Accounting Standards: Odoo's guide to GoBD Compliance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:173 +msgid "" "**GoBD** stands for `Grundsätze zur ordnungsmäßigen Führung und Aufbewahrung" " von Büchern, Aufzeichnungen und Unterlagen in elektronischer Form sowie zum" " Datenzugriff " @@ -5507,7 +6692,7 @@ msgid "" "and balance sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:180 msgid "" "These principles have been written and published by the Federal Ministry of " "Finance (BMF) in November 2014. Since January 2015, **they have become the " @@ -5517,16 +6702,16 @@ msgid "" "solutions (cloud hosting, paperless companies, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:187 msgid "Odoo gives you **the means to be compliant with GoBD**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:190 msgid "" "What do you need to know about GoBD when relying on accounting software?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:193 msgid "" "If you can, the best way to understand GoBD is to Read the `Official GoBD " "text " @@ -5535,7 +6720,7 @@ msgid "" "what to expect:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:197 msgid "" "The **GoBD is binding for companies that have to present accounts, which " "includes SMEs, freelancers, and entrepreneurs, to the financial " @@ -5544,41 +6729,39 @@ msgid "" "mentioned financial and related data)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:202 msgid "" "Apart from software requirements, the user is required to ensure Internal " "control systems (*in accordance with sec. 146 of the Fiscal Code*):" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:205 msgid "Access rights control;" -msgstr "Zugangs- und Zugriffsberechtigungskontrollen;" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:206 msgid "Segregation of Duties, Functional separating;" -msgstr "Funktionstrennungen;" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:207 msgid "Entry controls (error notifications, plausibility checks);" -msgstr "Erfassungskontrollen (Fehlerhinweise, Plausibilitätsprüfungen)," +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:208 msgid "Reconciliation checks at data entry;" -msgstr "Abstimmungskontrollen bei der Dateneingabe;" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:209 msgid "Processing controls;" -msgstr "Verarbeitungskontrollen;" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:210 msgid "" "Measures to prevent intentional or unintentional manipulation of software, " "data, or documents." msgstr "" -"Schutzmaßnahmen gegen die beabsichtigte und unbeabsichtigte Verfälschung von" -" Programmen, Daten und Dokumenten. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:212 msgid "" "The user must distribute tasks within its organization to the relevant " "positions (*control*) and verify that the tasks are properly and completely " @@ -5588,68 +6771,55 @@ msgid "" "(*prevention*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:218 msgid "What about data security?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:220 msgid "" "**The taxpayer must secure the system against any data loss due to " "deletion, removal, or theft of any data**. If the entries are not " "sufficiently secured, the bookkeeping will be regarded as not in accordance " "with the GoBD guidelines." msgstr "" -"**Der Steuerpflichtige ist verpflichtet, das System gegen Datenverlust durch" -" Löschen, Entfernen oder Diebstahl von Daten zu sichern**. Sind die " -"Buchungen nicht ausreichend gesichert, gilt die Buchführung als nicht " -"konform mmit den GOBD-Richtlinien. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:224 msgid "" "Once bookings have been finally posted, they can no longer be changed or " "deleted via the application." msgstr "" -"Einmal fest gebuchte Buchungen können nicht mehr über die Applikation " -"verändert oder gelöscht werden und sind festgeschrieben. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:227 msgid "" "If Odoo is used in the cloud, regular backups are part of the SaaS service. " "In addition, regular backups can be downloaded and backed up on external " "systems." msgstr "" -"Falls Odoo in der Cloud verwendet wird, sind regelmäßige Backups Teil der " -"SaaS Dienstleistung. Es können zusätzlich regelmäßig Backups heruntergeladen" -" und anderweitig gesichert werden. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:231 msgid "" "`Odoo Cloud Hosting - Service Level Agreement `_" msgstr "" -"`Odoo Cloud Hosting - Service Level Agreement `_" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:233 msgid "" "If the server is operated locally, it is the responsibility of the user to " "create the necessary backup infrastructure." msgstr "" -"Wird der Server lokal betrieben, liegt es in der Verantwortung des " -"Benutzers, die nötige Backup/Sicherungsinfrastruktur herzustellen. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:237 msgid "" "In some cases, data has to be kept for ten years or more, so always have " "backups saved. It is even more important if you decide to change software " "provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:241 msgid "Responsibility of the software editor" -msgstr "Worin besteht die Verantwortung des Software-Herstellers" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:243 msgid "" "Considering GoBD only applies between the taxpayer and the financial " "authority, **the software editor can by no means be held responsible for the" @@ -5657,17 +6827,12 @@ msgid "" "their users**. It can merely provide the necessary tools for the user to " "respect the software related guidelines described in the GoBD." msgstr "" -"Der Software-Hersteller kann keineswegs für die korrekte und konforme " -"Dokumentation der Finanztransaktionsdaten seiner Nutzer verantwortlich " -"gemacht werden, sondern kann lediglich die notwendigen Werkzeuge " -"bereitstellen, damit der Nutzer die in der GoBD beschriebenen " -"softwarebezogenen Richtlinien einhalten kann. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:249 msgid "How can Odoo help you achieve Compliance?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:251 msgid "" "The key words, when it comes to GoBD, are: **traceable, verifiable, true, " "clear, and continuous**. In short, you need to have audit-proof archiving in" @@ -5677,7 +6842,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Traceability and verifiability**" -msgstr "**Nachvollziehbarkeit und Nachprüfbarkeit**" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -5686,15 +6851,10 @@ msgid "" "relevant fields are tracked thus it can be seen which value was changed by " "whom in the chatter of the relevant object." msgstr "" -" Jeder Datensatz in Odoo ist mit dem Ersteller des Dokuments, dem " -"Erstellungsdatum, dem Änderungsdatum und dem Bearbeiter versehen. Zusätzlich" -" werden relevante Felder verfolgt (“getrackt”), so dass im Chatter des " -"jeweiligen Objektes ersichtlich ist, welcher Feldwert von wem geändert " -"wurde. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Completeness**" -msgstr "**Vollständigkeit**" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -5705,16 +6865,10 @@ msgid "" "automatically, it remains the responsibility of the user to encode all " "vendor bills and miscellaneous operations completely." msgstr "" -"Alle Finanzdaten müssen im System erfasst werden, es dürfen keine bestehen. " -"Odoo stelt sicher, dass es keine Lücken in der Nummerierung der " -"Finanztransaktionen gibt. Es liegt in der Verantwortung des Benutzers, alle " -"Finanzdaten im System zu einzugeben. Da die meisten Finanzdaten in Odoo " -"automatisch generiert werden, liegt es in der Verantwortung des Benutzers, " -"alle Lieferantenrechnungen und sonstigen Buchungen vollständig einzugeben. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Accuracy**" -msgstr "**Richtigkeit**" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -5725,17 +6879,10 @@ msgid "" " to the respective record in Odoo. *Odoo Document helps you automate this " "task*." msgstr "" -"Odoo stellt mit der richtigen Konfiguration sicher, dass die richtigen Kont " -"verwendet werden. Darüber hinaus spiegeln die Kontrollmechanismen zwischen " -"Bestellungen und Kundenaufträgen und ihren jeweiligen Rechnungen die " -"Geschäftsrealität wider. Es liegt in der Verantwortung des Benutzers, die " -"papierbasierten Lieferantenrechnung zu scannen und an den jeweiligen " -"Datensatz in Odoo anzuhängen sowie diese entsprechend anzupassen. *Die App " -"“Odoo Document” unterstützt Sie bei der Automatisierung dieser A Auufgabe*. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Timely booking and record-keeping**" -msgstr "**Zeitgerechte Buchungen und Aufzeichnungen**" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -5745,17 +6892,10 @@ msgid "" "encode all incoming vendor bills in a timely manner, as well as the " "miscellaneous operations." msgstr "" -"Da die meisten Finanzdaten in Odoo durch die Transaktionsobjekte erzeugt " -"werden (z.B. wird die Rechnung bei der Bestätigung automatisch gebucht, die " -"Wareneingangs-finanzbuchung wird beim Wareneingang automatisch " -"generiert.....), sorgt Odoo sofort für eine zeitgerechte Buchführung und " -"Aufzeichung (meistens sogar in Echtzeit). Es liegt in der Verantwortung des " -"Benutzers, alle eingehenden Lieferantenrechnungen sowie die sonstigen " -"Buchungen zeitgerecht zu buchen. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Order**" -msgstr "**Ordnung**" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -5765,16 +6905,10 @@ msgid "" "transaction can be quickly found by a third-party expert. Odoo ensures this " "out-of-the-box." msgstr "" -"Die in Odooo gespeicherten Finanzdaten sind per Definition geordnet und " -"können nach den meisten im Modell vorhandenen Feldern neu geordnet werden. " -"Eine bestimmte Anordnung wird von der GoBD nicht angeordnet, aber das System" -" muss sicherstellen, dass ein bestimmtes Finanzgeschäft von einem " -"sachkundigen Dritten schnell gefunden werden kann. Odoo bietet standardmäßig" -" diese Möglichkeit an. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Inalterability**" -msgstr "**Unveränderbarkeit**" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -5782,27 +6916,20 @@ msgid "" "way that the inalterability clause can be adhered to without any further " "customization." msgstr "" -"Mit der deutschen Odoo-Lokalisierung ist Odoo im Standard so konfiguriert, " -"dass die Unveränderlichkeitsklausel ohne weitere Anpassungen eingehalten " -"werden kann (Festschreibung der Buchungen anhand eines Hash-Wertes, die " -"Buchungen können dann nicht mehr gelöscht oder verändert werden). " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:286 msgid "Do you need a GoBD-Export?" -msgstr "Brauche Sie einen GoBD-Export?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:288 msgid "" "In the case of fiscal control, the fiscal authority can request three levels" " of access to the accounting system (Z1, Z2, Z3). These levels vary from " "direct access to the interface to the handover of the financial data on a " "storage device." msgstr "" -"Im Falle einer Steuerprüfung kann die Steuerbehörde 3 Zugriffsebenen auf das" -" Buchhaltungssystem (ZZ1, Z2, Z3) anordnen, die von einem Zugriff über die " -"Anwendungsoberfläche bis hin zur Datenträgerüberlassung reicht. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:292 msgid "" "In case of a handover of the financial data on a storage device, the format " "is **not** enforced by the GoBD. It can be, for example, in XLS, CSV, XML, " @@ -5811,19 +6938,12 @@ msgid "" "export in a specific XML-based GoBD-format (see \"Ergänzende Informationen " "zur Datenntträgerüberlassung\" §3) but it is not binding." msgstr "" -"Im Falle einer Datenträgerüberlassung (Z3) wird das Format von der GoBD " -"nicht erzwungen. Die Finanztransaktionsdaten können in den Formaten xls, " -"csv, xml, Lottuus 123, SAP-Format, AS/400-Format, .... übertragen werden. " -"Odoo unterstützt den csv-und xls-Export von Finanzdaten out-of-the-box. Die " -"GoBD empfiehlt den Export in ein best tiim mmtes xml-basiertes GoBD-Format " -"(siehe \"Ergänzende Informationen zur Datenträgerüberlassung\" §3), dieses " -"Format ist aber nicht verbindlich. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:299 msgid "What is the role and meaning of the compliance certification?" -msgstr "Welche Rolle und Bedeutung haben GoBD-Zertifikate? " +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:301 msgid "" "The GoBD clearly states that due to the nature of a state of the art " "accounting software, their configuration possibilities, changing nature, and" @@ -5834,7 +6954,7 @@ msgid "" "other legal value (A. 12, § 181)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:307 msgid "" "A GoBD certificate states nothing more than that if you use the software " "according to its guidelines, the software will not refrain you from " @@ -5844,49 +6964,40 @@ msgid "" "not, however, offer our customer any legal certainty." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:314 msgid "" "The BMF actually states the following in the `Official GoBD text " "`_:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:317 msgid "" "180. Positive attestations on the correctness of the bookkeeping - and thus " "on the correctness of IT-based bookkeeping systems - are not issued either " "in the context of a tax field audit or in the context of binding " "information." msgstr "" -"180. Positivtestate zur Ordnungsmäßigkeit der Buchführung - und damit zur " -"Ordnungsmäßigkeit DV-gestützter Buchführungssysteme - werden weder im Rahmen" -" einer steuerliche Außenprüfung noch im Rahmen einer verbindlichen " -"Auskunftsführung." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:320 msgid "" "181. \"Certificates\" or \"attestations\" from third parties can serve as a " "decision criterion for the company when selecting a software product, but " "develop from the in margin no. 179 is not binding on the tax authorities." msgstr "" -"181. \"überprüftate\" oder \"Testate\" Dritter kann bei der Auswahl eines " -"Softwareproduktes dem Unternehmen als Entscheidungskriterium dienen, " -"entfalten trotz aus den in Rz. 179 Vertretungsgegenstände der Finanzbehörde " -"keine Berechtigungswirkung." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:325 msgid "" "The previous content was `automatically translated from German with Google " "Translate " -"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:330 msgid "What happens if you are not compliant?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:332 msgid "" "In the event of an infringement, you can expect a fine but also a court " "order demanding the implementation of specific measures." @@ -5894,7 +7005,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 msgid "Indonesia" -msgstr "Indonesien" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 msgid "E-Faktur Module" @@ -6066,11 +7177,132 @@ msgid "" "invoice to draft, edit it and re-assign a new serial number." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:71 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:5 +msgid "Allow the user to generate the EDI document for Italian invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:7 +msgid "" +"This module allows the creation of the EDI documents and the communication " +"with the SDICoop web service of FatturaPA to send or receive invoices and " +"notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Once this module is installed, it's no longer possible to send invoices via " +":ref:`PEC mails `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:15 +msgid "SDICoop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:21 +msgid "Setup the Codice Destinatario on FatturaPA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To receive invoices and notifications from third parties, you need to inform" +" the FatturaPA service that Odoo is the allowed party to process files for " +"you. To do so, you must setup Odoo's *Codice Destinatario* on the FatturaPA " +"portal. The *Codice Destinatario* is ``K95IV18``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to https://ivaservizi.agenziaentrate.gov.it/portale/ and authenticate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:28 +msgid "Go to section :menuselection:`Fatture e Corrispettivi`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Set the user as Legal Party for the VAT number you wish to configure the " +"electronic adress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Servizi Disponibili --> Fatturazione Elettronica --> " +"Registrazione dell’indirizzo telematico dove ricevere tutte le fatture " +"elettroniche`, input Odoo's Codice Destinatario (**K95IV18**), then confirm." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:35 +msgid "Give Odoo permission to process files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Since the files are transmitted through Odoo's server before being sent to " +"SDICoop or received by your database, you need to authorize Odoo to process " +"your files from your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To do this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic " +"Invoicing` and click on *Register*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:48 +msgid "" +"All your files are encrypted upon reception in such a way that only you are " +"able to decrypt them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:51 +msgid "Enable FatturaPA on the Sales journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Open your sales journal. Under the *Advanced Settings* tab, in the " +"**Electronic invoicing** field, check *FatturaPA* and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:61 +msgid "Issue invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Send an invoice the way you would do it normally. The EDI process proceeds " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can check the current status of your customer invoice under the " +"**Electronic invoicing** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:77 +msgid "Receive invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:79 +msgid "This process is ran automatically once a day." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 msgid "Italy (IT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:8 +msgid "PEC mail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:10 msgid "" "Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" " configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " @@ -6079,11 +7311,11 @@ msgid "" "l’interscambio di informazioni." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:18 msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:20 msgid "" "Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " "funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" @@ -6092,30 +7324,30 @@ msgid "" " configurare la fatturazione elettronica." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:26 msgid "" "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " "elettronica sono i seguenti:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:29 msgid "" "Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" " elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " "stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " -"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " +"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si può consultare la " "relativa :doc:`guida " -"`." +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:35 msgid "" -"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" -" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " +"Indirizzo PEC dell’Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato " +"presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " "elettronica." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " "della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " @@ -6123,34 +7355,34 @@ msgid "" "previa comunicazione." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:44 msgid "" -"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " -"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." +"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far sì che la Fatturazione Elettronica " +"funzioni correttamente, questi campi devono essere compilati correttamente." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:48 msgid "" "Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " "selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " -"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" +"commercialista qual è il corretto regime fiscale!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:52 msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:61 msgid "" "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " "Commercio." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:64 msgid "" "Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " "fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " @@ -6158,18 +7390,18 @@ msgid "" "l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:75 msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:77 msgid "" "Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " "fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " "necessarie informazioni legali." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:81 msgid "" "Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" " i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" @@ -6177,11 +7409,11 @@ msgid "" "necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:92 msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:94 msgid "" "Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " "dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" @@ -6190,51 +7422,199 @@ msgid "" "tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:107 msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:109 msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:113 msgid "" "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:116 msgid "" "I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " "dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" " dall’applicazione contabilità." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:120 msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:122 msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:124 msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:126 msgid "" "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " "su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:3 +msgid "Luxembourg" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:8 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Luxembourgish localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:11 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Luxembourg - Accounting` (module's technical name: ``l10n_lu``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:12 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Luxembourg - Accounting Reports` (module's technical name: " +"``l10n_lu_reports``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:13 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Luxembourg - Annual VAT Report` (module's technical name: " +"``l10n_lu_reports_annual_vat``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Installing the module :guilabel:`Luxembourg - Accounting Reports` installs " +"all three modules at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:24 +msgid "Standard Chart of Accounts - PCN 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Odoo's :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for Luxembourg includes the " +"current **Standard Chart of Accounts (PCN 2020)**, effective since January " +"2020." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:30 +msgid "eCDF tax return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Tax returns in Luxembourg require a specific XML file to upload on the eCDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To download it, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Report --> Audit " +"Reports --> Tax Report`, and click on :guilabel:`Export eCDF declaration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:282 +msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:39 +msgid "" +"`Platform for electronic gathering of financial data (eCDF) " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:42 +msgid "Annual tax report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can generate an XML file to electronically file your annual tax report " +"with the tax office." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Report --> Luxembourg --> " +"Annual Tax Report`, click on :guilabel:`Create`, then define the annual " +"period in the :guilabel:`Year` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The **simplified annual declaration** is automatically generated. You can " +"manually add values in all the fields to get a **complete annual " +"declaration**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To help you complete it, you can use the information provided on the " +":guilabel:`Tax Report`. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Report --> Audit Reports --> Tax Report`, then click on the :guilabel:`Tax " +"Report` dropdown menu and select the type of report you want to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:64 +msgid "Finally, click on :guilabel:`Export XML` to download the XML file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:67 +msgid "" +"This feature requires the module :guilabel:`Luxembourg - Annual VAT Report` " +"to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:70 +msgid "FAIA (SAF-T)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**FAIA (Fichier d’Audit Informatisé AED)** is a standardized and structured " +"file that facilitates the exchange of information between the taxpayers' " +"accounting system and the tax office. It is the Luxembourgish version of the" +" OECD-recommended SAF-T (Standard Audit File for Tax)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Odoo can generate an XML file that contains all the content of an accounting" +" period according to the rules imposed by the Luxembourg tax authorities on " +"digital audit files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:80 +msgid "" +"This feature requires the module :guilabel:`Luxembourg - Accounting Reports`" +" to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:83 +msgid "Export FAIA file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Audit Reports --> " +"General Ledger`, then click on :guilabel:`FAIA`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" -msgstr "Mexiko" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:10 msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO `_." @@ -6276,9 +7656,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:32 msgid "" -"Have a `Certificate of Digital Seal " -"`_" -" (CSD)." +"Have a `Certificate of Digital Seal `_ (CSD)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:34 @@ -6298,7 +7677,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:41 msgid "Modules" -msgstr "Module" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -6333,7 +7712,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)**" +msgid "**EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi & l10n_mx_edi_extended)**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 @@ -6343,7 +7722,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Odoo Mexican localization reports (l10n_mx_reports)**" +msgid "" +"**Odoo Mexican localization reports (l10n_mx_reports & " +"l10n_mx_reports_closing)**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 @@ -6360,77 +7741,30 @@ msgid "" "unnecessarily complicate form filling." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"**EDI External Trade Complement for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_external_trade)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"For clients that export, add the foreign trade complement to the CFDI, and " -"the logic for filling it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mexico Localization for Invoice with customs Number " -"(l10n_mx_edi_customs)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"For importing customers, this module allows adding to the CFDI the request " -"number with which the merchandise to be resold entered. When it is imported " -"into Mexico, in the invoice that comes from any foreign country it is " -"necessary to specify which was the import document; This is known as a " -"\"pedimento\", and it is processed at customs." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock / Landing (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" -"Related to the import module (*l10n_mx_edi_customs*), this module allows " -"managing the requests as part of the shipping costs." +"This module allows managing the requests as part of the shipping costs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Bank account payment to Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_payment_bank)**" +msgid "**Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export (l10n_mx_xml_polizas)**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "" -"Add optional attributes to the payment plugin, allowing the user to select " -"the bank account that was used to pay the bills." +"With this module, you will be able to export your Journal Entries in XML " +"ready to be uploaded to the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Sale Coupon (l10n_mx_edi_sale_coupon)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Complements the Odoo coupon module (*sale_coupon*) to avoid errors in the " -"generation of CFDIs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"**Tax Cash Basis Entries at Payment Date (l10n_mx_tax_cash_basis)** Create " -"journal entries for" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "taxes on the payment date (instead of the issue date)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:81 msgid "Enable electronic invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:83 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Customer Invoices`, and " "make sure that the option **Mexican Electronic Invoicing** is enabled. With " @@ -6439,11 +7773,11 @@ msgid "" "billing flow in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:95 msgid "Enter legal information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:97 msgid "" "After verifying the general configuration, you must verify that the company " "is configured with the correct data. To do so, go to " @@ -6451,13 +7785,22 @@ msgid "" "*Update information* under your company name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:105 msgid "" "In the resulting form, put your full address (including zip code), RFC (VAT " "number), and the rest of the data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "" +"From a legal point of view, a Mexican company must use the local currency " +"(MXN). Therefore, Odoo does not provide features to manage an alternative " +"configuration. If you want to manage another currency, let MXN be the " +"default currency and use a :doc:`pricelist " +"` instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:115 msgid "" "Make sure that in the address, for the Country field, \"Mexico\" is chosen " "from the list of countries that Odoo shows, because if it is entered " @@ -6465,65 +7808,65 @@ msgid "" "it will result in errors later when the CFDIs are generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:124 msgid "" "If you want to test the Mexican localization, you can configure the company " "with a real address within Mexico (including all fields) and add " "``EKU9003173C9`` as RFC." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:128 msgid "Set the fiscal regime of the company" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:130 msgid "" "The following is to indicate what is the fiscal regime of the company that " "we are configuring, which is done through a pre-existing field in Odoo " "called \"Fiscal Regime\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:133 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX) " "--> Fiscal Regime`, and select the option that applies to your company from " "the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:141 msgid "" "For the test environment: Select the option **General Law on Legal Persons**" " from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:145 msgid "Contacts Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:147 msgid "" "When creating a contact to be invoiced in Odoo, the following information " "must be configured for invoice validation: **complete address** (including " "postal code, city, state, country, etc.) and the **VAT** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:156 msgid "Taxes Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:158 msgid "" "A necessary configuration for electronic invoicing to work correctly in Odoo" " is to add the factor type associated with sales taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:161 msgid "" "To make this configuration you first have to go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:164 msgid "" "Within the list of taxes that are pre-loaded, select the option *Sales* on " "the filter, this is to see only taxes associated with sales, which are those" @@ -6532,20 +7875,20 @@ msgid "" " **Factor Type** choose the option *Tasa*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:173 msgid "" "Do the same for all the sales taxes that the company needs, either those " "that come by default in Odoo, or those that you add that are necessary for " "your company bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:177 msgid "" "For the 0% VAT tax, select the option *Exento* instead of *Tasa* within the " "**Factor Type** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:180 msgid "" "When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " "the **Cash Basis Transition Account** to the account set in the " @@ -6554,35 +7897,35 @@ msgid "" "eliminate this account**) in the Journal Entry when reclassifying taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:190 msgid "Products Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:192 msgid "" "All products to be sold need to have the SAT code associated with their " "classification so that the invoices do not give an error when validating." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:195 msgid "" "To configure products, go to the **General Information** tab and in the " "**UNSPSC Product Category** field select the category that represents that " "product. The process can be done manually or through a bulk import." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:204 msgid "PAC Configuration to sign invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:206 msgid "" "Another important step to configure electronic invoicing in Odoo is to enter" " the PAC which you are working with and the credentials. That way, " "electronic invoicing will be enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:210 msgid "" "Remember that you must register directly with the PAC of your choice before " "you start creating invoices from Odoo. We have the following PACs available:" @@ -6591,7 +7934,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:215 msgid "" "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " "following these steps. If you do not have this information, try with the " @@ -6599,21 +7942,21 @@ msgid "" "Credentials for your production environment to work with real transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:220 msgid "" "To add the credentials, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> " "Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. Under the **PAC MX** section, enter the name of " "your PAC with your credentials (PAC username and PAC password)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:229 msgid "" "If you check the checkbox **Test Environment**, it is not necessary to enter" " a PAC username and/or password, but you must select a PAC from the drop-" "down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:232 msgid "" "Finally, upload the digital certificates of the company within the section " "**MX Certificates**. Click on *Add a line*, a window will open, click on " @@ -6621,53 +7964,53 @@ msgid "" "and your password. To finish, click on *Save and Close*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:241 msgid "" "If you still do not have one of the contracted PACs and you want to test " "electronic invoicing you can use the following SAT test certificates:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:244 msgid ":download:`Certificate `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:245 msgid ":download:`Certificate Key `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:246 msgid "**Password:** ``12345678a``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:248 msgid "" "You must also configure the company with a real address within Mexico " "(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:252 msgid "Workflows" -msgstr "Arbeitsabläufe" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:255 msgid "Electronic invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:257 msgid "" "The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " "`_" " version 3.3 of electronic invoicing of the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:261 msgid "" "To start invoicing from Odoo, an invoice must be created using the standard " "invoicing flow, that is, either from a sales order or from the invoice menu " "in the Accounting application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:264 msgid "" "The invoice will be stamped after clicking on *Validate*, before that the " "status is still in draft mode and changes can be made to it. After " @@ -6675,7 +8018,7 @@ msgid "" "it would look like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:272 msgid "" "The details of the invoice will be reflected in the Chatter, which is what " "you see on the right of the invoice in the attached image. There you can " @@ -6683,7 +8026,7 @@ msgid "" " was validated or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:276 msgid "" "To send the stamped invoice to your client, you can send the XML together " "with the PDF file directly from Odoo, by clicking the *Send and Print* " @@ -6691,21 +8034,21 @@ msgid "" "clicking the *Print* button and selecting the desired option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:281 msgid "" "Depending on the size of the screen, the Chatter can be seen next to or " "below the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:284 msgid "Invoicing Special Cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:287 msgid "Foreign Trade Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:289 msgid "" "The foreign trade invoicing process in Odoo is based on the corresponding " "`SAT regulation " @@ -6713,176 +8056,176 @@ msgid "" " SAT electronic invoicing version is 3.3." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:294 msgid "What do we mean when we talk about foreign trade?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:296 msgid "" "Since January 2018, the SAT requires a Foreign Trade Supplement in export " "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:299 msgid "What is the Foreign Trade complement?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:301 msgid "" "It is an Annex to the electronic invoice that allows the identification of " "exporters and importers, in addition to expanding the description of the " "merchandise sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:305 msgid "What information can be incorporated in this new complement?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:307 msgid "Information on the operation type it covers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "" "Tax identification data of the issuer, receiver or recipient of the " "merchandise." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:309 msgid "Description of the goods to be exported." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:312 msgid "Who is obliged to generate it?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "Taxpayers who carry out export operations of A1 type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:317 msgid "To which exports does the A1 type apply?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:319 msgid "" "Entry of goods of foreign origin to remain in national territory for an " "unlimited time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:320 msgid "Exit of goods from the country to stay abroad for an unlimited time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "" "Definitive importation of vehicles by diplomatic and consular missions and " "offices of international organizations and their foreign personnel, in " "accordance with the import of vehicles in diplomatic exemption." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:326 msgid "Is Foreign Trade the same as Pedimentos?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "" "Not necessarily, the Pedimentos are directly related to the process of " "Importing goods, while the Foreign Trade Complement is related to the " "Exporting process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:332 msgid "Required Modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:334 msgid "" "In order to generate foreign trade invoices, the following modules must be " "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:336 msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:342 msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_extended)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:349 msgid "Company" -msgstr "Unternehmen" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:351 msgid "" "Configure the company with a valid postal code, and if you have a colony " "code, this should match with the corresponding Zip Code. At the same time, " "remember to place the Tax Identification Number (VAT Number - RFC)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:360 msgid "Receiving Client" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:362 msgid "" "Generally it will be a foreign client, in which you must verify that you " "have at least the following fields completed with the corresponding " "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:370 msgid "The customer's delivery address must also contain the zip code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:371 msgid "" "The format of the foreign VAT (Tax Identification Number) will be validated " "as appropriate in each Country (Example: Colombia ``123456789-1``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:373 msgid "" "In the XML, the VAT is automatically replaced by the Generic VAT for abroad " "transactions: ``XEXX010101000``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:377 msgid "Products" -msgstr "Produkte" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:379 msgid "" "At the product level there must also configure some parameters in the " "following fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:390 msgid "" "You must select the **UMT Aduana** (Unit of Measure) in *KG* since it is " "only accepted by the SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:391 msgid "The weight refers to **the unit weight** of the product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:392 msgid "The tariff item must be from the code UoM of Kilograms (**UoM = 01**)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:394 msgid "" "Although the product is sold in pieces or in units, the value that must be " "registered with customs in the tariff item must be reported in Kilograms." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:398 msgid "Invoicing Flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:400 msgid "" "When creating the foreign sales invoice, you must select the **Incoterm** " "corresponding and the **Need external trade?** checkbox must be checked. " @@ -6891,11 +8234,11 @@ msgid "" "regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:406 msgid "What is the certificate of origin and when is it used?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:408 msgid "" "The **Certificate Source** (or proof of origin) is the document that allows " "an importer or exporter to prove the country or region from which a good is " @@ -6903,45 +8246,45 @@ msgid "" "agreed in trade agreements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:421 msgid "Assign Pedimentos" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:423 msgid "" "If your company imports products and you need to add the **Pedimentos** " "number in your invoices, you can also configure Odoo to record the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:426 msgid "" "First, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search " "for ``Mexico``, ``mx`` or ``l10n_mx``. Then, install **Odoo Mexico " "Localization for Stock / Landing module (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:435 msgid "" "The l10n_mx_edi_landing module depends on the **Inventory** and **Sales** " "apps, since the products must be entered into inventory to be able to add " "their Pedimentos number to the corresponding receipt of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:439 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Settings`. Within the" " options, activate **Landed Costs**. This option will allow adding the " "Pedimentos number to the corresponding product receptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:455 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:448 msgid "" "In order to use landed costs, the accounting configuration of the inventory " "valuation of the products must be configured as *Automated* and its costing " "method *Average* or *FIFO* (first in, first out)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:452 msgid "" "To associate the Pedimentos number indicated with an import (merchandise " "reception) a new **Landed Cost** must be created. They can be accessed " @@ -6949,22 +8292,22 @@ msgid "" "you will find the option to attach the Pedimentos number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:461 msgid "" "You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " "the correct number with the transfer(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:465 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:468 msgid "Payment Terms" -msgstr "Zahlungsbedingungen" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:470 msgid "" "The **Payment Terms** are already configured in Odoo when installing the " "Mexican localization, this means that if you go to " @@ -6972,18 +8315,18 @@ msgid "" "find the default list in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:478 msgid "" "In Mexico you can have 2 types of payments: PPD or PUE. These are given by " "the **Payment Term** chosen (or if there is no chosen payment term it will " "be based on the due date of the invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:482 msgid "PPD Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:484 msgid "" "To configure PPD payments (payment in installments or deferred) it is only " "necessary to choose a date expiration date for your invoice and Odoo will " @@ -6992,11 +8335,11 @@ msgid "" "will be PPDo PUE)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:497 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:490 msgid "PUE" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:499 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:492 msgid "" "To configure PUE payments (payment in a single payment) you must select an " "invoice due date within the same month or choose a payment term that does " @@ -7004,21 +8347,21 @@ msgid "" "falling within the current month)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:497 msgid "Payments" -msgstr "Zahlungen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:506 -msgid "" -"`According to the SAT documentation `_, there may be 2 types of payments: " -"**PUE** or **PPD**. In both cases the payment process in Odoo is the same, " -"the difference of whether the payment is PUE or PPD lies in the payment term" -" of the invoice - as indicated in the previous point in the **Payment " -"Terms**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:499 +msgid "" +"`According to the SAT documentation " +"`_, there may be 2 types of payments: **PUE** or **PPD**. In both " +"cases the payment process in Odoo is the same, the difference of whether the" +" payment is PUE or PPD lies in the payment term of the invoice - as " +"indicated in the previous point in the **Payment Terms**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:505 msgid "" "If the payment is a PPD type, Odoo will generate the corresponding payment " "complement automatically when you *Confirm* it. If the payment is PUE, the " @@ -7027,31 +8370,31 @@ msgid "" "invoice date and the due date as parameters." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:514 msgid "" "When configuring the contacts that will be used when making payments, you " "must configure the banks in the **Accounting** tab, place both the Bank, " "Account Number and CLABE." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:522 msgid "Register PPD Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:524 msgid "" "If at the time of registering a payment it is of type PPD then a Payment " "Complement (XML) will be generated with its details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:534 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "" "The payment can be registered from the invoice and once it is confirmed, the" " invoice will be paid and with its payment associated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:539 msgid "" "The journal will be the payment method where you receive or send the payment" " from. You must also associate a **Payment Way** and a Recipient Bank " @@ -7059,219 +8402,219 @@ msgid "" "the invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:543 msgid "" "Once the payment is made, it will be associated with the corresponding " "invoice and its status will be *In Payment* since the payment will be " "effectively validated when it is bank reconciled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:554 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:547 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:554 msgid "" "The **Recipient Bank Account** is the one attached to the **Accounting** tab" " in the contact associated with the invoice, it must be valid so that the " "stamped payment complement can be created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:559 msgid "Register PUE Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:561 msgid "" "If at the time of registering a payment it is of the PUE type then in this " "case a Payment Complement (XML) will not be generated since it is not " "necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:580 msgid "" "In this case it is not created as a payment supplement by the nature of it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:583 msgid "Down Payments" -msgstr "Anzahlungen" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:585 msgid "" "This is a special case in which we must receive an advance payment from a " "client to later be applied to an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:589 msgid "" "`The official documentation for registration of down payments in Mexico " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:600 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:593 msgid "Process to create advance in Mexico" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:595 msgid "" "Issuance of electronic invoicing with the amount of the advance payment " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:603 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:596 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation " "(full invoice). (CFDI Origin: 07 | Advance invoice, point 1)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:605 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:598 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice with the *Egreso* type. (CFDI Origin: 07 " "| Invoice_total, point 2)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:609 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "Steps to follow in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:611 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:604 msgid "Preparation: Create the product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:612 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:605 msgid "" "Down Payment issuance of the electronic invoice for the amount of the " "advance payment received" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:606 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:607 msgid "Add a credit note from the down payment invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:617 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:610 msgid "Preparation: Create the Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:612 msgid "" "The Down Payment product must be type *Service* and must use the **NSPSC " "Product Category**: *84111506 Servicios de facturación*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:619 msgid "" "Add the down payment product as default to be used from the Odoo " "configurations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:633 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:626 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the value of the advance received" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:635 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:628 msgid "" "Create the Advance Payment Invoice: From the sales order, create an advance " "payment invoice for the percentage of the purchase to be paid in advance (or" " for a fixed amount)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:642 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:635 msgid "Validate invoice with the down payment product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:652 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:645 msgid "Register Payment to the advance payment invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:663 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:656 msgid "" "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:665 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:658 msgid "" "From the sales order, create an invoice for the total, that is, for all the " "order lines without discounting the advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:673 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:666 msgid "Remove the check mark from the **Deduct down payments** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:675 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:668 msgid "" "Add the original CFDI of the advance payment invoice by adding ``07 |`` at " "the beginning + Folio Fiscal of the advance payment Invoice created in the " "previous step." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:671 msgid "Copy the Folio Fiscal of the following invoice following this example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:684 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:677 msgid "" "And paste it in the draft invoice created from the Sales Order without " "deducting the advances:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:683 msgid "" "Validate and copy the Folio Fiscal for later (in the example the Folio " "Fiscal copy is: 50E4FF06-4341-4006-A7C3-A7F653CBEFAE )" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:694 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:687 msgid "Add credit note from invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:689 msgid "" "Create a **Credit Note** from the down payment invoice (the corrective " "invoice must be edited prior to confirming it, see explanation below the 2 " "following images)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:707 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:700 msgid "" "Before you *Confirm* the Credit Note, edit the Origin CFDI with ``07 | XXX``" " instead of the prefix ``01 | XXX``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:711 msgid "Now the invoice can be confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:717 msgid "" "Now the Credit Note (Advance Payment) must be applied to the total invoice, " "this is added at the bottom below the amount owed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:735 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:728 msgid "" "Register a payment for the difference of the down payment and the total of " "the sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:741 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:734 msgid "" "If you go to the XML of the invoice, you should see in CFDI related the type" " of relationship 07 and the Folio Fiscal of the advance payment invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:749 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:742 msgid "Discounts based on payment days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:744 msgid "" "Cash discounts are incentives that you can offer to motivate customers to " "pay within a specified time period. For example, you offer a 2% discount if " @@ -7280,22 +8623,22 @@ msgid "" "payments period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:756 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:749 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:754 msgid "Create and assign the corresponding Payment Term" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:757 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:780 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:750 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:773 msgid "Register the Payment within the days of the discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:758 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:806 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:799 msgid "Create a credit note" -msgstr "Gutschrift zu erstellen." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:756 msgid "" "To configure the discount for advance payment, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and click on" @@ -7305,27 +8648,27 @@ msgid "" " type if necessary (in this example 30 days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:773 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:766 msgid "" "Then when creating our Sales Order or Sales Invoice, assign the Payment Term" " created previously." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:782 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:775 msgid "" "Register the payment within the days in which the application of the " "discount was specified, in our case it is within 5 days after the creation " "of the Sales Invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:782 msgid "" "Then go to the bottom of the invoice where the totals are located and there " "you will see 2 payments created, reset to draft and cancel the payment that " "does not correspond - the one related to the discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:808 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:801 msgid "" "Finally to close the cycle we must close the invoice, but as in this case we" " apply a discount, to close it correctly we must create a credit note " @@ -7333,56 +8676,56 @@ msgid "" "Note**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:820 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:813 msgid "Adjust the amount to the remaining balance in the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:826 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:819 msgid "Add the Credit Note to the original invoice so that it is settled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:833 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:826 msgid "Cancellation of invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:836 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:829 msgid "Before 72 Hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:838 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:831 msgid "" "If it is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT in " "less than 72 hours follow the steps below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:841 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:834 msgid "Request Cancellation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:847 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:840 msgid "The status of the **Electronic invoicing** changes to *Cancelled*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:848 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:841 msgid "Click on *RESET TO DRAFT*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:854 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:847 msgid "Click on *CANCEL ENTRY*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:861 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:854 msgid "After 72 Hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:863 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:856 msgid "" "If It is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT more " "than 72 hours, the client must be asked to accept the cancellation, for this" " the following steps must be followed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:866 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:859 msgid "" "Click on *Request EDI Cancellation* to inform the SAT that you want to " "cancel the invoice, in this case the client has to enter the SAT webpage and" @@ -7390,21 +8733,21 @@ msgid "" "changes to *To Cancel*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:869 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:862 msgid "" "When the client (Receiver / Customer) approves the Cancellation in their SAT" " portal it is now possible to Change the invoice to Draft and then click on " "*Cancel entry*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:871 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:864 msgid "" "Odoo synchronizes with the SAT to update the status of the **Electronic " "invoicing** with a scheduled action, Invoices canceled in the SAT will be " "canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:878 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:871 msgid "" "After clicking on **Request EDI cancellation**, the status of the " "**Electronic invoicing** field will be *To Cancel* but the status of the SAT" @@ -7412,7 +8755,7 @@ msgid "" " Recipient approves the cancellation in the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:879 msgid "" "Once canceled in the SAT, Odoo will synchronize the status of the SAT " "through scheduled actions that are executed every day to synchronize the " @@ -7420,33 +8763,33 @@ msgid "" "can be executed manually by entering with developer mode)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:890 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:883 msgid "" "If the invoice is canceled in the SAT, in Odoo it is also canceled, which " "allows you to switch the invoice to draft and finally cancel the invoice " "(*cancel entry*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:891 msgid "Cancel Paid Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:900 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:893 msgid "" "If the invoice has already been paid, a credit note must be created from the" " invoice so that the originating CFDI is recognized and later cancel the " "original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:905 msgid "Cancel Invoices from the previous period" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:915 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:908 msgid "Problem" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:910 msgid "" "If the invoice is from the previous month and the period is closed, the " "income has already been declared in Financial Reports and to the government." @@ -7455,108 +8798,108 @@ msgid "" "problem because the income was already declared in the previous month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:922 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:915 msgid "" "The problem resides when the fiscal period has been closed, in the current " "period you have to make the reverse entry and save the cancellation " "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:925 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:918 msgid "Invoice to be canceled" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:931 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:924 msgid "This is how the Balance Sheet looks like:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:937 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:930 msgid "" "If the invoice is canceled, the journal entry and the Balance Sheet looks " "like this after canceling:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:944 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:937 msgid "Solution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:946 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:939 msgid "" "Close the fiscal period every month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:947 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:940 msgid "Cancel invoice in SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:941 msgid "Create a Manual Reversion entry (Journal Entry)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:949 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:942 msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry (Journal Entry)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:943 msgid "Change Electronic invoicing status to Cancelled with server action" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:953 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:946 msgid "" "Close accounting period each month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:955 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:948 msgid "" "If the accounting period is closed due to the blocking dates, Odoo will not " "allow to modify or add accounting entries of a date corresponding to that " "accounting period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:963 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:956 msgid "Cancel invoice in the SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:965 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:958 msgid "" "If the accounting period is closed, and the invoice was canceled in the SAT," " the status in Odoo will be published while the **Electronic invoicing** " "status will be *Sent* and the SAT status is *Cancelled*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:974 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:967 msgid "Create Manual Reversal Journal Entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:976 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:969 msgid "" "The solution is to create the reversal journal entry manually dated in the " "current fiscal period and reconcile the open invoice with the reversion " "created manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:979 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:972 msgid "" "It must be clearly indicated in the reference that it is a cancellation (you" " can use a cancellation account for invoices from previous periods such as " "**Other Income**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:987 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:980 msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:997 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:990 msgid "" "In the Balance Sheet and Trial balance they are now with the correct " "balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1012 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1005 msgid "Change status of Electronic invoicing to Cancelled with server action" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1014 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1007 msgid "" "A server action can be created that modifies the status of the invoice to " "*Cancelled* once it is reconciled with the reversal entry (You should check " @@ -7564,57 +8907,57 @@ msgid "" "performing this action)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1027 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1020 msgid "Electronic Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1029 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1022 msgid "Accounting for Mexico in Odoo is composed of 3 reports:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1031 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1045 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1024 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1038 msgid "Electronic Chart of Accounts (Called and displayed as COA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1032 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1025 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1033 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1026 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1035 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1028 msgid "" "1. and 2. are considered electronic accounting, and DIOT is a report only " "available in the context of accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1038 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1031 msgid "" "You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Reporting --> Mexico`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1047 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1040 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing has never been so easy, just go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting -> Reports -> Mexico -> COA` and click the button" " **Export for SAT (XML)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1055 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1048 msgid "How to add new accounts ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1057 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1050 msgid "" "If you add an account with the NNN.YY.ZZ encoding convention where NNN.YY is" " a SAT encoding group, your account will be set up automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1060 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1053 msgid "" "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " @@ -7624,11 +8967,11 @@ msgid "" "chosen to be used in the COA in XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1071 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1064 msgid "What is the meaning of the tags?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1073 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1066 msgid "" "To know all the possible labels, you can read `Annex 24 " "`_" @@ -7636,7 +8979,7 @@ msgid "" "SAT**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1078 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1071 msgid "" "When you install the l10n_mx module and your chart of accounts depends on it" " (this happens automatically when you install the configuration of Mexico as" @@ -7644,11 +8987,11 @@ msgid "" "default. If the tag you need is not created, you can create it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1084 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1077 msgid "Trial Balance" -msgstr "Vorläufige Bilanz" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1086 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1079 msgid "" "Exactly like the COA but with the credit and debit of the initial balance, " "once you have correctly configured your COA, you can go to " @@ -7657,27 +9000,27 @@ msgid "" "(XML)** with the previous selection of the period you want to export." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1095 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1088 msgid "" "All normal analysis and listed functions are available here as well as any " "normal Odoo Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1098 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1091 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1094 msgid "What is DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1096 msgid "" "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service, we know " "that we should not neglect what we present." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1099 msgid "" "The DIOT is the Informative Declaration of Operations with Third Parties " "(DIOT), which is an additional obligation with VAT, where we must give the " @@ -7685,25 +9028,25 @@ msgid "" "with our suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1103 msgid "" "This applies to both individuals and Personas Morales, so if we have VAT to " "present to the SAT and also deal with suppliers it is necessary to send the " "DIOT." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1107 msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1109 msgid "" "It is easy to present the DIOT, since, like all formats, you can obtain it " "on the SAT page, it is the electronic form A-29 that you can find on the SAT" " website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1112 msgid "" "Every month if you have operations with third parties, it is necessary to " "present the DIOT, as we do with VAT, so if in January we have deals with " @@ -7711,24 +9054,24 @@ msgid "" "data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1117 msgid "Where is DIOT presented?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1119 msgid "" "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " "choose and which one will be more comfortable for you since you will present" " it every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1123 msgid "" "The A-29 form is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but this " "after having made up to 500 registrations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1126 msgid "" "Once these 500 records have been entered in the SAT, you must submit them to" " the Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to " @@ -7738,18 +9081,18 @@ msgid "" "USB." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1132 msgid "One more thing to know: batch loading?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1134 msgid "" "When reviewing the official SAT documents in DIOT, you will find the Batch " "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " "according to the SAT site it is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1137 msgid "" "The \"batch load\" is the conversion of databases from records of " "transactions with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These " @@ -7759,7 +9102,7 @@ msgid "" "integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1143 msgid "" "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will " "facilitate this operation, so that it does not exist to avoid being in line " @@ -7767,43 +9110,43 @@ msgid "" "Third Parties." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1148 msgid "" "`official information " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1152 msgid "How to generate this report in Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1154 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1161 msgid "" "A report view is displayed, select the last month to report the immediately " "preceding month or leave the current month if it suits you." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1168 msgid "Click on *Export (XLSX)* or *Print (TXT)*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1174 msgid "" "Save the downloaded file in a safe place, go to the SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1178 msgid "Important considerations about your supplier and invoice data for DIOT" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1180 msgid "" "All suppliers must have the fields configured in the accounting tab called " "\"DIOT Information\", the L10N MX Nationality field is completed by simply " @@ -7812,34 +9155,34 @@ msgid "" "your providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1189 msgid "" "There are 3 VAT options for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, one invoice " "line in Odoo is considered exempt if there is no tax on it, the other 2 " "taxes are already configured correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1191 msgid "" "Remember that to pay an invoice that represents a prepayment, you must first" " request the invoice and then pay it and properly reconcile the payment " "following the standard Odoo procedure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1193 msgid "" "You do not need to fill in all your partner data to try to generate the " "supplier invoice, you can correct this information when you generate the " "report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1195 msgid "" "Remember that this report only shows vendor invoices that were actually " "paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1197 msgid "" "If some of these considerations are not taken into account, a message like " "this will appear when you generate the DIOT in TXT with all the partners you" @@ -7849,74 +9192,74 @@ msgid "" "auditory process to see that all your partners are configured correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1208 msgid "Closing Fiscal Period in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1210 msgid "" "Before proceeding to the close of the fiscal year, there are some steps that" " you should normally take to ensure that your accounting is correct, updated" " and accurate:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1213 msgid "" "Make sure that you have fully reconciled your bank account (s) through the " "end of the year and confirm that the closing book balances match the " "balances on your bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1215 msgid "Verify that all customer invoices have been entered and approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1216 msgid "Confirm that you have entered and approved all vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1217 msgid "Validate all expenses, ensuring their accuracy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1218 msgid "" "Check that all payments received have been entered and recorded exactly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1221 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1223 msgid "Run a **Tax Report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1224 msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1226 msgid "" "Compare your bank balances in Odoo against the current bank balances on your" " statements. Use the report **Bank Reconciliation** to help you with this." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1228 msgid "" "Reconcile all cash and bank account transactions by running your **Old " "Accounts Receivable** and **Old Accounts Payable** reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1230 msgid "" "Audit your accounts, making sure you fully understand the transactions that " "affect them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans" " and fixed assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1233 msgid "" "Run the optional function **Payments Matching**, under the *More* drop-down " "on the Journal options from the Accounting dashboard, validating any Vendor " @@ -7925,45 +9268,45 @@ msgid "" " reconciled, and it can lead to finding errors or mistakes in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1238 msgid "" "Your accountant will probably like to check your items in the balance sheet " "and do some Journal Entries for:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1241 msgid "" "Manual year-end adjustments, using the **Journal Audit** report (For " "example, the **Current Earnings for the Year** and **Retained Earnings " "reports**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1243 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 msgid "**Work in Progress**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1251 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1244 msgid "**Depreciation Journals**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1245 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 msgid "**Loans**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1246 msgid "**Tax Adjustments**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1248 msgid "" "If your accountant is on the year-end audit, they will want to have copies " "of the balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales" " tax reports, etc ...) to compare against. your balances in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1252 msgid "" "During this process, it is a good practice setting the **Closing Date for " "Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set" @@ -7972,11 +9315,11 @@ msgid "" "books." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1262 msgid "Accounting Closing Process" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1264 msgid "" "In Odoo there is no need to make a specific year-end entry to close the " "reporting income accounts . The result of the exercise is automatically " @@ -7984,7 +9327,7 @@ msgid "" "between Income - Expenses will be accumulated to calculate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1268 msgid "" "The reports are created in real-time, which means that the **Income Report**" " corresponds directly to the closing date of the year that you specify in " @@ -7993,25 +9336,33 @@ msgid "" "account balances will all be 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1273 msgid "" "As of December 31, the Balance Sheet shows the earnings of the Current Year " "that do not have been recognized (Account type Total Current Year " "Unallocated Earnings in MX account 305.01.01 ['current year earnings' type])" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1281 msgid "" "The accountant should create a Journal Entry to recognize the result of the " "year in Accumulated Earnings from previous years on the account \"previous " "years results\" account (304.01.01 in Mexico) - that is an equity account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1285 +msgid "" +"After posting the Journal Entry, click on *Mark as Closing Entry for the " +"Fiscal Year*. This step is important because it is linked to the Trial " +"Balance report. If this Journal Entry is not marked as a Closing Entry, the " +"Trial Balance won't be correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1289 msgid "The simplified accounting entry would look like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1295 msgid "" "Once the accountant has created the journal entry to locate the **Current " "Earnings for the Year**, they must set the **Closing Date** to the last day " @@ -8020,26 +9371,26 @@ msgid "" "balance 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1305 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1308 msgid "Contacts App (Free)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1310 msgid "" "If you want to properly manage your customers, suppliers and addresses, this" " module, even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " "install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1314 msgid "Multi-currency (Requires Accounting application)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1316 msgid "" "In Mexico, almost all companies send and receive payments in different " "currencies. If you want to do this you can enable the use of multi-currency." @@ -8048,59 +9399,59 @@ msgid "" " without having to manually create this information every day in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1321 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi-currency feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1328 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1333 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1330 msgid "" "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " "enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :doc:`Developer mode ` enabled)." +" :ref:`developer mode ` enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1335 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1336 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1337 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1341 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1338 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1339 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1343 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1340 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1346 msgid "" "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " "generic one with no explanation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1351 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "" @@ -8115,30 +9466,30 @@ msgid "" "not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1358 msgid "" -"This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " +"This can be caused by a database backup restored in another server, or when " "the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " "but:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1362 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1366 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1363 msgid "Click on *Action* and then on *Download XSD file to CFDI*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1366 msgid "Common problems and errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1371 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1368 msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1370 msgid "" "``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " @@ -8146,7 +9497,7 @@ msgid "" "allowed minimum length of '1'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1375 msgid "" "``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " @@ -8154,36 +9505,36 @@ msgid "" "'[^|]{1,100}'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1379 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " "properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1386 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1427 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1458 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1479 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1383 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1455 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1484 msgid "**Error messages**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1388 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1385 msgid "" "``6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " "required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1391 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1388 msgid "" "``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " "required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1391 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " "partner of the company. Go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" @@ -8193,25 +9544,25 @@ msgid "" "considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1398 msgid "" "You need to go to Fiscal Position settings and set the proper code (it is " "the first 3 numbers of the name), for example, for the test, you need to set" " 601, it will look like the picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1409 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1406 msgid "" "For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " "Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the VAT demo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1412 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1444 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1409 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1441 msgid "**Error message**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1411 msgid "" "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " @@ -8220,19 +9571,19 @@ msgid "" "'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1417 msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1426 msgid "" "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " "[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1432 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1443 msgid "" "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " @@ -8240,14 +9591,14 @@ msgid "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1432 msgid "" "``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " "missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1438 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1435 msgid "" "**Solution**: You must configure your company address correctly, this is a " "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration in " @@ -8256,27 +9607,27 @@ msgid "" " this section: :ref:`mx-legal-info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1451 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1448 msgid "" "**Solution**: The postal code of your company address is not valid for " "Mexico, please correct it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1457 msgid "" "``18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " "required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1460 msgid "" "``34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " "required but missing.\", '')``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1464 msgid "" "**Solution**: Set the Mexican name for the 0% and 16% tax in your system and" " use it on the invoice. Your tax, which represents 16% VAT and 0%, must have" @@ -8293,7 +9644,7 @@ msgid "" "ComercioExterior: TipoOperacion registered is '1' or '2'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1485 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1482 msgid "**Solution**: It is necessary to specify the Incoterm." msgstr "" @@ -8308,44 +9659,44 @@ msgid "" "'UMT' when the attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Me``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1491 msgid "" "**Solution**: The Tariff Fraction must have the code of the unit of measure " "01, corresponding to Kilograms." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1495 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1497 msgid "" ":abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)`: Online Digital Tax " "Receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1501 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1498 msgid ":abbr:`CSD (Certificado de Sello Digital)`: Digital Seal Certificate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1502 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1499 msgid "" ":abbr:`PAC (Proveedores Autorizados de Certificación)`: Authorized " "Certification Provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1503 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1500 msgid "Stamp: Digital signature of the electronic invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1501 msgid "" "Addenda: Complement of information that can be attached to an Internet " "Digital Tax Receipt (CFDI) normally required by certain companies in Mexico " "such as Walmart, Tiendas Sorianas, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1503 msgid "" ":abbr:`UUID (Universally Unique Identifier)`: It is the acronym in English " "of the Universally Unique Identifier. The UUID is the equivalent of Folio " @@ -8353,7 +9704,7 @@ msgid "" " by hyphens." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1509 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1506 msgid "" "LCO: List of Obliged Taxpayers (LCO) is a list issued by the SAT that " "accounts for all the taxpayers whom it authorizes the issuance of invoices " @@ -8362,9 +9713,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:96 msgid "Netherlands" -msgstr "Niederlande" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 msgid "XAF Export" @@ -8398,9 +9749,9 @@ msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:105 msgid "Peru" -msgstr "Peru" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -8484,7 +9835,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:78 -msgid "Accouting Seetings" +msgid "Accounting Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:80 @@ -8610,7 +9961,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 msgid "EUR" -msgstr "EUR" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:113 @@ -8873,7 +10224,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:337 msgid "Product" -msgstr "Produkt" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:339 msgid "" @@ -8884,7 +10235,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:351 msgid "Customer invoice" -msgstr "Kundenrechnung" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:354 msgid "EDI Elements" @@ -9035,7 +10386,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:480 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:516 -msgid "Cancelation process" +msgid "Cancellation process" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:482 @@ -9177,7 +10528,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 msgid "Spain" -msgstr "Spanien" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" @@ -9238,7 +10589,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" -msgstr "Schweiz" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" @@ -9512,7 +10863,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 msgid "3.7% invest" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3,7% Invest." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" @@ -9538,7 +10889,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "7.7% Incl." -msgstr "" +msgstr "7,7% Inkl." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" @@ -9556,7 +10907,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "3.7% Incl." -msgstr "" +msgstr "3,7% Inkl." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -9608,42 +10959,38 @@ msgid "" "your country's module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:25 msgid "Once done, select your country's package, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 -msgid "Use" -msgstr "Benutzen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:34 msgid "" "These packages require you to fine-tune your chart of accounts according to " "your needs, activate the taxes you use, and configure your country-specific " "statements and certifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:37 msgid "Please refer to the documentation listed below for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:40 msgid ":doc:`localizations_list`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:256 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgid ":doc:`../../getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`../../taxation/taxes/taxes`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 msgid "" "update list of linked docs, and link with the future one about country-" "specific statements." @@ -9660,386 +11007,2153 @@ msgid "" "Packages ` that are available on Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:10 msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages available" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:12 msgid "Algeria - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:15 msgid "Argentinian Accounting" -msgstr "Argentinische Buchhaltung" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:16 msgid "Argentinian Accounting Reports" -msgstr "Argentinische Buchhaltungsberichte" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:17 msgid "Argentinian Electronic Invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:19 msgid "Australian - Accounting" -msgstr "Australien - Finanzbuchhaltung" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:20 +msgid "Austria - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:21 +msgid "Belgium - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:22 +msgid "Bolivia - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:23 +msgid "Brazilian - Accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:24 -msgid "Austria - Accounting" -msgstr "Österreich - Finanzbuchhaltung" +msgid "Canada - Accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:25 -msgid "Belgium - Accounting" -msgstr "Belgische Buchführung" +msgid "Chile - Accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:26 -msgid "Bolivia - Accounting" -msgstr "Bolivien - Finanzbuchhaltung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:27 -msgid "Brazilian - Accounting" -msgstr "Brasilianische Buchführung" +msgid "China" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:28 -msgid "Canada - Accounting" -msgstr "Kanadische Buchführung" +msgid "China - Accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:29 -msgid "Chile - Accounting" -msgstr "Chile - Finanzbuchhaltung" +msgid "China - City Data" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:30 -msgid "China" -msgstr "China" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:32 -msgid "China - Accounting" -msgstr "China - Buchhaltung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:33 -msgid "China - City Data" -msgstr "China - Stadtdaten" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:34 msgid "China - Small Business CoA" -msgstr "China - Kleinunternehmen Kontenplan" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:31 +msgid "China - Standard CoA" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:35 -msgid "China - Standard CoA" -msgstr "China - Standard CoA" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:39 msgid "Colombian - Accounting" -msgstr "Kolumbien - Buchführung" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:36 msgid "Colombian - Point of Sale" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:38 msgid "Costa Rica - Accounting" -msgstr "Costa-Rica - Kontenführung" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:39 msgid "Croatia - Accounting (RRIF 2012)" -msgstr "Kroatien - Buchführung (RRIF 2012)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:40 msgid "Denmark" -msgstr "Dänemark" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:42 msgid "Denmark - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:43 msgid "Denmark - Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:45 msgid "Dominican Republic - Accounting" -msgstr "Dominikanische Republik Buchführung" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:46 msgid "Ecuador - Accounting" -msgstr "Ecuador Buchführung" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:47 msgid "Ethiopia - Accounting" -msgstr "Äthiopien - Buchführung" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:48 msgid "EU Mini One Stop Shop (MOSS)" -msgstr "EU Mini One Stop Shop (MOSS)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:49 msgid "Finnish Localization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:50 msgid "France - Accounting" -msgstr "Französische Buchführung" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:51 +msgid "Generic - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:54 +msgid "Germany - Accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:55 -msgid "Generic - Accounting" -msgstr "Allgemeine Buchführung" +msgid "Germany SKR03 - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:56 +msgid "Germany SKR04 - Accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:58 -msgid "Germany - Accounting" -msgstr "Deutsche - Buchführung" +msgid "Greece - Accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:59 -msgid "Germany SKR03 - Accounting" -msgstr "Deutscher SKR03 - Kontenrahmenplan" +msgid "Guatemala - Accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:60 -msgid "Germany SKR04 - Accounting" -msgstr "Deutsche SKR04 - Buchhaltung" +msgid "Honduras - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:61 +msgid "Hong Kong - Accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:62 -msgid "Greece - Accounting" -msgstr "Griechische Buchführung" +msgid "Hungarian - Accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:63 -msgid "Guatemala - Accounting" -msgstr "Guatemala Buchführung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:64 -msgid "Honduras - Accounting" -msgstr "Honduras Buchführung" +msgid "India" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:65 -msgid "Hong Kong - Accounting" -msgstr "Hong Kong - Buchführung" +msgid "Indian - Accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:66 -msgid "Hungarian - Accounting" -msgstr "Ungarn - Finanzbuchhaltung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:67 -msgid "India" -msgstr "Indien" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:69 -msgid "Indian - Accounting" -msgstr "Indien - Buchhaltung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:70 msgid "Indian - Point of Sale" -msgstr "Indisch - Point of Sale" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:68 msgid "Indonesian - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:69 msgid "Ireland - Accounting" -msgstr "Irland - Buchhaltung" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:70 msgid "Israel - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:75 -msgid "Italy" -msgstr "Italien" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:73 +msgid "Italy - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:74 +msgid "Italy - E-invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:76 +msgid "Japan - Accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:77 -msgid "Italy - Accounting" -msgstr "Italienische Buchführung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:78 -msgid "Italy - E-invoicing" -msgstr "Italien - E-Invoicing" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:80 -msgid "Japan - Accounting" -msgstr "Japan - Buchhaltung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:81 msgid "LATAM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:79 msgid "LATAM Localization Base" -msgstr "LATAM Lokalisierungsbasis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:80 +msgid "LATAM Document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:82 +msgid "Lithuania" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:84 -msgid "LATAM Document" -msgstr "LATAM Dokument" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:86 -msgid "Lithuania" -msgstr "Litauen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:88 msgid "Lithuania - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:85 msgid "LT - Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:87 msgid "Luxembourg - Accounting" -msgstr "Luxemburg - Kontoführung" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:88 +msgid "Maroc - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:89 +msgid "Mexico - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:90 +msgid "Mongolia" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:92 -msgid "Maroc - Accounting" -msgstr "Marokko Buchführung" +msgid "Mongolia - Accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:93 -msgid "Mexico - Accounting" -msgstr "Mexiko - Kontenführung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:94 -msgid "Mongolia" -msgstr "Mongolei" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:96 -msgid "Mongolia - Accounting" -msgstr "Mongolia - Accounting" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:97 msgid "Mongolia - Accounting Reports" -msgstr "Mongolia - Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:95 +msgid "Multi Language Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:98 +msgid "Netherlands - Accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:99 -msgid "Multi Language Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Mehrsprachige Kontenpläne" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:102 -msgid "Netherlands - Accounting" -msgstr "Holländische Buchführung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:103 msgid "Netherlands - Intrastat Declaration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:101 msgid "New Zealand - Accounting" -msgstr "New Zealand - Accounting" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:102 msgid "Norway - Accounting" -msgstr "Norwegische Buchhaltung" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:103 +msgid "OHADA - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:104 +msgid "Panama - Accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:107 -msgid "OHADA - Accounting" -msgstr "OHADA Buchführung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:108 -msgid "Panama - Accounting" -msgstr "Panama - Buchhaltung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:111 msgid "Peruvian Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:108 msgid "Peruvian Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:109 msgid "Peruvian Electronic Invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:111 msgid "Poland - Accounting" -msgstr "Polen - Buchführung" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:112 +msgid "Portugal - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:113 +msgid "Romania - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:114 +msgid "Saudi Arabia - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:115 +msgid "Singapore - Accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:116 -msgid "Portugal - Accounting" -msgstr "Portugal - Buchhaltung" +msgid "Slovenian - Accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:117 -msgid "Romania - Accounting" -msgstr "Rumänien - Kontenführung" +msgid "South Africa - Accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:118 -msgid "Saudi Arabia - Accounting" -msgstr "Saudi-Arabien - Buchführung" +msgid "Spain - Accounting (PGCE 2008)" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:119 -msgid "Singapore - Accounting" -msgstr "Singapur - Buchhaltung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:120 -msgid "Slovenian - Accounting" -msgstr "Slowenien - Buchführung" +msgid "Sweden" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:121 -msgid "South Africa - Accounting" -msgstr "South Africa - Accounting" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:122 -msgid "Spain - Accounting (PGCE 2008)" -msgstr "Spanien - Buchführung (PGCE 2008)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:123 -msgid "Sweden" -msgstr "Schweden" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:125 msgid "Sweden - Structured Communication OCR" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:122 msgid "Swedish - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:124 msgid "Switzerland - Accounting" -msgstr "Schweizer Buchführung" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:125 +msgid "Thailand - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:126 +msgid "Turkey - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:127 +msgid "U.A.E. - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:128 +msgid "UK - Accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:129 -msgid "Thailand - Accounting" -msgstr "Thailändische Buchführung" +msgid "Ukraine - Accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:130 -msgid "Turkey - Accounting" -msgstr "Türkei - Kontenführung" +msgid "United States - Accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:131 -msgid "U.A.E. - Accounting" -msgstr "Vereinigte Arabische Emirate Buchführung" +msgid "Uruguay - Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:132 -msgid "UK - Accounting" -msgstr "Vereinigtes Königreich Buchführung" +msgid "Venezuela - Accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:133 -msgid "Ukraine - Accounting" -msgstr "Ukraine - Accounting" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:134 -msgid "United States - Accounting" -msgstr "USA - Kontenführung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:135 -msgid "Uruguay - Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Urugay - Kontenführung" +msgid "Vietnam - Accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:136 -msgid "Venezuela - Accounting" -msgstr "Venezuelanische Buchführung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:137 -msgid "Vietnam - Accounting" -msgstr "Vietnamesische Buchführung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_localization_packages`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration.rst:5 +msgid "Initial Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:69 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " +"record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " +"reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 +msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +msgid "Expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," +" in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 +msgid "Configuration of an Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " +"company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " +"is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts " +"already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " +"directly or set it according to your company's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" +" Journal Entry has been posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 +msgid "Code and Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " +"indicates the account's purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" +" purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 +msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 +msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 +msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 +msgid "Generate opening entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " +"and select the right type among the following list:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Account Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "Bank and Cash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 +msgid "Current Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 +msgid "Non-current Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 +msgid "Prepayments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Fixed Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +msgid "Credit Card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 +msgid "Current Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 +msgid "Non-current Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 +msgid "Current Year Earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +msgid "Other Income" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 +msgid "Cost of Revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 +msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " +":ref:`Assets ` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " +"` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues " +"` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " +"corresponding form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " +"transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " +"validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 +msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " +"for a product sale or purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." +" By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 +msgid "Account Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 +msgid "" +"**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" +" a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " +"Balance**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " +"sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " +"Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with " +"the right Account Group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " +"*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 +msgid "Allow Reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" +" method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +msgid "" +"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " +"reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " +"card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 +msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 +msgid "Deprecated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" +" on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 +msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Initial setup of Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page" +" welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you" +" get started. This onboarding banner is displayed until you choose to close " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization" +" Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the " +"creation of the database. This way, the right accounts, reports, and taxes " +"are ready-to-go. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:28 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:29 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:140 +msgid "Company Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:38 +msgid "" +"This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, " +"address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT " +"number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update " +"Info**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:53 +msgid "Bank Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on " +"*Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:59 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:76 +msgid "" +"You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank " +"Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:78 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` for more information " +"about Bank Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:84 +msgid "Accounting Periods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used" +" to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, " +"along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:90 +msgid "" +"By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing " +"date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " +"indicate their initial opening balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of " +"Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double " +"arrow button* at the end of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here ` for more information on how to " +"configure your Chart of Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:117 +msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:119 +msgid "" +"There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take " +"advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing " +"onboarding banner* is the one that welcomes you if you use the Invoicing app" +" rather than the Accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:123 +msgid "" +"If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by " +"going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:126 +msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:132 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:133 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:134 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:135 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " +"onboarding banner `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:148 +msgid "Invoice Layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:150 +msgid "" +"With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting" +" which layout template, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:153 +msgid "" +"You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ " +"*footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, " +"email, website URL, and Tax ID (or VAT number) to the footer, according to " +"the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & " +"Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content" +" of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:168 +msgid "" +"These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:174 +msgid "Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:176 +msgid "" +"This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers " +"can pay you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Configuring a *Payment Acquirer* with this tool also activates the *Invoice " +"Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay " +"online, from their Customer Portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:185 +msgid "Sample Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly" +" configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:191 +msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:3 +msgid "Main accounting concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:6 +msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " +"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " +"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " +"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:16 +msgid "" +":doc:`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:20 +msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " +"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " +"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:27 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " +"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " +"reports following your consolidation rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:37 +msgid "Multi-currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " +"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " +"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " +"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " +"reconciliation of the journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:49 +msgid "International Standards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " +"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " +"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " +"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:57 +msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " +"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " +"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:63 +msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:66 +msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:69 +msgid "Accounts Receivable and Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:71 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " +"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " +"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:76 +msgid "" +"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" +" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " +"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:81 +msgid "Wide range of financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " +"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " +"reports include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:87 +msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:90 +msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:91 +msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:92 +msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " +"own formulae." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:98 +msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " +"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." +" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " +"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " +"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " +"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " +"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " +"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " +"ledger transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:114 +msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " +"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" +" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:121 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " +"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " +"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:128 +msgid "" +":doc:`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:132 +msgid "Easy retained earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " +"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" +"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " +"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:7 +msgid "Accounting cheat sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " +"over a specific period (usually the current year)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " +"sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" +" as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " +"beyond the costs of products sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " +"date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " +"includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " +"cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " +"to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:45 +msgid "" +"**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" +" shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:50 +msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:56 +msgid "" +"What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " +"(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" +" (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " +"having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:66 +msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " +"sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," +" an invoice) impacts accounts by moving value from one account (credit) to " +"an other account (debit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:78 +msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:90 +msgid "Journal Entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " +"a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " +"impacting several accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " +"equal to the sum of all its credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:97 +msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:99 +msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:119 +msgid "Explanation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:103 +msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:104 +msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:105 +msgid "The customer owes $1,090" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:124 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:109 +msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:127 +msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:111 +msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " +"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:117 +msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:121 +msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:122 +msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:126 +msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:244 +msgid "Reconciliation" +msgstr "Abstimmung" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " +"account, matching credits and debits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " +"to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " +"done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:141 +msgid "" +"An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " +"reconciled with the related payment journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:144 +msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:146 +msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:147 +msgid "" +"the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " +"matching process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:0 +msgid "Customer Statement Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:160 +msgid "Invoice 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:162 +msgid "Payment 1.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:162 +msgid "70" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:164 +msgid "Invoice 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:168 +msgid "65" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:166 +msgid "Payment 1.2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:166 +msgid "30" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:168 +msgid "Payment 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:170 +msgid "Invoice 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:174 +msgid "50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:174 +msgid "Total To Pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " +"your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " +"from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:186 +msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:186 +msgid "" +"a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " +"matched when checking the bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:190 +msgid "recorded as a new payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:189 +msgid "" +"the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " +"` with the related invoice when processing the " +"bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:193 +msgid "recorded as another transaction:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:193 +msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " +"should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," +" the balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's " +"balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:203 +msgid "Checks Handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:205 +msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:207 +msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:208 +msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " +"invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +msgid "Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +msgid "Account Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:246 +msgid "Invoice ABC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:230 +msgid "Undeposited funds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:230 +msgid "Check 0123" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +msgid "Bank" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:237 +msgid "" +"A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " +"reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" +" journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:244 +msgid "Bank Statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:248 +msgid "Statement XYZ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview.rst:5 +msgid "Process overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " +"and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " +"a single payment for a single invoice, or process a payment spanning " +"multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so " +"efficiently and accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 +msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " +"goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " +"deposit that payment at the bank; make sure the Customer Invoice is closed; " +"follow up if Customers are late; and finally present your Income on the " +"Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " +"you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" +" bill them. If your supplier sends you a shipment, they have met the terms " +"of that contract and can bill you. Therefore, the terms of the contract is " +"fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo " +"supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " +"Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " +"directly if you would like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 +msgid "" +"An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " +"in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " +"It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely" +" and precise manner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 +msgid "Draft invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " +"While these invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 +msgid "" +"remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " +"is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 +msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Customer: Agrolait" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 +msgid "Product: iMac" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 +msgid "Quantity: 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 +msgid "Unit Price: 100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 +msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 +msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 +msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 +msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 +msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 +msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 +msgid "" +"An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " +"services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" +" tax information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 +msgid "" +"\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " +"moves from the Draft state to the Open state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " +"defined, and modifiable, sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" +" when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " +"entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 +msgid "Send the invoice to customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 +msgid "" +"After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " +"customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 +msgid "" +"A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" +" follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Partner**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Due date**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "Agrolait" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +msgid "01/07/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 +msgid "Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " +"entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " +"reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have " +"entered the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 +msgid "" +"A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 +msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " +"in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " +"your accounting localisation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " +"journal and enter an amount of $100 ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 +msgid "Reconcile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 +msgid "Now let's reconcile!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 +msgid "" +"You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " +"reconcile with instructions at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 +msgid "" +"After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " +"display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" +" them to pay this invoice. \"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" +" invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 +msgid "Payment Followup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 +msgid "" +"There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " +"Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" +" faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " +"pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " +"on how severely overdue the customer is. These actions are bundled into " +"follow-up levels that are triggered when the due date of an invoice has " +"passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the" +" same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 +msgid "" +"By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" +" will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 +msgid "Customer aging report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " +"to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" +" collection efforts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 +msgid "Profit and loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " +"Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " +"sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues" +" and Expenses.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 +msgid "Balance sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 +msgid "" +"The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " +"at a specific moment in time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 +msgid "" +"For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " +"method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " +"material has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 +msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" +" correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " +"depending on your vendor policy). Odoo also offers reports to track your " +"aged payable balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " +"the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " +"them automatically based on past purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 +msgid "Record a new vendor bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " +":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " +"As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " +"their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " +"lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " +"screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " +"without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " +"vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " +"the totals (round per line, or round globally). The default rounding method " +"in Odoo is to round the final prices per line (as you may have different " +"taxes per product. E.g. Alcohol and cigarettes). However if your vendor has " +"a different tax amount on their bill, you can change the amount in the " +"bottom left table to adjust and match." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 +msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " +"on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" +" on the the accounting package you choose to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 +msgid "" +"For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " +"accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 +msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 +msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 +msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 +msgid "" +"For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " +"accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 +msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 +msgid "" +"You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " +"validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 +msgid "Pay a bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " +"**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 +msgid "" +"From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " +"card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " +"propose the entire remaining balance on the bill for payment. In the memo " +"field, we recommend you set the vendor invoice number as a reference (Odoo " +"will auto fill this field from the from the vendor bill if set it " +"correctly)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " +"a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " +"from the vendor bill you will be able to reconcile this payment with " +"directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 +msgid "Printing vendor Checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " +"so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " +"daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in " +"checks in batches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 +msgid "" +"If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " +"list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 +msgid "" +"By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " +"list of all payments that are ready to be processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " +"them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " +"the next check number in the sequence and will then print all the checks at " +"once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 +msgid "Aged payable balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 +msgid "" +"In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" +" can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " +":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a" +" visual of all of your outstanding bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 +msgid "" +"From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " +"of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " +"for managements information. At any point in time while you're looking " +"through the report, you can print directly to Excel or PDF and get exactly " +"what you see on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 +msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 msgid "Others" -msgstr "Andere" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser.rst:5 msgid "Adviser" -msgstr "Finanzberater" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 msgid "Manage a financial budget" @@ -10079,7 +13193,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 msgid "Budgetary Positions" -msgstr "Budgetpositionen" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -10246,9 +13360,9 @@ msgid "" " that could have been realised." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic.rst:5 msgid "Analytic" -msgstr "Kostenstelle" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 msgid "Track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting" @@ -10384,7 +13498,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 msgid "Subcontracting" -msgstr "An Subunternehmer vergeben" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -10560,7 +13674,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:111 msgid "Analytic accounting" -msgstr "Kostenrechnung" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -10708,7 +13822,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 msgid "Marketing Department" -msgstr "Marketingabteilung" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 msgid "Commercial Department" @@ -10760,34 +13874,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Title**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Account**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" msgstr "" @@ -10814,7 +13900,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 msgid "Subcontractors" -msgstr "Subunternehmer" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 @@ -10855,7 +13941,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "Marketing" -msgstr "Marketing" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 @@ -10874,7 +13960,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Administrative" -msgstr "Verwaltung" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 msgid "-1 000" @@ -10882,7 +13968,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "PR" -msgstr "PR" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "-400" @@ -11038,7 +14124,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "280" -msgstr "" +msgstr "280" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "705 – Billing services" @@ -11110,7 +14196,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 -msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" +msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: performance analysis" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 @@ -11177,9 +14263,9 @@ msgid "" "applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory.rst:5 msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "Lager" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" @@ -11252,7 +14338,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Operation" -msgstr "Vorgang" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 @@ -11267,7 +14353,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "Inventurbestandswert" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 @@ -11296,11 +14382,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "$0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -msgid "0" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" @@ -11314,7 +14395,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$80" -msgstr "80 USD" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 @@ -11343,12 +14424,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "$144" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -msgid "12" -msgstr "12" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 @@ -11446,14 +14521,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "-1\\*$12" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "1" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 msgid "Explanation: counter example" msgstr "" @@ -11793,7 +14860,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 msgid "Live Currency Rate" -msgstr "Online-Wechselkurs" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -11976,7 +15043,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "Rechnungen" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 msgid "Multi-currency Payments" @@ -12011,1783 +15078,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 -msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Kontenplan" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " -"record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " -"reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 -msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 -msgid "Assets" -msgstr "Anlagevermögen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 -msgid "Liabilities" -msgstr "Verbindlichkeiten" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 -msgid "Equity" -msgstr "Eigenkapital" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 -msgid "Income" -msgstr "Erlöse" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 -msgid "Expense" -msgstr "betrieblicher Aufwand" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," -" in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 -msgid "Configuration of an Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " -"company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " -"is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts " -"already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " -"directly or set it according to your company's needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 -msgid "" -"It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" -" Journal Entry has been posted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 -msgid "Code and Name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " -"indicates the account's purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" -" purposes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 -msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 -msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 -msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 -msgid "Generate opening entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " -"and select the right type among the following list:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 -msgid "Report" -msgstr "Bericht" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 -msgid "Category" -msgstr "Kategorie" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 -msgid "Account Types" -msgstr "Kontoarten" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 -msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "Debitoren" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 -msgid "Bank and Cash" -msgstr "Liquide Mittel" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 -msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "Umlaufvermögen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 -msgid "Non-current Assets" -msgstr "Anlagevermögen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 -msgid "Prepayments" -msgstr "Vorauszahlungen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 -msgid "Fixed Assets" -msgstr "Sachanlagen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 -msgid "Payable" -msgstr "Kreditoren" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 -msgid "Credit Card" -msgstr "Kreditkarte" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 -msgid "Current Liabilities" -msgstr "Kurzfristige Verbindlichkeiten" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 -msgid "Non-current Liabilities" -msgstr "Langfristige Verbindlichkeiten" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 -msgid "Current Year Earnings" -msgstr "Jahresüberschuss/Jahresfehlbetrag" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 -msgid "Other Income" -msgstr "Sonstige betriebliche Erträge" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 -msgid "Depreciation" -msgstr "Abschreibungen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 -msgid "Cost of Revenue" -msgstr "Herstellungskosten" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 -msgid "Other" -msgstr "Andere" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 -msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" -msgstr "Ausserbilanz" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 -msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " -":ref:`Assets ` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " -"` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues " -"` entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 -msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 -msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " -"draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " -"corresponding form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 -msgid "" -"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " -"transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " -"validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 -msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "Standard Steuern" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " -"for a product sale or purchase." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "Stichwörter" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." -" By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " -"Statement*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 -msgid "Account Groups" -msgstr "Kontogruppen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 -msgid "" -"**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" -" a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " -"Balance**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 -msgid "" -"To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " -"sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " -"Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with " -"the right Account Group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 -msgid "" -"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " -"*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 -msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "Erlaube Abstimmung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 -msgid "" -"Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" -" method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 -msgid "" -"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " -"reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " -"card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 -msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 -msgid "Deprecated" -msgstr "Nicht mehr verwenden" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 -msgid "" -"It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" -" on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 -msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 -msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 -msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 -msgid "" -":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Initial setup of Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page" -" welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you" -" get started. This onboarding banner is displayed until you choose to close " -"it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 -msgid "" -"The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by" -" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization" -" Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the " -"creation of the database. This way, the right accounts, reports, and taxes " -"are ready-to-go. :doc:`Click here " -"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" -" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 -msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 -msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 -msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 -msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 -msgid "Company Data" -msgstr "Unternehmensdaten" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 -msgid "" -"This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, " -"address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT " -"number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on " -"invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 -msgid "" -"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update " -"Info**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 -msgid "Bank Account" -msgstr "Bankkonto" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " -"synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on " -"*Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 -msgid "" -":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " -"information about this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " -"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " -"account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 -msgid "" -"You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank " -"Account*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 -msgid "" -":doc:`Click here <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` for more information " -"about Bank Accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 -msgid "Accounting Periods" -msgstr "Buchungsperioden" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used" -" to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, " -"along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 -msgid "" -"By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing " -"date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 -msgid "" -"With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " -"indicate their initial opening balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of " -"Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double " -"arrow button* at the end of the line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 -msgid "" -":doc:`Click here ` for more information on how to " -"configure your Chart of Accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 -msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 -msgid "" -"There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take " -"advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing " -"onboarding banner* is the one that welcomes you if you use the Invoicing app" -" rather than the Accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 -msgid "" -"If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by " -"going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 -msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 -msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 -msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 -msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 -msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 -msgid "" -"This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " -"onboarding banner `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 -msgid "Invoice Layout" -msgstr "Rechnungslayout" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 -msgid "" -"With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting" -" which layout tamplate, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to " -"use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 -msgid "" -"You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ " -"*footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, " -"email, website URL, and Tax ID (or VAT number) to the footer, according to " -"the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 -msgid "" -"Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & " -"Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content" -" of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 -msgid "" -"These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings -->" -" General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 -msgid "Payment Method" -msgstr "Zahlungsmethode" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 -msgid "" -"This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers " -"can pay you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 -msgid "" -"Configuring a *Payment Acquirer* with this tool also activates the *Invoice " -"Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay " -"online, from their Customer Portal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 -msgid "Sample Invoice" -msgstr "Beispielrechnung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly" -" configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 -msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 -msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " -"transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 -msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " -"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " -"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " -"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:19 -msgid "" -"`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 -msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " -"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " -"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "Multi-Unternehmen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " -"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " -"reports following your consolidation rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 -msgid "Multi-currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " -"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " -"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " -"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " -"reconciliation of the journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 -msgid "International Standards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " -"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " -"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " -"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 -msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " -"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " -"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 -msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 -msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 -msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " -"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " -"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 -msgid "" -"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" -" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " -"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 -msgid "Wide range of financial reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " -"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " -"reports include:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 -msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 -msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 -msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 -msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " -"own formulae." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 -msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " -"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." -" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " -"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " -"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " -"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " -"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " -"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " -"ledger transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 -msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " -"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" -" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "Inventur Bewertung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " -"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " -"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 -msgid "" -"`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 -msgid "Easy retained earnings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 -msgid "" -"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " -"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" -"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " -"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:7 -msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " -"over a specific period (usually the current year)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " -"sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:23 -msgid "" -"**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" -" as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " -"beyond the costs of products sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " -"date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:34 -msgid "" -"**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " -"includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " -"cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:40 -msgid "" -"**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " -"to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:45 -msgid "" -"**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" -" shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:50 -msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:56 -msgid "" -"What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " -"(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:59 -msgid "" -"A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" -" (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " -"having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:66 -msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " -"sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," -" an invoice) impacts accounts by moving value from one account (credit) to " -"an other account (debit)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:78 -msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:90 -msgid "Journal Entries" -msgstr "Buchungssätze" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " -"a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " -"impacting several accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:92 -msgid "" -"For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " -"equal to the sum of all its credits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 -msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 -msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 -msgid "Explanation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 -msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:104 -msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 -msgid "The customer owes $1,090" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 -msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 -msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:127 -msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 -msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:113 -msgid "" -"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " -"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 -msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:121 -msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 -msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:126 -msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -msgid "Reconciliation" -msgstr "Abstimmung offener Posten" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " -"account, matching credits and debits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:137 -msgid "" -"Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " -"to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " -"done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:141 -msgid "" -"An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " -"reconciled with the related payment journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 -msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:146 -msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:147 -msgid "" -"the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " -"matching process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 -msgid "Customer Statement Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 -msgid "Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -msgid "Debit" -msgstr "Soll" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -msgid "Credit" -msgstr "Haben" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 -msgid "Invoice 1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -msgid "100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -msgid "Payment 1.1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -msgid "70" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 -msgid "Invoice 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -msgid "65" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 -msgid "Payment 1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 -msgid "30" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -msgid "Payment 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 -msgid "Invoice 3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 -msgid "50" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 -msgid "Total To Pay" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " -"your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " -"from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 -msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 -msgid "" -"a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " -"matched when checking the bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:190 -msgid "recorded as a new payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:189 -msgid "" -"the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " -"` with the related invoice when processing the " -"bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 -msgid "recorded as another transaction:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 -msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " -"should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," -" the balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's " -"balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 -msgid "Checks Handling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 -msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:207 -msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:208 -msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:212 -msgid "" -"The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " -"invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -msgid "Account" -msgstr "Konto" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -msgid "Account Receivable" -msgstr "Debitorenkonto" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -msgid "Invoice ABC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -msgid "Undeposited funds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -msgid "Check 0123" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -msgid "Bank" -msgstr "Bank" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:237 -msgid "" -"A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " -"reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" -" journal entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -msgid "Bank Statement" -msgstr "Bankauszug" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 -msgid "Statement XYZ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 -msgid "Process overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 -msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " -"and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " -"a single payment for a single invoice, or process a payment spanning " -"multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so " -"efficiently and accurately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 -msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " -"goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " -"deposit that payment at the bank; make sure the Customer Invoice is closed; " -"follow up if Customers are late; and finally present your Income on the " -"Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet " -"report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " -"you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" -" bill them. If your supplier sends you a shipment, they have met the terms " -"of that contract and can bill you. Therefore, the terms of the contract is " -"fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo " -"supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " -"Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " -"directly if you would like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 -msgid "" -"An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " -"in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " -"It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely" -" and precise manner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 -msgid "Draft invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 -msgid "" -"The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " -"While these invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 -msgid "" -"remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " -"is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 -msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 -msgid "Customer: Agrolait" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 -msgid "Product: iMac" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 -msgid "Quantity: 1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 -msgid "Unit Price: 100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 -msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 -msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 -msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 -msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 -msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 -msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 -msgid "" -"An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " -"services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" -" tax information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 -msgid "" -"\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " -"moves from the Draft state to the Open state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 -msgid "" -"When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " -"defined, and modifiable, sequence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" -" when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " -"entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 -msgid "Send the invoice to customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 -msgid "" -"After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " -"customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 -msgid "" -"A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" -" follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Partner**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Due date**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 -msgid "Agrolait" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -msgid "01/07/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 -msgid "115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "15" -msgstr "15" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "Zahlung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " -"entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " -"reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have " -"entered the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 -msgid "" -"A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 -msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 -msgid "" -"You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " -"in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " -"your accounting localisation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " -"journal and enter an amount of $100 ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 -msgid "Reconcile" -msgstr "Abstimmen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 -msgid "Now let's reconcile!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 -msgid "" -"You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " -"reconcile with instructions at the bottom." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 -msgid "" -"After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " -"display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" -" them to pay this invoice. \"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 -msgid "" -"Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" -" invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 -msgid "Payment Followup" -msgstr "Zahlungsnachverfolgung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 -msgid "" -"There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " -"Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" -" faster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " -"pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " -"on how severely overdue the customer is. These actions are bundled into " -"follow-up levels that are triggered when the due date of an invoice has " -"passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the" -" same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 -msgid "" -"By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" -" will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 -msgid "Customer aging report:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 -msgid "" -"The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " -"to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" -" collection efforts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 -msgid "Profit and loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 -msgid "" -"The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " -"Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " -"sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues" -" and Expenses.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 -msgid "Balance sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 -msgid "" -"The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " -"at a specific moment in time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 -msgid "" -"For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " -"method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " -"material has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 -msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" -" correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " -"depending on your vendor policy). Odoo also offers reports to track your " -"aged payable balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 -msgid "" -"If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " -"the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " -"them automatically based on past purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 -msgid "Record a new vendor bill" -msgstr "Neue Eingangsrechnung eintragen." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " -":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " -"As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting " -"dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " -"their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " -"lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " -"screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " -"without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " -"vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " -"the totals (round per line, or round globally). The default rounding method " -"in Odoo is to round the final prices per line (as you may have different " -"taxes per product. E.g. Alcohol and cigarettes). However if your vendor has " -"a different tax amount on their bill, you can change the amount in the " -"bottom left table to adjust and match." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 -msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " -"on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" -" on the the accounting package you choose to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 -msgid "" -"For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " -"accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 -msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 -msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 -msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " -"accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 -msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " -"validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 -msgid "Pay a bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 -msgid "" -"To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " -"**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 -msgid "" -"From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " -"card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " -"propose the entire remaining balance on the bill for payment. In the memo " -"field, we recommend you set the vendor invoice number as a reference (Odoo " -"will auto fill this field from the from the vendor bill if set it " -"correctly)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " -"a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " -"from the vendor bill you will be able to reconcile this payment with " -"directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 -msgid "Printing vendor Checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 -msgid "" -"If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " -"so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " -"daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in " -"checks in batches." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 -msgid "" -"If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " -"list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 -msgid "" -"By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " -"list of all payments that are ready to be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " -"them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " -"the next check number in the sequence and will then print all the checks at " -"once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:3 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Berichtswesen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 -msgid "Aged payable balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 -msgid "" -"In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" -" can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " -":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a" -" visual of all of your outstanding bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 -msgid "" -"From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " -"of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " -"for managements information. At any point in time while you're looking " -"through the report, you can print directly to Excel or PDF and get exactly " -"what you see on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 -msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables.rst:5 msgid "Account Payables" msgstr "" @@ -13887,9 +15178,9 @@ msgid "" "\"Due Date\" feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay.rst:5 msgid "Vendor Payments" -msgstr "Zahlungen des Lieferanten" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 msgid "Pay by Checks" @@ -13943,7 +15234,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:43 msgid "United States" -msgstr "USA - Vereinigte Staaten von Amerika" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" @@ -14408,7 +15699,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Ask your bank if they support the **SEPA Credit Transfer specification** " "(the SEPA pain version depends on the country set on your company). If they " -"don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the error " +"don't, or cannot provide relevant information, please forward the error " "message to your Odoo partner." msgstr "" @@ -14469,11 +15760,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:23 msgid "Straight Line" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gerade Linie" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:24 msgid "Declining" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Abnehmend" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 msgid "Declining Then Straight Line" @@ -14970,7 +16261,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 msgid "Deferred Expense Models" -msgstr "Aktive Rechnungsabgrenzungs-Modelle" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -15341,7 +16632,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:216 msgid "Ordered quantities" -msgstr "Rechnung bei Auftrag" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 msgid "or Received quantities" @@ -15367,25 +16658,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 msgid "" "Encoding bills manually can be a time-consuming task. Having a solution that" -" allows you to digitize them and automatically import the data to your " +" allows you to digitize them and automatically import the data into your " "database reduces errors and saves you time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 +msgid "" +"`Try it out `_! Upload one of " +"your Bills or try one of our samples." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:12 msgid "Set up the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:14 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization`, and " -"choose whether the bills should be processed automatically or manually." +"choose whether the bills should be processed automatically (with OCR) or " +"manually (on demand)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:22 msgid "Start digitizing your bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:24 msgid "" "Scan your bills and then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " "Bills` and upload your document. Based on your configuration, it either " @@ -15393,61 +16691,58 @@ msgid "" "Digitalization* to do it manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 msgid "" "You can also create a vendor bill through the *Documents* app or by using an" " email alias on your journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:32 msgid "" "Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " "clicking on the respective tag (available in *Edit* mode), and selecting the" " right information instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 msgid "" "The more bills you scan, the better the system gets at identifying the " "correct data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Preiskalkulation" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 -msgid "" -"The *Bill Digitalization* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which " -"requires prepaid credits to work. Digitalizing one document consumes one " -"credit." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 msgid "" +"The *Bill Digitalization* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which " +"requires prepaid credits to work. Digitizing one document consumes one " +"credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 +msgid "" "To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Bill Digitalization` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View My Services*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Click `here `_ to know about our " -"*Privacy Policy*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:56 +msgid "Our `Privacy Policy `_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 msgid "Purchase Receipts" -msgstr "Einkaufsbelege" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -15467,8 +16762,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Expenses paid by employees can be managed with **Odoo Expenses**, an app " "dedicated to the approval of such expenses and the payments management. " -"Click :doc:`here ` for more " -"information on how to use Odoo Expenses." +"Click :doc:`here ` for more information on " +"how to use Odoo Expenses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 @@ -15508,17 +16803,17 @@ msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/expense/expense`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/expenses`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables.rst:5 msgid "Account Receivables" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 msgid "Customer Invoices" -msgstr "Ausgangsrechnungen" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 msgid "Offer cash discounts" @@ -15598,7 +16893,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 msgid "Cash Rounding" -msgstr "Bargeld-Runden" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -15718,17 +17013,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:44 msgid "Partial Refund" -msgstr "Teilweise Rückerstattung" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:55 msgid "Full Refund" -msgstr "Komplette Rückerstattung" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:66 msgid "Full refund and new draft invoice" -msgstr "Komplette Rückerstattung und neuer Rechnungsentwurf" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -15814,7 +17109,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred Revenues" -msgstr "Passive Rechnungsabgrenzung" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -15978,7 +17273,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" -msgstr "Passive Rechnungsabgrenzungs-Modelle" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -16012,7 +17307,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" -msgstr "Automatisierung passiver Rechnungsabgrenzung" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -16143,7 +17438,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" +msgid "Invoicing processes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 @@ -16248,7 +17543,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 msgid "Contracts" -msgstr "Verträge" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" @@ -16367,6 +17662,39 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:140 +msgid "Resequencing of the invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:142 +msgid "" +"It remains possible to resequence the invoices but with some restrictions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:144 +msgid "The feature does not work when entries are previous to a lock date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:145 +msgid "" +"The feature does not work if the sequence is inconsistent with the month of " +"the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:146 +msgid "It does not work if the sequence leads to a duplicate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:147 +msgid "The order of the invoice remains unchanged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:148 +msgid "" +"It is useful for people who use a numbering from another software and who " +"want to continue the current year without starting over from the beginning." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" msgstr "" @@ -16580,7 +17908,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 msgid "Due date" -msgstr "Fälligkeitsdatum" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 msgid "February 21" @@ -16674,9 +18002,15 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click `here `_ to know about our " +"*Privacy Policy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:5 msgid "Customer Payments" -msgstr "Kundeneinzahlungen" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 msgid "Batch Payments: Batch Deposits (checks, cash etc.)" @@ -16707,7 +18041,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 msgid "Payment Method Types" -msgstr "Zahlungsmittelarten" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -16837,8 +18171,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 msgid "" -"`List of all SEPA countries `_." +"`List of all SEPA countries " +"`_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 @@ -17026,8 +18361,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:148 msgid "" -"`List of all SEPA countries `_" +"`List of all SEPA countries " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 @@ -17085,7 +18421,7 @@ msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 -msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" +msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a default credit/debit account" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 @@ -17315,7 +18651,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 msgid "Invoice Online Payment" -msgstr "Rechnung Online-Zahlung" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -17335,7 +18671,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 msgid "" "By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer " -"`\" is the only " +"`\" is the only " "Payment Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment " "details." msgstr "" @@ -17349,7 +18685,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 msgid "Customer Portal" -msgstr "Kundenportal" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -17364,7 +18700,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 @@ -17531,10 +18867,52 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`followup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:5 msgid "Declarations" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:3 +msgid "Intrastat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Intrastat** is the system for data collection and statistic production of " +"goods traded among the EU Member States. Organizations whose annual trade " +"surpasses a certain threshold must provide data about the goods traded with " +"other EU countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:10 +msgid "" +"`Eurostat Statistics Explained - Glossary: Intrastat " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:14 +msgid "" +"As of January 1, 2022, the reporting requirements have changed. One main " +"modification concerns the transaction codes which are now switching to a " +"2-digits format. All transactions recorded after this date have to follow " +"the new system’s rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Customer Invoices`, then " +"enable **Intrastat** and *Save*. Once the Intrastat has been activated you " +"are able to choose the **Default incoterm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you created your Odoo database prior to **January 13, 2022**, please " +":ref:`upgrade ` the ``account_intrastat`` module to add the" +" new transaction codes and :ref:`install ` the " +"``account_intrastat_expiry`` module to archive the old codes." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 msgid "Tax Return (VAT Declaration)" msgstr "" @@ -17554,8 +18932,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 msgid "" "You can find information about VAT and its mechanism on `this page from the " -"European Commission `_." +"European Commission " +"`_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 @@ -17564,7 +18942,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" -msgstr "Periodizität der Steuerrückzahlung" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -17597,12 +18975,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 msgid "" "This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up " -"<../../overview/getting_started/setup>`." +"<../../getting_started/initial_configuration/setup>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 msgid "Tax Grids" -msgstr "Steuerraster" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -17635,7 +19013,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 msgid "Tax Lock Date" -msgstr "Datum der Steuersperre" +msgstr "Sperrdatum Steuer" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -17659,9 +19037,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:135 msgid "Tax Report" -msgstr "Umsatzsteuerbericht" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -17702,7 +19080,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/setup`" +msgid ":doc:`../../getting_started/initial_configuration/setup`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 @@ -17719,13 +19097,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 msgid "Activate the developer mode" -msgstr "Entwicklermodus aktivieren" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -":doc:`Developer mode ` needs to be " -"activated." +":ref:`developer mode ` needs to be activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 @@ -17865,45 +19242,41 @@ msgid "**Profit and Loss**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 -msgid "**Chart of Account**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 msgid "**Executive Summary**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 msgid "**General Ledger**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 msgid "**Aged Payable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 msgid "**Tax Report**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:19 msgid "" "You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " "Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " "more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:23 msgid "" "You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" " want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " @@ -17911,66 +19284,58 @@ msgid "" "default **Previous 1 Period** option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:31 msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" " of your organisation as at a particular date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:38 msgid "Profit and Loss" -msgstr "Gewinn und Verlust" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:40 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " "organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" " period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 -msgid "Chart of account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 -msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:48 msgid "Executive Summary" -msgstr "Kurzbericht" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:50 msgid "" "The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " "figures you need to run your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:53 msgid "" "In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " "reporting :" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 msgid "**Performance:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:58 msgid "" "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " "costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:65 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 msgid "" "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " "costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " @@ -17978,56 +19343,56 @@ msgid "" "result of those sales)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 msgid "" "The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " "make those profits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:88 msgid "**Position:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:72 msgid "**Average debtor days:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:72 msgid "" "The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " "across all your customer invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:75 msgid "**Average creditor days:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:75 msgid "" "The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" " all your bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:80 msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:78 msgid "" "How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " "i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " "your **Purchases account** for the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:88 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:83 msgid "" "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " "(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " @@ -18035,11 +19400,11 @@ msgid "" "typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:94 msgid "General Ledger" -msgstr "Hauptbuch" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:96 msgid "" "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" " chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " @@ -18048,51 +19413,51 @@ msgid "" "occurred during a certain period of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:106 msgid "Aged Payable" -msgstr "Überfällige Verbindlichkeit" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:108 msgid "" "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" " bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " "gone unpaid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:116 msgid "Aged Receivable" -msgstr "Überfällige Forderungen" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:118 msgid "" "The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " "payment during a selected month and several months prior." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" -msgstr "Cash-Flow-Bericht" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 msgid "" "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " "income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " "operating, investing and financing activities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:137 msgid "" "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation.rst:5 msgid "Taxation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year.rst:5 msgid "Fiscal Year" -msgstr "Geschäftsjahr" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" @@ -18589,7 +19954,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "Bankjournal" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 msgid "Bank $115" @@ -18602,7 +19967,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "Journal für die Besteuerung nach vereinnahmten Entgelten" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 msgid "Tax Received Account $15" @@ -18656,17 +20021,115 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`taxes`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:279 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:3 +msgid "EU intra-community Distance Selling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Distance sales within the European Union** include cross-border sales of " +"goods and services to a private consumer (B2C) in another EU Member State " +"when the seller doesn't meet face-to-face with the customer. Organizations " +"must ensure that the VAT on distance sales is paid to the Member State in " +"which the goods or services are delivered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:11 +msgid "" +"This remains true even if your organization is located outside of the " +"European Union." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:13 +msgid "" +"While this regulation mainly applies to :doc:`eCommerce " +"<../../../../websites/ecommerce>` sales to private EU consumers, it is also " +"valid for mail order sales and telesales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The Union **One-Stop Shop (OSS)** is an online portal where businesses can " +"register for the OSS and declare their intra-community distance sales. Each " +"EU member state integrates an online OSS portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The **EU intra-community Distance Selling** feature helps your organization " +"comply with this regulation by creating and configuring new :doc:`fiscal " +"positions ` and :doc:`taxes ` based on your " +"company's country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:24 +msgid "" +"`European Commission: OSS | Taxation and Customs Union " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting/Invoicing --> Settings --> Taxes`, then " +"enable **EU intra-community Distance Selling** (or **EU Digital Goods VAT** " +"if you created your database before July 1, 2021), and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Please :ref:`upgrade the module ` `l10n_eu_service` if you " +"already installed it before **July 1, 2021**, or if you activated the " +"feature **EU Digital Goods VAT** in the Accounting settings. Then, make sure" +" to :ref:`refresh the tax mapping `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:49 +msgid "Fiscal Positions and Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once enabled, the feature automatically creates all the necessary taxes and " +"fiscal positions needed for each EU member state, based on your company's " +"country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:54 +msgid "" +"We highly recommend checking that the proposed mapping is suitable for the " +"products and services you sell before using it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:60 +msgid "Refresh tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Whenever you add or modify taxes, you can update automatically your fiscal " +"positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting/Invoicing --> Settings --> Taxes " +"--> EU intra-community Distance Selling` and click on the *Refresh tax " +"mapping* button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" msgstr "" @@ -18804,7 +20267,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 msgid "Application" -msgstr "Anwendung" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" @@ -19008,48 +20471,100 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 -msgid "How it works" +msgid "Automatically post taxes to the correct Tax Payable account" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" +"For each one of your companies that uses TaxCloud, it might be necessary to " +"create a **User-Defined Default** so that the new taxes generated by the " +"TaxCloud integration are created with the correct Tax Payable account:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +msgid "" +"A User-Defined Default impacts all records at creation. It means that " +"**every** new tax will be set up to record income in the specified Tax " +"Payable account, unless the tax is manually edited to specify a different " +"income account (or there exists another User-Defined Default that takes " +"precedence)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, " +"select the Tax Payable account for the company. Take note of the account's " +"``id`` in the URL string." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> User-Defined " +"Defaults`, and click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:70 +msgid "Click on *Field*, then, in the drop-down menu, on *Search More*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up's search box, filter on the model ``tax.repartition.line`` and" +" the field ``account``. Select the ``account`` field of the " +"``tax.repartition.line`` model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In the **Default Value** field, enter the ID of the company's Tax Payable " +"account. Select the company for which this configuration should apply in the" +" *Company* field. Click *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:95 +msgid "" "Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " ":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" " when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:100 msgid "" -"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " +"You can configure Odoo to automatically detect which Customers should use " "this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:107 msgid "" "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " "order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " "triggers the automated tax computation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:114 msgid "" "Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " "You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " "**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:119 msgid "Coupons & Promotions" -msgstr "Gutscheine und Werbeaktionen" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:121 msgid "" "If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " "might seem a bit odd." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:123 msgid "" "The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " "negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " @@ -19060,7 +20575,7 @@ msgid "" "deliveries, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:129 msgid "" "Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " "product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " @@ -19144,7 +20659,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:58 msgid "Tax Name" -msgstr "Steuerbezeichnung" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -19155,7 +20670,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:66 msgid "Tax Computation" -msgstr "Steuerberechnung" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:68 msgid "**Group of Taxes**" @@ -19209,14 +20724,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 msgid "Tax" -msgstr "Steuer" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 msgid "Total" -msgstr "Gesamtbetrag" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 @@ -19228,10 +20743,6 @@ msgstr "Gesamtbetrag" msgid "1,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -msgid "10" -msgstr "10" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 msgid "1,010.00" msgstr "" @@ -19282,7 +20793,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:124 msgid "Active" -msgstr "Aktiv" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:126 msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." @@ -19302,7 +20813,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:139 msgid "Tax Scope" -msgstr "Steuergültigkeit" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -19368,7 +20879,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:180 msgid "Label on Invoices" -msgstr "Bezeichnung auf Rechnungen" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -19379,7 +20890,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:193 msgid "Tax Group" -msgstr "Steuergruppe" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:195 msgid "" @@ -19406,7 +20917,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:213 msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" -msgstr "In Kostenrechnung einschliessen" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:215 msgid "" @@ -19416,7 +20927,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:221 msgid "Included in Price" -msgstr "Beinhaltet im Preis" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -19471,7 +20982,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:253 msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" -msgstr "Auswirkung auf nachfolgende Steuern" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:255 msgid "" @@ -19499,10 +21010,6 @@ msgid "" "names." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:282 -msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" msgstr "" @@ -19556,15 +21063,243 @@ msgid "" "`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:4 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Aufwand" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:3 +msgid "Documents" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Documents** allows you to store, view and manage files within Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:7 +msgid "" +"You can upload any type of file (max 64MB per file on Odoo Online/SaaS), and" +" organize them in various workspaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:11 +msgid "`Odoo Documents: product page `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:14 +msgid "Workflow actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Workflow actions are automated actions you can create and customize at the " +"level of each workspace. They appear next to a file whenever it meets the " +"criteria you set. That way you can, for example, add tags to a file or move " +"it to another workspace with a single click. Workflow actions help you " +"streamline the management of your documents and your overall business " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:22 +msgid "Create workflow actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To create workflow actions, go to :menuselection:`Documents --> " +"Configuration --> Workspaces` and select the workspace where the action " +"should apply. Click on the *Actions* smart button, and then on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:33 +msgid "" +"An action applies to all *Child Workspaces* under the *Parent Workspace* you" +" selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you use the :ref:`developer mode `, you can directly " +"access all your actions by going to :menuselection:`Documents --> " +"Configuration --> Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:40 +msgid "Set the conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After naming your workflow action, you can set the conditions that trigger " +"the appearance of the action button on the right-side panel when selecting a" +" file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:45 +msgid "There are three basic types of conditions you can set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:47 +msgid "" +"**Tags**: you can both use the *Contains* and *Does not contain* conditions," +" meaning the files *must have* or *mustn't have* the tags set here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:50 +msgid "**Contact**: the files must be associated with the contact set here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:52 +msgid "**Owner**: the files must be associated with the owner set here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you don't set any conditions, the action button appears for all files " +"located inside the selected workspace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:63 +msgid "Advanced condition type: domain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:66 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to have some knowledge of Odoo development to properly " +"configure *Domain* filters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To access the *Domain* condition, the :ref:`developer mode `" +" needs to be activated. Once that's done, select the *Domain* condition " +"type, and click on *Add Filter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To create a rule, you typically select a field, an operator, and a value. " +"For example, if you want to add a workflow action to all the PDF files " +"inside a workspace, set the field to *Mime Type*, the operator to " +"*contains*, and the value to *pdf*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Click on *Add node* (plus-circle icon) and *Add branch* (ellipsis icon) to " +"add conditions and sub-conditions. You can then specify if your rule should " +"match *ALL* or *ANY* conditions. You can also edit the rule directly using " +"the *Code editor*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:93 +msgid "Configure the actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Select the *Actions* tab to set up your action. You can simultaneously:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Set Contact**: add a contact to the file, or replace an existing contact " +"with a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:98 +msgid "" +"**Set Owner**: add an owner to the file, or replace an existing owner with a" +" new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:99 +msgid "**Move to Workspace**: move the file to any workspace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:100 +msgid "" +"**Create**: create one of the following items attached to the file in your " +"database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:102 +msgid "**Product template**: create a product you can edit directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:103 +msgid "**Task**: create a Project task you can edit directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:104 +msgid "**Signature request**: create a new Sign template to send out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:105 +msgid "**Sign directly**: create a Sign template to sign directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:106 +msgid "" +"**Vendor bill**: create a vendor bill using OCR and AI to scrape information" +" from the file content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:108 +msgid "" +"**Customer invoice**: create a customer invoice using OCR and AI to scrape " +"information from the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:110 +msgid "" +"**Vendor credit note**: create a vendor credit note using OCR and AI to " +"scrape information from the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Credit note**: create a customer credit note using OCR and AI to scrape " +"information from the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:114 +msgid "**Applicant**: create a new HR application you can edit directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:116 +msgid "**Set Tags**: add, remove, and replace any number of tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:117 +msgid "" +"**Activities - Mark all as Done**: mark all activities linked to the file as" +" done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:118 +msgid "" +"**Activities - Schedule Activity**: create a new activity linked to the file" +" as configured in the action. You can choose to set the activity on the " +"document owner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:5 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:7 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Expenses** streamlines the management of expenses. Employees can " +"submit their expenses; managers can approve them; accountants can record " +"them and process the payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:11 +msgid "`Odoo Expenses: product page `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:14 msgid "How to set expense types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:16 msgid "" "The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " "as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " @@ -19573,40 +21308,40 @@ msgid "" "real cost per expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:16 -msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:24 +msgid "Here are some examples:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:26 msgid "Restaurant:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:34 msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:29 msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:31 msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:32 msgid "Hotel:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:36 msgid "Others:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:38 msgid "Cost: 0.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:40 msgid "" "Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " "you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " @@ -19615,63 +21350,63 @@ msgid "" "usually the expected behaviour." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:48 msgid "" -"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " +"The *Sales* app allows you to specify units of measure for your expense " "types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " "in different units of measure (advanced)*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:55 msgid "How to record expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:58 msgid "Manually" -msgstr "Manuell" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:60 msgid "" "As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " "from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:66 msgid "" "Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " "Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " "hotel nights)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:69 msgid "Enter the expense date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:70 msgid "" "Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " "the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:72 msgid "" "Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " "of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " "the accountant validate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:80 msgid "In one click from emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:82 msgid "" "Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " "snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:85 msgid "" "The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " ":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " @@ -19679,18 +21414,18 @@ msgid "" "emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:91 msgid "" "The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " "product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " "the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:96 msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:98 msgid "" "When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " "of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " @@ -19700,47 +21435,47 @@ msgid "" "approve it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:108 msgid "" "You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " "on the form view of an expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:111 msgid "" "All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " "--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:116 msgid "How to approve expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:118 msgid "" "HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" " the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " "Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:125 msgid "" "They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " "providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:131 msgid "" "As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " "members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " "employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:139 msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:141 msgid "" "Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" " :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " @@ -19749,15 +21484,15 @@ msgid "" "following access rights:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:147 msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" -msgstr "Buchhaltung: Buchhalter oder Berater" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:148 msgid "Expenses: Manager" -msgstr "Spesen: Manager" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:151 msgid "" "To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" " a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " @@ -19766,135 +21501,1691 @@ msgid "" "is using Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:158 msgid "How to reimburse employees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:160 msgid "" "You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " ":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " "record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:164 msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:157 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:166 +msgid ":doc:`accounting/payables/pay/check`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:158 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:167 +msgid ":doc:`accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:171 msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:173 msgid "" "If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" " customers automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:179 msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:181 msgid "" "Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " "your Expense types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:184 msgid "" -"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" +"Ordered quantities: it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:187 msgid "" -"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " +"Delivered quantities: it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " "quantity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:190 msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:192 msgid "" "At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " "order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:199 msgid "Create an order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:201 msgid "" "As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " "to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " "added automatically once posted by the accountant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:206 msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:212 msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:214 msgid "" "As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" " approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" " are already able to set one when submitting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:221 msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:224 msgid "Invoice expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:226 msgid "" "Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " "in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:234 msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:5 +msgid "Payment acquirers (credit cards, online payments)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Odoo embeds several **payment acquirers** that allow your customers to pay " +"on their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay sales " +"orders, invoices, or subscriptions with recurring payments with their " +"favorite payment methods such as **Credit Cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Offering several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in " +"time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers" +" to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Odoo apps delegate the handling of sensitive information to the certified " +"payment acquirer so that you don't ever have to worry about PCI compliance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:37 +msgid "" +"This means that no sensitive information (such as credit card numbers) is " +"stored on Odoo servers or Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo " +"apps use a unique reference number to the data stored safely in the payment " +"acquirers' systems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:44 +msgid "Supported payment acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:46 +msgid "" +"From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment " +"acquirers: the payment acquirers that are third-party services and require " +"you to follow another accounting workflow, and the payments that go directly" +" on the bank account and follow the usual reconciliation workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:53 +msgid "Online payment acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:56 +msgid "Payment flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:56 +msgid "Save cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:56 +msgid "Capture amount manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:56 +msgid "Refund from Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`Adyen `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +msgid "Payment from Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:89 +msgid "|V|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:62 +msgid ":doc:`Alipay `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:89 +msgid "Redirection to the acquirer website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`Buckaroo `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +msgid ":doc:`Mollie `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`Ogone `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`PayPal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:80 +msgid "PayU Latam" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:83 +msgid "PayUMoney" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`SIPS `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`Stripe `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Some of these online payment providers can also be added as :doc:`bank " +"accounts <../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is " +"**not** the same process as adding them as payment acquirers. Payment " +"acquirers allow customers to pay online, and bank accounts are added and " +"configured on your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an " +"accounting control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:105 +msgid "Bank payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment " +"reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received " +"it on your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " +"bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " +"<../finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more " +"information about this payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Each acquirer has its specific configuration flow, depending on :ref:`which " +"feature is available `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:127 +msgid "Add a new payment acquirer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To add a new payment acquirer and make it available to your customers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, look " +"for your payment acquirer, install the related module, and activate it. To " +"do so, open the payment acquirer and change its state from *Disabled* to " +"*Enabled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:139 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " +"database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " +"credentials, but Odoo generates Sales Orders and Invoices as usual. It isn't" +" always possible to cancel an invoice, and this could create some issues " +"with your invoices numbering if you were to test your payment acquirers on " +"your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/alipay.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/buckaroo.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/mollie.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/sips.rst:15 +msgid "Credentials tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:149 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, go to the online payment provider website, create an " +"account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." +" Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The form in this section is specific to the payment acquirer you are " +"configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:42 +msgid "Configuration tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:161 +msgid "" +"You can change the payment acquirer's front-end appearance by modifying its " +"name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" +" under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:168 +msgid "Save and reuse credit cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:170 +msgid "" +"With the **Save Cards** feature, Odoo can store **Payment Tokens** in your " +"database, which can be used for subsequent payments, without having to " +"reenter the payment details. This is particularly useful for the eCommerce " +"conversion rate and subscriptions' recurring payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:38 +msgid "Place a hold on a card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:179 +msgid "" +"If you wish to manually capture an amount instead of having an immediate " +"capture, you can enable the manual capture. Capturing payments manually has " +"many advantages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Receive the payment confirmation and wait until the order is shipped to " +"capture the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Review and verify that orders are legitimate before the payment is completed" +" and the fulfillment process starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Avoid potentially high credit card fees in the event of overselling or " +"cancelled orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:187 +msgid "" +"The **Capture Amount Manually** field is under the **Configuration** tab. If" +" enabled, the funds are reserved for a few days on the customer's card, but " +"not charged yet. Please refer to your acquirer's documentation for the exact" +" reservation duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:195 +msgid "" +"To capture the payment, you must then go to the related sales order or " +"invoice and manually *capture* the funds before its automatic cancellation, " +"or *void the transaction* to unlock the funds from the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Odoo may not yet support the manual capture for all acquirers, but some " +"acquirers allow managing the capture from their interfaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:210 +msgid "Countries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Restrict the use of the payment acquirer to a selection of countries. Leave " +"this field blank to make the payment acquirer available to all countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:218 +msgid "Payment journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:220 +msgid "" +"The **Payment journal** selected for your payment acquirer must be a *Bank* " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:225 +msgid "Accounting perspective" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " +"their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " +"**Online Payment Providers** require you to consider how you want to record " +"your payments' journal entries. We recommend you to ask your accountant for " +"advice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:232 +msgid "" +"You need to select a *Payment Journal* on your acquirer configuration to " +"record the payments, on a **Outstanding Account**. The Journal's **type** " +"must be *Bank Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:235 +msgid "" +"You can use a single journal for many payment methods. And for each payment " +"method, you can either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Define an **Accounting Account** to separate these payments from another " +"payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Leave blank to fallback on the default account, which you can see or change " +"in the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:244 +msgid "" +"You can have the same bank account for the whole company, or for some " +"journals only, or a single payment method... What best suit your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:248 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers/wire_transfer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:249 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers/adyen`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:250 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers/alipay`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:251 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers/authorize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:252 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers/buckaroo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:253 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers/mollie`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:254 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers/ogone`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:255 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers/paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:256 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers/sips`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers/stripe`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:258 +msgid ":doc:`../websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:3 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Adyen `_ is a Dutch-based company that offers " +"several online payment possibilities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/alipay.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/buckaroo.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/mollie.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/sips.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`payment_acquirers/add_new`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your Adyen account, " +"which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Merchant Account**: The code of the merchant account to use with Adyen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:20 +msgid "" +":ref:`API Key `: The API key of the webservice " +"user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:21 +msgid "" +":ref:`Client Key `: The client key of the " +"webservice user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:22 +msgid ":ref:`HMAC Key `: The HMAC key of the webhook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:23 +msgid "" +":ref:`Checkout API URL `: The base URL for the Checkout API " +"endpoints." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:24 +msgid "" +":ref:`Recurring API URL `: The base URL for the Recurring API " +"endpoints." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can copy your credentials from your Adyen account, and paste them in the" +" related fields under the **Credentials** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Adyen as a test, with a *test account*, change the " +"**State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, " +"rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:36 +msgid "API Key and Client Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:38 +msgid "" +"In order to retrieve the API Key and the Client Key, log into your Adyen " +"account, go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API Credentials`. - If you " +"already have an API user, open it. - If you don't have an API user yet, " +"click on **Create new credential**. Go to :menuselection:`Authentication` " +"and get or generate your **API Key** and **Client Key**. Be careful to copy " +"your API key as you'll not be allowed to get it later without generating a " +"new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This is also the place where you'll :ref:`allow payments to be made from " +"your website `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:51 +msgid "HMAC key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:53 +msgid "" +"In order to retrieve the HMAC Key, you'll need to configure a `Standard " +"Notification` webhook. For this, log into your Adyen account then go to " +":menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks --> Add webhook --> Add Standard " +"notification`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:61 +msgid "" +"There, in :menuselection:`Transport --> URL`, enter your server address " +"followed by `/payment/adyen/notification`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then continue in :menuselection:`Additional Settings --> HMAC Key --> " +"Generate new HMAC key`. Be careful to copy it as you'll not be allowed to " +"get it later without generating a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:71 +msgid "You have to save the webhook to finalize its creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:76 +msgid "URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To retrieve the URLs, log into your Adyen account, go to " +":menuselection:`Developers --> API URLs`. Pick one of the URLs listed next " +"to **Recurring** as your **Recurring API URL** and one of the URLs listed " +"next to **Checkout API** as your **Checkout API URL**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:87 +msgid "Adyen Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:92 +msgid "Allow payments from a specific origin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To allow payment originated from your website, follow the steps in " +":ref:`adyen/api_and_client_keys` to navigate to your API user and go to " +":menuselection:`Allowed Origins`, then add the URLs from where payments will" +" be made (the URLs of the servers hosting your Odoo instances)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/alipay.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/buckaroo.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/mollie.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/sips.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`../payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/alipay.rst:3 +msgid "Alipay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/alipay.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Alipay `_ is an online payments platform " +"established in China by Alibaba Group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/alipay.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your Alipay account, " +"which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/alipay.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Account**: Depending on where you are situated - `Express Checkout` if " +"your are a Chinese Merchant. - `Cross-border` if you are not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/alipay.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**Alipay Seller Email**: Your public Alipay partner email (for express " +"checkout only)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/alipay.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**Merchant Partner ID**: The public partner ID solely used to identify the " +"account with Alipay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/alipay.rst:24 +msgid "**MD5 Signature Key**: The signature key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/alipay.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can copy your credentials from your Alipay account, and paste them in " +"the related fields under the **Credentials** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/alipay.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To retrieve them, log into your Alipay account, they are on the front page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/alipay.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Alipay as a test, in the *sandbox*, change the **State** " +"to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, rather than" +" on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "Authorize.Net" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net `_ is a United States-based online" +" payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your " +"Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**API Login ID**: The ID solely used to identify the account with " +"Authorize.Net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:21 +msgid "**API Transaction Key**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 +msgid "**API Signature Key**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:23 +msgid "**API Client Key**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to " +":menuselection:`Account --> Settings --> Security Settings --> API " +"Credentials & Keys`, generate your **Transaction Key** and **Signature " +"Key**, and paste them on the related fields in Odoo. Then, click on " +"**Generate Client Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Authorize.Net as a test, with a *sandbox account*, change " +"the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo " +"database, rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:40 +msgid "" +"With Authorize.net, you can enable the :ref:`manual capture " +"`. If enabled, the funds are reserved for " +"30 days on the customer's card, but not charged yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:44 +msgid "" +"After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by " +"Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/buckaroo.rst:3 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/buckaroo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Buckaroo `_ is a Dutch-based company that offers " +"several online payment possibilities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/buckaroo.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your Buckaroo account, " +"which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/buckaroo.rst:19 +msgid "" +":ref:`Website Key `: The key solely used to identify " +"the website with Buckaroo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/buckaroo.rst:21 +msgid "" +":ref:`Secret Key `: The secret key you entered on " +"Buckaroo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/buckaroo.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can copy your credentials from your Buckaroo account, and paste them in " +"the related fields under the **Credentials** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/buckaroo.rst:29 +msgid "Website Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/buckaroo.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In order to retrieve the Website Key, log into your Buckaroo account, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Templates --> Your Website`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/buckaroo.rst:37 +msgid "Secret Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/buckaroo.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In order to retrieve the Website Key, log into your Buckaroo account, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Security --> Secret Key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/buckaroo.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Buckaroo in a test account, change the **State** to *Test " +"Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, rather than on your " +"main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/mollie.rst:3 +msgid "Mollie" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/mollie.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Mollie `_ is an online payments platform " +"established in the Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/mollie.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your Mollie account, " +"which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/mollie.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**API Key**: The test or live API Key depending on the configuration of the " +"acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/mollie.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can copy your credentials from your Mollie account, and paste them in " +"the related fields under the **Credentials** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/mollie.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To retrieve your API key, log into your Mollie account, go to " +":menuselection:`Developers --> API keys`, and copy your Test or Live **API " +"Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/mollie.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Mollie as a test, with the Test API key, change the " +"**State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, " +"rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:3 +msgid "Ogone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Ogone `_, also known as **Ingenico Payment " +"Services** is a France-based company that provides the technology involved " +"in secure electronic transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:9 +msgid "Configuration on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your Ogone account, " +"which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**PSPID**: The ID solely used to identify the account with Ogone. You chose " +"it when you opened your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:21 +msgid "" +":ref:`API User ID `: The ID solely used to identify the user" +" with Ogone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:22 +msgid "" +":ref:`API User Password `: Value used to identify the user " +"with Ogone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:23 +msgid "" +":ref:`SHA Key IN `: Key used in the signature Odoo send to" +" Ogone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:24 +msgid "" +":ref:`SHA Key OUT `: Key used in the signature Ogone send" +" to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can copy your credentials from your Ogone account, and paste them in the" +" related fields under the **Credentials** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:32 +msgid "API User ID and Password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you already created a user and have both its ID and password, just copy " +"them. You can also generate a new password from " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Users --> Your chosen user --> change " +"password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you don't have a user, create one by going to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Users --> New User`. Set your **User ID** " +"to get your **password** when you save your new user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:48 +msgid "SHA Key IN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In order to retrieve the SHA Key IN, log into your ogone account, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Technical Information --> Data and origin " +"verification --> Checks for e-Commerce & Alias Gateway`, and retrieve **SHA " +"Key IN**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:57 +msgid "SHA Key OUT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In order to retrieve the SHA Key OUT, log into your ogone account, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Technical Information --> Transaction " +"feedback --> All transaction submission modes`, and get or generate your " +"**API Key** and **Client Key**. Be careful to copy your API key as you'll " +"not be allowed to get it later without generating a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Ogone as a test, with the Test Account, change the " +"**State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, " +"rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:69 +msgid "Configuration on Ogone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Now that Odoo can communicate with Ogone, we need to make sure that Ogone " +"can send information to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To do so, log into your Ogone account and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Technical Information --> Transaction " +"feedback --> Direct HTTP server-to-server request`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:77 +msgid "Then, fill the form with the following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In the **Timing of the request**, select *Online but switch to a deferred " +"request when the online requests fail*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Enter your Odoo databases URL in both **URLs** followed by " +"``/payment/ogone/return``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:0 +msgid "For example: ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/ogone/return``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:83 +msgid "Select *POST* for the **Request Method**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:85 +msgid "Save, and you are ready to go!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "Paypal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Paypal `_ is available and popular worldwide. It " +"doesn't charge any subscription fee, and creating an account is very easy. " +"That's why we recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow" +" where the customer is routed to the Paypal website to register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:11 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your PayPal account, " +"which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:21 +msgid "**Email**: your login email address in Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**Merchant Account ID**: the code of the merchant account used to identify " +"your Paypal account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**PDT Identity Token**: the key used to verify the authenticity of " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:24 +msgid "" +"**Use IPN**: whether you want to use Instant Payment Notification. Already " +"checked, you don't have to change it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You can copy your credentials from your Paypal account and paste them into " +"the related fields under the **Credentials** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To retrieve the **Merchant Account ID**, log into your Paypal account and go" +" to :menuselection:`Account menu --> Account Settings --> Business " +"information`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To set the **PDT Identity Token**, switch to :ref:`developer mode " +"` and retrieve the token by following the configuration step" +" :ref:`paypal/enable-pdt`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Paypal as a test, using a :ref:`Paypal Sandbox account " +"`, change the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing " +"this on a test Odoo database rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal to cover " +"the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, your " +"customer sees an extra amount applied to the order amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To activate this, go to Paypal configuration's Configuration tab in Odoo and" +" activate *Add Extra Fees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees `_ to set up fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:54 +msgid "" +"`Traders in the EU " +"`_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying with credit " +"cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:58 +msgid "Settings in Paypal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:60 +msgid "" +"First, set up your Paypal account to build a seamless customer experience " +"with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Log into your PayPal account and open the account settings. Then, go to " +":menuselection:`Account menu --> Account settings --> Website payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:66 +msgid "Enable Auto Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The *Auto Return* feature automatically redirects your customers to Odoo " +"once the payment is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:71 +msgid "" +"From the *Website payments* settings page, go to :menuselection:`Website " +"preferences --> Update --> Auto return for website payments` and select " +"**On**. Enter the address of your Odoo database (e.g., " +"`https://yourcompany.odoo.com`) in the **Return URL** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Any URL will do the job. Odoo only needs the setting to be enabled since it " +"uses another URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:81 +msgid "Enable Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Enable the *Payment Data Transfer* feature to receive payment confirmations " +"immediately. This feature also displays the payment status to the customers " +"and verifies the authenticity of the payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"From the *Website payments* settings page, go to :menuselection:`Website " +"preferences --> Update --> Payment data transfer` and select **On**. PayPal " +"displays your **PDT Identity Token** as soon as the change is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:92 +msgid "Paypal Account Optional" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:94 +msgid "" +"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " +"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " +"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Suppose you use accented characters (or anything else than primary Latin " +"characters) for your customer names or addresses. In that case, you **must**" +" configure the encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to " +"Paypal. Otherwise, some transactions fail without notice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to `your production account `_. Then, click *More" +" Options* and set the two default encoding formats as **UTF-8**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 +msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`Paypal documentation `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Configure your :ref:`Paypal Sandbox account `, then follow " +"this `link `_ to configure the " +"encoding format in a test environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:122 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Thanks to Paypal Sandbox accounts, you can test the entire payment flow in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Log into the `Paypal Developer Site `_ using " +"your Paypal credentials, which creates two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:132 +msgid "" +"A business account (to use as merchants, e.g., " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:134 +msgid "" +"A default personal account (to use as shoppers, e.g., " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Log into Paypal Sandbox using the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and " +"ensure Paypal is set on *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo " +"database rather than your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:141 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/sips.rst:3 +msgid "SIPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/sips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`SIPS `_ is an online payments solution from " +"the multinational Worldline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/sips.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your SIPS account, which" +" comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/sips.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Merchant ID**: The ID solely used to identify the merchant account with " +"SIPS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/sips.rst:20 +msgid "**Secret Key**: The key to sign the merchant account with SIPS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/sips.rst:21 +msgid "**Secret Key Version**: The version of the key, pre-filled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/sips.rst:22 +msgid "**Interface Version**: Pre-filled, don't change it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/sips.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can copy your credentials from your SIPS environment info documentation," +" in the section **PROD**, and paste them in the related fields under the " +"**Credentials** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/sips.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you are trying SIPS as a test, with the *TEST* credentials, change the " +"**State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, " +"rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:3 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Stripe `_ is a United States-based online payment " +"solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards** and other " +"payment methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:9 +msgid "Link your Stripe Account with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:14 +msgid "The method to acquire your credentials depends on your hosting type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:17 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click on the *Activate " +"Stripe* or the *Set payments* button on the onboarding banner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:37 +msgid "Fill in the requested information and submit the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:38 +msgid "Confirm your email address when Stripe sends you a confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:23 +msgid "" +"At the end of the process, you are redirected to Odoo. If you submitted all " +"the requested information, you are all set and your payment acquirer is " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:25 +msgid "Your can continue to :ref:`stripe/local-payment-methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To use your own API keys, :ref:`activate the Developer mode ` and :ref:`enable Stripe manually `. You " +"can then :ref:`Fill in your credentials `, :ref:`generate a" +" webhook ` and enable the payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:33 +msgid "Odoo.sh or On-premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:39 +msgid "" +"At the end of the process, you are redirected to the payment acquirer " +"**Stripe** on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:40 +msgid ":ref:`Fill in your credentials `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:41 +msgid ":ref:`Generate a webhook `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:42 +msgid "Enable the payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You are all set and can continue to :ref:`stripe/local-payment-methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding is already completed, go" +" to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers --> " +"Stripe` and click on the *Connect Stripe* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the **State** to *Test " +"Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database rather than on your " +"main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:57 +msgid "Fill in your credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In case your **API Credentials** are required to connect with your Stripe " +"account, these are the credentials that must be completed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:62 +msgid "" +":ref:`Publishable Key `: The key solely used to identify " +"the account with Stripe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:63 +msgid "" +":ref:`Secret Key `: The key to sign the merchant account " +"with Stripe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:64 +msgid "" +":ref:`Webhook Signing Secret `: When you enable your webhook" +" on your Stripe account, this signing secret must be set to authenticate the" +" messages sent from Stripe to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To retrieve the publishable and secret keys, follow this `link to your API " +"keys `_, or log into your " +"Stripe dashboard and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API Keys --> " +"Standard Keys`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:74 +msgid "Generate a webhook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In case your **Webhook Signing Secret** is required to connect with your " +"Stripe account, you can create a webhook either automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:80 +msgid "Create the webhook automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Make sure your :ref:`Publishable and Secret keys ` are " +"filled in, then click on the *Generate your Webhook* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:85 +msgid "Create the webhook manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Visit the `webhooks page on Stripe " +"`_, or log into your Stripe dashboard" +" and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click on **Add " +"endpoint** in your **Hosted endpoints** and insert the following data into " +"the pop-up form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:0 +msgid "In the **Endpoint URL**, enter your Odoo database's URL followed by" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:0 +msgid "`/payment/stripe/webhook`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:0 +msgid "For example: `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/stripe/webhook`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:94 +msgid "" +"At the end of the form, you can **Select events** to listen to. Click on it " +"and, in the **Checkout** section, select **checkout.session.completed**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:98 +msgid "" +"It is possible to select other events, but they are currently not processed " +"by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When you click on **Add endpoint**, your Webhook is configured. You can then" +" click on **reveal** to display your signing secret." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:106 +msgid "Enable local payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " +"certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:111 +msgid "Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:113 +msgid "Bancontact" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:114 +msgid "EPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:115 +msgid "giropay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:116 +msgid "iDEAL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:117 +msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:119 +msgid "" +"To enable specific local payment methods with Stripe, list them as supported" +" payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Acquirers --> Stripe" +" --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the **Supported " +"Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already listed, you " +"don't have anything to do. If a payment icon record doesn't exist in the " +"database, its related payment method is considered enabled with Stripe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " +"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " +"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " +"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:10 +msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:17 +msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:23 +msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " +"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " +"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:30 +msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " +"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " +"or duplicate it." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:3 msgid "Sign" -msgstr "Unterschreiben" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:5 +msgid "**Odoo Sign** allows you to send, sign and approve documents online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:7 +msgid "" +"You can upload any PDF file and add drag-and-dropping fields on it. These " +"fields are automatically filled out with the user's detail if they are " +"logged in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:11 +msgid "`Odoo Sign: product page `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:12 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Sign `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:17 msgid "Validity of electronic signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:19 msgid "" "The legal validity of electronic signatures generated by Odoo depends on the" " legislation of your country. Companies doing business abroad should " "consider electronic signature laws of other countries as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:24 msgid "In the European Union" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:26 msgid "" "The `eIDAS regulation `_ " "establishes the framework for electronic signatures in all `27 member states" @@ -19902,23 +23193,23 @@ msgid "" "eu/countries_en>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:30 msgid "It distinguishes three types of electronic signatures:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:32 msgid "Electronic signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:33 msgid "Advanced electronic signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:34 msgid "Qualified electronic signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:36 msgid "" "Odoo generates the first type, regular electronic signatures, and these " "signatures can produce legal effects in the EU, as the regulation states " @@ -19928,74 +23219,157 @@ msgid "" "qualified electronic signatures.”" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:41 msgid "" "Note that electronic signatures may not be automatically recognized as " "valid. You may need to bring supporting evidence of a signature’s validity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:45 msgid "In the United States of America" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:47 msgid "" "The `ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) " "`_, at the " "interstate and international levels, and the `UETA (Uniform Electronic " "Transactions Act) `_, at the state level, provide the legal " -"framework for electronic signatures. Note that `Illinois " +"home/librarydocuments?communitykey=2c04b76c-2b7d-4399-977e-d5876ba7e034&tab=librarydocuments>`_," +" at the state level, provide the legal framework for electronic signatures. " +"Note that `Illinois " "`_ and `New York " "`_ have not " "adopted the UETA, but similar acts instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:56 msgid "" "Overall, to be recognized as valid, electronic signatures have to meet five " "criteria:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:58 msgid "" "A signer must show a clear intent to sign. For example, using a mouse to " "draw a signature can show intent. The signer must also have the option to " "opt-out of electronically signing a document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:61 msgid "" "A signer must first express or imply their consent to conduct business " "electronically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:62 msgid "" "The signature must be clearly attributed. In Odoo, metadata, such as the " "signer’s IP address, is added to the signature, which can be used as " "supporting evidence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:64 msgid "" "The signature must be associated with the document being signed, for " "example, by keeping a record detailing how the signature was captured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:66 msgid "" "Electronically signed documents need to be retained and available for later " "reference by all parties involved, for example, by providing the signer " "either a fully-executed copy or the option to download a copy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:71 msgid "" "The information provided here does not constitute legal advice; it is " "provided for general informational purposes only. As laws governing " -"electronic signatures evolve rapidly, we cannot guarantee that the " -"information is up to date. We advise you to should contact a local attorney " -"to obtain legal advice." +"electronic signatures rapidly evolve, we cannot guarantee whether all " +"information is up to date or not. We advise contacting a local attorney for " +"legal advice regarding electronic signature compliance and validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:79 +msgid "Field Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:81 +msgid "" +"By configuring your own *Field Types*, also known as *Signature Item Types*," +" you can make the signing process even faster for your customers, partners, " +"and employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To create and customize fields, activate the :ref:`developer mode " +"`. Then head to :menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration " +"--> Field Types` and click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:87 +msgid "" +"After giving your new field a name, select one of the six *Types* available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:89 +msgid "" +"**Signature**: users are prompted to enter their signature either by drawing" +" it, automatically generating one based on their name, or uploading a local " +"file (usually an image). Each subsequent *Signature* field then reuses the " +"data entered in the first field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Initial**: users are prompted to enter their initials, in a similar way to" +" the *Signature* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:94 +msgid "**Text**: users enter text on a single line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:95 +msgid "**Multiline Text**: users enter text on multiple lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:96 +msgid "" +"**Checkbox**: users can tick a box (e.g.,to mark their approval or consent)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:97 +msgid "**Selection**: users choose a single option from a variety of options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Next, you have the option to auto-complete fields for users based on their " +"Odoo profile information by using *Automatic Partner Field*. To this end, " +"the *Name*, *Email*, *Phone*, and *Company* fields are preconfigured in your" +" database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:104 +msgid "Users can freely edit auto-completed fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:110 +msgid "" +"You can then change the size of the field by editing the *Default Width* and" +" *Default Height*. Both sizes are defined as a percentage of the full-page " +"expressed as a decimal, with 1 equalling the full-page's width or height. By" +" default, the width of new fields you create is set to 15% (0.150) of a " +"full-page's width, while their height is set to 1.5% (0.015) of a full-" +"page's height." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Next, write a *Tip*. Tips are displayed inside arrows on the left-hand side " +"of the user's screen during the signing process. You can also use a " +"*Placeholder* text to be displayed inside the field before it is completed." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 34b87b132..deee1ceb8 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -4,18 +4,16 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Robert Förster , 2021 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Chris Egal , 2021 +# Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2022 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Chris Egal , 2021\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-04-08 13:26+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:47+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2022\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -24,16 +22,138 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #: ../../content/applications/general.rst:3 -msgid "General" +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "Diverses" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:3 +msgid "Apps and modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can :ref:`install `, :ref:`upgrade ` " +"and :ref:`uninstall ` all apps and modules from the " +":menuselection:`Apps` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:8 +msgid "" +"By default, an *Apps* filter is applied. If you want to search for modules, " +"click on *Filters* and select *Extra*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Odoo is *not a smartphone*, and its apps shouldn't be installed or " +"uninstalled carelessly. Apply caution when adding or removing apps and " +"modules on your database since this may impact your subscription costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "**Installing or uninstalling apps and managing users is up to you.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "" +"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage, as" +" you know best how your organization works." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "**Odoo apps have dependencies.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Installing some apps and features with dependencies may also install " +"additional apps and modules that are technically required, even if you won't" +" actively use them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "**Test app installation/removal on a duplicate of your database.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This way, you can know what app dependencies may be required or what data " +"may be erased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:32 +msgid "Install apps and modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps`, and click on the *Install* button of the app " +"you want to install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If the module you are looking for is not listed, you can **update the app " +"list**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to " +":menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List` and click on *Update*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:45 +msgid "Upgrade apps and modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:47 +msgid "" +"On some occasions, new improvements or app features are added to " +":doc:`supported versions of Odoo " +"`. To be able to use them, you " +"must **upgrade** your app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps`, click on the *dropdown menu* of the app you " +"want to upgrade, then on *Upgrade*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:56 +msgid "Uninstall apps and modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps`, click on the *dropdown menu* of the app you " +"want to uninstall, then on *Uninstall*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Some apps have dependencies, meaning that one app requires another. " +"Therefore, uninstalling one app may uninstall multiple apps and modules. " +"Odoo warns you which dependant apps and modules are affected by it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:71 +msgid "To complete the uninstallation, click on *Confirm*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Uninstalling an app also uninstalls all its dependencies and permanently " +"erases their data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:5 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:3 msgid "Two-factor Authentication" -msgstr "Zwei-Faktor-Authentifizierung" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -196,189 +316,165 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:3 -msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" +msgid "Google Sign-In Authentication" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" -"Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard " -"`_." +"The **Google Sign-In Authentication** is a useful function that allows your " +"users to sign in to Odoo with their Google account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:8 msgid "" -"Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." +"This is particularly helpful if your organization uses Google Workforce and " +"you want the employees within your organization to connect to Odoo with " +"their Google Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:16 -msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:21 -msgid "" -"On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " -"Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" -" save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " -"Client ID)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" -" the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" -" the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " -"Then click on **Create**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " -"You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 -msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly " -"from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales " -"commission plans, budgets, project forecasts, etc. Formulas are written in " -"Python but programming skills are not required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:13 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:16 msgid "" -"From the *General Settings*, active *Google Drive* and *Google Spreadsheet*." -" The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* are now " -"available." +"The integration of the Google sign-in function requires configuration both " +"on Google and on Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:21 +msgid "Google API Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:23 msgid "" -"Now, link your Google account with Odoo going to :menuselection:`Get " -"Authorization Code --> select your Google account --> enter your password " -"--> copy the code --> paste it into the Authorization Code field`." +"Go to the `Google API Dashboard `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 -msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to " -"Google Spreadsheet*." +"Make sure the right project is opened. If you don't have a project yet, " +"click on *Create Project*, fill out the project name and other details of " +"your company, and click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 -msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:32 +msgid "Choose the name of your own company from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:37 +msgid "OAuth consent screen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:39 +msgid "On the left side menu, click on :menuselection:`OAuth consent screen`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:45 msgid "" -"When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by " -"Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." +"Choose one of the options **(Internal / External)** as instructed, and click" +" on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 -msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 -msgid "From this new file, configure your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:51 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> " -"Username --> Password`." +"Fill out your details and domain info, then click on *Save and Continue*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 -msgid "Applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:52 msgid "" -"You have 2 different formulas of using Google Spreadsheet in Odoo: retrieve " -"data and retrieve grouped sums." +"On the **Scopes** page, leave all fields as is, and click on *Save and " +"Continue*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:57 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:59 +msgid "On the left side menu, click on :menuselection:`Credentials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:65 +msgid "Click on *Create Credentials* and select **OAuth client ID**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:71 msgid "" -"Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested" -" takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no " -"specific size limit, since the time for Odoo to respond depends on several " -"factors - although reading data regarding several thousand records is " -"usually fine." +"Select **Web Application** as the Application type. Now configure the " +"allowed pages on which you will be redirected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 -msgid "Retrieve Data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:74 msgid "" -"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse " -"(table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the " -"information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)." +"In order to achieve this, in the **Authorized redirect URIs** field, enter " +"your database's domain immediately followed by ``/auth_oauth/signin``. For " +"example: ``https://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin``, then click on " +"*Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 -msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:85 +msgid "Google Authentication on Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 -msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:90 +msgid "Retrieve the Client ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:92 msgid "" -"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group " -"(table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to " -"display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)." +"Once you have done the previous steps, two keys are generated on the Google " +"API Dashboard: *Client ID* and *Client Secret*. Copy the *Client ID*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 -msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:102 +msgid "Odoo activation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 -msgid "Other uses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:104 msgid "" -"Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create " -"Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." +"Go to :menuselection:`Odoo General Settings --> Integrations` and activate " +"**OAuth Authentication**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:108 +msgid "You may have to log in again after this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Go back to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Integrations`, activate " +"**Google Authentication**, then fill out the *Client ID* with the key from " +"the Google API Dashboard, and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:121 +msgid "Log in to Odoo with Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To link your Google account to your Odoo profile, click on *Log in with " +"Google* when you are asked to choose a new password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Existing users must :ref:`reset their password ` to " +"access the *reset password* page, while new users can directly click on *Log" +" in with Google* instead of choosing a new password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:135 +msgid "" +"`Google Cloud Platform Console Help - Setting up OAuth 2.0 " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:3 -msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" +msgid "Sign in with LDAP" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:5 @@ -431,615 +527,7 @@ msgid "" "left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import.rst:3 -msgid "Data Import" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt an import template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " -"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " -"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " -"etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 -msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" -" here below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" -" its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " -"corresponding field using the search." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " -"work straight away the very next time you try to import." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 -msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " -"free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 -msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 -msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 -msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " -"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " -"their own list menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " -"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " -"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " -"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 -msgid "Import data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 -msgid "How to start" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" -" or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" -" and even orders!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Open the view of the object you want to populate and click on " -":menuselection:`Favorites --> Import records`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:18 -msgid "" -"There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " -"data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " -"already done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 -msgid "How to adapt the template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 -msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 -msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:32 -msgid "" -"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" -" its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " -"columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the " -"corresponding field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " -"on the very next time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 -msgid "How to import from another application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " -"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " -"**ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that " -"links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original " -"unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will" -" be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:55 -msgid "" -"The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " -"re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " -"whenever possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 -msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " -"files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " -"you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type " -"*Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior " -"might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes " -"wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by" -" default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:72 -msgid "" -"If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " -"fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " -"complete list of fields for each column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 -msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " -"guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " -"this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be " -"recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is " -"difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is " -"the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " -"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " -"selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" -" the *ISO 8601* to define the format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 -msgid "" -"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " -"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" -" stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " -"whatever your locale date format is." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 -msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" -" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " -"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can " -"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not " -"known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " -"crash." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 -msgid "32.000,00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 -msgid "32000,00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 -msgid "32,000.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 -msgid "-32000.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 -msgid "(32000.00)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:112 -msgid "$ 32.000,00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 -msgid "(32000.00 €)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 -msgid "Example that will not work:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 -msgid "ABC 32.000,00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:118 -msgid "$ (32.000,00)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 -msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:123 -msgid "" -"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " -"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " -"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" -" CSV file bar after you select your file)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " -"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " -"your spreadsheet application. See the following question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 -msgid "" -"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " -"application?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:134 -msgid "" -"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " -"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " -"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " -"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check " -"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " -":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " -"Encoding tab`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 -msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " -"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" -" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " -"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three " -"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " -"import." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 -msgid "" -"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " -"different fields to import:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 -msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 -msgid "" -"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " -"postgresql column" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" -" (or the .XML file that imported it)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 -msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 -msgid "Country: Belgium" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:160 -msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 -msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 -msgid "" -"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " -"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " -"according to your need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" -" have been created manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:168 -msgid "" -"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " -"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " -"may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique " -"Database ID)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " -"party application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:173 -msgid "" -"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" -" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " -"be able to make a reference to that record with columns like " -"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for " -"Products and their Categories." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:178 -msgid "" -":download:`CSV file for categories " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 -msgid "" -":download:`CSV file for Products " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 -msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:187 -msgid "" -"If for example you have two product categories with the child name " -"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " -"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import " -"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they " -"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product " -"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " -"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:193 -msgid "" -"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " -"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " -"'Category'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 -msgid "" -"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " -"multiple tags)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 -msgid "" -"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" -" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " -"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" -" of your CSV file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:203 -msgid "" -":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 -msgid "" -"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " -"Sales Order)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:209 -msgid "" -"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" -" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " -"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " -"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any " -"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " -"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some " -"quotations you can import, based on demo data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:216 -msgid "" -":download:`File for some Quotations " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:218 -msgid "" -"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " -"respective purchase order lines:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 -msgid "" -":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:223 -msgid "" -"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " -"contacts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 -msgid "" -":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:228 -msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:230 -msgid "" -"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " -"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " -"instead of being created. This is very usefull as it allows you to import " -"several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between " -"two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " -"depending if it's new or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:235 -msgid "" -"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " -"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:239 -msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:241 -msgid "" -"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " -"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " -"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of " -"assigning the default value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:246 -msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 -msgid "" -"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " -"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" -" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " -"person and the company they work for)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:252 -msgid "" -"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " -"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" -" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " -"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " -"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " -"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:258 -msgid "" -"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " -"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " -"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." -" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database `)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:263 -msgid "" -"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" -" the following command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:269 -msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:278 -msgid "" -"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " -"following SQL command in PSQL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:284 -msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:294 -msgid "" -"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " -"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" -" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " -"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " -"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" -" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:300 -msgid "" -"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " -"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " -"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first " -"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars.rst:5 msgid "Calendars" msgstr "" @@ -1175,8 +663,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:17 msgid "" -"Ultimately, `Register an Application `_, choosing the " +"Ultimately, `Register an Application `_, choosing the " "appropriate supported account type." msgstr "" @@ -1193,8 +681,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "" "For more information on the restrictions and limitations of URIs, `check " -"this page `_." +"this page `_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:37 @@ -1268,136 +756,2299 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension`" +msgid ":doc:`../../../productivity/mail_plugins/outlook`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:104 msgid ":doc:`../google/google_calendar_credentials`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:3 -msgid "Developer Mode" +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:5 +msgid "Developer Mode (debug mode)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 -msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:7 msgid "" -"The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools." +"The developer mode (or debug mode) gives you access to extra and advanced " +"tools." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 -msgid "Through the Settings application" +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:10 +msgid "Activate through the Settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:12 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:19 msgid "" "*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate" " the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:22 msgid "" "Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes " "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 -msgid "Through a browser extension" +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:25 +msgid "Activate through a browser extension" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:28 msgid "" "Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo " "Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your " "toolbar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:30 msgid "" "For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " "the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" " a single click." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 -msgid "Through the URL" +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:37 +msgid "Activate through the command palette" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 -msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The command palette tool has a command to activate the debug mode: open it " +"with the keyboard shortcut `ctrl+k`, then type `debug`: a command will show " +"up to activate the debug mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 -msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:48 +msgid "Activate through the URL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In the URL, add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*. To deactivate " +"the debug mode, add `?debug=0` instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Additional modes are available for developers: `?debug=assets` enables the " +":ref:`assets mode `, and " +"`?debug=tests` enables the :ref:`tests mode " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:63 msgid "Locate the mode tools" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:65 msgid "" "The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* " -"button, located on the header of your pages." +"button, located on the header of your pages. This menu contains additional " +"tools that are useful to understand or edit technical data, such as the " +"views or the actions. It contains some useful menu items such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:70 +msgid "edit action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:71 +msgid "manage filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:72 +msgid "edit the current view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:73 +msgid "see the `fields view get`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:74 +msgid "and much more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:3 +msgid "Digest Emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Digest Emails** are periodic snapshots sent to your organization via email" +" that include high-level information about how your business is performing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Navigate to Digest Emails by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"Settings --> Statistics`, then activate the **Digest Emails** feature and " +"click on save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:15 +msgid "You can control a variety of settings for your Digest Emails, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:17 +msgid "which KPIs are shared in the Digest" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:18 +msgid "how often Digest Emails are sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:19 +msgid "who in your organization receives Digest Emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:20 +msgid "creating custom Digest Email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:21 +msgid "adding additional KPIs (Studio required)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:24 +msgid "" +"By default, Digest Email is *enabled*, and *Your Odoo Periodic Digest* " +"serves as the primary template, which includes all KPI measurements across " +"your Odoo database and is sent daily to administrators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:31 +msgid "Customize *Your Odoo Periodic Digest*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To customize the default Digest Email (*Your Odoo Periodic Digest*), go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Statistics --> Digest " +"Email`, select *Your Odoo Periodic Digest* and click on the *external link* " +"next to the dropdown selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:37 +msgid "" +"A popup window appears and presents a variety of editable settings, which " +"include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:39 +msgid "**Digest Title** - what you want your Digest Email to be called" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Periodicity** - control the regimen in how often Digest Emails are sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**KPIs** - check/uncheck each calculated KPI that appears in Digest Emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:42 +msgid "**Recipients** - add/remove users who receive your Digest Emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:43 +msgid "**Custom** - add your own KPIs (Studio required)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:52 +msgid "Custom digest emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:54 +msgid "To do so, click on **Configure Digest Emails** and then **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:56 +msgid "" +"From there, give your Digest Email a title, specify periodicity, and choose " +"your desired KPIs and recipients fields as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:59 +msgid "" +"After you click **Save**, your new custom Digest Email is available as a " +"selection in the **General Settings** dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:65 +msgid "Custom KPIs with Studio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:67 +msgid "" +"For either *Your Odoo Periodic Digest* or your own custom Digest Email, you " +"can add your own KPIs by using Odoo Studio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To begin, click the **Toggle Studio** icon or click the **Recipients** tab " +"and then the ellipses :menuselection:`… icon --> Add Custom Field` to edit " +"the template or add additional fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:73 +msgid "" +"In order to create additional fields, you must create two fields on the " +"digest object:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:75 +msgid "" +"create a boolean field called `kpi_myfield` and display it in the KPIs tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:76 +msgid "" +"create a computed field called `kpi_myfield_value` that computes your " +"customized KPI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:77 +msgid "select your KPI(s) in the KPIs tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:80 +msgid "Computed values reference table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:83 +msgid "LABEL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:83 +msgid "VALUE" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:85 +msgid "Connected Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:85 +msgid "`kpi_res_users_connected_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:87 +msgid "Messages Sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:87 +msgid "`kpi_mail_message_total_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:89 +msgid "New Leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:89 +msgid "`kpi_crm_lead_created_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:91 +msgid "Opportunities Won" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:91 +msgid "`kpi_crm_opportunities_won_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:93 +msgid "Open Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:93 +msgid "`kpi_project_task_opened_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:95 +msgid "Tickets Closed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:95 +msgid "`kpi_helpdesk_tickets_closed_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:97 +msgid "% of Happiness" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:97 +msgid "`kpi_livechat_rating_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:99 +msgid "Conversations handled" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:99 +msgid "`kpi_livechat_conversations_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:101 +msgid "Time to answer (sec)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:101 +msgid "`kpi_livechat_response_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:103 +msgid "All Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:103 +msgid "`kpi_all_sale_total_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:105 +msgid "eCommerce Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:105 +msgid "`kpi_website_sale_total_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:107 +msgid "Revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:107 +msgid "`kpi_account_total_revenue_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:109 +msgid "Bank & Cash Moves" +msgstr "Bank- und Bargeldtransaktionen" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:109 +msgid "`kpi_account_bank_cash_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:111 +msgid "POS Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:111 +msgid "`kpi_pos_total_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:113 +msgid "New Employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:113 +msgid "`kpi_hr_recruitment_new_colleagues_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:5 +msgid "Email Communication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:3 +msgid "Sending emails with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:6 +msgid "Using your email domain in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Documents in Odoo (a CRM opportunity, a sales order, an invoice ...) have a " +"discussion thread, called *chatter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you post a message in the chatter, this message is sent by email to the" +" followers of the document. If a follower replies to the message, the reply " +"updates the chatter, and Odoo relays the reply to the followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Emails from your users to partners (customers, vendors) are sent from the " +"email address of your users. Similarly, emails from partners to users are " +"sent from the email address of the partners. This allows you to recognize at" +" a glance who sent an email relayed by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If your database is hosted on our cloud (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), it is not " +"necessary to add an outgoing email server to send emails from your custom " +"domain. You can enjoy this feature by using the default Odoo email server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The Odoo server is subject to a daily email limit to prevent abuse. The " +"default limit is 200 emails sent per day for databases with an Enterprise " +"subscription. This limit can be increased under certain conditions. See our " +":doc:`FAQ ` or contact support for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:29 +msgid "" +"However, it is recommended that you configure your domain name to ensure " +"that emails from your users reach your partners, rather than being " +"considered spam." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For the same reason, we recommend that you always give your users an email " +"address from a domain you manage, rather than a generic email address " +"(gmail.com, outlook.com, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:38 +msgid "Be SPF compliant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The Sender Policy Framework (SPF) protocol allows the owner of a domain name" +" to specify which servers are allowed to send email from that domain. When a" +" server receives an incoming email, it checks whether the IP address of the " +"sending server is on the list of allowed IPs according to the SPF record of " +"the sender." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The SPF verification is performed on the domain mentioned in the Return-Path" +" field of the email. In the case of an email sent by Odoo, this domain " +"corresponds to the value of the `mail.catchall.domain` key in the database " +"system parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:50 +msgid "" +"See the :ref:`documentation on incoming emails " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The SPF policy of a domain is set using a TXT record. How to create or " +"modify a TXT record depends on the provider hosting the DNS zone of your " +"domain name. In order for the verification to work properly, each domain can" +" only have one SPF record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If your domain name does not yet have an SPF record, the content of the " +"record to create is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:59 +msgid "``v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If your domain name already has an SPF record, you need to update this " +"record (and do not create a new one)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If your TXT record is `v=spf1 include:_spf.google.com ~all`, you need to " +"edit it to add `include:_spf.odoo.com`: `v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com " +"include:_spf.google.com ~all`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can check if your SPF record is valid with a free tool like `MXToolbox " +"SPF `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:75 +msgid "Enable DKIM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) allows you to authenticate your emails" +" with a digital signature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:79 +msgid "" +"When sending an email, the Odoo server includes a unique DKIM signature in " +"the headers. The recipient's server decrypts this signature using the DKIM " +"record in your domain name. If the signature and the key contained in the " +"record match, this guarantees that your message is authentic and has not " +"been altered during transport." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To enable DKIM, you must add a CNAME record to the DNS zone of your domain " +"name:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:86 +msgid "``odoo._domainkey IN CNAME odoo._domainkey.odoo.com.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If your domain name is `mycompany.com`, you need to create a subdomain " +"`odoo._domainkey.mycompany.com` whose canonical name is " +"`odoo._domainkey.odoo.com.`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:92 +msgid "" +"How to create or modify a CNAME record depends on the provider hosting the " +"DNS zone of your domain name. The most common providers are list below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:95 +msgid "" +"You can check if your DKIM record is valid with a free tool like `DKIM Core " +"`_. If a selector is asked, enter `odoo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:99 +msgid "Check your DMARC policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting & Conformance (DMARC) is " +"a protocol that unifies SPF and DKIM. The instructions contained in the " +"DMARC record of a domain name tell the destination server what to do with an" +" incoming email that fails the SPF and/or DKIM check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:105 +msgid "" +"There are three DMARC policies: - ``p=none`` - ``p=quarantine`` - " +"``p=reject``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:110 +msgid "" +"``p=quarantine`` and ``p=reject`` instruct the server that receives an email" +" to quarantine that email or ignore it if the SPF and/or DKIM check fails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If your domain name uses DMARC and has defined one of these policies, it is " +"therefore imperative to be SPF compliant or to enable DKIM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Yahoo or AOL are examples of email providers with a DMARC policy set to " +"``p=reject``. We strongly advise against using an *@yahoo.com* or *@aol.com*" +" address for your users. These emails will never reach their recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 +msgid "" +"``p=none`` is used for the domain owner to receive reports about entities " +"using their domain. It should not impact the deliverability if the DMARC " +"check fails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:124 +msgid "" +"You can check the DMARC record of a domain name with a tool like `MXToolbox " +"DMARC `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If one of your partners, customer or vendor, uses DMARC and has defined one " +"of these policies, the Odoo server cannot relay emails from this partner to " +"your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:130 +msgid "" +"You need to :ref:`handle user notifications in Odoo " +"`, or replace the email address of the" +" partner with a default email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:136 +msgid "SPF, DKIM & DMARC documentation of common providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:138 +msgid "" +"`OVH DNS " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:139 +msgid "" +"`OVH SPF `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:140 +msgid "" +"`GoDaddy TXT record `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:141 +msgid "`GoDaddy SPF `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:142 +msgid "" +"`GoDaddy DKIM `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:143 +msgid "" +"`NameCheap " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:144 +msgid "" +"`CloudFlare DNS `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:145 +msgid "" +"`Google Domains `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:146 +msgid "" +"`Azure DNS `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To fully test your configuration, the tool `Mail-Tester `_ will give you a full overview of the content and " +"configuration you have in one email sent! Mail-Tester can also be used for " +"other lesser known providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:153 +msgid "Use a default email address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:155 +msgid "" +"To force the email address from which emails are sent, you need to create " +"the following key in the System Parameters of the database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If ``mail.default.from`` is set, and contains a full email address, all " +"outgoing emails are sent from the given address. This is a requirement to " +"use `Outlook with Odoo `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 +msgid "" +"You access the **System Parameters** in :ref:`developer mode ` in the :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> " +"System Parameters` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "Send and Receive Emails in Odoo with an Email Server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:6 +msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " +"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" +" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:16 +msgid "Scope of this documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " +"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " +"unlike `Odoo Online `_ & `Odoo.sh " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " +"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " +"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " +"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " +"reputation yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You will find here some useful information on how to integrate your own " +"email solution with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from " +"hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation " +"`_ to make it work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:39 +msgid "How to manage outbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " +"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " +"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " +"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:45 +msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:50 +msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " +"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " +"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:57 +msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:61 +msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" +" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online unless you configure Odoo to " +":ref:`force the outgoing \"From\" address " +"` ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation `_ to configure " +"a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:71 +msgid "How to use a G Suite server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:72 +msgid "" +"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " +"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " +"`Google documentation " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:77 +msgid "Restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Please note that port 25 is blocked for security reasons on our SaaS and " +"Odoo.sh platform. Try using 465, 587, or 2525." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:84 +msgid "Use a default \"From\" email address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, an email's \"From\" (outgoing) address can belong to a different " +"domain, and that can be a problem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:89 +msgid "" +"For example, if a customer with address *mary@customer.example.com* responds" +" to a message, Odoo will try to redistribute that same email to other " +"subscribers in the thread. But if the domain *customer.example.com* forbids " +"that kind of usage for security, the Odoo's redistributed email would get " +"rejected by some recipients' mail servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To avoid those kind of problems, you should make sure all emails use a " +"\"From\" address from your authorized domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If your MTA supports `SRS (Sender Rewriting Scheme) " +"`_, you can enable it" +" to handle these situations. However, that is more complex and requires more" +" technical knowledge that is not meant to be covered by this documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Instead, you can also configure Odoo to do something similar by itself:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:177 +msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:110 +msgid "Click on *Outgoing Mail Servers*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:112 +msgid "Create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:114 +msgid "Fill its *From Filter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Use a domain (such as ``mycompany.example.com``) to keep the original " +"\"From\" address for mails that come from that domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Use an address (such as ``outgoing@mycompany.example.com``) to allow only " +"that outgoing address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:125 +msgid "Keep it empty to use this server for any email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:127 +msgid "" +"With this configuration in place, if Odoo sends an email that doesn't match " +"any of the *from filters*, it will alter the email's \"From\" before sending" +" it to the MTA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:131 +msgid "" +"It will use the default outgoing email address, composed like this: " +"``{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:137 +msgid "Add these system parameters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:139 +msgid "``mail.default.from``: local part of default outgoing email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:141 +msgid "" +"``mail.catchall.domain``: domain part of default outgoing email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:146 +msgid "How to manage inbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:148 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:150 +msgid "" +"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " +"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " +"alias (**catchall@**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:154 +msgid "" +"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " +"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " +"`__ to opt-out invalid " +"recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:158 +msgid "" +"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " +"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " +"`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " +"`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project " +"`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " +"`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:169 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " +"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " +"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " +"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:182 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " +"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " +"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " +"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " +"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:191 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " +"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " +"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " +"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " +"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " +"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " +"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:201 +msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " +"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " +":ref:`developer mode `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " +"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " +"mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:209 +msgid "" +"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " +"You can change this value in :ref:`developer mode `. Go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions`" +" and look for *Mail: Fetchmail Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:216 +msgid "Set up different dedicated servers for transactional and mass mails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Odoo is subject to a :ref:`daily email limit " +"` to prevent abuse. However, if " +"needed, you can use a separate Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) servers for " +"transactional e-mails and mass mailings. Example: use Odoo's own mail server" +" for transactional e-mails, and Sendgrid, Amazon SES, or Mailgun for mass " +"mailings. Another alternative is to use Postmark for transactional e-mails, " +"and Amazon SES or Sendgrid for mass mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:226 +msgid "" +"A default outgoing email server is already configured. You should not create" +" an alternative one unless you want to use a specific external outgoing " +"email server for technical reasons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:229 +msgid "" +"To do this, you should first activate the :ref:`developer mode ` and then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Outgoing` " +"e-mail servers. There you have to create two e-mail MTA server settings. One" +" for transactional e-mails and one for mass mail servers. Be sure to mark " +"the priority of transactional e-mail servers as low as the mass email " +"servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:234 +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Settings` and enable " +"*Dedicated Server*. With these settings, Odoo uses the server with the lower" +" priority for transactional emails, and the server here selected for mass " +"mails. Note that in this case, you have to set your domain's Sender Policy " +"Framework (SPF) records to include both transactional and mass mail servers." +" If your server resides with xxxx.odoo.com, the available options are " +"Sendinblue and Mailchimp, as your e-mails would be originated from the " +"xxxx.odoo.com domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:3 +msgid "Email Templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " +"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " +"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " +"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " +"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " +"improving their overall experience with the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The email templates use QWeb. The composer allows you to edit emails in " +"their final rendering, making customizations more robust as you don’t have " +"to edit code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:16 +msgid "Defining a default reply to on your mail template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Although the field *reply to* is available within the mail templates, **this" +" field is only used for mass mailing** mode (this means when sending " +"templates on what we call bulk emailing). You can send emails in bulk in " +"almost every app that has a list view. Select the records you want and click" +" on the action button. If you have an option to send an email, you will see " +"a mail composer with possible values to define:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:28 +msgid "You can also define them by default on the template:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Because of this, setting a value in this field is useless as the value " +"defined will be totally ignored. The default *reply-to* value is the default" +" catchall email address to ensure a communication between your customer and " +"your Odoo database. For more information about the way the catchall works, " +"please check :ref:`how to manage inbound messages " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:40 +msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URL for each company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:42 +msgid "" +"When using Odoo, multiple events trigger the sending of automated emails. " +"These emails are known as transactional emails and sometimes contain links " +"pointing to your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:45 +msgid "" +"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic web.base.url key" +" defined in the system parameters. More information about this " +":ref:`parameter `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If the website application isn't installed, the web.base.url key will always" +" be the default parameter used to generate all the links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:51 +msgid "" +"It’s important to know that this key can only have a single value, meaning " +"that in a multi-website/company database environment, even if you have a " +"specific domain name for each website, the links generated to share a " +"document or within a transactional email might remain the same, whatever the" +" website/company related to the sending of the email/document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:56 +msgid "" +"This is not always the case as some Odoo applications have a link " +"established in the database with the website application, meaning that in " +"this case, if a specific domain is defined for the websites, the URL " +"generated in the email template will use the domain defined on the " +"corresponding website of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:62 +msgid "" +"A document shared using the documents application will always use the " +"web.base.url key, as the document shared isn't associated with any " +"particular website. Meaning that the URL will always be the same (the " +"web.base.url key value), whatever the company it's shared from, this is a " +"known limitation!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:67 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, sales orders made by a customer on one of your Odoo " +"e-commerce websites have a link established with the website from which the " +"order was made. As a result, the e-mail sent for the sales orders uses the " +"domain name defined for the corresponding website to generate the links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:71 +msgid "" +"For more information about how to configure your domains, we invite you to " +"check :doc:`our domain name documentation " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:75 +msgid "Updating translations within email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Email templates are automatically translated. Changing the translations " +"shouldn’t be necessary. However, if for a specific reason you’d like to " +"change some of the translations, this can be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Like any modification in the code, keep in mind that modifications that " +"aren’t done correctly (for example modifications leading to bad syntax) can " +"break the template, as a result, the template will appear blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In order to edit your translations, follow these steps from the template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:86 +msgid "Click on the edit button, then on the language button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:92 +msgid "" +"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database will " +"be displayed. From here, editing the translations will be possible. Don't " +"forget to hit the save button to preserve your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:3 +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring mailing " +"concerns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:7 +msgid "" +"We will start by addressing issues of outgoing emails (ex: my client has not" +" received my email), and then, of incoming emails (ex: I do not receive " +"responses from my customers in the database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:11 +msgid "Outgoing emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:16 +msgid "What do you have to check if your email is not sent?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The first indicator showing you that the email has not been sent is the red " +"envelope next to the date and time of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:26 +msgid "Common error messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:31 +msgid "You reached your daily limit:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Each email service provider has its own email sending limits. The limits may" +" be daily, hourly, and sometimes even per minute. This is the same for Odoo," +" we have to limit our customers to prevent our e-mail servers from being " +"blacklisted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:41 +msgid "Here are the default limits for new databases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:43 +msgid "" +"200 emails/day for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " +"subscription," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:45 +msgid "50 emails/day for one-app free and trial databases," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:47 +msgid "" +"in case of migration, your daily limit might be reset to 50 emails a day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:49 +msgid "In case you hit the limit, you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Ask our support team to increase your daily limit. We will analyze the " +"situation of your database depending on (non-exhaustive list):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:54 +msgid "How many users in your database," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:55 +msgid "Which apps are installed," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Your bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " +"your emails because it was returned by a mail server on its way to the final" +" recipient. You can contact the `support `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Use your own outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo’s mail limit " +"(please refer to :doc:`the corresponding documentation " +"`)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Wait until 11pm UTC for the reset and click on the retry button: The " +":ref:`Developer mode ` must be activated. Then, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Emails`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The daily limit is global to your database and can rise quickly! By default " +"an internal message, a notification, a note, etc. counts as an email in your" +" daily limit if it notifies someone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can mitigate this by receiving your :ref:`notifications in Odoo " +"` instead of by emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:77 +msgid "SMTP Error" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can find out why an email wasn't transmitted successfully by reviewing " +"the Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages. SMTP is a protocol" +" to describe the email structure and transmit it over the Internet, and the " +"error messages generated by email services are helpful tools to diagnose and" +" troubleshoot email problems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:85 +msgid "No Error" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it " +"failed. The different providers implement a personalized policy of the " +"bounce emails and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " +"correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If you have this problem on a recurring basis with the same client or the " +"same domain, please do not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support " +"`_ for help in finding a reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Note: in such case, one of the most common reasons is related to :ref:`SPF " +"` and/or :ref:`DKIM " +"` configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:98 +msgid "Why is my email sent late?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:100 +msgid "" +"It may happen that you schedule an email campaign but it is not sent on " +"time. We know that we use a delayed job to send emails that we consider as " +"not urgent (Newsletters concept such as mass mailing, marketing automation, " +"events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to run" +" automatically at predetermined intervals. We use that policy in order to " +"avoid cluttering the mail servers and prioritize the communication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The emails considered urgent (communication from one person to another one " +"such as Sales Orders, Invoices, Purchase Orders, etc.) are sent directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:113 +msgid "" +"By default, the Mass Mailing cron runs every 60 minutes. So, you should wait" +" maximum an hour before the campaign is actually sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:117 +msgid "Incoming emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When you have an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an " +"indication per se in Odoo. This is the client who tries to contact a " +"database who will get a bounce (most of the time 550: mailbox unavailable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:124 +msgid "Emails are not received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:126 +msgid "Depending on the platform you are using:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:128 +msgid "" +"The **Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder " +":file:`~/logs/`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (preferably accessed by the command line) of an " +"Odoo.sh contains a list of files containing the logs of the database. The " +"log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM UTC. The two last days are not " +"compressed, while the older ones are, in order to gain space. The naming of " +"the files for Today and Yesterday are :file:`odoo.log` and " +":file:`odoo.log.1`. For the following, they are named with their dates and " +"compressed. See the Odoo.sh documentation about :ref:`logs `. " +"Use the command ``grep`` and ``zgrep`` (for the compressed ones) to search " +"through the files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The **SaaS** users won’t have access to their logs. However you can still " +"contact `Odoo Support `_ , if you have a " +"recurring issue with the same client or domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:143 +msgid "Get help from support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:145 +msgid "" +"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " +"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The **EML** of the email, stating for *Electronic Mail*, is the file format " +"containing all the technical information required for an investigation. The " +"documentation of your own email provider might help you on how to get your " +"EML files. Once you get the EML of the email, adding it in the attachment of" +" your ticket is the most efficient way for us to investigate. The support " +"will mainly focus on redundant issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:155 +msgid "`Gmail documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:157 +msgid "" +"`Outlook documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:160 +msgid "" +"The exact flow you are following in order to normally receive those emails " +"in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:163 +msgid "Is this simply a reply from an email going out from Odoo ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:165 +msgid "Are you using an incoming email server or somehow redirecting?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Can you provide us with an example of an email that has been correctly " +"forwarded ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:169 +msgid "Providing answers to the following questions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Is it a generic issue or is it specific to a use case? If yes, which one " +"exactly?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Is it working as expected? In case the email is sent using Odoo, the bounce " +"email should reach the Odoo database and display the :ref:`red envelope " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:3 +msgid "Export and import data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:8 +msgid "Export data from Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " +"in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " +"(even if Odoo offers a precise and easy reporting tool with each available " +"application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," +" activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " +"*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " +"when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " +"the data to export:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:30 +msgid "" +"With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " +"fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " +"update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the " +"box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, " +"not just the ones which can be imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " +".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " +"all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " +"sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " +"fields more easily. To use the search option more efficiently, display all " +"the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:44 +msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the \"to export\" list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The \"handles\" next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " +"and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" +" file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:48 +msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:49 +msgid "" +"For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " +"Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " +"*New template* and give a name to yours. The next time you need to export " +"the same list, simply select the related template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:56 +msgid "" +"It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " +"*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " +"you would like to import next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:63 +msgid "Import data into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:66 +msgid "How to start" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:68 +msgid "" +"You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" +" or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" +" and even orders!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Open the view of the object you want to populate and click on " +":menuselection:`Favorites --> Import records`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:78 +msgid "" +"There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " +"data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " +"already done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:83 +msgid "How to adapt the template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:85 +msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:86 +msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:92 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " +"columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the " +"corresponding field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " +"on the very next time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:104 +msgid "How to import from another application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:106 +msgid "" +"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " +"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " +"**ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that " +"links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original " +"unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will" +" be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " +"re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " +"whenever possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:120 +msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " +"files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " +"you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type " +"*Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior " +"might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes " +"wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " +"fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " +"complete list of fields for each column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:139 +msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " +"guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " +"this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be " +"recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is " +"difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is " +"the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " +"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " +"selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" +" the *ISO 8601* to define the format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " +"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" +" stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " +"whatever your locale date format is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:157 +msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" +" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " +"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can " +"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not " +"known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " +"crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:166 +msgid "32.000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:167 +msgid "32000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:168 +msgid "32,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:169 +msgid "-32000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:170 +msgid "(32000.00)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:171 +msgid "$ 32.000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:172 +msgid "(32000.00 €)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:174 +msgid "Example that will not work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:176 +msgid "ABC 32.000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:177 +msgid "$ (32.000,00)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:180 +msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:182 +msgid "" +"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " +"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " +"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" +" CSV file bar after you select your file)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " +"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " +"your spreadsheet application. See the following question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:191 +msgid "" +"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " +"application?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " +"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " +"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " +"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check " +"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " +":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " +"Encoding tab`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:202 +msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " +"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" +" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " +"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three " +"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " +"import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:209 +msgid "" +"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " +"different fields to import:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:211 +msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " +"postgresql column" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" +" (or the .XML file that imported it)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:216 +msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:218 +msgid "Country: Belgium" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:219 +msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:220 +msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:222 +msgid "" +"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " +"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " +"according to your need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" +" have been created manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " +"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " +"may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique " +"Database ID)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " +"party application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:232 +msgid "" +"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" +" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " +"be able to make a reference to that record with columns like " +"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for " +"Products and their Categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:237 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:240 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:244 +msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:246 +msgid "" +"If for example you have two product categories with the child name " +"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " +"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import " +"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they " +"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product " +"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " +"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:252 +msgid "" +"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " +"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " +"'Category'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:256 +msgid "" +"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " +"multiple tags)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:258 +msgid "" +"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" +" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " +"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" +" of your CSV file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:262 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:266 +msgid "" +"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " +"Sales Order)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:268 +msgid "" +"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" +" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " +"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " +"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any " +"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " +"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some " +"quotations you can import, based on demo data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:275 +msgid "" +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:277 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " +"respective purchase order lines:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:280 +msgid "" +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:282 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " +"contacts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:284 +msgid "" +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:287 +msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:289 +msgid "" +"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " +"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " +"instead of being created. This is very useful as it allows you to import " +"several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between " +"two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " +"depending if it's new or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:294 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " +"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:298 +msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:300 +msgid "" +"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " +"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " +"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of " +"assigning the default value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:305 +msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:307 +msgid "" +"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " +"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" +" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " +"person and the company they work for)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:311 +msgid "" +"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " +"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" +" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " +"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " +"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " +"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:317 +msgid "" +"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " +"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " +"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database `)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:322 +msgid "" +"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" +" the following command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:328 +msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:337 +msgid "" +"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " +"following SQL command in PSQL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:343 +msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:353 +msgid "" +"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " +"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" +" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " +"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " +"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" +" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:359 +msgid "" +"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " +"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " +"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first " +"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:364 +msgid "How to adapt an import template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " +"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " +"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:372 +msgid "How to customize the file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" +" here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:381 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " +"corresponding field using the search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " +"work straight away the very next time you try to import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:392 +msgid "Why an “ID” column" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:394 +msgid "" +"The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " +"free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:397 +msgid "" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:399 +msgid "" +"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " +"duplicates;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:400 +msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:403 +msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:405 +msgid "" +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " +"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:409 +msgid "" +"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " +"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " +"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 -msgid "In-App Purchase" +msgid "In-App Purchase (IAP)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 -msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:5 msgid "" "In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" -" instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " +" instance, it allows you to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " "post directly from my database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:9 msgid "Buying Credits" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:11 msgid "" "Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " "To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:19 msgid "" "If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " "from free credits to test our IAP features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:23 msgid "IAP accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:25 msgid "" "Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " "to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " "companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the " -":doc:`Developer mode `, then go to " -":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." +":ref:`developer mode `, then go to :menuselection:`Technical" +" Settings --> IAP Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:34 msgid "IAP Portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:36 msgid "" "The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " "from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " @@ -1405,11 +3056,11 @@ msgid "" "consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:44 msgid "Get notified when credits are low" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:46 msgid "" "To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " "Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " @@ -1419,68 +3070,149 @@ msgid "" "by email!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:56 msgid "IAP services available" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:58 msgid "" "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " "Database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:60 msgid "" "*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " "(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:62 msgid "" "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " "Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:66 msgid "Offering my own services" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:68 msgid "" "I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" " the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" " rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " -"find more information at: :doc:`In-App Purchase " -"`." +"find more information at: :doc:`In-App Purchase `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:4 -msgid "Mobile" -msgstr "Mobil" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:7 +msgid "Users & Companies" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:7 -msgid "Push Notifications" -msgstr "Push-Benachrichtigungen" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:9 msgid "" -"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to " -"enable push notifications in the mobile app." +"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " +"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" +" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " +"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:3 +msgid "Access Rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:5 msgid "" -"Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud " -"Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +"Activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:189 -msgid "Multi Companies" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:9 +msgid "Groups" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:14 +msgid "" +"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " +"`, details of the rules and inheritances of that group" +" are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* comes along. *Groups* are " +"created to define rules to models within an application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" +" rights are shown in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:22 +msgid "" +"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " +"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " +"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " +"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " +"they are being applied to the needed and right users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " +"access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:42 +msgid "" +"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " +"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " +"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:45 +msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:46 +msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:47 +msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:48 +msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:55 +msgid "" +"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " +"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:58 +msgid "" +"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " +"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " +"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " +"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " +"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " +"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:3 +msgid "Companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:5 msgid "" "A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies" " simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and" @@ -1489,11 +3221,11 @@ msgid "" "overall management process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:11 msgid "Manage companies and records" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form " "with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records " @@ -1501,15 +3233,15 @@ msgid "" "active)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:22 msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../developer_mode/activate>` to choose a " -"*Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them by the " -"browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels. JPG, " -"PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." +"Activate the :ref:`developer mode ` to choose a *Favicon* " +"for each of your companies, and easily identify them by the browser tabs. " +"Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels. JPG, PNG, GIF, and " +"ICO are extensions accepted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:31 msgid "" "Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection " "boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is " @@ -1518,114 +3250,114 @@ msgid "" "environment in use is of *JS Store US*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:40 msgid "" "Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be " "shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:43 msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:44 msgid "" "*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that " "specific company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:51 msgid "Employees' access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:53 msgid "" "Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " -"<../odoo_basics/users>` for *Multi Companies*." +"` for *Multi Companies*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:62 msgid "" "If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " "**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:65 msgid "" "Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on " "the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " "(the company from which the sale order was issued)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:66 msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:68 msgid "The current company (the one active) or," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:69 msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:70 msgid "" "The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " "is being edited)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:73 msgid "Documents’ format" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:75 msgid "" "To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select*" " the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " "Layout*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:83 msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:85 msgid "" "First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:87 msgid "" ":doc:`Chart of Accounts " -"<../../finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" +"<../../finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:89 msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:90 msgid "" ":doc:`Fiscal Positions " "<../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:91 msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:92 msgid "" ":doc:`Fiscal Localizations " "<../../finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:96 msgid "" "Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With" " the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like" @@ -1633,20 +3365,20 @@ msgid "" "or at a sales/purchase orders level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:104 msgid "" "**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company " "confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:107 msgid "" "*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, " "automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store " "Belgium." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:114 msgid "" "**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales " "order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is " @@ -1654,100 +3386,96 @@ msgid "" "order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:118 msgid "" "*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store " "Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and " "confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:127 msgid "" "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold* and must be shared between " "the companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:130 msgid "" "Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:133 msgid ":doc:`Multi-company Guidelines `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:134 msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics.rst:3 -msgid "Basics" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:3 +msgid "Change language" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" " each user can use Odoo in his own language ." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:9 msgid "Load your desired language" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:11 msgid "" "The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " "instance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:14 msgid "" "From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" " the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " "select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:23 msgid "" "If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" " to change the navigation language on your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:27 msgid "Change your language" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:29 msgid "" "You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" "down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:36 msgid "" "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:45 msgid "Change another user's language" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:47 msgid "" "Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " "language." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:50 msgid "" "To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users " "--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you " @@ -1757,211 +3485,153 @@ msgid "" "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:61 msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/publish/translate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 -msgid "Export Data From Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:3 +msgid "Manage users" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:5 msgid "" -"When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " -"in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " -"(even if Odoo offers a precise and easy reporting tool with each available " -"application)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," -" activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " -"*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " -"when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " -"the data to export:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 -msgid "" -"With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " -"fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " -"update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the " -"box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, " -"not just the ones which can be imported." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " -".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " -"all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " -"sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " -"fields more easily. To use the search option more efficiently, display all " -"the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 -msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the “to export” list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 -msgid "" -"The “handles” next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " -"and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" -" file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 -msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 -msgid "" -"For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " -"Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " -"*New template* and give a name to yours. The next time you need to export " -"the same list, simply select the related template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 -msgid "" -"It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " -"*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " -"you would like to import next." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:3 -msgid "Users and Access Rights" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " +"Odoo defines a **user** as someone who has access to a database to perform " "daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" " the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " "and access rights can be added and changed at any point." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`language`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`access_rights`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:16 msgid "Add individual users" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:18 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:27 msgid "" -"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access " -"Rights ` choose the group within " -"each application the user can have access to." +"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :doc:`Access " +"Rights ` choose the group within each application the user " +"can have access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:28 msgid "" "The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" " database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:34 msgid "" "When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " "is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " "invitation and create a login." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:42 msgid "" "Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " "`pricing page `_ for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:46 msgid "" -"With the :doc:`Developer mode ` " -"activated, *User Types* can be selected." +"With the :ref:`developer mode ` activated, *User Types* can " +"be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:53 msgid "" "The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " "Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " "usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:60 +msgid "Deactivate users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, open the " +"user you want to deactivate, click on *Action*, and then on *Archive*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:66 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:71 msgid "Passwords management" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:76 msgid "Reset passwords" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:81 msgid "Enable password resets from login page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:83 msgid "It is possible to enable password resets directly from the login page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:85 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Permissions`, activate " "**Password Reset** and *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:94 msgid "Send reset instructions to users" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:96 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, select the " "user out of the list and click on *Send Password Reset Instructions* on its " "user form. An email is automatically sent to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:101 msgid "" "The *Send Password Reset Instructions* button only appears if the Odoo " "invitation email has already been confirmed by the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:104 msgid "" "This email contains all the instructions needed to reset the password, along" " with a link redirecting the user to an Odoo login page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:114 msgid "Change users’ passwords" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:116 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users` and select " "a user to access its form. Click on the *Action* button and select *Change " "Password*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:123 msgid "Enter a new password and confirm by clicking on *Change Password*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:126 msgid "" "This operation only modifies the password of the users locally and does not " "affect their odoo.com account. If you want to change the odoo.com password, " @@ -1969,112 +3639,23 @@ msgid "" "email>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:130 msgid "" "Click on *Change Password* one more time. You are then redirected to an Odoo" " login page where you can reaccess your database using your new password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:122 -msgid "Access Rights in detail" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:136 +msgid "Multi Companies" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode `, " -"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:128 -msgid "Groups" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:133 -msgid "" -"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " -"`, details of the rules and " -"inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* " -"comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" -" rights are shown in black." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:141 -msgid "" -"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " -"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " -"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " -"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " -"they are being applied to the needed and right users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:154 -msgid "" -"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " -"access to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:161 -msgid "" -"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " -"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " -"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:164 -msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:165 -msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:166 -msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:167 -msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:174 -msgid "" -"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " -"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:177 -msgid "" -"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " -"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " -"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " -"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:184 -msgid "" -"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " -"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " -"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:138 msgid "" "The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " "companies database you hold the user can have access." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:142 msgid "" "Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " "inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" @@ -2082,1079 +3663,11 @@ msgid "" "` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:205 -msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:152 +msgid ":doc:`companies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:206 -msgid ":doc:`../../settings/users_and_features`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 -msgid "Payment Acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 -msgid "Authorize.Net" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 -msgid "" -"`Authorize.Net `__ is a United States-based " -"online payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit " -"cards**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This Payment Acquirer offers additional options that are not available for " -"other :doc:`Payment Acquirers `, such as the ability to " -"process your customer's payment after delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 -msgid "Authorize.Net account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If not done yet, choose a plan and `Sign Up for an Authorize.Net account " -"`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your " -"Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 -msgid "API Login ID" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 -msgid "Transaction Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 -msgid "Signature Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 -msgid "" -"To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to " -":menuselection:`Account --> Security Settings --> General Security Settings " -"--> API Credentials & Keys`, and generate your **Transaction Key** and " -"**Signature Key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 -msgid "" -"`Authorize.Net: Getting Started Guide " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 -msgid "Payment Acquirer Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 -msgid "" -"To configure Authorize.Net as Payment Acquirer in Odoo, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, open " -"**Authorize.Net**, and change the **State** to *Enabled*. Don't forget to " -"click on *Save* once you've set everything up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Please refer to the :doc:`Payment Acquirers documentation " -"` to read how to configure this payment acquirer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 -msgid "Credentials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Copy your credentials from your Authorize.Net account (API Login Id, API " -"Transaction Key, and API Signature Key), paste them in the related fields " -"under the **Credentials** tab, then click on **Generate Client Key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 -msgid "" -"The **API Client Key** is necessary only if you select *Payment from Odoo* " -"option as :ref:`Payment Flow `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 -msgid "" -"If you are trying Authorize.Net as a test, with a *sandbox account*, change " -"the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo " -"database, rather than on your main database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 -msgid "Payment Flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The **Payment Flow** lets you decide if to redirect the user to the payment " -"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " -"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo. This field is under the " -"**Configuration** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 -msgid "" -"If you select *Redirection to the acquirer website*, make sure you add a " -"**Default Receipt URL** and a **Default Relay Response URL** to your " -"Authorize.net account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 -msgid "" -"To do so, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to :menuselection:`Account" -" --> Transaction Format Settings --> Transaction Response Settings --> " -"Response/Receipt URLs`, and set the default links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 -msgid "Default Receipt URL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 -msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**payment/authorize/return**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 -msgid "Default Relay Response URL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 -msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**shop/confirmation**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 -msgid "Failing to complete this step results in the following error:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 -msgid "*The referrer, relay response or receipt link URL is invalid.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 -msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 -msgid "" -"The **Capture Amount Manually** field is under the **Configuration** tab. If" -" enabled, the funds are reserved for 30 days on the customer's card, but not" -" charged yet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 -msgid "" -"To capture the payment, go to the related Sales Order and click on *Capture " -"Transaction*. If the order is canceled, you can click on *Void Transaction* " -"to unlock the funds from the customer's card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 -msgid "" -"After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by " -"Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 -msgid "" -"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " -"interfaces, not from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 -msgid ":doc:`../../websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 -msgid "Payment Acquirers (Credit Cards, Online Payment)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo embeds several **payment methods** that allow your customers to pay on " -"their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay Sales " -"Orders, invoices, or subscriptions with recurring payments with their " -"favorite payment acquirers, including **online payment providers** that " -"accept **Credit Cards**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Having several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in " -"time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers" -" to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Odoo does not keep Credit Card numbers or credentials on its servers, nor is" -" it stored on Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo apps use a " -"unique reference to the data stored in the payment acquirers' systems, where" -" the information is safely stored. This reference is useless without your " -"credentials for the payment acquirer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 -msgid "" -"From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment " -"acquirers: the payments that go directly on the bank account and follow the " -"usual reconciliation workflow, and the payment acquirers that are third-" -"party services and require you to follow another accounting workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 -msgid "Bank Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 -msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 -msgid "" -"When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment " -"reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received " -"it on your bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " -"bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " -"<../../finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more" -" information about this payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 -msgid "Online Payment Providers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 -msgid "Redirection to the acquirer website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 -msgid "Payment from Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 -msgid "Save Cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 -msgid "Capture Amount Manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 -msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -msgid "✔" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 -msgid "Alipay" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 -msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 -msgid ":doc:`PayPal `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 -msgid "PayUMoney" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 -msgid "SIPS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:3 -msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Some of these Online Payment Providers can also be added as :doc:`Bank " -"Accounts <../../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is " -"**not** the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment " -"Acquirers allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and " -"configured on your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an " -"accounting control process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Some of the features described in this section are available only with some " -"Payment Acquirers. Refer to :ref:`the table above " -"` for more details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 -msgid "Add a new Payment Acquirer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 -msgid "" -"To add a new Payment acquirer and make it available to your customers, go to" -" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, look " -"for your payment acquirer, install the related module, and activate it. To " -"do so, open the payment acquirer and change its state from *Disabled* to " -"*Enabled*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 -msgid "" -"We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " -"database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " -"credentials, but Odoo generates Sales Orders and Invoices as usual. It isn't" -" always possible to cancel an invoice, and this could create some issues " -"with your invoices numbering if you were to test your payment acquirers on " -"your main database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 -msgid "Credentials tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 -msgid "" -"If not done yet, go to the **Online Payment Provider**'s website, create an " -"account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." -" Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the Payment Acquirer " -"and get the confirmation of the *payment authentication*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 -msgid "" -"The form in this section is specific to the Payment Acquirer you are " -"configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 -msgid "Configuration tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 -msgid "" -"You can change the Payment Acquirer front-end appearance by modifying its " -"name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" -" under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 -msgid "Save and reuse Credit Cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 -msgid "" -"With the **Save Cards** feature, Odoo can store **Payment Tokens** in your " -"database, which can be used for subsequent payments, without having to " -"reenter the payment details. This is particularly useful for subscriptions' " -"recurring payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 -msgid "Place a hold on a card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 -msgid "" -"If the **Capture Amount Manually** field is enabled, the funds are reserved " -"for a few days on the customer's card, but not charged yet. You must then go" -" to the related Sales Order and manually *capture* the funds before its " -"automatic cancellation, or *void the transaction* to unlock the funds from " -"the customer's card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 -msgid "" -"Choose in the **Payment Flow** field if to redirect the user to the payment " -"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " -"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Some features are available only if you select *Redirection to the acquirer " -"website*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 -msgid "Countries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Restrict the use of the Payment Acquirer to a selection of countries. Leave " -"this field blank to make the Payment Acquirer available to all countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 -msgid "Payment Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The **Payment Journal** selected for your Payment Acquirer must be a *Bank* " -"journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 -msgid "" -"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " -"**Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. Both of them are " -"preset to work out-of-the-box, but we strongly recommend you to make sure " -"these fields are correctly set according to your accounting needs, and adapt" -" them if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 -msgid "Messages tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 -msgid "" -"Change here the messages displayed by Odoo after a payment's confirmation or" -" failure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 -msgid "Accounting perspective" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 -msgid "" -"The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " -"their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " -"**Online Payment Providers** require you to consider how you want to record " -"your payments' journal entries. We recommend you to ask your accountant for " -"advice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 -msgid "" -"Odoo default method is to record the payments on a *Current Assets Account*," -" on a dedicated *Bank Journal*, once the *Payment Authentication* is " -"confirmed. At some point, you transfer the funds from the *Payment Acquirer*" -" to your *Bank Account*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 -msgid "Here are the requirements for this to work:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 -msgid "The Journal's **type** must be *Bank Journal*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 -msgid "" -"Select the right **Default Debit Account** and **Default Credit Account**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Under the *Advanced Settings* tab, make sure that **Posting** is set as " -"*Post At Payment Validation*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This implies that the Journal Entry is recorded directly when your Odoo " -"database receives the confirmation of the *Payment Authentication* from the " -"Online Payment Provider." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 -msgid "Current Asset Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 -msgid "The Account's **type** is *Current Assets*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 -msgid "The Account must **Allow Reconciliation**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 -msgid "" -"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " -"**Current Asset Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. You can " -"modify them if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 -msgid "" -":doc:`../../finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 -msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 -msgid ":doc:`authorize`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 -msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " -"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " -"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " -"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 -msgid "Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 -msgid "" -"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " -"Business Account `_" -" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " -"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " -"configuration steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 -msgid "Settings in Paypal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 -msgid "" -"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " -"seamless customer experience with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " -"Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 -msgid "Auto Return" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " -"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " -"the suffix ``/shop/confirmation`` as *Return URL* (e.g. " -"``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 -msgid "" -"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " -"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " -"Odoo databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 -msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 -msgid "" -"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" -" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " -"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " -"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 -msgid "Paypal Account Optional" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 -msgid "" -"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " -"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " -"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 -msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 -msgid "" -"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " -"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " -"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" -" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " -"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " -"receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 -msgid "" -"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " -"*Instant Payment Notification*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " -"(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 -msgid "Payment Messages Format" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 -msgid "" -"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " -"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " -"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 -msgid "" -"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 -msgid "To do so, open:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 -msgid "" -"`this page for a test account `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 -msgid "" -"`this page for a production account `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " -"**UTF-8**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 -msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 -msgid "" -"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" -" Account Optional* needs to be turned on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 -msgid "" -"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " -"`Paypal documentation `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 -msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 -msgid "Activation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " -"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 -msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 -msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 -msgid "" -"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " -":menuselection:`Account Settings --> Business information`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 -msgid "" -"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" -" here above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 -msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 -msgid "" -"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " -"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " -"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 -msgid "" -"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " -"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 -msgid "" -"You can refer to `Paypal Fees `__ to set up fees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 -msgid "" -"`Traders in the EU `_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " -"paying with credit cards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 -msgid "Go live!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" -" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" -" it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " -"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " -"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " -"processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 -msgid "Test environment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 -msgid "" -"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with " -"your Paypal credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 -msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 -msgid "" -"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " -"`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 -msgid "" -"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 -msgid "" -"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " -"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " -"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " -"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " -"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 -msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:5 -msgid "" -"`Stripe `_ is a United States-based online payment " -"solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards** and other " -"payment methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:9 -msgid "Enable Local Payment Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " -"certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The Stripe connector in Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:16 -msgid "Bancontact" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:17 -msgid "EPS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:18 -msgid "Giropay" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:19 -msgid "iDeal:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:20 -msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To enable specific Local Payment Methods with Stripe, list them as supported" -" payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Acquirers --> Stripe" -" --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the **Supported " -"Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already listed, you " -"don't have anything to do." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If a payment method icon doesn't exist at all in the database, the " -"corresponding local payment method is always offered to customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:3 -msgid "Unsplash" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 -msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 -msgid "" -"**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow" -" this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo" -" Unsplash key in a transparent way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 -msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 -msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to your `applications dashboard " -"`_ and click on **New " -"Application**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 -msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " -"**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " -"that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on " -"**Create application**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 -msgid "" -"You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" -" to find your **access key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 -msgid "" -"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " -"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " -"50 Unsplash requests per hour." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 -msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 -msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 -msgid "" -"You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " -"tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Go to your `applications dashboard " -"`_ and click on your newly created " -"Unsplash application under **Your applications**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 -msgid "" -"You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " -"ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" -" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " -"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " -"requests per hour restriction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:5 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" msgstr "" @@ -3438,54 +3951,58 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**VoIP Environment**: set as *Production*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:37 +msgid "Configure the VOIP user in the Odoo's user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:39 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, then open " "the user's form you want to configure. Under the **Preferences** tab, fill " "out the section **PBX Configuration**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:42 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the Axivox *username*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:43 msgid "**SIP Password**: the Axivox *SIP Password*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:50 msgid "" "You can find all this information by logging in at " "https://manage.axivox.com/, selecting the user you want to configure, and " "referring to the fields as pictured below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:58 msgid "Phone Calls" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:60 msgid "" "You can make phone calls by clicking on the phone icon in the navigation " "bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:62 msgid "" "You can also receive phone calls. Odoo rings and displays a notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:65 msgid "Your number is the one provided by Axivox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:72 msgid "" "If you see a *Missing Parameter* message in the **Odoo softphone**, refresh " "your Odoo window and try again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:80 msgid "" "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" " use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index bf6e3d61d..a899ebfdf 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -6,10 +6,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-11-02 09:24+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 09:27+0000\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -17,6 +17,6 @@ msgstr "" "Language: de\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../content/index.rst:3 +#: ../../content/index.rst:5 msgid "Odoo Documentation" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 7abb71e2d..a60cd4b91 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -3,28 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Anja Funk , 2021 -# Katharina Moritz , 2021 -# Tobias Arndt, 2021 -# Bülent Tiknas , 2021 -# Thorsten Vocks , 2021 -# philku79 , 2021 -# Niki Waibel, 2021 -# Wolfgang Taferner, 2021 -# Ermin Trevisan , 2021 -# Chris Egal , 2021 -# Patrick Heuel , 2021 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-04-08 13:26+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:48+0000\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -32,25 +17,44 @@ msgstr "" "Language: de\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 msgid "Inventory & Mrp" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "Lager" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Inventory** is both an inventory application and a warehouse " +"management system, with an advanced barcode scanner app. Learn how to manage" +" lead times, automate replenishments, and configure advanced routes like " +"drop-shipping, cross-docks, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:15 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:5 msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "Barcodes" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:5 msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "Tagesgeschäft" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" -msgstr "Prozess zu einer Bestandsanpassung mit Strichcodes" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -107,7 +111,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Übersicht" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -126,9 +130,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " "interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " -"nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode " -"`. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." +"nomenclature being in :ref:`developer mode `. To do so, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 @@ -305,7 +308,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 msgid "Receipts" -msgstr "Anlieferungen" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -322,9 +325,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery.rst:5 msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "Lieferaufträge" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -349,7 +352,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 msgid "Internal Transfers" -msgstr "Interne Transfers" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -406,9 +409,9 @@ msgid "" "products to populate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Einrichtung" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" @@ -466,7 +469,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 msgid "Keyboard layout" -msgstr "Tastaturbelegung" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -478,7 +481,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 msgid "Automatic carriage return" -msgstr "Automatischer Zeilenumbruch" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -508,6 +511,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 @@ -521,12 +525,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -593,9 +596,9 @@ msgid "" "own barcode format for internal use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5 msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "Lager & Logistik" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)" @@ -683,8 +686,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47 msgid "" "For more information and insights about Drop-Shipping, you can read our " -"blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* `__." +"blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* " +"`__." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 @@ -1142,9 +1146,9 @@ msgid "" " order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming.rst:5 msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "Wareneingang" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" @@ -1288,7 +1292,14 @@ msgid "" "suppliers are considered as being always available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you have :guilabel:`Storage Locations` activated, you can click the " +"hamburger menu next to the :guilabel:`Done quantity` to specify the " +"location(s) where you are storing the received product(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:56 msgid "" "Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " "to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " @@ -1525,9 +1536,9 @@ msgid "" "to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" -msgstr "Los- und Seriennummern" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" @@ -1535,7 +1546,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Überblick" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -1606,100 +1617,99 @@ msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 -msgid "Manage expiration dates" +msgid "Expiration Dates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 msgid "" -"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be tracked" -" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking stocks " -"based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to " -"customers." +"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be managed" +" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking and " +"managing product stock based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid " +"selling expired products to customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:9 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even" -" if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." +"With Odoo, you can track and manage your products based on their expiration " +"dates, even if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "Configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 msgid "Application configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:18 msgid "" -"To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial" -" Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." +"To use expiration date tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial " +"Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 msgid "Product configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:28 msgid "" -"Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory " -"tab* of the product form:" +"Now, you can define different dates in the *inventory tab* of the product " +"form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Product Use Time: the number of days before the goods start deteriorating, " +"without being dangerous. This is used to calculate the Best before date on " +"each lot/serial number received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 msgid "" -"Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start " -"deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the " -"lot/serial number;" +"Product Life Time: the number of days before the goods may become dangerous " +"and must not be consumed. This is used to calculate the Expiration date on " +"each lot/serial number received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 msgid "" -"Product Life Time: refers to the number of days before the goods may become " -"dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial " -"number;" +"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " +"removed from the stock. This is used to calculate the Removal date on each " +"lot/serial number received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 msgid "" -"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " -"removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 -msgid "" "Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " -"raised on the lot/serial number." +"raised on the lot/serial number. This is used to calculate the Alert date on" +" each lot/serial number received. Once the Alert date is reached, an " +"Activity is assigned on the relevant lot/serial number to the Responsible " +"user defined on the Product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:45 msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:47 msgid "" -"When receiving a product in stock, the dates will automatically be updated " -"on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the " -"reception date of the product and the times set on the product form." +"When receiving a product into inventory, the dates will automatically be " +"updated on the corresponding lot/serial number. These updates will be based " +"on the receipt date of the product and the days set on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 msgid "Expiration Alerts" -msgstr "Ablaufbenachrichtigungen" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 msgid "" -"You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do " -"so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you " -"can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that " -"exceeded their alert date." +"You can access expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you can use the" +" pre-existing filter to show all the lots/serial numbers that have exceeded " +"their respective alert dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 @@ -1743,7 +1753,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 msgid "Product Configuration" -msgstr "Produktkonfiguration" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -1803,7 +1813,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 msgid "Operation Types" -msgstr "Vorgangstypen" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -1871,6 +1881,10 @@ msgid "" "entry management is the feature you need." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +msgid "Configurations" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " @@ -1997,9 +2011,9 @@ msgid "" " *Location* button available on the serial number form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" -msgstr "Sonstige Operationen" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 msgid "Process Batch Transfers" @@ -2168,9 +2182,9 @@ msgid "" "belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:5 msgid "Planning" -msgstr "Planung" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" @@ -2290,7 +2304,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 msgid "Customer Lead Time" -msgstr "Auslieferungszeit" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -2311,7 +2325,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 msgid "Security Lead Time" -msgstr "Sicherheitsvorlaufzeit" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -2427,7 +2441,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" -msgstr "Durchlaufzeit der Fertigung" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -2528,10 +2542,10 @@ msgid "" "security lead time for sales)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5 msgid "Products" -msgstr "Produkte" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" @@ -2717,7 +2731,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 msgid "Replenishment" -msgstr "Auffüllung" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -2748,7 +2762,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 msgid "Units of Measure" -msgstr "Mengeneinheiten" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -2774,7 +2788,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 msgid "Packages" -msgstr "Verpackungen" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -2793,7 +2807,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 msgid "Packaging" -msgstr "Verpackung" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -2815,9 +2829,9 @@ msgid "" " packing on the picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:5 msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "Inventur" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" @@ -2861,7 +2875,7 @@ msgid "" "Second warehouse\\*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:5 msgid "Valuation Methods" msgstr "" @@ -2983,19 +2997,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:71 msgid "Standard Price" -msgstr "Standardpreis" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 msgid "Operation" -msgstr "Vorgang" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 msgid "Unit Cost" -msgstr "Kosten pro ME" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 @@ -3013,7 +3027,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "Inventurbestandswert" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47 @@ -3073,7 +3087,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 msgid "12" -msgstr "12" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54 msgid "+4*€10" @@ -3131,7 +3145,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 msgid "Average Price" -msgstr "Durchschnittspreis" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 @@ -3259,8 +3273,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " "by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " -":doc:`Developer mode ` and open your " -"accounting settings." +":ref:`developer mode ` and open your accounting settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 @@ -3290,7 +3303,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 msgid "Vendor Bill" -msgstr "Lieferantenrechnung" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 @@ -3308,7 +3321,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 msgid "Debit" -msgstr "Soll" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 @@ -3317,7 +3330,7 @@ msgstr "Soll" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 msgid "Credit" -msgstr "Haben" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264 @@ -3392,7 +3405,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 msgid "Customer Invoice" -msgstr "Ausgangsrechnung" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 @@ -3456,7 +3469,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320 msgid "Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "Fertigungsaufträge" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:326 @@ -3486,14 +3499,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:268 msgid "" -"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " +"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and the " "**Inventory Variations** debited." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:276 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:389 msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" -msgstr "Angelsächsische Buchführung" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:329 msgid "" @@ -3700,9 +3713,9 @@ msgid "" "information for a past date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:5 msgid "Warehouses" -msgstr "Lager" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" @@ -3721,7 +3734,7 @@ msgid "" "considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " "aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " "not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " -"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." +"as many locations as you need under one warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 @@ -3759,11 +3772,11 @@ msgid "" "organization of your warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5 msgid "Advanced Routes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:5 msgid "Concepts" msgstr "" @@ -4167,7 +4180,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 msgid "" -"All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " +"All these transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " "going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " "opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " "order." @@ -4175,7 +4188,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 msgid "Push Rules" -msgstr "Push Regeln" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -4371,7 +4384,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 msgid "Rules" -msgstr "Regeln" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 msgid "" @@ -4390,27 +4403,28 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 msgid "" "**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " -"specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " -"validated or for a manufacturing order which requires a specific component. " -"When the need appears in the source location, Odoo generates a picking to " -"fulfill this need." +"specific location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " +"validated or from a manufacturing order which requires a specific component." +" When the need appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking" +" to fulfill this need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 msgid "" "**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " -"defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, " -"Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." +"defined source location. In the case you move products to the source " +"location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination" +" location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 msgid "" -"**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different " -"situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a " -"specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " -"fulfill that need. Then, a need is created in the previous location and a " -"rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need fulfilled, the " -"products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled." +"**Pull & Push**: this rule allows generating pickings in the two situations " +"explained above. This means that when products are required at a specific " +"location, a transfer is created from the previous location to fulfill that " +"need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule is triggered " +"to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products are pushed to" +" the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 @@ -4545,7 +4559,7 @@ msgid "" "have been triggered and the transfers done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:5 msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" msgstr "" @@ -4954,11 +4968,11 @@ msgid "" " closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:5 msgid "Shipping" -msgstr "Versand" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:5 msgid "Shipping Operations" msgstr "" @@ -5380,7 +5394,7 @@ msgid "" "underneath:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:5 msgid "Shipping Setup" msgstr "" @@ -5472,7 +5486,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 msgid "Delivery" -msgstr "Lieferung" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." @@ -5686,8 +5700,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 msgid "" -"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" -" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." +"An Access Key is a 16 character alphanumeric code that allows access to the " +"UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 @@ -5802,88 +5816,100 @@ msgid "" "contact." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "Fertigung" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps you schedule, plan and process manufacturing " +"orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the shop floor to" +" control all your work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger " +"maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5 msgid "Manufacturing Management" -msgstr "Fertigungs-Management" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 -msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" +msgid "Alternative Work Centers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 msgid "" -"For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, " -"at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center." -" If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center," -" it is not that simple." +"Manufacturing several different products simultaneously at the same work " +"center is a common issue for manufacturing companies. Although in practice, " +"employees can manufacture the goods at another work center instead of " +"waiting for one to be available, it's not always simple to have visibility " +"on which work center is busy and plan resources accordingly in real-time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:11 msgid "" -"You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when," -" so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure " -"it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an " -"alternative work center to use." +"With Odoo, you can configure alternative work centers to solve this issue. " +"This automatically checks which work center is busy and which equivalent " +"ones are free, and schedules orders and maintenance accordingly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 msgid "" -"This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time " -"will be noticed." +"This way, your process becomes more efficient, as work center utilisation is" +" optimised." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:19 msgid "Configure your Work Centers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:21 msgid "" -"The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, " -"enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." +"First, go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, enable the Work Orders feature and hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:29 msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new " -"work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and" -" vice versa." +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers` and create two " +"new work centers. Add the second work center as an alternative to the first " +"one and vice versa." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:38 msgid "" -"The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an " -"operation to it before saving." +"Next, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills of Materials`, choose your " +"product, and add these work centers to the operations of your BOM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing" -" to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:48 msgid "Create your Work Orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:50 msgid "" "Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to " -"the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product " -"and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be " -"assembled." +":menuselection:`Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and hit **Create**. " +"There, add your product to your manufacturing order and plan it. You can " +"then retrieve them from the Work Orders list view, under Operations > Work " +"Orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:55 msgid "" "Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first " -"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured." +"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured, as " +"shown below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:64 msgid "" "Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you" " may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the" @@ -5897,344 +5923,312 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 msgid "" "A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component " -"required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and" -" individual steps of the manufacturing process." +"required to make or deliver a finished product. Additionally, it can also " +"include various operations and individual step guidelines needed to complete" +" a production process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:10 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe" -" multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one " -"product only." +"With Odoo's MRP solution, multiple BOMs can also be linked to each product, " +"so that even product variants can have their *own* tailored BOM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 msgid "" -"This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you " -"time." +"This will help you to optimize your manufacturing process and save time as a" +" result." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 msgid "Setting up a BoM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage" -" your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other " -"words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do " -"not track the steps the product goes through." +"The simplest BoM set up is one without operations or instructions. In this " +"case, you will manage your production using Manufacturing Orders only." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:22 msgid "" -"Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " -"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " -"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." +"To create a BoM from the Manufacturing module, go to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Bills of Materials`. If you click **Create**, " +"the first thing you'll have to do is to specify the final product. For an " +"existing product, simply select it from the list, or create a new one on the" +" spot. Note that if you go through the product form to create your BOM, the " +"product will already be set for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:27 msgid "" -"Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " -"create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" -" and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is " -"*Manufacture this Product*." +"For a standard Bill of Material, keep the default *BoM* type, which is " +"*Manufacture this Product*. Now specify the various components that make up " +"the production of your final product and their respective quantities. You " +"can create components as you go, on the BOM, or create products beforehand, " +"by going to the :menuselection:`Top Menu --> Products --> Create`, and add " +"them later on." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The destination location should **not** be a scrap location. A scrap " +"location is where you put products that you don't need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:41 msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 msgid "" -"As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" -" same as for the standard product." +"As suggested above, you can use *BOMs* for specific *Product Variants*. Once" +" the various attributes have been configured on the product form, there are " +"two ways to configure the appropriate BoM for the respective product " +"combination." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 msgid "" -"If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " -"*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " -"each component line. You can add several variants for each component." +"Either create one BoM per variant, by specifying the Product Variant in the " +"dedicated field below the product name. Or use one BOM, that contains all of" +" the components and for each component, indicate which variant it applies " +"to, using the *Apply on Variants* column, as shown below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 -msgid "Adding a routing" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:57 +msgid "Adding Operations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:59 msgid "" -"You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " -"series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " -"enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." +"You can also add operations to your *BoM*, if you want workers to follow " +"instructions or register time spent. To use this feature, enable the *Work " +"Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings, as shown below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:67 msgid "" -"Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" -" times." +"Each operation is unique as it is always linked to only one BOM. This being " +"said, Operations Operations can be re-used when configuring a new BOM, with " +"the *Copy Existing Operations* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74 msgid "" -"Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" -" when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " -"dropdown menu." +"Finally, just like for components, operations can also be variant specific " +"only, as shown below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:82 msgid "Adding By-Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " -"the primary product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 -msgid "" -"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" -" *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 msgid "" -"Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " -"You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " -"need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." +"A *by-product* is a product that is produced on top of the main product of a" +" *BoM*. As opposed to the primary product, there can be more than one on a " +"BOM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable the by-" +"product feature from the *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, you can add *by-products* to your *BoMs*. Note " +"that if you have Operations, you'll need to specify in which operation the " +"by-product is produced." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Sell sets of products as kits" +msgid "Kits" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" -"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " -"assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*." -" There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of" -" the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and " -"*Manufacturing* apps must be installed." +"A *kit* is a set of components that are not pre-assembled or mixed. This is " +"useful for selling but also for creating cleaner and more effective *BOMs*. " +"To use kits, you need both the Manufacturing and Inventory apps to be " +"installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:10 msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 msgid "" "If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit " -"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step." +"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* Type without any manufacturing " +"operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:15 msgid "" "A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation" -" and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " -"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image " -"shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second " -"image shows the corresponding delivery order." +" and a sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item " +"for each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first " +"image shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the " +"second image shows the corresponding delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29 msgid "" "From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, " -"create each component product as you would with any other product, then " -"create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the " -"*route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track " -"the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. " -"Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should " -"be unchecked." +"create each component product (as you would with any other product), then " +"create the top-level, or kit product. Because you cannot track the stock of " +"kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to *Consumable*. However, if " +"you are using Anglo-Saxon accounting, and you would like COGS to be posted " +"when invoicing your kits (and only for this reason), the storable product " +"type should selected instead. Because a kit product cannot be purchased, " +"*Can be Purchased* should be unchecked. The route of the kit product in the " +"*Inventory* Tab does not really matter, as, for replenishment, only the " +"route of the components that will be taken into account only." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:38 msgid "" "All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " "preference. The component products require no particular configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 msgid "" "Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit " -"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this" -" product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their " -"default values." +"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type* Kit. All" +" other options may be left with their default values." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:50 msgid "" -"If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a " -"standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using " -"a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. " -"The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit " -"product will appear in your stock." +"If you want to manage the stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use" +" a standard *BoM Type* manufacture or subcontracting instead. In this case " +"you will either buy the final product from your subcontractor, or make it " +"yourself through a manufacturing order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:54 msgid "" -"On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select " -"*Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales " -"order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable " -"stock management." +"In that case the product type will be storable, and the BOM type either " +"'Manufacture this product' or 'Subcontracting' as shown below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62 +msgid "Build a cleaner BOM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64 msgid "" -"When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture " -"this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing" -" order* rather than a packing operation." +"As suggested above, a kit BOM can also simply be used to manage a more " +"complex BOM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Imagine the Custom Computer parts above were part of another final product. " +"It would be much clearer and simpler if the BOMs were added together (as " +"shown below) instead of adding all the individual parts one by one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:73 +msgid "" +"This is even better illustrated when looking at the BOM Structure Report, " +"where it is easy to expand and hide specific kit level or sub-assembly type " +"BOMs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:79 +msgid "" +"On the creation of the manufacturing order, the BOM will automatically " +"expand to show all top level and kit level components. You can go back to " +"the BOM at any point though as it remains available on the form view of " +"your manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Finally, note that if there were any Operations in the Kit BOM, these would " +"also simply be added in to the work order list of the main component." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" +msgid "Variants BOM Management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " -"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." +"same product. To activate variants, simply go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Variants`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" -"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" -" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " -"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " -"variants." +"You will then be able to specify which BOM component lines are to be used in" +" the manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants " +"for each line. If no variant is specified on a component line, then this " +"component will be used in the BOM of all variants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 msgid "" "When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " -"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " -"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." +"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank as shown below. " +"This field is used when creating a BoM for one specific variant of a product" +" only." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 -msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:26 msgid "" -"It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product " -"BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured " -"product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, " -"for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed." +"Note that the same principle applies for the configuration of operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:32 +msgid "And for the production of by-products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:3 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:5 msgid "" -"We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of " -"configurations." +"Whether you want to control the quality of your production, or the " +"production of your subcontractor, before registering the products into your " +"stock, you can rely on Odoo's Quality module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15 -msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107 -msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:10 msgid "" -"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " -"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*." +"To control the quality of your production, you need to set a *Quality " +"Control Point* on the Manufacturing Operation Type, as shown below. To " +"create it, Go to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control " +"Points`, and click **Create**. If the check only applies to specific " +"products, or product categories, you can specify these during the setup as " +"well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117 -msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:19 msgid "" -"Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which" -" is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product." +"Regarding the reception of subcontracted products, instead of the " +"Manufacturing Operation Type, you need to select the 'Receipts' Operation " +"type. For the rest, the same principles apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:25 msgid "" -"You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly " -"in the BoM of the kit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 -msgid "Manufacturing Order" -msgstr "Fertigungsauftrag" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as " -"we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The " -"components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the " -"kit BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57 -msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60 -msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " -"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " -"Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in " -"this BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129 -msgid "" -"When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the " -"kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, " -"three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of " -"the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the" -" kit BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95 -msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104 -msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " -"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. " -"Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " -"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " -"Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138 -msgid "" -"All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The " -"last component is consumed during the second operation." +"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " +"product is made and/or received. Note that several Quality Check *Types* can" +" be chosen from the dropdown. Note also that several Quality Check Points " +"can be set up for the same Operation Type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 @@ -6243,55 +6237,83 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of " -"Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A " -"*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component " -"to make another one." +"With Odoo MRP, you can use semi-finished products to simplify a complex " +"*Bill of Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately." +" A *semi-finished product* is a manufactured product that is used as a " +"component in a Bill of Material." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 msgid "" -"A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. " -"Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*." -" This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a " -"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will " -"be for subassemblies." +"A *BoM* that employs *semi-finished products* is referred to as a multi-" +"level BoM, where we distinguish between the *top level Product* and the " +"*sub-assemblies*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:15 +msgid "Configure a Multi Level BoM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 -msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product" +msgid "" +"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need the top-level product and " +"its sub-assemblies. Therefore, you must first create the sub-assembly " +"products and their respective Bill of Materials. Please refer to " +":doc:`bill_configuration` for more details on how to create a BOM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also" -" its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of " -"the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*." -" Now, hit save." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:26 +msgid "Configure the Main BoM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:28 msgid "" -"In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of " -"Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components." +"Then on the final product form, simply add your semi-finished products to " +"the Bill of Material." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 -msgid "Configure the Main BoM" +msgid "Manage your production planning" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 msgid "" -"Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any " -"subassemblies in the list of components." +"There are several methods to manage the triggering of the various " +"manufacturing orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39 msgid "" -"Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level " -"product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. " -"Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it " -"available before manufacturing the finished product." +"If every time a manufacturing order is confirmed for the main product, you'd" +" like one for the semi-finished products as well, you have two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Option 1 : Create re-ordering rules for the semi-finished products, with " +"both the minimum and maximum desired stock quantities at 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Option 2 : Use the Replenish on Order (MTO) route on the semi-finished " +"product, as well as the manufacturing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Note that Option 1 is usually recommended over Option 2 as it is more " +"flexible. The MTO route creates a unique link between the semi-finished and " +"the top level product, whereas the re-ordering rule allows you to simply " +"unreserve that production from the top level product production and redirect" +" it to another, more pressing demand, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In any case, as soon as the semi-finished product is produced, it will " +"become available in the manufacturing order of the final product, as shown " +"below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 @@ -6300,161 +6322,148 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 msgid "" -"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is " -"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" +"Outsourcing a portion or all of your company’s manufacturing needs is not " +"easy. To make it work correctly, you have to:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 -msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" +msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" +msgid "Ship raw material to your subcontractors, at the right time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:10 +msgid "Control incoming goods quality" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" +msgid "Control subcontractors bills" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 -msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 -msgid "Control subcontractors bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 msgid "" "Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " "produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:20 msgid "" -"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." +"With its MRP subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:25 msgid "" "To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32 msgid "" "To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " "(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 msgid "" -"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data " -"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " +"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> " +"Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " "subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " "might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " "directly from the subcontractor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:41 msgid "" "Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" " subcontractors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:49 msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:51 msgid "" "To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " -"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a " -"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " -"subcontractor on the *BoM*." +"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, go to the *Purchase* app and create a " +"new purchase order. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " +"subcontractor on the *BoM* of these products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60 msgid "" "Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " "products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " -"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" +"received. As a result, Odoo does the following things for you:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Consumes the respective components at the subcontractor’s location, based on" +" the *BoM* and your input (3);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:66 +msgid "Produces the finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 msgid "" -"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* " -"(3);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 -msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the " +"Moves products from that subcontractor’s location to YourCompany via the " "validated receipt (5)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply " -"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73 msgid "" "The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " -"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the " +"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. This can be useful if the " "subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " "materials used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "Inventur Bewertung" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:81 msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:83 msgid "**C = A + B + s**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 msgid "With:" -msgstr "Mit:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90 msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90 msgid "subcontractor;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:92 msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:94 msgid "" "Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " -"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To " -"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal " -"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." +"inventory valuation, as the components are still valued as part of your " +"stock. This is managed by making the *Subcontracting Location* an *Internal " +"Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:99 msgid "" "Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " "paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " @@ -6462,151 +6471,132 @@ msgid "" " accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:104 msgid "" -"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the " +"Finally, the subcontractor bill then matches the purchase order, with the " "proposed price coming from the finished products C." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:108 msgid "" "If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" " location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " "subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 msgid "Traceability" -msgstr "Lieferverfolgung" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116 msgid "" -"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked " +"In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked " "components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " "receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:120 msgid "" -"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button " -"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the " +"In that case, on the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record " +"Components* button appears. Click on it to open a dialog box and record the " "serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " "tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:129 msgid "" "For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " "receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 -msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Also note that in case flexible consumption has been selected on the " +"subcontracted BOM for a non-tracked product, the record components option " +"will also appear optionally on each move line, if you want to register more " +"or less component consumption at your subcontracting location, when " +"receiving your final product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:145 msgid "" -"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the " -"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." +"As you can see, the reception of both of these non-tracked products can " +"either be executed by selecting the 'Set Quantities' Option or via the move " +"line hamburger menus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:149 +msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 msgid "" -"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the " -"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the " -"subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 -msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" +"There are two ways to automate the supply of raw materials to your " +"subcontractors when purchasing the final product. The chosen method depends " +"on whether or not you want the materials to transit through your warehouse. " +"Both of these methods are described as pull style mechanisms as their " +"trigger is the inital PO to the subcontractor, which creates a need at the " +"subcontracting location, for raw material." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 msgid "" -"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, " -"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery " -"address and fill the components to deliver." +"If you are supplying your subcontractor with raw material from your own " +"warehouse, you must activate the 'Resupply Subcontractor on Order' route as " +"shown below. If this is a component that you buy from a vendor, the buy " +"route should also be activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:169 msgid "" -"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two " -"approaches:" +"Now, if you want your vendor to resupply your subcontractor directly, you " +"must choose the 'Dropship Subcontractor on Order' option instead. In order " +"for this option to be active on the product form, you must first activate " +"the dropship option from :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Dropshipping`. Once the PO to the subcontractor is validated, " +"this route will create a dropship RFQ from your vendor to that " +"subcontractor. You then just need to review and validate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 -msgid "Reordering rules;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 -msgid "Replenish on order flow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:182 msgid "" -"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting " -"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering " -"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the" -" subcontractor." +"Note that the buy route is not selected in this case, as the dropship route " +"is a buy route already." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:185 msgid "" -"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the " -"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master " -"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do " -"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " -"components." +"Finally, if you want to track the stock of these raw materials at your " +"subcontracting location(s), then you must activate *Multi-locations* in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Storage " +"locations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 -msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:189 +msgid "From the location form, you are then able to access the Current Stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:198 +msgid "Manual Replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:200 +msgid "You can also choose to replenish your subcontractors manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:202 msgid "" -"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to " -"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* " -"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." +"If you want to send components to your subcontractor at your own " +"convenience, select the 'Resupply Subcontractor' Operation Type from the " +"*Inventory* Module, and create a picking, specifying to which subcontractor " +"you are delivering to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:210 msgid "" -"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other " -"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the " -"shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 -msgid "" -"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and " -"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "Qualitätskontrolle" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 -msgid "" -"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is " -"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a " -"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an " -"external party, it can be defined on the product reception." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 -msgid "" -"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create " -"a new *Control Point* on the reception." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 -msgid "" -"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " -"product is received." +"Alternatively, you can also manually ask your vendor to resupply your " +"subcontractor by creating a dropship type PO, with your subcontractor set as" +" the delivery address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 @@ -6625,154 +6615,158 @@ msgid "" "and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the MPS settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " +"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display at all times." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 msgid "" -"In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " -"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display." +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " +"click on *add a product*. You can now define your safety stock target (= the" +" stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum " +"and maximum quantities that must or can be replenished in each period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:26 msgid "" -"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " -"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " -"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" -" maximum quantities to replenish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can " -"rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize" -" them with drag and drop." +"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to display " +"by clicking on *rows*. For instance, the *Actual demand* will show you which" +" quantity of products has already been ordered for the period, or *Available" +" to Promise*, what can still be sold during that same period (what you plan " +"to replenish - what is already sold during the period). You can also decide " +"to hide rows if you like." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by " -"clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual " -"demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered" -" for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what " -"can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is " -"already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some " -"information if it isn’t necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:38 msgid "" -"The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation " -"should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time," -" compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The" -" demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for " -"its components." +"The next step is to estimate the demand for the chosen period. This is done " +"in the *Forecasted Demand* Row. You can easily, at any time, compare the " +"demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The demand " +"forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for its " +"components." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:46 msgid "" -"Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be " -"automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based " -"on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are " -"displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the " -"replenish button." +"Once the forecasted demand has been set, the quantity to replenish for the " +"different periods will automatically be computed. The replenishments you are" +" supposed to launch based on your lead times (vendor lead time or " +"manufacturing lead time) are then displayed in green. You can now launch the" +" replenishment by clicking on the replenish button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:52 msgid "" "Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " "requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " "easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 msgid "" -"In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will " -"appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically " -"computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross." +"In case you manually edit the *Suggested Replenishment* quantity, a small " +"cross will appear on the left hand side of the cell. In case you want to go " +"back to the automatically computed value given by Odoo, simply click the " +"cross." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 msgid "Cells color signification" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:67 msgid "" -"The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different " -"colors depending on the situation:" +"The cells, which are part of the *Suggested Replenishment* line, can take " +"different colors depending on the situation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:70 msgid "" "**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " "expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " "demand forecast." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:72 msgid "" "**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " "still matches current data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:74 msgid "" "**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " "was too high considering current data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:76 msgid "" "**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" " was too low considering current data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:78 msgid "" "The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " "stock will be negative during the period in question." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:82 msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:84 msgid "" "You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " "replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " "replenishment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:89 msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:91 msgid "" "You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" " that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " "can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:98 msgid "" "You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " "the right of its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8 msgid "Purchase" -msgstr "Einkauf" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Purchase** helps you keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, " +"and purchase orders. Learn how to keep track of purchase tender, automate " +"replenishments and follow up on your orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Fortgeschritten" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" @@ -6938,7 +6932,7 @@ msgid "" "export it as an Excel file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5 msgid "Manage deals" msgstr "" @@ -7585,12 +7579,11 @@ msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " "might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower" -" than 0.01, first :doc:`activate the Developer Mode " -"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> Decimal " -"Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* accordingly. " -"For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of 0.00001, set " -"*Digits* to 5." +" than 0.01, first activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then " +"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> " +"Decimal Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* " +"accordingly. For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of " +"0.00001, set *Digits* to 5." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index fdc18ac33..9e83f6200 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -3,21 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# JackTheHunter , 2021 -# Chris Egal , 2021 -# Oliver Roch , 2021 -# philku79 , 2021 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: philku79 , 2021\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-11-02 08:37+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:49+0000\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -25,30 +17,33 @@ msgstr "" "Language: de\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing.rst:5 msgid "Marketing" -msgstr "Marketing" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:8 msgid "Marketing Automation" -msgstr "Marketing-Automatisierung" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:11 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Marketing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Fortgeschritten" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 msgid "Understanding Metrics" -msgstr "Kennzahlen verstehen" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 msgid "" "Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " "of linking your employees to goals." msgstr "" -"Kennzahlen sind Werte die Ihnen dabei helfen Fortschritt zu messen. Sie " -"können ein mächtiges Werkzeug sein, um Ihre Mitarbeiter dabei zu " -"unterstützen ihre Ziele zu erreichen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -69,7 +64,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." -msgstr "20 Datensätze erfüllen die Bedingungen." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -140,11 +135,11 @@ msgid "" "the beginning (parent action)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8 msgid "SMS Marketing" -msgstr "SMS Marketing" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing.rst:5 msgid "Pricing and FAQ" msgstr "" @@ -203,8 +198,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 msgid "" -"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ `_." +"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ " +"`_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 @@ -259,7 +254,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 msgid "Yes." -msgstr "Ja." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" @@ -289,85 +284,89 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " "record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " -":doc:`Developer mode ` under " -":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." +":ref:`developer mode ` under :menuselection:`Technical --> " +"SMS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:106 msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:108 msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:111 msgid "" "**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " "lose credits?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:113 msgid "" "Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " "Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " "credit will be lost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:117 msgid "" "**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" " ticket for a festival)?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:119 msgid "" "The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " "charged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:122 msgid "" "**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:124 msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:127 msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:129 msgid "" "Please find our `Privacy Policy here `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:131 msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:133 msgid "" "Yes, but it is not possible out of the box. Our experts can help you " "customize your database to make it happen. Please, check our success packs " "`here `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey.rst:3 -msgid "Survey" -msgstr "Umfrage" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:8 +msgid "Surveys" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:11 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Surveys `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Übersicht" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:3 msgid "Get Started with Surveys" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:5 msgid "" "Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting " "customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased " @@ -376,11 +375,11 @@ msgid "" "market is thinking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:11 msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Beginnen" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:13 msgid "" "When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* " "field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as " @@ -388,15 +387,15 @@ msgid "" "recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:22 msgid "Tab: Questions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:24 msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:27 msgid "" "On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and " "the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and " @@ -404,19 +403,19 @@ msgid "" "without answering the respective question." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:29 msgid "" "Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and " "different possibilities. Examples:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:31 msgid "" "*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length " "(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:33 msgid "" "*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or" " a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the" @@ -425,86 +424,86 @@ msgid "" "with which a text type field is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:37 msgid "" "*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per " "row." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:44 msgid "Tab: Description" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:46 msgid "" "Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's " "homepage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:53 msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:56 msgid "Tab: Options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:58 msgid "" "Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing " "*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* " "becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:67 msgid "Test and share the survey" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:70 msgid "" "Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential " "errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the " "details of the respondent and his answers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:72 msgid "" "By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of " "entries clean with only real participants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:79 msgid "" "Another way to access detailed answers is by going to " ":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:80 msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:87 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`scoring`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:35 msgid ":doc:`time_random`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:3 msgid "Scoring Surveys" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:5 msgid "" "To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall" " satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The " "points are summed up to give your respondent a final score." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:9 msgid "" "On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab " "*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring " @@ -512,7 +511,7 @@ msgid "" "answer and score." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:17 msgid "" "Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully " "taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The " @@ -520,7 +519,7 @@ msgid "" "finish it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:25 msgid "" "Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to " "the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors " @@ -528,15 +527,15 @@ msgid "" "badges." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:3 msgid "Time and Randomize Questions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:6 msgid "Time Limit" -msgstr "Zeitlimit" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:10 msgid "" "On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain " "period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same " @@ -544,29 +543,29 @@ msgid "" " looking at external resources." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:11 msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:17 msgid "" "A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining " "time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers" " saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:21 msgid "Selection" -msgstr "Auswahl" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:25 msgid "" "When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a" " random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful" " to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:27 msgid "" "To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, " "under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section " diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index f7c7148b6..69161371c 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -3,21 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Rudolf Schnapka , 2021 -# Chris Egal , 2021 -# philku79 , 2021 -# e2f , 2021 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: e2f , 2021\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-03-18 14:56+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:49+0000\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -25,451 +17,17 @@ msgstr "" "Language: de\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity.rst:5 msgid "Productivity" -msgstr "Produktivität" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:8 msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "Diskussion" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Fortgeschritten" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 -msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " -"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" -" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 -msgid "Scope of this documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " -"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " -"unlike `Odoo Online `__ & `Odoo.sh " -"`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " -"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " -"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " -"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " -"reputation yourself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " -"own email solution with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from " -"hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation " -"`__ to make it work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39 -msgid "How to manage outbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 -msgid "" -"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " -"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " -"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " -"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:45 -msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:50 -msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " -"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " -"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:57 -msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:61 -msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" -" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation `__ to configure" -" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:69 -msgid "How to use a G Suite server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 -msgid "" -"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " -"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " -"`Google documentation " -"`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:77 -msgid "Be SPF-compliant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" -" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " -"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:82 -msgid "" -"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " -"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." -" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " -"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Find `here `__ the exact procedure to " -"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " -"usually happens more quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " -"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " -"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:99 -msgid "Allow DKIM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 -msgid "" -"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " -"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " -"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " -"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108 -msgid "Restriction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," -" 465 or 2525." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:114 -msgid "How to manage inbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:116 -msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:118 -msgid "" -"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " -"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " -"alias (**catchall@**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:122 -msgid "" -"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " -"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " -"`__ to opt-out invalid " -"recipients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:126 -msgid "" -"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " -"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " -"`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " -"`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:133 -msgid "" -"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project `__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " -"`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:137 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "usw." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " -"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " -"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:143 -msgid "" -"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " -"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:145 -msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:150 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " -"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " -"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " -"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " -"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:159 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " -"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " -"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " -"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " -"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " -"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " -"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169 -msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:167 -msgid "" -"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " -"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " -":doc:`Developer mode `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " -"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " -"mail.bounce.alias*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:177 -msgid "" -"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " -"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " -"`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " -"Fetchmail Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:186 -msgid "Set up different dedicated servers for transactional and mass mails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:188 -msgid "" -"Odoo's e-mail server has the capability of sending 200 e-mails per day on " -"Odoo SH Cloud Platform. However, if needed, you can use a separate Mail " -"Transfer Agent (MTA) servers for transactional e-mails and mass mailings. " -"Example: use Odoo's own mail server for transactional e-mails, and Sendgrid," -" Amazon SES, or Mailgun for mass mailings. Another alternative is to use " -"Postmark for transactional e-mails, and Amazon SES or Sendgrid for mass " -"mailings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:196 -msgid "" -"A default outgoing email server is already configured. You should not create" -" an alternative one unless you want to use a specific external outgoing " -"email server for technical reasons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:199 -msgid "" -"To do this, you should first enable the :doc:`Developer mode " -"` and then go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Outgoing` e-mail servers. There " -"you have to create two e-mail MTA server settings. One for transactional " -"e-mails and one for mass mail servers. Be sure to mark the priority of " -"transactional e-mail servers as low as the mass email servers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Now, go to :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Settings` and enable " -"*Dedicated Server*. With these settings, Odoo uses the server with the lower" -" priority for transactional emails, and the server here selected for mass " -"mails. Note that in this case, you have to set your domain's Sender Policy " -"Framework (SPF) records to include both transactional and mass mail servers." -" If your server resides with xxxx.odoo.com, the available options are " -"Sendinblue and Mailchimp, as your e-mails would be originated from the " -"xxxx.odoo.com domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 -msgid "Email Templates" -msgstr "E-Mail-Vorlagen" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 -msgid "" -"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " -"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " -"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " -"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " -"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " -"improving their overall experience with the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 -msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The :doc:`Developer mode ` must be " -"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 -msgid "" -"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " -"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this " -"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " -"job applicants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To " -"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " -"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " -"with the highest priority is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," -" saving space in your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 -msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you " -"would like to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the " -"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily" -" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before " -"sending it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Übersicht" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 msgid "Get Started with Discuss" @@ -484,38 +42,38 @@ msgid "" "transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 msgid "Choose your notifications preference" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:15 msgid "" "Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " "to be handled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 msgid "" "By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " "and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " "through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:24 msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:30 msgid "" "The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" " ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 msgid "Start Chatting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:40 msgid "" "The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " "asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " @@ -523,40 +81,40 @@ msgid "" " of where you are in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 msgid "" "To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" " your browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:52 msgid "" "To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " "*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:60 msgid "" "You can also create :doc:`public and private channels `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:63 msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 msgid "" "To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " "to a channel, type *#channel-name*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:68 msgid "" "A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " "through email, depending on his settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:75 msgid "" "When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " "first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " @@ -564,11 +122,11 @@ msgid "" " scope of the search becomes all partners." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 msgid "Chat status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 msgid "" "It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " "respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " @@ -576,29 +134,29 @@ msgid "" "menu*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 msgid "Green = online" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 msgid "Orange = away" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 msgid "White = offline" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 msgid "Airplane = out of the office" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 @@ -818,13 +376,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot.rst:8 msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:6 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" @@ -901,8 +461,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:60 msgid "" "If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " -"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" -"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " +"(e.g. this token " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should" +" become " "**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." msgstr "" @@ -1012,7 +573,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:30 msgid "Set Up" -msgstr "Einrichten" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -1150,7 +711,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 msgid "Printer" -msgstr "Drucker" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 msgid "My printer is not detected" @@ -1211,7 +772,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 msgid "Barcode Scanner" -msgstr "Barcode Lesegerät" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" @@ -1255,7 +816,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 msgid "Cashdrawer" -msgstr "Kassenschublade" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" @@ -1267,9 +828,9 @@ msgid "" "checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:5 msgid "Devices" -msgstr "Geräte" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 msgid "Connect a Camera" @@ -1289,7 +850,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 msgid "Connection" -msgstr "Verbindung" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -1619,9 +1180,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:17 msgid "" -"If your scale is `compatibale with Odoo IoT Box `_, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " -"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +"If your scale is `compatibale with Odoo IoT Box " +"`_, there is no need to set up " +"anything because it will be automatically detected as soon as it is " +"connected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 @@ -1656,11 +1218,302 @@ msgid "" "price to the cart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:3 -msgid "Studio" -msgstr "Studio" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:5 +msgid "Mail Plugins" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Mail Plugins are connectors that bridge your mailbox with your Odoo " +"database. With them, you can interact with your Odoo database directly from " +"your mailbox by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:16 +msgid "Creating leads and centralizing prospects' emails into the CRM app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:17 +msgid "Generating tasks in any Odoo project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:18 +msgid "Creating tickets in the Helpdesk app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:19 +msgid "Searching and storing insights on your contacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Mail Plugins are available for :doc:`Outlook ` and " +":doc:`Gmail `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:27 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:29 +msgid "Mail Plugins are **free** to install and use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:31 +msgid "" +"However, they can provide **Lead Enrichment**, which is part of a paid " +"service known as **Lead Generation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Mail plugins allow you to test Lead Enrichment for free, whether you connect" +" the plugins to a database or not. After a while, the plugins ask you to buy" +" :doc:`../general/in_app_purchase` credits if you would like to keep using " +"this service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:41 +msgid "Lead Generation IAP service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Lead Enrichment uses the *Lead Generation IAP service*. Each request " +"consumes one *Lead Generation credit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> CRM --> Lead Enrichment " +"--> Buy credits` and select a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are out of credits, the only information populated when clicking on " +"the suggested company is its website link and logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Check out the `Lead Generation IAP service Privacy Policy " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:56 +msgid ":doc:`../general/in_app_purchase`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:57 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Lead Enrichment `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:3 +msgid "Gmail Plugin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Gmail :doc:`Mail Plugin <../mail_plugins>` needs to be configured both " +"on Odoo and Gmail." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:13 +msgid "Enable Mail Plugin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:15 +msgid "" +"First, you need to enable the *Mail Plugin* feature in your database. Go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, enable " +"*Mail Plugin*, and *Save* the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:21 +msgid "Install the Gmail Plugin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Open the `Gmail Plugin Apps Script project " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Verify you are logged in using the Google account you want to install the " +"plugin on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:28 +msgid "Click on *Publish* then *Deploy from manifest...*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Make sure you are using the legacy editor; otherwise the *Deploy from " +"manifest* functionality may not be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Click on *Install add-on*. A \"Deployment installed\" notification should " +"appear. You can then click on *Close*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:52 +msgid "Configure your Gmail mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Open any email in your Gmail mailbox. On the right-side panel, click on the " +"Odoo icon and then *Authorize Access*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:61 +msgid "Choose the right Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:67 +msgid "Allow the Gmail Plugin to access some of your data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The right-side panel can now display **Company Insights**. At the bottom, " +"click on *Login*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Only a limited amount of *Company Insights* (*Lead Enrichment*) requests are" +" available as a trial. This feature requires :ref:`prepaid credits " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:78 +msgid "Enter your Odoo database URL and click on *Login*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:90 +msgid "If you aren't logged into your database, enter your credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:91 +msgid "Click on *Allow* to let the Gmail Plugin connect to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:3 +msgid "Outlook Plugin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Outlook :doc:`Mail Plugin <../mail_plugins>` needs to be configured both" +" on Odoo and Outlook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:21 +msgid "Install the Outlook Plugin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:23 +msgid "Open your Outlook mailbox and select any email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:25 +msgid "Click on the *More actions* button and select *Get Add-ins*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:31 +msgid "Select the *My add-ins* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Under *Custom add-ins*, click on *+ Add a custom add-in*, and then on *Add " +"from URL...*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Enter the following URL " +"`https://download.odoo.com/plugins/v15/outlook/manifest.xml` and press *OK*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:50 +msgid "Read the warning and click on *Install*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:59 +msgid "Connect your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Open any email in your Outlook mailbox, click on the *More actions* button, " +"and select *Odoo for Outlook*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:84 +msgid "Click on *Allow* to open the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:92 +msgid "Click on *Allow* to let the Outlook Plugin connect to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:101 +msgid "Add a shortcut to the plugin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:103 +msgid "" +"By default, the Outlook Plugin can be opened from the *More actions* menu. " +"However, to save time, it's possible to add it next to the other default " +"actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:106 +msgid "" +"In your Outlook mailbox, click on *Settings*, then on *View all Outlook " +"settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Select *Customize actions* under *Mail*, click on *Odoo for Outlook*, and " +"then *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:118 +msgid "Open any email; the shortcut should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:8 +msgid "Studio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Learn all you need in order to build custom applications: customize views, " +"create specific reports, automate actions, define approval workflows, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:14 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Studio `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts.rst:5 msgid "Concepts" msgstr "" @@ -1790,7 +1643,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:50 msgid "" "*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email " -"<../../discuss/advanced/email_template>` is sent." +"` is sent." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 @@ -2026,7 +1879,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:87 msgid "" -"A **Menu** is a button that executes and action. In Odoo Studio, to create " +"A **Menu** is a button that executes an action. In Odoo Studio, to create " "menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*." msgstr "" @@ -2034,7 +1887,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "`Studio Basics `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to.rst:5 msgid "How To" msgstr "" @@ -2169,10 +2022,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:40 msgid "" "**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups " -"` can have access to specific " -"elements in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets" -" the visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users " -"belonging to other groups do not see the same final document." +"` can have access to specific elements in the " +"report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets the visibility " +"of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users belonging to other " +"groups do not see the same final document." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:46 @@ -2184,10 +2037,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:53 msgid "" -"If activating the :doc:`Developer mode " -"`, additional fields such as " -"*Class* under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become" -" visible." +"If activating the :ref:`developer mode `, additional fields " +"such as *Class* under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under " +"*Report*, become visible." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:56 @@ -2213,9 +2065,9 @@ msgid "" " have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases.rst:5 msgid "Use Cases" -msgstr "Anwendungsfälle" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Automated Actions" @@ -2517,9 +2369,7 @@ msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"` and open Studio." +msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode ` and open Studio." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:122 diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 941fa70a3..5476820c0 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -4,23 +4,16 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Leon Grill , 2021 -# Florian Pose , 2021 -# philku79 , 2021 -# Andreas Stauder , 2021 -# Jan Meyer, 2021 -# Kevin Harrings , 2021 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Chris Egal , 2021 +# Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2022 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Chris Egal , 2021\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-04-08 13:26+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:49+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2022\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -28,16 +21,28 @@ msgstr "" "Language: de\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../content/applications/sales.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/sales.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:8 msgid "Sales" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:8 msgid "CRM" -msgstr "Kundenverwaltung" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo CRM** helps you organize your sales activities: track leads, close " +"opportunities and get accurate forecasts. Keep opportunities organized with " +"the pipeline and manage your day-to-day activities with meetings and next " +"activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: CRM `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:5 msgid "Acquire leads" msgstr "" @@ -63,8 +68,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 @@ -72,15 +77,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:31 @@ -121,7 +129,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 msgid "Merge opportunities" -msgstr "Chancen zusammenführen" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -289,7 +297,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You will now have a new button **Generate Leads** available in your " "pipeline. You are also able to create lead mining requests from the " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` and trough " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` and through " ":menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** " "button." msgstr "" @@ -329,10 +337,9 @@ msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:138 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Preiskalkulation" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -352,16 +359,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:169 msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 -msgid "" -":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) " -"`" +msgid ":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 @@ -376,7 +380,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 msgid "Create a new quotation" -msgstr "Ein neues Angebot erstellen" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -406,7 +410,7 @@ msgid "" "view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize.rst:5 msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" msgstr "" @@ -532,252 +536,6 @@ msgid "" " --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:3 -msgid "Outlook Extension" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Odoo CRM Extension** is a connector that bridges your Outlook mailbox " -"with your Odoo database. This extension allows you to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:8 -msgid "Create leads from emails sent to your mailbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:9 -msgid "Centralize Prospects' emails into a CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:10 -msgid "Search and store insights on your contacts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:17 -msgid "" -"This extension is compatible with the Web version of Outlook as well as the " -"desktop apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The Outlook Extension uses *Partner Autocomplete IAP credits* to search and " -"store insights on your contacts. See the :ref:`Pricing section " -"` below for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The Outlook Extension requires to be configured both in Odoo and in Outlook." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:34 -msgid "Enable the feature on your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To enable this feature on your Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> " -"Configuration --> Lead Generation`, enable **Outlook CRM Extension**, and " -"click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:42 -msgid "Install the add-in on Outlook" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can install the Outlook Extension as a **Custom Add-in**. To do so, " -"follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "URL of the **Odoo for Outlook** add-in's manifest file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "``https://download.odoo.com/plugins/outlook/manifest.xml``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Zu erledigen" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 -msgid "add copy button when the feature is added to the doc" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Connect to your Outlook mailbox, open any email, and click on the *More " -"actions* button, displayed as three little dots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:59 -msgid "Click on *Get add-ins*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In the new window, select the tab named *My add-ins*, click on *+ Add a " -"custom add-in*, and then on *Add from URL...*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Outlook prompts you to **enter the URL of the add-in's manifest file**. To " -"do so, copy the following URL, paste it in the box, and click on *OK*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Outlook warns you that Microsoft hasn’t verified the add-in. Click on " -"*Install* to complete the installation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The *Odoo for Outlook* add-in is not listed yet on Outlook's add-ins list. " -"This is why it is currently necessary to install it as a *custom add-in*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:90 -msgid "Add a shortcut to open the extension" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:92 -msgid "" -"By default, you can open the **Odoo for Outlook** extension from the *More " -"actions* menu. This section explains how to move the launcher next to the " -"other default actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:99 -msgid "" -"In your Outlook mailbox, click on *Settings*, then on *View all Outlook " -"settings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Mail --> Customize actions --> Message " -"surface`, select *Odoo for Outlook*, and click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:109 -msgid "Connect to your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Open **Odoo for Outlook** from any email. This opens the extension as a " -"panel on the right side of your screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:113 -msgid "Click on *login* at the bottom of the extension." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:114 -msgid "Insert your database's URL then click on *Login*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Log into your database by entering your credentials. Skip this step if you " -"are already logged in with this browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:122 -msgid "" -"A message asks you if you want to let Outlook access your Odoo database. " -"Click on *Allow* to complete the connection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Make sure first to :ref:`enable the feature on your database " -"`. Failing to do so would result in an " -"*error 404 message*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The extension displays some information, even if you do not connect it to " -"any Odoo database. Note that only a limited amount of contact enrichment " -"requests are available as a trial, as this feature requires prepaid credits." -" See the :ref:`Pricing section ` below for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:140 -msgid "" -"The extension is **free** and doesn't require any purchase to be installed " -"and used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:142 -msgid "" -"However, this extension provides you with *Lead Enrichment* in the **Company" -" Insights** section. This service is part of a paid service known as **Lead " -"Generation**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:145 -msgid "" -"The extension allows you to test this service for free, whether you connect " -"the extension to a database or not. After a while, the extension asks you to" -" buy credits to keep using this additional service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:155 -msgid "" -"You can buy more *Lead Generation* credits to keep using this service or " -"disregard this message and keep using the extension for free without *Lead " -"Enrichment*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:159 -msgid "In-App Purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:162 -msgid "" -"*Lead Generation* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires " -"prepaid credits to be used. Each request consumes one credit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:164 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " -"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:167 -msgid "" -"If you run out of credits, the only information populated when clicking on " -"the suggested company is the website link and logo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:171 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:174 -msgid ":doc:`../../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:175 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Lead Enrichment `_" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" msgstr "" @@ -823,6 +581,12 @@ msgid "" " prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " +"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 msgid "" "If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " @@ -835,10 +599,135 @@ msgid "" "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance.rst:5 msgid "Analyze performance" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 +msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly " +"from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales " +"commission plans, budgets, project forecasts, etc. Formulas are written in " +"Python but programming skills are not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 +msgid "" +"From the *General Settings*, active *Google Drive* and *Google Spreadsheet*." +" The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* are now " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, link your Google account with Odoo going to :menuselection:`Get " +"Authorization Code --> select your Google account --> enter your password " +"--> copy the code --> paste it into the Authorization Code field`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 +msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 +msgid "" +"From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to " +"Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 +msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by " +"Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 +msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 +msgid "From this new file, configure your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> " +"Username --> Password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 +msgid "Applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You have 2 different formulas of using Google Spreadsheet in Odoo: retrieve " +"data and retrieve grouped sums." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested" +" takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no " +"specific size limit, since the time for Odoo to respond depends on several " +"factors - although reading data regarding several thousand records is " +"usually fine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 +msgid "Retrieve Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse " +"(table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the " +"information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 +msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 +msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group " +"(table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to " +"display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 +msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 +msgid "Other uses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create " +"Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" msgstr "" @@ -869,7 +758,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline.rst:5 msgid "Organize the pipeline" msgstr "" @@ -1036,7 +925,7 @@ msgid "" " it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:5 msgid "Assign and track leads" msgstr "" @@ -1047,7 +936,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 msgid "" "With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" -" criterias." +" criteria." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 @@ -1075,7 +964,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 msgid "" "Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " -"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." +"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criteria as you wish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 @@ -1200,11 +1089,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:8 msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "Point of Sale" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With **Odoo Point of Sale**, run your shops or restaurants easily. The app " +"runs on the browser, but is able to continue working even if you are " +"offline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Point of Sale Tutorials `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:15 +msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes Documentations `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:5 msgid "Pricing Features" msgstr "" @@ -1225,7 +1131,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "Barcode-Nomenklatur" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." @@ -1498,7 +1404,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:5 msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" msgstr "" @@ -1538,9 +1444,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 msgid "" -"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example `__)" +"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example " +"`__)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 @@ -1555,11 +1461,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Einrichtung" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 msgid "IoT Box" -msgstr "IoT Box" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -1572,8 +1478,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:88 msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -1642,9 +1549,201 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Übersicht" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:3 +msgid "Self-signed certificate for ePOS printers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:5 +msgid "" +"ePos printers are designed specifically to work with your Point of Sale " +"system, which sends the tickets directly to the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Some models don't require an IoT box, but the connection between your web " +"browser and the printer may require a :doc:`secure connection with the HTTPS" +" protocol `. If so, a self-signed certificate is necessary to use " +"your printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Please check the following list of compatible `Epson ePOS printers " +"`_. " +"This list includes the following models:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:17 +msgid "TM-H6000IV-DT (Receipt printer only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:18 +msgid "TM-T70II-DT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:19 +msgid "TM-T88V-DT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:20 +msgid "TM-L90-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:21 +msgid "TM-T20II-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:22 +msgid "TM-T70-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:23 +msgid "TM-T82II-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:24 +msgid "TM-T83II-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:25 +msgid "TM-T88V-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:26 +msgid "TM-U220-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:27 +msgid "TM-m10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:28 +msgid "TM-m30" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:29 +msgid "TM-P20 (Wi-Fi® model)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:30 +msgid "TM-P60II (Receipt: Wi-Fi® model)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:31 +msgid "TM-P60II (Peeler: Wi-Fi® model)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:32 +msgid "TM-P80 (Wi-Fi® model)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:35 +msgid "Generate a Self-signed certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Access your ePOS printer's settings with your web browser by navigating to " +"its IP address, for example, `http://192.168.1.25`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:41 +msgid "The printer automatically prints the IP address during startup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:42 +msgid "" +"We recommend assigning a **fixed IP address** to the printer from the " +"network router." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Authentication --> Certificate List` and create a new " +"**Self-Signed Certificate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:47 +msgid "" +"**Common Name**: the IP address of the ePos Printer, for example, " +"`192.168.1.25`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:48 +msgid "**Validity Period**: `10`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Create and reboot the printer, go to :menuselection:`Security --> SSL/TLS`, " +"and check if **Selfsigned Certificate** is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:54 +msgid "Export the Self-signed certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To avoid having to accept the self-signed certificate several times, you can" +" export it and then import it to your web browser or mobile device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To do so, access your ePOS printer's settings with your web browser by " +"navigating to its IP address, for example, `https://192.168.1.25`. Then, " +"accept the self-signed certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:63 +msgid "Note that the protocol is now **HTTPS**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Connection is not secure --> Certificate is not " +"valid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Go to the *Details* tab and click on **Copy to file**. Select X.509 in base " +"64 and save it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:75 +msgid "Import the Self-signed certificate to Windows (Using Chrome)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In your Chrome browser, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Privacy and " +"security --> Security --> Manage certificates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Go to the *Trusted Root Certification Authorities* tab and click on " +"**Import** and select your previous file. Accept all warnings and restart " +"your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:84 +msgid "Import the Self-signed certificate to your Android device" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"On your Android device, open the settings and search for *certificate*. " +"Then, click on **Certificate AC** (Install from device storage), and select " +"the certificate." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting started" @@ -1732,45 +1831,49 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 +msgid "You can use both `,` and `.` on your keyboard as decimal separators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:85 msgid "Return and refund products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 msgid "" "Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " "and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:90 msgid "" "To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " "the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " "repeat the process individually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:97 msgid "" "When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " "process the payment and validate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:105 msgid "Close the PoS session" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:107 msgid "" "To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " "the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" " the dashboard view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:115 msgid "" "It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:117 msgid "" "Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " "payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " @@ -1778,7 +1881,7 @@ msgid "" "post the closing entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:126 msgid "" "To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " "docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database " @@ -1786,27 +1889,67 @@ msgid "" "for the PoS `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:132 msgid "View your statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 msgid "" "Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " "That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:137 msgid "" "To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " "Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " "pivot form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:145 msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/https.rst:3 +msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/https.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If **Direct Devices** is enabled in a Point of Sale settings (for example, " +"if you use an ePos printer), HTTP becomes the default protocol." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/https.rst:9 +msgid "Force your Point of Sale to use a secure connection (HTTPS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/https.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Add a new **key** in the **System Parameters** to force your Point of Sale " +"to use a secure connection with the HTTPS protocol." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/https.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " +"Parameters`, then create a new parameter, add the following values and click" +" on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/https.rst:18 +msgid "**Key**: `point_of_sale.enforce_https`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/https.rst:19 +msgid "**Value**: `True`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/https.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`epos_ssc`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 msgid "Register customers" msgstr "" @@ -1842,15 +1985,16 @@ msgid "" "any future transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment.rst:5 msgid "Payment Terminals" -msgstr "Zahlungsterminals" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 msgid "Connect an Ingenico Payment Terminal to your PoS" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:5 msgid "" "Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " "your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." @@ -1863,8 +2007,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:15 msgid "Connect an IoT Box" -msgstr "Schließen Sie eine IoT-Box an" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -1886,13 +2031,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 msgid "" -"Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " +"Now, click on connection change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " "(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " "port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " "in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:65 msgid "Configure the payment method" msgstr "" @@ -1911,6 +2057,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:88 msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" msgstr "" @@ -1933,13 +2080,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" -" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." +" Odoo even if the connection between the terminal and Odoo has issues." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 msgid "" "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " -"you the connexion failed." +"you the connection failed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 @@ -1980,8 +2127,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 msgid "" "Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal " -"option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." +"Methods`, create a new payment method for SIX, select the appropriate " +"journal, select *SIX* in the **Use a Payment Terminal** field, then enter " +"your payment terminal IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:31 +msgid "The journal's type must be *bank* to select a payment terminal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 @@ -2007,7 +2159,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" -" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." +" Odoo even if the connection between the terminal and Odoo encounters " +"issues." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 @@ -2053,7 +2206,164 @@ msgid "" "payment method and… that’s all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Worldline Payment Terminal to the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:9 +msgid "Please note that Worldline is currently only available in Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Connecting a Worldline Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect one to your database, " +"please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:22 +msgid "Configure the protocol" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:24 +msgid "" +"From your terminal, click on :menuselection:`\".\" --> 3 --> stop --> 3 --> " +"0 --> 9`. Enter the technician password **\"1235789\"** and click on " +":menuselection:`OK --> 4 --> 2`. Then, click on :menuselection:`Change --> " +"CTEP (as Protocole ECR) --> OK`. Click on **OK** thrice on the subsequent " +"screens (*CTEP ticket ECR*, *ECR ticket width*, and *Character set*). " +"Finally, press **Stop** three times; the terminal automatically restarts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:31 +msgid "Here are some useful :ref:`tips `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:34 +msgid "Set the IP address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:36 +msgid "" +"From your terminal, click on :menuselection:`\".\" --> 3 --> stop --> 3 --> " +"0 --> 9`. Enter the technician password **\"1235789\"** and click on " +":menuselection:`OK --> 4 --> 9`. Then, click on :menuselection:`Change --> " +"TCP/IP` (*TCP physical configuration* screen) :menuselection:`--> OK --> OK`" +" (*TCP Configuration client* screen)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:41 +msgid "Finally, set up the hostname and port number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:44 +msgid "Hostname" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To set up the hostname, enter your IoT box's IP address' sequence numbers " +"and press **OK** at each \".\" until you reach the colon symbol." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:48 +msgid "Then, press **OK** twice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:0 +msgid "Here's an IP address sequence: `10.30.19.4:8069`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:0 +msgid "" +"On the *Hostname screen*, type :menuselection:`10 --> OK --> 30 --> OK --> " +"19 --> OK --> 4 --> OK --> OK`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Your IoT box's IP address is available in your IoT Box application's " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:59 +msgid "Port number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On the *Port number* screen, enter **\"9001\"** and click on " +":menuselection:`OK` (*ECR protocol SSL no*) :menuselection:`--> OK`. Click " +"on **Stop** three times; the terminal automatically restarts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:67 +msgid "" +"From the Point of Sale application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Payment terminals` and activate the *Worldline* payment " +"terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment methods` and create a " +"new payment method for *Worldline*. Select the payment terminal *Worldline* " +"and your payment terminal device on your *Payment Method form*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:80 +msgid "Technician password: `1235789`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:81 +msgid "" +"To reach Wordline's technical assistance, call `02 727 61 11` and choose " +"\"merchant\". Your call is automatically transferred to the desired service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Configure the cashier terminal if you have both a customer and a cashier " +"terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To avoid blocking the terminal, check the initial configuration beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Set a fixed IP to your IoT Box’s router to prevent losing the connexion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:90 +msgid "" +"When processing a payment, select *Worldline* as payment method. Check the " +"amount and click on *Send*. Once the payment is successful, the status " +"changes to *Payment Successful*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is processed, the type of card used and the transaction ID" +" appear on the payment record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:100 +msgid "" +"In case of connexion issues between Odoo and the payment terminal, force the" +" payment by clicking on *Force Done*, which allows you to validate the " +"order. This option is only available after receiving an error message " +"informing you that the connection failed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:104 +msgid "To cancel the payment request, click on **cancel**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:5 msgid "Restaurant Features" msgstr "" @@ -2400,7 +2710,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop.rst:5 msgid "Shop Features" msgstr "" @@ -2531,7 +2841,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 msgid "Cash Rounding" -msgstr "Bargeld-Runden" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2789,7 +3099,169 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:3 +msgid "Rental" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:5 +msgid "**Odoo Rental** is a comprehensive solution to manage your rentals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:7 +msgid "" +"From a single view, you can send out quotations, confirm orders, schedule " +"rentals, register when products are picked up and returned, and invoice your" +" customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:11 +msgid "`Odoo Rental: product page `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:12 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Rental `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:17 +msgid "Rental Pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Rental --> Products`, select or create a product, and " +"click on the product's *Rental* tab. Under *Rental Pricing*, click on *Add a" +" price*. Then choose a *Unit* of time (hours, days, weeks, or months), a " +"*Duration*, and a *Price*. You can add as many price lines as necessary, " +"usually to give out discounts for longer rental durations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Under *Reservations*, you can add fines for any *Extra Hour* or *Extra Day*." +" You can also set a *Security Time*, expressed in hours, to make the product" +" temporarily unavailable between two rental orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you want to rent a product created outside of the Rental app, do not " +"forget to tick *Can be Rented* under the product's name. By default, this " +"option is ticked when you create a product directly from the Rental app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:42 +msgid "Computing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Odoo always uses two rules to compute the price of a product when you create" +" a rental order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:46 +msgid "Only one price line is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:47 +msgid "The cheapest line is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:50 +msgid "Consider the following rental pricing configuration for a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:52 +msgid "1 day: $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:53 +msgid "3 days: $250" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:54 +msgid "1 week: $500" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:56 +msgid "" +"A customer wants to rent this product for eight days. What price will they " +"pay?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:58 +msgid "" +"After an order is created, Odoo selects the second line as this is the " +"cheapest option. The customer has to pay three times '3 days' to cover the " +"rental's eight days, for a total of $750." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:64 +msgid "Customer signature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can ask your customers to sign a rental agreement outlining the " +"arrangement between you and your customers before they pick up products to " +"make sure your products are returned on time and in their original " +"condition. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Rental --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, activate *Digital Documents*, and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:76 +msgid "" +"This feature requires the :doc:`Sign <../finance/sign>` app. If necessary, " +"Odoo installs it after activating *Digital Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Once the app settings are saved, you have the option to change the default " +"*Rental Agreement* from the dropdown menu. You can pick any document already" +" uploaded to the *Sign* app, or upload a new one to the *Sign* app by " +"clicking on *Upload Template*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To request a customer signature, select a confirmed rental order, click on " +"*Sign Documents*, choose the document template and click on *Sign Documents*" +" again. On the next window, select your customer and click on *Sign Now* to " +"start the signing process with your customer. Once the document is " +"completed, click on *Validate & Send Completed Document*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:89 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Sign `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:94 +msgid "Pickup and Return receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You can print and give your customers receipts when they pick up and/or " +"return products. To do so, open any rental order, click on *Print* and " +"select *Pickup and Return Receipt*. Odoo then generates a PDF detailing all " +"information about the current status of the rented items: which were picked " +"up, when they are expected to be returned, which were returned, and " +"potential rental delay costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Sales** is the application to run your sales process (from quotation " +"to sales order) and deliver and invoice what has been sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Sales Tutorials `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced Topics" msgstr "" @@ -2855,7 +3327,7 @@ msgid "" "contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector.rst:5 msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "" @@ -2942,7 +3414,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 msgid "Charges" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kosten" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "Delivery created" @@ -3084,12 +3556,12 @@ msgid "Amazon.nl" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:105 msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:160 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" @@ -3122,26 +3594,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 msgid "" "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " -"the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"`, navigate to your Amazon account and" -" modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " -"Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you " -"wish to synchronize and save." +"the last synchronization, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, navigate to your Amazon account and modify the date under " +":menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior " +"to the last status change of the order that you wish to synchronize and " +"save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:25 msgid "" "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -":doc:`Developer mode `, head to your " -"Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with " -"pickings by clicking on **SYNC PICKINGS**." +":ref:`developer mode `, head to your Amazon account and " +"click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with pickings by clicking on " +"**SYNC PICKINGS**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:30 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:32 msgid "" "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " "picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " @@ -3149,18 +3621,31 @@ msgid "" "products partially by using backorders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:36 msgid "" "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " "Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " "it) is on its way." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Amazon requires to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. You'll " +"need to assign a carrier. If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a " +"tracking reference, you'll need to set one manually. This concerns all " +"marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:45 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "" "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " "move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " @@ -3171,14 +3656,14 @@ msgid "" "under the FBA program." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 msgid "" "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " "adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " "replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:62 msgid "" "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " "accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" @@ -3190,24 +3675,24 @@ msgid "" " your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72 msgid "" "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " "in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " "of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:77 msgid "" "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " "orders based on the sales team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 msgid "" "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " "invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " @@ -3218,11 +3703,11 @@ msgid "" "account by the amount received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:87 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 msgid "" "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " "this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " @@ -3230,13 +3715,13 @@ msgid "" " of your company's accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 msgid "" "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " "perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 msgid "" "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " "similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " @@ -3246,8 +3731,8 @@ msgid "" "two registrations of your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr "" @@ -3411,17 +3896,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 msgid "" -"To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"` and navigate to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " -"Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." +"To modify the default products, activate the :ref:`developer mode " +"` and navigate to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:105 msgid "Configure taxes of products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:107 msgid "" "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " "the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " @@ -3430,7 +3914,7 @@ msgid "" " subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:113 msgid "" "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " "Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " @@ -3438,11 +3922,11 @@ msgid "" "reconciling the payments in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:120 msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:122 msgid "" "Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil, are not officially " "supported by Odoo but might be compatible with your seller account. These " @@ -3451,7 +3935,7 @@ msgid "" "natively supported marketplaces." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:128 msgid "" "To find out if a marketplace is eventually compatible, check the `Amazon " "Documentation " @@ -3460,19 +3944,19 @@ msgid "" "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:132 msgid "" -"To add a new marketplace, you must first enable :doc:`Developer mode " -"`." +"To add a new marketplace, you must first activate the :ref:`developer mode " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:134 msgid "" "Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:137 msgid "" "From there, you can create a new marketplace record. You will need the " "Marketplace ID and Endpoint for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon" @@ -3480,7 +3964,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:141 msgid "" "Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.`` to easily retrieve it (for" " instance: ``Amazon.se``). The **Code**, **Domain** and **API Identifier** " @@ -3488,7 +3972,7 @@ msgid "" "and *MarketplaceId* values from the Amazon Documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:145 msgid "" "Once the marketplace is saved, you should then update the Amazon Account " "configuration by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " @@ -3501,14 +3985,14 @@ msgid "" " it is either incompatible or unavailable for your seller account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:154 msgid "" "As manually added marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo, there " "is no guarantee that adding one as described above will work, nor can this " "be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector.rst:5 msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "" @@ -3553,7 +4037,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" "When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " -"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" +"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is slightly different. In" " the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " "well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." msgstr "" @@ -3580,7 +4064,7 @@ msgid "" "or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " "apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item " "specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " -"If theses values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " +"If these values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " "listing." msgstr "" @@ -3639,62 +4123,154 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 -msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" +msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 msgid "" +"Since September 2021, **eBay requires supporting customer account " +"deletion/closure notifications**. As such, when eBay receives an account " +"request for deletion, all eBay partners must confirm the reception of the " +"request and take further action if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo has a notification endpoint to receive those notifications, confirm the" +" reception of the request, and handle the first set of actions to anonymize " +"the account details in **Contacts** and remove the customer's access to the " +"portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up your subscription to the marketplace " +"account deletion notifications ` as eBay may temporarily disable the related eBay account " +"until the subscription is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +msgid "Retrieve endpoint details from Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The endpoint details can be found in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration" +" --> Settings --> eBay`. Click on *Generate Token* to retrieve your " +"**Verification Token**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:70 +msgid "Subscribe to account deletion notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Log in on the `developer portal of eBay `_ " +"and go to **Alerts & Notifications**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To subscribe to deletion/closure notifications, eBay needs a few details:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"An **email address** to send notifications to if the endpoint is " +"unreachable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:82 +msgid "The **endpoint details**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:84 +msgid "The URL to Odoo's account deletion notification endpoint" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:85 +msgid "A verification token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:92 +msgid "" +"You can edit the last two fields once the email address field is filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +msgid "Verify the connectivity with the endpoint" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +msgid "" +"After setting the retrieved endpoint details in eBay's dashboard, consider " +"testing the connectivity with the **Send Test Notification** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You should get the following confirmation message: \"A test notification was" +" sent successfully!\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:107 +msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:109 +msgid "" "If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " "synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " "that eBay enforces." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 msgid "" -"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developped; " +"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developed; " "however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " "systems running in parallel in existing installations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:116 msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode `." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 +msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:119 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:120 msgid "" "Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " "product status*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 msgid "" "Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " "every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " "synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:124 msgid "" "Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " "near future" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 msgid "" "Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " "of the old one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:5 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "" @@ -3837,9 +4413,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 msgid "" "It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " -"while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an " -"consultant paying an hotel to work on the site of your client. As a company," -" you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." +"while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of a " +"consultant paying for a hotel to work on the site of your client. As a " +"company, you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 @@ -4256,11 +4832,11 @@ msgid "" "will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices.rst:5 msgid "Products & Prices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices.rst:5 msgid "Manage your pricing" msgstr "" @@ -4426,7 +5002,7 @@ msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. " "Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost " "price, or to another pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or " -"surcharges and can be forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and " +"surcharges and can be forced to fit within floor (minimum margin) and " "ceilings (maximum margins). Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar" " or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." msgstr "" @@ -4527,7 +5103,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products.rst:5 msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "" @@ -4578,8 +5154,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 msgid "" -"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one" -" of your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." +"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one " +"from your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 @@ -4617,6 +5193,197 @@ msgid "" "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:3 +msgid "Automatically get product images with Google Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The product images are very useful in Odoo, for example, to quickly find a " +"product or check if you scanned the right one, but it can be a bit painful " +"to set up especially if you have a lot of products. **Google Custom Search**" +" allows finding images automatically for your product, based on their " +"barcode, keeping your focus on what matters in your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:15 +msgid "This functionnality requires configuration both on Google and on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:17 +msgid "" +"With a free Google account, you can get up to 100 free images per day. If " +"you need a higher rate, you'll have to upgrade to a billing account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:23 +msgid "Google API dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Go to the `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " +"`_ page to generate Google Custom " +"Search API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Select or create an API project to store the credentials. Give it an " +"explicit name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In the credentials section, click on **Create Credentials** and select **API" +" Keys**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:37 +msgid "Save your **API Key**. You'll need it for the next step in Odoo!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Use the search bar to look for **Google Custom Search API** and select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:45 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:54 +msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " +"`_ and click on **Get " +"Started**. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Fill the language and the name of the search engine. Give it an explicit " +"name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Google doesn't allow to create a search engine without having entered at " +"least one specific site to search on. You can put any website (e.g. " +"www.google.com) for this step, we will remove it later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Validate the form by clicking on **Create**. Then, go to the edition mode of" +" the search engine that you created (either by clicking on **Control Panel**" +" on the confirmation page or by clicking on the name of your Search Engine " +"on the Home page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In the **basics** tab, make sure to enable **Image search**, **SafeSearch** " +"and **Search the entire web**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Once **Search the entire web** is enabled, you can safely delete the site " +"that you put at the previous step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Save your **Search Engine Id**. You’ll need it for the next step in Odoo!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, " +"activate **Google Images** and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Go back to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings--> Integrations`, " +"enter your **API Key** and **Search Engine ID** in **Google Images** " +"settings and save again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:99 +msgid "Automatically get your product images in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The action to automatically get your product images in Odoo appears in any " +"Products or Product Variants list view. Here is a step-by-step guide from " +"the Inventory app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Go to the Products menu (:menuselection:`Products --> Products` or " +":menuselection:`Products --> Product Variants`) from any application that " +"uses products like Inventory or Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:107 +msgid "On the list view, select the products that needs an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Only the 10,000 first selected products or product variants will be " +"processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Only the products or product variants with a barcode and without an image " +"will be processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If you select a product that has one or more variants from the Products " +"view, each variant matching the previous criteria will be processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:117 +msgid "" +"In the action menu, select **Get Pictures from Google Images** and validate " +"by clicking on **Get picture**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:120 +msgid "You should see your images appearing incrementally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Only the 10 first images are fetched immediatly. If you selected more than " +"10, the rest will be fetched as a background job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:125 +msgid "" +"The background job process about 100 images in a minute. If you reach the " +"quota authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan), the " +"background job will put itself on hold for 24 hours and continue where it " +"stopped the day before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:130 +msgid "" +"`Create, modify, or close your Google Cloud Billing account " +"`_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 msgid "Using product variants" msgstr "" @@ -4937,20 +5704,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 msgid "" "`Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:225 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill`" +":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:5 msgid "Set taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations.rst:5 msgid "Send Quotations" msgstr "" @@ -5114,9 +5881,9 @@ msgid "" "will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before " "creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our " "documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as " -":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " -":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " -":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers` documentation." +":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " +":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " +":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_acquirers` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 @@ -5143,15 +5910,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 @@ -5506,9 +6273,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:8 msgid "Subscriptions" -msgstr "Abonnements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Subscriptions** is used to run recurring businesses: sell new " +"contracts, upsell customers, keep the churn under control and have reporting" +" on the main KPIs: MRR, ARR, retention, churn, upselling, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:15 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Subscriptions " +"`_" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:3 msgid "Add subscription products" @@ -5713,9 +6493,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up.rst:5 msgid "Follow-up" -msgstr "Erinnerung" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:3 msgid "Set up automatic alerts" @@ -5834,9 +6614,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting.rst:5 msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Berichtswesen" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:3 msgid "Generate subscription reports" @@ -5904,7 +6684,7 @@ msgid "" "rate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:40 msgid "Let's imagine a 2$ increase in a subscription service." msgstr "" @@ -6008,7 +6788,7 @@ msgid "" "you want to apply and the salesperson you want to analyze." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow.rst:5 msgid "Sales flow" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index e214f43ab..9969df5fe 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -3,21 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Wolfgang Taferner, 2021 -# Michael Schütt , 2021 -# Leon Grill , 2021 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# philku79 , 2021 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: philku79 , 2021\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-03-18 14:56+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:49+0000\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -25,18 +17,24 @@ msgstr "" "Language: de\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../content/applications/services.rst:3 ../../content/services.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services.rst:5 msgid "Services" -msgstr "Dienstleistungen" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm.rst:8 msgid "Field Service" -msgstr "Außendienst" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm.rst:11 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Field Service `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:8 msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "Kundendienst" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 msgid "Plan onsite interventions from helpdesk tickets" @@ -65,9 +63,9 @@ msgid "" " Click on it to create a new task under your field service project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales.rst:5 msgid "Sales" -msgstr "Verkauf" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 msgid "Create onsite interventions from sales orders" @@ -82,7 +80,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:8 msgid "Configure a product" -msgstr "Ein Produkt konfigurieren" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -121,9 +119,13 @@ msgid "" "directly accessible from the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:11 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Helpdesk `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Fortgeschritten" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 msgid "After Sales Features" @@ -151,7 +153,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" -msgstr "Gutschriften aus Tickets generieren" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -163,7 +165,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" -msgstr "Produktrückgaben von Tickets zulassen" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -271,10 +273,10 @@ msgid "" "Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Übersicht" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 msgid "Forum and eLearning" @@ -282,7 +284,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 msgid "Forum" -msgstr "Forum" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -329,7 +331,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 msgid "eLearning" -msgstr "eLearning" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -358,7 +360,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Zu erledigen" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -459,12 +461,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/odoo_basics/users`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 msgid "Ratings" -msgstr "Bewertungen" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -542,7 +544,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 msgid "Email Alias" -msgstr "E-Mail Alias" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -567,7 +569,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 msgid "Website Form" -msgstr "Website Formular" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -589,7 +591,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "Live-Chat" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -639,7 +641,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`sla`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 @@ -783,7 +785,7 @@ msgid "" " keep track of upcoming deadlines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:5 msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" msgstr "" @@ -936,7 +938,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -965,13 +967,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:8 msgid "Project" -msgstr "Projekt" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:11 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Project and Timesheets " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks.rst:5 msgid "Tasks" -msgstr "Aufgaben" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" @@ -999,7 +1008,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 msgid "" "**For more information**: " -":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 @@ -1028,9 +1037,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:8 msgid "Timesheets" -msgstr "Zeiterfassung" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3 msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation" @@ -1046,9 +1055,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9 msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode `, " -"go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if " -"you like." +"Activate the :ref:`developer mode `, go to *Timesheets*, and" +" change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if you like." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 @@ -1087,273 +1095,15 @@ msgid "" "project/task." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support.rst:4 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Support" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:6 -msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " -"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " -"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:17 -msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:19 -msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:21 -msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Release date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 -msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "|green|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 -msgid "October 2020" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 -msgid "Odoo 13.saas~4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 -msgid "N/A" -msgstr "Nicht verfügbar" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 -msgid "August 2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 -msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 -msgid "October 2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 -msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "October 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 -msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 -msgid "|orange|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 -msgid "April 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 -msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 -msgid "|red|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 -msgid "October 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 -msgid "March 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 -msgid "January 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 -msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 -msgid "October 2016" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 -msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 -msgid "May 2016" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "October 2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 -msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 -msgid "February 2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 -msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 -msgid "September 2014" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:58 -msgid "|green| Supported version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:60 -msgid "|red| End-of-support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:62 -msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:64 -msgid "" -"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " -"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " -"upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:66 -msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:79 -msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:81 -msgid "" -"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:83 -msgid "" -"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:85 -msgid "" -"You should consider `upgrading `_ your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:6 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:7 msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:10 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:11 msgid "5 days a week" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:13 msgid "" "Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " "cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " @@ -1361,166 +1111,104 @@ msgid "" " be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:17 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:18 msgid "" "Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " "`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:21 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:22 msgid "What kind of support is included?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:24 msgid "" "Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " "etc...)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:26 msgid "" "Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." " “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:28 msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 msgid "" "Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " "misconfiguration or customization)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:31 msgid "" "Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " "version" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:33 msgid "" "*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" " agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:37 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:38 msgid "What kind of support is not included?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:40 msgid "" "Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " "help you implement your database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:42 msgid "" "Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " "resources)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 msgid "Import of documents into your database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 msgid "" "Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " "database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 msgid "" "How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " "Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:47 msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:47 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 msgid "" "Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " "etc)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 msgid "" "Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " "either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " "involving code)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:52 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:53 msgid "" -"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack `__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" -" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " -"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:4 -msgid "Where to find help?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:8 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise" -msgstr "Odoo Enterprise" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " -"support teams through our `support form `_, no " -"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " -"server)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14 -msgid "Please include in your request:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 -msgid "your subscription number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17 -msgid "" -"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " -"Odoo.sh)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 -msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23 -msgid "Odoo Community" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 -msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 -msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 -msgid "Our `documentation pages `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Ask your question on the `community forum " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 -msgid "" -":doc:`Buy Odoo Enterprise ` to get the support " -"and bugfix services." +"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack " +"`__. With a pack, one of our consultants" +" will analyze the way your business runs and tell you how you can get the " +"most out of your Odoo Database. We will handle all configurations and coach " +"you on how to use Odoo." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po index d8702f399..eb6d3209e 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po @@ -3,17 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 15:03+0000\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3 msgid "Settings" -msgstr "Einstellungen" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6 msgid "Users and Features" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sphinx.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sphinx.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c2b0617b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sphinx.po @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-04-08 13:26+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 15:03+0000\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/footer.html:3 +msgid "Get Help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/footer.html:5 +msgid "Contact Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/footer.html:6 +msgid "Ask the Odoo Community" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/header.html:11 +msgid "Try Odoo for FREE" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:3 +msgid "Odoo Documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:8 +msgid "User Docs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:9 +msgid "" +"Discover our guide to help you use and configure the platform, by " +"applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:10 +msgid "Top Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:14 +msgid "Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:19 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:24 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:29 +msgid "Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:35 +msgid "Install and Maintain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:36 +msgid "" +"Learn how to install, deploy and upgrade Odoo on premise or on Odoo.sh." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:37 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:66 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:98 +msgid "Top Links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:41 +msgid "Installing Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:46 +msgid "Bugfix updates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:51 +msgid "Upgrading Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:56 +msgid "Odoo.sh: The Odoo Cloud Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:64 +msgid "Developer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:65 +msgid "" +"Learn to develop in Odoo by reading the framework references and programmer " +"tutorials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:70 +msgid "Tutorial: Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:75 +msgid "ORM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:80 +msgid "Regular Views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:85 +msgid "QWeb Views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:90 +msgid "External API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:96 +msgid "Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:97 +msgid "" +"You want to contribute to Odoo but don't know where to start? The tutorials " +"and guidelines are there to help you make Odoo even better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:102 +msgid "Write documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:107 +msgid "Content guidelines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/page_toc.html:2 +msgid "On this page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/search.html:10 +msgid "Please activate JavaScript to enable the search functionality." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 61821c6cc..1d81d8d19 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -3,25 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Jérôme JEK , 2021 -# Thomas Neu , 2021 -# philku79 , 2021 -# e2f , 2021 -# Ralf Hilgenstock , 2021 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Ermin Trevisan , 2021 -# JackTheHunter , 2021 -# Chris Egal , 2021 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Chris Egal , 2021\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-03-18 14:56+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 15:03+0000\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -29,17 +17,43 @@ msgstr "" "Language: de\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../content/applications/websites.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites.rst:5 msgid "Websites" -msgstr "Websites" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:8 msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "eCommerce" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Run a modern open-source online store with Odoo eCommerce. Learn how to sell" +" online, promote products and increase your average cart sizes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers a :ref:`free custom domain name ` to " +"all Odoo Online databases for one year. Visitors can then access your " +"website with an address such as ``www.example.com`` rather than the default " +"``example.odoo.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:20 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Website `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:21 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: eCommerce `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Beginnen" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 msgid "How to customize my catalog page" @@ -47,7 +61,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "Produktkatalog" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -138,7 +152,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products.rst:5 msgid "Manage my products" msgstr "" @@ -170,128 +184,178 @@ msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage product variants" +msgid "Manage product variants" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " -"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " -"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " -"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " -"available options." +"customers on the product's page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:8 msgid "" -"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " -"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +"Let's say one of your customers selects a T-shirt from your product catalog." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 -msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Then, they choose the size and color they want. The various size and color " +"combinations are known as product variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:14 +msgid "Create attributes & variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to create various attributes and variants for your products, you " +"first need to turn on *Variants* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Then, select a product from the Products list (:menuselection:`Sales / " +"Website --> Products --> Products`). When the product detail form opens, " +"click on *Edit*, and go to the *Variants* tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 msgid "" -"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " -"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " -"are 2 values for 1 attribute." +"Here, you can add as many different attributes as you'd like by clicking on " +"*Add a line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:24 +msgid "These attributes appear as three different types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:26 +msgid "Radio buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:27 +msgid "Color buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:28 +msgid "Drop-down menu" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 -msgid "How to edit variants" +msgid "" +"Several variants appear as soon as there are two values for one attribute." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 -msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." +msgid "Don't forget to hit *Save* once all variants have been entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 -msgid "You can edit following data:" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:39 +msgid "Edit variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 -msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 -msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "Volume," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 -msgid "Weight," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 -msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:41 msgid "" -"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " -"to populate them once the variants generated." +"After you hit *Save*, you are able to see all the variants from the product " +"template detail form via the *Variants* smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Clicking the *Variants* smart button takes you to the Product Variants page," +" where you can edit the following data for each specific variant:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:51 +msgid "Picture(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:52 +msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "Barcode" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 +msgid "Volume" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:55 +msgid "Weight" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:56 +msgid "Cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:59 msgid "" -"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " -"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " -"variants." +"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " +"to populate them once the variants are generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 -msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:63 +msgid "Set specific prices per variant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:65 msgid "" -"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " -"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." +"You can set a specific public price per variant by clicking on *Configure " +"Variants* in the product detail form (top-left corner). That takes you to " +"the *Product Variant Values* page for that product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:72 msgid "" -"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " -"attribute value is selected." +"To set a specific public price for a particular variant, simply click on the" +" variant you want to modify, then click on *Edit*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:75 +msgid "" +"The *Value Price Extra* field represents the monetary value that is added to" +" the original product price whenever the corresponding attribute value is " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "This is how the *Value Price Extra* looks on your website:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:89 msgid "" "Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " "product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 -msgid "How to disable/archive variants" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:93 +msgid "Disable/archive variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:95 msgid "" -"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " -"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " -"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." +"You can disable/archive specific variants so they are no longer available in" +" quotes or on your website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, etc.). " +"Simply select *Archive* in their detail form. You can reactivate them the " +"same way." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:103 msgid "" -"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " -"list. You can reactivate them the same way." +"To retrieve such items, hit *Archived* in the *Filters* category while " +"searching the variants list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:110 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:5 msgid "Maximize my revenue" msgstr "" @@ -443,7 +507,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Einrichtung" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -583,11 +647,11 @@ msgid "" "page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/publish.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/publish.rst:5 msgid "Launch my website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:5 msgid "Get paid" msgstr "" @@ -683,7 +747,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgid ":doc:`../../../finance/payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:62 @@ -707,7 +771,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "Registrieren" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -737,18 +801,22 @@ msgid "" "will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/taxes.rst:5 msgid "Collect taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:8 msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "Live-Chat" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:11 +msgid "`Live Chat: product page `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:6 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Übersicht" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" @@ -866,7 +934,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 msgid "Ratings" -msgstr "Bewertungen" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -877,7 +945,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 msgid "Customer Rating" -msgstr "Kundenbewertung" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -997,13 +1065,19 @@ msgid "" "shortcut word you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:8 msgid "Website" -msgstr "Website" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Discover the best **Open-Source Website Builder** and learn how to build " +"beautiful websites that convert visitors into leads or revenues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize.rst:5 msgid "Optimize" -msgstr "Optimieren" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" @@ -1137,7 +1211,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -1272,7 +1346,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:39 msgid "Keywords" -msgstr "Schlüsselworter" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -1307,8 +1381,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:62 msgid "" "**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " -"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: `odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1 `_" +"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " +"`odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:66 @@ -1377,7 +1452,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:116 msgid "Facebook Page" -msgstr "Facebook-Seite" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -1388,7 +1463,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:123 msgid "Twitter Scroller" -msgstr "Twitter Scroller" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -1713,7 +1788,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:312 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Überblick" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:314 msgid "" @@ -1723,8 +1798,8 @@ msgid "" " load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " "abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" " load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " -"`__." +"`__." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:325 @@ -1746,7 +1821,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:334 msgid "Images" -msgstr "Bilder" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:336 msgid "" @@ -1987,109 +2062,108 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:483 msgid "" -"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode `," -" the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's " -"much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with the Chrome debugger as " -"CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed from their original " -"versions." +"If you work on :ref:`developer mode `, the CSS and " +"Javascript are neither concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. " +"But it allows you to easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and " +"Javascript resources are not transformed from their original versions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:488 msgid "CDN" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:490 msgid "" "If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " "images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" " Network has three advantages:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:494 msgid "" "Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" " around the globe)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:497 msgid "" "Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " "server)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:501 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:500 msgid "" "Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " "resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " "domain)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:504 msgid "" "You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" " Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:511 msgid "HTML Pages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:513 msgid "" "The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " "server (NGINX or Apache)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:516 msgid "" "The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " "HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " "usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:520 msgid "" "As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " "paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " "following code:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:524 msgid "``

My Text

``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:526 msgid "" "Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " "code:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:529 msgid "``

My Text

``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:532 msgid "Responsive Design" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:534 msgid "" "Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " "engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " "according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:541 msgid "" "As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " "website are mobile friendly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:545 msgid "Browser Caching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:547 msgid "" "Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " "when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " @@ -2099,56 +2173,57 @@ msgid "" "your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:554 msgid "" "This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " "XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:559 msgid "Scalability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:561 msgid "" "In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " "and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " "provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " "Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197 `_" +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197 " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:568 msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Zu erledigen" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:568 msgid "fix above link" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:570 msgid "" "Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " "eCommerce." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:576 msgid "Search Engines Files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:579 msgid "Sitemap" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:581 msgid "" "The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " "generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " "reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:585 msgid "" "By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " "have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " @@ -2157,22 +2232,22 @@ msgid "" "chunks per file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:591 msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:593 msgid "```` : the URL of a page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:595 msgid "" "```` : last modification date of the resource, computed " "automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" " could be the last modification date of the product or the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:600 msgid "" "```` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" " their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" @@ -2180,11 +2255,11 @@ msgid "" "it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:607 msgid "Structured Data Markup" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:609 msgid "" "Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " "results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " @@ -2192,13 +2267,13 @@ msgid "" "presented search results." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:615 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:614 msgid "" "Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " "Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:617 msgid "" "Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " "`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " @@ -2206,273 +2281,123 @@ msgid "" "in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:627 msgid "robots.txt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:630 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:629 msgid "" "When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " "indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " "etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:633 msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:636 msgid "" "It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " "other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " "address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:641 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:640 msgid "" -"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode " -"` from *Settings --> Technical --> " -"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a" -" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not " -"reset the file after system upgrades." +"You can customize the file *robots* in :ref:`developer mode ` from *Settings --> Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude " +"robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model " +"Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not reset the file after system " +"upgrades." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:3 +msgid "Unsplash (free images)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:6 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**As a SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow " +"this guide to set up Unsplash information since you will use our own Odoo " +"Unsplash key in a transparent way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:13 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for non-Saas users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:15 +msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"`_ and click on **New " +"Application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:23 +msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " +"**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " +"that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on " +"**Create application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" +" to find your **access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:42 +msgid "" +"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " +"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " +"50 Unsplash requests per hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:46 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash application ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:49 +msgid "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"`_ and click on your newly created " +"Unsplash application under **Your applications**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " +"ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" +" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:65 +msgid "" +"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " +"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " +"requests per hour restriction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish.rst:5 msgid "Publish" -msgstr "Veröffentlichen" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my own domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " -"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " -"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 -msgid "What is a good domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " -"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " -"domain. Here are some tips:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 -msgid "Simple and obvious" -msgstr "Einfach und naheliegend" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 -msgid "Easy to remember and spell" -msgstr "Einfach zu merken und zu buchstabieren" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 -msgid "The shorter the better" -msgstr "Je kürzer, desto besser" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 -msgid "Avoid special characters" -msgstr "Möglichst keine Spezialzeichen" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 -msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" -msgstr "" -"Suchen Sie nach einer Domain mit .com und/oder Ihrer Landeserweiterung" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 -msgid "How to buy a domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 -msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 -msgid "`GoDaddy `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 -msgid "`Namecheap `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 -msgid "`OVH `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " -"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 -msgid "`GoDaddy `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " -"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " -"This is Odoo's job!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 -msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 -msgid "" -"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " -"yourcompany.odoo.com):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 -msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 -msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 -msgid "" -"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " -"www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 -msgid "" -"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 -msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." -" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " -"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 -msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 -msgid "`GoDaddy `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 -msgid "" -"`OVH " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 -msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " -"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 -msgid "" -"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " -"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " -"and ACME protocol `__. In order to " -"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " -"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 -msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 -msgid "" -"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" -" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:99 -msgid "How to make sure that all my URLs use my custom domain?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:101 -msgid "" -"To set up the root URL of your website and of all the links sent in emails, " -"you can ask an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* " -"group) to perform a login from the login screen. It's as simple as that!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:103 -msgid "" -"If you want to do it manually, you can go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Technical --> System Parameters` . Find the entry called ``web.base.url`` " -"(you can create it if it does not exist) and enter the full URL of your " -"website, like ``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:107 -msgid "" -"The URL must include the protocol (``https://`` or ``http://``) and must not" -" end by a slash (``/``)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:109 -msgid "" -"If you want to block the root URL update when an administrator logs in, you " -"can add a System Parameter called ``web.base.url.freeze`` with its value " -"set to ``True``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:113 -msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:115 -msgid "" -"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," -" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " -"Odoo cloud platforms/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 @@ -2523,8 +2448,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 msgid "" "If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" -" Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See " -":doc:`domain_name`." +" Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See :ref:`domain-" +"name/existing`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 @@ -2559,7 +2484,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 msgid "Add features" -msgstr "Features hinzufügen" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -2606,7 +2531,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 msgid "etc." -msgstr "usw." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." @@ -2632,7 +2557,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" +msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/domain_names`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 @@ -2668,7 +2593,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 msgid "Products" -msgstr "Produkte" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" @@ -2676,7 +2601,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 msgid "Blogs" -msgstr "Blogs" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 msgid "Slide Channels" @@ -2684,15 +2609,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 msgid "Forums" -msgstr "Forenverzeichnis" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 msgid "Events" -msgstr "Events" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 msgid "Job Positions" -msgstr "Arbeitsstellen" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -2732,7 +2657,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "Multi-Unternehmen" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 msgid "" @@ -2804,7 +2729,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 msgid "Pricelists" -msgstr "Preislisten" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 msgid "" @@ -2936,7 +2861,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." +msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 @@ -3007,7 +2932,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:12 msgid "Process" -msgstr "Prozess" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -3016,58 +2941,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:17 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " -"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " -"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " -"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " -"install anything, and follow the next step." +msgid "You can only translate your website manually, follow the next step." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:19 msgid "" "Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " "**Add a language**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:25 msgid "" "Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " "click on **Load.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:31 msgid "" "You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " "that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " "some of the text has been translated automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:38 msgid "" "To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " "**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:45 -msgid "" -"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" -" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " -"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " -"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, follow `this " -"link `_ in order to create one. You need" -" to ask for a public key and a private key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " -"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " -"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " -"automatically." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index bffbee3e7..7018969fd 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ # Lucia Pacheco , 2022 # Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2022 # Martin Trigaux, 2022 +# marcescu, 2022 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -24,7 +25,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2022-04-08 13:26+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 14:59+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2022\n" +"Last-Translator: marcescu, 2022\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -89,16 +90,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Once done, you'll have to wait a bit while KeyCDN_ is crawling your website." msgstr "" +"Una vez hecho esto, tendrá que esperar un poco mientras KeyCDN_ rastrea su " +"sitio web." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:32 msgid "" "a new URL has been generated for your Zone, in this case it is " "``http://pulltest-b49.kxcdn.com``" msgstr "" +"Una nueva URL se ha generado para su Zona, en este caso es " +"``http://pulltest-b49.kxcdn.com``" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:36 msgid "Step 2: Configure the odoo instance with your zone" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paso 2: Configure la instancia de odoo con su zona" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -107,22 +112,30 @@ msgid "" "Base URL` field. This field is only visible and configurable if you have " "developer mode activated." msgstr "" +"En el back end de Odoo, vaya al menú :guilabel:`Configuración del sitio`:, " +"luego active el soporte de CDN y copie/pegue la URL de su zona en el campo " +":guilabel:`URL base de CDN`. Este campo sólo es visible y configurable si " +"tiene activado el modo desarrollador." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:46 msgid "" "Now your website is using the CDN for the resources matching the " ":guilabel:`CDN filters` regular expressions." msgstr "" +"Ahora su sitio web está utilizando la CDN para los recursos que coinciden " +"con las expresiones regulares :guilabel:`CDN filters`." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:49 msgid "" "You can have a look to the HTML of your website in order to check if the CDN" " integration is properly working." msgstr "" +"Puede echar un vistazo al HTML de su sitio web para comprobar si la " +"integración del CDN funciona correctamente." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:57 msgid "Why should I activate CORS?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Por qué debo activar el CORS?" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -130,6 +143,9 @@ msgid "" "writing) prevents a remotely linked CSS file to fetch relative resources on " "this same external server." msgstr "" +"Una restricción de seguridad en algunos navegadores (Firefox y Chrome en el " +"momento de escribir este artículo) impide que un archivo CSS vinculado " +"remotamente obtenga recursos relativos en este mismo servidor externo." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -138,18 +154,24 @@ msgid "" " icons because the font file declared in the font-awesome CSS won't be " "loaded on the remote server." msgstr "" +"Si no activas la opción CORS en la zona CDN, el problema resultante más " +"obvio en un sitio web de Odoo por defecto será la falta de iconos de font-" +"awesome porque el archivo de fuente declarado en el CSS de font-awesome no " +"se cargará en el servidor remoto." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:68 msgid "Here's what you would see on your homepage in such a case:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Esto es lo que vería en su página de inicio en tal caso:" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:73 msgid "A security error message will also appear in the browser's console:" msgstr "" +"También aparecerá un mensaje de error de seguridad en la consola del " +"navegador:" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:78 msgid "Enabling the CORS option in the CDN fixes this issue." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La activación de la opción CORS en el CDN soluciona este problema." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:3 msgid "System configuration" @@ -162,6 +184,10 @@ msgid "" "is not generally necessary for a development systems that is not exposed on " "the internet." msgstr "" +"Este documento describe los pasos básicos para configurar Odoo en producción" +" o en un servidor orientado a Internet .Sigue :ref:`installation " +"`, y, por lo general, no es necesario para un sistema de " +"desarrollo que no esté expuesto en internet." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:10 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index e5bf73cad..b05a43c85 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -21,8 +21,8 @@ # Fernando La Chica , 2021 # Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2022 # Martin Trigaux, 2022 -# Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2022 # Lucia Pacheco , 2022 +# Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2022 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2022-04-08 13:26+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:48+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Lucia Pacheco , 2022\n" +"Last-Translator: Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2022\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1064,7 +1064,7 @@ msgstr "**Un paso (envío)**: Enviar directamente desde existencias" msgid "" "**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" msgstr "" -"**Dos pasos (elejir + enviar)**: Traer bienes a la ubicación de salida antes" +"**Dos pasos (elegir + enviar)**: Traer bienes a la ubicación de salida antes" " del envío" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 @@ -1072,7 +1072,7 @@ msgid "" "**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " "location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" msgstr "" -"**Tres pasos (elejir + empacar + enviar)**: Hacer empaques dentro de una " +"**Tres pasos (elegir + empacar + enviar)**: Hacer empaques dentro de una " "ubicación destinada para, traerlos a la ubicación de salida para envío" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 3f6216bdd..4224fd508 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ # JM Mas, 2022 # Khadija Mbazaa , 2022 # Martin Trigaux, 2022 +# Cécile Collart , 2022 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -29,7 +30,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2022-04-08 13:26+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 14:59+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2022\n" +"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2022\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -305,7 +306,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:488 #: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:659 msgid "PostgreSQL" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PostgreSQL" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -361,7 +362,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:119 msgid "Configuring Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurer Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -404,7 +405,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:142 msgid "the PostgreSQL user *must not* be a superuser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "l'utilisateur PostgreSQL *ne doit pas* être un superutilisateur" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:147 msgid "connect to a PostgreSQL server on 192.168.1.2" @@ -412,15 +413,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:148 msgid "port 5432" -msgstr "" +msgstr "port 5432" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:149 msgid "using an 'odoo' user account," -msgstr "" +msgstr "en utilisant un compte utilisateur 'odoo'," #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:150 msgid "with 'pwd' as a password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "avec 'pwd' comme mot de passe" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:151 msgid "filtering only db with a name beginning with 'mycompany'" @@ -428,7 +429,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:168 msgid "SSL Between Odoo and PostgreSQL" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SSL entre Odoo et PostgreSQL" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -437,12 +438,18 @@ msgid "" "value chosen out of 'disable', 'allow', 'prefer', 'require', 'verify-ca' or " "'verify-full'" msgstr "" +"Depuis Odoo 11.0, vous pouvez appliquer une connexion ssl entre Odoo et " +"PostgreSQL. Dans Odoo, le db_sslmode contrôle la sécurité SSL de la " +"connexion avec une valeur choisie parmi 'disable', 'allow', 'prefer', " +"'require', 'verify-ca' ou 'verify-full'" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:175 msgid "" "`PostgreSQL Doc `_" msgstr "" +"`Doc PostgreSQL `_" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:180 msgid "Builtin server" @@ -518,6 +525,8 @@ msgid "" "We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler " "ones" msgstr "" +"Nous considérons que 20% des demandes sont des demandes lourdes, tandis que " +"80% sont des demandes plus simples" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 msgid "" @@ -536,11 +545,14 @@ msgid "" "Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) " "+ (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )" msgstr "" +"RAM Nécessaire = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * " +"light_worker_ram_estimation) + (heavy_worker_ratio * " +"heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:215 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 msgid "LiveChat" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LiveChat" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:217 msgid "" @@ -588,11 +600,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:239 msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go de RAM pour Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 msgid "in ``/etc/odoo.conf``:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "dans ``/etc/odoo.conf``:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257 msgid "HTTPS" @@ -1974,7 +1986,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:3 msgid "Domain names" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Noms de domaine" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1983,23 +1995,33 @@ msgid "" "address, such as ``www.odoo.com``, rather than its server's IP address with " "a series of numbers." msgstr "" +"Un **nom de domaine** fonctionne comme une adresse pour votre site web. Cela" +" rend Internet beaucoup plus accessible aux utilisateurs car ils doivent " +"uniquement saisir une adresse, comme par exemple ``www.odoo.com``, plutôt " +"que l'adresse IP de son serveur avec une série de chiffres." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:9 msgid "" "You can use a custom domain name to access your Odoo database and websites:" msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez utiliser un nom de domaine personnalisé pour accéder à votre " +"base de données et sites web Odoo :" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:11 msgid "" "By :ref:`registering a free domain name with Odoo ` (for Odoo Online databases)" msgstr "" +"En :ref:`enregistrant un nom de domaine gratuit avec Odoo ` (pour les bases de données Odoo Online)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:13 msgid "" "By :ref:`configuring a custom domain that you already own `." msgstr "" +"En :ref:`configurant un domaine personnalisé que vous possédez déjà `." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -2007,6 +2029,9 @@ msgid "" "a subdomain of ``odoo.com`` for both the URL and the emails (e.g., " "``https://example.odoo.com``)." msgstr "" +"Les bases de données Odoo Online et Odoo.sh, y compris leurs sites Web, " +"utilisent par défaut un sous-domaine de ``odoo.com`` à la fois pour l'URL et" +" les emails (par exemple,``https://example.odoo.com``)." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -2015,10 +2040,14 @@ msgid "" "website with an address such as ``www.example.com`` rather than the default " "``example.odoo.com``." msgstr "" +"Odoo offre un :ref:`nom de domaine personnalisé gratuit ` à toutes les bases de données Odoo Online pendant 1 an. Les " +"visiteurs peuvent donc accéder à votre site web via une adresse " +"``www.example.com`` plutôt qu'avec celle par défaut ``example.odoo.com``." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:27 msgid "About domain names" -msgstr "" +msgstr "À propos des noms de domaine" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -2027,6 +2056,10 @@ msgid "" " notice. We recommend you keep them *simple, short, easy to remember and " "spell*." msgstr "" +"Avoir un **bon nom de domaine** est aussi important pour votre image de " +"marque que le nom de votre entreprise car c'est la première chose à laquelle" +" vos visiteurs seront confrontés. Nous vous recommandons de le garder " +"*simples, courts, faciles à retenir et à épeler*." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -2037,6 +2070,14 @@ msgid "" "to other websites than your main website or to specific pages (e.g., " "``experience.odoo.com`` points to a specific page.)" msgstr "" +"Un **sous-domaine** est un domaine qui fait partie d'un autre domaine. Il " +"fait souvent référence à la partie supplémentaire qui précède le nom de " +"domaine principal. Traditionnellement, la plupart des sites web utilisent le" +" sous-domaine ``www.``, mais n'importe quelle chaîne de lettres peut " +"également être utilisée. Vous pouvez utiliser des sous-domaines pour diriger" +" vos visiteurs vers d'autres sites web que le vôtre ou vers des pages " +"spécifiques (par exemple, ``experience.odoo.com`` pointe vers une page " +"spécifique.)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -2045,36 +2086,49 @@ msgid "" "servers, so any modification to the DNS can take up to 72 hours to propagate" " worldwide on all servers." msgstr "" +"Tous les noms de domaine sont référencés dans le **Domain Name System**, ou " +"**DNS**, qui fonctionne comme un annuaire géant pour Internet. Il existe de " +"nombreux serveurs DNS, donc toute modification du DNS peut prendre jusqu'à " +"72 heures pour se propager dans le monde entier sur tous les serveurs." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:46 msgid "Register a free domain name with Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enregistrer un nom de domaine gratuit avec Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:48 msgid "" "You can register a domain name for your Odoo Online database directly from " "Odoo Website or your database manager." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez enregistrer un nom de domaine pour votre base de données Odoo " +"Online directement à partir du site web d'Odoo ou via votre gestionnaire de " +"base de données." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:52 msgid "" "Your domain name is **free for one year** if you register it with Odoo!" msgstr "" +"Votre nom de domaine est **gratuit pendant un an** si vous l'enregistrez " +"avec Odoo !" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:53 msgid "" "The domain name is registered with `Gandi `_, the " "domain name registrar." msgstr "" +"Le nom de domaine est enregistré auprès de `Gandi " +"`_, le bureau d'enregistrement du nom de domaine." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:55 msgid "" "You are the owner of the domain name and can use it for other purposes." msgstr "" +"Vous êtes le propriétaire du nom de domaine et pouvez l'utiliser à d'autres " +"fins." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:56 msgid "Odoo manages payment and technical support for you." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo gère le paiement et le support technique pour vous." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -2083,24 +2137,36 @@ msgid "" "`_, click on the :guilabel:`settings` " "button next to your database, then on :guilabel:`Domain names`." msgstr "" +"Pour ce faire, allez à :menuselection:`Site Web --> Aller au site Web --> " +"Promouvoir --> Nom de domaine`. Sinon, ouvrez votre `gestionnaire de bases " +"de données `_, cliquez sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`paramètres` à côté de votre base de données, puis sur " +":guilabel:`Noms de domaine`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:66 msgid "" "Search for the domain name of your choice to check its availability, then " "select the one you want to register for your website." msgstr "" +"Recherchez le nom de domaine de votre choix pour vérifier sa disponibilité, " +"puis sélectionnez celui que vous souhaitez enregistrer pour votre site web." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:73 msgid "" "Next, fill in the form with your information to become the domain name " "owner." msgstr "" +"Ensuite, remplissez le formulaire avec vos informations pour devenir " +"propriétaire du nom de domaine." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:75 msgid "" "Your domain name is directly linked to your database, but you still have to " ":ref:`map your domain name with your website `." msgstr "" +"Votre nom de domaine est directement lié à votre base de données, mais vous " +"devez toujours :ref:`mapper votre nom de domaine avec votre site web " +"`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -2109,14 +2175,19 @@ msgid "" "request and your website to avoid abuse. This process may take up to three " "days." msgstr "" +"Les noms de domaine gratuits sont également disponibles pour les bases de " +"données Odoo Online gratuites (si vous n'avez installé qu'une seule " +"application, par exemple). Dans ce cas, Odoo examine votre demande et votre " +"site web pour éviter les abus. Ce processus peut prendre jusqu'à trois " +"jours." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:82 msgid "This is not available for Odoo.sh databases yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ceci n'est pas encore disponible pour les bases de données Odoo.sh." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:87 msgid "Manage your domain name registered with Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gérer votre nom de domaine enregistré avec Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -2126,21 +2197,31 @@ msgid "" "button next to your database, on :guilabel:`Domain names`, and then on " ":guilabel:`Contacts` or :guilabel:`DNS`." msgstr "" +"Pour gérer les enregistrements DNS de votre nom de domaine enregistré chez " +"Odoo ou pour visualiser les contacts qui lui sont associés, ouvrez votre " +"`gestionnaire de base de données `_, " +"cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`paramètres` situé à côté de votre base de " +"données, sur :guilabel:`Noms de domaine`, et enfin sur :guilabel:`Contacts` " +"ou :guilabel:`DNS`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:99 msgid "" "Please `submit a support ticket `_ if you need " "further assistance to manage your domain name." msgstr "" +"Veuillez `soumettre un ticket de support `_ si " +"vous avez besoin d'une aide supplémentaire pour gérer votre nom de domaine." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:105 msgid "Configure your existing domain name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurer votre nom de domaine existant" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:107 msgid "" "If you already own a domain name, you can use it to point to your website." msgstr "" +"Si vous possédez déjà un nom de domaine, vous pouvez l'utiliser pour pointer" +" vers votre site web." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -2148,39 +2229,54 @@ msgid "" "name/ssl>`, we highly recommend that you proceed with the following actions " "in this order:" msgstr "" +"Pour éviter tout problème avec la :ref:`Validation du certificat SSL " +"`, nous vous recommandons vivement de procéder aux actions " +"suivantes, dans cet ordre :" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:112 msgid "" ":ref:`Add a CNAME record ` on your domain name's DNS " "zone." msgstr "" +":ref:`Ajoutez un enregistrement CNAME ` sur la zone DNS " +"de votre nom de domaine." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:113 msgid "" ":ref:`Map your domain name with your Odoo database `." msgstr "" +":ref:`Mappez votre nom de domaine avec votre base de données Odoo `." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:114 msgid "" ":ref:`Map your domain name with your Odoo website `." msgstr "" +":ref:`Mappez votre nom de domaine avec votre site web Odoo `." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:119 msgid "Add a CNAME record" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ajouter un enregistrement CNAME" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:121 msgid "" "A **CNAME record** is a type of DNS record that points to the IP address of " "another website rather than to directly to an IP address." msgstr "" +"Un **enregistrement CNAME** est un type d'enregistrement DNS qui pointe vers" +" l'adresse IP d'un autre site web plutôt que directement vers une adresse " +"IP." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:124 msgid "" "You need a CNAME record that points to your Odoo database. The requirements " "are detailed in your database manager." msgstr "" +"Vous avez besoin d'un enregistrement CNAME qui pointe vers votre base de " +"données Odoo. Les exigences sont détaillées dans votre gestionnaire de base " +"de données." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:129 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:199 @@ -2193,6 +2289,8 @@ msgid "" "The target address is the current address of your database, as defined at " "its creation (e.g., ``example.odoo.com``)" msgstr "" +"L'adresse cible est l'adresse actuelle de votre base de données, telle que " +"définie lors de sa création (par exemple, ``example.odoo.com``)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:134 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:213 @@ -2207,6 +2305,8 @@ msgid "" "Your project's main address is defined in :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Project Name`." msgstr "" +"L'adresse principale de votre projet est définie dans " +":menuselection:`Paramètres --> Nom du projet`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -2215,21 +2315,30 @@ msgid "" "Settings --> Custom domains`, and click on :guilabel:`How to set up my " "domain?`. A message indicates which address your CNAME record should target." msgstr "" +"Si vous souhaitez cibler une branche spécifique (production, staging ou " +"développement), allez dans :menuselection:`Branches --> sélectionnez votre " +"branche --> Paramètres --> Domaines personnalisés`, et cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Comment définir mon domaine ?`. Un message indique l'adresse que " +"votre enregistrement CNAME doit cibler." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:143 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:185 msgid "Open your domain name's manager dashboard." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ouvrez le tableau de bord du gestionnaire de votre nom de domaine." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:144 msgid "" "Open the **DNS zone** management page for the domain name you want to " "configure." msgstr "" +"Ouvrez la page de gestion de la **zone DNS** du nom de domaine que vous " +"souhaitez configurer." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:145 msgid "Create a **CNAME record** pointing to the address of your database." msgstr "" +"Créez un **enregistrement CNAME** pointant vers l'adresse de votre base de " +"données." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -2237,6 +2346,10 @@ msgid "" "(``www.example.com``, you can of course use any domain name of your choice, " "with any subdomain (e.g., ``anything.example.com``)." msgstr "" +"Bien qu'Odoo suggère de créer un enregistrement CNAME pour votre sous-" +"domaine ``www.`` (``www.example.com``, vous pouvez bien sûr utiliser " +"n'importe quel nom de domaine de votre choix, avec n'importe quel sous-" +"domaine (par exemple, ``anything.example .com``)." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -2245,6 +2358,11 @@ msgid "" "database primarily with the domain ``www.example.com`` but also with the " ":ref:`naked domain ` ``example.com``." msgstr "" +"Vous possédez le nom de domaine ``example.com``, et vous avez une base de " +"données Odoo Online à l'adresse ``example.odoo.com``. Vous souhaitez accéder" +" à votre base de données Odoo principalement avec le domaine " +"``www.example.com`` mais aussi avec le :ref:`naked domain ` ``example.com``." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -2253,15 +2371,22 @@ msgid "" "following rule and adds it to your DNS zone: ``www IN CNAME " "example.odoo.com.``" msgstr "" +"Pour ce faire, vous créez un enregistrement CNAME pour le sous-domaine " +"``www``, avec ``example.odoo.com`` comme cible. Le gestionnaire de zone DNS " +"génère la règle suivante et l'ajoute à votre zone DNS : ``www IN CNAME " +"example.odoo.com.``" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:161 msgid "" "You also create a redirection from ``example.com`` to ``wwww.example.com``." msgstr "" +"Vous créez également une redirection de ``example.com`` vers " +"``wwww.example.com``." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:163 msgid "Your new DNS records are propagated to all DNS servers." msgstr "" +"Vos nouveaux enregistrements DNS sont propagés à tous les serveurs DNS." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:166 msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" @@ -2271,7 +2396,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:168 msgid "`GoDaddy `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`GoDaddy `_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -2279,6 +2404,9 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +"`Namecheap " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -2286,17 +2414,23 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +"`OVH " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:171 msgid "" "`CloudFlare `_" msgstr "" +"`CloudFlare `_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:172 msgid "" "`Google Domains `_" msgstr "" +"`Google Domains `_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:177 msgid "Naked domain" @@ -2325,10 +2459,12 @@ msgid "" "Depending on your domain name registrar, this redirection may be already " "pre-configured." msgstr "" +"Selon votre bureau d'enregistrement de nom de domaine, cette redirection " +"peut être déjà pré-configurée." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:195 msgid "Map your domain name with your Odoo database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mappez votre nom de domaine avec votre base de données Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -2337,6 +2473,11 @@ msgid "" "names`, and then on :guilabel:`Use my own domain` at the bottom of the right" " column." msgstr "" +"Ouvrez votre `gestionnaire de bases de données " +"`_, cliquez sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`paramètres` à côté de votre base de données, sur :guilabel:`Noms " +"de domaine`, puis sur :guilabel:`Utiliser mon propre domaine` en bas de la " +"colonne de droite." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -2344,6 +2485,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Verify` to check if the CNAME record is correctly configured. " "Once done, click on :guilabel:`I confirm, it's done`." msgstr "" +"Tapez le nom de domaine que vous souhaitez ajouter à cette base de données, " +"puis cliquez sur :guilabel:`Vérifier` pour vérifier si l'enregistrement " +"CNAME est correctement configuré. Une fois fait, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Je " +"confirme, c'est fait`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:215 msgid "" @@ -2351,6 +2496,10 @@ msgid "" "Custom domains`, type the domain name you want to add to this database, then" " click on :guilabel:`Add domain`." msgstr "" +"Allez dans :menuselection:`Branches --> Sélectionner votre branche --> " +"Paramètres --> Domaines personnalisés`, tapez le nom de domaine que vous " +"souhaitez ajouter à cette base de données, puis cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Ajouter un domaine`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -2363,6 +2512,9 @@ msgid "" "Make sure to :ref:`add a CNAME record ` to your domain " "name's DNS **before** mapping your domain name with your Odoo database." msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous d' :ref:`ajouter un enregistrement CNAME ` " +"au DNS de votre nom de domaine **avant** de mapper votre nom de domaine avec" +" votre base de données Odoo." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:229 msgid "" @@ -2371,6 +2523,10 @@ msgid "" "This is often displayed by web browsers as a warning such as *\"Your " "connection is not private\"*." msgstr "" +"Ne pas le faire pourrait empêcher la validation du :ref:`certificat SSL " +"` et entraînerait une erreur *incompatibilité de nom de " +"certificat*. Ceci est souvent affiché par les navigateurs web sous la forme " +"d'un avertissement tel que *\"Votre connexion n'est pas privée\"*." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:233 msgid "" @@ -2379,10 +2535,15 @@ msgid "" "happen. Otherwise, please `submit a support ticket " "`_ including screenshots of your CNAME records." msgstr "" +"Si tel est le cas et que vous avez ajouté le nom de domaine aux paramètres " +"de votre base de données il y a moins de cinq jours, attendez 24 heures car " +"la validation peut encore avoir lieu. Sinon, veuillez `soumettre un ticket " +"d'assistance `_ incluant des captures d'écran de " +"vos enregistrements CNAME." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:240 msgid "SSL encryption (HTTPS protocol)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chiffrement SSL (protocole HTTPS)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:242 msgid "" @@ -2391,6 +2552,11 @@ msgid "" "which appears as an ``https://`` protocol at the beginning of your web " "address, rather than a non-secure ``http://`` protocol." msgstr "" +"Le **chiffrement SSL** est un protocole de sécurité Internet basé sur le " +"chiffrement. Il permet à vos visiteurs de naviguer sur votre site web via " +"une connexion sécurisée, qui apparaît sous la forme d'un protocole " +"``https://`` au début de votre adresse web, plutôt que d'un protocole non " +"sécurisé ``http://``." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:246 msgid "" @@ -2399,22 +2565,31 @@ msgid "" "Encrypt Certificate Authority and ACME protocol " "`_." msgstr "" +"Odoo génère un certificat SSL séparé pour chaque domaine :ref:`mappé dans le" +" gestionnaire de base de données `, en utilisant " +"l'intégration avec `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority et le protocole ACME" +" `_." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:251 msgid "The certificate generation may take up to 24h." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La génération du certificat peut prendre jusqu'à 24h." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:252 msgid "" "Several attempts to validate your certificate are made during the five days " "following the moment you add your domain name in your database's settings." msgstr "" +"Plusieurs tentatives de validation de votre certificat sont effectuées dans " +"les cinq jours suivant l'ajout de votre nom de domaine dans les paramètres " +"de votre base de données." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:254 msgid "" "If you already use another service, you can keep using it or simply change " "for Odoo." msgstr "" +"Si vous utilisez déjà un autre service, vous pouvez continuer à l'utiliser " +"ou simplement changer pour Odoo." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:259 msgid "Web base URL of a database" @@ -2425,6 +2600,9 @@ msgid "" "If you have Odoo Website, you can disregard this part and directly :ref:`map" " your domain name with your website `." msgstr "" +"Si vous avez Odoo Site Web, vous pouvez ignorer cette partie et directement " +":ref:`mapper votre nom de domaine avec votre site web `." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:265 msgid "" @@ -2439,6 +2617,10 @@ msgid "" "log in as an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* " "group) from the login screen." msgstr "" +"Pour la configurer, accédez à votre base de données Odoo avec votre adresse " +"personnalisée, puis connectez-vous en tant qu'administrateur de votre base " +"de données (n'importe quel utilisateur du groupe *Paramètres*) depuis " +"l'écran de connexion." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:272 msgid "" @@ -2453,6 +2635,9 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`developer mode `, then go to :menuselection:`Settings " "--> Technical --> System Parameters`." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également le faire manuellement. Pour cela, activez le " +":ref:`mode développeur`, puis allez dans :menuselection:`Paramètres --> " +"Technique --> Paramètres du système`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:278 msgid "" @@ -2460,12 +2645,17 @@ msgid "" " enter the full address of your website as value, such as " "``https://www.example.com``." msgstr "" +"Trouvez la clé appelée ``web.base.url`` (ou créez-la si elle n'existe pas) " +"et entrez l'adresse complète de votre site web comme valeur, comme ceci " +"``https://www.example.com``." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:282 msgid "" "The URL must include the protocol ``https://`` (or ``http://``) and must not" " end with a slash (``/``)." msgstr "" +"L'URL doit inclure le protocole ``https://`` (ou ``http://``) et ne doit pas" +" se terminer par une barre oblique (``/``)." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:285 msgid "" @@ -2475,51 +2665,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:288 msgid "key: ``web.base.url.freeze``" -msgstr "" +msgstr "clé : ``web.base.url.freeze``" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:289 msgid "value: ``True``" -msgstr "" +msgstr "valeur : ``True``" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:294 msgid "Map your domain name with your website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mappez votre nom de domaine avec votre site web" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:296 msgid "" "Mapping your domain name to your website isn't the same as mapping it with " "your database:" msgstr "" +"Mapper votre nom de domaine sur votre site web n'est pas la même chose que " +"le mapper avec votre base de données :" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:298 msgid "" "It defines your domain name as the main one for your website, helping search" " engines to index your website properly." msgstr "" +"Cela définit votre nom de domaine comme le principal de votre site web, " +"aidant les moteurs de recherche à l'indexer correctement." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:300 msgid "" "It defines your domain name as the base URL for your database, including the" " portal links sent by email to your customers." msgstr "" +"Cela définit votre nom de domaine comme l'URL de base de votre base de " +"données, y compris les liens du portail envoyés par email à vos clients." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:302 msgid "" "If you have multiple websites, it maps your domain name with the appropriate" " website." msgstr "" +"Si vous avez plusieurs sites Web, cela mappera votre nom de domaine avec le " +"site Web approprié." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:304 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Website " "Info`. If you have multiple websites, select the one you want to configure." msgstr "" +"Allez dans :menuselection:`Site Web --> Configuration --> Paramètres --> " +"Infos sur le site web`. Si vous avez plusieurs sites web, sélectionnez celui" +" que vous souhaitez configurer." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:307 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Domain` field, fill in the web address of your website " "(e.g., ``https://www.example.com``) and click on :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Dans le champ :guilabel:`Domaine`, renseignez l'adresse web de votre site " +"(par exemple, ``https://www.example.com``) et cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Sauver`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:315 msgid "" @@ -2527,6 +2731,9 @@ msgid "" "indexing both your custom domain name ``www.example.com`` and your original " "odoo database address ``example.odoo.com``." msgstr "" +"Le mappage de votre nom de domaine avec votre site web Odoo empêche Google " +"d'indexer à la fois votre nom de domaine personnalisé ``www.example.com`` et" +" votre adresse de base de données Odoo ``example.odoo.com``." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:318 msgid "" @@ -2535,6 +2742,11 @@ msgid "" "`Google Search Console `_ " "to fix this." msgstr "" +"Si les deux adresses sont déjà indexées, il peut s'écouler un certain temps " +"avant que Google ne supprime l'indexation de la deuxième adresse. Vous " +"pouvez également essayer d'utiliser la `Google Search Console " +"`_ pour résoudre ce " +"problème." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:323 msgid "" @@ -2544,10 +2756,15 @@ msgid "" " the :ref:`base URL ` according to the company in " "use." msgstr "" +"Si vous avez plusieurs sites web et entreprises dans votre base de données, " +"assurez-vous de sélectionner la bonne :guilabel:`Société` dans les " +"paramètres du site web, à côté des paramètres :guilabel:`Domaine`. Cela " +"indique à Odoo quelle URL utiliser comme :ref:`URL de base ` selon la société utilisée." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:329 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:6 msgid "Upgrade Community to Enterprise" @@ -3692,7 +3909,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:6 msgid "Bugfix updates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mises à jour de correction de bogues" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:9 msgid "Introduction" @@ -7668,17 +7885,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:146 msgid "Release Notes by version" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Notes de version (par version)" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:148 msgid "" "Open our `Release Note `_ page to " "get a summary of the new features and improvements made in each version." msgstr "" +"Ouvrez notre page `Notes de version `_ pour obtenir un résumé des nouvelles fonctionnalités et des " +"améliorations apportées à chaque version." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:152 msgid "How long is my test available for" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Combien de temps mon test est-il disponible ?" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -7686,10 +7906,13 @@ msgid "" "We can extend this trial period upon request. For Odoo.sh or on-premise, " "there is no restriction." msgstr "" +"Une base de données de test Odoo Online (SaaS) est disponible pendant un " +"mois par défaut. Nous pouvons prolonger cette période d'essai sur demande. " +"Pour Odoo.sh ou sur site, il n'y a aucune restriction." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:158 msgid "How many tests to perform before upgrading to production?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Combien de tests effectuer avant de passer en production ?" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -7697,32 +7920,42 @@ msgid "" "test upgrade 48 hours before requesting your production upgrade and test " "your workflows one last time." msgstr "" +"Autant que nécessaire. Lorsque vous êtes à l'aise avec la base de données, " +"exécutez un dernier test de mise à niveau 48 heures avant de demander votre " +"mise à niveau en production et testez une dernière fois vos flux." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:164 msgid "How to/Where to report upgrade issues?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment/Où signaler les problèmes de mise à niveau ?" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:166 msgid "" "If you encounter issues during the upgrade process, please contact the Odoo " "Support through the `Odoo Support page `_." msgstr "" +"Si vous rencontrez des problèmes lors du processus de mise à niveau, " +"veuillez contacter le support d'Odoo via la `page de support " +"`_." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:169 msgid "" "To report an issue discovered during the testing phase, please select **An " "issue related to my upgrade (test phase)**." msgstr "" +"Pour signaler un problème découvert lors de la phase de test, veuillez " +"sélectionner **Un problème lié à ma mise à niveau (phase de test)**." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:171 msgid "" "To report an issue discovered post-upgrade, please select **An issue related" " to my upgrade (production)**." msgstr "" +"Pour signaler un problème découvert après la mise à niveau, veuillez " +"sélectionner **Un problème lié à ma mise à niveau (production)**." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:175 msgid "Upgrading to production" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mise à niveau en production" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:177 msgid "" @@ -7730,21 +7963,31 @@ msgid "" " a date and time when you stop users from accessing Odoo, freeze all data " "entries, and create an upgrade request for the production upgrade." msgstr "" +"Une fois que vous avez terminé les tests et que vous êtes satisfait du " +"résultat, vous décidez d'une date et d'une heure auxquelles vous empêchez " +"les utilisateurs d'accéder à Odoo, gelez toutes les entrées de données et " +"créez une demande de mise à niveau en production." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:182 msgid "How is my data handled in the Upgrade Platform?" msgstr "" +"Comment mes données sont-elles traitées dans la plate-forme de mise à " +"niveau ?" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:184 msgid "" "The Odoo Upgrade platform uses the same Privacy Policy as the rest of " "Odoo.com services." msgstr "" +"La plate-forme Odoo Upgrade (Mise à Niveau) utilise la même politique de " +"confidentialité que le reste des services Odoo.com." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:186 msgid "" "Your data is hosted on servers that follow our security guidelines, namely:" msgstr "" +"Vos données sont hébergées sur des serveurs respectant nos consignes de " +"sécurité, à savoir :" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -7753,6 +7996,10 @@ msgid "" "behind Grade A SSL stacks. All our certificate chains are using SHA-2 " "already." msgstr "" +"SSL - Toutes les connexions web aux instances clientes sont protégées par un" +" cryptage SSL 256 bits (HTTPS avec un certificat SSL de module 2048 bits) et" +" s'exécutent derrière des piles SSL de niveau A. Toutes nos chaînes de " +"certificats utilisent déjà SHA-2." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -7760,42 +8007,56 @@ msgid "" "date security patches, with firewall and intrusion countermeasures (not " "disclosed for obvious reasons)." msgstr "" +"Système sécurisé - Nos serveurs exécutent une distribution Linux récente " +"avec des correctifs de sécurité à jour, avec un pare-feu et des contre-" +"mesures d'intrusion (non divulgués pour des raisons évidentes)." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:194 msgid "" "Servers are located at the same locations as our Cloud providers with the " "following services:" msgstr "" +"Les serveurs sont situés aux mêmes endroits que nos fournisseurs Cloud avec " +"les services suivants :" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:196 msgid "" "Restricted perimeter, physically accessed by authorized data center " "employees only" msgstr "" +"Périmètre restreint, accessible physiquement uniquement aux employés " +"autorisés du data center" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:197 msgid "Physical access control with security badges or biometrical security" msgstr "" +"Contrôle d'accès physique avec badges de sécurité ou sécurité biométrique" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:198 msgid "Security cameras monitoring the data center locations 24/7" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Caméras de sécurité surveillant les data centers 24h/24 et 7j/7" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:199 msgid "Security personnel on-site 24/7" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Personnel de sécurité sur place 24h/24 et 7j/7" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:201 msgid "" "The uploaded and migrated databases uploaded to the Upgrade platform are " "kept for up to 3 months and are permanently deleted following that period." msgstr "" +"Les bases de données téléchargées et migrées sur la plateforme de mise à " +"niveau sont conservées jusqu'à 3 mois et sont définitivement supprimées " +"après cette période." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:204 msgid "" "You can learn more about privacy and data handling at Odoo by visiting our " "`General Data Protection Regulation page `_." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez en savoir plus sur la confidentialité et le traitement des " +"données chez Odoo en visitant notre `page Règlement général sur la " +"protection des données `_." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:208 msgid "Rolling Release (applicable to Odoo Online databases)" @@ -7863,13 +8124,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:20 msgid "Test your upgraded database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Testez votre base de données mise à niveau" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:22 msgid "" "At the beginning of your upgrade project, make sure that you create a new " "staging branch for testing purposes by forking your main branch." msgstr "" +"Au début de votre projet de mise à niveau, assurez-vous de créer une " +"nouvelle branche intermédiaire à des fins de test en forkant votre branche " +"principale." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -7883,31 +8147,40 @@ msgid "" "The platform automatically detects the version of the dump and changes the " "version of Odoo's source code to the corresponding version of the build." msgstr "" +"La plateforme détecte automatiquement la version du dump et remplace la " +"version du code source d'Odoo par la version correspondante du build." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:32 msgid "" "Test the upgraded database and make sure everything runs as it's supposed " "to." msgstr "" +"Testez la base de données mise à niveau et assurez-vous que tout fonctionne " +"comme prévu." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:35 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:41 msgid "Upgrade your production database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mise à jour de votre base de données de production" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:37 msgid "" "Once you've tested everything and you're satisfied, start the process over " "to get an up-to-date upgraded dump:" msgstr "" +"Une fois que vous avez tout testé et que vous êtes satisfait, recommencez le" +" processus pour obtenir un dump mis à niveau :" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:40 msgid "Make a new dump of your production database (as described in step 1)" msgstr "" +"Créer un nouveau dump de votre base de données de production (comme décrit à" +" l'étape 1)" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:41 msgid "Upload it on upgrade.odoo.com and select the Production purpose" msgstr "" +"Téléchargez-le sur upgrade.odoo.com et sélectionnez l'objectif de production" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -7931,17 +8204,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:53 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:48 msgid "Custom modules (if applicable)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modules personnalisés (le cas échéant)" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:55 msgid "" "The upgrade of a database that contains custom modules is a 2 step process." msgstr "" +"La mise à niveau d'une base de données contenant des modules personnalisés " +"est un processus en 2 étapes." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:57 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:52 msgid "The standard upgrade is done when your upgrade request is completed." msgstr "" +"La mise à niveau standard est effectuée lorsque votre demande est terminée." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:58 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:53 @@ -7949,6 +8225,8 @@ msgid "" "Your custom modules also need to be upgraded to keep them compatible with " "the new version." msgstr "" +"Vos modules personnalisés doivent également être mis à niveau pour rester " +"compatibles avec la nouvelle version." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -7956,14 +8234,17 @@ msgid "" " by yourself - by your Partner - by Odoo (if you hold a subscription to " "'Maintenance of Customizations')" msgstr "" +"En fonction de votre contrat, la mise à jour de vos modules personnalisés " +"peut être effectuée - par vous-même - par votre Partenaire - par Odoo (si " +"vous avez opté pour un abonnement de 'Maintenance des Personnalisations')" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:8 msgid "There are two ways to create your upgrade request." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Il existe deux façons de créer votre demande de mise à niveau." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:11 msgid "Upgrade request via command line" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Demande de mise à niveau via une ligne de commande" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -7971,12 +8252,18 @@ msgid "" "initiated via the following command line on the server where the database is" " hosted:" msgstr "" +"Pour les utilisateurs et partenaires possédant des connaissances techniques " +"avancées, le processus de mise à niveau peut être lancé via la ligne de " +"commande suivante sur le serveur sur lequel la base de données est hébergée " +":" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:16 msgid "" ":command:`python <(curl -s https://upgrade.odoo.com/upgrade) test -d -t `" msgstr "" +":command:`python <(curl -s https://upgrade.odoo.com/upgrade) test -d -t `" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -7986,16 +8273,24 @@ msgid "" "completed successfully, the upgraded database is restored onto the server " "(as a duplicate test database)." msgstr "" +"La commande ci-dessus crée le dump de la base de données, l'envoie à la " +"plate-forme de mise à niveau et lance le processus de mise à niveau " +"automatisé. Pendant la mise à niveau, vous pouvez suivre les journaux en " +"direct sur votre écran. Une fois le processus de mise à niveau terminé avec " +"succès, la base de données mise à niveau est restaurée sur le serveur (en " +"tant que base de données de test en double)." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:25 msgid "Upgrade request via the Odoo Upgrade Portal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Demande de mise à niveau via le portail de mise à niveau d'Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:27 msgid "" "Download a recent copy of your database and select the option " ":guilabel:`pg_dump custom format (without filestore)`." msgstr "" +"Téléchargez une copie récente de votre base de données et sélectionnez " +"l'option :guilabel:`format personnalisé pg_dump (sans filestore)`." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -8003,24 +8298,34 @@ msgid "" "the aim. Odoo performs the automated upgrade process. Once it is completed, " "you receive an email with a link to download the upgrade database dump file." msgstr "" +"Téléchargez ce fichier dump sur https://upgrade.odoo.com et sélectionnez " +"*Test* comme objectif. Odoo exécute le processus de mise à niveau " +"automatisé. Une fois terminé, vous recevez un email avec un lien pour " +"télécharger le fichier dump mis à niveau." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:32 msgid "" "Import the upgraded database into your on-premise environment and manually " "test all processes and workflows." msgstr "" +"Importez la base de données mise à niveau dans votre environnement sur site " +"et testez manuellement tous les processus et workflows." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:36 msgid "" "For security reasons, only the person who submitted the upgrade request is " "able to download it." msgstr "" +"Pour des raisons de sécurité, seule la personne qui a soumis la demande de " +"mise à niveau peut la télécharger." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:37 msgid "" "Any problem found during testing should be reported via the `helpdesk " "`_." msgstr "" +"Tout problème rencontré lors des tests doit être signalé via l' `assistance " +"`_." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -8028,46 +8333,59 @@ msgid "" " your live database in production. Download your upgraded database from the " "link in the email and import it onto your live environment." msgstr "" +"Une fois que vous avez terminé les tests avec succès, vous pouvez procéder à" +" la mise à niveau de votre base de données en production. Téléchargez votre" +" base de données mise à niveau à partir du lien dans l'email et importez-la " +"dans votre environnement." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:50 msgid "" "The upgrade of a database that contains custom modules is a two-step " "process." msgstr "" +"La mise à niveau d'une base de données contenant des modules personnalisés " +"est un processus en deux étapes." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:55 msgid "" "Depending on your contract, the upgrade of your custom modules can be done" msgstr "" +"En fonction de votre contrat, la mise à niveau de vos modules personnalisés " +"peut se faire" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:57 msgid "by yourself." -msgstr "" +msgstr "par vous-même." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:58 msgid "by your Partner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "par un partenaire." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:59 msgid "" "by Odoo (if you hold a subscription to 'Maintenance of Customizations')." msgstr "" +"par Odoo (si vous avez souscrit à un abonnement pour la 'Maintenance des " +"personnalisations')." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/online_hosting.rst:3 msgid "Odoo Online (SaaS)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo Online (SaaS)" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/online_hosting.rst:6 msgid "Requesting a test upgrade" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Demander un test de mise à niveau" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/online_hosting.rst:8 msgid "Go to your `database manager `_" msgstr "" +"Accédez à votre `gestionnaire de bases de données " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/online_hosting.rst:9 msgid "Click on your profile icon and select *My Databases*." msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur l'icône de votre profil et sélectionnez *Mes bases de données*." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/online_hosting.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -8078,6 +8396,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/online_hosting.rst:19 msgid "In the pop-up message that will appear, select Test Upgrade." msgstr "" +"Dans le message contextuel qui s'affiche, sélectionnez Tester la mise à " +"niveau." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/online_hosting.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -8091,3 +8411,5 @@ msgid "" "You can also see and access your test database from your *My Databases* " "page." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également voir et accéder à votre base de données de test à " +"partir de votre page *Mes bases de données*." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 71fa7dd58..1fb715f1e 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -6246,7 +6246,7 @@ msgstr "France" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 msgid "FEC - Fichier des Écritures Comptables" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FEC - Fichier des Écritures Comptables" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -6264,7 +6264,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 msgid "FEC Import" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Import FEC" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -6273,6 +6273,11 @@ msgid "" "includes the **FEC Import** feature (module name: ``l10n_fr_fec_import``), " "which enables the import of existing FEC files from older software." msgstr "" +"Pour faciliter l'intégration des nouveaux utilisateurs, la " +":doc:`localisation fiscale <../overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` " +"d'Odoo Enterprise inclut la fonctionnalité **Import FEC** (nom du module : " +"``l10n_fr_fec_import``), qui permet l'importation de fichiers FEC existants " +"à partir d'anciens logiciels." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -6291,6 +6296,8 @@ msgid "" "Importing FEC files from different year takes no particular action or " "computation." msgstr "" +"L'importation de fichiers FEC d'une année différente ne nécessite aucune " +"action ou calcul particulier." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -6307,6 +6314,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "FEC files can only be in CSV format, as the XML format is not supported." msgstr "" +"Les fichiers FEC ne peuvent être qu'au format CSV, car le format XML n'est " +"pas pris en charge." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -6315,6 +6324,10 @@ msgid "" "and each following line representing one accounting entry, in no " "predetermined order." msgstr "" +"Le fichier FEC CSV a un format de texte brut représentant une table de " +"données, la première ligne étant un en-tête définissant la liste des champs " +"pour chaque entrée, et chaque ligne suivante représentant une écriture " +"comptable, sans ordre prédéterminé." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 0482e60f2..706bb6e36 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -19,8 +19,8 @@ # Fernanda Marques , 2022 # William Henrotin , 2022 # Khadija Mbazaa , 2022 -# Cécile Collart , 2022 # Martin Trigaux, 2022 +# Cécile Collart , 2022 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2022-04-08 13:26+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2022\n" +"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2022\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1110,6 +1110,8 @@ msgid "" "In the URL, add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*. To deactivate " "the debug mode, add `?debug=0` instead." msgstr "" +"Dans l'URL, ajoutez ``?debug=1`` ou ``?debug=true`` after *web*. Pour " +"désactiver le mode debug, ajoutez `?debug=0` à la place." #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -1118,6 +1120,10 @@ msgid "" "`?debug=tests` enables the :ref:`tests mode " "`." msgstr "" +"Des modes supplémentaires sont disponibles pour les développeurs : " +"`?debug=assets` active le mode :ref:`assets " +"`, et `?debug=tests` active le " +":ref:`mode test `." #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:63 msgid "Locate the mode tools" @@ -1149,7 +1155,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:74 msgid "and much more." -msgstr "" +msgstr "et bien plus." #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:3 msgid "Digest Emails" @@ -1478,6 +1484,11 @@ msgid "" "necessary to add an outgoing email server to send emails from your custom " "domain. You can enjoy this feature by using the default Odoo email server." msgstr "" +"Si votre base de données est hébergée sur notre cloud (Odoo Online ou " +"Odoo.sh), il n'est pas nécessaire d'ajouter un serveur de messagerie sortant" +" pour envoyer des emails depuis votre domaine personnalisé. Vous pouvez " +"profiter de cette fonctionnalité en utilisant le serveur de messagerie Odoo " +"par défaut." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -1547,6 +1558,8 @@ msgid "" "See the :ref:`documentation on incoming emails " "`." msgstr "" +"Voir la :ref:`documentation sur les emails entrants " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -1566,16 +1579,20 @@ msgid "" "If your domain name does not yet have an SPF record, the content of the " "record to create is as follows:" msgstr "" +"Si votre nom de domaine n'a pas encore d'enregistrement SPF, le contenu de " +"l'enregistrement à créer est le suivant :" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:59 msgid "``v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all``" -msgstr "" +msgstr "``v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all``" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:61 msgid "" "If your domain name already has an SPF record, you need to update this " "record (and do not create a new one)." msgstr "" +"Si votre nom de domaine a déjà un enregistrement SPF, vous devez mettre à " +"jour cet enregistrement (et ne pas en créer un nouveau)." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -1583,16 +1600,21 @@ msgid "" "edit it to add `include:_spf.odoo.com`: `v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com " "include:_spf.google.com ~all`" msgstr "" +"Si votre enregistrement TXT est`v=spf1 include:_spf.google.com ~all`, vous " +"devez le modifier pour ajouter `include:_spf.odoo.com`: `v=spf1 " +"include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:69 msgid "" "You can check if your SPF record is valid with a free tool like `MXToolbox " "SPF `_." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez vérifier si votre enregistrement SPF est valide avec un outil " +"gratuit comme `MXToolbox SPF `_." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:75 msgid "Enable DKIM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activer DKIM" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -1617,7 +1639,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:86 msgid "``odoo._domainkey IN CNAME odoo._domainkey.odoo.com.``" -msgstr "" +msgstr "``odoo._domainkey IN CNAME odoo._domainkey.odoo.com.``" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -1625,22 +1647,31 @@ msgid "" "`odoo._domainkey.mycompany.com` whose canonical name is " "`odoo._domainkey.odoo.com.`." msgstr "" +"Si votre nom de domaine est `mycompany.com`, vous devez créer un sous-" +"domaine `odoo._domainkey.mycompany.com` dont le nom canonique est " +"`odoo._domainkey.odoo.com.`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:92 msgid "" "How to create or modify a CNAME record depends on the provider hosting the " "DNS zone of your domain name. The most common providers are list below." msgstr "" +"La manière de créer ou de modifier un enregistrement CNAME dépend du " +"fournisseur hébergeant la zone DNS de votre nom de domaine. Les fournisseurs" +" les plus courants sont listés ci-dessous." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:95 msgid "" "You can check if your DKIM record is valid with a free tool like `DKIM Core " "`_. If a selector is asked, enter `odoo`." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez vérifier si votre enregistrement DKIM est valide avec un outil " +"gratuit comme `DKIM Core `_. Si un sélecteur " +"est demandé, entrez `odoo`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:99 msgid "Check your DMARC policy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vérifiez votre politique DMARC" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -1649,24 +1680,36 @@ msgid "" "DMARC record of a domain name tell the destination server what to do with an" " incoming email that fails the SPF and/or DKIM check." msgstr "" +"Le Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting & Conformance (DMARC) est " +"un protocole qui unifie SPF et DKIM. Les instructions contenues dans " +"l'enregistrement DMARC d'un nom de domaine indiquent au serveur de " +"destination quoi faire avec un email entrant qui échoue au contrôle SPF " +"et/ou DKIM." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:105 msgid "" "There are three DMARC policies: - ``p=none`` - ``p=quarantine`` - " "``p=reject``" msgstr "" +"Il existe trois politiques DMARC : - ``p=none`` - ``p=quarantine`` - " +"``p=reject``" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:110 msgid "" "``p=quarantine`` and ``p=reject`` instruct the server that receives an email" " to quarantine that email or ignore it if the SPF and/or DKIM check fails." msgstr "" +"``p=quarantine`` et ``p=reject`` indiquent au serveur qui reçoit un email de" +" mettre ce dernier en quarantaine ou de l'ignorer si la vérification SPF " +"et/ou DKIM échoue." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:113 msgid "" "If your domain name uses DMARC and has defined one of these policies, it is " "therefore imperative to be SPF compliant or to enable DKIM." msgstr "" +"Si votre nom de domaine utilise DMARC et a défini une de ces politiques, il " +"est donc impératif d'être conforme SPF ou d'activer DKIM." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -1674,6 +1717,10 @@ msgid "" "``p=reject``. We strongly advise against using an *@yahoo.com* or *@aol.com*" " address for your users. These emails will never reach their recipient." msgstr "" +"Yahoo ou AOL sont des exemples de fournisseurs de messagerie avec une " +"politique DMARC définie sur ``p=reject``. Nous vous déconseillons fortement " +"d'utiliser une adresse *@yahoo.com* ou *@aol.com* pour vos utilisateurs. Ces" +" emails n'atteindront jamais leur destinataire." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -1681,12 +1728,17 @@ msgid "" "using their domain. It should not impact the deliverability if the DMARC " "check fails." msgstr "" +"``p=none`` est utilisé pour que le propriétaire du domaine reçoive des " +"rapports sur les entités utilisant son domaine. Cela ne devrait pas avoir " +"d'incidence sur la délivrabilité si la vérification DMARC échoue." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:124 msgid "" "You can check the DMARC record of a domain name with a tool like `MXToolbox " "DMARC `_." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez vérifier l'enregistrement DMARC d'un nom de domaine avec un " +"outil comme `MXToolbox DMARC `_." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -1694,6 +1746,9 @@ msgid "" "of these policies, the Odoo server cannot relay emails from this partner to " "your users." msgstr "" +"Si l'un de vos partenaires, client ou fournisseur, utilise DMARC et a défini" +" une de ces politiques, le serveur Odoo ne peut pas relayer les emails de ce" +" partenaire vers vos utilisateurs." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -1701,35 +1756,44 @@ msgid "" "`, or replace the email address of the" " partner with a default email address." msgstr "" +"Vous devez :ref:`gérer les notifications des utilisateurs dans Odoo " +"`, ou remplacer l'adresse email du " +"partenaire par une adresse email par défaut." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:136 msgid "SPF, DKIM & DMARC documentation of common providers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Documentation SPF, DKIM & DMARC des fournisseurs courants" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:138 msgid "" "`OVH DNS " "`_" msgstr "" +"`DNS OVH " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:139 msgid "" "`OVH SPF `_" msgstr "" +"`SPF OVH `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:140 msgid "" "`GoDaddy TXT record `_" msgstr "" +"`Enregistrement TXT GoDaddy `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:141 msgid "`GoDaddy SPF `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`SPF GoDaddy `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:142 msgid "" "`GoDaddy DKIM `_" msgstr "" +"`DKIM GoDaddy `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -1737,23 +1801,31 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +"`NameCheap " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:144 msgid "" "`CloudFlare DNS `_" msgstr "" +"`DNS CloudFlare `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:145 msgid "" "`Google Domains `_" msgstr "" +"`Domaines Google `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:146 msgid "" "`Azure DNS `_" msgstr "" +"`DNS Azure `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -1762,16 +1834,23 @@ msgid "" "configuration you have in one email sent! Mail-Tester can also be used for " "other lesser known providers." msgstr "" +"Pour tester entièrement votre configuration, l'outil `Mail-Tester " +"`_ vous donnera un aperçu complet du contenu " +"et de la configuration dont vous disposez en un seul email envoyé ! Mail-" +"Tester peut également être utilisé pour d'autres fournisseurs moins connus." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:153 msgid "Use a default email address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utiliser une adresse email par défaut" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:155 msgid "" "To force the email address from which emails are sent, you need to create " "the following key in the System Parameters of the database:" msgstr "" +"Pour forcer l'adresse email à partir de laquelle les emails sont envoyés, " +"vous devez créer la clé suivante dans les paramètres système de la base de " +"données :" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -1783,6 +1862,14 @@ msgid "" "or-application-directly-with-a-microsoft-365-or-office-365-mailbox-and-send-" "mail-using-smtp-auth-client-submission>`_." msgstr "" +"Si ``mail.default.from`` est défini et contient une adresse email complète, " +"alors tous les emails sortants sont envoyés à partir de l'adresse indiquée. " +"Ceci est une exigence pour utiliser `Outlook avec Odoo " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 msgid "" @@ -1790,6 +1877,9 @@ msgid "" "mode>` in the :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> " "System Parameters` menu." msgstr "" +"Vous accédez aux **Paramètres système** en :ref:`mode développeur " +"` dans le menu :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Techniques -->" +" Paramètres --> Paramètres système`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:3 msgid "Send and Receive Emails in Odoo with an Email Server" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 7c02ab036..91b9f1148 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`team_communication`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 20d6b19b8..ffcfbfd3e 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -21,15 +21,16 @@ # Alain Prasquier , 2021 # Cécile Collart , 2022 # Renaud de Colombel , 2022 +# Camille Dantinne , 2022 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-03-18 14:56+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-04-08 13:26+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:49+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Renaud de Colombel , 2022\n" +"Last-Translator: Camille Dantinne , 2022\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -60,7 +61,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:15 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: CRM `_" -msgstr "`Tutoriels Odoo : CRM `_" +msgstr "`Tutoriels Odoo : CRM `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:5 msgid "Acquire leads" @@ -672,6 +673,8 @@ msgstr "Définissez des objectifs" msgid "" "The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." msgstr "" +"Les utilisateurs peuvent être évalués à l'aide de buts et d'objectifs " +"numériques à atteindre." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -777,6 +780,9 @@ msgid "" "*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" " prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." msgstr "" +"Le service *Autocomplétion de Partenaires* est un service *In-App Purchase " +"(IAP)* qui nécessite l'utilisation de crédits prépayés. Chaque demande " +"consomme un crédit." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -1214,6 +1220,8 @@ msgid "" "With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" " criteria." msgstr "" +"Avec le *Classement des Pistes*, vous pouvez classer automatiquement vos " +"pistes en fonction de critères sélectionnés." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -1436,7 +1444,7 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Point of Sale Tutorials `_" msgstr "" -"`Tutoriels Odoo : Tutoriels sur les points de vente " +"`Tutoriels Odoo : Tutoriels sur les points de vente " "`_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:15 @@ -1572,7 +1580,7 @@ msgstr "Appliquez une remise sur un produit" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Depuis l'interface de votre session PdV, utilisez le bouton *Rem.*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -2344,10 +2352,14 @@ msgstr "" " pouvez ensuite valider le paiement." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 +msgid "You can use both `,` and `.` on your keyboard as decimal separators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:85 msgid "Return and refund products" msgstr "Retourner et rembourser des produits" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 msgid "" "Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " "and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." @@ -2356,7 +2368,7 @@ msgstr "" "clients satisfaits et faciliter le processus d'acceptation des retours et " "des remboursements." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:90 msgid "" "To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " "the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " @@ -2366,7 +2378,7 @@ msgstr "" "quantité (avec le bouton +/-) que le client souhaite retourner. Pour " "plusieurs produits, répétez le processus individuellement." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:97 msgid "" "When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " "process the payment and validate it." @@ -2374,11 +2386,11 @@ msgstr "" "Lorsque vous êtes sur l'interface de paiement, le total est négatif. Pour " "terminer le remboursement, traitez le paiement et validez-le." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:105 msgid "Close the PoS session" msgstr "Fermer la session PdV" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:107 msgid "" "To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " "the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" @@ -2388,14 +2400,14 @@ msgstr "" "fermeture en haut à droite de votre écran et validez. Maintenant, fermez la " "session sur la vue du tableau de bord." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:115 msgid "" "It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." msgstr "" "Il est fortement conseillé de fermer votre session PdV à la fin de chaque " "journée." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:117 msgid "" "Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " "payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " @@ -2407,7 +2419,7 @@ msgstr "" "voir toutes les commandes qui ont été payées pendant votre session PdV. Si " "tout est correct, validez la session et postez les écritures de clôture." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:126 msgid "" "To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " "docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database " @@ -2419,11 +2431,11 @@ msgstr "" "données ` et :doc:`Utiliser " "l'IoT Box pour le PdV `." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:132 msgid "View your statistics" msgstr "Visualisez vos statistiques" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 msgid "" "Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " "That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." @@ -2432,7 +2444,7 @@ msgstr "" "significatives. C'est pourquoi Odoo fournit des analyses à propos de vos " "ventes." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:137 msgid "" "To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " "Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " @@ -2442,7 +2454,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vente --> Reporting --> Commandes`. Là, vous pouvez voir diverses " "statistiques sous forme de graphique ou de pivot." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:145 msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." msgstr "Vous pouvez également y accéder via le tableau de bord." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 857fa088a..2767840f9 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -199,6 +199,9 @@ msgid "" "enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " "Onsite Interventions*." msgstr "" +"Accédez à :menuselection:`Assistance --> Configuration --> Equipes " +"d'assistance` et activez les options après-vente : *Remboursements, Retours," +" Coupons, Réparations et Interventions sur site*." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" @@ -244,6 +247,9 @@ msgid "" "Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" " shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." msgstr "" +"En cliquant sur l'option *Réparer*, sur votre page de ticket, un nouveau " +"formulaire de commande de réparation s'affiche. Remplissez les informations " +"nécessaires et choisissez l'étape suivante." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" @@ -831,7 +837,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`sla`" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 msgid "Reports for a Better Support" @@ -953,7 +959,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 msgid "Create your policies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Créer vos politiques" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -961,18 +967,26 @@ msgid "" "policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " "--> Helpdesk Teams`." msgstr "" +"Tout d'abord, activez la fonctionnalité dans les paramètres de l'équipe à " +"laquelle vous souhaitez appliquer les politiques, en accédant à " +":menuselection:`Assistance --> Configuration --> Equipes d'assistance`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 msgid "" "Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " ":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." msgstr "" +"Créez vos politiques via la page des paramètres de l'équipe ou accédez à " +":menuselection:`Assistance --> Configuration --> Politiques SLA`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 msgid "" "Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" " a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." msgstr "" +"Choisissez pour quelle **équipe** la politique est pertinente et la " +"**priorité minimale** qu'un ticket doit avoir pour que la politique soit " +"appliquée." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -1282,6 +1296,8 @@ msgid "" "**For more information**: " ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" +"**Pour plus d'informations**: " +":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" @@ -1324,7 +1340,7 @@ msgstr "Feuilles de temps" #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3 msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Créer des feuilles de temps lors de la validation des congés" #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1333,12 +1349,19 @@ msgid "" "does not leave place for forgetfulness and questions after hours that have " "not been timesheeted by the employee." msgstr "" +"Odoo établit automatiquement des feuilles de temps sur les projets/tâches " +"lors des demandes de congés. Cela permet un meilleur contrôle global sur la " +"validation des feuilles de temps, car il ne laisse pas de place aux oublis " +"et aux questions après les heures non renseignées par le salarié." #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9 msgid "" "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `, go to *Timesheets*, and" " change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if you like." msgstr "" +"Activez le :ref:`mode développeur `, allez dans *Feuilles de" +" temps* et modifiez le *Projet* et la *Tâche* définis par défaut, si vous le" +" souhaitez." #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -1346,6 +1369,9 @@ msgid "" " or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be " "validated or not." msgstr "" +"Allez dans :menuselection:`Congés --> Configuration --> Types de congés`. " +"Sélectionnez ou créez le type nécessaire et décidez si vous souhaitez que " +"les demandes soient validées ou non." #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sphinx.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sphinx.po index 35b1fce53..0e61dab33 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sphinx.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sphinx.po @@ -6,10 +6,10 @@ # Translators: # Fernanda Marques , 2022 # sakodoo , 2022 -# Cécile Collart , 2022 # Martin Trigaux, 2022 # Jonathan Castillo , 2022 # JM Mas, 2022 +# Cécile Collart , 2022 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2022-04-08 13:26+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 15:03+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: JM Mas, 2022\n" +"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2022\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -55,10 +55,12 @@ msgid "" "Discover our guide to help you use and configure the platform, by " "applications." msgstr "" +"Découvrez notre guide pour vous aider à utiliser et paramétrer la " +"plateforme, par applications." #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:10 msgid "Top Apps" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Meilleures applications" #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:14 msgid "Accounting" @@ -84,6 +86,8 @@ msgstr "Installer et maintenir" msgid "" "Learn how to install, deploy and upgrade Odoo on premise or on Odoo.sh." msgstr "" +"Apprenez à installer, déployer et mettre à jour Odoo sur site ou sur " +"Odoo.sh." #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:37 #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:66 @@ -97,15 +101,15 @@ msgstr "Installer" #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:46 msgid "Bugfix updates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mises à jour de correction de bogues" #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:51 msgid "Upgrading Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mise à niveau d'Odoo" #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:56 msgid "Odoo.sh: The Odoo Cloud Platform" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo.sh : la plate-forme cloud d'Odoo" #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:64 msgid "Developer" @@ -121,19 +125,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:70 msgid "Tutorial: Getting started" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tutoriel : Premiers pas" #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:75 msgid "ORM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ORM" #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:80 msgid "Regular Views" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vues régulières" #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:85 msgid "QWeb Views" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vues QWeb" #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:90 msgid "External API" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index f37e75756..819aa9241 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -9,13 +9,13 @@ # André Madeira Cortes , 2022 # Eloïse Stilmant , 2022 # Jérôme Tanché , 2022 -# Cécile Collart , 2022 # Rihab LOUKIL , 2022 # 2bb6a6c9c26c6796aa3f72da499aab31_c4bf95e <50ab448b17d7dd714d37f715e9558f9f_400401>, 2022 # Martin Trigaux, 2022 # Fernanda Marques , 2022 # Vallen Delobel , 2022 # Shark McGnark , 2022 +# Cécile Collart , 2022 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2022-03-18 14:56+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 15:03+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Shark McGnark , 2022\n" +"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2022\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -45,6 +45,9 @@ msgid "" "Run a modern open-source online store with Odoo eCommerce. Learn how to sell" " online, promote products and increase your average cart sizes." msgstr "" +"Gérez une boutique en ligne open source moderne avec Odoo eCommerce. " +"Apprenez à vendre en ligne, à promouvoir des produits et à augmenter la " +"taille moyenne de votre panier." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:14 @@ -54,17 +57,22 @@ msgid "" "website with an address such as ``www.example.com`` rather than the default " "``example.odoo.com``." msgstr "" +"Odoo offre un :ref:`nom de domaine personnalisé gratuit ` à toutes les bases de données Odoo Online pendant 1 an. Les " +"visiteurs peuvent donc accéder à votre site web via une adresse " +"``www.example.com`` plutôt qu'avec celle par défaut ``example.odoo.com``." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:20 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Website `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Tutoriels Odoo : Site Web `_" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:21 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: eCommerce `_" msgstr "" +"`Tutoriels Odoo : eCommerce `_" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "Get started" @@ -169,7 +177,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" @@ -230,24 +238,31 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 msgid "Manage product variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gérer les variantes de produits" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " "customers on the product's page." msgstr "" +"Les variantes de produit sont utilisées pour proposer des variantes du même " +"produit à vos clients sur une même page." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:8 msgid "" "Let's say one of your customers selects a T-shirt from your product catalog." msgstr "" +"Imaginons qu'un de vos clients sélectionne un t-shirt dans votre catalogue " +"de produits." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:10 msgid "" "Then, they choose the size and color they want. The various size and color " "combinations are known as product variants." msgstr "" +"Ensuite, il choisit la taille et la couleur dont il a besoin. Les " +"différentes combinaisons de tailles et de couleurs sont appelées des " +"variantes de produit." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:14 msgid "Create attributes & variants" @@ -259,6 +274,9 @@ msgid "" "first need to turn on *Variants* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration " "--> Settings`." msgstr "" +"Afin de créer divers attributs et variantes pour vos produits, vous devez " +"d'abord activer les *Variantes* dans :menuselection:`Ventes --> " +"Configuration --> Paramètres`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -266,20 +284,26 @@ msgid "" "Website --> Products --> Products`). When the product detail form opens, " "click on *Edit*, and go to the *Variants* tab." msgstr "" +"Ensuite, sélectionnez un produit dans la liste de Produits " +"(:menuselection:`Ventes / Site Web --> Produits --> Produits`). Lorsque le " +"formulaire de détails du produit s'ouvre, cliquez sur *Modifier* et accédez " +"à l'onglet *Variantes*." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 msgid "" "Here, you can add as many different attributes as you'd like by clicking on " "*Add a line*." msgstr "" +"Ici, vous pouvez ajouter autant d'attributs différents que vous le souhaitez" +" en cliquant sur *Ajouter une ligne*." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:24 msgid "These attributes appear as three different types:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ces attributs apparaissent sous trois types différents :" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:26 msgid "Radio buttons" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Boutons radio" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:27 msgid "Color buttons" @@ -287,16 +311,19 @@ msgstr "Boutons de couleur" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:28 msgid "Drop-down menu" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menu déroulant" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 msgid "" "Several variants appear as soon as there are two values for one attribute." msgstr "" +"Plusieurs variantes apparaissent dès qu'il y a deux valeurs pour un " +"attribut." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 msgid "Don't forget to hit *Save* once all variants have been entered." msgstr "" +"N'oubliez pas de *Sauver* une fois que toutes les variantes ont été saisies." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:39 msgid "Edit variants" @@ -307,12 +334,17 @@ msgid "" "After you hit *Save*, you are able to see all the variants from the product " "template detail form via the *Variants* smart button." msgstr "" +"Après avoir cliqué sur *Sauver*, vous pouvez voir toutes les variantes sur " +"le formulaire détaillé du produit via le bouton *Variantes*." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:48 msgid "" "Clicking the *Variants* smart button takes you to the Product Variants page," " where you can edit the following data for each specific variant:" msgstr "" +"En cliquant sur le bouton *Variantes*, vous accédez à la page Variantes du " +"produit, où vous pouvez modifier les données suivantes pour chaque variante " +"spécifique :" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:51 msgid "Picture(s)" @@ -320,7 +352,7 @@ msgstr "Photo(s)" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:52 msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Référence interne (SKU #)" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:53 msgid "Barcode" @@ -343,6 +375,8 @@ msgid "" "Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " "to populate them once the variants are generated." msgstr "" +"Le code-barres et la référence interne sont spécifiques à la variante. Vous " +"devez les remplir une fois les variantes générées." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:63 msgid "Set specific prices per variant" @@ -354,12 +388,19 @@ msgid "" "Variants* in the product detail form (top-left corner). That takes you to " "the *Product Variant Values* page for that product." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez définir un prix public spécifique par variante en cliquant sur " +"*Configurer les variantes* dans le formulaire de détails du produit (coin " +"supérieur gauche). Cela vous amène à la page *Valeurs des variantes de " +"produit* pour ce produit." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:72 msgid "" "To set a specific public price for a particular variant, simply click on the" " variant you want to modify, then click on *Edit*." msgstr "" +"Pour définir un prix public spécifique pour une variante particulière, " +"cliquez simplement sur la variante que vous souhaitez modifier, puis cliquez" +" sur *Modifier*." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -367,10 +408,14 @@ msgid "" " the original product price whenever the corresponding attribute value is " "selected." msgstr "" +"Le champ *Valeur du prix supplémentaire* représente la valeur monétaire qui " +"est ajoutée au prix d'origine du produit chaque fois que la valeur " +"d'attribut correspondante est sélectionnée." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 msgid "This is how the *Value Price Extra* looks on your website:" msgstr "" +"Voici à quoi ressemble le *Valeur Prix Supplémentaire* sur votre site Web :" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -401,7 +446,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:5 msgid "Maximize my revenue" @@ -559,11 +604,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:37 msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" @@ -865,7 +910,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:61 msgid ":doc:`../../../finance/payment_acquirers`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../finance/payment_acquirers`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -1115,13 +1160,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Commandes et réponses prédéfinies" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 msgid "" "Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" "thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." msgstr "" +"L'utilisation de réponses standardisées peut vous aider à gagner du temps et" +" à obtenir une réponse préalable et réfléchie à certaines de vos questions " +"et commentaires les plus courants." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 msgid "Use commands" @@ -1131,30 +1179,32 @@ msgstr "Utilisez des commandes" msgid "" "Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" msgstr "" +"Les commandes sont des raccourcis qui effectuent des actions spécifiques " +"dans la fenêtre de discussion :" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**/help** : affiche un message d'aide." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**/helpdesk** : crée un ticket d'assistance." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**/helpdesk_search** : recherche un ticket d'assistance." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**/history** : affiche les 15 dernières pages visitées." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**/lead** : crée une nouvelle piste." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**/leave** : quitte le canal." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -1162,23 +1212,34 @@ msgid "" "database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " "Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." msgstr "" +"- Pour les *tickets d'assistance* : assurez-vous que l'application est " +"installée sur votre base de données et que l'option *Live Chat* sous " +":menuselection:`Assistance --> Configuration --> Equipe d'assistance` est " +"activée." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 msgid "" "- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." msgstr "" +"- Pour les *pistes* : l'application *CRM* doit être installée sur votre base" +" de données." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 msgid "" "To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " "link." msgstr "" +"Pour accéder au ticket ou à la piste créé à partir du chat, cliquez sur le " +"lien de raccourci." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 msgid "" "Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" " a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." msgstr "" +"Les tickets d'assistance créés à partir du chat ajoutent automatiquement la " +"conversation en tant que description du ticket. Il en va de même pour la " +"création d'une piste." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 msgid "Send canned responses" @@ -1190,12 +1251,17 @@ msgid "" "you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " "--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." msgstr "" +"Les réponses prédéfinies vous permettent de placer un texte complet lorsque " +"vous tapez un raccourci. Pour les créer, allez dans :menuselection:`Live " +"Chat --> Configuration --> Réponses standardisées`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 msgid "" "To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " "shortcut word you created." msgstr "" +"Pour les utiliser lors d'une conversation, tapez simplement **:** suivi du " +"raccourci que vous avez créé." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:8 msgid "Website" @@ -1206,6 +1272,9 @@ msgid "" "Discover the best **Open-Source Website Builder** and learn how to build " "beautiful websites that convert visitors into leads or revenues." msgstr "" +"Découvrez le meilleur **créateur de sites web Open Source** et apprenez à " +"créer de superbes sites qui convertiront vos visiteurs en pistes et " +"généreront des revenus." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize.rst:5 msgid "Optimize" @@ -1357,6 +1426,8 @@ msgid "" "Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account to past " "your Client ID." msgstr "" +"Ouvrez le tableau de bord de votre site web dans Odoo et liez votre compte " +"Analytics à votre ID client." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cf36659a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -0,0 +1,7902 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-04-08 13:26+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 14:59+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/administration.rst:8 +msgid "Install and Maintain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration.rst:10 +msgid "" +"These guides provide instructions on how to install, maintain and upgrade " +"Odoo databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration.rst:13 +msgid "" +":doc:`History of Versions `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:5 +msgid "Install" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:3 +msgid "Setting up a Content Delivery Network (CDN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:8 +msgid "Deploying with KeyCDN_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:12 +msgid "" +"This document will guide you through the setup of a KeyCDN_ account with " +"your Odoo powered website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:16 +msgid "Step 1: Create a pull zone in the KeyCDN dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When creating the zone, enable the CORS option in the :guilabel:`advanced " +"features` submenu. (more on that later)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once done, you'll have to wait a bit while KeyCDN_ is crawling your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:32 +msgid "" +"a new URL has been generated for your Zone, in this case it is " +"``http://pulltest-b49.kxcdn.com``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:36 +msgid "Step 2: Configure the odoo instance with your zone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:38 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo back end, go to the :guilabel:`Website Settings`: menu, then " +"activate the CDN support and copy/paste your zone URL in the :guilabel:`CDN " +"Base URL` field. This field is only visible and configurable if you have " +"developer mode activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Now your website is using the CDN for the resources matching the " +":guilabel:`CDN filters` regular expressions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You can have a look to the HTML of your website in order to check if the CDN" +" integration is properly working." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:57 +msgid "Why should I activate CORS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A security restriction in some browsers (Firefox and Chrome at time of " +"writing) prevents a remotely linked CSS file to fetch relative resources on " +"this same external server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If you don't activate the CORS option in the CDN zone, the more obvious " +"resulting problem on a default Odoo website will be the lack of font-awesome" +" icons because the font file declared in the font-awesome CSS won't be " +"loaded on the remote server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:68 +msgid "Here's what you would see on your homepage in such a case:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:73 +msgid "A security error message will also appear in the browser's console:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:78 +msgid "Enabling the CORS option in the CDN fixes this issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:3 +msgid "System configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document describes basic steps to set up Odoo in production or on an " +"internet-facing server. It follows :ref:`installation `, and " +"is not generally necessary for a development systems that is not exposed on " +"the internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you are setting up a public server, be sure to check our :ref:`security` " +"recommendations!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:15 +msgid "dbfilter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Odoo is a multi-tenant system: a single Odoo system may run and serve a " +"number of database instances. It is also highly customizable, with " +"customizations (starting from the modules being loaded) depending on the " +"\"current database\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:21 +msgid "" +"This is not an issue when working with the backend (web client) as a logged-" +"in company user: the database can be selected when logging in, and " +"customizations loaded afterwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:25 +msgid "" +"However it is an issue for non-logged users (portal, website) which aren't " +"bound to a database: Odoo needs to know which database should be used to " +"load the website page or perform the operation. If multi-tenancy is not used" +" that is not an issue, there's only one database to use, but if there are " +"multiple databases accessible Odoo needs a rule to know which one it should " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:31 +msgid "" +"That is one of the purposes of :option:`--db-filter `:" +" it specifies how the database should be selected based on the hostname " +"(domain) that is being requested. The value is a `regular expression`_, " +"possibly including the dynamically injected hostname (``%h``) or the first " +"subdomain (``%d``) through which the system is being accessed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:37 +msgid "" +"For servers hosting multiple databases in production, especially if " +"``website`` is used, dbfilter **must** be set, otherwise a number of " +"features will not work correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:42 +msgid "Configuration samples" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:44 +msgid "Show only databases with names beginning with 'mycompany'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:46 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:276 +msgid "in ``/etc/odoo.conf`` set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Show only databases matching the first subdomain after ``www``: for example " +"the database \"mycompany\" will be shown if the incoming request was sent to" +" ``www.mycompany.com`` or ``mycompany.co.uk``, but not for " +"``www2.mycompany.com`` or ``helpdesk.mycompany.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Setting a proper :option:`--db-filter ` is an " +"important part of securing your deployment. Once it is correctly working and" +" only matching a single database per hostname, it is strongly recommended to" +" block access to the database manager screens, and to use the ``--no-" +"database-list`` startup parameter to prevent listing your databases, and to " +"block access to the database management screens. See also security_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:76 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:325 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:488 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:659 +msgid "PostgreSQL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:78 +msgid "" +"By default, PostgreSQL only allows connection over UNIX sockets and loopback" +" connections (from \"localhost\", the same machine the PostgreSQL server is " +"installed on)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:82 +msgid "" +"UNIX socket is fine if you want Odoo and PostgreSQL to execute on the same " +"machine, and is the default when no host is provided, but if you want Odoo " +"and PostgreSQL to execute on different machines [#different-machines]_ it " +"will need to `listen to network interfaces`_ [#remote-socket]_, either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Only accept loopback connections and `use an SSH tunnel`_ between the " +"machine on which Odoo runs and the one on which PostgreSQL runs, then " +"configure Odoo to connect to its end of the tunnel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Accept connections to the machine on which Odoo is installed, possibly over " +"ssl (see `PostgreSQL connection settings`_ for details), then configure Odoo" +" to connect over the network" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:95 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:145 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:231 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 +msgid "Configuration sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:97 +msgid "Allow tcp connection on localhost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:98 +msgid "Allow tcp connection from 192.168.1.x network" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:100 +msgid "in ``/etc/postgresql/9.5/main/pg_hba.conf`` set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:108 +msgid "in ``/etc/postgresql/9.5/main/postgresql.conf`` set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:119 +msgid "Configuring Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Out of the box, Odoo connects to a local postgres over UNIX socket via port " +"5432. This can be overridden using :ref:`the database options " +"` when your Postgres deployment is not " +"local and/or does not use the installation defaults." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The :ref:`packaged installers ` will automatically " +"create a new user (``odoo``) and set it as the database user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The database management screens are protected by the ``admin_passwd`` " +"setting. This setting can only be set using configuration files, and is " +"simply checked before performing database alterations. It should be set to a" +" randomly generated value to ensure third parties can not use this " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:134 +msgid "" +"All database operations use the :ref:`database options " +"`, including the database management " +"screen. For the database management screen to work requires that the " +"PostgreSQL user have ``createdb`` right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Users can always drop databases they own. For the database management screen" +" to be completely non-functional, the PostgreSQL user needs to be created " +"with ``no-createdb`` and the database must be owned by a different " +"PostgreSQL user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:142 +msgid "the PostgreSQL user *must not* be a superuser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:147 +msgid "connect to a PostgreSQL server on 192.168.1.2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:148 +msgid "port 5432" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:149 +msgid "using an 'odoo' user account," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:150 +msgid "with 'pwd' as a password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:151 +msgid "filtering only db with a name beginning with 'mycompany'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:168 +msgid "SSL Between Odoo and PostgreSQL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Since Odoo 11.0, you can enforce ssl connection between Odoo and PostgreSQL." +" in Odoo the db_sslmode control the ssl security of the connection with " +"value chosen out of 'disable', 'allow', 'prefer', 'require', 'verify-ca' or " +"'verify-full'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:175 +msgid "" +"`PostgreSQL Doc `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:180 +msgid "Builtin server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Odoo includes built-in HTTP servers, using either multithreading or " +"multiprocessing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For production use, it is recommended to use the multiprocessing server as " +"it increases stability, makes somewhat better use of computing resources and" +" can be better monitored and resource-restricted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Multiprocessing is enabled by configuring :option:`a non-zero number of " +"worker processes `, the number of workers should be " +"based on the number of cores in the machine (possibly with some room for " +"cron workers depending on how much cron work is predicted)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Worker limits can be configured based on the hardware configuration to avoid" +" resources exhaustion" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:196 +msgid "multiprocessing mode currently isn't available on Windows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:199 +msgid "Worker number calculation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201 +msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:202 +msgid "Cron workers need CPU" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:203 +msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:206 +msgid "memory size calculation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:208 +msgid "" +"We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler " +"ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 +msgid "" +"A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are " +"well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:210 +msgid "" +"A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB" +" of RAM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) " +"+ (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:215 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 +msgid "LiveChat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:217 +msgid "" +"In multiprocessing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started and" +" listening on :option:`the longpolling port ` " +"but the client will not connect to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Instead you must have a proxy redirecting requests whose URL starts with " +"``/longpolling/`` to the longpolling port. Other request should be proxied " +"to the :option:`normal HTTP port `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To achieve such a thing, you'll need to deploy a reverse proxy in front of " +"Odoo, like nginx or apache. When doing so, you'll need to forward some more " +"http Headers to Odoo, and activate the proxy_mode in Odoo configuration to " +"have Odoo read those headers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:233 +msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:234 +msgid "60 concurrent users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:236 +msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237 +msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238 +msgid "" +"We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to " +"measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:239 +msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 +msgid "in ``/etc/odoo.conf``:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:259 +msgid "" +"Whether it's accessed via website/web client or web service, Odoo transmits " +"authentication information in cleartext. This means a secure deployment of " +"Odoo must use HTTPS\\ [#switching]_. SSL termination can be implemented via " +"just about any SSL termination proxy, but requires the following setup:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:264 +msgid "" +"Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode `. This should only" +" be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:265 +msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:266 +msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:267 +msgid "" +"Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure " +"connections to the secure port" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:273 +msgid "Redirect http requests to https" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:274 +msgid "Proxy requests to odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:282 +msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:343 +msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:345 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to mount Odoo as a standard WSGI_ application. Odoo " +"provides the base for a WSGI launcher script as ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. " +"That script should be customized (possibly after copying it from the setup " +"directory) to correctly set the configuration directly in " +":mod:`odoo.tools.config` rather than through the command-line or a " +"configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:351 +msgid "" +"However the WSGI server will only expose the main HTTP endpoint for the web " +"client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the " +"creation of workers anymore it can not setup cron or livechat workers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:356 +msgid "Cron Workers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:358 +msgid "To run cron jobs for an Odoo deployment as a WSGI application requires" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360 +msgid "A classical Odoo (run via ``odoo-bin``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:361 +msgid "" +"Connected to the database in which cron jobs have to be run (via " +":option:`odoo-bin -d`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:363 +msgid "" +"Which should not be exposed to the network. To ensure cron runners are not " +"network-accessible, it is possible to disable the built-in HTTP server " +"entirely with :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` or setting ``http_enable = " +"False`` in the configuration file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:371 +msgid "" +"The second problematic subsystem for WSGI deployments is the LiveChat: where" +" most HTTP connections are relatively short and quickly free up their worker" +" process for the next request, LiveChat require a long-lived connection for " +"each client in order to implement near-real-time notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:376 +msgid "" +"This is in conflict with the process-based worker model, as it will tie up " +"worker processes and prevent new users from accessing the system. However, " +"those long-lived connections do very little and mostly stay parked waiting " +"for notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:381 +msgid "" +"The solutions to support livechat/motifications in a WSGI application are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Deploy a threaded version of Odoo (instead of a process-based preforking " +"one) and redirect only requests to URLs starting with ``/longpolling/`` to " +"that Odoo, this is the simplest and the longpolling URL can double up as the" +" cron instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:387 +msgid "" +"Deploy an evented Odoo via ``odoo-gevent`` and proxy requests starting with " +"``/longpolling/`` to :option:`the longpolling port `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:392 +msgid "Serving Static Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:394 +msgid "" +"For development convenience, Odoo directly serves all static files in its " +"modules. This may not be ideal when it comes to performances, and static " +"files should generally be served by a static HTTP server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Odoo static files live in each module's ``static/`` folder, so static files " +"can be served by intercepting all requests to " +":samp:`/{MODULE}/static/{FILE}`, and looking up the right module (and file) " +"in the various addons paths." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:402 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:402 +msgid "" +"test whether it would be interesting to serve filestored attachments via " +"this, and how (e.g. possibility of mapping ir.attachment id to filestore " +"hash in the database?)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:409 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:411 +msgid "" +"For starters, keep in mind that securing an information system is a " +"continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only " +"be as secure as the weakest link in your environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:415 +msgid "" +"So please do not take this section as the ultimate list of measures that " +"will prevent all security problems. It's only intended as a summary of the " +"first important things you should be sure to include in your security action" +" plan. The rest will come from best security practices for your operating " +"system and distribution, best practices in terms of users, passwords, and " +"access control management, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:421 +msgid "" +"When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the " +"following security-related topics:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:424 +msgid "" +"Always set a strong super-admin admin password, and restrict access to the " +"database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See " +":ref:`db_manager_security`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:427 +msgid "" +"Choose unique logins and strong passwords for all administrator accounts on " +"all databases. Do not use 'admin' as the login. Do not use those logins for " +"day-to-day operations, only for controlling/managing the installation. " +"*Never* use any default passwords like admin/admin, even for test/staging " +"databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:432 +msgid "" +"Do **not** install demo data on internet-facing servers. Databases with demo" +" data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your" +" systems and cause significant trouble, even on staging/dev systems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:436 +msgid "" +"Use appropriate database filters ( :option:`--db-filter `) to restrict the visibility of your databases according to the " +"hostname. See :ref:`db_filter`. You may also use :option:`-d ` " +"to provide your own (comma-separated) list of available databases to filter " +"from, instead of letting the system fetch them all from the database " +"backend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:443 +msgid "" +"Once your ``db_name`` and ``db_filter`` are configured and only match a " +"single database per hostname, you should set ``list_db`` configuration " +"option to ``False``, to prevent listing databases entirely, and to block " +"access to the database management screens (this is also exposed as the " +":option:`--no-database-list ` command-line " +"option)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:449 +msgid "" +"Make sure the PostgreSQL user (:option:`--db_user `) is " +"*not* a super-user, and that your databases are owned by a different user. " +"For example they could be owned by the ``postgres`` super-user if you are " +"using a dedicated non-privileged ``db_user``. See also " +":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:454 +msgid "" +"Keep installations updated by regularly installing the latest builds, either" +" via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from " +"https://www.odoo.com/page/download or http://nightly.odoo.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:458 +msgid "" +"Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your" +" typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:461 +msgid "" +"Run Odoo behind a web server providing HTTPS termination with a valid SSL " +"certificate, in order to prevent eavesdropping on cleartext communications. " +"SSL certificates are cheap, and many free options exist. Configure the web " +"proxy to limit the size of requests, set appropriate timeouts, and then " +"enable the :option:`proxy mode ` option. See also " +":ref:`https_proxy`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:468 +msgid "" +"If you need to allow remote SSH access to your servers, make sure to set a " +"strong password for **all** accounts, not just `root`. It is strongly " +"recommended to entirely disable password-based authentication, and only " +"allow public key authentication. Also consider restricting access via a VPN," +" allowing only trusted IPs in the firewall, and/or running a brute-force " +"detection system such as `fail2ban` or equivalent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:474 +msgid "" +"Consider installing appropriate rate-limiting on your proxy or firewall, to " +"prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also " +":ref:`login_brute_force` for specific measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478 +msgid "" +"Many network providers provide automatic mitigation for Distributed Denial " +"of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you " +"should consult with them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482 +msgid "" +"Whenever possible, host your public-facing demo/test/staging instances on " +"different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security " +"precautions as for production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:486 +msgid "" +"If your public-facing Odoo server has access to sensitive internal network " +"resources or services (e.g. via a private VLAN), implement appropriate " +"firewall rules to protect those internal resources. This will ensure that " +"the Odoo server cannot be used accidentally (or as a result of malicious " +"user actions) to access or disrupt those internal resources. Typically this " +"can be done by applying an outbound default DENY rule on the firewall, then " +"only explicitly authorizing access to internal resources that the Odoo " +"server needs to access. `Systemd IP traffic access control " +"`_ may also be useful to implement per-process network access " +"control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:497 +msgid "" +"If your public-facing Odoo server is behind a Web Application Firewall, a " +"load-balancer, a transparent DDoS protection service (like CloudFlare) or a " +"similar network-level device, you may wish to avoid direct access to the " +"Odoo system. It is generally difficult to keep the endpoint IP addresses of " +"your Odoo servers secret. For example they can appear in web server logs " +"when querying public systems, or in the headers of emails posted from Odoo. " +"In such a situation you may want to configure your firewall so that the " +"endpoints are not accessible publicly except from the specific IP addresses " +"of your WAF, load-balancer or proxy service. Service providers like " +"CloudFlare usually maintain a public list of their IP address ranges for " +"this purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:508 +msgid "" +"If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from " +"each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:511 +msgid "" +"Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a" +" remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:518 +msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:519 +msgid "" +"For internet-facing deployments, brute force attacks on user passwords are " +"very common, and this threat should not be neglected for Odoo servers. Odoo " +"emits a log entry whenever a login attempt is performed, and reports the " +"result: success or failure, along with the target login and source IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 +msgid "The log entries will have the following form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:525 +msgid "Failed login::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:529 +msgid "Successful login::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:534 +msgid "" +"These logs can be easily analyzed by an intrusion prevention system such as " +"`fail2ban`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:536 +msgid "" +"For example, the following fail2ban filter definition should match a failed " +"login::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:543 +msgid "" +"This could be used with a jail definition to block the attacking IP on " +"HTTP(S)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 +msgid "" +"Here is what it could look like for blocking the IP for 15 minutes when 10 " +"failed login attempts are detected from the same IP within 1 minute::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:559 +msgid "Database Manager Security" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:561 +msgid ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo` mentioned ``admin_passwd`` in passing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:563 +msgid "" +"This setting is used on all database management screens (to create, delete, " +"dump or restore databases)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:566 +msgid "" +"If the management screens must not be accessible at all, you should set " +"``list_db`` configuration option to ``False``, to block access to all the " +"database selection and management screens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:572 +msgid "" +"It is strongly recommended to disable the Database Manager for any internet-" +"facing system! It is meant as a development/demo tool, to make it easy to " +"quickly create and manage databases. It is not designed for use in " +"production, and may even expose dangerous features to attackers. It is also " +"not designed to handle large databases, and may trigger memory limits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:578 +msgid "" +"On production systems, database management operations should always be " +"performed by the system administrator, including provisioning of new " +"databases and automated backups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Be sure to setup an appropriate ``db_name`` parameter (and optionally, " +"``db_filter`` too) so that the system can determine the target database for " +"each request, otherwise users will be blocked as they won't be allowed to " +"choose the database themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:586 +msgid "" +"If the management screens must only be accessible from a selected set of " +"machines, use the proxy server's features to block access to all routes " +"starting with ``/web/database`` except (maybe) ``/web/database/selector`` " +"which displays the database-selection screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:590 +msgid "" +"If the database-management screen should be left accessible, the " +"``admin_passwd`` setting must be changed from its ``admin`` default: this " +"password is checked before allowing database-alteration operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:594 +msgid "It should be stored securely, and should be generated randomly e.g." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:600 +msgid "which will generate a 32 characters pseudorandom printable string." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:603 +msgid "Supported Browsers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:605 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports all the major desktop and mobile browsers available on the " +"market, as long as they are supported by their publishers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:608 +msgid "Here are the supported browsers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:610 +msgid "Google Chrome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:611 +msgid "Mozilla Firefox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:612 +msgid "Microsoft Edge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:613 +msgid "Apple Safari" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:615 +msgid "" +"Please make sure your browser is up-to-date and still supported by its " +"publisher before filing a bug report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:620 +msgid "Since Odoo 13.0, ES6 is supported. Therefore, IE support is dropped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:623 +msgid "" +"to have multiple Odoo installations use the same PostgreSQL database, or to " +"provide more computing resources to both software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:626 +msgid "" +"technically a tool like socat_ can be used to proxy UNIX sockets across " +"networks, but that is mostly for software which can only be used over UNIX " +"sockets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:630 +msgid "" +"or be accessible only over an internal packet-switched network, but that " +"requires secured switches, protections against `ARP spoofing`_ and precludes" +" usage of WiFi. Even over secure packet-switched networks, deployment over " +"HTTPS is recommended, and possible costs are lowered as \"self-signed\" " +"certificates are easier to deploy on a controlled environment than over the " +"internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:3 +msgid "Email gateway" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo mail gateway allows you to inject directly all the received emails " +"in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Its principle is straightforward: your SMTP server executes the \"mailgate\"" +" script for every new incoming email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The script takes care of connecting to your Odoo database through XML-RPC, " +"and send the emails via the `MailThread.message_process()` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:13 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:14 +msgid "Administrator access to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:15 +msgid "Your own mail server such as Postfix or Exim." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:16 +msgid "Technical knowledge on how to configure an email server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:19 +msgid "For Postfix" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:20 +msgid "In you alias config (:file:`/etc/aliases`):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:27 +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:41 +msgid "Resources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:29 +msgid "`Postfix `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:30 +msgid "`Postfix aliases `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:31 +msgid "`Postfix virtual `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:35 +msgid "For Exim" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:43 +msgid "`Exim `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you don't have access/manage your email server, use :ref:`inbound " +"messages `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:6 +msgid "Installing Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:8 +msgid "" +"There are multiple ways to install Odoo, or not install it at all, depending" +" on the intended use case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:11 +msgid "This documents attempts to describe most of the installation options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:14 +msgid ":ref:`setup/install/online`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:14 +msgid "The easiest way to use Odoo in production or to try it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:18 +msgid ":ref:`setup/install/packaged`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Suitable for testing Odoo, developing modules and can be used for long-term " +"production use with additional deployment and maintenance work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:23 +msgid ":ref:`setup/install/source`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Provides greater flexibility: e.g. allow multiple running Odoo versions on " +"the same system. Good for developing modules, can be used as base for " +"production deployment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:28 +msgid ":ref:`setup/install/docker`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you usually use docker_ for development or deployment, an official " +"docker_ base image is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:33 +msgid "Editions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:35 +msgid "" +"There are two different Editions_ of Odoo: the Community and Enterprise " +"versions. Using the Enterprise version is possible on our SaaS_ and " +"accessing the code is restricted to Enterprise customers and partners. The " +"Community version is freely available to anyone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you already use the Community version and wish to upgrade to Enterprise, " +"please refer to :ref:`setup/enterprise` (except for " +":ref:`setup/install/source`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:47 +msgid "Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:50 +msgid "Demo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To simply get a quick idea of Odoo, demo_ instances are available. They are " +"shared instances which only live for a few hours, and can be used to browse " +"around and try things out with no commitment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:56 +msgid "Demo_ instances require no local installation, just a web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:59 +msgid "SaaS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Trivial to start with, fully managed and migrated by Odoo S.A., Odoo's SaaS_" +" provides private instances and starts out free. It can be used to discover " +"and test Odoo and do non-code customizations (i.e. incompatible with custom " +"modules or the Odoo Apps Store) without having to install it locally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:66 +msgid "Can be used for both testing Odoo and long-term production use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Like demo_ instances, SaaS_ instances require no local installation, a web " +"browser is sufficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:75 +msgid "Packaged installers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides packaged installers for Windows, deb-based distributions " +"(Debian, Ubuntu, …) and RPM-based distributions (Fedora, CentOS, RHEL, …) " +"for both the Community and Enterprise versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:81 +msgid "" +"These packages automatically set up all dependencies (for the Community " +"version), but may be difficult to keep up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Official Community packages with all relevant dependency requirements are " +"available on our nightly_ server. Both Communtiy and Enterprise packages can" +" be downloaded from our download_ page (you must to be logged in as a paying" +" customer or partner to download the Enterprise packages)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:90 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:252 +msgid "Windows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Download the installer from our nightly_ server (Community only) or the " +"Windows installer from the download_ page (any edition)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:94 +msgid "Execute the downloaded file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:0 +msgid "" +"On Windows 8 and later you may see a warning titled \"Windows protected your" +" PC\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:0 +msgid "Click on **More Info** and then on **Run anyway**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:99 +msgid "Accept the UAC_ prompt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:100 +msgid "Go through the various installation steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:102 +msgid "Odoo will automatically be started at the end of the installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:105 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:418 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:108 +msgid "Debian/Ubuntu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Odoo 15.0 'deb' package currently supports `Debian 11 (Bullseye)`_, `Ubuntu " +"20.04 (Focal)`_ or above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:113 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:186 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:300 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:466 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:637 +msgid "Prepare" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs a `PostgreSQL`_ server to run properly. The default configuration" +" for the Odoo 'deb' package is to use the PostgreSQL server on the same host" +" as your Odoo instance. Execute the following command in order to install " +"the PostgreSQL server:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:123 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:198 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:367 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:540 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:704 +msgid "" +"`wkhtmltopdf` is not installed through **pip** and must be installed " +"manually in version `0.12.5 `_ for it to " +"support headers and footers. See our `wiki " +"`_ for more details on the " +"various versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:204 +msgid "Repository" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Odoo S.A. provides a repository that can be used with Debian and Ubuntu " +"distributions. It can be used to install *Odoo Community Edition* by " +"executing the following commands **as root**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:140 +msgid "" +"You can then use the usual `apt-get upgrade` command to keep your " +"installation up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:142 +msgid "" +"At this moment, there is no nightly repository for the Enterprise Edition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:145 +msgid "Deb Package" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Instead of using the repository as described above, the 'deb' packages for " +"both the *Community* and *Enterprise* editions can be downloaded from the " +"`official download page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:150 +msgid "Next, execute the following commands **as root**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:158 +msgid "" +"This will install Odoo as a service, create the necessary PostgreSQL_ user " +"and automatically start the server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:161 +msgid "" +"The `python3-xlwt` Debian package does not exists in Debian Buster nor " +"Ubuntu 18.04. This python module is needed to export into xls format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:164 +msgid "If you need the feature, you can install it manually with:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:170 +msgid "" +"The `num2words` python package does not exists in Debian Buster nor Ubuntu " +"18.04. Textual amounts will not be rendered by Odoo and this could cause " +"problems with the `l10n_mx_edi` module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:174 +msgid "If you need this feature, you can install manually with:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:181 +msgid "Fedora" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:183 +msgid "Odoo 15.0 'rpm' package supports Fedora 34." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs a `PostgreSQL`_ server to run properly. Make sure that the `sudo`" +" command is available and well configured and, only then, execute the " +"following command in order to install the PostgreSQL server:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Odoo S.A. provides a repository that can be used with the Fedora " +"distributions. It can be used to install *Odoo Community Edition* by " +"executing the following commands:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:218 +msgid "RPM package" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Instead of using the repository as described above, the 'rpm' packages for " +"both the *Community* and *Enterprise* editions can be downloaded from the " +"`official download page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Once downloaded, the package can be installed using the 'dnf' package " +"manager:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:235 +msgid "Source Install" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:237 +msgid "" +"The source \"installation\" is really about not installing Odoo, and running" +" it directly from source instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:240 +msgid "" +"This can be more convenient for module developers as the Odoo source is more" +" easily accessible than using packaged installation (for information or to " +"build this documentation and have it available offline)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:244 +msgid "" +"It also makes starting and stopping Odoo more flexible and explicit than the" +" services set up by the packaged installations, and allows overriding " +"settings using :ref:`command-line parameters ` without " +"needing to edit a configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Finally it provides greater control over the system's set up, and allows to " +"more easily keep (and run) multiple versions of Odoo side-by-side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:255 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:421 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:592 +msgid "Fetch the sources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:257 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:423 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:594 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to obtain the source code of Odoo: as a zip **archive** " +"or through **git**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:260 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:426 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:597 +msgid "Archive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:262 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:279 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:428 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:445 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:599 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:616 +msgid "Community Edition:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:264 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:270 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:430 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:436 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:601 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:607 +msgid "`Official download page `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:265 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:431 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:602 +msgid "`GitHub repository `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:266 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:432 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:603 +msgid "`Nightly server `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:268 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:434 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:605 +msgid "Enterprise Edition:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:437 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:608 +msgid "`GitHub repository `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:274 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:440 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:611 +msgid "Git" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:276 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:442 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:613 +msgid "" +"The following requires git_ to be installed on your machine and that you " +"have basic knowledge of git commands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:286 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:452 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:623 +msgid "Enterprise Edition: (see :ref:`setup/install/editions` to get access)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:292 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:458 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:629 +msgid "" +"**The Enterprise git repository does not contain the full Odoo source " +"code**. It is only a collection of extra add-ons. The main server code is in" +" the Community version. Running the Enterprise version actually means " +"running the server from the Community version with the addons-path option " +"set to the folder with the Enterprise version. You need to clone both the " +"Community and Enterprise repository to have a working Odoo Enterprise " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:303 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:469 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:640 +msgid "Python" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Odoo requires Python 3.7 or later to run. Visit `Python's download page " +"`_ to download and install the " +"latest version of Python 3 on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:308 +msgid "" +"During installation, check **Add Python 3 to PATH**, then click **Customize " +"Installation** and make sure that **pip** is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:311 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:474 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:645 +msgid "" +"If Python 3 is already installed, make sure that the version is 3.7 or " +"above, as previous versions are not compatible with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:318 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:481 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:652 +msgid "Verify also that pip_ is installed for this version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:327 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses PostgreSQL as database management system. `Download and install " +"PostgreSQL `_ (supported " +"version: 10.0 and later)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:330 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:499 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:664 +msgid "" +"By default, the only user is `postgres` but Odoo forbids connecting as " +"`postgres`, so you need to create a new PostgreSQL user:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Add PostgreSQL's `bin` directory (by default: `C:\\\\Program " +"Files\\\\PostgreSQL\\\\\\\\bin`) to your `PATH`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:335 +msgid "Create a postgres user with a password using the pg admin gui:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:337 +msgid "Open **pgAdmin**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:338 +msgid "Double-click the server to create a connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:339 +msgid "Select :menuselection:`Object --> Create --> Login/Group Role`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:340 +msgid "Enter the username in the **Role Name** field (e.g. `odoo`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:341 +msgid "" +"Open the **Definition** tab and enter the password (e.g. ``odoo``), then " +"click **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:342 +msgid "" +"Open the **Privileges** tab and switch **Can login?** to `Yes` and **Create " +"database?** to `Yes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:346 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:511 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:676 +msgid "Dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Before installing the dependencies, you must download and install the `Build" +" Tools for Visual Studio " +"`_. When prompted, select **C++ build tools** in the " +"**Workloads** tab and install them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:352 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:525 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:678 +msgid "" +"Odoo dependencies are listed in the `requirements.txt` file located at the " +"root of the Odoo community directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:355 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:528 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:681 +msgid "" +"It can be preferable to not mix python modules packages between different " +"instances of Odoo or with your system. You can use virtualenv_ to create " +"isolated Python environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:358 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the path of your Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " +"and run **pip** on the requirements file in a terminal **with Administrator " +"privileges**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:372 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:545 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:709 +msgid "" +"For languages with right-to-left interface (such as Arabic or Hebrew), the " +"package `rtlcss` is needed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:375 +msgid "Download and install `nodejs `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:376 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:549 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:713 +msgid "Install `rtlcss`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:382 +msgid "" +"Edit the System Environment's variable `PATH` to add the folder where " +"`rtlcss.cmd` is located (typically: " +"`C:\\\\Users\\\\\\\\AppData\\\\Roaming\\\\npm\\\\`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:386 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:556 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:720 +msgid "Running Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:388 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:558 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:722 +msgid "" +"Once all dependencies are set up, Odoo can be launched by running `odoo-" +"bin`, the command-line interface of the server. It is located at the root of" +" the Odoo Community directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:391 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:561 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:725 +msgid "" +"To configure the server, you can either specify :ref:`command-line arguments" +" ` or a :ref:`configuration file " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:394 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:564 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:728 +msgid "" +"For the Enterprise edition, you must add the path to the `enterprise` addons" +" to the `addons-path` argument. Note that it must come before the other " +"paths in `addons-path` for addons to be loaded correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:398 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:568 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:732 +msgid "Common necessary configurations are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:400 +msgid "PostgreSQL user and password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:401 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:573 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:737 +msgid "Custom addon paths beyond the defaults, to load your own modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:403 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:575 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:739 +msgid "A typical way to run the server would be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:410 +msgid "" +"Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, " +"`dbuser` is the PostgreSQL login, `dbpassword` is the PostgreSQL password " +"and `mydb` is the default database to serve on `localhost:8069`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:415 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:586 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:750 +msgid "" +":doc:`The exhaustive list of arguments for odoo-bin " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:471 +msgid "" +"Odoo requires Python 3.7 or later to run. Use your package manager to " +"download and install Python 3 on your machine if it is not already done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:490 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses PostgreSQL as database management system. Use your package manager" +" to download and install PostgreSQL (supported version: 10.0 and later)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:493 +msgid "On Debian/Unbuntu, it can be achieved by executing the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:507 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:672 +msgid "" +"Because your PostgreSQL user has the same name as your Unix login, you will " +"be able to connect to the database without password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:513 +msgid "" +"For libraries using native code, it is necessary to install development " +"tools and native dependencies before the Python dependencies of Odoo. They " +"are available in `-dev` or `-devel` packages for Python, PostgreSQL, " +"libxml2, libxslt1, libevent, libsasl2 and libldap2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:517 +msgid "" +"On Debian/Unbuntu, the following command should install all the required " +"libraries:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:531 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:684 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the path of your Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " +"and run **pip** on the requirements file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:548 +msgid "Download and install **nodejs** and **npm** with your package manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:570 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:734 +msgid "" +"PostgreSQL user and password. Odoo has no defaults beyond `psycopg2's " +"defaults `_: connects over a UNIX" +" socket on port `5432` with the current user and no password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:582 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:746 +msgid "" +"Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation and " +"`mydb` is the default database to serve on `localhost:8069`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:589 +msgid "Mac OS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:642 +msgid "" +"Odoo requires Python 3.7 or later to run. Use your preferred package manager" +" (homebrew_, macports_) to download and install Python 3 on your machine if " +"it is not already done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:661 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses PostgreSQL as database management system. Use `postgres.app " +"`_ to download and install PostgreSQL (supported " +"version: 10.0 and later)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:693 +msgid "Non-Python dependencies need to be installed with a package manager:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:695 +msgid "Download and install the **Command Line Tools**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:701 +msgid "" +"Download and install the package manager of your choice (homebrew_, " +"macports_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:702 +msgid "Install non-python dependencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:712 +msgid "" +"Download and install **nodejs** with your preferred package manager " +"(homebrew_, macports_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:755 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:147 +msgid "Docker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:757 +msgid "" +"The full documentation on how to use Odoo with Docker can be found on the " +"official Odoo `docker image `_ page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain.rst:5 +msgid "Maintain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:3 +msgid "Domain names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A **domain name** works as an address for your website. It makes the " +"Internet much more accessible as it allows users to type a meaningful web " +"address, such as ``www.odoo.com``, rather than its server's IP address with " +"a series of numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:9 +msgid "" +"You can use a custom domain name to access your Odoo database and websites:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:11 +msgid "" +"By :ref:`registering a free domain name with Odoo ` (for Odoo Online databases)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:13 +msgid "" +"By :ref:`configuring a custom domain that you already own `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases, including their websites, use by default " +"a subdomain of ``odoo.com`` for both the URL and the emails (e.g., " +"``https://example.odoo.com``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers a :ref:`free custom domain name ` to " +"all Odoo Online databases for one year. Visitors can then access your " +"website with an address such as ``www.example.com`` rather than the default " +"``example.odoo.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:27 +msgid "About domain names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Having a **good domain name** is as important to your branding as the name " +"of your business or organization as it is the first thing your visitors will" +" notice. We recommend you keep them *simple, short, easy to remember and " +"spell*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A **subdomain** is a domain that is a part of another domain. It often " +"refers to the additional part that comes before the main domain name. " +"Traditionally, most websites use the ``www.`` subdomain, but any string of " +"letters can be used as well. You can use subdomains to direct your visitors " +"to other websites than your main website or to specific pages (e.g., " +"``experience.odoo.com`` points to a specific page.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:39 +msgid "" +"All domain names are referenced in the **Domain Name System**, or **DNS**, " +"which works as a giant directory for the Internet. There are many DNS " +"servers, so any modification to the DNS can take up to 72 hours to propagate" +" worldwide on all servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:46 +msgid "Register a free domain name with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can register a domain name for your Odoo Online database directly from " +"Odoo Website or your database manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Your domain name is **free for one year** if you register it with Odoo!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The domain name is registered with `Gandi `_, the " +"domain name registrar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You are the owner of the domain name and can use it for other purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:56 +msgid "Odoo manages payment and technical support for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> " +"Domain Name`. Alternatively, open your `database manager " +"`_, click on the :guilabel:`settings` " +"button next to your database, then on :guilabel:`Domain names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Search for the domain name of your choice to check its availability, then " +"select the one you want to register for your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Next, fill in the form with your information to become the domain name " +"owner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Your domain name is directly linked to your database, but you still have to " +":ref:`map your domain name with your website `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Free domain names are also available for free Odoo Online databases (if you " +"installed one app only, for example). In this case, Odoo reviews your " +"request and your website to avoid abuse. This process may take up to three " +"days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:82 +msgid "This is not available for Odoo.sh databases yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:87 +msgid "Manage your domain name registered with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To manage the DNS records of your domain name registered with Odoo or to " +"visualize the contacts associated with it, open your `database manager " +"`_, click on the :guilabel:`settings` " +"button next to your database, on :guilabel:`Domain names`, and then on " +":guilabel:`Contacts` or :guilabel:`DNS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Please `submit a support ticket `_ if you need " +"further assistance to manage your domain name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:105 +msgid "Configure your existing domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If you already own a domain name, you can use it to point to your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To avoid any issue with the :ref:`SSL certificate validation `, we highly recommend that you proceed with the following actions " +"in this order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:112 +msgid "" +":ref:`Add a CNAME record ` on your domain name's DNS " +"zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:113 +msgid "" +":ref:`Map your domain name with your Odoo database `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:114 +msgid "" +":ref:`Map your domain name with your Odoo website `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:119 +msgid "Add a CNAME record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:121 +msgid "" +"A **CNAME record** is a type of DNS record that points to the IP address of " +"another website rather than to directly to an IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:124 +msgid "" +"You need a CNAME record that points to your Odoo database. The requirements " +"are detailed in your database manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:199 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The target address is the current address of your database, as defined at " +"its creation (e.g., ``example.odoo.com``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:134 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:213 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh.rst:5 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:4 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Your project's main address is defined in :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Project Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:138 +msgid "" +"If you want to target a specific branch (production, staging or " +"development), go to :menuselection:`Branches --> select your branch --> " +"Settings --> Custom domains`, and click on :guilabel:`How to set up my " +"domain?`. A message indicates which address your CNAME record should target." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:143 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:185 +msgid "Open your domain name's manager dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Open the **DNS zone** management page for the domain name you want to " +"configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:145 +msgid "Create a **CNAME record** pointing to the address of your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:147 +msgid "" +"While Odoo suggests creating a CNAME record for your ``www.`` subdomain " +"(``www.example.com``, you can of course use any domain name of your choice, " +"with any subdomain (e.g., ``anything.example.com``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:152 +msgid "" +"You own the domain name ``example.com``, and you have an Odoo Online " +"database at the address ``example.odoo.com``. You want to access your Odoo " +"database primarily with the domain ``www.example.com`` but also with the " +":ref:`naked domain ` ``example.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:157 +msgid "" +"To do so, you create a CNAME record for the ``www`` subdomain, with " +"``example.odoo.com`` as the target. The DNS zone manager generates the " +"following rule and adds it to your DNS zone: ``www IN CNAME " +"example.odoo.com.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:161 +msgid "" +"You also create a redirection from ``example.com`` to ``wwww.example.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:163 +msgid "Your new DNS records are propagated to all DNS servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:166 +msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:168 +msgid "`GoDaddy `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:169 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:170 +msgid "" +"`OVH " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:171 +msgid "" +"`CloudFlare `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:172 +msgid "" +"`Google Domains `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:177 +msgid "Naked domain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:179 +msgid "" +"A **naked domain** is a domain name that doesn't have any subdomain at the " +"beginning of the address (e.g., ``odoo.com`` instead of ``www.odoo.com``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:182 +msgid "" +"You may want your naked domain to redirect to your website as some visitors " +"may not type the full domain name to access your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Create a **redirection** from the naked domain (``example.com``) to your " +"main domain name (``www.example.com``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Depending on your domain name registrar, this redirection may be already " +"pre-configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:195 +msgid "Map your domain name with your Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Open your `database manager `_, click on " +"the :guilabel:`settings` button next to your database, on :guilabel:`Domain " +"names`, and then on :guilabel:`Use my own domain` at the bottom of the right" +" column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Type the domain name you want to add to this database, then click on " +":guilabel:`Verify` to check if the CNAME record is correctly configured. " +"Once done, click on :guilabel:`I confirm, it's done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Branches --> select your branch --> Settings --> " +"Custom domains`, type the domain name you want to add to this database, then" +" click on :guilabel:`Add domain`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:223 +msgid "" +":ref:`Odoo.sh branches: settings tab `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Make sure to :ref:`add a CNAME record ` to your domain " +"name's DNS **before** mapping your domain name with your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Failing to do so may impede the validation of the :ref:`SSL certificate " +"` and would result in a *certificate name mismatch* error. " +"This is often displayed by web browsers as a warning such as *\"Your " +"connection is not private\"*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:233 +msgid "" +"If this is the case and you have added the domain name to your database's " +"settings less than five days ago, wait 24 hours as the validation may still " +"happen. Otherwise, please `submit a support ticket " +"`_ including screenshots of your CNAME records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:240 +msgid "SSL encryption (HTTPS protocol)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**SSL encryption** is an encryption-based Internet security protocol. It " +"allows your visitors to navigate your website through a secure connection, " +"which appears as an ``https://`` protocol at the beginning of your web " +"address, rather than a non-secure ``http://`` protocol." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates a separate SSL certificate for each domain :ref:`mapped in " +"the database manager `, using integration with `Let's " +"Encrypt Certificate Authority and ACME protocol " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:251 +msgid "The certificate generation may take up to 24h." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Several attempts to validate your certificate are made during the five days " +"following the moment you add your domain name in your database's settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:254 +msgid "" +"If you already use another service, you can keep using it or simply change " +"for Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:259 +msgid "Web base URL of a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:262 +msgid "" +"If you have Odoo Website, you can disregard this part and directly :ref:`map" +" your domain name with your website `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:265 +msgid "" +"The **web base URL** of a database, or **root URL** affects your main " +"website address and all the links sent to your customers (e.g., quotations, " +"portal links, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:268 +msgid "" +"To configure it, access your Odoo database with your custom address, then " +"log in as an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* " +"group) from the login screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:272 +msgid "" +"Connecting to your database with the original Odoo subdomain address (e.g., " +"``example.odoo.com`` also updates the web base URL of your database. See " +"below to prevent these automatic updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can do it manually. To do so, activate the " +":ref:`developer mode `, then go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> System Parameters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:278 +msgid "" +"Find the key called ``web.base.url`` (or create it if it does not exist) and" +" enter the full address of your website as value, such as " +"``https://www.example.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:282 +msgid "" +"The URL must include the protocol ``https://`` (or ``http://``) and must not" +" end with a slash (``/``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:285 +msgid "" +"To prevent the automatic update of the web base URL when an administrator " +"logs in the database, you can create the following System Parameter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:288 +msgid "key: ``web.base.url.freeze``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:289 +msgid "value: ``True``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:294 +msgid "Map your domain name with your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:296 +msgid "" +"Mapping your domain name to your website isn't the same as mapping it with " +"your database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:298 +msgid "" +"It defines your domain name as the main one for your website, helping search" +" engines to index your website properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:300 +msgid "" +"It defines your domain name as the base URL for your database, including the" +" portal links sent by email to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:302 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple websites, it maps your domain name with the appropriate" +" website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:304 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Website " +"Info`. If you have multiple websites, select the one you want to configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:307 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Domain` field, fill in the web address of your website " +"(e.g., ``https://www.example.com``) and click on :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:315 +msgid "" +"Mapping your domain name with your Odoo website prevents Google from " +"indexing both your custom domain name ``www.example.com`` and your original " +"odoo database address ``example.odoo.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:318 +msgid "" +"If both addresses are already indexed, it may take some time before Google " +"removes the indexation of the second address. You may also try using the " +"`Google Search Console `_ " +"to fix this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:323 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple websites and companies on your database, make sure that" +" you select the right :guilabel:`Company` in the website settings, next to " +"the :guilabel:`Domain` settings. Doing so indicates Odoo which URL to use as" +" the :ref:`base URL ` according to the company in " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:329 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:6 +msgid "Upgrade Community to Enterprise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Depending on your current installation, there are multiple ways to upgrade " +"your community version. In any case the basic guidelines are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:12 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:31 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:80 +msgid "Backup your community database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:17 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:62 +msgid "Shutdown your server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:19 +msgid "Install the web_enterprise module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:21 +msgid "Restart your server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:23 +msgid "Enter your Odoo Enterprise Subscription code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:29 +msgid "On Linux, using an installer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:33 +msgid "Stop the odoo service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Install the enterprise .deb (it should install over the community package)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:45 +msgid "Update your database to the enterprise packages using" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You should be able to connect to your Odoo Enterprise instance using your " +"usual mean of identification. You can then link your database with your Odoo" +" Enterprise Subscription by entering the code you received by e-mail in the " +"form input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:57 +msgid "On Linux, using the source code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:59 +msgid "" +"There are many ways to launch your server when using sources, and you " +"probably have your own favourite. You may need to adapt sections to your " +"usual workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Update the ``--addons-path`` parameter of your launch command (see " +":ref:`setup/install/source`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:65 +msgid "Install the web_enterprise module by using" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:71 +msgid "Depending on the size of your database, this may take some time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Restart your server with the updated addons path of point 3. You should be " +"able to connect to your instance. You can then link your database with your " +"Odoo Enterprise Subscription by entering the code you received by e-mail in " +"the form input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:78 +msgid "On Windows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Uninstall Odoo Community (using the Uninstall executable in the installation" +" folder) - PostgreSQL will remain installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Launch the Odoo Enterprise Installer and follow the steps normally. When " +"choosing the installation path, you can set the folder of the Community " +"installation (this folder still contains the PostgreSQL installation). " +"Uncheck ``Start Odoo`` at the end of the installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Using a command window, update your Odoo Database using this command (from " +"the Odoo installation path, in the server subfolder)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:103 +msgid "" +"No need to manually launch the server, the service is running. You should be" +" able to connect to your Odoo Enterprise instance using your usual mean of " +"identification. You can then link your database with your Odoo Enterprise " +"Subscription by entering the code you received by e-mail in the form input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:6 +msgid "Change hosting solution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You may want to move your Odoo database from one hosting solution to " +"another. Depending on the platforms, you have to do it by yourself or " +"contact our support team first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:12 +msgid "From on-premises to Odoo Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:14 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:48 +msgid "Odoo Online is not compatible with **non-standard apps**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Create a :ref:`duplicate ` of your database: in this " +"duplicate, uninstall all the **non-standard apps**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Grab a \"dump with filestore\" of your database by using the Database " +"Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:18 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**If you have time constraints, contact us earlier to schedule the " +"transfer.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:19 +msgid "" +"`Create a support ticket `_ and attach the dump " +"(if the file is too large, use any file transfer service and attach the link" +" to your ticket). Also include your subscription number and the URL you want" +" to use for your database (e.g.: my-company.odoo.com)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:20 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:53 +msgid "" +"We will make sure your database is compatible and upload it to our cloud. In" +" case of technical issues, we will get in touch with you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:21 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:54 +msgid "It's done!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:24 +msgid "From on-premises to Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:26 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Follow the :ref:`Import your database section of the Odoo.sh documentation " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:27 +msgid "...and voilà!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:30 +msgid "From Odoo Online to on-premises" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:32 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Log into `your Odoo Online user portal " +"`_ and look for the version " +"number of your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If your database does not run a :ref:`major version ` of" +" Odoo, you cannot host it on-premises yet, you have to upgrade it first to a" +" new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a " +"major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Download a backup of your database by clicking on the \"Gear\" icon next to " +"your database name then :menuselection:`Download` (if the download fails due" +" to your backup file being too large, contact `our support " +"`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:35 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:60 +msgid "Restore it from the database manager on your local server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:38 +msgid "From Odoo Online to Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If your database does not run a :ref:`major version ` of" +" Odoo, you cannot host it on Odoo.sh yet, you have to upgrade it first to a " +"new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a " +"major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:46 +msgid "From Odoo.sh to Odoo Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Uninstall all the **non-standard apps**: test it in a staging build first, " +"then do it in your production build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:52 +msgid "" +"`Create a support ticket `_ and include your " +"subscription number and the URL you want to use for your database (e.g.: my-" +"company.odoo.com)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:57 +msgid "From Odoo.sh to on-premises" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Grab a :ref:`backup of your Odoo.sh production database " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:3 +msgid "On-premise database management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:6 +msgid "Register a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in " +"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before" +" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will" +" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-" +"registered database. You can check this Expiration Date in the About menu " +"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:16 +msgid "Registration Error Message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " +"message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:27 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:106 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:134 +msgid "Solutions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:29 +msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo" +" Account `__ or with your Account" +" Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:35 +msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " +"development database? `Find a partner `__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " +"`__ with the button \"Unlink " +"database\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:48 +msgid "" +"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " +"as it will be deactivated shortly:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:55 +msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:167 +msgid "" +"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " +"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID." +" Please check on your `Odoo Contract " +"`__, a short message will appear " +"specifying which database is problematic:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:69 +msgid "" +"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " +"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:72 +msgid "" +"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " +"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " +"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:76 +msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" +" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " +"outgoing connections towards:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:82 +msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:83 +msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " +"Update notification runs once a week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:91 +msgid "Error message due to too many users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" +" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:102 +msgid "" +"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " +"countdown is updated everyday." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:108 +msgid "" +"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " +"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:110 +msgid "" +"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `documentation " +"`_ and **Reject** the upsell " +"quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " +"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " +"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown," +" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification ` to make the " +"message disappear right away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:120 +msgid "Database expired error message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " +"subscription, you will encounter this message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:130 +msgid "" +"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" +" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " +"database is expired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " +"that" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:137 +msgid "" +"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " +"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " +"card payments are processed immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:140 +msgid "Contact our `Support `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:142 +msgid "" +"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:151 +msgid "Duplicate a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:153 +msgid "" +"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " +"server (/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " +"duplicate your database (among other things)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:161 +msgid "" +"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " +"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " +"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two " +"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " +"registration problems down the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:170 +msgid "" +"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`, we advise you" +" to use a `uuid generator `_ or to use the unix " +"command ``uuidgen`` to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it " +"like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:3 +msgid "Online (SaaS) database management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To manage a database, sign in to https://www.odoo.com and access the " +"`database management page `_ by clicking " +"on the user icon, then on *My Databases*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to" +" manage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Open the drop-down menu next to the database you want to manage by clicking " +"on the gear icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:21 +msgid "Several actions are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:23 +msgid ":ref:`online/upgrade`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:24 +msgid ":ref:`online/duplicate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`online/rename`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:26 +msgid ":ref:`online/download`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:27 +msgid ":ref:`online/domains`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:28 +msgid ":ref:`online/tags`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:29 +msgid ":ref:`online/delete`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`online/contact-support`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`online/users`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:36 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:10 +msgid "Upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you are *not* on the latest **Online version**, you should receive an " +"invitation to :doc:`upgrade <../upgrade>` your database. A **Rolling Release" +" button** on your database's main screen proposes an upgrade to the latest " +"version (e.g., 13.0 to 15.1)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:0 +msgid "" +"**If your Odoo database's version is lower than the latest major release:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You must upgrade your database within two months. After these two months, an" +" automatic upgrade is initiated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:0 +msgid "" +"**If your Odoo database's version is equal to or higher than the latest " +"major release:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can disregard the invitation to upgrade as you probably wouldn't benefit" +" from new features every two months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Versions that are not supported anymore become deprecated and need to be " +"updated to avoid security issues. We recommend you initiate the upgrade of " +"the database yourself, as this method allows you to request a test upgrade " +"of your database to check for any discrepancies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:56 +msgid ":doc:`../upgrade`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:57 +msgid ":doc:`supported_versions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:62 +msgid "Duplicate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Make an exact copy of the database to be able to perform testing without " +"compromising the daily operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:68 +msgid "" +"By checking *For testing purposes*, all external communication (emails, " +"payments, delivery orders, etc.) are disabled by default on the duplicated " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:70 +msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:75 +msgid "Rename" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:77 +msgid "Rename the database and its URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:82 +msgid "Download" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:84 +msgid "Download instantly a ZIP file with a backup of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Databases are backed up daily according to the `Odoo Cloud SLA " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:93 +msgid "Domains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:95 +msgid "Configure custom domains to access the database via another URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`domain_names`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:103 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Add tags to sort your databases out. You can search the tags in the search " +"bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:110 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:528 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:112 +msgid "Delete a database instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Deleting a database means that all data is permanently lost. The deletion is" +" instant and for all users. It is recommended to create a backup of the " +"database before deleting it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Read carefully the warning message that pops up and proceed only if you " +"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:126 +msgid "Only an administrator can delete a database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:127 +msgid "The database name is immediately available for a new database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:128 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " +"subscription. If needed, please get in touch with `Odoo Support " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To delete your account, please get in touch with `Odoo Support " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:135 +msgid "Contact Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Access the Odoo `support page `_ with your " +"database's details already pre-filled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:143 +msgid "Invite / Remove Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:145 +msgid "" +"To invite users, fill out the email address of the new user and click on " +"*Invite*. To add multiple users, click on *Add more users*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:152 +msgid "To remove users, select the users to remove and click on *Remove*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/online.rst:155 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/manage_users`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:6 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:208 +msgid "Supported versions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo releases intermediary versions called **Online versions** on the " +":doc:`Odoo Online ` hosting every two months. Odoo Online users can " +"then benefit from the latest features of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Admins of Odoo Online databases are invited to :doc:`upgrade <../upgrade>` " +"them regularly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Online versions are *not* released for Odoo.sh and On-Premise installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:16 +msgid "Online versions are listed below as *SaaS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:19 +msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:21 +msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:23 +msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:3 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "Release date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "End of support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "Odoo saas~15.2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "|green|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:54 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:56 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:56 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "March 2022" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "Odoo saas~15.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:54 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:54 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:56 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "|red|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "February 2022" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "**Odoo 15.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "October 2021" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "October 2024 (planned)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "October 2023 (planned)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "October 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "October 2022 (planned)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "Odoo saas~12.3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "August 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:54 +msgid "October 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "Odoo saas~11.3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "April 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "October 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "March 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "January 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "October 2016" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "May 2016" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:54 +msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:54 +msgid "October 2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:56 +msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:56 +msgid "February 2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "September 2014" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:63 +msgid "|green| Supported version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:65 +msgid "|red| End-of-support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:67 +msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:69 +msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:81 +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:85 +msgid "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Even though we don't support older versions, you can always `upgrade from " +"any version `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:6 +msgid "Bugfix updates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:9 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In order to benefit from the latest improvements, security fixes, bug " +"corrections and performance boosts, you may need to update your Odoo " +"installation from time to time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This guide only applies when are using Odoo on your own hosting " +"infrastructure. If you are using one of the Odoo Cloud solutions, updates " +"are automatically performed for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The terminology surrounding software updates is often confusing, so here are" +" some preliminary definitions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:25 +msgid "Updating (an Odoo installation)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Refers to the process of obtaining the latest revision of the source code " +"for your current Odoo Edition. For example, updating your Odoo Enterprise " +"13.0 to the latest revision. This does not directly cause any change to the " +"contents of your Odoo database, and can be undone by reinstalling the " +"previous revision of the source code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:35 +msgid "Upgrading (an Odoo database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Refers to a complex data processing operation where the structure and " +"contents of your database is permanently altered to make it compatible with " +"a new release of Odoo. This operation is irreversible and typically " +"accomplished via Odoo's `database upgrade service " +"`_, when you decide to switch to a newer release " +"of Odoo. Historically, this process has also been known as a \"migration\" " +"because it involves moving data around inside the database, even though the " +"database may end up at the same physical location after the upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:37 +msgid "" +"This page describes the typical steps needed to *update* an Odoo " +"installation to the latest version. If you'd like more information about " +"upgrading a database, please visit the `Odoo Upgrade page " +"`_ instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:43 +msgid "In a nutshell" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Updating Odoo is accomplished by simply reinstalling the latest version of " +"your Odoo Edition on top of your current installation. This will preserve " +"your data without any alteration, as long as you do not uninstall PostgreSQL" +" (the database engine that comes with Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The main reference for updating is logically our :ref:`installation guide " +"`, which explains the common installation methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Updating is also most appropriately accomplished by the person who deployed " +"Odoo initially, because the procedure is very similar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:55 +msgid "" +"We always recommend to download a complete new up-to-date Odoo version, " +"rather than manually applying patches, such as the security patches that " +"come with Security Advisories. The patches are mainly provided for " +"installations that are heavily customized, or for technical personnel who " +"prefer to apply minimal changes temporarily while testing a complete update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:64 +msgid "Step 1: Download an updated Odoo version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The central download page is https://www.odoo.com/page/download. If you see " +"a \"Buy\" link for the Odoo Enterprise download, make sure you are logged " +"into Odoo.com with the same login that is linked to your Odoo Enterprise " +"subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can use the unique download link that was included with " +"your Odoo Enterprise purchase confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Downloading an updated version is not necessary if you installed via Github " +"(see below)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:77 +msgid "Step 2: Make a backup of your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The update procedure is quite safe and should not alter you data. However " +"it's always best to take a full database backup before performing any change" +" on your installation, and to store it somewhere safe, on a different " +"computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you have not disabled the database manager screen (see :ref:`here " +"` why you should), you can use it (link at bottom of your database" +" selection screen) to download a backup of your database(s). If you disabled" +" it, use the same procedure than for your usual backups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:89 +msgid "Step 3: Install the updated version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:91 +msgid "Choose the method that matches your current installation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:95 +msgid "Packaged Installers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you installed Odoo with an installation package downloaded on our website" +" (the recommended method), updating is very simple. All you have to do is " +"download the installation package corresponding to your system (see step #1)" +" and install it on your server. They are updated daily and include the " +"latest security fixes. Usually, you can simply double-click the package to " +"install it on top of the current installation. After installing the package," +" be sure to restart the Odoo service or reboot your server, and you're all " +"set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:106 +msgid "Source Install (Tarball)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If you have originally installed Odoo with the \"tarball\" version (source " +"code archive), you have to replace the installation directory with a newer " +"version. First download the latest tarball from Odoo.com. They are updated " +"daily and include the latest security fixes (see step #1) After downloading " +"the package, extract it to a temporary location on your server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:112 +msgid "" +"You will get a folder labelled with the version of the source code, for " +"example \"odoo-13.0+e.20190719\", that contains a folder \"odoo.egg-info\" " +"and the actual source code folder named \"odoo\" (for Odoo 10 and later) or " +"\"openerp\" for older versions. You can ignore the odoo.egg-info folder. " +"Locate the folder where your current installation is deployed, and replace " +"it with the newer \"odoo\" or \"openerp\" folder that was in the archive you" +" just extracted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Be sure to match the folder layout, for example the new \"addons\" folder " +"included in the source code should end up exactly at the same path it was " +"before. Next, watch out for any specific configuration files that you may " +"have manually copied or modified in the old folder, and copy them over to " +"the new folder. Finally, restart the Odoo service or reboot the machine, and" +" you are all set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:125 +msgid "Source Install (Github)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:126 +msgid "" +"If you have originally installed Odoo with a full Github clone of the " +"official repositories, the update procedure requires you to pull the latest " +"source code via git. Change into the directory for each repository (the main" +" Odoo repository, and the Enterprise repository), and run the following " +"commands::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:134 +msgid "" +"The last command may encounter source code conflicts if you had edited the " +"Odoo source code locally. The error message will give you the list of files " +"with conflicts, and you will need to resolve the conflicts manually, by " +"editing them and deciding which part of the code to keep." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, if you prefer to simply discard the conflicting changes and " +"restore the official version, you can use the following command::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Finally, restart the Odoo service or reboot the machine, and you should be " +"done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Please refer to our `Docker image documentation " +"`_ for specific update instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced.rst:5 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:4 +msgid "Containers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:7 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:9 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:7 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:9 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:7 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:9 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:7 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/status.rst:7 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/overview.rst:5 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Each build is isolated within its own container (Linux namespaced " +"container)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The base is an Ubuntu system, where all of Odoo's required dependencies, as " +"well as common useful packages, are installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If your project requires additional Python dependencies, or more recent " +"releases, you can define a :file:`requirements.txt` file in the root of your" +" branches listing them. The platform will take care to install these " +"dependencies in your containers. `The pip requirements specifiers " +"`_ documentation can help you write a :file:`requirements.txt` " +"file. To have a concrete example, check out the `requirements.txt file of " +"Odoo `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :file:`requirements.txt` files of submodules are taken into account as " +"well. The platform looks for :file:`requirements.txt` files in each folder " +"containing Odoo modules: Not in the module folder itself, but in their " +"parent folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:27 +msgid "Directory structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:29 +msgid "" +"As the containers are Ubuntu based, their directory structure follows the " +"linux Filesystem Hierarchy Standard. `Ubuntu's filesystem tree overview " +"`_" +" explains the main directories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:33 +msgid "Here are the Odoo.sh pertinent directories:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:73 +msgid "Both Python 2.7 and 3.5 are installed in the containers. However:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If your project is configured to use Odoo 10.0, the Odoo server runs with " +"Python 2.7." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If your project is configured to use Odoo 11.0 or above, the Odoo server " +"runs with Python 3.5." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:79 +msgid "Database shell" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:81 +msgid "" +"While accessing a container with the shell, you can access the database " +"using *psql*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Be careful !** `Use transactions " +"`_ " +"(*BEGIN...COMMIT/ROLLBACK*) for every *sql* statements leading to changes " +"(*UPDATE*, *DELETE*, *ALTER*, ...), especially for your production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:97 +msgid "" +"The transaction mechanism is your safety net in case of mistake. You simply " +"have to rollback your changes to revert your database to its previous state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:100 +msgid "" +"For example, it may happen that you forget to set your *WHERE* condition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In such a case, you can rollback to revert the unwanted changes that you " +"just mistakenly did, and rewrite the statement:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:122 +msgid "" +"However, do not forget to either commit or rollback your transaction after " +"having done it. Open transactions may lock records in your tables and your " +"running database may wait for them to be released. It can cause a server to " +"hang indefinitely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"In addition, when possible, use your staging databases to test your " +"statements first. It gives you an extra safety net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:129 +msgid "Run an Odoo server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You can start an Odoo server instance from a container shell. You won't be " +"able to access it from the outside world with a browser, but you can for " +"instance:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:134 +msgid "use the Odoo shell," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:146 +msgid "install a module," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:152 +msgid "update a module," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:158 +msgid "run the tests for a module," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:164 +msgid "In the above commands, the argument:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:166 +msgid "``--without-demo=all`` prevents demo data to be loaded for all modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:167 +msgid "" +"``--stop-after-init`` will immediately shutdown the server instance after it" +" completed the operations you asked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:169 +msgid "" +"More options are available and detailed in the :doc:`CLI documentation " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:172 +msgid "" +"You can find in the logs (*~/logs/odoo.log*) the addons path used by Odoo.sh" +" to run your server. Look for \"*odoo: addons paths*\":" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Be careful**, especially with your production database. Operations that " +"you perform running this Odoo server instance are not isolated: Changes will" +" be effective in the database. Always, make your tests in your staging " +"databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:186 +msgid "Debugging in Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Debugging an Odoo.sh build is not really different than another Python app. " +"This article only explains the specificities and limitations of the Odoo.sh " +"platform, and assumes that you already know how to use a debugger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If you don't know how to debug a Python application yet, there are multiple " +"introductory courses that can be easily found on the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:192 +msgid "" +"You can use ``pdb``, ``pudb`` or ``ipdb`` to debug your code on Odoo.sh. As " +"the server is run outside a shell, you cannot launch the debugger directly " +"from your Odoo instance backend as the debugger needs a shell to operate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:195 +msgid "" +"`pdb `_ is installed by default " +"in every container." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:197 +msgid "" +"If you want to use `pudb `_ or `ipdb " +"`_ you have to install it before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:199 +msgid "To do so, you have two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:201 +msgid "temporary (only in the current build):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:207 +msgid "or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:213 +msgid "" +"permanent: add ``pudb`` or ``ipdb`` to your project ``requirements.txt`` " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Then edit the code where you want to trigger the debugger and add this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The condition :code:`sys.__stdin__.isatty()` is a hack that detects if you " +"run Odoo from a shell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:226 +msgid "Save the file and then run the Odoo Shell:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Finally, *via* the Odoo Shell, you can trigger the piece of " +"code/function/method you want to debug." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:6 +msgid "Frequent Technical Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:9 +msgid "\"Scheduled actions do not run at the exact time they were expected\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"On the Odoo.sh platform, we cannot guarantee an exact running time for " +"scheduled actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:13 +msgid "" +"This is due to the fact that there might be multiple customers on the same " +"server, and we must guarantee a fair share of the server for every customer." +" Scheduled actions are therefore implemented slightly differently than on a " +"regular Odoo server, and are run on a *best effort* policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Do not expect any scheduled action to be run more often than every 5 min." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:19 +msgid "Are there \"best practices\" regarding scheduled actions?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Odoo.sh always limits the execution time of scheduled actions (*aka* " +"crons).** Therefore, you must keep this fact in mind when developing your " +"own crons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:24 +msgid "We advise that:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:26 +msgid "Your scheduled actions should work on small batches of records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Your scheduled actions should commit their work after processing each batch;" +" this way, if they get interrupted by the time-limit, there is no need to " +"start over." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Your scheduled actions should be `idempotent " +"`_: they must not cause side-" +"effects if they are started more often than expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:6 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:110 +msgid "Submodules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:11 +msgid "" +"A `Git submodule `_ " +"allows you to integrate other Git projects into your code, without the need " +"to copy-paste all their code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Indeed, your custom modules can depend on modules from other repositories. " +"Regarding Odoo, this feature allows you to add modules from other Git " +"repositories into the branches of your repository. Adding these dependencies" +" in your branch through submodules makes the deployment of your code and " +"servers easier, as you can clone the repositories added as submodules at the" +" same time you clone your own repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Besides, you can choose the branch of the repository added as submodule and " +"you have the control of the revision you want. It's up to you to decide " +"whether you want to pin the submodule to a specific revision and when you " +"want to update to a newer revision." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In Odoo.sh, the submodules give you the possibility to use and depend on " +"modules available in other repositories. The platform will detect that you " +"added modules through submodules in your branches and add them to your " +"addons path automatically so you can install them in your databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you add private repositories as submodules in your branches, you need to " +"configure a deploy key in your Odoo.sh project settings and in your " +"repository settings. Otherwise Odoo.sh won't be allowed to download them. " +"The procedure is detailed in the chapter :ref:`Settings > Submodules " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:34 +msgid "Adding a submodule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:37 +msgid "With Odoo.sh (simple)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For now it is not possible to add **private** repositories with this method." +" You can nevertheless do so :ref:`with Git `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:43 +msgid "" +"On Odoo.sh, in the branches view of your project, choose the branch in which" +" you want to add a submodule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In the upper right corner, click on the *Submodule* button, and then on " +"*Run*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:50 +msgid "A dialog with a form is shown. Fill the inputs as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:52 +msgid "Repository URL: The SSH URL of the repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:53 +msgid "Branch: The branch you want to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Path: The folder in which you want to add this submodule in your branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:59 +msgid "" +"On Github, you can get the repository URL with the *Clone or download* " +"button of the repository. Make sure to *use SSH*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:67 +msgid "With Git (advanced)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:69 +msgid "" +"In a terminal, in the folder where your Git repository is cloned, checkout " +"the branch in which you want to add a submodule:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:76 +msgid "Then, add the submodule using the command below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:82 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:94 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:358 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:487 +msgid "Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:84 +msgid "" +"*:* by the SSH URL of the " +"repository you want to add as submodule," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:85 +msgid "** by the branch you want to use in the above repository," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:86 +msgid "** by the folder in which you want to add this submodule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:88 +msgid "Commit and push your changes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:96 +msgid "" +" by the repository on which you want to push your changes. For a " +"standard Git setup, this is *origin*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:97 +msgid "" +" by the branch on which you want to push your changes. Most likely " +"the branch you used :code:`git checkout` on in the first step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You can read the `git-scm.com documentation `_ for more details about the Git " +"submodules. For instance, if you would like to update your submodules to " +"have their latest revision, you can follow the chapter `Pulling in Upstream " +"changes `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:107 +msgid "Ignore modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If you're adding a repository that contains a lot of modules, you may want " +"to ignore some of them in case there are any that are installed " +"automatically. To do so, you can prefix your submodule folder with a " +":code:`.`. The platform will ignore this folder and you can hand pick your " +"modules by creating symlinks to them from another folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:4 +msgid "Branches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The branches view gives you an overview of the different branches your " +"repository has." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:17 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:40 +msgid "Stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Odoo.sh offers three different stages for your branches: production, staging" +" and development." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can change the stage of a branch by drag and dropping it into the stage " +"section title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:29 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:43 +msgid "Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:30 +msgid "" +"This is the branch holding the code on which your production database runs. " +"There can be only one production branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When you push a new commit in this branch, your production server is updated" +" with the code of the new revision and is then restarted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If your changes require the update of a module, such as a change in a form " +"view, and you want it to be performed automatically, increase the version " +"number of the module in its manifest (*__manifest__.py*). The platform will " +"then take care to perform the update during which the instance will be held " +"temporarily unavailable for maintenance reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:43 +msgid "" +"This method is equivalent to perform an upgrade of the module through the " +"Apps menu, or through the :code:`-u` switch of :doc:`the command line " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the case the changes in the commit prevent the server to restart, or if " +"the modules update fails, the server is automatically reverted to the " +"previous successful code revision and the database is roll-backed as it was " +"before the update. You still have access to the log of the failed update, so" +" you can troubleshoot it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The demo data is not loaded, as it is not meant to be used in a production " +"database. The unit tests are not performed, as it would increase the " +"unavailability time of the production database during the updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Partners using trial projects should be aware their production branch, along" +" with all the staging branches, will automatically be set back to the " +"development stage after 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:61 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:61 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Staging branches are meant to test your new features using the production " +"data without compromising the actual production database with test records. " +"They will create databases that are neutralized duplicates of the production" +" database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:66 +msgid "The neutralization includes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Disabling scheduled actions. If you want to test them, you can trigger their" +" action manually or re-enable them. Be aware that the platform will trigger " +"them less often if no one is using the database in order to save up " +"resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Disabling outgoing emails by intercepting them with a mailcatcher. An " +":ref:`interface to view ` the " +"emails sent by your database is provided. That way, you do not have to worry" +" about sending test emails to your contacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:74 +msgid "Setting payment acquirers and shipping providers in test mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:75 +msgid "Disabling IAP services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The latest database will be kept alive indefinitely, older ones from the " +"same branch may get garbage collected to make room for new ones. It will be " +"valid for 3 months, after which you will be expected to rebuild the branch. " +"If you make configuration or view changes in these databases, make sure to " +"document them or write them directly in the modules of the branch, using XML" +" data files overriding the default configuration or views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The unit tests are not performed as, in Odoo, they currently rely on the " +"demo data, which is not loaded in the production database. In the future, if" +" Odoo supports to run the unit tests without the demo data, Odoo.sh will " +"then consider running the tests on staging databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:88 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:52 +msgid "Development" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Development branches create new databases using the demo data to run the " +"unit tests. The installed modules are the ones included in your branches. " +"You can change this list of modules to install in your :ref:`project " +"Settings `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:93 +msgid "" +"When you push a new commit in one of these branches, a new server is " +"started, with a database created from scratch and the new revision of the " +"branch. The demo data is loaded, and the unit tests are performed by " +"default. This verifies your changes do not break any of the features tested " +"by them. If you wish, you can disable the tests or allow specific tests to " +"be run with custom tags in the :ref:`branch's settings `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Similar to staging branches, the emails are not sent but are intercepted by " +"a mailcatcher and scheduled actions are not triggered as often is the " +"database is not in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The databases created for development branches are meant to live around " +"three days. After that, they can be automatically garbage collected to make " +"room for new databases without prior notice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:109 +msgid "Merging your branches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:110 +msgid "" +"You can merge your branches easily by drag and dropping them into each " +"other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:115 +msgid "" +"When you want to test the changes of your development branches with the " +"production data, you can either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:118 +msgid "" +"merge the development branch into your staging branch, by drag and dropping " +"it onto the desired staging branch," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:119 +msgid "" +"drag and dropping the development branch on the staging section title, to " +"make it become a staging branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:121 +msgid "" +"When your latest changes are ready for production, you can drag and drop " +"your staging branch onto your production branch to merge and deploy in " +"production your newest features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:125 +msgid "" +"If you are bold enough, you can merge your development branches into your " +"production branch as well. It just means you skip the validation of your " +"changes with the production data through a staging branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:129 +msgid "" +"You can merge your development branches into each other, and your staging " +"branches into each other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Of course, you can also use :code:`git merge` directly on your workstation " +"to merge your branches. Odoo.sh will be notified when new revisions have " +"been pushed in your branches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Merging a staging branch in the production branch only merges the source " +"code: Any configuration changes you made in the staging databases are not " +"passed to the production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:137 +msgid "" +"If you test configuration changes in staging branches, and want them to be " +"applied in the production, you have to either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:139 +msgid "" +"write the configuration changes in XML data files overriding the default " +"configuration or views in your branches, and then increase the version of " +"your module in its manifest (*__manifest__.py*) to trigger the update of the" +" module when you merge your staging branch in your production branch. This " +"is the best practice for a better scalability of your developments as you " +"will use the Git versioning features for all your configuration changes, and" +" therefore have a traceability for your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:145 +msgid "" +"pass them manually from your staging to your production database, by " +"copy/pasting them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:150 +msgid "Tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:153 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:64 +msgid "History" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:154 +msgid "An overview of your branch history:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:156 +msgid "The messages of the commits and their authors," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The various events linked to the platform, such as stage changes, database " +"imports, backup restores." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:162 +msgid "" +"For each event, a status is displayed in the top right-hand corner. It can " +"provide information about the ongoing operation on the database " +"(installation, update, backup import, ...), or its result (tests feedback, " +"successful backup import, ...). When an operation is successful, you can " +"access the database thanks to the *connect* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:170 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:60 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:72 +msgid "Mails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:171 +msgid "" +"This tab contains the mail catcher. It displays an overview of the emails " +"sent by your database. The mail catcher is available for your development " +"and staging branches as the emails of your production database are really " +"sent instead of being intercepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:180 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:181 +msgid "" +"A shell access to your container. You can perform basic linux commands " +"(:code:`ls`, :code:`top`) and open a shell on your database by typing " +":code:`psql`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:187 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:203 +msgid "" +"You can open multiple tabs and drag-and-drop them to arrange the layout as " +"you wish, for instance side by side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Long running shell instances are not guaranteed. Idle shells can be " +"disconnected at anytime in order to free up resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:196 +msgid "Editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:197 +msgid "" +"An online integrated development environment (IDE) to edit the source code. " +"You can also open terminals, Python consoles and even Odoo Shell consoles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:207 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:74 +msgid "Monitoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:208 +msgid "This link contains various monitoring metrics of the current build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:213 +msgid "" +"You can zoom, change the time range or select a specific metric on each " +"graph. On the graphs, annotations help you relate to changes on the build " +"(database import, git push, etc...)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:219 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:56 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:68 +msgid "Logs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:220 +msgid "A viewer to have a look to your server logs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:225 +msgid "Different logs are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:227 +msgid "" +"install.log: The logs of the database installation. In a development branch," +" the logs of the tests are included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:228 +msgid "pip.log: The logs of the Python dependencies installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:229 +msgid "odoo.log: The logs of the running server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:230 +msgid "update.log: The logs of the database updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:231 +msgid "" +"pg_long_queries.log: The logs of psql queries that take an unusual amount of" +" time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:233 +msgid "" +"If new lines are added in the logs, they will be displayed automatically. If" +" you scroll to the bottom, the browser will scroll automatically each time a" +" new line is added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:236 +msgid "" +"You can pause the logs fetching by clicking on the according button in the " +"upper right corner of the view. The fetching is automatically stopped after " +"5 minutes. You can restart it using the play button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:242 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:76 +msgid "Backups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:243 +msgid "" +"A list of the backups available for download and restore, the ability to " +"perform a manual backup and to import a database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Odoo.sh makes daily backups of the production database. It keeps 7 daily, 4 " +"weekly and 3 monthly backups. Each backup includes the database dump, the " +"filestore (attachments, binary fields), logs and sessions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Staging and development databases are not backed up. You nevertheless have " +"the possibility to restore a backup of the production database in your " +"staging branches, for testing purposes, or to manually recover data that has" +" been deleted by accident from the production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:256 +msgid "" +"The list contains the backups kept on the server your production database is" +" hosted on. This server only keeps one month of backups: 7 daily and 4 " +"weekly backups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:259 +msgid "" +"Dedicated backup servers keep the same backups, as well as 3 additional " +"monthly backups. To restore or download one of these monthly backups, please" +" `contact us `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:262 +msgid "" +"If you merge a commit updating the version of one or several modules (in " +":file:`__manifest__.py`), or their linked python dependencies (in " +":file:`requirements.txt`), then Odoo.sh performs a backup automatically " +"(flagged with type Update in the list), as either the container will be " +"changed by the installation of new pip packages, either the database itself " +"will be changed with the module update triggered afterwards. In these two " +"cases, we are doing a backup as it may potentially break things." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:268 +msgid "" +"If you merge a commit that only changes some code without the above-" +"mentioned modifications, then no backup is done by Odoo.sh, as neither the " +"container nor the database is modified so the platform considers this safe " +"enough. Of course, as an extra precaution, you can make a backup manually " +"before making big changes in your production sources in case something goes " +"wrong (those manual backups are available for about one week). To avoid " +"abuse, we limit manual backups to 5 per day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:274 +msgid "" +"The *import database* feature accepts database archives in the format " +"provided by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:276 +msgid "" +"the standard Odoo databases manager, (available for on-premise Odoo servers " +"under :code:`/web/database/manager`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:278 +msgid "the Odoo online databases manager," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:279 +msgid "the Odoo.sh backup download button of this *Backups* tab," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:280 +msgid "" +"the Odoo.sh dump download button in the :ref:`Builds view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:285 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:4 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:82 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:286 +msgid "" +"Here you can find a couple of settings that only apply to the currently " +"selected branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:291 +msgid "**Behaviour upon new commit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:293 +msgid "" +"For development and staging branches, you can change the branch's behavior " +"upon receiving a new commit. By default, a development branch will create a " +"new build and a staging branch will update the previous build (see the " +":ref:`Production Stage `). This is especially useful " +"should the feature you're working on require a particular setup or " +"configuration, to avoid having to manually set it up again on every commit. " +"If you choose new build for a staging branch, it will make a fresh copy from" +" the production build every time a commit is pushed. A branch that is put " +"back from staging to development will automatically be set to 'Do nothing'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:301 +msgid "**Modules installation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:303 +msgid "" +"Choose the modules to install automatically for your development builds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:308 +msgid "" +"*Install only my modules* will install the modules of the branch only. This " +"is the default option. The :ref:`submodules ` " +"are excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:310 +msgid "" +"*Full installation (all modules)* will install the modules of the branch, " +"the modules included in the submodules and all standard modules of Odoo. " +"When running the full installation, the test suite is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:312 +msgid "" +"*Install a list of modules* will install the modules specified in the input " +"just below this option. The names are the technical name of the modules, and" +" they must be comma-separated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the tests are enabled, the standard Odoo modules suite can take up to 1 " +"hour. This setting applies to development builds only. Staging builds " +"duplicate the production build and the production build only installs base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:320 +msgid "**Test suite**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:322 +msgid "" +"For development branches, you can choose to enable or disable the test " +"suite. It's enabled by default. When the test suite is enabled, you can " +"restrict them by specifying test tags :ref:`test tags " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:326 +msgid "**Odoo Version**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:328 +msgid "" +"For development branches only, you can change the version of Odoo, should " +"you want to test upgraded code or develop features while your production " +"database is in the process of being upgraded to a newer version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:331 +msgid "" +"In addition, for each version you have two options regarding the code " +"update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:333 +msgid "" +"You can choose to benefit from the latest bug, security and performance " +"fixes automatically. The sources of your Odoo server will be updated weekly." +" This is the 'Latest' option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:335 +msgid "" +"You can choose to pin the Odoo sources to a specific revision by selecting " +"them from a list of dates. Revisions will expire after 3 months. You will be" +" notified by mail when the expiration date approaches and if you don't take " +"action afterwards, you will automatically be set to the latest revision." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:340 +msgid "**Custom domains**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:342 +msgid "" +"Here you can configure additional domains for the selected branch. It's " +"possible to add other *.odoo.com* domains or your own custom domains. " +"For the latter you have to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:345 +msgid "own or purchase the domain name," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:346 +msgid "add the domain name in this list," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:347 +msgid "" +"in your registrar's domain name manager, configure the domain name with a " +"``CNAME`` record set to your production database domain name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:350 +msgid "" +"For instance, to associate *www.mycompany.com* to your database " +"*mycompany.odoo.com*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:352 +msgid "" +"in Odoo.sh, add *www.mycompany.com* in the custom domains of your project " +"settings," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:353 +msgid "" +"in your domain name manager (e.g. *godaddy.com*, *gandi.net*, *ovh.com*), " +"configure *www.mycompany.com* with a ``CNAME`` record with as value " +"*mycompany.odoo.com*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:356 +msgid "Bare domains (e.g. *mycompany.com*) are not accepted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:358 +msgid "they can only be configured using ``A`` records," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:359 +msgid "``A`` records only accept IP addresses as value," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:360 +msgid "" +"the IP address of your database can change, following an upgrade, a hardware" +" failure or your wish to host your database in another country or continent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:363 +msgid "" +"Therefore, bare domains could suddenly no longer work because of this change" +" of IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:365 +msgid "" +"In addition, if you would like both *mycompany.com* and *www.mycompany.com* " +"to work with your database, having the first redirecting to the second is " +"amongst the `SEO best practices " +"`_ (See *Provide" +" one version of a URL to reach a document*) in order to have one dominant " +"URL. You can therefore just configure *mycompany.com* to redirect to " +"*www.mycompany.com*. Most domain managers have the feature to configure this" +" redirection. This is commonly called a web redirection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:372 +msgid "**HTTPS/SSL**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:374 +msgid "" +"If the redirection is correctly set up, the platform will automatically " +"generate an SSL certificate with `Let's Encrypt " +"`_ within the hour and your domain will be " +"accessible through HTTPS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:378 +msgid "" +"While it is currently not possible to configure your own SSL certificates on" +" the Odoo.sh platform we are considering the feature if there is enough " +"demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:382 +msgid "**SPF and DKIM compliance**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:384 +msgid "" +"In case the domain of your users email addresses use SPF (Sender Policy " +"Framework) or DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail), don't forget to authorize " +"Odoo as a sending host in your domain name settings to increase the " +"deliverability of your outgoing emails. The configuration steps are " +"explained in the documentation about :ref:`SPF " +"` and :ref:`DKIM " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:392 +msgid "" +"Forgetting to configure your SPF or DKIM to authorize Odoo as a sending host" +" can lead to the delivery of your emails as spam in your contacts inbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:397 +msgid "Shell commands" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:398 +msgid "" +"In the top right-hand corner of the view, different shell commands are " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:403 +msgid "" +"Each command can be copied in the clipboard to be used in a terminal, and " +"some of them can be used directly from Odoo.sh by clicking the *run* button " +"in such case a popup will prompt the user in order to define eventual " +"placeholders such as ````, ````, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:409 +msgid "Clone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:410 +msgid "Download the Git repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:416 +msgid "Clones the repository *odoo/odoo*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:418 +msgid "" +":code:`--recurse-submodules`: Downloads the submodules of your repository. " +"Submodules included in the submodules are downloaded as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:419 +msgid "" +":code:`--branch`: checks out a specific branch of the repository, in this " +"case *master*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:421 +msgid "" +"The *run* button is not available for this command, as it is meant to be " +"used on your machines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:424 +msgid "Fork" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:425 +msgid "Create a new branch based on the current branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:431 +msgid "" +"Creates a new branch called *feature-1* based on the branch *master*, and " +"then checkouts it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:437 +msgid "Uploads the new branch *feature-1* on your remote repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:440 +msgid "Merge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:441 +msgid "Merge the current branch in another branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:447 +msgid "Merges the branch *staging-1* in the current branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:453 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:525 +msgid "" +"Uploads the changes you just added in the *master* branch on your remote " +"repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:456 +msgid "SSH" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:458 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:459 +msgid "" +"In order to use SSH, you have to set up your profile SSH public key (if it " +"is not already done). To do so, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:462 +msgid "" +"`Generate a new SSH key `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:464 +msgid "" +"`Copy the SSH key to your clipboard " +"`_ (only apply the step 1)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:467 +msgid "Paste the copied content to your profile SSH keys and press \"Add\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:472 +msgid "The key should appear below" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:478 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 +msgid "" +"To connect to your builds using ssh use the following command in a terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:486 +msgid "" +"You will find a shortcut for this command into the SSH tab in the upper " +"right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Provided you have the :ref:`correct access rights ` on the project, you'll be granted ssh access to the" +" build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:495 +msgid "" +"Long running ssh connections are not guaranteed. Idle connections will be " +"disconnected in order to free up resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:500 +msgid "Submodule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:502 +msgid "" +"Add a branch from another repository in your current branch as a " +"*submodule*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:504 +msgid "" +"*Submodules* allows you to use modules from other repositories in your " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:506 +msgid "" +"The submodules feature is detailed in the chapter :ref:`Submodules ` of this documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:513 +msgid "" +"Adds the branch *master* of the repository ** as a submodule under the " +"path ** in your current branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:519 +msgid "Commits all your current changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:530 +msgid "Delete a branch from your repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:536 +msgid "Deletes the branch in your remote repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:542 +msgid "Deletes the branch in your local copy of the repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:6 +msgid "Builds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In Odoo.sh, a build is considered as a database loaded by an Odoo server " +"(`odoo/odoo `_ & `odoo/enterprise " +"`_) running on a specific revision of " +"your project repository in a containerized environment. Its purpose is to " +"test the well-behavior of the server, the database and the features with " +"this revision." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In this view, a row represents a branch, and a cell of a row represents a " +"build of this branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Most of the time, builds are created following pushes on your Github " +"repository branches. They can be created as well when you do other " +"operations, such as importing a database on Odoo.sh or asking a rebuild for " +"a branch in your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:25 +msgid "" +"A build is considered successful if no errors or warnings come up during its" +" creation. A successful build is highlighted in green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:28 +msgid "" +"A build is considered failed if errors come up during its creation. A failed" +" build is highlighted in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If warnings come up during the creation, but there are no errors, the build " +"is considered almost successful. It is highlighted in yellow to notify the " +"developer warnings were raised." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Builds do not always create a database from scratch. For instance, when " +"pushing a change on the production branch, the build created just starts the" +" server with your new revision and tries to load the current production " +"database on it. If no errors come up, the build is considered successful, " +"and otherwise failed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The first build of a production branch creates a database from scratch. If " +"this build is successful, this database is considered as the production " +"database of your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:48 +msgid "" +"From then, pushes on the production branch will create new builds that " +"attempt to load the database using a server running with the new revision." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If the build is successful, or has warnings but no errors, the production " +"database will now run with this build, along with the revision associated to" +" this build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the build fails to load or update the database, then the previous " +"successful build is re-used to load the database, and therefore the database" +" will run using a server running with the previous successful revision." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The build used to run the production database is always the first of the " +"builds list. If a build fails, it is put after the build currently running " +"the production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Staging builds duplicate the production database, and try to load this " +"duplicate with the revisions of the staging branches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Each time you push a new revision on a staging branch, the build created " +"uses a new copy of the production database. The databases are not re-used " +"between builds of the same branch. This ensures:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:69 +msgid "" +"staging builds use databases that are close to what the production looks " +"like, so you do not make your tests with outdated data," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:72 +msgid "" +"you can play around as much as you want in the same staging database, and " +"you can then ask for a rebuild when you want to restart with a new copy of " +"the production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Nevertheless, this means that if you make configuration changes in staging " +"databases and do not apply them in the production, they will not be passed " +"on the next build of the same staging branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Development builds create new databases, load the demo data and run the unit" +" tests." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:84 +msgid "" +"A build will be considered failed and highlighted in red if tests fail " +"during the installation, as they are meant to raise errors if something " +"wrong occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If all tests pass, and there is no error, the build will be considered " +"successful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:89 +msgid "" +"According to the list of modules to install and test, a development build " +"can take up to 1 hour to be ready. This is due to the large number of tests " +"set in the default Odoo modules suite." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:93 +msgid "Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The production branch will always appear first, and then the other branches " +"are ordered by last build created. You can filter out the branches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:101 +msgid "" +"For each branch, you can access the last build's database using the " +"*Connect* link and jump to the branch code using the *Github* link. For " +"other branches than the production, you can create a new build which will " +"use the latest revision of the branch using the link *rebuild*. This last " +"link is not available when there is already a build in progress for the " +"branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:109 +msgid "" +"For each build, you can access the revision changes using the button with " +"the Github icon. You can access the build's database as the administrator " +"using the *Connect* button. Also, you can access the database with another " +"user using the *Connect as* button, in the dropdown menu of the *Connect* " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:121 +msgid "" +"In the dropdown menu of the build, you can access the same features than in " +":ref:`the branches view `: *Logs*, *Web" +" Shell*, *Editor*, *Outgoing e-mails*. You also have the possibility to " +"*Download a dump* of the build's database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:6 +msgid "Create your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:9 +msgid "Deploy your platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Odoo.sh `_ and hit the *Deploy your platform* " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:17 +msgid "Sign in with Github" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Sign in with your Github account. If you do not have an account yet, hit the" +" *Create an account* link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:25 +msgid "Authorize Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Grant Odoo.sh the required accesses to your account by clicking the " +"*Authorize* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:32 +msgid "Odoo.sh basically needs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:34 +msgid "to know your Github login and email," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:35 +msgid "to create a new repository in case you decide to start from scratch," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:36 +msgid "" +"to read your existing repositories, including the ones of your " +"organizations, in case you want to start from an existing repository," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:37 +msgid "to create a webhook to be notified each time you push changes," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:38 +msgid "" +"to commit changes to make your deployment easier, merging branches or adding" +" new `submodules `_ for" +" example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:41 +msgid "Submit your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Choose if you want to start from scratch by creating a new repository, or if" +" you want to use an existing repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:45 +msgid "Then, choose a name or select the repository you want to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Choose the Odoo version you want to use. If you plan to import an existing " +"database or an existing set of applications, you might need to choose the " +"according version. If you start from scratch, use the latest version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Enter your *subscription code*. This is also called *subscription referral*," +" *contract number* or *activation code*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:51 +msgid "" +"It should be the code of your Enterprise subscription that includes Odoo.sh." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Partners can use their partnership codes to start a trial. Should their " +"clients start a project, they ought to get an Enterprise subscription " +"including Odoo.sh and use its subscription code. The partner will get the " +"full amount as back commission. Contact your sales representative or account" +" manager in order to get it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:56 +msgid "" +"When submitting the form, if you are notified your subscription is not " +"valid, it either means:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:58 +msgid "it is not an existing subscription," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:59 +msgid "it is not a partnership subscription," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:60 +msgid "it is an enterprise subscription, but which does not include Odoo.sh," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:61 +msgid "" +"it is neither a partnership subscription or an enterprise subscription (e.g." +" an online subscription)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:63 +msgid "" +"In case of doubt with your subscription, please contact the `Odoo support " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:69 +msgid "You're done !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can start using Odoo.sh. Your first build is about to be created. You " +"will soon be able to connect to your first database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:79 +msgid "Import your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:81 +msgid "" +"You can import your database in your Odoo.sh project as long as it is in a " +":doc:`supported version ` of " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:85 +msgid "Push your modules in production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If you use community or custom modules, add them in a branch in your Github " +"repository. Databases hosted on the Odoo.com online platform do not have any" +" custom modules. Users of these databases can therefore skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:91 +msgid "" +"You can structure your modules as you wish, Odoo.sh will automatically " +"detect the folders containing Odoo addons. For instance, you can put all " +"your modules folder in the root directory of your repository, or group the " +"modules in folders by categories that you define (accounting, project, ...)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:95 +msgid "" +"For community modules available in public Git repositories, you can also " +"consider to add them using :ref:`Submodules `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Then, either :ref:`make this branch the production branch `, or :ref:`merge it into your production " +"branch `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:102 +msgid "Download a backup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:105 +msgid "On-premise databases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Access the URL :file:`/web/database/manager` of your on-premise database and" +" download a backup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:111 +msgid "" +"If you cannot access the database manager, it may have been disabled by your" +" system administrator. See the :ref:`database manager security documentation" +" `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:114 +msgid "" +"You will need the master password of your database server. If you do not " +"have it, contact your system administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:119 +msgid "Choose a zip including the filestore as the backup format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:125 +msgid "Odoo Online databases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:127 +msgid "" +"`Access your databases manager " +"`_ and download a backup of " +"your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:134 +msgid "Saas releases (e.g. *saas-**) are not supported on Odoo.sh." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:137 +msgid "Upload the backup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Then, in your Odoo.sh project, in the backups tab of your production branch," +" import the backup you just downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once the backup imported, you can access the database using the *Connect* " +"button in the history of the branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:150 +msgid "Check your outgoing email servers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:152 +msgid "" +"There is a default mail server provided with Odoo.sh. To use it, there must " +"be no enabled outgoing mail server configured in your database in " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Outgoing Mail Servers` " +"(:ref:`Developer mode ` must be activated)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:157 +msgid "" +"After the import of your database, all outgoing email servers are disabled " +"so you use the Odoo.sh email server provided by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Port 25 is (and will stay) closed. If you want to connect to an external " +"SMTP server, you should use ports 465 and 587." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:165 +msgid "Check your scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:167 +msgid "All scheduled actions are disabled after the import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:169 +msgid "" +"This is to prevent your newly imported database to perform actions that " +"could impact your running production, such as sending the mails remaining in" +" the queue, processing mass mailings, or third-party services " +"synchronization (Calendars, files hosting, ...)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:173 +msgid "" +"If you plan to make the imported database your production, enable the " +"scheduled actions you need. You can check what is enabled in the database of" +" origin and enable the same actions in the imported database. Scheduled " +"actions are located under :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:178 +msgid "Register your subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:180 +msgid "Your subscription is unlinked after the import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The imported database is considered a duplicate by default and the " +"enterprise subscription is therefore removed, as you can only have one " +"database linked per subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:185 +msgid "" +"If you plan to make it your production, unlink your former database from the" +" subscription, and register the newly imported database. Read the " +":doc:`database registration documentation <../../maintain/on_premise>` for " +"instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:4 +msgid "Your first module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This chapter helps you to create your first Odoo module and deploy it in " +"your Odoo.sh project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:11 +msgid "" +"This tutorial requires :ref:`you created a project on Odoo.sh `, and you know your Github repository's URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:13 +msgid "Basic use of Git and Github is explained." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:15 +msgid "The below assumptions are made:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:17 +msgid "" +"*~/src* is the directory where are located the Git repositories related to " +"your Odoo projects," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:18 +msgid "*odoo* is the Github user," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:19 +msgid "*odoo-addons* is the Github repository," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:20 +msgid "*feature-1* is the name of a development branch," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:21 +msgid "*master* is the name of the production branch," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:22 +msgid "*my_module* is the name of the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:24 +msgid "Replace these by the values of your choice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:27 +msgid "Create the development branch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:30 +msgid "From Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:32 +msgid "In the branches view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:34 +msgid "hit the :code:`+` button next to the development stage," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:35 +msgid "choose the branch *master* in the *Fork* selection," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:36 +msgid "type *feature-1* in the *To* input." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:38 +msgid "|pic1| |pic2|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once the build created, you can access the editor and browse to the folder " +"*~/src/user* to access to the code of your development branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:57 +msgid "From your computer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:60 +msgid "Clone your Github repository on your computer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:69 +msgid "Create a new branch:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:77 +msgid "Create the module structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:80 +msgid "Scaffolding the module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:82 +msgid "" +"While not necessary, scaffolding avoids the tedium of setting the basic Odoo" +" module structure. You can scaffold a new module using the executable *odoo-" +"bin*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:85 +msgid "From the Odoo.sh editor, in a terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Or, from your computer, if you have an :ref:`installation of Odoo " +"`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to bother installing Odoo on your computer, you can also " +":download:`download this module structure template ` in" +" which you replace every occurrences of *my_module* to the name of your " +"choice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:101 +msgid "The below structure will be generated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Do not use special characters other than the underscore ( _ ) for your " +"module name, not even an hyphen ( - ). This name is used for the Python " +"classes of your module, and having classes name with special characters " +"other than the underscore is not valid in Python." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:128 +msgid "Uncomment the content of the files:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:130 +msgid "*models/models.py*, an example of model with its fields," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:132 +msgid "" +"*views/views.xml*, a tree and a form view, with the menus opening them," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:134 +msgid "*demo/demo.xml*, demo records for the above example model," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:136 +msgid "" +"*controllers/controllers.py*, an example of controller implementing some " +"routes," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:138 +msgid "" +"*views/templates.xml*, two example qweb views used by the above controller " +"routes," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:140 +msgid "" +"*__manifest__.py*, the manifest of your module, including for instance its " +"title, description and data files to load. You just need to uncomment the " +"access control list data file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:149 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:151 +msgid "" +"If you want to create your module structure manually, you can follow " +":doc:`Build an Odoo module ` to understand the " +"structure of a module and the content of each file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:156 +msgid "Push the development branch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:158 +msgid "Stage the changes to be committed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:164 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:392 +msgid "Commit your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:170 +msgid "Push your changes to your remote repository" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:172 +msgid "From an Odoo.sh editor terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:178 +msgid "" +"The above command is explained in the section :ref:`Commit & Push your " +"changes ` of the :ref:`Online " +"Editor ` chapter. It includes the " +"explanation regarding the fact you will be prompted to type your username " +"and password, and what to do if you use the two-factor authentication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:186 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:380 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:406 +msgid "Or, from your computer terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:192 +msgid "" +"You need to specify *-u origin feature-1* for the first push only. From that" +" point, to push your future changes from your computer, you can simply use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:200 +msgid "Test your module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Your branch should appear in your development branches in your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:207 +msgid "" +"In the branches view of your project, you can click on your branch name in " +"the left navigation panel to access its history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:213 +msgid "" +"You can see here the changes you just pushed, including the comment you set." +" Once the database ready, you can access it by clicking the *Connect* " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:219 +msgid "" +"If your Odoo.sh project is configured to install your module automatically, " +"you will directly see it amongst the database apps. Otherwise, it will be " +"available in the apps to install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:222 +msgid "" +"You can then play around with your module, create new records and test your " +"features and buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:226 +msgid "Test with the production data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:228 +msgid "" +"You need to have a production database for this step. You can create it if " +"you do not have it yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Once you tested your module in a development build with the demo data and " +"believe it is ready, you can test it with the production data using a " +"staging branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:233 +msgid "You can either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:235 +msgid "" +"Make your development branch a staging branch, by drag and dropping it onto " +"the *staging* section title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Merge it in an existing staging branch, by drag and dropping it onto the " +"given staging branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:245 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:289 +msgid "You can also use the :code:`git merge` command to merge your branches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:247 +msgid "" +"This will create a new staging build, which will duplicate the production " +"database and make it run using a server updated with your latest changes of " +"your branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:253 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:297 +msgid "Once the database ready, you can access it using the *Connect* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:258 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:300 +msgid "Install your module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Your module will not be installed automatically, you have to install it from" +" the apps menu. Indeed, the purpose of the staging build is to test the " +"behavior of your changes as it would be on your production, and on your " +"production you would not like your module to be installed automatically, but" +" on demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:264 +msgid "" +"Your module may not appear directly in your apps to install either, you need" +" to update your apps list first:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:266 +msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:267 +msgid "in the apps menu, click the *Update Apps List* button," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:268 +msgid "in the dialog that appears, click the *Update* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:273 +msgid "Your module will then appear in the list of available apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:279 +msgid "Deploy in production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Once you tested your module in a staging branch with your production data, " +"and believe it is ready for production, you can merge your branch in the " +"production branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:284 +msgid "Drag and drop your staging branch on the production branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:291 +msgid "" +"This will merge the latest changes of your staging branch in the production " +"branch, and update your production server with these latest changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:302 +msgid "" +"Your module will not be installed automatically, you have to install it " +"manually as explained in the :ref:`above section about installing your " +"module in staging databases `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:308 +msgid "Add a change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:310 +msgid "" +"This section explains how to add a change in your module by adding a new " +"field in a model and deploy it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:314 +msgid "From the Odoo.sh editor," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:313 +msgid "browse to your module folder *~/src/user/my_module*," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:314 +msgid "then, open the file *models/models.py*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:319 +msgid "Or, from your computer," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:317 +msgid "" +"use the file browser of your choice to browse to your module folder " +"*~/src/odoo-addons/my_module*," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:318 +msgid "" +"then, open the file *models/models.py* using the editor of your choice, such" +" as *Atom*, *Sublime Text*, *PyCharm*, *vim*, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:321 +msgid "Then, after the description field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:327 +msgid "Add a datetime field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:333 +msgid "Then, open the file *views/views.xml*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:335 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:462 +msgid "After" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:341 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:439 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:456 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:468 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:347 +msgid "" +"These changes alter the database structure by adding a column in a table, " +"and modify a view stored in database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:350 +msgid "" +"In order to be applied in existing databases, such as your production " +"database, these changes requires the module to be updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:353 +msgid "" +"If you would like the update to be performed automatically by the Odoo.sh " +"platform when you push your changes, increase your module version in its " +"manifest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:356 +msgid "Open the module manifest *__manifest__.py*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:364 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:493 +msgid "with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:370 +msgid "" +"The platform will detect the change of version and trigger the update of the" +" module upon the new revision deployment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:372 +msgid "Browse to your Git folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:374 +msgid "Then, from an Odoo.sh terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:386 +msgid "Then, stage your changes to be committed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:398 +msgid "Push your changes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:400 +msgid "From an Odoo.sh terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:412 +msgid "The platform will then create a new build for the branch *feature-1*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:417 +msgid "" +"Once you tested your changes, you can merge your changes in the production " +"branch, for instance by drag-and-dropping the branch on the production " +"branch in the Odoo.sh interface. As you increased the module version in the " +"manifest, the platform will update the module automatically and your new " +"field will be directly available. Otherwise you can manually update the " +"module within the apps list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:423 +msgid "Use an external Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:425 +msgid "" +"If you would like to use an external Python library which is not installed " +"by default, you can define a *requirements.txt* file listing the external " +"libraries your modules depends on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:428 +msgid "" +"The platform will use this file to automatically install the Python " +"libraries your project needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:430 +msgid "" +"The feature is explained in this section by using the `Unidecode library " +"`_ in your module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:433 +msgid "Create a file *requirements.txt* in the root folder of your repository" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:435 +msgid "" +"From the Odoo.sh editor, create and open the file " +"~/src/user/requirements.txt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:437 +msgid "" +"Or, from your computer, create and open the file ~/src/odoo-" +"addons/requirements.txt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:445 +msgid "" +"Then use the library in your module, for instance to remove accents from " +"characters in the name field of your model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:448 +msgid "Open the file *models/models.py*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:450 +msgid "Before" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:483 +msgid "" +"Adding a Python dependency requires a module version increase for the " +"platform to install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:485 +msgid "Edit the module manifest *__manifest__.py*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:499 +msgid "Stage and commit your changes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:507 +msgid "Then, push your changes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:509 +msgid "In an Odoo.sh terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:515 +msgid "In your computer terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:6 +msgid "Online Editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The online editor allows you to edit the source code of your builds from a " +"web browser. It also gives you the possibility to open terminals, Python " +"consoles, Odoo Shell consoles and `Notebooks " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can access the editor of a build through :ref:`the branches tabs " +"`, :ref:`the builds dropdown menu " +"` or by adding */odoo-sh/editor*" +" to your build domain name (e.g. *https://odoo-addons-" +"master-1.dev.odoo.com/odoo-sh/editor*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:25 +msgid "Edit the source code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:27 +msgid "The working directory is composed of the following folders:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can edit the source code (files under */src*) in development and staging" +" builds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Your changes won't be propagated to a new build, you must commit them in " +"your source code if you want to make them persist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:57 +msgid "" +"For production builds, the source code is read-only, because applying local " +"changes on a production server is not a good practice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The source code of your Github repository is located under */src/user*," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:61 +msgid "The source code of Odoo is located under" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:63 +msgid "*/src/odoo* (`odoo/odoo `_)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*/src/enterprise* (`odoo/enterprise `_)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:65 +msgid "" +"*/src/themes* (`odoo/design-themes `_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open a file in the editor, just double-click on it in the file browser " +"panel on the left." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:72 +msgid "" +"You can then begin to make your changes. You can save your changes with the " +"menu :menuselection:`File --> Save .. File` or by hitting the :kbd:`Ctrl+S` " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you save a Python file which is under your Odoo server addons path, Odoo " +"will detect it and reload automatically so your changes are reflected " +"immediately, without having to restart the server manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:85 +msgid "" +"However, if the change is a data stored in database, such as the label of a " +"field, or a view, you have to update the according module to apply the " +"change. You can update the module of the currently opened file by using the " +"menu :menuselection:`Odoo --> Update current module`. Note that the file " +"considered as currently opened is the file focused in the text editor, not " +"the file highlighted in the file browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:94 +msgid "You can also open a terminal and execute the command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:103 +msgid "Commit & Push your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:105 +msgid "" +"You have the possibility to commit and push your changes to your Github " +"repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:107 +msgid "Open a terminal (:menuselection:`File --> New --> Terminal`)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:108 +msgid "Change the directory to *~/src/user* using :code:`cd ~/src/user`," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:109 +msgid "Stage your changes using :code:`git add`," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:110 +msgid "Commit your changes using :code:`git commit`," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:111 +msgid "Push your changes using :code:`git push https HEAD:`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:113 +msgid "In this last command," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:115 +msgid "" +"*https* is the name of your *HTTPS* Github remote repository (e.g. " +"https://github.com/username/repository.git)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:117 +msgid "HEAD is the reference to the latest revision you committed," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:118 +msgid "" +" must be replaced by the name of the branch to which you want to " +"push the changes, most-likely the current branch if you work in a " +"development build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:125 +msgid "" +"The SSH Github remote is not used because your SSH private key is not hosted" +" in your build containers (for obvious security concerns) nor forwarded " +"through an SSH Agent (as you access this editor through a web browser) and " +"you therefore cannot authenticate yourself to Github using SSH. You have to " +"use the HTTPS remote of your Github repository to push your changes, which " +"is added automatically named as *https* in your Git remotes. You will be " +"prompted to enter your Github username and password. If you activated the " +"two-factor authentication on Github, you can create a `personal access token" +" `_ and use it as password. Granting the ``repo`` permission " +"suffices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:139 +msgid "" +"The Git source folder *~/src/user* is not checked out on a branch but rather" +" on a detached revision: This is because builds work on specific revisions " +"rather than branches. In other words, this means you can have multiple " +"builds on the same branch, but on different revisions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Once your changes are pushed, according to your :ref:`branch push behavior " +"`, a new build may be created." +" You can continue to work in the editor you pushed from, as it will have the" +" same revision as the new build that was created, but always make sure to be" +" in an editor of a build using the latest revision of your branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:150 +msgid "Consoles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:152 +msgid "" +"You can open Python consoles, which are `IPython interactive shells " +"`_. One " +"of the most interesting addition to use a Python console rather than a " +"IPython shell within a terminal is the `rich display " +"`_ capabilities. Thanks to this, you will be able to display objects" +" in HTML." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can for instance display cells of a CSV file using `pandas " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:166 +msgid "" +"You can also open an Odoo Shell console to play around with the Odoo " +"registry and model methods of your database. You can also directly read or " +"write on your records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:171 +msgid "" +"In an Odoo Console, transactions are automatically committed. This means, " +"for instance, that changes in records are applied effectively in the " +"database. If you change the name of a user, the name of the user is changed " +"in your database as well. You therefore should use Odoo consoles carefully " +"on production databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:177 +msgid "" +"You can use *env* to invoke models of your database registry, e.g. " +":code:`env['res.users']`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:187 +msgid "" +"The class :code:`Pretty` gives you the possibility to easily display lists " +"and dicts in a pretty way, using the `rich display " +"`_ mentioned above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:195 +msgid "" +"You can also use `pandas `_ to display graphs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:9 +msgid "The settings allow you to manage the configuration of your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:15 +msgid "Project name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:17 +msgid "The name of your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:22 +msgid "" +"This defines the address that will be used to access your production " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Addresses of your staging and development builds are derived from this name " +"and assigned automatically. However, when you change your project name, only" +" future builds will use the new name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:30 +msgid "Collaborators" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:32 +msgid "Manage the Github users who can access your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:37 +msgid "There are two levels of users:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:39 +msgid "Admin: has access to all features of Odoo.sh." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:40 +msgid "" +"User: does not have access to the project settings nor to the production and" +" staging databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The user group is meant for developers who can make modifications in your " +"code but are not allowed to access the production data. Users of this group " +"cannot connect to the production and staging databases using the *1-click " +"connect* feature, but they can of course use their regular account on these " +"databases if they have one, using their regular credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In addition, they cannot use the webshell nor have access to the server " +"logs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:50 +msgid "User" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:50 +msgid "Admin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:54 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:54 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:56 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:56 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:60 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:60 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:64 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:64 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:66 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:68 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:72 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:76 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:82 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:54 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:66 +msgid "1-click connect" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:70 +msgid "Shell/SSH" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:64 +msgid "Production & Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/status.rst:4 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:86 +msgid "Public Access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:88 +msgid "Allow public access to your development builds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If activated, this option exposes the Builds page publicly, allowing " +"visitors to connect to your development builds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In addition, visitors have access to the logs, shell and mails of your " +"development builds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Production and staging builds are excluded, visitors can only see their " +"status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:103 +msgid "Custom domains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To configure additional domains please refer to the corresponding branch's " +":ref:`settings tab `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Configure the deploy keys for the private repositories you use as submodules" +" in your branches to allow Odoo.sh to download them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:116 +msgid "" +"These settings are required for **private repositories** only. If you are " +"looking on how to set up your submodules, instructions are available in the " +"chapter :ref:`Submodules ` of this " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:123 +msgid "" +"When a repository is private, it is not possible to publicly download its " +"branches and revisions. For that reason, you need to configure a deploy key " +"for Odoo.sh, so the remote Git server allows our platform to download the " +"revisions of this private repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:128 +msgid "" +"To configure the deploy key for a private repository, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:130 +msgid "" +"in the input, paste the SSH URL of your private sub-repository and click on " +"*Add*," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:132 +msgid "e.g. *git@github.com:USERNAME/REPOSITORY.git*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:133 +msgid "" +"it can be another Git server than Github, such as Bitbucket, Gitlab or even " +"your own self-hosted server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:135 +msgid "copy the public key," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:137 +msgid "it should look like *ssh-rsa some...random...characters...here...==*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:139 +msgid "" +"in the settings of the private sub-repository, add the public key amongst " +"the deploy keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Github.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Deploy keys --> Add deploy key`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:142 +msgid "Bitbucket.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Access keys --> Add key`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:143 +msgid "Gitlab.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Repository --> Deploy Keys`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Self-hosted: append the key to the git user’s authorized_keys file in its " +".ssh directory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:147 +msgid "Storage Size" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:149 +msgid "This section shows the storage size used by your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:154 +msgid "Storage size is computed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:156 +msgid "the size of the PostgreSQL database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:158 +msgid "" +"the size of the disk files available in your container: database filestore, " +"sessions storage directory..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:161 +msgid "" +"In case you want to analyze disk usage, you can run the tool `ncdu " +"`_ in your Web Shell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Should your production database size grow to exceed what's provisioned in " +"your subscription, it will automatically be synchronized with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:167 +msgid "Database Workers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Additional database workers can be configured here. More workers help " +"increase the load your production database is able to handle. If you add " +"more, it will automatically be synchronized with your subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Adding more workers will not magically solve all performance issues. It only" +" allows the server to handle more connections at the same time. If some " +"operations are unusually slow, it's most likely a problem with the code, if " +"it's not due to your own customizations you can open a ticket `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:183 +msgid "Staging Branches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Additional staging branches allow you to develop and test more features at " +"the same time. If you add more, it will automatically be synchronized with " +"your subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:192 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Shows the status of the project's activation. You can change the project's " +"activation code if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/status.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The status page shows statistics regarding the servers your project uses. It" +" includes the servers availability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/overview/introduction.rst:4 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/overview/introduction.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The documentation will help you go live with your Odoo.sh project in no " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:20 +msgid "" +"An upgrade is switching to a newer version of Odoo (e.g., Odoo 14.0 to Odoo " +"15.0)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:22 +msgid "An upgrade does not cover:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Changing :ref:`editions ` (i.e., Community to " +"Enterprise edition)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Switching :ref:`hosting type ` (i.e., On-" +"Premise to Online or Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:27 +msgid "Migration from another ERP to Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:29 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:148 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:252 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:81 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:92 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:119 +msgid "|assistance-contact|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:32 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:66 +msgid ":ref:`upgrade/sla`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:37 +msgid "Process workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:39 +msgid "The upgrade process in a nutshell:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:41 +msgid "You create a test upgrade request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Odoo processes the request automatically by running the database through an " +"upgrade script, which takes between 20 and 120 minutes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:44 +msgid "Odoo delivers a test database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You test your database for possible discrepancies (see :ref:`upgrade/test-" +"guidance`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If there are any discrepancies, you report them to the Upgrade support team " +"via the help portal (see :ref:`upgrade/test-assistance`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:48 +msgid "We fix the issues and send you a new test database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once you have completed the testing and are happy with the result, you " +"decide on a date and time when you stop users from accessing Odoo, freeze " +"all data entries, and create an upgrade request for the production upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo delivers the production database through the automated process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You restore it in your Production environment a few short hours later and " +"continue working on the newly upgraded database (this is done automatically " +"on Odoo Online)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:57 +msgid ":doc:`Upgrade process for Odoo Online (SaaS) `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:58 +msgid ":doc:`Upgrade process for Odoo.sh `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`Upgrade process for On-Premise `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:64 +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:66 +msgid "" +"This phase allows you to review an upgraded version of your database without" +" affecting your production database in any way. We suggest that you run the " +"test upgrade process at least once, but you can do it as many times as you " +"need (one at a time)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once you receive your upgraded test database, check that all data, " +"processes, and functionality are still correct and working as expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you do find discrepancies, :ref:`report your issues ` and :ref:`request a new test database ` when the reported issues are fixed in the upgrade script." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If you do not find any discrepancies, you can move on to the upgrade of your" +" production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:80 +msgid "" +"A test database is only intended for testing and remains completely " +"unrelated to your present or future production database. Any data you add, " +"or changes you make, will not be reflected in your upgraded production " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Test databases are neutered and features are disabled to prevent them from " +"having an impact on the production database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The serial number of the database is modified (to prevent it from sending " +"information as if it was the production database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The :ref:`base URL of the database ` is reset to " +"``http://localhost:8069`` and the email domain to ``localhost``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Scheduled actions are disabled (the calendar synchronization, the bank " +"statement synchronization, the planned automated actions, the fetching of " +"incoming mail servers, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail servers are disabled by archiving the existing ones and adding" +" a fake/non-working one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:96 +msgid "Payment providers and delivery carriers are reset to test environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Accounting localization Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) services are " +"disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:98 +msgid "A system parameter is set to tell the database has been neutered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:103 +msgid "Request a test database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Follow the instructions available per hosting type on the `website form " +"`_ and select *Testing* purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:115 +msgid "Test guidance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Every business and organization has its own operational needs and has to " +"test its specific Odoo database individually. We recommend you look at `the " +"test scenario " +"`_" +" for further information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 +msgid "change link \"test scenario\" once the related doc is published" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:127 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:172 +msgid "Assistance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If you encounter an issue in the **test database**, please get in touch with" +" Odoo Upgrade Support via the `Odoo Support page " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Under the *Ticket Description* section, select *An issue related to my " +"upgrade* ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If you choose another *Ticket Description* type, the request will be " +"redirected to another team. This will slow down the processing and response " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:142 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Please provide as much detail as you can (i.e., videos and screenshots to " +"illustrate your issue). This will avoid clarifying questions and speed up " +"the resolution process significantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:146 +msgid "" +"The purpose of the test phase is not to correct existing data or " +"configurations in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:153 +msgid "The production launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:155 +msgid "" +"The production upgrade request is when you decide to upgrade your current " +"database with all your production data (invoices, VAT returns, inventories, " +"current orders) to a new version of your choice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:159 +msgid "" +"After your :ref:`tests ` are completed to your " +"satisfaction, submit the request to upgrade your production database via our" +" `website form `_. Select *Production* purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:164 +msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:166 +msgid "" +"business interruptions (e.g., no longer having the possibility to validate " +"an action)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:167 +msgid "" +"poor customer experiences (e.g., an eCommerce website that does not work " +"correctly)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:174 +msgid "" +"If you encounter issues or problems in the **production database**, please " +"get in touch with **Odoo Support**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:177 +msgid "Connect to our `Odoo Support page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Under the *Ticket Description* section, select the appropriate type related " +"to your issue but **do not select** the option *An issue related to my " +"upgrade*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:182 +msgid "" +"After upgrading to production, the support will be provided by the Support " +"team instead of the Upgrade team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:189 +msgid "" +"If you choose *An issue related to my upgrade* as ticket type, the request " +"will be redirected to another team than the support one and will slow down " +"the processing and response time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:195 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:200 +msgid "Contact our Upgrade service support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Should you have any more questions about the upgrade, do not hesitate to " +"send a message to `Odoo Upgrade Team `_. We will be" +" happy to answer it as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Please note that Odoo provides support and bug fixing only for the three " +"last major versions of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:213 +msgid "" +"This is a factor to take into consideration before upgrading. If you are on " +"an older version, we suggest you to prefer the most recent version to " +"benefit from longer support (before having to upgrade again)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:218 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`maintain/supported_versions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:223 +msgid "Service Level Agreement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:226 +msgid "What is covered by the Enterprise Licence?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Databases hosted on Odoo’s Cloud platforms (Saas and Odoo.sh) or On-Premise " +"(Self-Hosting) enjoy the following services at all times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:231 +msgid "The upgrade of:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:233 +msgid "standard applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:234 +msgid "" +"Studio customization (as long as the :guilabel:`Studio` app is still active)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:235 +msgid "" +"customizations done by our consulting and developer services *if* they are " +"covered by a ‘Maintenance of Customisations’ subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238 +msgid "" +"The Upgrade Service is limited to your database's technical conversion and " +"adaptation (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the " +"targeted version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:242 +msgid "What upgrading does NOT cover" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:244 +msgid "The cleaning of pre-existing data & configuration while upgrading" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:245 +msgid "" +"Any new developments and/or upgrades of your own :ref:`custom modules " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:247 +msgid "`Training `_ on the latest version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:249 +msgid "" +"You can get more information about your Enterprise Licence on our :ref:`Odoo" +" Enterprise Subscription Agreement ` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:255 +msgid ":doc:`upgrade/faq`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256 +msgid ":doc:`odoo_sh`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:8 +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:13 +msgid "Why upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You benefit from the latest features of the :ref:`new major version " +"` released by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you are in an :ref:`unsupported version `, " +"you get a new version with support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:23 +msgid "When to upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Whenever you want. You can make your upgrade request as soon as a new " +"version is released or when your version turns unsupported, and you still " +"wish to enjoy support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:31 +msgid "Availability of the new version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:33 +msgid "" +"As soon as Odoo announces the release of a new major version, you can create" +" a test upgrade request to try the latest version. Please note that at this " +"point, the upgrade scripts will only have been tested with demo data. Please" +" report any issue you might encounter while testing via the `Odoo Support " +"page `_ and make sure to be happy with your test " +"version before requesting the upgrade of your database in production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:42 +msgid "Duration of the upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:44 +msgid "It is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In general, the \"smaller\" the database, the quickest the upgrade request " +"is completed. A single-user database that uses only CRM will be processed " +"faster than a multi-company, multi-user database that uses Accounting, " +"Sales, Purchase, and Manufacturing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can expect the time it takes for the platform to upgrade the test " +"database to be similar to the production upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:56 +msgid "Duration of the upgrade project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:58 +msgid "" +"It depends on the user involvement (the time spent on testing, reporting " +"problems, etc.) and the issues encountered that might need to be addressed " +"by our technical team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:61 +msgid "So, in a nutshell, what can impact your upgrade lead time?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:63 +msgid "Source & targeted versions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:64 +msgid "Installed apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:65 +msgid "Volume of data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Amount of customization (models, fields, methods, workflows, reports, " +"website, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Installation of new apps or configuration changes after the start of the " +"test phase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:68 +msgid "User commitment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:73 +msgid "Upgrade of the custom modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:75 +msgid "" +"As stated in our :doc:`/legal/terms/enterprise`, section " +":ref:`charges_standard`, this optional service is subject to additional " +"fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Depending on your situation, the custom code could be upgraded by our " +"services, by one of our partners, or you can do it yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:86 +msgid "Upgrade or Migration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:88 +msgid "" +"An upgrade is switching to a newer version of Odoo, while a migration " +"reflects the change of :ref:`editions ` or " +"change of :ref:`hosting type `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:97 +msgid "Editions change (from Community to Enterprise)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The upgrade always returns an Enterprise edition of Odoo, whether the " +"database you sent was a community or enterprise edition. It is required to " +"have an enterprise subscription to upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If you need assistance on this matter, please contact us via the `Odoo " +"Support page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:107 +msgid "`Editions `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Switching the hosting types (Self-Hosting vs. Online Hosting - SaaS vs. " +"Cloud Platform - Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:114 +msgid "" +"An upgrade does not cover a change of `Hosting types " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Open the following link to get :doc:`more information about how to change " +"your hosting type <../maintain/hosting_changes>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:124 +msgid "The Upgrade Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:126 +msgid "" +"When an upgrade request completes successfully (test or production), you " +"receive an email notification about it that includes an 'Upgrade Report'. " +"This report is also sent to you via the Discuss app. It contains valuable " +"information regarding changes that occurred during the upgrade. While it " +"serves as a guide to possible issues to look out for, it is not an " +"exhaustive list. It remains imperative that you test the upgraded database " +"thoroughly and report any discrepancies you might find, before you decide to" +" upgrade your production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:136 +msgid "Custom views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:138 +msgid "" +"During the upgrade, some custom views might get disabled for technical " +"reasons. Therefore they might have to be fixed after the upgrade. The " +":ref:`Upgrade Report ` that is generated after " +"the upgrade is available in the Discuss app, and lists all the custom views " +"that might be impacted by this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:146 +msgid "Release Notes by version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Open our `Release Note `_ page to " +"get a summary of the new features and improvements made in each version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:152 +msgid "How long is my test available for" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:154 +msgid "" +"An Odoo Online (SaaS) test database is available for one month by default. " +"We can extend this trial period upon request. For Odoo.sh or on-premise, " +"there is no restriction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:158 +msgid "How many tests to perform before upgrading to production?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:160 +msgid "" +"As many as needed. When you are comfortable with the database, run a last " +"test upgrade 48 hours before requesting your production upgrade and test " +"your workflows one last time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:164 +msgid "How to/Where to report upgrade issues?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:166 +msgid "" +"If you encounter issues during the upgrade process, please contact the Odoo " +"Support through the `Odoo Support page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To report an issue discovered during the testing phase, please select **An " +"issue related to my upgrade (test phase)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:171 +msgid "" +"To report an issue discovered post-upgrade, please select **An issue related" +" to my upgrade (production)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:175 +msgid "Upgrading to production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Once you have completed testing and are happy with the result, you decide on" +" a date and time when you stop users from accessing Odoo, freeze all data " +"entries, and create an upgrade request for the production upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:182 +msgid "How is my data handled in the Upgrade Platform?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Upgrade platform uses the same Privacy Policy as the rest of " +"Odoo.com services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Your data is hosted on servers that follow our security guidelines, namely:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:188 +msgid "" +"SSL - All web connections to client instances are protected with 256-bit SSL" +" encryption (HTTPS with a 2048-bit modulus SSL certificate), and running " +"behind Grade A SSL stacks. All our certificate chains are using SHA-2 " +"already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Safe System - Our servers are running recent Linux distribution with up-to-" +"date security patches, with firewall and intrusion countermeasures (not " +"disclosed for obvious reasons)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Servers are located at the same locations as our Cloud providers with the " +"following services:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Restricted perimeter, physically accessed by authorized data center " +"employees only" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:197 +msgid "Physical access control with security badges or biometrical security" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:198 +msgid "Security cameras monitoring the data center locations 24/7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:199 +msgid "Security personnel on-site 24/7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The uploaded and migrated databases uploaded to the Upgrade platform are " +"kept for up to 3 months and are permanently deleted following that period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:204 +msgid "" +"You can learn more about privacy and data handling at Odoo by visiting our " +"`General Data Protection Regulation page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:208 +msgid "Rolling Release (applicable to Odoo Online databases)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:210 +msgid "" +"This feature allows customers to upgrade their database directly from a " +"message prompt sent to the database administrator as soon as the new version" +" is released. Odoo first tests the upgrade to the next version. The rolling " +"release upgrade option is displayed if the automated tests are successful. " +"The message offers two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:215 +msgid "" +"To 'Upgrade Now', which immediately triggers the upgrade of your live " +"production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To take you to your `database manager `_" +" where you can `request an upgraded test database " +"`_ and check the upgraded test database " +"for any discrepancies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:221 +msgid "" +"When you choose to proceed with the production upgrade directly, make sure " +"all users have saved their work and are logged out. The upgrade takes " +"approximately 15 minutes. During this time your database is unreachable. If " +"you notice any problem after the upgrade, please report it via the `Odoo " +"Support page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:227 +msgid "" +"If you are using the Website or Studio app, we recommend you always do a " +"test upgrade before upgrading your production instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:7 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:6 +msgid "Test upgrade request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Download a dump of your database (from the :ref:`Builds view `), choose the **exact copy** and " +"**without filestore** options. Upload the .sql.gz dump on " +"https://upgrade.odoo.com/upload and select the testing purpose. Once it's " +"processed, you'll get a dump of the database in return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To have the most up-to-date test version of your database, create a backup " +"of your production database just before creating your request. Upload it in " +"your staging branch, select **Exact dump** and **Without filestore**, and " +"then click *start*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:20 +msgid "Test your upgraded database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:22 +msgid "" +"At the beginning of your upgrade project, make sure that you create a new " +"staging branch for testing purposes by forking your main branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once the staging build is complete (it doesn't matter if it failed due to " +"the version incompatibility), import your upgraded dump in the *Backups* tab" +" of the branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The platform automatically detects the version of the dump and changes the " +"version of Odoo's source code to the corresponding version of the build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Test the upgraded database and make sure everything runs as it's supposed " +"to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:35 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:41 +msgid "Upgrade your production database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once you've tested everything and you're satisfied, start the process over " +"to get an up-to-date upgraded dump:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:40 +msgid "Make a new dump of your production database (as described in step 1)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:41 +msgid "Upload it on upgrade.odoo.com and select the Production purpose" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Receive the newly upgraded dump and import it in your production branch. The" +" build might get marked as failed because the platform will run it with the " +"upgraded databases' Odoo version together with the old custom code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:45 +msgid "Merge or commit the upgraded custom code in the production branch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If anything goes wrong, remember you can restore a backup. The platform will" +" always make one before you make any Odoo.sh operation on the production " +"database. If the restored backup comes from a previous version, the platform" +" will detect it and change the project's Odoo version back if it needs to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:53 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:48 +msgid "Custom modules (if applicable)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The upgrade of a database that contains custom modules is a 2 step process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:52 +msgid "The standard upgrade is done when your upgrade request is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Your custom modules also need to be upgraded to keep them compatible with " +"the new version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Depending on your contract, the upgrade of your custom modules can be done -" +" by yourself - by your Partner - by Odoo (if you hold a subscription to " +"'Maintenance of Customizations')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:8 +msgid "There are two ways to create your upgrade request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:11 +msgid "Upgrade request via command line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For technically-advanced users and partners, the upgrade process can be " +"initiated via the following command line on the server where the database is" +" hosted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:16 +msgid "" +":command:`python <(curl -s https://upgrade.odoo.com/upgrade) test -d -t `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The above command creates the database dump, sends it to the upgrade " +"platform, and initiates the automated upgrade process. During the upgrade, " +"you can follow the live logs on your screen. Once the upgrade process is " +"completed successfully, the upgraded database is restored onto the server " +"(as a duplicate test database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:25 +msgid "Upgrade request via the Odoo Upgrade Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Download a recent copy of your database and select the option " +":guilabel:`pg_dump custom format (without filestore)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Upload this dump file at https://upgrade.odoo.com and select *Testing* as " +"the aim. Odoo performs the automated upgrade process. Once it is completed, " +"you receive an email with a link to download the upgrade database dump file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Import the upgraded database into your on-premise environment and manually " +"test all processes and workflows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For security reasons, only the person who submitted the upgrade request is " +"able to download it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Any problem found during testing should be reported via the `helpdesk " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Once you have completed the testing successfully, you can proceed to upgrade" +" your live database in production. Download your upgraded database from the " +"link in the email and import it onto your live environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The upgrade of a database that contains custom modules is a two-step " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Depending on your contract, the upgrade of your custom modules can be done" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:57 +msgid "by yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:58 +msgid "by your Partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:59 +msgid "" +"by Odoo (if you hold a subscription to 'Maintenance of Customizations')." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/online_hosting.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo Online (SaaS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/online_hosting.rst:6 +msgid "Requesting a test upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/online_hosting.rst:8 +msgid "Go to your `database manager `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/online_hosting.rst:9 +msgid "Click on your profile icon and select *My Databases*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/online_hosting.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Click on the action settings icon next to your main database and select the " +"*Upgrade* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/online_hosting.rst:19 +msgid "In the pop-up message that will appear, select Test Upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/online_hosting.rst:24 +msgid "" +"This triggers the automated upgrade process. A confirmation email is then " +"sent to you with the the link to the upgraded database or to provide " +"information if the upgrade failed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/online_hosting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You can also see and access your test database from your *My Databases* " +"page." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ac6ba66fb --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-11-02 08:37+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications.rst:9 +msgid "User Docs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications.rst:11 +msgid "Discover our user guides and configuration tutorials per application." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..82565b2bd --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -0,0 +1,23371 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-04-08 13:26+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:47+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance.rst:5 +msgid "Finance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:8 +msgid "Accounting and Invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Invoicing** is a standalone invoicing app to create invoices, send " +"them to your customers, and manage payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:13 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Accounting** is a full featured accounting app. Accountant " +"productivity is at the core of its development with features such as AI-" +"powered invoice recognition, synchronization with your bank accounts, smart " +"matching suggestions, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:18 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Invoicing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:19 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Accounting Cheat Sheet `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:5 +msgid "Bank & Cash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds.rst:5 +msgid "Bank Feeds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 +msgid "Bank Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " +"of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " +"them with the transactions recorded in your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:9 +msgid "" +"We recommend you use bank synchronization for more efficiency. Please read " +"the related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:12 +msgid "" +"However, if you don't want to use bank synchronization or if your bank is " +"not a supported institution, you still have other options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:15 +msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:16 +msgid "Register the bank statements manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:19 +msgid "Import bank statements files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 +msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 +msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:25 +msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 +msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:27 +msgid "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " +"click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 +msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Odoo opens an **import widget** to help you set the **Formatting Options** " +"and **map** the different columns you want to import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is no longer " +"supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 +msgid "Register bank statements manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:52 +msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " +"*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " +"field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." +" If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " +"transactions’ amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 +msgid "add doc link to new documentation about reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 +msgid "Bank Synchronization: Automatic Import" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank institution to get all bank " +"statements imported automatically into your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting " +"Features `_, and click on " +"*See list of supported institutions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:15 +msgid "More than 20,000 institutions around the world are supported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 +msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 +msgid "**Plaid**: United States of America and Canada" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 +msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 +msgid "**Salt Edge**: Europe (:doc:`more information `)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:22 +msgid "**Ponto**: Europe (:doc:`more information `)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/alipay.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/buckaroo.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/mollie.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/sips.rst:9 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 +msgid "On-Premise users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To be able to use this service, you need to have a valid Odoo Enterprise " +"subscription. So make sure that your database is registered with your Odoo " +"Enterprise contract. We also use a proxy between your database and the third" +" party provider so, in case of a connection error, please check that you " +"don't have a firewall or a proxy blocking the following address:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:36 +msgid "https://production.odoofin.com/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 +msgid "First Synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can start synchronization either by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account` or via the configuration bar on " +"the accounting dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now you can search for your bank institution. Select it and follow the steps" +" to synchronize with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If you have any issues during your first synchronization, please verify that" +" your web browser doesn't block pop-ups and that your adblocker is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 +msgid "" +"During your first synchronization, you will be asked for a phone number to " +"secure your account. The reason we ask for such information is that we don't" +" want your data falling into the wrong hands. Therefore, if we detect " +"suspicious activity on your account, we block all requests coming from your " +"account, and you need to reactivate it using that phone number. The third-" +"party provider may request more information in order to connect with your " +"bank institution. This information is not stored on Odoo's servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:57 +msgid "" +"By default, transactions fetched from an online source are grouped inside " +"the same statement, and one bank statement is created per month. You can " +"change the bank statement creation periodicity in your journal settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:61 +msgid "" +"You can find all your synchronizations by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:65 +msgid "Synchronize manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:67 +msgid "" +"After your first synchronization, the created journals are synchronized by " +"default every 12 hours. If you wish, you can synchronize manually by " +"clicking on the *Synchronize Now* button on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Or you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " +"Synchronization`, select your institution and then click on the *Fetch " +"Transactions* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Some institutions do not allow transactions to be fetched automatically. For" +" such institutions, during the automatic synchronization of the account, you" +" receive an error message asking you to disable the automatic " +"synchronization. This message can be found in the chatter of your online " +"synchronizations. In this case, make sure to perform manual " +"synchronizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:89 +msgid "Issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 +msgid "Synchronization in error" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To report a connection error to the `Odoo support " +"`_, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, select the connection that " +"failed, and copy the error description and the reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:99 +msgid "Synchronization disconnected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If your connection with the proxy is disconnected, you can reconnect with " +"the proxy using the *Reconnect* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please " +"contact the `support `_ directly with your client" +" id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:112 +msgid "Migration process for users having installed Odoo before December 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If you are on-premise, please first make sure that your source is up-to-date" +" with the latest version of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Users who have created a database before December 2020 need to install the " +"new module manually to use the new functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List`, remove the " +"default filter in the search bar and type: " +"**account_online_synchronization**. You can then click on the *Install* " +"button to install the new module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Finally, make sure all your users refresh their Odoo page by pressing " +"CTRL+F5." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:132 +msgid "" +"All previous synchronizations are disconnected during the installation and " +"won't work anymore. You can find them directly in the synchronization menu " +"(:menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`). " +"It is not possible to resynchronize these connections; you have to make new " +"ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Please do not uninstall *account_online_sync* which is the previous module " +"for online synchronization. The new one overrides it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:138 +msgid "" +"By default *account_online_synchronization* is installed automatically with " +"Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:78 +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:144 +msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time. Is that normal?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:146 +msgid "" +"The process is not intended to work in real-time as third party providers " +"synchronize your accounts at different intervals. To force the " +"synchronization and fetch the statements, go to your *Accounting dashboard*," +" and click on the *Synchronize Now* button. You can also synchronize and " +"fetch transactions through :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Online Synchronization`. Some providers only allow one refresh per day, so " +"it is possible that clicking on *Synchronize Now* does not get your latest " +"transactions if you already performed such action earlier in the day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:153 +msgid "" +"A transaction can be visible on your bank account, but not be fetched if it " +"has the status *Pending*. Only transactions with the *Posted* status will be" +" retrieved. If it is not *Posted* yet, you will have to wait until the " +"status changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:158 +msgid "Is the Online Bank Synchronization feature included in my contract?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:160 +msgid "" +"**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community " +"Version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:161 +msgid "" +"**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:162 +msgid "" +"**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked " +"to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:165 +msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta.\" What does this mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:167 +msgid "" +"This means that banking institutions are not yet fully supported by our " +"Third Party Provider. Bugs or other problems may arise. Odoo does not " +"support technical problems that occur with banks in the Beta phase, but the " +"user may still choose to connect. Connecting with these banks contributes to" +" the development process since the Provider will have real data and feedback" +" from the connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:173 +msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Some banks have additional security measures and require extra steps, such " +"as an SMS/email authentication code or another type of MFA. Because of this," +" the integrator cannot pull transactions until the security code is " +"provided." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:180 +msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:182 +msgid "" +"For some institutions, transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in " +"the past." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:185 +msgid "Why don't I see any transactions?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:187 +msgid "" +"During your first synchronization, you selected the bank accounts you " +"decided to synchronize with Odoo. If you didn't synchronize any of your " +"accounts, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Online Synchronization` to click on the *Fetch Accounts* button on the " +"connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:191 +msgid "There may also be no new transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If your bank account is properly linked to a journal and posted transactions" +" are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:197 +msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:199 +msgid "" +"You can update your credentials by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, open the connection you want to " +"update your credentials and click on the *Update Credentials* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:110 +msgid ":doc:`ponto`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`saltedge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 +msgid "Ponto as bank synchronization provider" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Ponto** is a service that allows companies and professionals to aggregate " +"their accounts in one place and directly see all their transactions within " +"one app. It is a third-party solution that is continuously expanding the " +"number of bank institutions that can be synchronized with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 +msgid "" +"**Odoo** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " +"imported automatically into your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Ponto is a paid third-party provider that can handle the synchronization " +"between your bank accounts and Odoo. `Its pricing is 4€/month per " +"account/integration `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can find more information about bank synchronization :doc:`on this page " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:27 +msgid "Link your bank accounts with Ponto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:29 +msgid "Go to `Ponto's website (https://myponto.com) `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:30 +msgid "Create an account if you don't have one yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 +msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "You might have to add your **Billing Information** first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Select your country, your bank institutions, give your consent to Ponto, and" +" follow the steps on-screen to link your bank account with your Ponto " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Make sure to add all bank accounts you want to synchronize with your Odoo " +"database before moving on to the next steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 +msgid "Link your Ponto account with your Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Search your institution, make sure to select the right institution. By " +"selecting the institution, you can verify that the third party provider is " +"Ponto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:55 +msgid "Click on *Connect* and follow the steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:56 +msgid "" +"At some point, you will have to authorize the accounts you want to access in" +" Odoo. Please select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize. Even the " +"ones coming from other banking institutions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 +msgid "Finish the flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 +msgid "" +"You have to authorize all the accounts you want to access in Odoo but, Odoo " +"will filter the accounts based on the institution you selected at the second" +" step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:71 +msgid "Update your synchronization credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You might have to update your Ponto credentials or modify the " +"synchronization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " +"Synchronization` and select the institution you want to fetch the other " +"accounts. Click on *Fetch Accounts* button to start the flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:79 +msgid "" +"During the update, select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize, even" +" the ones coming from other banking institutions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:66 +msgid "Fetch new accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:68 +msgid "You might want to add new online accounts to your connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to keep authorization for existing accounts (for all " +"institutions that you have synchronized with Ponto)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:98 +msgid "After my synchronization, no account appears" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You selected an institution from the list and did not authorize any accounts" +" from this institution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:103 +msgid "I have an error about that my authorization has expired" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Every **3 months** (90 days) you must re-authorize the connection between " +"your bank account and Ponto. This must be done from the `Ponto website " +"`_. If you do not do this, the synchronization will " +"stop for these accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 +msgid "I have some errors with my beta institution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Ponto provides institutions in *beta*, these institutions are not directly " +"supported by Odoo and we advise you to contact Ponto directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Using an institution in beta is beneficial for Ponto, it allows them to have" +" real feedback on the connection with the institution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:3 +msgid "Salt Edge as bank synchronization provider" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Salt Edge** is a third-party provider that aggregates banking information " +"from your bank accounts. It supports ~5000 institutions in more than 50 " +"countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " +"imported automatically into your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:16 +msgid "Salt Edge is a free third-party provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:22 +msgid "Link your bank accounts with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Start synchronization by clicking on :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Select the institution you want to synchronize. You can see if Salt Edge is " +"the third party provider of the institution by selecting it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:28 +msgid "" +"After giving your phone number, you are asked for an email address. This " +"email address is used to create your Salt Edge account. Please make sure you" +" enter a valid email address, as otherwise, you will not be able to access " +"your Salt Edge account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:37 +msgid "" +"After entering your email address, you are redirected to Salt Edge to " +"continue the synchronization process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:44 +msgid "Make sure you give your consent by checking the consent checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:50 +msgid "Complete the synchronization by following the steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:54 +msgid "Update your credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:56 +msgid "" +"You might have to update your Salt Edge credentials or modify the " +"synchronization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " +"Synchronization` and select the institution you want to update credentials. " +"Click on the *Update Credentials* button to start the flow and follow the " +"steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to check the consent checkbox. Otherwise, Odoo may not be able " +"to access your information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " +"Synchronization` and select the institution to fetch the new accounts. Click" +" on the *Fetch Accounts* button to start the flow and follow the steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:81 +msgid "I have an error when I try to delete my synchronization within Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Odoo can't permanently delete the connection you have created with the " +"banking institution. However, it can revoke the consent you gave so that " +"Odoo won't be able to access your account anymore. The error you are seeing " +"is probably a message telling you that the consent was revoked, but the " +"record could not be deleted as it still exists within Salt edge. If you want" +" to remove the connection completely, please connect to your `Salt Edge " +"account `_ and manually delete your " +"synchronization. Once this is done, you can go back to Odoo to delete the " +"record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:92 +msgid "I have an error saying that I have already synchronized this account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You have probably already synchronized your bank account with Salt Edge, " +"please check on your `dashboard `_ that " +"you don't already have a connection with the same credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:98 +msgid "" +"In case you already have a synchronization with the same credentials present" +" on your Salt Edge dashboard and this synchronization has not been created " +"with Odoo, please delete it and create it from your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In case you already have a connection with the same credentials present on " +"your Salt Edge dashboard and this synchronization was created with Odoo, you" +" will normally be able to find it by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Configuration --> Online Synchronization`. Please make sure to do an " +"*Update Credentials* to reactivate the connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc.rst:5 +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 +msgid "Do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" +" is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " +"clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 +msgid "" +"We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " +"accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " +"to the another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 +msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " +"account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" +" your chart of account. To configure your chart of accounts and check the " +"default transfer account go into the accounting module settings, select " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " +"specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " +"depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " +"from the same page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 +msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" +" accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Create a new bank account." +" You should fill in the **Account Number**. You can also create and edit " +"your bank to specify your bank's details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 +msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 +msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 +msgid "" +"We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " +"9533 1498** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 +msgid "Log an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " +"accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " +"select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" +" transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " +"**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (see `Import " +"bank statements and reconcile`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 +msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " +"We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 +msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " +"statement of your bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 +msgid "" +"That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " +"receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " +"statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. " +"Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " +"the corresponding bank to import them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " +"**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " +"your bank account. If it's corresponding to the bank statement, it means " +"that no errors were made. Fill in the **Ending balance** and click on the " +"**Reconcile** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 +msgid "The following window will open:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 +msgid "" +"You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " +"statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " +"button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " +"statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " +"both bank statements and payment transactions then the reconciliation will " +"happen automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 +msgid "Bank Reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 +msgid "Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once the bank statements are correctly imported, it is essential to " +"*reconcile* the records properly and ensure all *Journal Entries* are " +"balanced and in agreement. To ease and speed up the reconciliation process, " +"you can configure **Reconciliation Models**, which are particularly useful " +"with recurrent entries such as bank fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Add a link to the Reconciliation process in the paragraph above, once the " +"doc will have been updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Reconciliation Models are also useful to handle *Cash Discounts*. Please " +"refer to :doc:`this documentation " +"<../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 +msgid "Types of Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 +msgid "There are three types of Reconciliation Models:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`Write-off Button `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 +msgid "" +":ref:`Suggestion of counterpart values `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 +msgid ":ref:`Match existing invoices/bills `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 +msgid "Manually create a write-off on clicked button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When you are reconciling an entry with an *Open Balance*, you can use the " +"buttons available under the *Manual Operations* tab to pre-fill all the " +"values automatically, before validating the reconciliation. Each button is a" +" different Reconciliation Model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 +msgid "Suggest counterpart values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This type of Reconciliation Model suggests immediately counterpart values " +"that only need to be validated. This automation is based on a set of rules " +"defined in the reconciliation model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 +msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This type of Reconciliation Model automatically selects the right Customer " +"Invoice or Vendor Bill that matches the payment. All that is left to do is " +"to validate the entry. This automation is based on a set of rules defined in" +" the reconciliation model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To manage or create new **Reconciliation Models**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation --> Reconciliation Models`. " +"Alternatively, you can also open this menu from the Accounting Overview, by " +"going to your Bank Journal card, clicking on the three little dots, and then" +" on *Reconciliation Models*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The first entry, named *Invoices Matching Rule*, is the one responsible for " +"the current matching of invoices and bills. Therefore, it is advised to " +"leave it at the top of the list and not to delete it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Open the model you want to modify, or click on *Create* to create a new one," +" then fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 +msgid "" +"See :ref:`above ` for an explanation about the " +"different types of Reconciliation Models." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the *Documents* application is installed on your database, an additional " +"**Activity type** field appears when *To check* is ticked. Selecting the " +"value *Reconciliation request* implies that, whenever you use this model, a " +"*Request Document* window pops up to request a document from a user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 +msgid "Conditions on Bank Statement Line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Define here all the conditions that are required for a Reconciliation Model " +"to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 +msgid "" +"If a record matches with several Reconciliation Models, the first one in the" +" *sequence* of models will be applied. The sequence is simply the order of " +"the models in the *list view*. They can be rearranged by dragging-and-" +"dropping the handle next to the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 +msgid "Counterpart Values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 +msgid "" +"This section comprises the values that are applied by the Reconciliation " +"Model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 +msgid "" +"If the value to reconcile needs to be written-off in two separate accounts, " +"click on *Add a second line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Bank reconciliation process - use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " +"task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " +"partners' details with those in the bank statement. These steps can take a " +"lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " +"any other payment document with your bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 +msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 +msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 +msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 +msgid "" +"No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " +"is to install the accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 +msgid "Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 +msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 +msgid "" +"We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " +"issued to Smith & Co." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 +msgid "" +"We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " +"sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " +"only handles bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark this " +"invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" +" services to our customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " +"and mark the invoice as paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 +msgid "" +"By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " +"has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" +" :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " +"automatically.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 +msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 +msgid "" +"We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " +"assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 +msgid "" +"We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " +"Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 +msgid "" +"**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " +"from the Bank Feeds section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 +msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " +"the reconciliations **automatically**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 +msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " +"it in :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " +"and validate all related payments :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:177 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 +msgid "Bank Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can manage as many **Bank Accounts** as needed on your database. " +"Configuring them well allows you to make sure that all your banking data is " +"up to date and ready for the reconciliation with your *Journal Entries*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo Accounting, each Bank Account is configured to have a dedicated " +"*Journal* which is configured to post all entries in a dedicated *Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Whenever you add a Bank Account, a dedicated journal and a dedicated account" +" are automatically created and configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting " +"Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that" +" are displayed when appropriate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 +msgid "Add a new Bank Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You can either connect your bank account to your Odoo database, or configure" +" your bank account manually and :doc:`upload the bank statements manually " +"<../feeds/bank_statements>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 +msgid "Bank Synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To synchronize a new bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then find your bank in the " +"list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this bank synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 +msgid "Manual configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To add a new bank account manually, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then on *Create it*, and fill" +" out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:65 +msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:66 +msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " +"the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" +" default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " +"that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " +"you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " +"account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features " +"accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Advanced configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, and open the bank account you want to " +"modify." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit the bank account details, go to the *Bank Account* field" +" and click on the *External Link* button next to the list arrow. There, you " +"can edit the bank account's number, Account Holder, Account Holder Name, and" +" your Bank Institution's details by clicking on the *External Link* next to " +"the *Bank* field. These details are used to register some payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "" +"You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment " +"Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted " +"in the **Bank Statements** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:194 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting Basics `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a bank in a foreign currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the " +"company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for " +"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " +"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " +"transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," +" Odoo stores two values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 +msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 +msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " +"Central bank web-services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 +msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should " +"activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting & Finance " +"Features` make sure the **Allow Multi-currencies** box is ticked. Provide a " +"**Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 +msgid "Configure currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " +"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go to the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are " +"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support (to" +" activate a currency, check its \"Active\" field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to " +"automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" +" the Accounting application, in the bottom of the page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 +msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 +msgid "Create a new bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 +msgid "An account in the trial balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 +msgid "A journal in your dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" +" the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 +msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " +"a supplier in China." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " +"see:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " +"to record a payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 +msgid "" +"That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange" +" gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, " +"depending if the currency rate increased or decreased between the invoice " +"and the payment date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " +"Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 +msgid "Customers Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " +"So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " +"the currency of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same " +"customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " +"the report below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 +msgid "" +"In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " +"managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" +" in its own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable for " +"this customer in a secondary currency and all its debts will automatically " +"be converted to this currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In " +"general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " +"amounts in the currency of the invoices he received;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a cash register" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments " +"transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " +"balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " +"configured as well as the currency of the journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 +msgid "How to register cash payments?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " +"these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " +"Transactions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 +msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " +"transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 +msgid "Put money in" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " +"transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " +":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 +msgid "Take money out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " +"all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " +":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:5 +msgid "Fiscal Localizations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:5 +msgid "Localizations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:13 +msgid "Argentina" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +msgid "Webinars" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Below you can find videos with a general description of the localization, " +"and how to configure it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:10 +msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:11 +msgid "`ECOMMERCE `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " +"this version the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " +"localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" +" to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " +"Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " +"Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " +"on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " +"that is used to analyze the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " +"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " +"AFIP regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:35 +msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:37 +msgid "" +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " +"the first two modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:43 +msgid "Configure your company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " +"company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " +"the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " +"structure of the company:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:64 +msgid "Chart of Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " +"accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " +"considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" +" companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 +msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:61 +msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:62 +msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:240 +msgid "Configure Master data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:71 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:74 +msgid "Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " +"and Production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " +"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " +"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " +"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " +"to select the environment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:89 +msgid "AFIP Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " +"provided by the AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:92 +msgid "" +"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" +" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " +"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " +"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " +"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " +"`Get AFIP Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " +"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " +"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " +"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:322 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:325 +msgid "Identification Type and VAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:122 +msgid "" +"As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " +"AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " +"for most transactions. There are six identification types available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" +" Odoo but only the common ones are active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:134 +msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:136 +msgid "" +"In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " +"should be defined in the partner form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:145 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " +"with their related financial account and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:208 +msgid "Taxes Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:154 +msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:157 +msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:158 +msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:159 +msgid "Otros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:162 +msgid "Special Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" +" taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " +"creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the " +"Inactive taxes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:274 +msgid "Document Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:174 +msgid "" +"In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " +"types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: " +"AFIP)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:178 +msgid "" +"The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " +"the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " +"of invoices as well of account moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" +" on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically " +"when the localization module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:237 +msgid "" +"The information required for the document types is included by default so " +"the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:245 +msgid "" +"There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " +"activated if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:195 +msgid "Letters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:197 +msgid "" +"For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" +" the transaction/operation, example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:200 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:201 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:202 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" +" must be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:204 +msgid "" +"The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " +"associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:249 +msgid "Use on Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:251 +msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:215 +msgid "" +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:296 +msgid "Journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:222 +msgid "" +"In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " +"depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:226 +msgid "" +"For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " +"Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" +" can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the " +"invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:230 +msgid "" +"If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" +" because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " +"account moves related to internal control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:234 +msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " +"defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " +"for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:243 +msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:244 +msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:247 +msgid "Web Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:248 +msgid "" +"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " +"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:250 +msgid "" +"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " +"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" +" Bond `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:254 +msgid "" +"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " +"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " +"the document type related is type “E”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:260 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " +"the operations related to this AFIP POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:263 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" +" for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " +"example: has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then AFIP will require that " +"you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the " +"invoice report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:268 +msgid "" +"**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " +"(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " +"sequence. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:271 +msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:272 +msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:273 +msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:276 +msgid "Sequences" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:277 +msgid "" +"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" +" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " +"under :ref:`developer mode ` can be used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:285 +msgid "" +"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " +"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " +"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " +"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:348 +msgid "Usage and testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:181 +msgid "Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:296 +msgid "" +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " +"invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:300 +msgid "Document type assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:302 +msgid "" +"Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " +"based on the AFIP document type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:305 +msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:310 +msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:315 +msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +msgid "" +"As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " +"prefix and sequence is given by the document type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:323 +msgid "" +"The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " +"different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " +"manually by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:328 +msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:329 +msgid "" +"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" +" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" +" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " +"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " +"draft until the related data is corrected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:334 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " +"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:337 +msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:338 +msgid "" +"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " +"10 days after the CAE is generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:340 +msgid "Result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:342 +msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:343 +msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:349 +msgid "Invoice Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " +"behavior on the pdf report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:354 +msgid "" +"**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " +"identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " +"following AFIP Responsibility type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:357 +msgid "Responsable Inscripto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:362 +msgid "" +"**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " +"part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " +"the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:366 +msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:367 +msgid "Consumidor Final." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +msgid "Responsable Monotributo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:369 +msgid "IVA liberado." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:376 +msgid "Special Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:379 +msgid "Invoices for Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:380 +msgid "" +"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " +"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" +" tab “Other Info”:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:386 +msgid "" +"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" +" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " +"the invoice month:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:394 +msgid "Exportation Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:395 +msgid "" +"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " +"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" +" type be associated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:401 +msgid "" +"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " +"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " +"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:404 +msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:405 +msgid "Exportation document type ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:407 +msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:408 +msgid "Exempt Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " +"Info --> Accounting`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +msgid "Fiscal Bond" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:422 +msgid "" +"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " +"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:450 +msgid "" +"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " +"requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 +msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:150 +msgid "Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +msgid "Zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:430 +msgid "Detail each item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:432 +msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:433 +msgid "Complete description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +msgid "Unit Net Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:435 +msgid "Quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +msgid "Unit of measurement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:437 +msgid "Bonus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:438 +msgid "VAT rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:442 +msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:444 +msgid "" +"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " +"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " +"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " +"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " +"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" +" to their clients and / or vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:452 +msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:454 +msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:455 +msgid "" +"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" +" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:461 +msgid "" +"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " +"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:464 +msgid "" +"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " +"originator document passed to the note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +msgid "" +"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " +"A or B)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:471 +msgid "" +"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " +"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " +"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " +"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:476 +msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +msgid "" +"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " +"Cancellation?” as True." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:479 +msgid "" +"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " +"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " +"(false)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:486 +msgid "Invoice printed report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:487 +msgid "" +"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " +"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " +"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:496 +msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:497 +msgid "" +"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " +"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:507 +msgid "" +"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " +"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " +"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:651 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:5 +msgid "Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:517 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " +"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" +" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " +"if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:524 +msgid "" +"The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " +"validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " +"will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:531 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " +"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " +"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:537 +msgid "" +"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " +"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " +"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:541 +msgid "" +"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:542 +msgid "" +"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " +"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:544 +msgid "" +"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " +"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:551 +msgid "How to use it in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:552 +msgid "" +"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " +"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:558 +msgid "" +"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " +"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:477 +msgid "Special Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:568 +msgid "Untaxed Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:569 +msgid "" +"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " +"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:572 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" +" the Exempt concept:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:579 +msgid "Perception Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:580 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " +"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " +"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:588 +msgid "" +"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " +"it and set the correct amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:594 +msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:598 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:600 +msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:606 +msgid "VAT Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:609 +msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:615 +msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:621 +msgid "Resumen de IVA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:627 +msgid "IIBB - Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:630 +msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:636 +msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:3 +msgid "Australia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:8 +msgid "KeyPay Australian Payroll" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The KeyPay Module synchronizes payslip accounting entries (e.g., expenses, " +"social charges, liabilities, taxes) from KeyPay to Odoo automatically. " +"Payroll administration is still done in KeyPay. We only record the journal " +"entries in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:15 +msgid "Configuration Steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:17 +msgid "Create a company located in Australia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Check that the Australian localization module (Australia - Accounting) is " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:19 +msgid "Configure the *KeyPay API*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:25 +msgid "" +"More fields become visible after clicking on *Enable KeyPay Integration*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:31 +msgid "" +"You can find the API Key in the *My Account* section of the KeyPay platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The **Payroll URL** is pre-filled with " +"``https://keypay.yourpayroll.com.au``. *Please do not change it.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:39 +msgid "You can find the **Business ID** in the KeyPay URL. (i.e., ``189241``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:45 +msgid "You can choose any Odoo journal to post the payslip entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:48 +msgid "How does the API work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The API syncs the journal entries from KeyPay to Odoo and leaves them in " +"draft mode. The reference includes the KeyPay payslip entry ID in brackets " +"for the user to easily retrieve the same record in KeyPay and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:59 +msgid "The API sync is triggered by scheduled actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:65 +msgid "" +"KeyPay payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping. Debit " +"must equal credit (like in Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The accounts used by KeyPay are defined in the section **Payroll settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:74 +msgid "" +"For the API to work, you need to create the same accounts as the default " +"accounts of your KeyPay business (**same name and same code**) in Odoo. You " +"also need to choose the correct account types in Odoo to generate accurate " +"financial reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:3 +msgid "Chile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:10 +msgid "" +"`VIDEO WEBINAR OF CHILEAN LOCALIZATION: INTRO AND DEMO " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:11 +msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF DELIVERY GUIDE `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The Chilean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13. In this" +" version, the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl:** Adds accounting features for the Chilean localization, which " +"represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " +"Chile and under the SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos) regulations and " +"guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl_edi:** Includes all technical and functional requirements to " +"generate and receive Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the SII " +"regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:26 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl_reports:** Adds the reports Propuesta F29 y Balance Tributario (8" +" columnas)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:32 +msgid "Install the Chilean localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:34 +msgid "" +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Chile. Then click *Install* in the " +"module **Chile E-invoicing**. This module has a dependency with **Chile - " +"Accounting**. In case this last one is not installed, Odoo installs it " +"automatically with E-invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:43 +msgid "" +"When you install a database from scratch selecting Chile as country, Odoo " +"will automatically install the base module: Chile - Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:48 +msgid "Company Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your company " +"data. Additional to the basic information, you need to add all the data and " +"elements required for Electronic Invoice, the easiest way to configure it is" +" in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chilean Localization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:56 +msgid "" +"All the following configuration and functionality is only available in Odoo " +"if your company already passed the `Certification process " +"`_ in the SII - Sistema de " +"Facturación de Mercado, this certification enables you to generate " +"electronic invoices from your ERP and send them automatically to the SII. If" +" your company has not passed this certification yet, make sure you " +"communicate this to your Account Manager as a special process outside Odoo " +"is required in order to complete this certification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:66 +msgid "Fiscal Information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Fill in the fiscal information for your company according to the SII " +"register, follow the instructions on each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:186 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:78 +msgid "" +"This is part of the main information required to generate electronic " +"Invoice, select your environment and the legal information, as well as the " +"email address to receive invoices from your vendors and the alias you use to" +" send invoices to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:87 +msgid "Configure DTE Incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In order to receive you the claim and acceptance emails from your customers," +" it is crucial to define the DTE incoming email server, considering this " +"configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:97 +msgid "" +"For your Go-live make sure you archive/remove from your inbox all the emails" +" related to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:215 +msgid "Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:103 +msgid "" +"In order to generate the electronic invoice signature, a digital certificate" +" with the extension ``.pfx`` is required, proceed to this section and load " +"your file and password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:114 +msgid "" +"A certificate can be shared between several users. If this is the case leave" +" the user field empty, so all your billing users can use the same one. On " +"the other hand, if you need to restrict the certificate for a particular " +"user, just define the users in the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:119 +msgid "" +"In some cases, depending on the certificate format, it is possible that the " +"field Subject Serial Number is not loaded automatically. If this is the " +"case, you can manually edit this field by filling it with the Certificate’s " +"legal representative RUT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:702 +msgid "Financial Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The report Propuesta F29 requires two values that need to be defined as part" +" of the company configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:5 +msgid "Multicurrency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the Chilean service " +"`mindicador.cl `_. You can find this service in the " +"currency rate configuration, and you can set a predefined interval for the " +"rate updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:145 +msgid "Chart of accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " +"included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " +"in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:70 +msgid "Default Account Payable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:152 +msgid "Default Account Receivable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:153 +msgid "Transfer Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:154 +msgid "Conversion Rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:158 +msgid "Master Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:166 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, the identification types defined by the" +" SII are now available on the Partner form. This information is essential " +"for most transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:174 +msgid "TaxpayerType" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:176 +msgid "" +"In Chile, the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the Taxpayer Type. This field should be " +"defined in the partner form, when creating a customer is important you make " +"sure this value is set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:188 +msgid "" +"As part of the information that is sent in the electronic Invoice, you need " +"to define the email that is going to appear as the sender of the electronic " +"invoice to your customer, and the Industry description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:200 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically with" +" their related financial account and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:210 +msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:212 +msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:213 +msgid "" +"ILA (Impuesto a la Ley de Alcholes). Taxes for alcoholic drinks. It has a " +"different rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:265 +msgid "Fiscal Positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase transactions, the VAT can have different affections. " +"This will be done in Odoo using the default purchase fiscal positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:226 +msgid "" +"In some Latin American countries, including Chile, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document types" +" defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Chile case: SII)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:230 +msgid "" +"The document type is essential information that needs to be displayed in the" +" printed reports and that needs to be easily identified within the set of " +"invoices as well of account moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per company. As part of the " +"localization, the Document Type includes the country on which the document " +"is applicable and the data is created automatically when the localization " +"module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:253 +msgid "" +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal uses " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:254 +msgid "" +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:267 +msgid "" +"Sales Journals in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location, " +"example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:269 +msgid "Ventas Santiago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:270 +msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:272 +msgid "For the retail stores is common to have one journal per POS:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:274 +msgid "Cashier 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:275 +msgid "Cashier 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:281 +msgid "" +"The transactions purchase can be managed with a single journal, but " +"sometimes companies use more than one in order to handle some accounting " +"transactions that are not related to vendor bills but can be easily " +"registered using this model, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:285 +msgid "Tax Payments to government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:286 +msgid "Employees payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:292 +msgid "When creating sales journals the next information must be filled in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:294 +msgid "" +"**Point of sale type**: If the Sales journal will be used for electronic " +"documents, the option Online must be selected. Otherwise, if the journal is " +"used for invoices imported from a previous system or if you are using the " +"SII portal “Facturación MiPyme“ you can use the option Manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:298 +msgid "" +"**Use Documents**: This field is used to define if the journal will use " +"Document Types. It is only applicable to Purchase and Sales journals that " +"can be related to the different sets of document types available in Chile. " +"By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:308 +msgid "" +"For the Chilean localization, it is important to define the default Debit " +"and Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use " +"cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:312 +msgid "CAF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:314 +msgid "" +"A CAF (Folio Authorization Code) is required, for each document type that is" +" issued to your customers, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor " +"with the folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:318 +msgid "" +"Your company can make several requests for folios and obtain several CAFs, " +"each one associated with different ranges of folios. The CAFs are shared " +"within all the journals, this means that you only need one active CAF per " +"document type and it will be applied on all journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:322 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the SII documentation to check the detail on how to acquire " +"the CAF: `SII Timbraje `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:326 +msgid "" +"The CAFs required by the SII are different from Production to Test " +"(Certification mode). Make sure you have the correct CAF set depending on " +"your environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with a document type " +"in Odoo, in order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:336 +msgid "Access to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> CAF`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:337 +msgid "Upload the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:338 +msgid "Save the CAF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 +msgid "" +"Once loaded, the status changes to *In Use*. At this moment, when a " +"transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes the " +"first folio in the sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:348 +msgid "" +"In case you have used some folios in your previous system, make sure you set" +" the next valid folio when the first transaction is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:354 +msgid "Usage and Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:357 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:359 +msgid "" +"In the Chilean localization the electronic Invoice workflow covers the " +"Emission of Customer Invoices and the reception of Vendor Bills, in the next" +" diagram we explain how the information transmitted to the SII and between " +"the customers and Vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:369 +msgid "Customer invoice Emission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:371 +msgid "" +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" +" created in the standard way, for Chile one of the differentiators is the " +"document type which is selected automatically based on the Taxpayer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:375 +msgid "You can manually change the document type if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:382 +msgid "" +"Documents type 33: Electronic Invoice must have at least one item with tax, " +"otherwise the SII rejects the document validation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:386 +msgid "Validation and DTE Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:388 +msgid "" +"When all the invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically" +" when it’s created from a sales order, proceed to validate the invoice. " +"After the invoice is posted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:391 +msgid "" +"The DTE File (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added in" +" the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:392 +msgid "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:398 +msgid "" +"The DTE Status is updated automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that" +" runs every day at night, if you need to get the response from the SII " +"immediately you can do it manually as well. The DTE status workflow is as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:407 +msgid "" +"In the first step the DTE is sent to the SII, you can manually send it using" +" the button: Enviar Ahora, a SII Tack number is generated and assigned to " +"the invoice, you can use this number to check the details the SII sent back " +"by email. The DTE status is updated to Ask for Status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:412 +msgid "" +"Once the SII response is received Odoo updates the DTE Status, in case you " +"want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result " +"can either be Accepted, Accepted With Objection or Rejected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:421 +msgid "" +"There are several internal status in the SII before you get Acceptance or " +"Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you " +"will receive in the chatter the detail of those intermediate statuses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:429 +msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:432 +msgid "" +"**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is " +"now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:435 +msgid "" +"**Accepted with objections:** Indicates the invoice information is correct " +"but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally " +"valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:443 +msgid "" +"**Rejected:** Indicates the information in the invoice is incorrect and " +"needs to be corrected, the detail of the issue is received in the emails you" +" registered in the SII, if it is properly configured in Odoo, the details " +"are also retrieved in the chatter once the email server is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:448 +msgid "If the invoice is Rejected please follow this steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:450 +msgid "Change the document to draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:451 +msgid "" +"Make the required corrections based on the message received from the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:452 +msgid "Post the invoice again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:460 +msgid "Crossed references" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:462 +msgid "" +"When the Invoice is created as a result of another fiscal document, the " +"information related to the originator document must be registered in the Tab" +" Cross Reference, which is commonly used for credit or debit notes, but in " +"some cases can be used on Customer Invoices as well. In the case of the " +"credit and debit notes, they are set automatically by Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:450 +msgid "Invoice PDF Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:474 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the SII and the PDF is " +"printed, it includes the fiscal elements that indicate that the document is " +"fiscally valid:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:482 +msgid "" +"If you are hosted in Odoo SH or On-Premise, you should manually install the " +"``pdf417gen`` library. Use the following command to install it: ``pip " +"install pdf417gen``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:486 +msgid "Commercial Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:488 +msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:490 +msgid "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:491 +msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:492 +msgid "" +"Subsequently, if all the commercial terms and invoice data are correct, they" +" will send the Acceptance confirmation, otherwise they send a Claim." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:494 +msgid "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:502 +msgid "Processed for Claimed invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:504 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice has been Accepted by the SII **it can not be cancelled in " +"Odoo**. In case you get a Claim for your customer the correct way to " +"proceed is with a Credit Note to either cancel the Invoice or correct it. " +"Please refer to the Credit Notes section for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:426 +msgid "Common Errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:515 +msgid "" +"There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the SII, but these are " +"some of the common errors you might have and which is the related solution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:518 +msgid "Error: ``RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:520 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Make sure the Company Address is properly filled including the State" +" and City." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:522 +msgid "Error en Monto: ``- IVA debe declararse.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:528 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* The invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add one " +"on each invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:526 +msgid "Error: ``Rut No Autorizado a Firmar.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:530 +msgid "" +"Error: ``Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : " +"(Firma_DTE[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:533 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF related to this document as the one you’re " +"using is expired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:535 +msgid "" +"Error: ``Element '{http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutReceptor': This element is " +"not expected. Expected is ( {http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutEnvia ).``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:538 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Make sure the field Document Type and VAT are set either in the " +"Customer and in the main company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:541 +msgid "GLOSA: ``Usuario sin permiso de envio.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:543 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* This error indicates that most likely, your company has not passed " +"the `Certification process " +"`_" +" in the SII - Sistema de Facturación de Mercado. If this is the case, please" +" contact your Account Manager or Customer Support as this certification is " +"not part of the the Odoo services, but we can give you some alternatives." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:556 +msgid "Credit Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:554 +msgid "" +"When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " +"credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a CAF file " +"is required for the Credit Note, which is identified as document 64 in the " +"SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:563 +msgid "" +"Refer to the CAF section where we described the process to load the CAF on " +"each document type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:619 +msgid "Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:570 +msgid "Cancel Referenced document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:572 +msgid "" +"In case you need to cancel or invalid an Invoice, use the button Add Credit" +" note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Anula Documento de referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:580 +msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:582 +msgid "" +"If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " +"Street Name, use the button Add Credit note,select Partial Refund and select" +" the option “Solo corregir Texto”. In this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:590 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price " +"0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:597 +msgid "" +"It’s important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as " +"it is taken for this use case in specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:601 +msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:603 +msgid "" +"When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button Add Credit note" +" and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:612 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:584 +msgid "Debit Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:614 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, besides creating credit notes from an " +"existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " +"button “Add Debit Note”. The two main use cases for debit notes are " +"detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:622 +msgid "Add debt on Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:624 +msgid "" +"The most common use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an " +"existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code " +"SII:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:632 +msgid "" +"In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross " +"reference section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:639 +msgid "Cancel Credit Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:641 +msgid "" +"In Chile the debits notes are used to cancel a validated Credit Note, in " +"this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option " +"in the wizard: *1: Anula Documentos de referencia.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:653 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email " +"server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:656 +msgid "" +"Automatically receive the vendor bills DTE and create the vendor bill based " +"on this information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:657 +msgid "Automatically Send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:658 +msgid "Accept or Claim the document and send this status to your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:662 +msgid "Reception" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:664 +msgid "" +"As soon as the vendor email with the attached DTE is received: 1. The vendor" +" Bill mapping all the information included in the xml. 2. An email is sent " +"to the vendor with the Reception acknowledgement. 3. The DTE status is set " +"as: Acuse de Recibido Enviado" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:674 +msgid "Acceptation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:676 +msgid "" +"If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, you can " +"accept the document using the button: Aceptar Documento, once this is done " +"the DTE Acceptation Status changes to: Accepted and an email of acceptance " +"is sent to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:686 +msgid "Claim" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:688 +msgid "" +"In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " +"your vendor bill, you can Claim the document before validating it, using " +"the button: Claim, once this is done the DTE Acceptation Status change to: " +"Claim and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:696 +msgid "" +"If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from draft to cancel " +"automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents " +"should be canceled as they won’t be valid for your accounting records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:705 +msgid "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:707 +msgid "" +"This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " +"balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " +"level of profit or loss that the business had within the evaluated period of" +" time, so that a real and complete knowledge of the status of a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:727 +msgid "" +"You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:718 +msgid "Propuesta F29" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:720 +msgid "" +"The form F29 is a new system that the SII enabled to taxpayers, and that " +"replaces the Purchase and Sales Books. This report is integrated by Purchase" +" Register (CR) and the Sales Register (RV). Its purpose is to support the " +"transactions related to VAT, improving its control and declaration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:724 +msgid "" +"This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE’s) that have " +"been received by the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:33 +msgid "Colombia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:10 +msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" +" next modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " +"the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " +"document types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" +" for the Integration with Carvajal and generate the electronic invoice, " +"based on the DIAN legal requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 +msgid "Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:37 +msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To :ref:`install ` the modules, go to " +":menuselection:`Apps`, remove the *Apps* filter and search for \"Colombia\"." +" Then click on *Install* for the first two modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:47 +msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " +"Carvajal Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and credentials, " +"this information will be provided by Carvajal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " +"for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal testing " +"environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and integration" +" with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:63 +msgid "CTS (Carvajal T&S)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:63 +msgid "https://cenflab.cen.biz/site/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:66 +msgid "CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:66 +msgid "https://web-stage.facturacarvajal.com/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:70 +msgid "CSC is the default for new databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Once that Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready for production " +"the testing environment can be disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:77 +msgid "Configure your report data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +msgid "" +"As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " +"define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 +msgid "Configure data required in the XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:97 +msgid "Identification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:99 +msgid "" +"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " +"DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " +"their identification number and document type set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:106 +msgid "" +"When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " +"configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " +"number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:113 +msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " +"information required by the DIAN ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:119 +msgid "" +"These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " +"Tab --> Fiscal Information`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " +"regimen of the partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:132 +msgid "" +"If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " +"consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " +"This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " +"configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " +"display taxes in the invoice PDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " +"documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " +"the :ref:`developer mode `: :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Configuration Setting --> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " +"be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:167 +msgid "Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " +"job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:183 +msgid "" +"When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" +" to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +msgid "Invoice creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " +"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " +"invoice are the next fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:197 +msgid "There are three types of documents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:199 +msgid "" +"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " +"applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:201 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:203 +msgid "" +"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " +"manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " +"necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " +"the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:386 +msgid "Invoice validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:213 +msgid "" +"After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" +" to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:219 +msgid "" +"An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " +"XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " +"the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:229 +msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:231 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" +" the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " +"invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal " +"Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a " +"Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" +" invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:239 +msgid "After this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:241 +msgid "" +"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " +"the invoice chatter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:248 +msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:252 +msgid "Common errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:254 +msgid "" +"During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " +"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " +"after updating the electronic invoice status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:261 +msgid "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:273 +msgid "Additional use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:275 +msgid "" +"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " +"the functional workflow remains the same as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia (ES)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 +msgid "Introducción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +msgid "" +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " +"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " +"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " +"puntos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 +msgid "Plan Contable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:131 +msgid "Impuestos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 +msgid "Retenciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 +msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " +"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal y la generación de la Factura " +"Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 +msgid "Flujo General" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 +msgid "Configuración" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " +"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " +"Servicio Web de Carvajal, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " +"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " +"busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 +msgid "" +"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " +"ambiente piloto de Carvajal, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo " +"completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a " +"través de la siguiente liga:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:68 +msgid "CSC es el predeterminado para nuevas bases de datos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal el " +"ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la información " +"al ambiente de producción de Carvajal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:76 +msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " +"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " +"Bancaria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " +"sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:89 +msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:92 +msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:95 +msgid "Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " +"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " +"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " +"de documento correspondiente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " +"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " +"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:112 +msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " +"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " +"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " +"Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " +"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " +"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " +"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " +"opciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " +"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " +"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " +"--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " +"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " +"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " +"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 +msgid "Diarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " +"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" +" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 +msgid "" +"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " +"ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" +" Secuencia`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " +"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:173 +msgid "Usuarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:175 +msgid "" +"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " +"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:184 +msgid "Uso y Pruebas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:187 +msgid "Facturas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " +"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " +"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 +msgid "Invoice Creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:197 +msgid "" +"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " +"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " +"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " +"manualmente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " +"son los siguientes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:205 +msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:207 +msgid "" +"**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," +" Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:210 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " +"importación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:213 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" +" un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " +"necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " +"ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:223 +msgid "Invoice Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " +"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " +"desplegado en el historial." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " +"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" +" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " +"inicial **En Proceso**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 +msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:249 +msgid "" +"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " +"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " +"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " +"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " +"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " +"CUFE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " +"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " +"automáticamente:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:255 +msgid "" +"El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " +"historial de la Factura." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:260 +msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:265 +msgid "" +"En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " +"mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:274 +msgid "Errores Frecuentes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " +"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " +"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " +"desplegados en el historial." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " +"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " +"botón:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 +msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:298 +msgid "" +"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " +"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " +"igual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:303 +msgid "Consideraciones del Anexo 1.7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:306 +msgid "Contexto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 +msgid "Contexto Normativo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 +msgid "Soporte Normativo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:312 +msgid "" +"Resolución DIAN Número 000042 ( 5 de Mayo de 2020) Por la cual se " +"desarrollan:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 +msgid "Los sistemas de facturación," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:315 +msgid "Los proveedores tecnológicos," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 +msgid "El registro de la factura electrónica de venta como título valor," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 +msgid "Se expide el anexo técnico de factura electrónica de venta y" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 +msgid "Se dictan otras disposiciones en materia de sistemas de facturación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 +msgid "Anexo 1.7: Principales Cambios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:323 +msgid "Cambios en la definición de Consumidor Final." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 +msgid "Informar bienes cubiertos para los 3 dias sin IVA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:325 +msgid "Actualización de descripción de Impuestos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 +msgid "Se agrega concepto para IVA Excluido." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:327 +msgid "Informar la fecha efectiva de entrega de los bienes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:328 +msgid "Adecuaciones en la representación Gráfica (PDF)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:331 +msgid "Calendario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Se tiene varias fechas límites para la salida a producción bajo las " +"condiciones del Anexo 1.7 las cuales dependen de los siguientes factores:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Calendario de implementación de acuerdo con la actividad económica principal" +" en el RUT:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:341 +msgid "Calendario de implementación, para otros sujetos obligados:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:346 +msgid "Calendario de implementación permanente:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 +msgid "Requerimientos en Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Con la finalidad de facilitar el proceso de preparación de las bases de Odoo" +" estándar V12 y v13, únicamente será necesario que los administradores " +"actualicen algunos módulos y creen los datos maestros relacionados a los " +"nuevos procesos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:359 +msgid "Actualización de listado de Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 +msgid "" +"Utilizando el modo desarrollador, acceder al módulo de Aplicaciones y " +"seleccionar el menú *Actualizar Lista*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:368 +msgid "Actualización de Módulos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:370 +msgid "" +"Una vez actualizado Buscar *Colombia*, los siguientes módulos serán " +"desplegados, se requieren actualizar dos módulos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:373 +msgid "Colombia - Contabilidad - l10n_co" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal UBL 2.1 - " +"l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:379 +msgid "" +"En cada módulo o ícono hay que desplegar el menú opciones utilizando los 3 " +"puntos de la esquina superior derecha y seleccionamos *Actualizar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:382 +msgid "Primero lo hacemos con en el módulo l10n_co:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:387 +msgid "Posteriormente lo hacemos con el módulo l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:393 +msgid "Creación de Datos Maestros" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:395 +msgid "" +"Las bases de datos existentes a Junio 2020 tanto en V12 como V13, deberán " +"crear algunos datos maestros necesarios para operar correctamente con los " +"cambios del Anexo 1.7." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:498 +msgid "Consumidor Final" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 +msgid "" +"La figura del consumidor final será utilizada para aquellas ventas sobre las" +" cuales no es posible identificar toda la información fiscal y demográfica " +"del cliente por lo que la factura se genera a nombre de este registro " +"genérico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 +msgid "" +"Es importante coordinar y definir los casos de uso en los que dependiendo de" +" su empresa se tendrá permitido utilizar este registro genérico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:408 +msgid "" +"Dentro de Odoo se tendrá que crear un contacto con las siguientes " +"características, es importante que se defina de esta manera debido a que son" +" los parámetros definidos por la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:411 +msgid "**Tipo de contacto:** Individuo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 +msgid "**Nombre:** Consumidor Final" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:413 +msgid "**Tipo de documento:** Cedula de Ciudadania" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:414 +msgid "**Numero de Identificacion:** 222222222222" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 +msgid "" +"Dentro de la pestaña Ventas y Compras, en la sección Información Fiscal, del" +" campo Obligaciones y Responsabilidades colocaremos el valor: **R-99-PN**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 +msgid "IVA Excluido - Bienes Cubiertos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:428 +msgid "" +"Para reportar las transacciones realizadas mediante Bienes Cubiertos para " +"los tres días sin IVA, será necesario crear un nuevo Impuesto al cual se le " +"debe de asociar un grupo de impuestos específico que será utilizado por Odoo" +" para agregar la sección requerida en el XML de factura electrónica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:433 +msgid "" +"Para el crear el impuesto accederemos a Contabilidad dentro del menú " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:439 +msgid "" +"Procedemos a crear un nuevo Impuesto con importe 0% considerando los " +"siguientes parámetros:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:444 +msgid "" +"El nombre del Impuesto puede ser definido a preferencia del usuario, sin " +"embargo el campo clave es **Grupo de Impuestos** dentro de Opciones " +"avanzadas, el cual debe ser: *bienes cubiertos* y el campo **Tipo de " +"Valor**: *IVA*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:452 +msgid "Actualización de descripción de Departamentos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:454 +msgid "" +"Es necesario actualizar la descripción de algunos departamentos, para lo " +"cual accederemos a módulo de Contactos y dentro del menú de " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Provincias`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:460 +msgid "" +"Posteriormente, podemos agregar por País para identificar claramente las " +"provincias (Departamentos) de Colombia:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:466 +msgid "" +"Una vez agrupados buscar los siguientes departamentos para actualizarlos con" +" el valor indicado en la columna **Nombre actualizado**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:470 +msgid "Nombre de provincia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:470 +msgid "Código de Provincia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:470 +msgid "Nombre actualizado" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:472 +msgid "D.C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:472 +msgid "DC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:472 +msgid "Bogotá" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:474 +msgid "Quindio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:474 +msgid "QUI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:474 +msgid "Quindío" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:476 +msgid "Archipiélago de San Andrés, Providencia y Santa Catalina" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:476 +msgid "SAP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:476 +msgid "San Andrés y Providencia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:480 +msgid "Ejemplo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:486 +msgid "Verificación de Código postal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 +msgid "" +"Dentro del Anexo 1.7 se comienza a validar que el código postal de las " +"direcciones para contactos colombianos corresponda a las tablas oficiales " +"definidas por la DIAN, por lo que se debe verificar que este campo está " +"debidamente diligenciado de acuerdo a los definidos en la sigueinte fuente: " +"`Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:495 +msgid "Consideraciones Operativas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 +msgid "" +"Una vez que resgistro de Consumidor final ha sido creado este deberá ser " +"utilizado a demanda, generalmente será utilizado en las transacciones de " +"facturación del punto de punto de venta." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:503 +msgid "" +"El proceso de validación de la Factura será realizado de forma convencional " +"en Odoo y la factura será generada de la misma manera. Al detectar que el " +"número de identificación corresponde a consumidor Final, el XML que se envía" +" a Carvajal será generado con las consideraciones y secciones " +"correspondientes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:507 +msgid "" +"Contablemente todos los registros de Consumidor final quedarán asociados al " +"identificador generico:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 +msgid "" +"El 21 mayo del 2020 fue publicado el El Decreto 682 el cual establece " +"Excepción especial en el Impuesto sobre las ventas. El principal objetivo de" +" este decreto es reactivar la economía en Colombia por las bajas ventas " +"generadas a causa del COVID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:520 +msgid "Fechas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 +msgid "" +"Días de excención del impuesto sobre las ventas – IVA para bienes cubiertos " +"(3 días SIN IVA)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 +msgid "**Primer día**: 19 de junio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:525 +msgid "**Segundo día**: 3 de Julio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:526 +msgid "**Tercer día**: 19 de Julio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 +msgid "Condiciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:531 +msgid "" +"Debido a que estas transacciones serán generadas de forma excepcional y que " +"se tiene una combinación de varios factores y condiciones, los productores " +"debera ser actualizados de forma manual en Odoo asignados temporalmente el " +"impuesto de venta *IVA exento - Bienes cubierto* en cada empresa según " +"corresponda." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +msgid "" +"A continuación se mencionan algunas de las principales condiciones, sin " +"embargo, cabe mencionar que las empresas deben de verificar todos los " +"detalles en el `Decreto 682 " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 +msgid "Tipo de productos y precio Máximo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:543 +msgid "Tipo de Productos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:543 +msgid "Precio Máximo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:545 +msgid "Electrodomesticos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:545 +msgid "40 UVT: $1,4 millones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:547 +msgid "Vestuario y complementos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "3 UVT: $106.000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "En el caso de los complementos es:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:551 +msgid "10 UVT- $356.000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:551 +msgid "Elementos deportivos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:553 +msgid "Juguetes y Utiles Escolares" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:555 +msgid "5 UVT - $178.035" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:555 +msgid "Utiles Escolares" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:557 +msgid "Bienes o servicios para el sector agropecuario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:557 +msgid "80 UVT - $2.848.560" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:561 +msgid "Métodos de Pago:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 +msgid "" +"El pago debe realizarse por medios electrónico por ejemplo tarjetas de " +"crédito/débito o bien mecanismos de pago online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 +msgid "Limite de unidades:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 +msgid "" +"Cada cliente puede adquirir únicamente 3 unidades como máximo de cada " +"producto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:570 +msgid "Medidas en Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:572 +msgid "**Preparación de datos**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:574 +msgid "" +"Crear el Impuesto para Bienes cubiertos de acuerdo a lo indicado en este " +"punto: Datos maestros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:575 +msgid "" +"Identificar los productos y transacciones a los cuales les aplicará la " +"Exclusión de IVA de acuerdo a las condiciones establecidas en el decreto " +"682. En caso de ser un porcentaje significativo de productos, se recomienda " +"actualizar el impuesto de forma temporal en Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:578 +msgid "" +"Exportar un listado con los productos que serán afectados incluyendo el " +"campo IVA Venta el cual será sustituido temporalmente por el IVA de Bienes " +"Cubiertos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:580 +msgid "" +"Al finalizar las operaciones del día anterior a las fechas establecidas de " +"día sin IVA, se debe hacer la actualización temporal a IVA de Bienes " +"Cubiertos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:586 +msgid "**Durante el día SIN IVA**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 +msgid "" +"Por defecto los productos previamente considerados con IVA de Bienes " +"cubiertos serán generados con este parámetro tanto en Órdenes de venta como " +"facturas creadas durante ese mismo día." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 +msgid "" +"Las órdenes de venta generadas con este impuesto deberán ser facturas el " +"mismo día." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:595 +msgid "" +"En caso de que alguna de las condiciones no sea cumplida (ejemplo el pago es" +" realizado en efectivo) el impuesto deberá ser actualizado manualmente al " +"momento de facturar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:598 +msgid "**Posterior al día SIN IVA**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:600 +msgid "" +"Los productos que fueron actualizados deberá ser reconfigurados a su IVA " +"original." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:601 +msgid "" +"En caso de que se detecte alguna Orden de venta facturar en la cual se " +"incluya IVA de Bienes Cubiertos, se deberá realizar actualización manual " +"correspondiente al IVA convencional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 +msgid "France" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 +msgid "FEC - Fichier des Écritures Comptables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:10 +msgid "" +"An FEC :dfn:`Fichier des Écritures Comptables` audit file contains all the " +"accounting data and entries recorded in all the accounting journals for a " +"financial year. The entries in the file must be arranged in chronological " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Since January 1st, 2014, every French company is required to produce and " +"transmit this file upon request by the tax authorities for audit purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 +msgid "FEC Import" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To make the onboarding of new users easier, Odoo Enterprise's French " +":doc:`fiscal localization <../overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` " +"includes the **FEC Import** feature (module name: ``l10n_fr_fec_import``), " +"which enables the import of existing FEC files from older software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Accounting Import`, enable **FEC Import**, and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Next, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> FEC Import`, " +"upload your FEC file, and click on *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Importing FEC files from different year takes no particular action or " +"computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Should multiple files contain any \"Reports à Nouveaux\" (RAN) with the " +"starting balance of the year, you might need to cancel those entries in the " +"User Interface. Odoo makes those entries (RAN) useless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:38 +msgid "File formats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 +msgid "" +"FEC files can only be in CSV format, as the XML format is not supported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The FEC CSV file has a plain text format representing a data table, with the" +" first line being a header and defining the list of fields for each entry, " +"and each following line representing one accounting entry, in no " +"predetermined order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Our module expects the files to meet the following technical specifications:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 +msgid "**Encoding**: UTF-8, UTF-8-SIG and iso8859_15." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:51 +msgid "**Separator**: any of these: `;` or `|` or `,` or `TAB`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:52 +msgid "" +"**Line terminators**: both CR+LF (`\\\\r\\\\n`) and LF (`\\\\n`) character " +"groups are supported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:53 +msgid "**Date format**: `%Y%m%d`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:56 +msgid "Fields description and use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:59 +msgid "#" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:59 +msgid "Field name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:59 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:32 +msgid "Use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:59 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:61 +msgid "01" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:61 +msgid "JournalCode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:61 +msgid "Journal Code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:61 +msgid "`journal.code` and `journal.name` if `JournalLib` is not provided" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:104 +msgid "Alphanumeric" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:64 +msgid "02" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:64 +msgid "JournalLib" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:64 +msgid "Journal Label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:64 +msgid "`journal.name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 +msgid "03" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 +msgid "EcritureNum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 +msgid "Numbering specific to each journal sequence number of the entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 +msgid "`move.name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:69 +msgid "04" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:69 +msgid "EcritureDate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:69 +msgid "Accounting entry Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:84 +msgid "`move.date`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:99 +msgid "Date (yyyyMMdd)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:71 +msgid "05" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:186 +msgid "CompteNum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:71 +msgid "Account Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:71 +msgid "`account.code`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:73 +msgid "06" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:73 +msgid "CompteLib" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:73 +msgid "Account Label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:73 +msgid "`account.name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 +msgid "07" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 +msgid "CompAuxNum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 +msgid "Secondary account Number (accepts null)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 +msgid "`partner.ref`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:78 +msgid "08" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:78 +msgid "CompAuxLib" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:78 +msgid "Secondary account Label (accepts null)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:78 +msgid "`partner.name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 +msgid "09" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 +msgid "PieceRef" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 +msgid "Document Reference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 +msgid "`move.ref` and `move.name` if `EcritureNum` is not provided" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:84 +msgid "PieceDate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:84 +msgid "Document Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:86 +msgid "11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:86 +msgid "EcritureLib" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:86 +msgid "Account entry Label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:86 +msgid "`move_line.name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:88 +msgid "Debit amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:88 +msgid "`move_line.debit`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:114 +msgid "13" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 +msgid "Credit amount (Field name \"Crédit\" is not allowed)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 +msgid "`move_line.credit`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:93 +msgid "14" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:93 +msgid "EcritureLet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:93 +msgid "Accounting entry cross reference (accepts null)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:93 +msgid "`move_line.fec_matching_number`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 +msgid "DateLet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 +msgid "Accounting entry date (accepts null)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:99 +msgid "unused" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:99 +msgid "16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:99 +msgid "ValidDate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:99 +msgid "Accounting entry validation date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 +msgid "17" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 +msgid "Montantdevise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 +msgid "Currency amount (accepts null)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 +msgid "`move_line.amount_currency`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:104 +msgid "18" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:104 +msgid "Idevise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:104 +msgid "Currency identifier (accepts null)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:104 +msgid "`currency.name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:108 +msgid "" +"These two fields can be found in place of the others in the sence above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 +msgid "Montant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 +msgid "Amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 +msgid "`move_line.debit` or `move_line.credit`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:114 +msgid "Sens" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:114 +msgid "Can be \"C\" for Credit or \"D\" for Debit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:114 +msgid "determines `move_line.debit` or `move_line.credit`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:114 +msgid "Char" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:119 +msgid "Implementation details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The following accounting entities are imported from the FEC files: " +"**Accounts, Journals, Partners**, and **Moves**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Our module determines the encoding, the line-terminator character, and the " +"separator that are used in the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:127 +msgid "" +"A check is then performed to see if every line has the correct number of " +"fields corresponding to the header." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the check passes, then the file is read in full, kept in memory, and " +"scanned. Accounting entities are imported one type at a time, in the " +"following order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:134 +msgid "Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Every accounting entry is related to an account, which should be determined " +"by the field `CompteNum`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:140 +msgid "Code matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Should a similar account code already be present in the system, the existing" +" one is used instead of creating a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Accounts in Odoo generally have a number of digits that are default for the " +"fiscal localization. As the FEC module is related to the French " +"localization, the default number of relevant digits is 6." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:148 +msgid "" +"This means that the account codes the trailing zeroes are right-trimmed, and" +" that the comparison between the account codes in the FEC file and the ones " +"already existing in Odoo is performed only on the first six digits of the " +"codes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The account code `65800000` in the file is matched against an existing " +"`658000` account in Odoo, and that account is used instead of creating a new" +" one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:157 +msgid "Reconcilable flag" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:159 +msgid "" +"An account is technically flagged as *reconcilable* if the first line in " +"which it appears has the `EcritureLet` field filled out, as this flag means " +"that the accounting entry is going to be reconciled with another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:165 +msgid "" +"In case the line somehow has this field not filled out, but the entry still " +"has to be reconciled with a payment that hasn't yet been recorded, this " +"isn't a problem anyway; the account is flagged as reconcilable as soon as " +"the import of the move lines requires it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:170 +msgid "Account type and Templates matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:172 +msgid "" +"As the **type** of the account is not specified in the FEC format, **new** " +"accounts are created with the default type *Current Assets* and then, at the" +" end of the import process, they are matched against the installed Chart of " +"Account templates. Also, the *reconcile* flag is also computed this way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The match is done with the left-most digits, starting by using all digits, " +"then 3, then 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 +msgid "Code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 +msgid "Full comparison" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 +msgid "3-digits comparison" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 +msgid "2-digits comparison" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 +msgid "Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 +msgid "`400000`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 +msgid "`400`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:186 +msgid "`40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:186 +msgid "`40100000`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:186 +msgid "`401`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:188 +msgid "**Result**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:188 +msgid "Match **found**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The type of the account is then flagged as *payable* and *reconcilable* as " +"per the account template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Journals are also checked against those already existing in Odoo to avoid " +"duplicates, also in the case of multiple FEC files imports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Should a similar journal code already be present in the system, the existing" +" one is used instead of creating a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:202 +msgid "New journals have their name prefixed by the string ``FEC-``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:205 +msgid "`ACHATS` -> `FEC-ACHATS`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:207 +msgid "" +"The journals are *not* archived, the user is entitled to handle them as he " +"wishes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:210 +msgid "Journal type determination" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The journal type is also not specified in the format (as per the accounts) " +"and therefore it is at first created with the default type `general`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:215 +msgid "" +"At the end of the import process, the type is determined as per these rules " +"regarding related moves and accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "" +"`bank`: Moves in these journals always have a line (debit or credit) " +"impacting a liquidity account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "" +"`cash` / `bank` can be interchanged, so `bank` is set everywhere when this " +"condition is met." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "" +"`sale`: Moves in these journals mostly have debit lines on receivable " +"accounts and credit lines on tax income accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "Sale refund journal items are debit/credit inverted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "" +"`purchase`: Moves in these journals mostly have credit lines on payable " +"accounts and debit lines on expense accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "Purchase refund journal items are debit/credit inverted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "`general`: for everything else." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:231 +msgid "A minimum of three moves is necessary for journal type identification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:232 +msgid "" +"A threshold of 70% of moves must correspond to a criteria for a journal type" +" to be determined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:235 +msgid "Suppose we are analyzing the moves that share a certain `journal_id`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:269 +msgid "Moves" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:238 +msgid "Count" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:238 +msgid "Percentage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:240 +msgid "that have a sale account line and no purchase account line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:242 +msgid "that have a purchase account line and no sale account line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:242 +msgid "25%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:244 +msgid "that have a liquidity account line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:244 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:244 +msgid "**75%**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:246 +msgid "**Total**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:246 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:246 +msgid "100%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:249 +msgid "" +"The journal `type` would be `bank`, because the bank moves percentage (75%) " +"exceeds the threshold (70%)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:253 +msgid "Partners" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:255 +msgid "Each partner keeps its `Reference` from the field `CompAuxNum`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:259 +msgid "" +"These fields are searchable, in line with former FEC imports on the " +"accounting expert's side for fiscal/audit purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:264 +msgid "" +"Users can merge partners with the Data Cleaning App, where Vendors and " +"Customers or similar partner entries may be merged by the user, with " +"assistance from the system that groups them by similar entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Entries are immediately posted and reconciled after submission, using the " +"`EcritureLet` field to do the matching between the entries themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:274 +msgid "" +"The `EcritureNum` field represents the name of the moves. We noticed that " +"sometimes it may not be filled out. In this case, the field `PieceRef` is " +"used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:278 +msgid "Rounding issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:280 +msgid "" +"There is a rounding tolerance with a currency-related precision on debit and" +" credit (i.e., 0.01 for EUR). Under this tolerance, a new line is added to " +"the move, named *Import rounding difference*, targeting the accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:284 +msgid "`658000` Charges diverses de gestion courante, for added debits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:285 +msgid "`758000` Produits divers de gestion courante, for added credits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:288 +msgid "Missing move name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:290 +msgid "" +"Should the `EcritureNum` not be filled out, it may also happen that the " +"`PieceRef` field is also not suited to determine the move name (it may be " +"used as an accounting move line reference) leaving no way to actually find " +"which lines are to be grouped in a single move, and effectively impeding the" +" creation of balanced moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:295 +msgid "" +"One last attempt is made, grouping all lines from the same journal and date " +"(`JournalLib`, `EcritureDate`). Should this grouping generate balanced moves" +" (sum(credit) - sum(debit) = 0), then each different combination of journal " +"and date creates a new move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:300 +msgid "" +"`ACH` + `2021/05/01` --> new move on journal `ACH` with name `20210501`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:302 +msgid "" +"Should this attempt fail, the user is prompted an error message with all the" +" move lines that are supposedly unbalanced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:306 +msgid "Partner information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:308 +msgid "" +"If a line has the partner information specified, the information is copied " +"to the accounting move itself if the targeted Journal is of type *payable* " +"or *receivable*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:312 +msgid "Export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:314 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French :doc:`fiscal localization " +"<../overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, you should be able to download " +"the FEC. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" +" --> FEC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:320 +msgid "" +"If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove " +"the *Apps* filter, then search for the module named **France-FEC** and make " +"sure it is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:325 +msgid "" +"`Official Technical Specification (fr) " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:327 +msgid "" +"`Test-Compta-Demat (Official FEC Testing tool) " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:331 +msgid "French Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:333 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " +"accounting reports specific to France:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:336 +msgid "Bilan comptable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:337 +msgid "Compte de résultats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:338 +msgid "Plan de Taxes France" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:341 +msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:343 +msgid "" +"As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " +"France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " +"concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales " +"data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, " +"through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:350 +msgid "Is my company required to use anti-fraud software?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:352 +msgid "" +"Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " +"Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:355 +msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:356 +msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:358 +msgid "" +"This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " +"VAT and therefore are not affected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:362 +msgid "Get certified with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:364 +msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" +" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " +"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" +" `here `_. If you " +"use Odoo Community, you should :doc:`upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " +"` or contact your Odoo service " +"provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:373 +msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:375 +msgid "To get the certification, just follow the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:377 +msgid "" +"If you use **Odoo Point of Sale**, :ref:`install ` the " +"**France - VAT Anti-Fraud Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 " +"bis)** module by going to :menuselection:`Apps`, removing the *Apps* filter," +" then searching for *l10n_fr_pos_cert*, and installing the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " +"encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a " +"country from the list; Do not create a new country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:385 +msgid "" +"Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:389 +msgid "" +"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode " +"`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules " +"List* in the top-menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:393 +msgid "" +"In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " +"restart your server beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:395 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" +" December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" +" Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules " +"list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click " +"*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:404 +msgid "Anti-fraud features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:406 +msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:408 +msgid "" +"**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " +"data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:410 +msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:411 +msgid "" +"**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " +"cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:415 +msgid "Inalterability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:417 +msgid "" +"All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " +"confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " +"located in France or in any DOM-TOM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:423 +msgid "" +"If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " +"companies are impacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:426 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:428 +msgid "" +"To ensure inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon " +"validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " +"document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:433 +msgid "" +"The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " +"information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " +"fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the " +"initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted " +"document recorded in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:439 +msgid "" +"Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " +"POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " +"Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:446 +msgid "Storage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:448 +msgid "" +"The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " +"annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" +" as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry " +"recorded in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:454 +msgid "" +"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " +"Invoicing and Accounting apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:459 +msgid "" +"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " +"Type = Sales)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:461 +msgid "" +"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:463 +msgid "" +"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " +"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " +"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" +" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:469 +msgid "" +"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " +"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " +"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " +"counted in the very next closing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:476 +msgid "" +"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " +":ref:`developer mode `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:478 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:481 +msgid "Responsibilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:483 +msgid "" +"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" +" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:486 +msgid "" +"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " +"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " +"the inalterability of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:490 +msgid "" +"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" +" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:494 +msgid "More Information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:496 +msgid "" +"You can find more information about this legislation in the following " +"official documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:500 +msgid "" +"`Frequently Asked Questions " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:502 +msgid "" +"`Official Statement " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:504 +msgid "" +"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:52 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 +msgid "German Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " +"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " +"not created any accounting entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 +msgid "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 +msgid "German Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:29 +msgid "Balance Sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Profit & Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 +msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 +msgid "Partner VAT Intra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 +msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 +msgid "" +"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " +"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " +"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " +"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:39 +msgid "Point of Sale in Germany: Technical Security System" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Kassensicherungsverordnung** (The Act on Protection against " +"Manipulation of Digital Records) requires that electronic record-keeping " +"systems - including the :doc:`point of sale " +"<../../../../sales/point_of_sale>` systems - must be equipped with a " +"**Technical Security System** (also called **TSS** or **TSE**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers a service that is compliant with the help of `fiskaly " +"`_, a *cloud-based solution*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Since this solution is cloud-based, a working internet connection is " +"required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The only VAT rates allowed are given by fiskaly. You can check these rates " +"by consulting: `fiskaly DSFinV-K API: VAT Definition " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:61 +msgid "Modules installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If your database was created before June 2021, :ref:`upgrade " +"` your **Point of Sale** app (`point_of_sale`) and the " +"**Restaurant** module (`pos_restaurant`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:65 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the **Germany - Certification for Point of " +"Sale** (`l10n_de_pos_cert`) and **Germany - Certification for Point of Sale " +"of type restaurant** (`l10n_de_pos_res_cert`) modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If these modules are not listed, :ref:`update the app list " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:77 +msgid "Register your company at the financial authority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To register your company, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"Settings --> Companies --> Update Info`, fill out the following fields and " +"*Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:82 +msgid "**Company name**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:83 +msgid "Valid **address**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:84 +msgid "**VAT** number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**St.-Nr** (Steuernummer): this number is assigned by the tax office to " +"every taxable natural or legal person. (e.g., `2893081508152`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:87 +msgid "" +"**W-IdNr** (Wirtschafts-Identifikationsnummer): this number is used as a " +"permanent identification number for economically active persons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:90 +msgid "" +"You can then **register your company through fiskaly** by opening the " +"*fiskaly* tab and clicking on the *fiskaly Registration* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If you do not see the *fiskaly Registration* button, make sure that you " +"*saved* your company details and are not in *editing mode* anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:101 +msgid "Once the registration has been finalized, new fields appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:103 +msgid "" +"**fiskaly organization ID** refers to the ID of your company at the fiskaly " +"side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:104 +msgid "" +"**fiskaly API key** and **secret** are the credentials the system uses to " +"access the services offered by fiskaly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:112 +msgid "" +"It is possible to request new credentials if there is any issue with the " +"current ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:115 +msgid "Create and link a Technical Security System to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To use your point of sale in Germany, you first have to create a :abbr:`TSS " +"(Technical Security System)` for it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:124 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of" +" Sale`, open the point of sale you want to edit, then check the box next to " +"**Create TSS** and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Once the creation of the TSS is successful, you can find your **TSS ID** and" +" **Client ID** under the *fiskaly API* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:134 +msgid "**TSS ID** refers to the ID of your TSS at fiskaly's side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:135 +msgid "**Client ID** refers to your PoS but at fiskaly's side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:138 +msgid "DSFinV-K" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Whenever you close a PoS session, the orders' details are sent to the " +":abbr:`DSFinV-K (Digitale Schnittstelle der Finanzverwaltung für " +"Kassensysteme)` service of fiskaly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:147 +msgid "" +"In case of an audit, you can export the data sent to DSFinV-K by going to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> DSFinV-k exports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:150 +msgid "These fields are mandatory:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:152 +msgid "**Name**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:153 +msgid "" +"**Start Datetime** (export data with dates larger than or equal to the given" +" start date)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:154 +msgid "" +"**End Datetime** (export data with dates smaller than or equal to the given " +"end date)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Leave the **Point of Sale** field blank if you want to export the data of " +"all your points of sale. Specify a Point of Sale if you want to export this " +"specific PoS' data only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The creation of a DSFinV-K export triggers on export at fiskaly's side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:165 +msgid "" +"As you can see, the **State** is *Pending*. This means that the export has " +"been successfully triggered and is being processed. You have to click on " +"*Refresh State* to check if it is ready." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:171 +msgid "German Tax Accounting Standards: Odoo's guide to GoBD Compliance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:173 +msgid "" +"**GoBD** stands for `Grundsätze zur ordnungsmäßigen Führung und Aufbewahrung" +" von Büchern, Aufzeichnungen und Unterlagen in elektronischer Form sowie zum" +" Datenzugriff " +"`_." +" In short, it is a **guideline for the proper management and storage of " +"books, records, and documents in electronic form, as well as for data " +"access**, that is relevant for the German tax authority, tax declaration, " +"and balance sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:180 +msgid "" +"These principles have been written and published by the Federal Ministry of " +"Finance (BMF) in November 2014. Since January 2015, **they have become the " +"norm** and replace previously accepted practices linked to computer-based " +"accounting. Several changes have been made by the BMF in 2019 and January " +"2020 to specify some of the content and due to the development of digital " +"solutions (cloud hosting, paperless companies, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:187 +msgid "Odoo gives you **the means to be compliant with GoBD**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:190 +msgid "" +"What do you need to know about GoBD when relying on accounting software?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If you can, the best way to understand GoBD is to Read the `Official GoBD " +"text " +"`_." +" It is a bit long but quite readable for non-experts. But in short, here is " +"what to expect:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:197 +msgid "" +"The **GoBD is binding for companies that have to present accounts, which " +"includes SMEs, freelancers, and entrepreneurs, to the financial " +"authorities**. As such, **the taxpayer himself is the sole responsible** for" +" the complete and exhaustive keeping of fiscal-relevant data (above-" +"mentioned financial and related data)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Apart from software requirements, the user is required to ensure Internal " +"control systems (*in accordance with sec. 146 of the Fiscal Code*):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:205 +msgid "Access rights control;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:206 +msgid "Segregation of Duties, Functional separating;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:207 +msgid "Entry controls (error notifications, plausibility checks);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:208 +msgid "Reconciliation checks at data entry;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:209 +msgid "Processing controls;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Measures to prevent intentional or unintentional manipulation of software, " +"data, or documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The user must distribute tasks within its organization to the relevant " +"positions (*control*) and verify that the tasks are properly and completely " +"performed (*supervision*). The result of these controls must be recorded " +"(*documentation*), and should errors be found during these controls, " +"appropriate measures to correct the situation should be put into place " +"(*prevention*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:218 +msgid "What about data security?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:220 +msgid "" +"**The taxpayer must secure the system against any data loss due to " +"deletion, removal, or theft of any data**. If the entries are not " +"sufficiently secured, the bookkeeping will be regarded as not in accordance " +"with the GoBD guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Once bookings have been finally posted, they can no longer be changed or " +"deleted via the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:227 +msgid "" +"If Odoo is used in the cloud, regular backups are part of the SaaS service. " +"In addition, regular backups can be downloaded and backed up on external " +"systems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:231 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Cloud Hosting - Service Level Agreement `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:233 +msgid "" +"If the server is operated locally, it is the responsibility of the user to " +"create the necessary backup infrastructure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:237 +msgid "" +"In some cases, data has to be kept for ten years or more, so always have " +"backups saved. It is even more important if you decide to change software " +"provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:241 +msgid "Responsibility of the software editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:243 +msgid "" +"Considering GoBD only applies between the taxpayer and the financial " +"authority, **the software editor can by no means be held responsible for the" +" accurate and compliant documentation of financial transactional data of " +"their users**. It can merely provide the necessary tools for the user to " +"respect the software related guidelines described in the GoBD." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:249 +msgid "How can Odoo help you achieve Compliance?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The key words, when it comes to GoBD, are: **traceable, verifiable, true, " +"clear, and continuous**. In short, you need to have audit-proof archiving in" +" place and Odoo provides you with the means to achieve all of these " +"objectives:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "**Traceability and verifiability**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Each record in Odoo is stamped with the creator of the document, the " +"creation date, the modification date, and who modified it. In addition, " +"relevant fields are tracked thus it can be seen which value was changed by " +"whom in the chatter of the relevant object." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "**Completeness**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "" +"All financial data must be recorded in the system, and there can be no gaps." +" Odoo ensures that there is no gap in the numbering of the financial " +"transactions. It is the responsibility of the user to encode all financial " +"data in the system. As most financial data in Odoo is generated " +"automatically, it remains the responsibility of the user to encode all " +"vendor bills and miscellaneous operations completely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "**Accuracy**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Odoo ensures with the correct configuration that the correct accounts are " +"used. In addition, the control mechanisms between purchase orders and sales " +"orders and their respective invoices reflect the business reality. It is the" +" responsibility of the user to scan and attach the paper-based vendor bill" +" to the respective record in Odoo. *Odoo Document helps you automate this " +"task*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "**Timely booking and record-keeping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "" +"As most financial data in Odoo is generated by the transactional objects " +"(for example, the invoice is booked at confirmation), Odoo ensures out-of-" +"the-box timely record-keeping. It is the responsibility of the user to " +"encode all incoming vendor bills in a timely manner, as well as the " +"miscellaneous operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "**Order**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Financial data stored in Odoo is per definition ordered and can be reordered" +" according to most fields present in the model. A specific ordering is not " +"enforced by the GoBD, but the system must ensure that a given financial " +"transaction can be quickly found by a third-party expert. Odoo ensures this " +"out-of-the-box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "**Inalterability**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "" +"With the German Odoo localization, Odoo is in standard configured in such a " +"way that the inalterability clause can be adhered to without any further " +"customization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:286 +msgid "Do you need a GoBD-Export?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:288 +msgid "" +"In the case of fiscal control, the fiscal authority can request three levels" +" of access to the accounting system (Z1, Z2, Z3). These levels vary from " +"direct access to the interface to the handover of the financial data on a " +"storage device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:292 +msgid "" +"In case of a handover of the financial data on a storage device, the format " +"is **not** enforced by the GoBD. It can be, for example, in XLS, CSV, XML, " +"Lotus 123, SAP-format, AS/400-format, or else. Odoo supports the CSV and " +"XLS-export of financial data out-of-the-box. The GoBD **recommends** the " +"export in a specific XML-based GoBD-format (see \"Ergänzende Informationen " +"zur Datenntträgerüberlassung\" §3) but it is not binding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:299 +msgid "What is the role and meaning of the compliance certification?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:301 +msgid "" +"The GoBD clearly states that due to the nature of a state of the art " +"accounting software, their configuration possibilities, changing nature, and" +" various forms of use, **no legally binding certification can be given**, " +"nor can the software be made liable towards a public authority. Third-party " +"certificates can indeed have **an informative value** for customers to make " +"software buying decisions but are by no means legally binding or of any " +"other legal value (A. 12, § 181)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:307 +msgid "" +"A GoBD certificate states nothing more than that if you use the software " +"according to its guidelines, the software will not refrain you from " +"respecting the GoBD. These certifications are very expensive in terms of " +"time and cost, and their value is very relative. Thus we focus our efforts " +"on ensuring GoBD compliance rather than pay for a marketing tool which does " +"not, however, offer our customer any legal certainty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:314 +msgid "" +"The BMF actually states the following in the `Official GoBD text " +"`_:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:317 +msgid "" +"180. Positive attestations on the correctness of the bookkeeping - and thus " +"on the correctness of IT-based bookkeeping systems - are not issued either " +"in the context of a tax field audit or in the context of binding " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:320 +msgid "" +"181. \"Certificates\" or \"attestations\" from third parties can serve as a " +"decision criterion for the company when selecting a software product, but " +"develop from the in margin no. 179 is not binding on the tax authorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:325 +msgid "" +"The previous content was `automatically translated from German with Google " +"Translate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:330 +msgid "What happens if you are not compliant?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:332 +msgid "" +"In the event of an infringement, you can expect a fine but also a court " +"order demanding the implementation of specific measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 +msgid "Indonesia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 +msgid "E-Faktur Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The **E-Faktur Module** is installed by default with the Indonesian " +"localization module. It allows one to generate a CSV file for one tax " +"invoice or for a batch of tax invoices to upload to the **Tax Office " +"e-Faktur** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 +msgid "NPWP/NIK settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Company**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This information is used in the FAPR line in the effect file format. You " +"need to set a VAT number on the related partner of your Odoo company. If you" +" don't, it won't be possible to create an e-Faktur from an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Clients**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You need to set the checkbox *ID PKP* to generate e-fakturs for a customer. " +"You can use the VAT field on the customer's contact to set the NPWP needed " +"to generate the e-Faktur file. If your customer does not have an NPWP, just " +"enter the NIK in the same VAT field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 +msgid "Generate Tax Invoice Serial Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> e-Faktur`. In order to be" +" able to export customer invoices as e-Faktur for the Indonesian government," +" you need to put here the ranges of numbers you were assigned by the " +"government. When you validate an invoice, a number will be assigned based on" +" these ranges. Afterwards, you can filter the invoices still to export in " +"the invoices list and click on *Action*, then on *Download e-Faktur*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After receiving new serial numbers from the Indonesian Revenue Department, " +"you can create a set of tax invoice serial numbers group through this list " +"view. You only have to specify the Min and Max of each serial numbers' group" +" and Odoo will format the number automatically to a 13-digits number, as " +"requested by the Indonesia Tax Revenue Department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There is a counter to inform you how many unused numbers are left in that " +"group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 +msgid "Generate e-faktur csv for a single invoice or a batch invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Create an invoice from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Invoices`. If the invoice customer's country is Indonesia and the customer " +"is set as *ID PKP*, Odoo will allow you to create an e-Faktur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Set a Kode Transaksi for the e-Faktur. There are constraints related to the " +"Kode transaksi and the type of VAT applied to invoice lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically pick the next available serial number from the " +"e-Faktur number table (see the :ref:`section above " +"`) and generate the e-faktur number " +"as a concatenation of Kode Transaksi and serial number. You can see this " +"from the invoice form view under the page *Extra Info* in the box " +"*Electronic Tax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, you can generate and download the e-Faktur from " +"the *Action* menu item *Download e-faktur*. The checkbox *CSV created* will " +"be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can select multiple invoices in list view and generate a batch e-Faktur " +".csv." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 +msgid "Kode Transaksi FP (Transaction Code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The following codes are available when generating an e-Faktur. - 01 Kepada " +"Pihak yang Bukan Pemungut PPN (Customer Biasa) - 02 Kepada Pemungut " +"Bendaharawan (Dinas Kepemerintahan) - 03 Kepada Pemungut Selain Bendaharawan" +" (BUMN) - 04 DPP Nilai Lain (PPN 1%) - 06 Penyerahan Lainnya (Turis Asing) -" +" 07 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Tidak Dipungut (Kawasan Ekonomi Khusus/ Batam) -" +" 08 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Dibebaskan (Impor Barang Tertentu) - 09 " +"Penyerahan Aktiva (Pasal 16D UU PPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted and downloaded: Replace Invoice " +"feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Cancel the original wrong invoice in Odoo. For instance, we will change the " +"Kode Transakski from 01 to 03 for the INV/2020/0001." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Create a new invoice and set the canceled invoice in the *Replace Invoice* " +"field. In this field, we can only select invoices in *Cancel* state from the" +" same customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As you validate, Odoo will automatically use the same e-Faktur serial number" +" as the canceled and replaced invoice replacing the third digit of the " +"original serial number with *1* (as requested to upload a replacement " +"invoice in the e-Faktur app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted but not downloaded yet: Reset " +"e-Faktur" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 +msgid "Reset the invoice to draft and cancel it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 +msgid "Click on the button *Reset e-Faktur* on the invoice form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The serial number will be unassigned, and we will be able to reset the " +"invoice to draft, edit it and re-assign a new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:71 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:5 +msgid "Allow the user to generate the EDI document for Italian invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:7 +msgid "" +"This module allows the creation of the EDI documents and the communication " +"with the SDICoop web service of FatturaPA to send or receive invoices and " +"notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Once this module is installed, it's no longer possible to send invoices via " +":ref:`PEC mails `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:15 +msgid "SDICoop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:21 +msgid "Setup the Codice Destinatario on FatturaPA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To receive invoices and notifications from third parties, you need to inform" +" the FatturaPA service that Odoo is the allowed party to process files for " +"you. To do so, you must setup Odoo's *Codice Destinatario* on the FatturaPA " +"portal. The *Codice Destinatario* is ``K95IV18``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to https://ivaservizi.agenziaentrate.gov.it/portale/ and authenticate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:28 +msgid "Go to section :menuselection:`Fatture e Corrispettivi`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Set the user as Legal Party for the VAT number you wish to configure the " +"electronic adress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Servizi Disponibili --> Fatturazione Elettronica --> " +"Registrazione dell’indirizzo telematico dove ricevere tutte le fatture " +"elettroniche`, input Odoo's Codice Destinatario (**K95IV18**), then confirm." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:35 +msgid "Give Odoo permission to process files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Since the files are transmitted through Odoo's server before being sent to " +"SDICoop or received by your database, you need to authorize Odoo to process " +"your files from your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To do this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic " +"Invoicing` and click on *Register*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:48 +msgid "" +"All your files are encrypted upon reception in such a way that only you are " +"able to decrypt them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:51 +msgid "Enable FatturaPA on the Sales journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Open your sales journal. Under the *Advanced Settings* tab, in the " +"**Electronic invoicing** field, check *FatturaPA* and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:61 +msgid "Issue invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Send an invoice the way you would do it normally. The EDI process proceeds " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can check the current status of your customer invoice under the " +"**Electronic invoicing** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:77 +msgid "Receive invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:79 +msgid "This process is ran automatically once a day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +msgid "Italy (IT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:8 +msgid "PEC mail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" +" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " +"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " +"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " +"l’interscambio di informazioni." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:18 +msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " +"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" +" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " +"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" +" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:26 +msgid "" +"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " +"elettronica sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" +" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " +"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " +"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si può consultare la " +"relativa :doc:`guida " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato " +"presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " +"elettronica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " +"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " +"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " +"previa comunicazione." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far sì che la Fatturazione Elettronica " +"funzioni correttamente, questi campi devono essere compilati correttamente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " +"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " +"commercialista qual è il corretto regime fiscale!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:52 +msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " +"Commercio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " +"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " +"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " +"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:75 +msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " +"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " +"necessarie informazioni legali." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" +" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" +" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " +"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:92 +msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " +"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" +" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " +"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " +"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:107 +msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:109 +msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:113 +msgid "" +"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:116 +msgid "" +"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " +"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" +" dall’applicazione contabilità." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:120 +msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:122 +msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:124 +msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " +"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:3 +msgid "Luxembourg" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:8 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Luxembourgish localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:11 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Luxembourg - Accounting` (module's technical name: ``l10n_lu``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:12 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Luxembourg - Accounting Reports` (module's technical name: " +"``l10n_lu_reports``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:13 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Luxembourg - Annual VAT Report` (module's technical name: " +"``l10n_lu_reports_annual_vat``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Installing the module :guilabel:`Luxembourg - Accounting Reports` installs " +"all three modules at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:24 +msgid "Standard Chart of Accounts - PCN 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Odoo's :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for Luxembourg includes the " +"current **Standard Chart of Accounts (PCN 2020)**, effective since January " +"2020." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:30 +msgid "eCDF tax return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Tax returns in Luxembourg require a specific XML file to upload on the eCDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To download it, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Report --> Audit " +"Reports --> Tax Report`, and click on :guilabel:`Export eCDF declaration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:282 +msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:39 +msgid "" +"`Platform for electronic gathering of financial data (eCDF) " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:42 +msgid "Annual tax report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can generate an XML file to electronically file your annual tax report " +"with the tax office." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Report --> Luxembourg --> " +"Annual Tax Report`, click on :guilabel:`Create`, then define the annual " +"period in the :guilabel:`Year` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The **simplified annual declaration** is automatically generated. You can " +"manually add values in all the fields to get a **complete annual " +"declaration**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To help you complete it, you can use the information provided on the " +":guilabel:`Tax Report`. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Report --> Audit Reports --> Tax Report`, then click on the :guilabel:`Tax " +"Report` dropdown menu and select the type of report you want to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:64 +msgid "Finally, click on :guilabel:`Export XML` to download the XML file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:67 +msgid "" +"This feature requires the module :guilabel:`Luxembourg - Annual VAT Report` " +"to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:70 +msgid "FAIA (SAF-T)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**FAIA (Fichier d’Audit Informatisé AED)** is a standardized and structured " +"file that facilitates the exchange of information between the taxpayers' " +"accounting system and the tax office. It is the Luxembourgish version of the" +" OECD-recommended SAF-T (Standard Audit File for Tax)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Odoo can generate an XML file that contains all the content of an accounting" +" period according to the rules imposed by the Luxembourg tax authorities on " +"digital audit files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:80 +msgid "" +"This feature requires the module :guilabel:`Luxembourg - Accounting Reports`" +" to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:83 +msgid "Export FAIA file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Audit Reports --> " +"General Ledger`, then click on :guilabel:`FAIA`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:10 +msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Odoo Enterprise users in Mexico have free access to a set of modules that " +"allow them to issue electronic invoices according to the specifications of " +"the SAT for `version 3.3 of the CFDI " +"`_," +" a legal requirement as of January 1, 2018. These modules also add relevant " +"accounting reports (for example, the DIOT), and enable foreign trade, with " +"support for associated customs operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:21 +msgid "" +"With the Mexican location in Odoo you will not only be able to comply with " +"the legal requirements to invoice in Mexico, but also use it as your " +"accounting system, satisfying the normal needs of the market. This makes " +"Odoo the perfect solution to manage your business in Mexico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:26 +msgid "Pre requirements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Before installing the modules and making the necessary configurations to " +"have the Mexican localization in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following" +" requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:31 +msgid "Be registered with the SAT and have an RFC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Have a `Certificate of Digital Seal `_ (CSD)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Choose a PAC and purchase stamps. Currently the Mexican location in Odoo " +"works with two PACs: `Solución Factible `_, " +"`Quadrum (formerly Finkok) `_ and `SW" +" Sapien - Smarter Web `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales and accounting in Odoo. " +"This documentation contains only the information necessary to enable the use" +" of Odoo in a company based in Mexico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:41 +msgid "Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To install the Mexican localization module, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, " +"then remove the default filter \"Apps\" and search for ``l10n_mx``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you created the database from `www.odoo.com `_ and " +"chose \"Mexico\" as the country when creating your account, some of the " +"Mexican localization modules will have been installed automatically. In that" +" case we observe that some modules have a button that says \"Install\", " +"while others will instead have a label that says \"Installed\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The following modules are necessary for all databases that require Mexican " +"localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "**Mexico - Accounting (l10n_mx)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "" +"All the basic data to manage accounting, taxes and the chart of accounts. " +"The installed chart of accounts is based on `the SAT account grouping code " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "**EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi & l10n_mx_edi_extended)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Necessary for electronic transactions, CFDI 3.3, payment complement, and " +"addenda on invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Mexican localization reports (l10n_mx_reports & " +"l10n_mx_reports_closing)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "" +"All mandatory reports for electronic accounting. (Requires the accounting " +"application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The following modules are optional, and should be installed only if they " +"meet a specific organization requirement. Installing these modules is not " +"recommended unless you are sure they are needed as they add fields that can " +"unnecessarily complicate form filling." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock / Landing (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This module allows managing the requests as part of the shipping costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "**Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export (l10n_mx_xml_polizas)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "" +"With this module, you will be able to export your Journal Entries in XML " +"ready to be uploaded to the SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:81 +msgid "Enable electronic invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Customer Invoices`, and " +"make sure that the option **Mexican Electronic Invoicing** is enabled. With " +"this you will be able to generate the signed invoice and also generate the " +"signed payment complement, all automatically integrated into the normal " +"billing flow in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:95 +msgid "Enter legal information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:97 +msgid "" +"After verifying the general configuration, you must verify that the company " +"is configured with the correct data. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Companies`, and click on " +"*Update information* under your company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:105 +msgid "" +"In the resulting form, put your full address (including zip code), RFC (VAT " +"number), and the rest of the data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "" +"From a legal point of view, a Mexican company must use the local currency " +"(MXN). Therefore, Odoo does not provide features to manage an alternative " +"configuration. If you want to manage another currency, let MXN be the " +"default currency and use a :doc:`pricelist " +"` instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Make sure that in the address, for the Country field, \"Mexico\" is chosen " +"from the list of countries that Odoo shows, because if it is entered " +"manually there is a risk of creating a \"new country\" in the system, which " +"it will result in errors later when the CFDIs are generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:124 +msgid "" +"If you want to test the Mexican localization, you can configure the company " +"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields) and add " +"``EKU9003173C9`` as RFC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:128 +msgid "Set the fiscal regime of the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The following is to indicate what is the fiscal regime of the company that " +"we are configuring, which is done through a pre-existing field in Odoo " +"called \"Fiscal Regime\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX) " +"--> Fiscal Regime`, and select the option that applies to your company from " +"the drop-down list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:141 +msgid "" +"For the test environment: Select the option **General Law on Legal Persons**" +" from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:145 +msgid "Contacts Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:147 +msgid "" +"When creating a contact to be invoiced in Odoo, the following information " +"must be configured for invoice validation: **complete address** (including " +"postal code, city, state, country, etc.) and the **VAT** number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:156 +msgid "Taxes Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:158 +msgid "" +"A necessary configuration for electronic invoicing to work correctly in Odoo" +" is to add the factor type associated with sales taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To make this configuration you first have to go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Within the list of taxes that are pre-loaded, select the option *Sales* on " +"the filter, this is to see only taxes associated with sales, which are those" +" that are validated for the stamping of invoices. Open the form view of any " +"of the sales taxes, select the **Advanced Options** tab and within the field" +" **Factor Type** choose the option *Tasa*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Do the same for all the sales taxes that the company needs, either those " +"that come by default in Odoo, or those that you add that are necessary for " +"your company bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:177 +msgid "" +"For the 0% VAT tax, select the option *Exento* instead of *Tasa* within the " +"**Factor Type** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:180 +msgid "" +"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " +"the **Cash Basis Transition Account** to the account set in the " +"**Definition** tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be used " +"(\"Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo\" - **do not " +"eliminate this account**) in the Journal Entry when reclassifying taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:190 +msgid "Products Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:192 +msgid "" +"All products to be sold need to have the SAT code associated with their " +"classification so that the invoices do not give an error when validating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:195 +msgid "" +"To configure products, go to the **General Information** tab and in the " +"**UNSPSC Product Category** field select the category that represents that " +"product. The process can be done manually or through a bulk import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +msgid "PAC Configuration to sign invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Another important step to configure electronic invoicing in Odoo is to enter" +" the PAC which you are working with and the credentials. That way, " +"electronic invoicing will be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Remember that you must register directly with the PAC of your choice before " +"you start creating invoices from Odoo. We have the following PACs available:" +" `Quadrum `_, `Solución Factible " +"`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:215 +msgid "" +"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " +"following these steps. If you do not have this information, try with the " +"Test Credentials and return to this process when you have the SAT " +"Credentials for your production environment to work with real transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To add the credentials, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> " +"Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. Under the **PAC MX** section, enter the name of " +"your PAC with your credentials (PAC username and PAC password)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:229 +msgid "" +"If you check the checkbox **Test Environment**, it is not necessary to enter" +" a PAC username and/or password, but you must select a PAC from the drop-" +"down list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Finally, upload the digital certificates of the company within the section " +"**MX Certificates**. Click on *Add a line*, a window will open, click on " +"*Create* and from there you can upload your digital certificate, your key " +"and your password. To finish, click on *Save and Close*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:241 +msgid "" +"If you still do not have one of the contracted PACs and you want to test " +"electronic invoicing you can use the following SAT test certificates:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:244 +msgid ":download:`Certificate `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:245 +msgid ":download:`Certificate Key `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:246 +msgid "**Password:** ``12345678a``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:248 +msgid "" +"You must also configure the company with a real address within Mexico " +"(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:252 +msgid "Workflows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:255 +msgid "Electronic invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:257 +msgid "" +"The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " +"`_" +" version 3.3 of electronic invoicing of the SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:261 +msgid "" +"To start invoicing from Odoo, an invoice must be created using the standard " +"invoicing flow, that is, either from a sales order or from the invoice menu " +"in the Accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:264 +msgid "" +"The invoice will be stamped after clicking on *Validate*, before that the " +"status is still in draft mode and changes can be made to it. After " +"validating the invoice, you can verify that it was successfully stamped, as " +"it would look like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +msgid "" +"The details of the invoice will be reflected in the Chatter, which is what " +"you see on the right of the invoice in the attached image. There you can " +"find your XML sent to the SAT and the status of the stamping, that is, if it" +" was validated or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:276 +msgid "" +"To send the stamped invoice to your client, you can send the XML together " +"with the PDF file directly from Odoo, by clicking the *Send and Print* " +"button. You can also download the PDF file directly to your computer by " +"clicking the *Print* button and selecting the desired option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Depending on the size of the screen, the Chatter can be seen next to or " +"below the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:284 +msgid "Invoicing Special Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +msgid "Foreign Trade Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:289 +msgid "" +"The foreign trade invoicing process in Odoo is based on the corresponding " +"`SAT regulation " +"`_." +" SAT electronic invoicing version is 3.3." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:294 +msgid "What do we mean when we talk about foreign trade?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:296 +msgid "" +"Since January 2018, the SAT requires a Foreign Trade Supplement in export " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:299 +msgid "What is the Foreign Trade complement?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:301 +msgid "" +"It is an Annex to the electronic invoice that allows the identification of " +"exporters and importers, in addition to expanding the description of the " +"merchandise sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:305 +msgid "What information can be incorporated in this new complement?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:307 +msgid "Information on the operation type it covers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:308 +msgid "" +"Tax identification data of the issuer, receiver or recipient of the " +"merchandise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:309 +msgid "Description of the goods to be exported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:312 +msgid "Who is obliged to generate it?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:314 +msgid "Taxpayers who carry out export operations of A1 type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +msgid "To which exports does the A1 type apply?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +msgid "" +"Entry of goods of foreign origin to remain in national territory for an " +"unlimited time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:320 +msgid "Exit of goods from the country to stay abroad for an unlimited time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:321 +msgid "" +"Definitive importation of vehicles by diplomatic and consular missions and " +"offices of international organizations and their foreign personnel, in " +"accordance with the import of vehicles in diplomatic exemption." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:326 +msgid "Is Foreign Trade the same as Pedimentos?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:328 +msgid "" +"Not necessarily, the Pedimentos are directly related to the process of " +"Importing goods, while the Foreign Trade Complement is related to the " +"Exporting process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:332 +msgid "Required Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:334 +msgid "" +"In order to generate foreign trade invoices, the following modules must be " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:336 +msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_extended)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:349 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Configure the company with a valid postal code, and if you have a colony " +"code, this should match with the corresponding Zip Code. At the same time, " +"remember to place the Tax Identification Number (VAT Number - RFC)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:360 +msgid "Receiving Client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:362 +msgid "" +"Generally it will be a foreign client, in which you must verify that you " +"have at least the following fields completed with the corresponding " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:370 +msgid "The customer's delivery address must also contain the zip code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:371 +msgid "" +"The format of the foreign VAT (Tax Identification Number) will be validated " +"as appropriate in each Country (Example: Colombia ``123456789-1``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:373 +msgid "" +"In the XML, the VAT is automatically replaced by the Generic VAT for abroad " +"transactions: ``XEXX010101000``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:377 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:379 +msgid "" +"At the product level there must also configure some parameters in the " +"following fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:390 +msgid "" +"You must select the **UMT Aduana** (Unit of Measure) in *KG* since it is " +"only accepted by the SAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:391 +msgid "The weight refers to **the unit weight** of the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:392 +msgid "The tariff item must be from the code UoM of Kilograms (**UoM = 01**)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:394 +msgid "" +"Although the product is sold in pieces or in units, the value that must be " +"registered with customs in the tariff item must be reported in Kilograms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:398 +msgid "Invoicing Flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +msgid "" +"When creating the foreign sales invoice, you must select the **Incoterm** " +"corresponding and the **Need external trade?** checkbox must be checked. " +"With this configuration enabled, the **PDF** and the complement **XML** of " +"the invoice will have the necessary information to comply with the SAT " +"regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:406 +msgid "What is the certificate of origin and when is it used?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:408 +msgid "" +"The **Certificate Source** (or proof of origin) is the document that allows " +"an importer or exporter to prove the country or region from which a good is " +"considered to originate and serves to receive tariff preferences generally " +"agreed in trade agreements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:421 +msgid "Assign Pedimentos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:423 +msgid "" +"If your company imports products and you need to add the **Pedimentos** " +"number in your invoices, you can also configure Odoo to record the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:426 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search " +"for ``Mexico``, ``mx`` or ``l10n_mx``. Then, install **Odoo Mexico " +"Localization for Stock / Landing module (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:435 +msgid "" +"The l10n_mx_edi_landing module depends on the **Inventory** and **Sales** " +"apps, since the products must be entered into inventory to be able to add " +"their Pedimentos number to the corresponding receipt of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:439 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Settings`. Within the" +" options, activate **Landed Costs**. This option will allow adding the " +"Pedimentos number to the corresponding product receptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:448 +msgid "" +"In order to use landed costs, the accounting configuration of the inventory " +"valuation of the products must be configured as *Automated* and its costing " +"method *Average* or *FIFO* (first in, first out)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:452 +msgid "" +"To associate the Pedimentos number indicated with an import (merchandise " +"reception) a new **Landed Cost** must be created. They can be accessed " +"through :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`. There " +"you will find the option to attach the Pedimentos number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:461 +msgid "" +"You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " +"the correct number with the transfer(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:465 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:468 +msgid "Payment Terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:470 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Terms** are already configured in Odoo when installing the " +"Mexican localization, this means that if you go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms`, you will " +"find the default list in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:478 +msgid "" +"In Mexico you can have 2 types of payments: PPD or PUE. These are given by " +"the **Payment Term** chosen (or if there is no chosen payment term it will " +"be based on the due date of the invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:482 +msgid "PPD Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:484 +msgid "" +"To configure PPD payments (payment in installments or deferred) it is only " +"necessary to choose a date expiration date for your invoice and Odoo will " +"detect if it is after the first day of the following month (in this case no " +"payment term is set - with the payment term you can also stipulate if it " +"will be PPDo PUE)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:490 +msgid "PUE" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:492 +msgid "" +"To configure PUE payments (payment in a single payment) you must select an " +"invoice due date within the same month or choose a payment term that does " +"not imply changing the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all " +"falling within the current month)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:497 +msgid "Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:499 +msgid "" +"`According to the SAT documentation " +"`_, there may be 2 types of payments: **PUE** or **PPD**. In both " +"cases the payment process in Odoo is the same, the difference of whether the" +" payment is PUE or PPD lies in the payment term of the invoice - as " +"indicated in the previous point in the **Payment Terms**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:505 +msgid "" +"If the payment is a PPD type, Odoo will generate the corresponding payment " +"complement automatically when you *Confirm* it. If the payment is PUE, the " +"payment complement will not be generated. The type of payment is visible " +"from the invoice in the field called **Payment Policy** and takes the " +"invoice date and the due date as parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:514 +msgid "" +"When configuring the contacts that will be used when making payments, you " +"must configure the banks in the **Accounting** tab, place both the Bank, " +"Account Number and CLABE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:522 +msgid "Register PPD Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:524 +msgid "" +"If at the time of registering a payment it is of type PPD then a Payment " +"Complement (XML) will be generated with its details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:564 +msgid "" +"The payment can be registered from the invoice and once it is confirmed, the" +" invoice will be paid and with its payment associated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:539 +msgid "" +"The journal will be the payment method where you receive or send the payment" +" from. You must also associate a **Payment Way** and a Recipient Bank " +"Account (this last one must be created within the contact associated with " +"the invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:543 +msgid "" +"Once the payment is made, it will be associated with the corresponding " +"invoice and its status will be *In Payment* since the payment will be " +"effectively validated when it is bank reconciled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:554 +msgid "" +"The **Recipient Bank Account** is the one attached to the **Accounting** tab" +" in the contact associated with the invoice, it must be valid so that the " +"stamped payment complement can be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:559 +msgid "Register PUE Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:561 +msgid "" +"If at the time of registering a payment it is of the PUE type then in this " +"case a Payment Complement (XML) will not be generated since it is not " +"necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:580 +msgid "" +"In this case it is not created as a payment supplement by the nature of it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:583 +msgid "Down Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:585 +msgid "" +"This is a special case in which we must receive an advance payment from a " +"client to later be applied to an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:589 +msgid "" +"`The official documentation for registration of down payments in Mexico " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:593 +msgid "Process to create advance in Mexico" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:595 +msgid "" +"Issuance of electronic invoicing with the amount of the advance payment " +"received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +msgid "" +"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation " +"(full invoice). (CFDI Origin: 07 | Advance invoice, point 1)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:598 +msgid "" +"Issuance of the electronic invoice with the *Egreso* type. (CFDI Origin: 07 " +"| Invoice_total, point 2)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:602 +msgid "Steps to follow in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:604 +msgid "Preparation: Create the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:605 +msgid "" +"Down Payment issuance of the electronic invoice for the amount of the " +"advance payment received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:606 +msgid "" +"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:607 +msgid "Add a credit note from the down payment invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:610 +msgid "Preparation: Create the Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:612 +msgid "" +"The Down Payment product must be type *Service* and must use the **NSPSC " +"Product Category**: *84111506 Servicios de facturación*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:619 +msgid "" +"Add the down payment product as default to be used from the Odoo " +"configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:626 +msgid "" +"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the value of the advance received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:628 +msgid "" +"Create the Advance Payment Invoice: From the sales order, create an advance " +"payment invoice for the percentage of the purchase to be paid in advance (or" +" for a fixed amount)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:635 +msgid "Validate invoice with the down payment product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:645 +msgid "Register Payment to the advance payment invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:656 +msgid "" +"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:658 +msgid "" +"From the sales order, create an invoice for the total, that is, for all the " +"order lines without discounting the advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:666 +msgid "Remove the check mark from the **Deduct down payments** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:668 +msgid "" +"Add the original CFDI of the advance payment invoice by adding ``07 |`` at " +"the beginning + Folio Fiscal of the advance payment Invoice created in the " +"previous step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:671 +msgid "Copy the Folio Fiscal of the following invoice following this example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:677 +msgid "" +"And paste it in the draft invoice created from the Sales Order without " +"deducting the advances:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:683 +msgid "" +"Validate and copy the Folio Fiscal for later (in the example the Folio " +"Fiscal copy is: 50E4FF06-4341-4006-A7C3-A7F653CBEFAE )" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:687 +msgid "Add credit note from invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:689 +msgid "" +"Create a **Credit Note** from the down payment invoice (the corrective " +"invoice must be edited prior to confirming it, see explanation below the 2 " +"following images)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:700 +msgid "" +"Before you *Confirm* the Credit Note, edit the Origin CFDI with ``07 | XXX``" +" instead of the prefix ``01 | XXX``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:711 +msgid "Now the invoice can be confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:717 +msgid "" +"Now the Credit Note (Advance Payment) must be applied to the total invoice, " +"this is added at the bottom below the amount owed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:728 +msgid "" +"Register a payment for the difference of the down payment and the total of " +"the sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:734 +msgid "" +"If you go to the XML of the invoice, you should see in CFDI related the type" +" of relationship 07 and the Folio Fiscal of the advance payment invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:742 +msgid "Discounts based on payment days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:744 +msgid "" +"Cash discounts are incentives that you can offer to motivate customers to " +"pay within a specified time period. For example, you offer a 2% discount if " +"the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due" +" in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average customer " +"payments period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:749 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:754 +msgid "Create and assign the corresponding Payment Term" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:750 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:773 +msgid "Register the Payment within the days of the discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:799 +msgid "Create a credit note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:756 +msgid "" +"To configure the discount for advance payment, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and click on" +" *Create*. Add a Percentage type with a corresponding value (for example, " +"98% of the total price for a 2% discount) and the number of days for which " +"the offer is valid (for example 5 days). You can also change the balance due" +" type if necessary (in this example 30 days)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:766 +msgid "" +"Then when creating our Sales Order or Sales Invoice, assign the Payment Term" +" created previously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:775 +msgid "" +"Register the payment within the days in which the application of the " +"discount was specified, in our case it is within 5 days after the creation " +"of the Sales Invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:782 +msgid "" +"Then go to the bottom of the invoice where the totals are located and there " +"you will see 2 payments created, reset to draft and cancel the payment that " +"does not correspond - the one related to the discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:801 +msgid "" +"Finally to close the cycle we must close the invoice, but as in this case we" +" apply a discount, to close it correctly we must create a credit note " +"specifying that the difference was given to the customer on a **Credit " +"Note**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:813 +msgid "Adjust the amount to the remaining balance in the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:819 +msgid "Add the Credit Note to the original invoice so that it is settled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:826 +msgid "Cancellation of invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:829 +msgid "Before 72 Hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:831 +msgid "" +"If it is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT in " +"less than 72 hours follow the steps below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:834 +msgid "Request Cancellation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:840 +msgid "The status of the **Electronic invoicing** changes to *Cancelled*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:841 +msgid "Click on *RESET TO DRAFT*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:847 +msgid "Click on *CANCEL ENTRY*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:854 +msgid "After 72 Hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:856 +msgid "" +"If It is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT more " +"than 72 hours, the client must be asked to accept the cancellation, for this" +" the following steps must be followed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:859 +msgid "" +"Click on *Request EDI Cancellation* to inform the SAT that you want to " +"cancel the invoice, in this case the client has to enter the SAT webpage and" +" approve it. (The status of the **Electronic invoicing** field in Odoo " +"changes to *To Cancel*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:862 +msgid "" +"When the client (Receiver / Customer) approves the Cancellation in their SAT" +" portal it is now possible to Change the invoice to Draft and then click on " +"*Cancel entry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:864 +msgid "" +"Odoo synchronizes with the SAT to update the status of the **Electronic " +"invoicing** with a scheduled action, Invoices canceled in the SAT will be " +"canceled in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:871 +msgid "" +"After clicking on **Request EDI cancellation**, the status of the " +"**Electronic invoicing** field will be *To Cancel* but the status of the SAT" +" will be the same to *Valid*, it will remain active until the end customer /" +" Recipient approves the cancellation in the SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:879 +msgid "" +"Once canceled in the SAT, Odoo will synchronize the status of the SAT " +"through scheduled actions that are executed every day to synchronize the " +"statuses of the SAT, Electronic invoicing and Odoo (this scheduled action " +"can be executed manually by entering with developer mode)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:883 +msgid "" +"If the invoice is canceled in the SAT, in Odoo it is also canceled, which " +"allows you to switch the invoice to draft and finally cancel the invoice " +"(*cancel entry*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:891 +msgid "Cancel Paid Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:893 +msgid "" +"If the invoice has already been paid, a credit note must be created from the" +" invoice so that the originating CFDI is recognized and later cancel the " +"original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:905 +msgid "Cancel Invoices from the previous period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:908 +msgid "Problem" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:910 +msgid "" +"If the invoice is from the previous month and the period is closed, the " +"income has already been declared in Financial Reports and to the government." +" In Odoo, when canceling an invoice, the journal entry is eliminated as if " +"the income already reported had not existed, this represents a fiscal " +"problem because the income was already declared in the previous month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:915 +msgid "" +"The problem resides when the fiscal period has been closed, in the current " +"period you have to make the reverse entry and save the cancellation " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:918 +msgid "Invoice to be canceled" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:924 +msgid "This is how the Balance Sheet looks like:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:930 +msgid "" +"If the invoice is canceled, the journal entry and the Balance Sheet looks " +"like this after canceling:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:937 +msgid "Solution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:939 +msgid "" +"Close the fiscal period every month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:940 +msgid "Cancel invoice in SAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:941 +msgid "Create a Manual Reversion entry (Journal Entry)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:942 +msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry (Journal Entry)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:943 +msgid "Change Electronic invoicing status to Cancelled with server action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:946 +msgid "" +"Close accounting period each month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:948 +msgid "" +"If the accounting period is closed due to the blocking dates, Odoo will not " +"allow to modify or add accounting entries of a date corresponding to that " +"accounting period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:956 +msgid "Cancel invoice in the SAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:958 +msgid "" +"If the accounting period is closed, and the invoice was canceled in the SAT," +" the status in Odoo will be published while the **Electronic invoicing** " +"status will be *Sent* and the SAT status is *Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:967 +msgid "Create Manual Reversal Journal Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:969 +msgid "" +"The solution is to create the reversal journal entry manually dated in the " +"current fiscal period and reconcile the open invoice with the reversion " +"created manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:972 +msgid "" +"It must be clearly indicated in the reference that it is a cancellation (you" +" can use a cancellation account for invoices from previous periods such as " +"**Other Income**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:980 +msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:990 +msgid "" +"In the Balance Sheet and Trial balance they are now with the correct " +"balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1005 +msgid "Change status of Electronic invoicing to Cancelled with server action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1007 +msgid "" +"A server action can be created that modifies the status of the invoice to " +"*Cancelled* once it is reconciled with the reversal entry (You should check " +"this with support or with your Assigned Functional Consultant prior to " +"performing this action)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1020 +msgid "Electronic Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1022 +msgid "Accounting for Mexico in Odoo is composed of 3 reports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1024 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1038 +msgid "Electronic Chart of Accounts (Called and displayed as COA)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1025 +msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1026 +msgid "DIOT report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1028 +msgid "" +"1. and 2. are considered electronic accounting, and DIOT is a report only " +"available in the context of accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1031 +msgid "" +"You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Mexico`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1040 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing has never been so easy, just go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting -> Reports -> Mexico -> COA` and click the button" +" **Export for SAT (XML)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1048 +msgid "How to add new accounts ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1050 +msgid "" +"If you add an account with the NNN.YY.ZZ encoding convention where NNN.YY is" +" a SAT encoding group, your account will be set up automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1053 +msgid "" +"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " +"create a new account in the «Create» button and try to create an account " +"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to establish the name you will see" +" an automatically configured label, the configured labels are the ones " +"chosen to be used in the COA in XML." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1064 +msgid "What is the meaning of the tags?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1066 +msgid "" +"To know all the possible labels, you can read `Annex 24 " +"`_" +" on the SAT website in the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del " +"SAT**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1071 +msgid "" +"When you install the l10n_mx module and your chart of accounts depends on it" +" (this happens automatically when you install the configuration of Mexico as" +" a country in your database), it will have the most common labels by " +"default. If the tag you need is not created, you can create it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1077 +msgid "Trial Balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1079 +msgid "" +"Exactly like the COA but with the credit and debit of the initial balance, " +"once you have correctly configured your COA, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Reports --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated " +"and can be exported to XML using the button on the top **Export for SAT " +"(XML)** with the previous selection of the period you want to export." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1088 +msgid "" +"All normal analysis and listed functions are available here as well as any " +"normal Odoo Report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1091 +msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1094 +msgid "What is DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1096 +msgid "" +"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service, we know " +"that we should not neglect what we present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1099 +msgid "" +"The DIOT is the Informative Declaration of Operations with Third Parties " +"(DIOT), which is an additional obligation with VAT, where we must give the " +"status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered the same, " +"with our suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1103 +msgid "" +"This applies to both individuals and Personas Morales, so if we have VAT to " +"present to the SAT and also deal with suppliers it is necessary to send the " +"DIOT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1107 +msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1109 +msgid "" +"It is easy to present the DIOT, since, like all formats, you can obtain it " +"on the SAT page, it is the electronic form A-29 that you can find on the SAT" +" website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1112 +msgid "" +"Every month if you have operations with third parties, it is necessary to " +"present the DIOT, as we do with VAT, so if in January we have deals with " +"suppliers, by February we must present the information relevant to said " +"data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1117 +msgid "Where is DIOT presented?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1119 +msgid "" +"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " +"choose and which one will be more comfortable for you since you will present" +" it every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1123 +msgid "" +"The A-29 form is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but this " +"after having made up to 500 registrations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1126 +msgid "" +"Once these 500 records have been entered in the SAT, you must submit them to" +" the Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to " +"your tax address, these records can be submitted on a digital storage medium" +" such as a CD or USB, which a Once validated, they will return you, so do " +"not doubt that you will still have these discs and of course, your CD or " +"USB." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1132 +msgid "One more thing to know: batch loading?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1134 +msgid "" +"When reviewing the official SAT documents in DIOT, you will find the Batch " +"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " +"according to the SAT site it is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1137 +msgid "" +"The \"batch load\" is the conversion of databases from records of " +"transactions with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These " +"files have the necessary structure for their application and import into the" +" Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties system, avoiding " +"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in their " +"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1143 +msgid "" +"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will " +"facilitate this operation, so that it does not exist to avoid being in line " +"with the SAT in regards to the Informative Declaration of Operations with " +"Third Parties." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1148 +msgid "" +"`official information " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1152 +msgid "How to generate this report in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1154 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " +"with third partied (DIOT)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1161 +msgid "" +"A report view is displayed, select the last month to report the immediately " +"preceding month or leave the current month if it suits you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1168 +msgid "Click on *Export (XLSX)* or *Print (TXT)*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1174 +msgid "" +"Save the downloaded file in a safe place, go to the SAT website and follow " +"the necessary steps to declare it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1178 +msgid "Important considerations about your supplier and invoice data for DIOT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1180 +msgid "" +"All suppliers must have the fields configured in the accounting tab called " +"\"DIOT Information\", the L10N MX Nationality field is completed by simply " +"selecting the appropriate country in the address, not You need to do nothing" +" else there, but the l10n MX type of operation must be configured in all " +"your providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1189 +msgid "" +"There are 3 VAT options for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, one invoice " +"line in Odoo is considered exempt if there is no tax on it, the other 2 " +"taxes are already configured correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1191 +msgid "" +"Remember that to pay an invoice that represents a prepayment, you must first" +" request the invoice and then pay it and properly reconcile the payment " +"following the standard Odoo procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1193 +msgid "" +"You do not need to fill in all your partner data to try to generate the " +"supplier invoice, you can correct this information when you generate the " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1195 +msgid "" +"Remember that this report only shows vendor invoices that were actually " +"paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1197 +msgid "" +"If some of these considerations are not taken into account, a message like " +"this will appear when you generate the DIOT in TXT with all the partners you" +" need to verify this particular report, this is the reason why we recommend " +"to use this report not only for exporting your legal information. " +"obligation, but generate it before the end of the month and use it as your " +"auditory process to see that all your partners are configured correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1208 +msgid "Closing Fiscal Period in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1210 +msgid "" +"Before proceeding to the close of the fiscal year, there are some steps that" +" you should normally take to ensure that your accounting is correct, updated" +" and accurate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1213 +msgid "" +"Make sure that you have fully reconciled your bank account (s) through the " +"end of the year and confirm that the closing book balances match the " +"balances on your bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1215 +msgid "Verify that all customer invoices have been entered and approved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1216 +msgid "Confirm that you have entered and approved all vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1217 +msgid "Validate all expenses, ensuring their accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1218 +msgid "" +"Check that all payments received have been entered and recorded exactly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 +msgid "Year-end checklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1223 +msgid "Run a **Tax Report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1224 +msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1226 +msgid "" +"Compare your bank balances in Odoo against the current bank balances on your" +" statements. Use the report **Bank Reconciliation** to help you with this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1228 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all cash and bank account transactions by running your **Old " +"Accounts Receivable** and **Old Accounts Payable** reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1230 +msgid "" +"Audit your accounts, making sure you fully understand the transactions that " +"affect them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans" +" and fixed assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1233 +msgid "" +"Run the optional function **Payments Matching**, under the *More* drop-down " +"on the Journal options from the Accounting dashboard, validating any Vendor " +"Bill and Customer Invoices with its payments. This step is optional, however" +" it can assist the year-end process if all pending payments and invoices are" +" reconciled, and it can lead to finding errors or mistakes in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1238 +msgid "" +"Your accountant will probably like to check your items in the balance sheet " +"and do some Journal Entries for:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1241 +msgid "" +"Manual year-end adjustments, using the **Journal Audit** report (For " +"example, the **Current Earnings for the Year** and **Retained Earnings " +"reports**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 +msgid "**Work in Progress**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1244 +msgid "**Depreciation Journals**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 +msgid "**Loans**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1246 +msgid "**Tax Adjustments**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1248 +msgid "" +"If your accountant is on the year-end audit, they will want to have copies " +"of the balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales" +" tax reports, etc ...) to compare against. your balances in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1252 +msgid "" +"During this process, it is a good practice setting the **Closing Date for " +"Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set" +" under the accounting settings. In this way, the accountant can trust that " +"no one else is changing the previous year's transactions while auditing the " +"books." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1262 +msgid "Accounting Closing Process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1264 +msgid "" +"In Odoo there is no need to make a specific year-end entry to close the " +"reporting income accounts . The result of the exercise is automatically " +"calculated in the account type (Current Year Earnings) and the difference " +"between Income - Expenses will be accumulated to calculate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1268 +msgid "" +"The reports are created in real-time, which means that the **Income Report**" +" corresponds directly to the closing date of the year that you specify in " +"Odoo. In addition, at any time that you generate the **Income Report**, the " +"start date will correspond to the start date of the **Fiscal Year** and the " +"account balances will all be 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1273 +msgid "" +"As of December 31, the Balance Sheet shows the earnings of the Current Year " +"that do not have been recognized (Account type Total Current Year " +"Unallocated Earnings in MX account 305.01.01 ['current year earnings' type])" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1281 +msgid "" +"The accountant should create a Journal Entry to recognize the result of the " +"year in Accumulated Earnings from previous years on the account \"previous " +"years results\" account (304.01.01 in Mexico) - that is an equity account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1285 +msgid "" +"After posting the Journal Entry, click on *Mark as Closing Entry for the " +"Fiscal Year*. This step is important because it is linked to the Trial " +"Balance report. If this Journal Entry is not marked as a Closing Entry, the " +"Trial Balance won't be correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1289 +msgid "The simplified accounting entry would look like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1295 +msgid "" +"Once the accountant has created the journal entry to locate the **Current " +"Earnings for the Year**, they must set the **Closing Date** to the last day " +"of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing this, whether or not the " +"current gain of the year in the **Balance Sheet** is properly reporting a " +"balance 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1305 +msgid "Extra Recommended features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1308 +msgid "Contacts App (Free)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1310 +msgid "" +"If you want to properly manage your customers, suppliers and addresses, this" +" module, even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " +"install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1314 +msgid "Multi-currency (Requires Accounting application)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1316 +msgid "" +"In Mexico, almost all companies send and receive payments in different " +"currencies. If you want to do this you can enable the use of multi-currency." +" You should also enable synchronization with the **Mexican Bank Service**, " +"as this would allow you to automatically have the exchange rate from the SAT" +" without having to manually create this information every day in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1321 +msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi-currency feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1328 +msgid "" +"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " +"3.3)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1330 +msgid "" +"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " +"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " +"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" +" :ref:`developer mode ` enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1335 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1336 +msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1337 +msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1338 +msgid "" +"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " +"Companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1339 +msgid "Open any company you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1340 +msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1346 +msgid "" +"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " +"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " +"generic one with no explanation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1351 +msgid "If you see an error like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "``The cfdi generated is not valid``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "" +"``attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " +"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1358 +msgid "" +"This can be caused by a database backup restored in another server, or when " +"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " +"but:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1362 +msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1363 +msgid "Click on *Action* and then on *Download XSD file to CFDI*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1366 +msgid "Common problems and errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1368 +msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1370 +msgid "" +"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " +"allowed minimum length of '1'.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1375 +msgid "" +"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern " +"'[^|]{1,100}'.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1379 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " +"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " +"properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1383 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1455 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1484 +msgid "**Error messages**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1385 +msgid "" +"``6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " +"required but missing.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1388 +msgid "" +"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " +"required but missing.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1391 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " +"partner of the company. Go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" +" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " +"which is the kind of business your company does related to SAT list of " +"possible values, another option can be that you forgot to follow the " +"considerations about fiscal positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1398 +msgid "" +"You need to go to Fiscal Position settings and set the proper code (it is " +"the first 3 numbers of the name), for example, for the test, you need to set" +" 601, it will look like the picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1406 +msgid "" +"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " +"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the VAT demo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1409 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1441 +msgid "**Error message**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1411 +msgid "" +"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " +"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " +"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " +"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1417 +msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1426 +msgid "" +"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " +"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1443 +msgid "" +"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " +"is not a valid value of the atomic type " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1432 +msgid "" +"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " +"missing.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1435 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You must configure your company address correctly, this is a " +"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration in " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill " +"complete all the mandatory fields for your address by following the steps in" +" this section: :ref:`mx-legal-info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1448 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: The postal code of your company address is not valid for " +"Mexico, please correct it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1457 +msgid "" +"``18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1460 +msgid "" +"``34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing.\", '')``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1464 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: Set the Mexican name for the 0% and 16% tax in your system and" +" use it on the invoice. Your tax, which represents 16% VAT and 0%, must have" +" the **Factor Type** field set to *Tasa*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "``CCE159``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "" +"``The XXXX attribute must be registered if the key of cce11: " +"ComercioExterior: TipoOperacion registered is '1' or '2'.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1482 +msgid "**Solution**: It is necessary to specify the Incoterm." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "``CCE209``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "" +"``The attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Goods: Customs Unit must have " +"the value specified in the catalog catCFDI: c_FraccionArancelaria column " +"'UMT' when the attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Me``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1491 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: The Tariff Fraction must have the code of the unit of measure " +"01, corresponding to Kilograms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1495 +msgid "Glossary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1497 +msgid "" +":abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)`: Online Digital Tax " +"Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1498 +msgid ":abbr:`CSD (Certificado de Sello Digital)`: Digital Seal Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1499 +msgid "" +":abbr:`PAC (Proveedores Autorizados de Certificación)`: Authorized " +"Certification Provider" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1500 +msgid "Stamp: Digital signature of the electronic invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1501 +msgid "" +"Addenda: Complement of information that can be attached to an Internet " +"Digital Tax Receipt (CFDI) normally required by certain companies in Mexico " +"such as Walmart, Tiendas Sorianas, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1503 +msgid "" +":abbr:`UUID (Universally Unique Identifier)`: It is the acronym in English " +"of the Universally Unique Identifier. The UUID is the equivalent of Folio " +"Fiscal, it is composed of 32 hexadecimal digits, shown in 5 groups separated" +" by hyphens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1506 +msgid "" +"LCO: List of Obliged Taxpayers (LCO) is a list issued by the SAT that " +"accounts for all the taxpayers whom it authorizes the issuance of invoices " +"and payroll receipts. This means that, to be able to electronically bill " +"your clients, you must be in this database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:96 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 +msgid "XAF Export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 +msgid "" +"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" +" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" +" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " +"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 +msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " +"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 +msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 +msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:105 +msgid "Peru" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Peruvian localization has been improved and extended, in this version " +"the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_pe**: Adds accounting features for the Peruvian localization, which " +"represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " +"Peru and under the SUNAT regulations and guidelines. The main elements " +"included in this module are: Chart of account, taxes, document types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:16 +msgid "" +"**l10n_pe_edi**: includes all technical and functional requirements to " +"generate and validate Electronic Invoice, based on the SUNAT specification " +"to create and process valid electronic documents, for more technical detail " +"you can access the `SUNAT EDI specifications " +"`_, that keeps track of new changes and " +"updates. The features of this module are based on the resolutions published " +"on the `SUNAT Legislation " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:28 +msgid "Install the Peruvian localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Go to *Apps* and search for Peru, then click Install in the module Peru EDI." +" This module has a dependency with *Peru - Accounting*. In case this last " +"one is not installed, Odoo installs it automatically within EDI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When you install a database from scratch selecting Peru as country, Odoo " +"automatically installs the base module: Peru - Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In addition to the basic information in the Company, we need to set Peru as " +"the Country, this is essential for the Electronic Invoice to work properly. " +"The field **Address Type Code** represents the establishment code assigned " +"by the SUNAT when companies register their RUC (Unique Contributor " +"Registration):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In case the Address type code is unknown, you can set it as the default " +"value: 0000. Be aware that if an incorrect value is entered, the Electronic " +"invoice validation might have errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:60 +msgid "The NIF should be set following the RUC format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " +"included in the localization module, the accounts are mapped automatically " +"in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:71 +msgid "Default Account Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts for Peru is based on the most updated version of the " +":abbr:`PCGE (Plan Contable General Empresarial)`, which is grouped in " +"several categories and is compatible with NIIF accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:78 +msgid "Accounting Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Once the modules are installed and the basic information of your company is " +"set, you need to configure the elements required for Electronic Invoice. For" +" this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Peruvian " +"Localization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:85 +msgid "Basic Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:87 +msgid "Here are some terms that are essential on the Peruvian localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:89 +msgid "" +"**EDI**: Electronic Data Interchange, which in this refers to the Electronic" +" Invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**SUNAT**: is the organization that enforces customs and taxation in Peru." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:91 +msgid "" +"**OSE**: Electronic Service Operator, `OSE SUNAT's definition " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:93 +msgid "**CDR**: Receipt certificate (Constancia de Recepción)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**SOL Credentials**: Sunat Operaciones en Línea. User and password are " +"provided by the SUNAT and grant access to Online Operations systems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:99 +msgid "Signature Provider" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:101 +msgid "" +"As part of the requirements for Electronic Invoice in Peru, your company " +"needs to select a Signature Provider that will take care of the document " +"signing process and manage the SUNAT validation response. Odoo offers three " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:112 +msgid "IAP (Odoo In-App Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:170 +msgid "Digiflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:186 +msgid "SUNAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the sections below to check the details and considerations " +"for each option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:114 +msgid "" +"This is the default and the suggested option, considering the digital " +"ceritificate is included as part of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:122 +msgid "What is the IAP?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:124 +msgid "" +"This is a signature service offered directly by Odoo, the service takes care" +" of the next process:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Provides the Electronic invoice Certificate, so you do not need to acquire " +"one by yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:127 +msgid "Send the document to the OSE, in this case, Digiflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:128 +msgid "Receive the OSE validation and CDR." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:131 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The service requires Credits in order to process your electronic documents. " +"Odoo provides 1000 credits for free in new databases. After these credits " +"are consumed, you need to buy a Credit Package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 +msgid "Credits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 +msgid "EUR" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:113 +msgid "1000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 +msgid "22" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 +msgid "5000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 +msgid "110" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 +msgid "10,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 +msgid "220" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 +msgid "20,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 +msgid "440" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:149 +msgid "The credits are consumed per each document that is sent to the OSE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If you have a validation error and the document needs to be sent one more " +"time, one additional credit will be charged. Therefore, it is paramount that" +" you verify all information is correct before sending your document to the " +"OSE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:157 +msgid "What do you need to do?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:159 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, once your enterprise contract is activated and you start working in" +" Production, you need to buy credits once the first 1000 are consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:161 +msgid "" +"As Digiflow is the OSE used in the IAP, you need to affiliate it as the " +"official OSE for your company on the SUNAT website. This is a simple " +"process. For more information, please check `OSE Affiliation guide " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Register Digiflow as the authorized PSE, please check `PSE Affiliation guide" +" " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:172 +msgid "" +"This option can be used as an alternative, instead of using the IAP services" +" you can send your document validation directly to Digiflow. In this case " +"you need to consider:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Buy your own digital Certificate: For more detail regarding the official " +"vendor list, and the process to acquire it, please refer to `SUNAT Digital " +"Ceritifcates " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Sign a service agreement directly with `Digiflow " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:179 +msgid "Provide your SOL credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:188 +msgid "" +"In case your company wants to sign directly with the SUNAT, it is possible " +"to select this option in your configuration. In this case you need to " +"consider: - Get the SUNAT Certification process accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:196 +msgid "Provide you SOL credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:199 +msgid "" +"When using direct connection with the SUNAT, the SOL User must be set with " +"the Company RUT + User Id. Example: ``20121888549JOHNSMITH``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:203 +msgid "Testing environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a testing environment that can be activated before your " +"company goes into production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:207 +msgid "" +"When using the testing environment and the IAP signature, you don’t need to " +"buy testing credits for your transactions as all of them are validated by " +"default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:211 +msgid "" +"By default the databases are set to work on production, make sure to enable " +"the testing mode if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:217 +msgid "" +"In case you don’t use Odoo IAP, in order to generate the electronic invoice " +"signature, a digital certificate with the extension ``.pfx`` is required. " +"Proceed to this section and load your file and password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The official currency exchange rate in Peru is provided by the Bank of Peru." +" Odoo can connect directly to its services and get the currency rate either " +"automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:235 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the next section in our documentation for more information " +"about :doc:`multicurrency <../../others/multicurrencies/how_it_works>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:245 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module the taxes are created automatically with " +"their related financial account and electronic invoice configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:253 +msgid "EDI Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:255 +msgid "" +"As part of the taxes configuration, there are three new fields required for " +"electronic invoice, the taxes created by default have this data included, " +"but in case you create new taxes make sure you fill in the fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:267 +msgid "" +"There are two main fiscal positions included by default when you install the" +" Peruvian localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:269 +msgid "" +"**Extranjero - Exportación**: Set this fiscal position on customers for " +"Exportation transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:271 +msgid "**Local Peru**: Set this fiscal position on local customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:276 +msgid "" +"In some Latin American countries, including Peru, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " +"types, defined by the government fiscal authorities, in this case by the " +"SUNAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:280 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the " +"country on which the document is applicable;the data is created " +"automatically when the localization module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:284 +msgid "" +"The information required for the document types is included by default so " +"the user does not need to fill anything on this view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Currently the documents supported on customer invoices are: Invoice, Boleta," +" Debit Note and Credit Note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:298 +msgid "" +"When creating Sales Journals, the following information must be filled, in " +"addition to the standard fields on the Journals:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:302 +msgid "Use Documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:304 +msgid "" +"This field is used to define if the journal uses Document Types. It is only " +"applicable to Purchase and Sales journals, which are the ones that can be " +"related to the different set of document types available in Peru. By " +"default, all the sales journals created use documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:309 +msgid "Electronic Data Interchange" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:311 +msgid "" +"This section indicates which EDI workflow is used in the invoice, for Peru " +"we must select “Peru UBL 2.1”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:319 +msgid "" +"By default, the value Factur-X (FR) is always displayed, make sure you can " +"uncheck it manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:327 +msgid "" +"As part of the Peruvian localization, the identification types defined by " +"the SUNAT are now available on the Partner form, this information is " +"essential for most transactions either on the sender company and in the " +"customer, make sure you fill in this information in your records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:337 +msgid "Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:339 +msgid "" +"Additional to the basic information in your products, for the Peruvian " +"localization, the UNSPC Code on the product is a required value to be " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:351 +msgid "Customer invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:354 +msgid "EDI Elements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:356 +msgid "" +"Once you have configured your master data, the invoices can be created from " +"your sales order or manually. Additional to the basic invoice information " +"described on :doc:`our page about the invoicing process " +"<../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview>`, there are a couple of " +"fields required as part of the Peru EDI:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:361 +msgid "" +"**Document type**: The default value is “Factura Electronica” but you can " +"manually change the document type if needed and select Boleta for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:368 +msgid "" +"**Operation type**: This value is required for Electronic Invoice and " +"indicates the transaction type, the default value is “Internal Sale” but " +"another value can be selected manually when needed, for example Export of " +"Goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:376 +msgid "" +"**EDI Affectation Reason**: In the invoice lines, additional to the Tax " +"there is a field “EDI Affectation Reason” that determines the tax scope " +"based on the SUNAT list that is displayed. All the taxes loaded by default " +"are associated with a default EDI affection reason, if needed you can " +"manually select another one when creating the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Once you check all the information in your invoice is correct, you can " +"proceed to validate it. This action registers the account move and triggers " +"the Electronic invoice workflow to send it to the OSE and the SUNAT. The " +"following message is displayed at the top of the invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:396 +msgid "" +"Asynchronous means that the document is not sent automatically after the " +"invoice has been posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:493 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:401 +msgid "" +"**To be Sent**: To be sent: Indicates the document is ready to be sent to " +"the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that " +"runs every hour, or the user can send it immediately by clicking on the " +"button “Sent now”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:409 +msgid "" +"**Sent**: Indicates the document was sent to the OSE and was successfully " +"validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is downloaded and a message " +"is logged in the chatter indicating the correct Government validation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:417 +msgid "" +"In case there is a validation error the Electronic Invoice status remains in" +" “To be sent” so the corrections can be made and the invoice can be sent " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:421 +msgid "" +"One credit is consumed each time that you send a document for validation, in" +" this sense if an error is detected on an invoice and you send it one more " +"time, two credits are consumed in total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:428 +msgid "" +"There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the OSE or the SUNAT, " +"when this happens Odoo sends a message at the top of the invoice indicating " +"the error details and in the most common cases a hint to fix the issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:432 +msgid "If a validation error is received, you have two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:434 +msgid "" +"In case the error is related to master data on the partner, customer or " +"taxes, you can simply apply the change on the record (example customer " +"identification type) and once it is done click on the Retry button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:437 +msgid "" +"If the error is related to some data recorded on the invoice directly " +"(Operation type, missing data on the invoice lines), the correct solution is" +" to reset the invoice to Draft, apply the changes, and then send the invoice" +" again to the SUNAT for another validation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:446 +msgid "" +"For more detail please refert to `Common errors in SUNAT " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:452 +msgid "" +"After the invoice is accepted and validated by the SUNAT, the invoice PDF " +"report can be printed. The report includes a QR code, indicating the invoice" +" is a valid fiscal document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:460 +msgid "IAP Credits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:462 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s Electronic IAP offers 1000 credits for free, after these credits are " +"consumed in your production database, your company must buy new credits in " +"order to process your transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:465 +msgid "" +"Once you run out of credits a red label is displayed at the top of the " +"invoice indicating that additional credits are required, you can easily buy " +"them by accessing the link provided in the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:473 +msgid "" +"In the IAP service includes packages with different pricing based on the " +"number of credits. The price list in the IAP is always displayed in EUR." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:480 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:516 +msgid "Cancellation process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:482 +msgid "" +"Some scenarios require an invoice cancellation, for example, when an invoice" +" was created by mistake. If the invoice was already sent and validated by " +"the SUNAT, the correct way to proceed is by clicking on the button Request " +"Cancellation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:490 +msgid "In order to cancel an invoice, please provide a cancellation Reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:495 +msgid "" +"**To Cancel**: Indicates the cancellation request is ready to be sent to " +"the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that " +"runs every hour, or the user can send it immediately by clicking on the " +"button “Send now”. Once it is sent, a cancellation ticket is created, as a " +"result the next message and CDR File are logged in the chatter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:504 +msgid "" +"**Cancelled**: Indicates the cancellation request was sent to the OSE and " +"was successfully validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is " +"downloaded and a message is logged in the chatter indicating the correct " +"Government validation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:513 +msgid "One credit is consumed on each cancellation request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:518 +msgid "" +"When creating exportation invoices, take into account the next " +"considerations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:520 +msgid "The Identification type on your customer must be Foreign ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:521 +msgid "Operation type in your invoice must be an Exportation one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:522 +msgid "The taxes included in the invoice lines should be EXP taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:529 +msgid "Advance Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:531 +msgid "Create the advance payment Invoice and apply its related payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:532 +msgid "Create the final invoice without considering the advance payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:533 +msgid "" +"Create a credit note for the Final invoice with the advance payment amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:534 +msgid "Reconcile the Credit note with the final invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:535 +msgid "" +"The remaining balance on the final invoice should be paid with a regular " +"payment transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:539 +msgid "Detraction Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:541 +msgid "" +"When creating invoices that is subject to Detractions, take into account the" +" next considerations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:543 +msgid "" +"All the products included in the invoice must have these fields configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:549 +msgid "Operation type in your invoice must be ``1001``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:558 +msgid "" +"When a correction or refund is needed over a validated invoice, a credit " +"note must be generated, for this just click on the button “Add Credit Note”," +" a part of the Peruvian localization you need to prove a Credit Reason " +"selecting one of the options in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:567 +msgid "" +"When creating your first credit Note, select the Credit Method: Partial " +"Refund, this allows you to define the credit note sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:570 +msgid "By default the Credit Note is set in the document type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:576 +msgid "" +"To finish the workflow please follow the instructions on :doc:`our page " +"about Credit Notes <../../receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:580 +msgid "" +"The EDI workflow for the Credit notes works in the same way as the invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:586 +msgid "" +"As part of the Peruvian localization, besides creating credit notes from an " +"existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " +"button “Add Debit Note”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:589 +msgid "By default the Debit Note is set in the document type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 +msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 +msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 +msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 +msgid "PGCE Entitades" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " +"Localization** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " +"default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 +msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" +" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +msgid "Switzerland" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " +"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " +"ISR*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " +"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " +"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +msgid "" +"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " +"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " +"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices` and enable **Print bank on ISR**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +msgid "ISR reference on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, you can add your ISR reference as " +"**Payment Reference** on your invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to configure the Journal you usually use to issue " +"invoices. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to modify (By default, the Journal is named " +"*Customer Invoices*), click en *Edit*, and open the *Advanced Settings* tab." +" In the **Communication Standard** field, select *Switzerland*, and click on" +" *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 +msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " +"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " +"you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 +msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" +" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" +" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 +msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " +"have to do anything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " +"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " +":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " +"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " +"\"upgrade\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " +"rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +msgid "" +"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " +"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " +"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 +msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " +"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" +" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" +" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 +msgid "" +"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " +"included in Odoo by default" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Name**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Rate**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Label on Invoice**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Scope**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tag**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "7.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +msgid "7.7% achat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "TVA 7.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +msgid "7.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +msgid "7.7% invest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "3.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +msgid "3.7% achat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "TVA 3.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "3.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +msgid "3.7% invest" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "3.7% invest Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "7.7% Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "3.7% Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " +"odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" +" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " +"your fiscal positions accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Localization Packages** are country-specific modules that install " +"pre-configured taxes, fiscal positions, chart of accounts, and legal " +"statements on your database. Some additional features, such as the " +"configuration of specific certificates, are also added to your Accounting " +"app, following your fiscal administration requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo continuously adds new localizations and improves the existing packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for your company, " +"according to the country selected at the creation of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 +msgid "" +"As long as you haven't posted any entry, you can still add and select " +"another package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To install a new package, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration" +" --> Fiscal Localization`, click on **Install More Packages**, and install " +"your country's module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:25 +msgid "Once done, select your country's package, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:34 +msgid "" +"These packages require you to fine-tune your chart of accounts according to " +"your needs, activate the taxes you use, and configure your country-specific " +"statements and certifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:37 +msgid "Please refer to the documentation listed below for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:40 +msgid ":doc:`localizations_list`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`../../getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`../../taxation/taxes/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 +msgid "" +"update list of linked docs, and link with the future one about country-" +"specific statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:3 +msgid "List of supported countries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting can be used in many countries out of the box by installing " +"the appropriate module. Here is a list of all :doc:`Fiscal Localization " +"Packages ` that are available on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:10 +msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:12 +msgid "Algeria - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:15 +msgid "Argentinian Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:16 +msgid "Argentinian Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:17 +msgid "Argentinian Electronic Invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:19 +msgid "Australian - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:20 +msgid "Austria - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:21 +msgid "Belgium - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:22 +msgid "Bolivia - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:23 +msgid "Brazilian - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:24 +msgid "Canada - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:25 +msgid "Chile - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:26 +msgid "China" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:28 +msgid "China - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:29 +msgid "China - City Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:30 +msgid "China - Small Business CoA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:31 +msgid "China - Standard CoA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:35 +msgid "Colombian - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:36 +msgid "Colombian - Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:38 +msgid "Costa Rica - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:39 +msgid "Croatia - Accounting (RRIF 2012)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:40 +msgid "Denmark" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:42 +msgid "Denmark - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:43 +msgid "Denmark - Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:45 +msgid "Dominican Republic - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:46 +msgid "Ecuador - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:47 +msgid "Ethiopia - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:48 +msgid "EU Mini One Stop Shop (MOSS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:49 +msgid "Finnish Localization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:50 +msgid "France - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:51 +msgid "Generic - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:54 +msgid "Germany - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:55 +msgid "Germany SKR03 - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:56 +msgid "Germany SKR04 - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:58 +msgid "Greece - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:59 +msgid "Guatemala - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:60 +msgid "Honduras - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:61 +msgid "Hong Kong - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:62 +msgid "Hungarian - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:63 +msgid "India" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:65 +msgid "Indian - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:66 +msgid "Indian - Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:68 +msgid "Indonesian - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:69 +msgid "Ireland - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:70 +msgid "Israel - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:73 +msgid "Italy - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:74 +msgid "Italy - E-invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:76 +msgid "Japan - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:77 +msgid "LATAM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:79 +msgid "LATAM Localization Base" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:80 +msgid "LATAM Document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:82 +msgid "Lithuania" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:84 +msgid "Lithuania - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:85 +msgid "LT - Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:87 +msgid "Luxembourg - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:88 +msgid "Maroc - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:89 +msgid "Mexico - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:90 +msgid "Mongolia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:92 +msgid "Mongolia - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:93 +msgid "Mongolia - Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:95 +msgid "Multi Language Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:98 +msgid "Netherlands - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:99 +msgid "Netherlands - Intrastat Declaration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:101 +msgid "New Zealand - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:102 +msgid "Norway - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:103 +msgid "OHADA - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:104 +msgid "Panama - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:107 +msgid "Peruvian Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:108 +msgid "Peruvian Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:109 +msgid "Peruvian Electronic Invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:111 +msgid "Poland - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:112 +msgid "Portugal - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:113 +msgid "Romania - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:114 +msgid "Saudi Arabia - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:115 +msgid "Singapore - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:116 +msgid "Slovenian - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:117 +msgid "South Africa - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:118 +msgid "Spain - Accounting (PGCE 2008)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:119 +msgid "Sweden" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:121 +msgid "Sweden - Structured Communication OCR" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:122 +msgid "Swedish - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:124 +msgid "Switzerland - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:125 +msgid "Thailand - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:126 +msgid "Turkey - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:127 +msgid "U.A.E. - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:128 +msgid "UK - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:129 +msgid "Ukraine - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:130 +msgid "United States - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:131 +msgid "Uruguay - Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:132 +msgid "Venezuela - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:133 +msgid "Vietnam - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:136 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_localization_packages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration.rst:5 +msgid "Initial Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:69 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " +"record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " +"reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 +msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +msgid "Expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," +" in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 +msgid "Configuration of an Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " +"company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " +"is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts " +"already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " +"directly or set it according to your company's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" +" Journal Entry has been posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 +msgid "Code and Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " +"indicates the account's purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" +" purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 +msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 +msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 +msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 +msgid "Generate opening entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " +"and select the right type among the following list:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Account Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "Bank and Cash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 +msgid "Current Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 +msgid "Non-current Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 +msgid "Prepayments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Fixed Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +msgid "Credit Card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 +msgid "Current Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 +msgid "Non-current Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 +msgid "Current Year Earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +msgid "Other Income" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 +msgid "Cost of Revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 +msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " +":ref:`Assets ` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " +"` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues " +"` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " +"corresponding form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " +"transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " +"validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 +msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " +"for a product sale or purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." +" By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 +msgid "Account Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 +msgid "" +"**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" +" a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " +"Balance**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " +"sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " +"Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with " +"the right Account Group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " +"*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 +msgid "Allow Reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" +" method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +msgid "" +"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " +"reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " +"card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 +msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 +msgid "Deprecated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" +" on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 +msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Initial setup of Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page" +" welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you" +" get started. This onboarding banner is displayed until you choose to close " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization" +" Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the " +"creation of the database. This way, the right accounts, reports, and taxes " +"are ready-to-go. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:28 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:29 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:140 +msgid "Company Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:38 +msgid "" +"This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, " +"address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT " +"number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update " +"Info**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:53 +msgid "Bank Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on " +"*Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:59 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:76 +msgid "" +"You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank " +"Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:78 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` for more information " +"about Bank Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:84 +msgid "Accounting Periods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used" +" to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, " +"along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:90 +msgid "" +"By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing " +"date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " +"indicate their initial opening balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of " +"Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double " +"arrow button* at the end of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here ` for more information on how to " +"configure your Chart of Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:117 +msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:119 +msgid "" +"There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take " +"advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing " +"onboarding banner* is the one that welcomes you if you use the Invoicing app" +" rather than the Accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:123 +msgid "" +"If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by " +"going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:126 +msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:132 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:133 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:134 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:135 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " +"onboarding banner `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:148 +msgid "Invoice Layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:150 +msgid "" +"With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting" +" which layout template, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:153 +msgid "" +"You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ " +"*footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, " +"email, website URL, and Tax ID (or VAT number) to the footer, according to " +"the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & " +"Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content" +" of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:168 +msgid "" +"These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:174 +msgid "Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:176 +msgid "" +"This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers " +"can pay you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Configuring a *Payment Acquirer* with this tool also activates the *Invoice " +"Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay " +"online, from their Customer Portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:185 +msgid "Sample Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly" +" configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:191 +msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:3 +msgid "Main accounting concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:6 +msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " +"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " +"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " +"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:16 +msgid "" +":doc:`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:20 +msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " +"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " +"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:27 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " +"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " +"reports following your consolidation rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:37 +msgid "Multi-currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " +"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " +"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " +"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " +"reconciliation of the journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:49 +msgid "International Standards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " +"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " +"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " +"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:57 +msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " +"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " +"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:63 +msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:66 +msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:69 +msgid "Accounts Receivable and Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:71 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " +"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " +"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:76 +msgid "" +"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" +" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " +"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:81 +msgid "Wide range of financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " +"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " +"reports include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:87 +msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:90 +msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:91 +msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:92 +msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " +"own formulae." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:98 +msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " +"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." +" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " +"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " +"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " +"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " +"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " +"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " +"ledger transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:114 +msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " +"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" +" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:121 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " +"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " +"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:128 +msgid "" +":doc:`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:132 +msgid "Easy retained earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " +"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" +"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " +"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:7 +msgid "Accounting cheat sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " +"over a specific period (usually the current year)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " +"sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" +" as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " +"beyond the costs of products sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " +"date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " +"includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " +"cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " +"to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:45 +msgid "" +"**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" +" shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:50 +msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:56 +msgid "" +"What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " +"(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" +" (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " +"having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:66 +msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " +"sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," +" an invoice) impacts accounts by moving value from one account (credit) to " +"an other account (debit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:78 +msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:90 +msgid "Journal Entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " +"a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " +"impacting several accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " +"equal to the sum of all its credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:97 +msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:99 +msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:119 +msgid "Explanation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:103 +msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:104 +msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:105 +msgid "The customer owes $1,090" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:124 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:109 +msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:127 +msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:111 +msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " +"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:117 +msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:121 +msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:122 +msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:126 +msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:244 +msgid "Reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " +"account, matching credits and debits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " +"to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " +"done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:141 +msgid "" +"An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " +"reconciled with the related payment journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:144 +msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:146 +msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:147 +msgid "" +"the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " +"matching process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:0 +msgid "Customer Statement Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:160 +msgid "Invoice 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:162 +msgid "Payment 1.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:162 +msgid "70" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:164 +msgid "Invoice 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:168 +msgid "65" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:166 +msgid "Payment 1.2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:166 +msgid "30" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:168 +msgid "Payment 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:170 +msgid "Invoice 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:174 +msgid "50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:174 +msgid "Total To Pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " +"your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " +"from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:186 +msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:186 +msgid "" +"a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " +"matched when checking the bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:190 +msgid "recorded as a new payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:189 +msgid "" +"the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " +"` with the related invoice when processing the " +"bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:193 +msgid "recorded as another transaction:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:193 +msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " +"should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," +" the balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's " +"balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:203 +msgid "Checks Handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:205 +msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:207 +msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:208 +msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " +"invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +msgid "Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +msgid "Account Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:246 +msgid "Invoice ABC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:230 +msgid "Undeposited funds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:230 +msgid "Check 0123" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +msgid "Bank" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:237 +msgid "" +"A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " +"reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" +" journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:244 +msgid "Bank Statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:248 +msgid "Statement XYZ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview.rst:5 +msgid "Process overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " +"and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " +"a single payment for a single invoice, or process a payment spanning " +"multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so " +"efficiently and accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 +msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " +"goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " +"deposit that payment at the bank; make sure the Customer Invoice is closed; " +"follow up if Customers are late; and finally present your Income on the " +"Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " +"you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" +" bill them. If your supplier sends you a shipment, they have met the terms " +"of that contract and can bill you. Therefore, the terms of the contract is " +"fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo " +"supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " +"Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " +"directly if you would like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 +msgid "" +"An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " +"in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " +"It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely" +" and precise manner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 +msgid "Draft invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " +"While these invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 +msgid "" +"remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " +"is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 +msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Customer: Agrolait" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 +msgid "Product: iMac" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 +msgid "Quantity: 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 +msgid "Unit Price: 100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 +msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 +msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 +msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 +msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 +msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 +msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 +msgid "" +"An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " +"services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" +" tax information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 +msgid "" +"\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " +"moves from the Draft state to the Open state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " +"defined, and modifiable, sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" +" when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " +"entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 +msgid "Send the invoice to customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 +msgid "" +"After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " +"customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 +msgid "" +"A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" +" follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Partner**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Due date**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "Agrolait" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +msgid "01/07/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 +msgid "Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " +"entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " +"reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have " +"entered the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 +msgid "" +"A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 +msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " +"in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " +"your accounting localisation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " +"journal and enter an amount of $100 ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 +msgid "Reconcile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 +msgid "Now let's reconcile!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 +msgid "" +"You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " +"reconcile with instructions at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 +msgid "" +"After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " +"display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" +" them to pay this invoice. \"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" +" invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 +msgid "Payment Followup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 +msgid "" +"There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " +"Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" +" faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " +"pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " +"on how severely overdue the customer is. These actions are bundled into " +"follow-up levels that are triggered when the due date of an invoice has " +"passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the" +" same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 +msgid "" +"By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" +" will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 +msgid "Customer aging report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " +"to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" +" collection efforts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 +msgid "Profit and loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " +"Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " +"sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues" +" and Expenses.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 +msgid "Balance sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 +msgid "" +"The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " +"at a specific moment in time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 +msgid "" +"For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " +"method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " +"material has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 +msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" +" correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " +"depending on your vendor policy). Odoo also offers reports to track your " +"aged payable balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " +"the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " +"them automatically based on past purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 +msgid "Record a new vendor bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " +":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " +"As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " +"their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " +"lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " +"screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " +"without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " +"vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " +"the totals (round per line, or round globally). The default rounding method " +"in Odoo is to round the final prices per line (as you may have different " +"taxes per product. E.g. Alcohol and cigarettes). However if your vendor has " +"a different tax amount on their bill, you can change the amount in the " +"bottom left table to adjust and match." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 +msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " +"on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" +" on the the accounting package you choose to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 +msgid "" +"For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " +"accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 +msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 +msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 +msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 +msgid "" +"For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " +"accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 +msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 +msgid "" +"You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " +"validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 +msgid "Pay a bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " +"**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 +msgid "" +"From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " +"card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " +"propose the entire remaining balance on the bill for payment. In the memo " +"field, we recommend you set the vendor invoice number as a reference (Odoo " +"will auto fill this field from the from the vendor bill if set it " +"correctly)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " +"a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " +"from the vendor bill you will be able to reconcile this payment with " +"directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 +msgid "Printing vendor Checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " +"so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " +"daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in " +"checks in batches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 +msgid "" +"If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " +"list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 +msgid "" +"By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " +"list of all payments that are ready to be processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " +"them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " +"the next check number in the sequence and will then print all the checks at " +"once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 +msgid "Aged payable balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 +msgid "" +"In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" +" can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " +":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a" +" visual of all of your outstanding bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 +msgid "" +"From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " +"of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " +"for managements information. At any point in time while you're looking " +"through the report, you can print directly to Excel or PDF and get exactly " +"what you see on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 +msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 +msgid "Others" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser.rst:5 +msgid "Adviser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a financial budget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " +"people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people" +" to organize and prioritize their work to meet financial goals. They allows " +"you to plan your desired financial outcome and then measure your actual " +"performance against the plan. Odoo manages budgets using both General and " +"Analytic Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 +msgid "" +"We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " +"with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " +"project. We plan to have a revenue of 1000 and we don't want to spend more " +"than 700." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 +msgid "" +"First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" +" is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " +"and Finance** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" +" feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 +msgid "Budgetary Positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" +" (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" +" know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" +" in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " +"ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " +"least one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that" +" *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is " +"not* included in the budgetary position for that same budget line, it will " +"not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " +"Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 +msgid "" +"For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " +"expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" +" our expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 +msgid "Click on *Select*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 +msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " +"select the relevant income accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 +msgid "Analytical account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " +"budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " +"analytical account. Create an analytical account by entering the Accounting " +"module and clicking :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open " +"Charts`. Create a new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related" +" partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 +msgid "Set a budget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " +"gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " +":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 +msgid "" +"We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " +"Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" +" an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " +"select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " +"case we will start with our 700 maximum charge target. Select the \"Cost\" " +"Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a " +"cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the " +"corresponding analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " +"is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 +msgid "Check your budget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 +msgid "" +"You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" +" Invoices and Vendors Bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 +msgid "" +"If you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" +" in the invoice and/or purchase line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 +msgid "" +"For more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see " +":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 +msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " +"lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " +"Amount** column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " +"could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " +"budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " +"january, the theoretical amount will be 100, since this is the actual amount" +" that could have been realised." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic.rst:5 +msgid "Analytic" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 +msgid "Track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " +"and subcontracting in the accounting module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a " +"customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. " +"We would however like to follow which cost were attached to this transaction" +" as we need to pay for purchases, expenses, and subcontracting costs related" +" to the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " +"module and install the following apps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to " +"**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " +"costs to our customers. To track and **re invoice costs** you should install" +" the Sales management app as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 +msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " +"select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " +"accounting box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " +"box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 +msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 +msgid "Create an Analytical account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point " +"all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. Create a new one. In " +"this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 +msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 +msgid "Record an expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 +msgid "" +"We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " +"see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 +msgid "Create an expense product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 +msgid "" +"We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, " +"Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " +"product called Train ticket and set the cost price to 15.50 euros. Make sure" +" the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 +msgid "Book the expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " +"Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " +"discussed above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 +msgid "Purchase Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 +msgid "" +"We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" +" a purchase order for the software product. Within the line we can link the " +"product's cost with the analytical account. Specify the order line and " +"select the correct analytical account. Confirm the sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " +"cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 +msgid "Subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 +msgid "" +"The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" +" subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " +"invoice this cost by linking the purchase order line to the correct " +"analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:126 +msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:129 +msgid "Track costs in accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " +"open it to check the costs related to that account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " +"Accounts --> Open Charts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " +"to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " +"Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " +"analytical account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 +msgid "Track costs of human resources with timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a " +"particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " +"the invoiced amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 +msgid "" +"We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and " +"**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer " +"**Smith&Co**. Harry is paid 18€ p.h. and Cedric's salary is 12€ p.h. We " +"would like to track their timesheet costs within the accounting app, and " +"compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " +"namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " +"name and install them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " +"**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " +"tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 +msgid "Apply your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 +msgid "Create an employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" +" an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " +"new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 +msgid "" +"On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " +"specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " +"cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " +"related to a User." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " +"specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 +msgid "Issue a Sales Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 +msgid "" +"We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the " +"**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " +"customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" +" **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " +"unit of measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " +"material please see " +":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 +msgid "" +"We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " +"analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " +"is confirmed. Our employees will have to point to that account (in this case" +" **SO002-Smith&Co**) in order to be able to invoice their hours (see picture" +" below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:88 +msgid "Fill in timesheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:90 +msgid "" +"As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " +"specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " +"the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical" +" Account** discussed above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:95 +msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:100 +msgid "" +"In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " +"hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" +" the **Analytic Account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " +"automatically computed (see picture below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:111 +msgid "Analytic accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " +"revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " +"registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 +msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:120 +msgid "Without filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " +"analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " +"this analytical account. Enter the *Accounting* app, select " +":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " +"current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " +"credit and debit balance of the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:134 +msgid "" +"If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " +"of cost and revenues (see picture below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " +"with the corresponding description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 +msgid "With filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:146 +msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " +"Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" +" resource cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:151 +msgid "" +"We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" +" the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " +"contains the **Sales Order** number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:158 +msgid "" +"In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " +"corresponding costs and revenues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:164 +msgid "" +"We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " +"respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " +"**Graph view** to have a clear overview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 +msgid "Analytic account use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 +msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 +msgid "analyse costs of a company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 +msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 +msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " +"each in one of three different types of company:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 +msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 +msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 +msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 +msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" +" departments and products the company itself is built on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by " +"department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure " +"comprises the different departments, and the lower levels represent the " +"product ranges the company makes and sells." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 +msgid "Marketing Department" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 +msgid "Commercial Department" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 +msgid "Administration Department" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +msgid "Production Range 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +msgid "Production Range 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase " +"invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the " +"entries for both the general and the corresponding analytic accounts. For " +"each entry on the general accounts, there is at least one analytic entry " +"that allocates costs to the department which incurred them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " +"example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +msgid "**General accounts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +msgid "**Analytic accounts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Title**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +msgid "**Value**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "2122" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "1500" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "-1 500" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +msgid "Subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "450" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +msgid "-450" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +msgid "200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +msgid "Transport charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "Staff costs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "2121" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "10000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +msgid "-2 000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +msgid "Commercial" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +msgid "-3 000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "Administrative" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +msgid "-1 000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "PR" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "-400" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the " +"costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of " +"accounts shows the distribution of the company's costs using the example " +"above:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 +msgid "" +"In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not " +"only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " +"production. A report that relates both general accounts and analytic " +"accounts enables you to get a breakdown of costs within a given department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " +"Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " +"profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 +msgid "" +"This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " +"companies and industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 +msgid "" +"A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " +"departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " +"This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " +"effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " +"product range responsible for its own marketing costs?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 +msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " +"current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" +" given file/analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 +msgid "" +"A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" +" the profitability by case and by employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in " +"timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are " +"integrated into the analytic accounting. In the employee form, specify the " +"cost of the employee. The hourly charge is a function of the employee's " +"cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 +msgid "" +"So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " +"management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any" +" entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales " +"invoices. They are represented by the various analytic operations and do not" +" have exact counterparts in the general accounts. They are calculated on the" +" basis of the hourly cost per employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 +msgid "" +"At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate " +"them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because " +"they have already been accounted for in billing each account. A report that " +"relates data from the analytic and general accounts then lets you compare " +"the totals, so you can readjust your estimates of hourly cost per employee " +"depending on the time actually worked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " +"can find for your analytic account:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Amount**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**General Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +msgid "Study the file (1 h)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "Case 1.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +msgid "-15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +msgid "Search for information (3 h)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +msgid "-45" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "Consultation (4 h)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "Case 2.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "-60" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "Service charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "280" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "705 – Billing services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "Stationery purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "-42" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "42" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "-35" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "613 – Transports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "35" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "Staff salaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "6201 – Salaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "3 000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" +" various transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 +msgid "" +"For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " +":doc:`timesheets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 +msgid "" +"But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the " +"profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic" +" recharging of the services to the customer at the end of the month. To " +"invoice customers, just link the analytic account to a sale order and sell " +"products that manage timesheet or expenses ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 +msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: performance analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 +msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 +msgid "project planning," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 +msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 +msgid "managing support contracts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " +"structured by project and by sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " +"presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " +"also similar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 +msgid "" +"But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a " +"prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows " +"the remaining hours of support. To manage support contracts, you would " +"create a product configured to invoice on order and link the sale order to " +"an analytic account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well " +"as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or " +"GBP, or whatever other choice you make). So you can sum the quantities sold " +"and used on each sale order to determine whether any hours of the support " +"contract remain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 +msgid "Conclusion" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" +" case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " +"production performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " +"applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory.rst:5 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* " +"`__, one of " +"the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock valuation, is the" +" average cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 +msgid "" +"This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " +"method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " +"supplier impact the average cost and the accounting entries? This document " +"is **only** for the specific use case of a perpetual valuation (as opposed " +"to the periodic one) and in average price costing method (as opposed to " +"standard of FIFO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 +msgid "Definition of average cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " +"goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " +"formula:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " +"as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +msgid "Defining the purchase price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " +"not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " +"the vendor bill. The purchase price includes the cost you pay for the " +"products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 +msgid "Average cost example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Avg Cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +msgid "+8\\*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "$80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +msgid "+4\\*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "$144" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +msgid "-10\\*$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "$24" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" +" inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " +"logically the purchase price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " +"inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " +"the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." +" Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" +" each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 +msgid "Purchase return use case" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" +" value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " +"of these products!)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 +msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "-1\\*$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 +msgid "Explanation: counter example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " +"the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," +" you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +msgid "" +"As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " +"customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " +"purchased it). Here is the operation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +msgid "-1\\*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$2**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "**0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 +msgid "" +"As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " +"of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " +"cost:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "**$0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " +"correct inventory value at all times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 +msgid "" +"For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " +"another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " +"product, which is intended to hold at any time the value of vendor bills to " +"receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming " +"shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " +"price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" +" price:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "stock input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "price diff" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +msgid "($80)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "($64)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$10**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$12**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +msgid "" +"This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " +"price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " +"operation, we need to reuse the original price. The price difference account" +" located on the product category is used to book the difference between the " +"average cost and the original purchase price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 +msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " +"in a different currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 +msgid "" +"After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " +"into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " +"fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 +msgid "Enable multi-currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " +"in **Dollars**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " +"Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " +"currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " +"Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" +" you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " +"you can register payments only in this currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 +msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" +" currency. Then click on **confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 +msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " +"click on **Add** to allocate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 +msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in " +"the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " +"currency**, which is the amount that was actually paid and the **Currency** " +"in which it was paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 +msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " +"**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " +"are recorded in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +msgid "" +"In order for an exchange difference entry to be created automatically, the " +"corresponding invoices and payments need to be fully reconciled. This means " +"the invoices are fully paid and the payments are fully spent on invoices. If" +" you partially pay 3 invoices from 2 payments, and the last invoice still " +"has an amount due, there will be no exchange difference entry for any of " +"them until that final amount is paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:136 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo's multi-currency system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send " +"sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in " +"currencies other than your own. With multi-currency, you can also set up " +"bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your foreign currency " +"activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 +msgid "Turn on multi-currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 +msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment " +"registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " +"month after the invoice was issued, the exchange rate has probably changed. " +"The fluctuation implies some loss or profit that are recorded by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 +msgid "You can change it in the settings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 +msgid "View or edit rate being used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can manually configure the currency rates in " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " +"to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 +msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" +" **Save** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 +msgid "Live Currency Rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 +msgid "" +"By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can " +"synchronize it with `Yahoo `__ or the `European Central Bank `__. " +"In :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, go to the **Live Currency " +"Rate** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " +"force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" +" are set !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:77 +msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:80 +msgid "Configure your charts of account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " +"Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " +"for this account to have the account currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " +"Active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:93 +msgid "Configure your journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " +"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " +"on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" +" will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " +"can register payments only in this currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 +msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " +"items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:116 +msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 +msgid "" +"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " +"sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:126 +msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " +"purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:136 +msgid "Payment Registrations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " +"Register the payment and set the currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " +"currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " +"actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:154 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" +" difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" +" in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 +msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 +msgid ":doc:`exchange`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 +msgid "Manage invoices and payment in multiple currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss " +"entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " +"life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 +msgid "" +"All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. " +"However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary " +"currency and amount will visible. You can create multi-currency journals of " +"force a specific currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " +"Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" +" the amounts automatically using that currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 +msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " +":doc:`how_it_works`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " +"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" +" journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 +msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 +msgid "Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 +msgid "Multi-currency Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " +"Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " +"Then click on **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 +msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " +"**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " +"are recorded in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables.rst:5 +msgid "Account Payables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having " +"different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay " +"and when. Paying your vendors too early can decrease your cash " +"availabilities and paying too late can lead to extra charges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " +"vendors efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 +msgid "Configuration: payment terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. " +"Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " +"on an invoice. As an example, a payment term can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 +msgid "50% within 30 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 +msgid "50% within 45 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the " +"**Accounting** application. The following example show a payment term of 30%" +" directly and the balance after 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " +"default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor" +" form. That way, every time you will purchase to this vendor, Odoo will " +"propose you automatically the right payment term." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " +"able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 +msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable " +"report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. " +"This report gives you a summary per vendor of the amounts to pay, compared " +"to their due date (the due date being computed on each bill using the " +"payment term)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 +msgid "" +"This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 +msgid "Select bills to pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a " +"list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills" +" that you should pay or the bills that are overdue (you are late on the " +"payment)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 +msgid "" +"From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view " +"to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " +"\"Due Date\" feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay.rst:5 +msgid "Vendor Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 +msgid "Pay by Checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. " +"Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. " +"Finally, the bank reconciliation process will match the checks you sent to " +"suppliers with actual bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:33 +msgid "Install the required module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check " +"Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in " +"Odoo. Others modules are necessary to print checks, according to the " +"country. As an example, the **U.S. Check Printing** module is required to " +"print U.S. checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:23 +msgid "" +"According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " +"may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " +"install, it's configured by default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:28 +msgid "Activate checks payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " +"on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " +"when you enter the accounting application), click on your bank account on " +":menuselection:`More --> Settings` option. On the **Payment Method** field, " +"set **Check**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:40 +msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:43 +msgid "United States" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 +msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 +msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 +msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:51 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to customize your own check format through " +"customizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:54 +msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:56 +msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:58 +msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 +msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 +msgid "reconcile bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:63 +msgid "Register a payment by check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " +":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " +"validated, you can register a payment. Set the **Payment Method** to " +"**Check** and validate the payment dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 +msgid "Print checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 +msgid "" +"From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " +"\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " +"checks that are not printed yet. From this screen, you can print all checks " +"in batch or review them one by one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " +"open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " +"will ask you the number of the check. It automatically proposes you the next" +" number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " +"Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 +msgid "Reconcile bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " +"bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " +"payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " +"filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" +" weeks ago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 +msgid "Pay anything with a check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," +" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " +"payment and select a payment method by check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " +"**Memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " +"Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" +" flow to print checks in batch:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +msgid "`Print checks`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 +msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 +msgid "Pay several bills at once" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " +"with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " +"able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 +msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 +msgid "Record several payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " +"whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " +"open the accounting application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " +"the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " +"Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " +"**Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 +msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 +msgid "" +"We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" +" **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" +" on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" +" the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " +"also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the " +"expense transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 +msgid "Pay several bills altogether" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 +msgid "" +"In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " +"following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" +" vendor.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" +" the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " +"the page, click on **Register Payment**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " +"for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 +msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 +msgid "First, we need to create a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 +msgid "" +"This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " +"Option --> Send Money`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " +"and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " +"the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 +msgid "" +"As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " +"remaining to reconcile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 +msgid "" +"After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " +"reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " +"transaction amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 +msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " +"payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " +"various bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 +msgid "" +"We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +msgid "" +"We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " +"offer us early payment discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 +msgid "" +"We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" +" term." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 +msgid "We have created the following bills:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 +msgid "" +"We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" +" cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " +"model for cash discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 +msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:69 +msgid "Pay with SEPA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 +msgid "" +"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " +"the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." +" SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " +"transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 +msgid "" +"SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " +"Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill " +"with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA " +"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:18 +msgid "" +"By default,the file follows the SEPA Credit Transfer **'pain.001.001.03'** " +"specifications. This is a well-defined standard that makes consensus among " +"banks. However, according to the country set on your company, another format" +" can be used : **'pain.001.001.03.ch.02'** for Switzerland and " +"**'pain.001.003.03'** for Germany." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " +"account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will " +"seamlessly match the SEPA orders you sent to your bank with actual bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " +"module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " +"Odoo payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 +msgid "" +"According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " +"be installed by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:44 +msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " +"related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " +"when you enter the accounting application), click on \"More\" on your bank " +"account and select the \"Settings\" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " +"Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" +" Transfer**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " +"work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:60 +msgid "" +"By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " +"initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " +"statement in the **payment from** field. You can customize it in your " +"company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 +msgid "Register your payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," +" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " +"payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " +"Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " +"(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:82 +msgid "" +"For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " +"bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " +"one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " +"**memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " +"pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" +" top of a vendor bill. The form is the same, but the payment is directly " +"linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 +msgid "Generate SEPA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:100 +msgid "" +"From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " +"generate for every bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " +"SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " +"to select all payment at once) and click on :menuselection:`More --> " +"Download SEPA Payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:115 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 +msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Ask your bank if they support the **SEPA Credit Transfer specification** " +"(the SEPA pain version depends on the country set on your company). If they " +"don't, or cannot provide relevant information, please forward the error " +"message to your Odoo partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:126 +msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" +" IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " +"for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 +msgid ":doc:`check`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 +msgid "Non-current Assets and Fixed Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Non-current Assets**, also known as **long-term assets**, are investments " +"that are expected to be realized after one year. They are capitalized rather" +" than being expensed and appear on the company's balance sheet. Depending on" +" their nature, they may undergo **depreciation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Fixed Assets** are a type of Non-current Assets and include the properties" +" bought for their productive aspects, such as buildings, vehicles, " +"equipment, land, and software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we buy a car for $ 27,000. We plan to amortize it " +"over five years, and we will sell it for $ 7,000 afterward. Using the " +"linear, or straight-line, depreciation method, $ 4,000 are expensed each " +"year as **depreciation expenses**. After five years, the **Accumulated " +"Depreciation** amount reported on the balance sheet equals $ 20,000, leaving" +" us with $ 7,000 of **Not Depreciable Value**, or Salvage value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles depreciation by creating all depreciation entries " +"automatically in *draft mode*. They are then posted periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:21 +msgid "Odoo supports the following **Depreciation Methods**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:23 +msgid "Straight Line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:24 +msgid "Declining" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 +msgid "Declining Then Straight Line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The server checks once a day if an entry must be posted. It might then take " +"up to 24 hours before you see a change from *draft* to *posted*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Such transactions must be posted on an **Assets Account** rather than on the" +" default expense account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:38 +msgid "Configure an Assets Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " +"on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This account's type must be either *Fixed Assets* or *Non-current Assets*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 +msgid "Post an expense to the right account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 +msgid "Select the account on a draft bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:56 +msgid "" +"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the assets you are buying." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 +msgid "Choose a different Expense Account for specific products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Expense Account**, and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:75 +msgid "" +"It is possible to :ref:`automate the creation of assets entries ` for these products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 +msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, select the journal item you want to modify, " +"click on the account, and select the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 +msgid "Assets entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 +msgid "Create a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:99 +msgid "" +"An **Asset entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft " +"mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Assets`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Purchase** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Depreciation* (next to the *Confirm* " +"button) to generate all the values of the **Depreciation Board**. This board" +" shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to depreciate your asset, and" +" at which date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 +msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to depreciate your assets the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:126 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Depreciation Board is computed " +"based on the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First " +"Depreciation Date* rather than the default amount of time between " +"depreciations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:130 +msgid "" +"For example, the Depreciation Board above has its first depreciation with an" +" amount of $ 241.10 rather than $ 4,000.00. Consequently, the last entry is " +"also lower and has an amount of $ 3758.90." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:134 +msgid "What are the different Depreciation Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Straight Line Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable " +"Value by the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have " +"the same amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:139 +msgid "" +"The **Declining Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by " +"the **Declining Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a lower" +" amount than the previous entry. The last depreciation entry doesn't use the" +" declining factor but instead has an amount corresponding to the balance of " +"the depreciable value so that it reaches $0 by the end of the specified " +"duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The **Declining Then Straight Line Depreciation Method** uses the Declining " +"Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Straight Line Method. " +"This method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a " +"constant one afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:149 +msgid "Assets from the Purchases Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:151 +msgid "" +"You can create an asset entry from a specific journal item in your " +"**Purchases Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:153 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " +"record as an asset. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: " +":ref:`journal-assets-account`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Asset**, and fill out the form the " +"same way you would do to :ref:`create a new entry `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:165 +msgid "Modification of an Asset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:167 +msgid "" +"You can modify the values of an asset to increase or decrease its value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the asset you want to modify, and click on *Modify " +"Depreciation*. Then, fill out the form with the new depreciation values and " +"click on *Modify*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:172 +msgid "" +"A **decrease in value** posts a new Journal Entry for the **Value Decrease**" +" and modifies all the future *unposted* Journal Entries listed in the " +"Depreciation Board." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:175 +msgid "" +"An **increase in value** requires you to fill out additional fields related " +"to the account movements and creates a new Asset entry with the **Value " +"Increase**. The Gross Increase Asset Entry can be accessed with a Smart " +"Button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:184 +msgid "Disposal of Fixed Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To **sell** an asset or **dispose** of it implies that it must be removed " +"from the Balance Sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the asset you want to dispose of, click on *Sell or Dispose*," +" and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting then generates all the journal entries necessary to dispose " +"of the asset, including the gain or loss on sale, which is based on the " +"difference between the asset's book value at the time of the sale and the " +"amount it is sold for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:199 +msgid "" +"To record the sale of an asset, you must first post the related Customer " +"Invoice so you can link the sale of the asset with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:203 +msgid "Assets Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:205 +msgid "" +"You can create **Assets Models** to create your Asset entries faster. It is " +"particularly useful if you recurrently buy the same kind of assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:208 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " +"would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:212 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Asset entry* into a model by opening it " +"from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets` and then, by " +"clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:217 +msgid "Apply an Asset Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:219 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Asset entry, fill out the **Fixed Asset Account** " +"with the right asset account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 +msgid "" +"New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of " +"the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " +"model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:232 +msgid "Automate the Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Non-current " +"Assets* or *Fixed Assets*, you can configure it to create assets for the " +"expenses that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:241 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Assets entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out " +"the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:244 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select an Asset Model (see: `Assets " +"Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an *Assets " +"entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:252 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" +" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: :ref:`product-assets-" +"account`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 +msgid "Deferred Expenses and Prepayments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Deferred expenses** and **prepayments** (also known as **prepaid " +"expense**), are both costs that have already occurred for unconsumed " +"products or services yet to receive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Such costs are **assets** for the company that pays them since it already " +"paid for products and services still to receive or that are yet to be used. " +"The company cannot report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**," +" or *Income Statement*, since the payments will be effectively expensed in " +"the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 +msgid "" +"These future expenses must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we pay $ 1200 at once for one year of insurance. We " +"already pay the cost now but haven't used the service yet. Therefore, we " +"post this new expense in a *prepayment account* and decide to recognize it " +"on a monthly basis. Each month, for the next 12 months, $ 100 will be " +"recognized as an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred expenses and prepayments by spreading them " +"in multiple entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then " +"posted periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Expense Account** rather " +"than on the default expense account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Expense Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 +msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the products of which the " +"expenses must be deferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 +msgid "" +"It is possible to automate the creation of expense entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Expenses`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 +msgid "Deferred Expenses entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 +msgid "" +"A **Deferred Expense entry** automatically generates all journal entries in " +"*draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " +"full amount of the expense is recognized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Expense`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Expenses** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Deferral* (next to the *Confirm* " +"button) to generate all the values of the **Expense Board**. This board " +"shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your expense, and" +" at which date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your expense the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Expense Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 +msgid "" +"For example, the Expense Board above has its first expense with an amount of" +" $ 70.97 rather than $ 100.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower " +"and has an amount of $ 29.03." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Purchases Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 +msgid "" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your " +"**Purchases Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " +"defer. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the " +"account of a posted journal item`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the " +"form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 +msgid "Deferred Expense Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 +msgid "" +"You can create **Deferred Expense Models** to create your Deferred Expense " +"entries faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Expense entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Expenses` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Expense Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Expense entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Expense Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " +"are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Expenses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see:" +" `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" +" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " +"Expense Account for specific products`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 +msgid "Manage vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " +"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " +"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" +" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " +"management processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 +msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " +"vendor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " +"Order (PO)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " +"stockable products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " +"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 +msgid "" +"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " +"only one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 +msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " +"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " +"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 +msgid "Creating products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " +"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " +"click create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 +msgid "" +"When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " +"since it is important:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " +"track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " +"will allow for receiving these kinds of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will " +"not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " +"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " +"of these designations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:64 +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " +"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " +"management. If you create such a product, it is recommended to set the " +"product type to **Service**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:69 +msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:72 +msgid "Purchasing products or services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:74 +msgid "" +"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " +"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " +"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor " +"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " +"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " +"Reference)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:88 +msgid "Receiving Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " +"you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " +"you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should " +"see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button " +"is outlined in red below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " +"received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:105 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" +" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " +"(partner), the product, or the source document (also known as the reference " +"of your purchase order). You can also group the orders by different criteria" +" under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will open the " +"following screen where you then will receive the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 +msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:119 +msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:121 +msgid "" +"When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" +" in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" +" a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" +" the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " +"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify " +"one or multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you " +"select a Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced " +"products associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that " +"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " +"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " +"reference number or your internal purchase order number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " +"need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " +"prices)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:148 +msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:151 +msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " +"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " +"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this" +" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" +" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" +" validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:162 +msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:165 +msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" +" quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " +"reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:171 +msgid "" +"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" +" have not ordered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," +" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:178 +msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 +msgid "" +"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " +"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " +"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:184 +msgid "" +"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " +"could be due to one of a few reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:187 +msgid "" +"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" +" not going to appear anywhere in the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:193 +msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:198 +msgid "How product quantities are managed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 +msgid "" +"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " +"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:203 +msgid "" +"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " +"quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " +"your system administrator to enable these access on :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Users --> Users --> Access Rights`. Once you belong to the correct " +"group, select the product(s) you wish to modify, and you should see a new " +"field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:213 +msgid "" +"You can then change the default management method for the selected product " +"to be based on either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:216 +msgid "Ordered quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 +msgid "or Received quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:221 +msgid "Batch Billing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 +msgid "" +"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " +"you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " +"additional line items from the purchase orders you select. If you have not " +"deleted the previous line items from the first purchase order, the bill will" +" be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 +msgid "Digitize Vendor Bills with Optical Character Recognition (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encoding bills manually can be a time-consuming task. Having a solution that" +" allows you to digitize them and automatically import the data into your " +"database reduces errors and saves you time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 +msgid "" +"`Try it out `_! Upload one of " +"your Bills or try one of our samples." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:12 +msgid "Set up the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization`, and " +"choose whether the bills should be processed automatically (with OCR) or " +"manually (on demand)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:22 +msgid "Start digitizing your bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Scan your bills and then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Bills` and upload your document. Based on your configuration, it either " +"processes the documents automatically, or you need to click on *Send for " +"Digitalization* to do it manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can also create a vendor bill through the *Documents* app or by using an" +" email alias on your journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " +"clicking on the respective tag (available in *Edit* mode), and selecting the" +" right information instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The more bills you scan, the better the system gets at identifying the " +"correct data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The *Bill Digitalization* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which " +"requires prepaid credits to work. Digitizing one document consumes one " +"credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Bill Digitalization` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View My Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:56 +msgid "Our `Privacy Policy `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Receipts** are not invoices but rather confirmations of received " +"payments, such as a ticket or a receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This feature is meant to be used when you pay directly with your company's " +"money for an expense. **Vendor Bills**, on the other hand, are recorded when" +" an invoice is issued to you and that the amount is first credited on a debt" +" account before a later payment reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Expenses paid by employees can be managed with **Odoo Expenses**, an app " +"dedicated to the approval of such expenses and the payments management. " +"Click :doc:`here ` for more information on " +"how to use Odoo Expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 +msgid "Register a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To record a new receipt, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Receipts`, click on *Create*, fill out the form, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You can register the payment by clicking on *Register Payment*, then filling" +" out the payment's details, and clicking on *Validate*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "Edit the Journal Entry before posting it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once you have filled out the *Invoice Lines* tab, you can modify the " +"**Journal Entry** before you post it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the **Journal Items** tab, change the accounts and values" +" according to your needs, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables.rst:5 +msgid "Account Receivables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 +msgid "Customer Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Offer cash discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash discounts are incentives you can offer to customers to motivate them to" +" pay within a specific time frame. For instance, you offer a 2% discount if " +"the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due" +" in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average collection " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 +msgid "Set up a cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To set up a cash discount, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*. Add a" +" *Percent* type of term with a corresponding value (e.g. 98% of the total " +"price for a 2% discount) and the number of days during which the offer is " +"valid. You can also change the default balance term if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 +msgid "Start offering the cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create a customer invoice and select the cash discount payment " +"term you added. Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split" +" the account receivables part of the journal entry into two installments " +"having different due dates. Since the discounted price is already " +"calculated, your payment controls will be simplified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 +msgid "Grant the cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The customer fulfilled the payment terms and therefore benefits from the " +"cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with " +"the related journal entry. Then, select the remaining cash discount and " +"click on *Create Write-off* to reconcile it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can also create a dedicated reconciliation model to make the process " +"easier. In this case, you should add a tax to the model based on the taxes " +"applied to your invoices. This means that if you handle multiple tax rates, " +"you need to create several reconciliation models. Note that depending on " +"your localisation, you might already have a Cash Discount model available by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 +msgid "Register the full payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot " +"benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match " +"the payment with the two related journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:9 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding " +"Method*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 +msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have" +" to define which account records the cash roundings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:33 +msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:36 +msgid "Apply roundings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:38 +msgid "" +"When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the " +"*Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding " +"Method*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 +msgid "Credit Notes and Refunds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:4 +msgid "" +"A **credit note**, or **credit memo**, is a document issued to a customer " +"that notifies them that they have been credited a certain amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +msgid "There are several reasons that can lead to a credit note, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:9 +msgid "a mistake in the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 +msgid "a return of the goods, or a rejection of the services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +msgid "the goods delivered are damaged" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Issuing a credit note is the only legal way to cancel, refund or modify a " +"validated invoice. Don’t forget to *register the payment* afterward if you " +"need to send money back to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:20 +msgid "Issue a Credit Note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can create a credit note from scratch by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Credit Notes`, and by clicking " +"on *Create*. Filling the Credit Note’s form works the same way as the " +"Invoice’s form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:26 +msgid "" +"However, most of the time, credit notes are generated directly from the " +"invoices they are related to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:29 +msgid "To do so, open the *Customer Invoice*, and click on *Add Credit Note*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +msgid "You can choose between three options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:44 +msgid "Partial Refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:55 +msgid "Full Refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:66 +msgid "Full refund and new draft invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Credit Notes’ numbers start with “R” and are followed by the number of the " +"document they are related to (e.g., RINV/2019/0004)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a draft credit note already prefilled with all the necessary " +"information from the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose to do a partial refund, or if you want to " +"modify any detail on the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:52 +msgid "" +"This is the only option available for invoices that are already marked as " +"*Paid*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, and reconciles the " +"original invoice with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:62 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose to do a full refund or cancel a validated " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, reconciles the " +"original invoice with it, and open a new draft invoice prefilled with the " +"same details from the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose to modify the content of a validated invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:74 +msgid "Record a Vendor Refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Vendor Refunds** are recorded the same way you would do with invoices’ " +"credit notes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:77 +msgid "" +"You can either create a credit note from scratch by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Refund`, and by clicking on " +"*Create*, or by opening the validated *Vendor Bill*, and clicking on *Add " +"Credit Note*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Issuing a credit note from an invoice creates a **reverse entry** that " +"zeroes out the journal items generated by the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 +msgid "Here is an example of an invoice’s journal entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"And here is the credit note’s journal entry generated to reverse the " +"original invoice above:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 +msgid "Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance" +" by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since " +"it still owes its customers these products or services. The company cannot " +"report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**, or *Income " +"Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 +msgid "" +"These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We " +"already receive the money now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post " +"this new income in a deferred revenue account and decide to recognize it on " +"a yearly basis. Each year, for the next 5 years, $ 70 will be recognized as " +"revenue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple " +"entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then posted " +"periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather " +"than on the default income account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current " +"Liabilities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 +msgid "Post an income to the right account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 +msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 +msgid "" +"On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which " +"the incomes must be deferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 +msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Income Account**, and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 +msgid "" +"It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on" +" the account, and select the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 +msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 +msgid "" +"A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates all journal entries in" +" *draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " +"full amount of the income is recognized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button)" +" to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you " +"all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your revenue, and at which " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 +msgid "" +"For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of" +" $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and " +"has an amount of $ 65.78." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 +msgid "" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales" +" Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make " +"sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the account of a " +"posted journal item`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 +msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 +msgid "" +"You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue " +"entries faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" +" revenues that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" +" `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " +"of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income " +"Account for specific products`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 +msgid "Add EPC QR Codes to invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 +msgid "" +"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" +"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " +"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"invoices instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " +"errors that would potentially make for payment issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " +"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 +msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" +" IBAN and BIC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " +"the *Bank Account* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 +msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 +msgid "" +"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " +"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " +"new invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " +"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " +"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Invoicing processes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " +"ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " +"invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other " +"documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to " +"validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " +"email)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " +"create draft invoices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 +msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " +"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" +" order. You have different options like:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " +"invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " +"delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " +"the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 +msgid "" +"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " +"the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " +"whole order, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice some lines, invoice a " +"fixed advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 +msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 +msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" +" sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " +"you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on" +" actual Kg)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 +msgid "" +"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " +"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " +"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 +msgid "" +"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " +"fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " +"creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " +"received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 +msgid "Contracts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " +"spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " +"salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +msgid "Activities can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 +msgid "" +"fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 +msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoice)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 +msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 +msgid "" +"expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." +" This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " +"time and material. For services companies that invoice on fix price, they " +"use a regular sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 +msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 +msgid "" +"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " +"frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" +" the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 +msgid "Creating an invoice manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " +"order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " +"process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " +"invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 +msgid "if you need to create a refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 +msgid "If you need to give a discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 +msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 +msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 +msgid "Specific modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 +msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 +msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 +msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:140 +msgid "Resequencing of the invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:142 +msgid "" +"It remains possible to resequence the invoices but with some restrictions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:144 +msgid "The feature does not work when entries are previous to a lock date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:145 +msgid "" +"The feature does not work if the sequence is inconsistent with the month of " +"the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:146 +msgid "It does not work if the sequence leads to a duplicate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:147 +msgid "The order of the invoice remains unchanged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:148 +msgid "" +"It is useful for people who use a numbering from another software and who " +"want to continue the current year without starting over from the beginning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Payment Terms** specify all the conditions under which a sale is paid, " +"mostly to ensure customers pay their invoices correctly and on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Payment Terms can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, supplier " +"bills, and contacts. These conditions cover:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 +msgid "The due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 +msgid "Some discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 +msgid "Any other condition on the payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Defining Payment Terms automatically calculates the payments' due dates. " +"This is particularly helpful for managing installment plans." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:18 +msgid "" +"An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, " +"with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 +msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Immediate Payment**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**21 MFI**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"2% :doc:`cash discount ` if the payment is received within " +"ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " +"following the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Payment terms are not to be confused with down payment invoices. If, for a " +"specific order, you issue several invoices to your customer, that is neither" +" a payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This document is about the *Payment Terms* feature, not *Terms & " +"Conditions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The **Description on the Invoice** is the text displayed on the document " +"(sale order, invoice, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, called *terms*, to " +"define what needs to be paid and by which due date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and " +"*Due Date Computation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:55 +msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:56 +msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the following example, 30% is due on the day of issuance, and the balance" +" is due at the end of the following month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:67 +msgid "Using Payment Terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Payment Terms can be defined in the **Due Date** field, with the **Terms** " +"drop-down list, on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Quotations**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a" +" quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Customer Invoices**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Vendor Bills**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need" +" to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the " +"*Due Date* is enough." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +msgid "" +"You can also define a **Due Date** manually. If Payment Terms are already " +"defined, empty the field so you can select a date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Contacts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " +"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " +"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, " +"with one *Journal Item* for every computed *Due Date*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:95 +msgid "" +"This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes " +"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date. It also " +"helps to get an accurate *Aged Receivable report*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:103 +msgid "" +"In this example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the following " +"payment terms: *30% is due on the day of issuance, and the balance is due at" +" the end of the following month.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +msgid "February 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +msgid "300" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +msgid "March 31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +msgid "700" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:113 +msgid "Product Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct " +"*Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:121 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 +msgid "Send your Invoices by Post (Snailmail)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Direct mail is a great way to capture individuals’ attention at a time where" +" inboxes are always full. Odoo allows you to send invoices and follow-up " +"reports by post, worldwide, directly from your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 +msgid "Set up Snailmail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Snailmail` and activate " +"the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you would like this option to be a default feature, enable *Send by Post*" +" under *Default Sending Options*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 +msgid "Send your invoices by post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Open your Invoice, click on the *Send & Print* button and select *Send by " +"Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Make sure to have your customer’s address set correctly, and that it " +"includes a country, before sending the letter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " +"stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click `here `_ to know about our " +"*Privacy Policy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:5 +msgid "Customer Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 +msgid "Batch Payments: Batch Deposits (checks, cash etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A **Batch Deposit** groups multiple payments in a single batch. This allows " +"you to deposit several payments into your bank account with a single " +"transaction. This is particularly useful to deposit cash and checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to list several customer payments and print a " +"**deposit slip**. This ticket contains the details of the transactions and a" +" reference to the batch deposit. You can then select this reference during a" +" bank reconciliation to match the single bank statement line with all the " +"transactions listed in the batch deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To activate the feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Customer Payments`, activate **Batch Payments**, and click " +"on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 +msgid "Payment Method Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To record new payments as part of a Batch Deposit, you have to configure " +"first the Journal on which you record them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to edit, click on *Edit*, and open the *Advanced " +"Settings* tab. In the *Payment Method Types* section, enable **Batch " +"Deposit**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Your main bank accounts are automatically configured to process batch " +"payments when you activate the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 +msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 +msgid "Record payments to deposit in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 +msgid "" +":doc:`Register the payments ` on the bank account on which you " +"plan to deposit them by opening the *Customer Invoice* for which you " +"received a payment, and clicking on *Register Payment*. There, select the " +"appropriate Journal linked to your bank account and select *Batch Deposit* " +"as Payment Method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 +msgid "Do this step for all checks or payments you want to process in batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 +msgid "Make sure to write the payment reference in the **Memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 +msgid "Add payments to a Batch Deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To add the payments to a Batch Deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click on *Create*. Next, select the Bank" +" and Payment Method, then click on *Add a line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Select all payments to include in the current Batch Deposit and click on " +"*Select*. You can also record a new payment and add it to the list by " +"clicking on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once done, click on *Validate* to finalize your Batch Deposit. You can then " +"click on *Print* to download a PDF file to include with the deposit slip " +"that the bank usually requires to fill out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Once the bank statements are on your database, you can reconcile the bank " +"statement line with the *Batch Payment* reference. To do so, start your " +"**Bank Reconciliation** by going to your Accounting dashboard and clicking " +"on *Reconcile Items* on the related bank account. At the bank statement " +"line, click on *Choose counterpart or Create Write-off* to display more " +"options, open the *Batch Payments* tab, and select your Batch Payment. All " +"related payments are automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Batch Payments* tab won't appear if a Partner is selected for this bank" +" statement line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If a check, or a payment, couldn't be processed by the bank and is missing, " +"remove the related payment before validating the bank reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`recording`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 +msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 +msgid "" +"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " +"the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." +" With **SEPA Direct Debit**, your customers can sign a **mandate** that " +"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts. This is " +"particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files containing " +"pending payments made with an SDD mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +msgid "" +"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states " +"of the European Union as well as additional countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +msgid "" +"`List of all SEPA countries " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate " +"**SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** and click on *Save*. Enter your company's " +"**Creditor Identifier**. This number is provided by your bank institution, " +"or the authority responsible for delivering them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +msgid "Create a mandate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to " +"authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your customer " +"to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the **Original " +"Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly recorded on " +"the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in your own " +":doc:`Bank Account <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 +msgid "" +"SEPA Direct Debit can be used as a payment method both on your **eCommerce**" +" or on the **Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Acquirer**. " +"With this method, your customers can create and sign their mandates " +"themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Acquirers`, click on *SEPA Direct Debit*, and set it up according to your " +"needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Make sure to change the **State** field to *Enabled*, and to check **Online " +"Signature**, as this is necessary to let your customers sign their mandates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email " +"address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:73 +msgid "Add link to future **Payment Acquirer** documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 +msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " +"this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " +"*Closed* or *Revoked*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" +" means that invoices issued after the present day will not be processed with" +" an SDD payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " +"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " +"that have already been registered are still included in the next SDD XML " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 +msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 +msgid "" +"You can register SDD payments for invoices issued to customers who have an " +"active SDD mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the invoice, click on *Register Payment*, and choose *SEPA " +"Direct Debit* as payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 +msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:109 +msgid "" +"**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " +"online banking interface to process all payments at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" +" specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " +"Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " +"*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " +"Payments to Collect*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click" +" on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " +"download the SDD XML file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:141 +msgid "" +"You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " +"Payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:145 +msgid ":doc:`batch`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:147 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:148 +msgid "" +"`List of all SEPA countries " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 +msgid "Register customer payments by checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " +"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " +"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " +"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " +"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 +msgid "" +"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " +"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" +" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " +"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " +"entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 +msgid "" +"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " +"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " +"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " +"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " +"checks to your bank accounts in batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 +msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 +msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 +msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a default credit/debit account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 +msgid "From check payments to bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " +"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " +"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" +" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 +msgid "Memo: write the Check number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 +msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +msgid "Statement Match" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +msgid "100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +msgid "Undeposited Funds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 +msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " +"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " +"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " +"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" +" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " +"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 +msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 +msgid "" +"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 +msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 +msgid "Memo: write the check number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" +" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " +"relate it to the statement line)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 +msgid "" +"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 +msgid "" +"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " +"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" +" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" +" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " +"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " +"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " +"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 +msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue." +" Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " +"send the appropriate reminders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 +msgid "Manage your follow-ups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your " +"follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a" +" customer that has already paid you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The overdue invoices you need to follow-up on are available by default in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Follow-up Reports`. There, you can " +"easily send a reminder by email or print it as a letter. Then, you can click" +" on the *Done* button to view the next follow-up that needs your attention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me " +"later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* " +"set on the statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To avoid sending too many reminders in a short period of time, change the " +"number of days calculated between each report by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment " +"Follow-up`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, " +"normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 +msgid "Send reminders in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To get your follow-up process easier, you can send reminder emails in batch " +"from your follow-up reports page. Select all the reports you would like to " +"process, click on *Action* and then on *Process Follow-ups*. A pdf document " +"containing all of the follow-up letters for you to print will also be " +"automatically generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 +msgid "Plan a follow-up process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To plan a follow-up process, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Follow-up Levels* feature " +"under the *Customer Payments* section. Then, click on the new *Follow-up " +"Levels* button that has appeared on your settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A follow-up plan with several actions is available by default in Odoo, but " +"you can customize it any way you want. Depending on a specific number of " +"overdue days, plan to send an email, a letter or to undertake a manual " +"action. You can also edit the template used for the statement according to " +"the stage of the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a " +"negative number of due days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Online Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue," +" you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay " +"Now* button on their **Customer Portal**. This allows your customers to see " +"their invoices online and pay directly with their favorite payment method, " +"making the payment process much easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Make sure your :ref:`Payment Acquirers are correctly configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 +msgid "" +"By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer " +"`\" is the only " +"Payment Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment " +"details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To activate the Invoice Online Payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, enable **Invoice Online " +"Payment**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 +msgid "Customer Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 +msgid "" +"After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by " +"email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects" +" them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 +msgid "" +"They can choose which Payment Acquirer to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 +msgid "Different ways to record a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" +" alone record for use on a later date:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " +"invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding " +"credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a " +"vendor. You can use this outstanding credit/debit to pay future invoices or " +"bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 +msgid "Paying an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the " +"payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " +"due." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the" +" payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " +"the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " +"linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" +" different currency, Odoo will create a journal entry to reverse the " +"Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:38 +msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:41 +msgid "Registering a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " +"menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " +"you use these menus, the payment is not linked to an invoice, but can easily" +" be reconciled on an invoice later on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " +"payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " +"transaction is defined by the payment method. If the payment refers to a " +"document (sale order, purchase order or invoice), set the reference of this " +"document in the memo field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " +"just made in the accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:61 +msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " +"invoice directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:66 +msgid "" +"When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " +"payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " +"reconcile this payment to the invoice near the totals at the bottom, under " +"\"Outstanding Payments\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:75 +msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " +"(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " +"feature within Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " +"Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " +"Receivable and Payable, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " +"and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " +"matching of all their payments and invoices at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:95 +msgid "" +"During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " +"match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " +"reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:100 +msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " +"between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:109 +msgid "" +"This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " +"the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " +"register payments screen, you select the transfer to account. Do not go " +"through this process again in the other bank account or else you will end up" +" with two journal entries for the same transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 +msgid ":doc:`online_payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 +msgid ":doc:`followup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:5 +msgid "Declarations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:3 +msgid "Intrastat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Intrastat** is the system for data collection and statistic production of " +"goods traded among the EU Member States. Organizations whose annual trade " +"surpasses a certain threshold must provide data about the goods traded with " +"other EU countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:10 +msgid "" +"`Eurostat Statistics Explained - Glossary: Intrastat " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:14 +msgid "" +"As of January 1, 2022, the reporting requirements have changed. One main " +"modification concerns the transaction codes which are now switching to a " +"2-digits format. All transactions recorded after this date have to follow " +"the new system’s rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Customer Invoices`, then " +"enable **Intrastat** and *Save*. Once the Intrastat has been activated you " +"are able to choose the **Default incoterm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you created your Odoo database prior to **January 13, 2022**, please " +":ref:`upgrade ` the ``account_intrastat`` module to add the" +" new transaction codes and :ref:`install ` the " +"``account_intrastat_expiry`` module to archive the old codes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 +msgid "Tax Return (VAT Declaration)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies that are registered for **VAT (Value Added Tax)** must file a " +"**Tax return** on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on their turnover " +"and the regulation of the country in which they are registered. A Tax return" +" - or VAT return - gives the tax authorities information about the taxable " +"transactions made by the company, the *output tax* it has charged its " +"customers, and the *input tax* its vendors have charged it. Based on these " +"values, the company can calculate the tax amount they have to pay or be " +"refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can find information about VAT and its mechanism on `this page from the " +"European Commission " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 +msgid "add doc about intracom listing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 +msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The configuration of the **Tax Return Periodicity** allows Odoo Accounting " +"to compute your Tax Return correctly and also to send you a reminder to " +"never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " +"--> Fiscal Periods`, and go to the **Tax Return Periodicity** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Periodicity**: define here whether you file your tax return each month or " +"every three months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Reminder**: define when Odoo should remind you to file your tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 +msgid "**Journal**: select the journal in which to record the tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up " +"<../../getting_started/initial_configuration/setup>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 +msgid "Tax Grids" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates Tax Reports based on the **Tax Grids** settings that are " +"configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all the" +" recorded transactions use the right taxes. You can see on each Journal Item" +" which Tax Grid is used for that transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To configure your taxes' Tax Grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you " +"can edit your tax settings, along with the tax grids that are used to record" +" invoices or credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured: a *Fiscal Localization" +" Package* is installed according to the country you select at the creation " +"of your database. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 +msgid "Close a tax period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 +msgid "Tax Lock Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Any new transaction which accounting date is prior to the **Tax Lock Date** " +"has its tax values moved to the next open tax period. This is useful to make" +" sure that no change can be made to a report once its period is closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Therefore, we recommend locking your tax date before working on your " +"*Closing Journal Entry*. This way, other users can't modify or add " +"transactions that would have an impact on the Closing Journal Entry, which " +"helps you avoid some tax declaration errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To check the current **Tax Lock Date**, or to edit it, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:135 +msgid "Tax Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once all the transactions involving taxes have been posted for the period " +"you want to report, open your **Tax Report**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`. " +"You can also click on *TAX Report* from your *Accounting Overview*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date " +"filter. You can see an overview of your tax report. Then, click on the " +"button *Closing Journal Entry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 +msgid "" +"After having reviewed the generated Journal Entry, click on *Post*. In " +"addition to posting the entry, Odoo automatically creates a PDF file with " +"the **Tax Report** that you can download from the chatter and preview on the" +" right column. It includes all the values to report to the tax authorities, " +"along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If you forgot to :ref:`lock your tax date ` before clicking" +" on *Closing Journal Entry*, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal " +"period on the same date as the Accounting Date of your entry. This automatic" +" lock happens when you click on *Post*. This safety mechanism can prevent " +"some fiscal errors, but it is advised to lock your tax date manually before," +" as described above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 +msgid ":doc:`../../getting_started/initial_configuration/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 +msgid "Create a customized reports with your own formulas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " +"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " +"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " +"ever." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the developer mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " +":ref:`developer mode ` needs to be activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 +msgid "Create your financial report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " +"configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 +msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 +msgid "**Analysis Period** :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 +msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 +msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " +"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 +msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 +msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " +"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " +"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" +" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " +"separated by ;)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 +msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " +"date range)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " +"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " +"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " +"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " +"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " +"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " +"by one of their columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 +msgid "Other useful fields :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 +msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " +"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 +msgid "" +"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" +" same dates as the rest of the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " +"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " +"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Main reports available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " +"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " +"countries :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 +msgid "**Balance Sheet**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 +msgid "**Profit and Loss**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 +msgid "**Executive Summary**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 +msgid "**General Ledger**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 +msgid "**Aged Payable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 +msgid "**Aged Receivable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 +msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 +msgid "**Tax Report**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 +msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " +"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " +"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" +" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " +"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " +"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" +" of your organisation as at a particular date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:38 +msgid "Profit and Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " +"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" +" period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:48 +msgid "Executive Summary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " +"figures you need to run your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:53 +msgid "" +"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " +"reporting :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 +msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:65 +msgid "**Net profit margin:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " +"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " +"result of those sales)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 +msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"make those profits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:88 +msgid "**Position:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:72 +msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " +"across all your customer invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:75 +msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:75 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +" all your bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:80 +msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:78 +msgid "" +"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " +"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " +"your **Purchases account** for the month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:88 +msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " +"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " +"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " +"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:94 +msgid "General Ledger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " +"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " +"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " +"occurred during a certain period of time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:106 +msgid "Aged Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" +" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " +"gone unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:116 +msgid "Aged Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " +"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " +"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing and financing activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:137 +msgid "" +"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " +"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation.rst:5 +msgid "Taxation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "Fiscal Year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " +"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," +" and accurate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " +"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " +"balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 +msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 +msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 +msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " +"accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 +msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 +msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " +"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " +"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " +"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " +"loans and fixed assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " +"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " +"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" +" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " +"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " +"book entries for:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" +" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 +msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 +msgid "**Tax adjustments**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " +"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " +"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " +"these against your Odoo balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 +msgid "" +"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" +"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " +"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " +"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " +"auditing the books." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 +msgid "Closing the fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" +" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " +"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" +" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " +"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " +"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" +" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" +" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " +"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " +"reporting a 0 balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" +" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " +"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 +msgid "" +"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " +"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " +"this case, some additional configuration is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " +"activate the fiscal years." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " +"configuration --> fiscal years`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " +"months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "Manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " +"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" +" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " +"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " +"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " +"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " +"that's easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " +"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " +"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " +"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " +"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +msgid "" +"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " +"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +msgid "" +"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " +"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" +" taxes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " +"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " +"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " +"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" +" form within the same company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " +"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " +"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " +"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " +"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," +" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " +"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " +"salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " +"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " +"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" +" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " +"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " +"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " +"and you have no specific configuration to do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " +"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " +"must:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +msgid "" +"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" +" tax (price included on the product form)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +msgid "" +"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +msgid "" +"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " +"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +msgid "" +"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " +"website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +msgid "Setting your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " +"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " +"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " +"Accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " +"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " +"per customer segment**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " +"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " +"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," +" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +msgid "" +"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " +"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " +"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " +"included in price)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +msgid "Test by creating a quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " +"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " +"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " +"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " +"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " +"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " +"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " +"of this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " +"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " +"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " +"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " +"to only work with one price reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " +"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" +" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " +"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " +"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " +"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " +"2nd quarter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " +"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " +"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." +" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " +"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " +"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " +"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " +"your accounting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Receivables $115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +msgid "Income Account $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +msgid "Bank $115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +msgid "Tax Received Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" +" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " +"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " +"zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes ` are automatically " +"selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For " +"example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you " +"create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions ` take the Default Tax into " +"account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo " +"applies the related tax instead of the Default Taxes, as mapped in the " +"Fiscal Position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected" +" at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :doc:`Fiscal " +"Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for your" +" company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the " +"appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-" +"specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:279 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:3 +msgid "EU intra-community Distance Selling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Distance sales within the European Union** include cross-border sales of " +"goods and services to a private consumer (B2C) in another EU Member State " +"when the seller doesn't meet face-to-face with the customer. Organizations " +"must ensure that the VAT on distance sales is paid to the Member State in " +"which the goods or services are delivered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:11 +msgid "" +"This remains true even if your organization is located outside of the " +"European Union." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:13 +msgid "" +"While this regulation mainly applies to :doc:`eCommerce " +"<../../../../websites/ecommerce>` sales to private EU consumers, it is also " +"valid for mail order sales and telesales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The Union **One-Stop Shop (OSS)** is an online portal where businesses can " +"register for the OSS and declare their intra-community distance sales. Each " +"EU member state integrates an online OSS portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The **EU intra-community Distance Selling** feature helps your organization " +"comply with this regulation by creating and configuring new :doc:`fiscal " +"positions ` and :doc:`taxes ` based on your " +"company's country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:24 +msgid "" +"`European Commission: OSS | Taxation and Customs Union " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting/Invoicing --> Settings --> Taxes`, then " +"enable **EU intra-community Distance Selling** (or **EU Digital Goods VAT** " +"if you created your database before July 1, 2021), and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Please :ref:`upgrade the module ` `l10n_eu_service` if you " +"already installed it before **July 1, 2021**, or if you activated the " +"feature **EU Digital Goods VAT** in the Accounting settings. Then, make sure" +" to :ref:`refresh the tax mapping `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:49 +msgid "Fiscal Positions and Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once enabled, the feature automatically creates all the necessary taxes and " +"fiscal positions needed for each EU member state, based on your company's " +"country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:54 +msgid "" +"We highly recommend checking that the proposed mapping is suitable for the " +"products and services you sell before using it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:60 +msgid "Refresh tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Whenever you add or modify taxes, you can update automatically your fiscal " +"positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting/Invoicing --> Settings --> Taxes " +"--> EU intra-community Distance Selling` and click on the *Refresh tax " +"mapping* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " +"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " +"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " +"and providers' localizations and business types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " +"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 +msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 +msgid "" +":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 +msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +msgid "" +":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " +"of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 +msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " +"or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" +" defined in the products' forms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " +"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " +"**Tax to Apply** empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" +" **Tax on Product**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " +"active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 +msgid "Automatic application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " +"following a set of conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " +"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " +"contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " +"countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" +" logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " +"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" +" Fiscal Positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 +msgid "" +"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " +"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " +"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " +"from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 +msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 +msgid "" +"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " +"specific partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " +"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 +msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " +"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" +" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:281 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:280 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:3 +msgid "Manage withholding taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " +"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " +"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " +"withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" +" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " +"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " +"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " +"**government**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " +"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " +"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" +" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " +"(normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " +"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " +"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " +"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" +" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " +"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " +"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " +"special jurisdiction in the United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +msgid "In TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Create a free account on `TaxCloud `__ " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " +"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " +"where you collect sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +msgid "In Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" +" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " +"actually uses complete street address)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " +"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" +" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" +" Product, or on the Product Category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " +"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " +"to open and edit your Company record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +msgid "Automatically post taxes to the correct Tax Payable account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +msgid "" +"For each one of your companies that uses TaxCloud, it might be necessary to " +"create a **User-Defined Default** so that the new taxes generated by the " +"TaxCloud integration are created with the correct Tax Payable account:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +msgid "" +"A User-Defined Default impacts all records at creation. It means that " +"**every** new tax will be set up to record income in the specified Tax " +"Payable account, unless the tax is manually edited to specify a different " +"income account (or there exists another User-Defined Default that takes " +"precedence)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, " +"select the Tax Payable account for the company. Take note of the account's " +"``id`` in the URL string." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> User-Defined " +"Defaults`, and click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:70 +msgid "Click on *Field*, then, in the drop-down menu, on *Search More*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up's search box, filter on the model ``tax.repartition.line`` and" +" the field ``account``. Select the ``account`` field of the " +"``tax.repartition.line`` model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In the **Default Value** field, enter the ID of the company's Tax Payable " +"account. Select the company for which this configuration should apply in the" +" *Company* field. Click *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " +":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" +" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You can configure Odoo to automatically detect which Customers should use " +"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " +"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " +"triggers the automated tax computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " +"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " +"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:119 +msgid "Coupons & Promotions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " +"might seem a bit odd." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:123 +msgid "" +"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " +"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " +"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " +"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " +"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " +"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " +"deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " +"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " +"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " +"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " +"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " +"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " +"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " +"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " +"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " +"from a user point of view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly," +" depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are " +"recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and " +"computations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:12 +msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"As part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, most of" +" your country's sales taxes are already preconfigured on your database. " +"However, only a few of them are activated by default, so that you can " +"activate only the ones relevant for your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a " +"tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to " +"the following table to see where they are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Name `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Group `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Back end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:53 +msgid "Basic Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:58 +msgid "Tax Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the " +":ref:`label ` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, " +"Products, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Tax Computation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:68 +msgid "**Group of Taxes**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes " +"you want, in the order you want them to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are " +"may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes " +":ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:78 +msgid "**Fixed**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the " +"same, regardless of the Sales Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:83 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 " +"fixed* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Product's Sales Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Price without tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Total" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "1,010.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:92 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by " +"multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:97 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "1,100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:107 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the " +"Total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:111 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "1,111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:124 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:126 +msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:129 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you" +" can deactivate them to prevent future use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:133 +msgid "" +"This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above " +"` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:139 +msgid "Tax Scope" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts " +"where it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:143 +msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:144 +msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:145 +msgid "**None**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of " +"Taxes ` but that you don't want to list along with other " +"Sales or Purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:154 +msgid "Definition tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of " +"the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:163 +msgid "**Based On**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:165 +msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:166 +msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:168 +msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:169 +msgid "" +"**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports " +"<../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` automatically, according to your" +" country's regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:175 +msgid "Advanced Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:180 +msgid "Label on Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** " +"column. This is the :ref:`label ` visible to *front end* " +"users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:193 +msgid "Tax Group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the " +":ref:`label ` displayed above the *Total* line on exported " +"invoices, and the Customer Portals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful " +"when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal " +"Positions `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:205 +msgid "" +"In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in " +"Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids." +" Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the " +"Invoice ` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, " +"above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:213 +msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:215 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same " +"**Analytic Account** as the invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:221 +msgid "Included in Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:223 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales" +" Price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:225 +msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:227 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "900.10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "90.9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:238 +msgid "" +"If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," +" please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are " +"*Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** " +"field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:246 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website " +"are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and " +"select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:253 +msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:255 +msgid "" +"With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the " +"other taxes applied to the same product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:258 +msgid "" +"You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes ` to include" +" this tax, or add it directly to a product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how " +"amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the " +"tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:270 +msgid "" +"To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax " +"names." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 +msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool " +"provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of" +" VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. " +"This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT " +"number without leaving Odoo interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 +msgid "VAT Number validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the " +"**Country** and **VAT** fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an" +" error message if the VAT number is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other " +"fields' validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 +msgid "" +"`European Commission: VIES search engine " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:3 +msgid "Documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Documents** allows you to store, view and manage files within Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:7 +msgid "" +"You can upload any type of file (max 64MB per file on Odoo Online/SaaS), and" +" organize them in various workspaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:11 +msgid "`Odoo Documents: product page `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:14 +msgid "Workflow actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Workflow actions are automated actions you can create and customize at the " +"level of each workspace. They appear next to a file whenever it meets the " +"criteria you set. That way you can, for example, add tags to a file or move " +"it to another workspace with a single click. Workflow actions help you " +"streamline the management of your documents and your overall business " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:22 +msgid "Create workflow actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To create workflow actions, go to :menuselection:`Documents --> " +"Configuration --> Workspaces` and select the workspace where the action " +"should apply. Click on the *Actions* smart button, and then on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:33 +msgid "" +"An action applies to all *Child Workspaces* under the *Parent Workspace* you" +" selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you use the :ref:`developer mode `, you can directly " +"access all your actions by going to :menuselection:`Documents --> " +"Configuration --> Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:40 +msgid "Set the conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After naming your workflow action, you can set the conditions that trigger " +"the appearance of the action button on the right-side panel when selecting a" +" file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:45 +msgid "There are three basic types of conditions you can set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:47 +msgid "" +"**Tags**: you can both use the *Contains* and *Does not contain* conditions," +" meaning the files *must have* or *mustn't have* the tags set here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:50 +msgid "**Contact**: the files must be associated with the contact set here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:52 +msgid "**Owner**: the files must be associated with the owner set here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you don't set any conditions, the action button appears for all files " +"located inside the selected workspace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:63 +msgid "Advanced condition type: domain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:66 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to have some knowledge of Odoo development to properly " +"configure *Domain* filters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To access the *Domain* condition, the :ref:`developer mode `" +" needs to be activated. Once that's done, select the *Domain* condition " +"type, and click on *Add Filter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To create a rule, you typically select a field, an operator, and a value. " +"For example, if you want to add a workflow action to all the PDF files " +"inside a workspace, set the field to *Mime Type*, the operator to " +"*contains*, and the value to *pdf*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Click on *Add node* (plus-circle icon) and *Add branch* (ellipsis icon) to " +"add conditions and sub-conditions. You can then specify if your rule should " +"match *ALL* or *ANY* conditions. You can also edit the rule directly using " +"the *Code editor*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:93 +msgid "Configure the actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Select the *Actions* tab to set up your action. You can simultaneously:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Set Contact**: add a contact to the file, or replace an existing contact " +"with a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:98 +msgid "" +"**Set Owner**: add an owner to the file, or replace an existing owner with a" +" new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:99 +msgid "**Move to Workspace**: move the file to any workspace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:100 +msgid "" +"**Create**: create one of the following items attached to the file in your " +"database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:102 +msgid "**Product template**: create a product you can edit directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:103 +msgid "**Task**: create a Project task you can edit directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:104 +msgid "**Signature request**: create a new Sign template to send out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:105 +msgid "**Sign directly**: create a Sign template to sign directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:106 +msgid "" +"**Vendor bill**: create a vendor bill using OCR and AI to scrape information" +" from the file content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:108 +msgid "" +"**Customer invoice**: create a customer invoice using OCR and AI to scrape " +"information from the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:110 +msgid "" +"**Vendor credit note**: create a vendor credit note using OCR and AI to " +"scrape information from the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Credit note**: create a customer credit note using OCR and AI to scrape " +"information from the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:114 +msgid "**Applicant**: create a new HR application you can edit directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:116 +msgid "**Set Tags**: add, remove, and replace any number of tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:117 +msgid "" +"**Activities - Mark all as Done**: mark all activities linked to the file as" +" done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:118 +msgid "" +"**Activities - Schedule Activity**: create a new activity linked to the file" +" as configured in the action. You can choose to set the activity on the " +"document owner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:5 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:7 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Expenses** streamlines the management of expenses. Employees can " +"submit their expenses; managers can approve them; accountants can record " +"them and process the payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:11 +msgid "`Odoo Expenses: product page `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:14 +msgid "How to set expense types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " +"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " +"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " +"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " +"real cost per expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:24 +msgid "Here are some examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:26 +msgid "Restaurant:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:34 +msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:29 +msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:31 +msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:32 +msgid "Hotel:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:36 +msgid "Others:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:38 +msgid "Cost: 0.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " +"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " +"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price `. That" +" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is " +"usually the expected behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Sales* app allows you to specify units of measure for your expense " +"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " +"in different units of measure (advanced)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:55 +msgid "How to record expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:58 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:60 +msgid "" +"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " +"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " +"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " +"hotel nights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:69 +msgid "Enter the expense date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " +"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " +"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " +"the accountant validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:80 +msgid "In one click from emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " +"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " +"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " +"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " +"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " +"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:96 +msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:98 +msgid "" +"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " +"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " +"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" +" click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " +"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " +"approve it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " +"on the form view of an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:111 +msgid "" +"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " +"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:116 +msgid "How to approve expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:118 +msgid "" +"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" +" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " +"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:125 +msgid "" +"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " +"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:131 +msgid "" +"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " +"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " +"employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:139 +msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" +" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " +"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" +" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " +"following access rights:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:147 +msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:148 +msgid "Expenses: Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" +" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " +"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" +" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " +"is using Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:158 +msgid "How to reimburse employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " +"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:164 +msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:166 +msgid ":doc:`accounting/payables/pay/check`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:167 +msgid ":doc:`accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:171 +msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:173 +msgid "" +"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" +" customers automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:179 +msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " +"your Expense types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Ordered quantities: it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Delivered quantities: it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " +"quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:190 +msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:192 +msgid "" +"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:199 +msgid "Create an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:201 +msgid "" +"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " +"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " +"added automatically once posted by the accountant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:206 +msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:212 +msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:214 +msgid "" +"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" +" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" +" are already able to set one when submitting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:221 +msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:224 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " +"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:234 +msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:5 +msgid "Payment acquirers (credit cards, online payments)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Odoo embeds several **payment acquirers** that allow your customers to pay " +"on their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay sales " +"orders, invoices, or subscriptions with recurring payments with their " +"favorite payment methods such as **Credit Cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Offering several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in " +"time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers" +" to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Odoo apps delegate the handling of sensitive information to the certified " +"payment acquirer so that you don't ever have to worry about PCI compliance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:37 +msgid "" +"This means that no sensitive information (such as credit card numbers) is " +"stored on Odoo servers or Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo " +"apps use a unique reference number to the data stored safely in the payment " +"acquirers' systems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:44 +msgid "Supported payment acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:46 +msgid "" +"From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment " +"acquirers: the payment acquirers that are third-party services and require " +"you to follow another accounting workflow, and the payments that go directly" +" on the bank account and follow the usual reconciliation workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:53 +msgid "Online payment acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:56 +msgid "Payment flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:56 +msgid "Save cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:56 +msgid "Capture amount manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:56 +msgid "Refund from Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`Adyen `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +msgid "Payment from Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:89 +msgid "|V|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:62 +msgid ":doc:`Alipay `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:89 +msgid "Redirection to the acquirer website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`Buckaroo `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +msgid ":doc:`Mollie `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`Ogone `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`PayPal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:80 +msgid "PayU Latam" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:83 +msgid "PayUMoney" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`SIPS `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`Stripe `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Some of these online payment providers can also be added as :doc:`bank " +"accounts <../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is " +"**not** the same process as adding them as payment acquirers. Payment " +"acquirers allow customers to pay online, and bank accounts are added and " +"configured on your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an " +"accounting control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:105 +msgid "Bank payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment " +"reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received " +"it on your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " +"bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " +"<../finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more " +"information about this payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Each acquirer has its specific configuration flow, depending on :ref:`which " +"feature is available `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:127 +msgid "Add a new payment acquirer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To add a new payment acquirer and make it available to your customers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, look " +"for your payment acquirer, install the related module, and activate it. To " +"do so, open the payment acquirer and change its state from *Disabled* to " +"*Enabled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:139 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " +"database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " +"credentials, but Odoo generates Sales Orders and Invoices as usual. It isn't" +" always possible to cancel an invoice, and this could create some issues " +"with your invoices numbering if you were to test your payment acquirers on " +"your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/alipay.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/buckaroo.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/mollie.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/sips.rst:15 +msgid "Credentials tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:149 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, go to the online payment provider website, create an " +"account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." +" Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The form in this section is specific to the payment acquirer you are " +"configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:42 +msgid "Configuration tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:161 +msgid "" +"You can change the payment acquirer's front-end appearance by modifying its " +"name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" +" under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:168 +msgid "Save and reuse credit cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:170 +msgid "" +"With the **Save Cards** feature, Odoo can store **Payment Tokens** in your " +"database, which can be used for subsequent payments, without having to " +"reenter the payment details. This is particularly useful for the eCommerce " +"conversion rate and subscriptions' recurring payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:38 +msgid "Place a hold on a card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:179 +msgid "" +"If you wish to manually capture an amount instead of having an immediate " +"capture, you can enable the manual capture. Capturing payments manually has " +"many advantages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Receive the payment confirmation and wait until the order is shipped to " +"capture the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Review and verify that orders are legitimate before the payment is completed" +" and the fulfillment process starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Avoid potentially high credit card fees in the event of overselling or " +"cancelled orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:187 +msgid "" +"The **Capture Amount Manually** field is under the **Configuration** tab. If" +" enabled, the funds are reserved for a few days on the customer's card, but " +"not charged yet. Please refer to your acquirer's documentation for the exact" +" reservation duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:195 +msgid "" +"To capture the payment, you must then go to the related sales order or " +"invoice and manually *capture* the funds before its automatic cancellation, " +"or *void the transaction* to unlock the funds from the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Odoo may not yet support the manual capture for all acquirers, but some " +"acquirers allow managing the capture from their interfaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:210 +msgid "Countries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Restrict the use of the payment acquirer to a selection of countries. Leave " +"this field blank to make the payment acquirer available to all countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:218 +msgid "Payment journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:220 +msgid "" +"The **Payment journal** selected for your payment acquirer must be a *Bank* " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:225 +msgid "Accounting perspective" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " +"their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " +"**Online Payment Providers** require you to consider how you want to record " +"your payments' journal entries. We recommend you to ask your accountant for " +"advice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:232 +msgid "" +"You need to select a *Payment Journal* on your acquirer configuration to " +"record the payments, on a **Outstanding Account**. The Journal's **type** " +"must be *Bank Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:235 +msgid "" +"You can use a single journal for many payment methods. And for each payment " +"method, you can either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Define an **Accounting Account** to separate these payments from another " +"payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Leave blank to fallback on the default account, which you can see or change " +"in the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:244 +msgid "" +"You can have the same bank account for the whole company, or for some " +"journals only, or a single payment method... What best suit your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:248 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers/wire_transfer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:249 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers/adyen`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:250 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers/alipay`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:251 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers/authorize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:252 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers/buckaroo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:253 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers/mollie`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:254 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers/ogone`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:255 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers/paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:256 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers/sips`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:257 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers/stripe`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:258 +msgid ":doc:`../websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:3 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Adyen `_ is a Dutch-based company that offers " +"several online payment possibilities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/alipay.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/buckaroo.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/mollie.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/sips.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`payment_acquirers/add_new`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your Adyen account, " +"which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Merchant Account**: The code of the merchant account to use with Adyen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:20 +msgid "" +":ref:`API Key `: The API key of the webservice " +"user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:21 +msgid "" +":ref:`Client Key `: The client key of the " +"webservice user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:22 +msgid ":ref:`HMAC Key `: The HMAC key of the webhook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:23 +msgid "" +":ref:`Checkout API URL `: The base URL for the Checkout API " +"endpoints." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:24 +msgid "" +":ref:`Recurring API URL `: The base URL for the Recurring API " +"endpoints." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can copy your credentials from your Adyen account, and paste them in the" +" related fields under the **Credentials** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Adyen as a test, with a *test account*, change the " +"**State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, " +"rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:36 +msgid "API Key and Client Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:38 +msgid "" +"In order to retrieve the API Key and the Client Key, log into your Adyen " +"account, go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API Credentials`. - If you " +"already have an API user, open it. - If you don't have an API user yet, " +"click on **Create new credential**. Go to :menuselection:`Authentication` " +"and get or generate your **API Key** and **Client Key**. Be careful to copy " +"your API key as you'll not be allowed to get it later without generating a " +"new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This is also the place where you'll :ref:`allow payments to be made from " +"your website `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:51 +msgid "HMAC key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:53 +msgid "" +"In order to retrieve the HMAC Key, you'll need to configure a `Standard " +"Notification` webhook. For this, log into your Adyen account then go to " +":menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks --> Add webhook --> Add Standard " +"notification`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:61 +msgid "" +"There, in :menuselection:`Transport --> URL`, enter your server address " +"followed by `/payment/adyen/notification`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then continue in :menuselection:`Additional Settings --> HMAC Key --> " +"Generate new HMAC key`. Be careful to copy it as you'll not be allowed to " +"get it later without generating a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:71 +msgid "You have to save the webhook to finalize its creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:76 +msgid "URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To retrieve the URLs, log into your Adyen account, go to " +":menuselection:`Developers --> API URLs`. Pick one of the URLs listed next " +"to **Recurring** as your **Recurring API URL** and one of the URLs listed " +"next to **Checkout API** as your **Checkout API URL**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:87 +msgid "Adyen Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:92 +msgid "Allow payments from a specific origin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To allow payment originated from your website, follow the steps in " +":ref:`adyen/api_and_client_keys` to navigate to your API user and go to " +":menuselection:`Allowed Origins`, then add the URLs from where payments will" +" be made (the URLs of the servers hosting your Odoo instances)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/adyen.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/alipay.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/buckaroo.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/mollie.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/sips.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`../payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/alipay.rst:3 +msgid "Alipay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/alipay.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Alipay `_ is an online payments platform " +"established in China by Alibaba Group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/alipay.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your Alipay account, " +"which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/alipay.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Account**: Depending on where you are situated - `Express Checkout` if " +"your are a Chinese Merchant. - `Cross-border` if you are not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/alipay.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**Alipay Seller Email**: Your public Alipay partner email (for express " +"checkout only)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/alipay.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**Merchant Partner ID**: The public partner ID solely used to identify the " +"account with Alipay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/alipay.rst:24 +msgid "**MD5 Signature Key**: The signature key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/alipay.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can copy your credentials from your Alipay account, and paste them in " +"the related fields under the **Credentials** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/alipay.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To retrieve them, log into your Alipay account, they are on the front page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/alipay.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Alipay as a test, in the *sandbox*, change the **State** " +"to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, rather than" +" on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "Authorize.Net" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net `_ is a United States-based online" +" payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your " +"Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**API Login ID**: The ID solely used to identify the account with " +"Authorize.Net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:21 +msgid "**API Transaction Key**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 +msgid "**API Signature Key**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:23 +msgid "**API Client Key**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to " +":menuselection:`Account --> Settings --> Security Settings --> API " +"Credentials & Keys`, generate your **Transaction Key** and **Signature " +"Key**, and paste them on the related fields in Odoo. Then, click on " +"**Generate Client Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Authorize.Net as a test, with a *sandbox account*, change " +"the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo " +"database, rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:40 +msgid "" +"With Authorize.net, you can enable the :ref:`manual capture " +"`. If enabled, the funds are reserved for " +"30 days on the customer's card, but not charged yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:44 +msgid "" +"After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by " +"Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/buckaroo.rst:3 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/buckaroo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Buckaroo `_ is a Dutch-based company that offers " +"several online payment possibilities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/buckaroo.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your Buckaroo account, " +"which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/buckaroo.rst:19 +msgid "" +":ref:`Website Key `: The key solely used to identify " +"the website with Buckaroo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/buckaroo.rst:21 +msgid "" +":ref:`Secret Key `: The secret key you entered on " +"Buckaroo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/buckaroo.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can copy your credentials from your Buckaroo account, and paste them in " +"the related fields under the **Credentials** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/buckaroo.rst:29 +msgid "Website Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/buckaroo.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In order to retrieve the Website Key, log into your Buckaroo account, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Templates --> Your Website`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/buckaroo.rst:37 +msgid "Secret Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/buckaroo.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In order to retrieve the Website Key, log into your Buckaroo account, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Security --> Secret Key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/buckaroo.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Buckaroo in a test account, change the **State** to *Test " +"Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, rather than on your " +"main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/mollie.rst:3 +msgid "Mollie" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/mollie.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Mollie `_ is an online payments platform " +"established in the Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/mollie.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your Mollie account, " +"which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/mollie.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**API Key**: The test or live API Key depending on the configuration of the " +"acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/mollie.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can copy your credentials from your Mollie account, and paste them in " +"the related fields under the **Credentials** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/mollie.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To retrieve your API key, log into your Mollie account, go to " +":menuselection:`Developers --> API keys`, and copy your Test or Live **API " +"Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/mollie.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Mollie as a test, with the Test API key, change the " +"**State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, " +"rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:3 +msgid "Ogone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Ogone `_, also known as **Ingenico Payment " +"Services** is a France-based company that provides the technology involved " +"in secure electronic transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:9 +msgid "Configuration on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your Ogone account, " +"which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**PSPID**: The ID solely used to identify the account with Ogone. You chose " +"it when you opened your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:21 +msgid "" +":ref:`API User ID `: The ID solely used to identify the user" +" with Ogone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:22 +msgid "" +":ref:`API User Password `: Value used to identify the user " +"with Ogone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:23 +msgid "" +":ref:`SHA Key IN `: Key used in the signature Odoo send to" +" Ogone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:24 +msgid "" +":ref:`SHA Key OUT `: Key used in the signature Ogone send" +" to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can copy your credentials from your Ogone account, and paste them in the" +" related fields under the **Credentials** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:32 +msgid "API User ID and Password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you already created a user and have both its ID and password, just copy " +"them. You can also generate a new password from " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Users --> Your chosen user --> change " +"password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you don't have a user, create one by going to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Users --> New User`. Set your **User ID** " +"to get your **password** when you save your new user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:48 +msgid "SHA Key IN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In order to retrieve the SHA Key IN, log into your ogone account, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Technical Information --> Data and origin " +"verification --> Checks for e-Commerce & Alias Gateway`, and retrieve **SHA " +"Key IN**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:57 +msgid "SHA Key OUT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In order to retrieve the SHA Key OUT, log into your ogone account, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Technical Information --> Transaction " +"feedback --> All transaction submission modes`, and get or generate your " +"**API Key** and **Client Key**. Be careful to copy your API key as you'll " +"not be allowed to get it later without generating a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Ogone as a test, with the Test Account, change the " +"**State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, " +"rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:69 +msgid "Configuration on Ogone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Now that Odoo can communicate with Ogone, we need to make sure that Ogone " +"can send information to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To do so, log into your Ogone account and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Technical Information --> Transaction " +"feedback --> Direct HTTP server-to-server request`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:77 +msgid "Then, fill the form with the following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In the **Timing of the request**, select *Online but switch to a deferred " +"request when the online requests fail*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Enter your Odoo databases URL in both **URLs** followed by " +"``/payment/ogone/return``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:0 +msgid "For example: ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/ogone/return``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:83 +msgid "Select *POST* for the **Request Method**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:85 +msgid "Save, and you are ready to go!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "Paypal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Paypal `_ is available and popular worldwide. It " +"doesn't charge any subscription fee, and creating an account is very easy. " +"That's why we recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow" +" where the customer is routed to the Paypal website to register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:11 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your PayPal account, " +"which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:21 +msgid "**Email**: your login email address in Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**Merchant Account ID**: the code of the merchant account used to identify " +"your Paypal account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**PDT Identity Token**: the key used to verify the authenticity of " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:24 +msgid "" +"**Use IPN**: whether you want to use Instant Payment Notification. Already " +"checked, you don't have to change it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You can copy your credentials from your Paypal account and paste them into " +"the related fields under the **Credentials** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To retrieve the **Merchant Account ID**, log into your Paypal account and go" +" to :menuselection:`Account menu --> Account Settings --> Business " +"information`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To set the **PDT Identity Token**, switch to :ref:`developer mode " +"` and retrieve the token by following the configuration step" +" :ref:`paypal/enable-pdt`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Paypal as a test, using a :ref:`Paypal Sandbox account " +"`, change the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing " +"this on a test Odoo database rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal to cover " +"the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, your " +"customer sees an extra amount applied to the order amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To activate this, go to Paypal configuration's Configuration tab in Odoo and" +" activate *Add Extra Fees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees `_ to set up fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:54 +msgid "" +"`Traders in the EU " +"`_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying with credit " +"cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:58 +msgid "Settings in Paypal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:60 +msgid "" +"First, set up your Paypal account to build a seamless customer experience " +"with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Log into your PayPal account and open the account settings. Then, go to " +":menuselection:`Account menu --> Account settings --> Website payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:66 +msgid "Enable Auto Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The *Auto Return* feature automatically redirects your customers to Odoo " +"once the payment is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:71 +msgid "" +"From the *Website payments* settings page, go to :menuselection:`Website " +"preferences --> Update --> Auto return for website payments` and select " +"**On**. Enter the address of your Odoo database (e.g., " +"`https://yourcompany.odoo.com`) in the **Return URL** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Any URL will do the job. Odoo only needs the setting to be enabled since it " +"uses another URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:81 +msgid "Enable Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Enable the *Payment Data Transfer* feature to receive payment confirmations " +"immediately. This feature also displays the payment status to the customers " +"and verifies the authenticity of the payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"From the *Website payments* settings page, go to :menuselection:`Website " +"preferences --> Update --> Payment data transfer` and select **On**. PayPal " +"displays your **PDT Identity Token** as soon as the change is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:92 +msgid "Paypal Account Optional" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:94 +msgid "" +"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " +"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " +"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Suppose you use accented characters (or anything else than primary Latin " +"characters) for your customer names or addresses. In that case, you **must**" +" configure the encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to " +"Paypal. Otherwise, some transactions fail without notice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to `your production account `_. Then, click *More" +" Options* and set the two default encoding formats as **UTF-8**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 +msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`Paypal documentation `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Configure your :ref:`Paypal Sandbox account `, then follow " +"this `link `_ to configure the " +"encoding format in a test environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:122 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Thanks to Paypal Sandbox accounts, you can test the entire payment flow in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Log into the `Paypal Developer Site `_ using " +"your Paypal credentials, which creates two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:132 +msgid "" +"A business account (to use as merchants, e.g., " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:134 +msgid "" +"A default personal account (to use as shoppers, e.g., " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Log into Paypal Sandbox using the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and " +"ensure Paypal is set on *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo " +"database rather than your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:141 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/sips.rst:3 +msgid "SIPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/sips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`SIPS `_ is an online payments solution from " +"the multinational Worldline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/sips.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your SIPS account, which" +" comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/sips.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Merchant ID**: The ID solely used to identify the merchant account with " +"SIPS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/sips.rst:20 +msgid "**Secret Key**: The key to sign the merchant account with SIPS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/sips.rst:21 +msgid "**Secret Key Version**: The version of the key, pre-filled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/sips.rst:22 +msgid "**Interface Version**: Pre-filled, don't change it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/sips.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can copy your credentials from your SIPS environment info documentation," +" in the section **PROD**, and paste them in the related fields under the " +"**Credentials** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/sips.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you are trying SIPS as a test, with the *TEST* credentials, change the " +"**State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, " +"rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:3 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Stripe `_ is a United States-based online payment " +"solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards** and other " +"payment methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:9 +msgid "Link your Stripe Account with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:14 +msgid "The method to acquire your credentials depends on your hosting type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:17 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click on the *Activate " +"Stripe* or the *Set payments* button on the onboarding banner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:37 +msgid "Fill in the requested information and submit the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:38 +msgid "Confirm your email address when Stripe sends you a confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:23 +msgid "" +"At the end of the process, you are redirected to Odoo. If you submitted all " +"the requested information, you are all set and your payment acquirer is " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:25 +msgid "Your can continue to :ref:`stripe/local-payment-methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To use your own API keys, :ref:`activate the Developer mode ` and :ref:`enable Stripe manually `. You " +"can then :ref:`Fill in your credentials `, :ref:`generate a" +" webhook ` and enable the payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:33 +msgid "Odoo.sh or On-premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:39 +msgid "" +"At the end of the process, you are redirected to the payment acquirer " +"**Stripe** on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:40 +msgid ":ref:`Fill in your credentials `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:41 +msgid ":ref:`Generate a webhook `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:42 +msgid "Enable the payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You are all set and can continue to :ref:`stripe/local-payment-methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding is already completed, go" +" to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers --> " +"Stripe` and click on the *Connect Stripe* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the **State** to *Test " +"Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database rather than on your " +"main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:57 +msgid "Fill in your credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In case your **API Credentials** are required to connect with your Stripe " +"account, these are the credentials that must be completed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:62 +msgid "" +":ref:`Publishable Key `: The key solely used to identify " +"the account with Stripe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:63 +msgid "" +":ref:`Secret Key `: The key to sign the merchant account " +"with Stripe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:64 +msgid "" +":ref:`Webhook Signing Secret `: When you enable your webhook" +" on your Stripe account, this signing secret must be set to authenticate the" +" messages sent from Stripe to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To retrieve the publishable and secret keys, follow this `link to your API " +"keys `_, or log into your " +"Stripe dashboard and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API Keys --> " +"Standard Keys`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:74 +msgid "Generate a webhook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In case your **Webhook Signing Secret** is required to connect with your " +"Stripe account, you can create a webhook either automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:80 +msgid "Create the webhook automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Make sure your :ref:`Publishable and Secret keys ` are " +"filled in, then click on the *Generate your Webhook* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:85 +msgid "Create the webhook manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Visit the `webhooks page on Stripe " +"`_, or log into your Stripe dashboard" +" and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click on **Add " +"endpoint** in your **Hosted endpoints** and insert the following data into " +"the pop-up form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:0 +msgid "In the **Endpoint URL**, enter your Odoo database's URL followed by" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:0 +msgid "`/payment/stripe/webhook`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:0 +msgid "For example: `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/stripe/webhook`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:94 +msgid "" +"At the end of the form, you can **Select events** to listen to. Click on it " +"and, in the **Checkout** section, select **checkout.session.completed**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:98 +msgid "" +"It is possible to select other events, but they are currently not processed " +"by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When you click on **Add endpoint**, your Webhook is configured. You can then" +" click on **reveal** to display your signing secret." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:106 +msgid "Enable local payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " +"certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:111 +msgid "Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:113 +msgid "Bancontact" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:114 +msgid "EPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:115 +msgid "giropay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:116 +msgid "iDEAL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:117 +msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:119 +msgid "" +"To enable specific local payment methods with Stripe, list them as supported" +" payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Acquirers --> Stripe" +" --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the **Supported " +"Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already listed, you " +"don't have anything to do. If a payment icon record doesn't exist in the " +"database, its related payment method is considered enabled with Stripe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " +"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " +"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " +"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:10 +msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:17 +msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:23 +msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " +"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " +"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:30 +msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " +"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " +"or duplicate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:3 +msgid "Sign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:5 +msgid "**Odoo Sign** allows you to send, sign and approve documents online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:7 +msgid "" +"You can upload any PDF file and add drag-and-dropping fields on it. These " +"fields are automatically filled out with the user's detail if they are " +"logged in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:11 +msgid "`Odoo Sign: product page `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:12 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Sign `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:17 +msgid "Validity of electronic signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The legal validity of electronic signatures generated by Odoo depends on the" +" legislation of your country. Companies doing business abroad should " +"consider electronic signature laws of other countries as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:24 +msgid "In the European Union" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The `eIDAS regulation `_ " +"establishes the framework for electronic signatures in all `27 member states" +" of the European Union `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:30 +msgid "It distinguishes three types of electronic signatures:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:32 +msgid "Electronic signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:33 +msgid "Advanced electronic signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:34 +msgid "Qualified electronic signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates the first type, regular electronic signatures, and these " +"signatures can produce legal effects in the EU, as the regulation states " +"that “an electronic signature shall not be denied legal effect and " +"admissibility as evidence in legal proceedings solely on the grounds that it" +" is in an electronic form or that it does not meet the requirements for " +"qualified electronic signatures.”" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Note that electronic signatures may not be automatically recognized as " +"valid. You may need to bring supporting evidence of a signature’s validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:45 +msgid "In the United States of America" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The `ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) " +"`_, at the " +"interstate and international levels, and the `UETA (Uniform Electronic " +"Transactions Act) `_," +" at the state level, provide the legal framework for electronic signatures. " +"Note that `Illinois " +"`_ and `New York " +"`_ have not " +"adopted the UETA, but similar acts instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Overall, to be recognized as valid, electronic signatures have to meet five " +"criteria:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:58 +msgid "" +"A signer must show a clear intent to sign. For example, using a mouse to " +"draw a signature can show intent. The signer must also have the option to " +"opt-out of electronically signing a document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:61 +msgid "" +"A signer must first express or imply their consent to conduct business " +"electronically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The signature must be clearly attributed. In Odoo, metadata, such as the " +"signer’s IP address, is added to the signature, which can be used as " +"supporting evidence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The signature must be associated with the document being signed, for " +"example, by keeping a record detailing how the signature was captured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Electronically signed documents need to be retained and available for later " +"reference by all parties involved, for example, by providing the signer " +"either a fully-executed copy or the option to download a copy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The information provided here does not constitute legal advice; it is " +"provided for general informational purposes only. As laws governing " +"electronic signatures rapidly evolve, we cannot guarantee whether all " +"information is up to date or not. We advise contacting a local attorney for " +"legal advice regarding electronic signature compliance and validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:79 +msgid "Field Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:81 +msgid "" +"By configuring your own *Field Types*, also known as *Signature Item Types*," +" you can make the signing process even faster for your customers, partners, " +"and employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To create and customize fields, activate the :ref:`developer mode " +"`. Then head to :menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration " +"--> Field Types` and click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:87 +msgid "" +"After giving your new field a name, select one of the six *Types* available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:89 +msgid "" +"**Signature**: users are prompted to enter their signature either by drawing" +" it, automatically generating one based on their name, or uploading a local " +"file (usually an image). Each subsequent *Signature* field then reuses the " +"data entered in the first field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Initial**: users are prompted to enter their initials, in a similar way to" +" the *Signature* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:94 +msgid "**Text**: users enter text on a single line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:95 +msgid "**Multiline Text**: users enter text on multiple lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:96 +msgid "" +"**Checkbox**: users can tick a box (e.g.,to mark their approval or consent)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:97 +msgid "**Selection**: users choose a single option from a variety of options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Next, you have the option to auto-complete fields for users based on their " +"Odoo profile information by using *Automatic Partner Field*. To this end, " +"the *Name*, *Email*, *Phone*, and *Company* fields are preconfigured in your" +" database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:104 +msgid "Users can freely edit auto-completed fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:110 +msgid "" +"You can then change the size of the field by editing the *Default Width* and" +" *Default Height*. Both sizes are defined as a percentage of the full-page " +"expressed as a decimal, with 1 equalling the full-page's width or height. By" +" default, the width of new fields you create is set to 15% (0.150) of a " +"full-page's width, while their height is set to 1.5% (0.015) of a full-" +"page's height." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Next, write a *Tip*. Tips are displayed inside arrows on the left-hand side " +"of the user's screen during the signing process. You can also use a " +"*Placeholder* text to be displayed inside the field before it is completed." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/general.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ec97a1a42 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -0,0 +1,4164 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-04-08 13:26+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:47+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:3 +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:3 +msgid "Apps and modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can :ref:`install `, :ref:`upgrade ` " +"and :ref:`uninstall ` all apps and modules from the " +":menuselection:`Apps` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:8 +msgid "" +"By default, an *Apps* filter is applied. If you want to search for modules, " +"click on *Filters* and select *Extra*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Odoo is *not a smartphone*, and its apps shouldn't be installed or " +"uninstalled carelessly. Apply caution when adding or removing apps and " +"modules on your database since this may impact your subscription costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "**Installing or uninstalling apps and managing users is up to you.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "" +"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage, as" +" you know best how your organization works." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "**Odoo apps have dependencies.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Installing some apps and features with dependencies may also install " +"additional apps and modules that are technically required, even if you won't" +" actively use them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "**Test app installation/removal on a duplicate of your database.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This way, you can know what app dependencies may be required or what data " +"may be erased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:32 +msgid "Install apps and modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps`, and click on the *Install* button of the app " +"you want to install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If the module you are looking for is not listed, you can **update the app " +"list**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to " +":menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List` and click on *Update*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:45 +msgid "Upgrade apps and modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:47 +msgid "" +"On some occasions, new improvements or app features are added to " +":doc:`supported versions of Odoo " +"`. To be able to use them, you " +"must **upgrade** your app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps`, click on the *dropdown menu* of the app you " +"want to upgrade, then on *Upgrade*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:56 +msgid "Uninstall apps and modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps`, click on the *dropdown menu* of the app you " +"want to uninstall, then on *Uninstall*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Some apps have dependencies, meaning that one app requires another. " +"Therefore, uninstalling one app may uninstall multiple apps and modules. " +"Odoo warns you which dependant apps and modules are affected by it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:71 +msgid "To complete the uninstallation, click on *Confirm*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Uninstalling an app also uninstalls all its dependencies and permanently " +"erases their data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:5 +msgid "Authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:3 +msgid "Two-factor Authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Two-factor authentication (\"2FA\") is a good way to improve the security of" +" an account, to make it less likely that an other person will manage to log " +"in instead of you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Practically, it means storing a secret inside an *authenticator* (usually " +"your cell phone) and exchanging a code from the authenticator when you try " +"to log in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:13 +msgid "" +"This means an attacker needs *both* to have guessed (or found) your password" +" and to access (or steal) your authenticator, a more difficult proposition " +"than either one or the other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:18 +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:20 +msgid "" +"These lists are just examples, they are not endorsements of any specific " +"software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you don't already have one, you will need to choose an authenticator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Phone-based authenticators are the easiest and most common so we will assume" +" you'll pick and install one on your phone, examples include `Authy " +"`_, `FreeOTP `_, `Google " +"Authenticator `_, " +"`LastPass Authenticator `_, `Microsoft " +"Authenticator `_, ...; password managers also " +"commonly include :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` support e.g. " +"`1Password `_, `Bitwarden" +" `_, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:39 +msgid "" +"For the sake of demonstration we will be using Google Authenticator (not " +"because it is any good but because it is quite common)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:43 +msgid "Setting up two-factor authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Once you have your authenticator of choice, go to the Odoo instance you want" +" to setup :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)`, then open " +":guilabel:`Preferences` (or :guilabel:`My Profile`):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the :guilabel:`Account Security` tab, then click the :guilabel:`Enable " +"two-factor authentication` button:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Because this is a security-sensitive action, you will need to input your " +"password:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:64 +msgid "After which you will see this screen with a barcode:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:69 +msgid "" +"In most applications, you can simply *scan the barcode* via the " +"authenticator of your choice, the authenticator will then take care of all " +"the setup:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you can not scan the screen (e.g. because you are doing this set-up on " +"the same phone as the authenticator application), you can click the provided" +" link, or copy the secret to manually set-up your authenticator:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, the authenticator should display a *verification code* " +"with some useful identifying information (e.g. the domain and login for " +"which the code is):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You can now input the code into the :guilabel:`Verification Code` field, " +"then click the :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Congratulation, your account is now protected by two-factor authentication!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:107 +msgid "Logging in" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:109 +msgid "You should now :guilabel:`Log out` to follow along." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:111 +msgid "" +"On the login page, input the username and password of the account for which " +"you set up :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)`, rather than immediately " +"enter Odoo you will now get a second log-in screen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Get your authenticator, input the code it provides for the domain and " +"account, validate, and you're now in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:121 +msgid "" +"And that's it. From now on, unless you disable :abbr:`2FA (two-factor " +"authentication)` you will have a two-step log-in process rather than the old" +" one-step process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Don't lose your authenticator, if you do, you will need an *Odoo " +"Administrator* to disable :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` on the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:3 +msgid "OAuth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " +"Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:3 +msgid "Google Sign-In Authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Google Sign-In Authentication** is a useful function that allows your " +"users to sign in to Odoo with their Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This is particularly helpful if your organization uses Google Workforce and " +"you want the employees within your organization to connect to Odoo with " +"their Google Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:13 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The integration of the Google sign-in function requires configuration both " +"on Google and on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:21 +msgid "Google API Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to the `Google API Dashboard `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Make sure the right project is opened. If you don't have a project yet, " +"click on *Create Project*, fill out the project name and other details of " +"your company, and click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:32 +msgid "Choose the name of your own company from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:37 +msgid "OAuth consent screen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:39 +msgid "On the left side menu, click on :menuselection:`OAuth consent screen`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Choose one of the options **(Internal / External)** as instructed, and click" +" on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Fill out your details and domain info, then click on *Save and Continue*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:52 +msgid "" +"On the **Scopes** page, leave all fields as is, and click on *Save and " +"Continue*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:57 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:59 +msgid "On the left side menu, click on :menuselection:`Credentials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:65 +msgid "Click on *Create Credentials* and select **OAuth client ID**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Select **Web Application** as the Application type. Now configure the " +"allowed pages on which you will be redirected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In order to achieve this, in the **Authorized redirect URIs** field, enter " +"your database's domain immediately followed by ``/auth_oauth/signin``. For " +"example: ``https://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin``, then click on " +"*Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:85 +msgid "Google Authentication on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:90 +msgid "Retrieve the Client ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Once you have done the previous steps, two keys are generated on the Google " +"API Dashboard: *Client ID* and *Client Secret*. Copy the *Client ID*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:102 +msgid "Odoo activation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Odoo General Settings --> Integrations` and activate " +"**OAuth Authentication**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:108 +msgid "You may have to log in again after this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Go back to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Integrations`, activate " +"**Google Authentication**, then fill out the *Client ID* with the key from " +"the Google API Dashboard, and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:121 +msgid "Log in to Odoo with Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To link your Google account to your Odoo profile, click on *Log in with " +"Google* when you are asked to choose a new password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Existing users must :ref:`reset their password ` to " +"access the *reset password* page, while new users can directly click on *Log" +" in with Google* instead of choosing a new password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:135 +msgid "" +"`Google Cloud Platform Console Help - Setting up OAuth 2.0 " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:3 +msgid "Sign in with LDAP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:5 +msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:7 +msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:15 +msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " +"it listens to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:22 +msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" +" the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " +"nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:34 +msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " +"User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " +"left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars.rst:5 +msgid "Calendars" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " +"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " +"directions)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 +msgid "Setup in Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to " +"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 +msgid "Go to the API & Services page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " +"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 +msgid "Create credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " +"of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " +"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized " +"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " +"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " +"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID" +" in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" +" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 +msgid "Setup in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " +"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" +" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " +"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " +"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it" +" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 +msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:3 +msgid "Synchronization with Outlook's Calendar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Synchronizing your **main** Outlook Calendar with Odoo is useful to keep " +"track of your tasks and appointments, and across all related applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:9 +msgid "Register your application with the Microsoft identity platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to sync your Outlook Calendar with Odoo's Calendar, a " +"Microsoft Azure account is needed. The creation of an account is free for " +"users that have never tried or paid for Azure. For more information, `click " +"here `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Following, `Set up an Azure AD Tenant `_, also " +"called environment, which is a representation of an organization, to manage " +"and register apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Ultimately, `Register an Application `_, choosing the " +"appropriate supported account type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:20 +msgid "When configuring your platform settings, choose *Web*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +msgid "" +"For the **Redirect URI restrictions**, copy your Odoo database URI followed " +"by ``/microsoft_account/authentication``. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +msgid "" +"For more information on the restrictions and limitations of URIs, `check " +"this page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Regarding credentials, you *must* **Add a client secret**, called *Client " +"Secret* in Odoo, which allows Odoo to authenticate itself, requiring no " +"interaction from your side. *Certificates* are optional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:42 +msgid "Configuration in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:44 +msgid "Go to general *Settings* and activate the *Outlook Calendar* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:50 +msgid "" +"From your Azure portal, under *Overview*, copy your *Application (client) " +"ID*, and paste it to *Client ID* in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Going back to your Azure portal, now under *Certificates & secrets*, copy " +"your *Client Secret Value* and paste it to *Client Secret* in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:67 +msgid "Sync with Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Odoo Calendar sends a confirmation email at the creation of an event to its " +"attendees. But, on the **first** sync, Outlook will also send confirmation " +"emails of all scheduled events (including past ones)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To avoid this situation, we recommend *archiving all past events, and " +"removing yourself from future ones in Odoo Calendar before the first sync*. " +"This will prevent events from being created in Outlook, and therefore, no " +"redundant emails will be sent during the first synchronization. After the " +"sync, events will only send one confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Go to the *Calendar* application and *Sync with Outlook*. You are asked to " +"log in to your account, if you are not already, and grant the required " +"permissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The synchronization is a two-way process, meaning that events are reconciled" +" in both accounts (Outlook and Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:97 +msgid "" +"All users that want to use the synchronization simply need to :ref:`sync " +"their calendar with Outlook `. The " +"configuration of Microsoft's Azure account is only done once, as Azure AD " +"tenants' are unique, and represent an organization that helps you to manage " +"a specific instance of Microsoft cloud services for your internal and " +"external users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`../../../productivity/mail_plugins/outlook`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:104 +msgid ":doc:`../google/google_calendar_credentials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:5 +msgid "Developer Mode (debug mode)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The developer mode (or debug mode) gives you access to extra and advanced " +"tools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:10 +msgid "Activate through the Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:12 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:19 +msgid "" +"*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate" +" the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:25 +msgid "Activate through a browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo " +"Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your " +"toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:30 +msgid "" +"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " +"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" +" a single click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:37 +msgid "Activate through the command palette" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The command palette tool has a command to activate the debug mode: open it " +"with the keyboard shortcut `ctrl+k`, then type `debug`: a command will show " +"up to activate the debug mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:48 +msgid "Activate through the URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In the URL, add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*. To deactivate " +"the debug mode, add `?debug=0` instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Additional modes are available for developers: `?debug=assets` enables the " +":ref:`assets mode `, and " +"`?debug=tests` enables the :ref:`tests mode " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:63 +msgid "Locate the mode tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* " +"button, located on the header of your pages. This menu contains additional " +"tools that are useful to understand or edit technical data, such as the " +"views or the actions. It contains some useful menu items such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:70 +msgid "edit action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:71 +msgid "manage filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:72 +msgid "edit the current view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:73 +msgid "see the `fields view get`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:74 +msgid "and much more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:3 +msgid "Digest Emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Digest Emails** are periodic snapshots sent to your organization via email" +" that include high-level information about how your business is performing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Navigate to Digest Emails by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"Settings --> Statistics`, then activate the **Digest Emails** feature and " +"click on save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:15 +msgid "You can control a variety of settings for your Digest Emails, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:17 +msgid "which KPIs are shared in the Digest" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:18 +msgid "how often Digest Emails are sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:19 +msgid "who in your organization receives Digest Emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:20 +msgid "creating custom Digest Email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:21 +msgid "adding additional KPIs (Studio required)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:24 +msgid "" +"By default, Digest Email is *enabled*, and *Your Odoo Periodic Digest* " +"serves as the primary template, which includes all KPI measurements across " +"your Odoo database and is sent daily to administrators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:31 +msgid "Customize *Your Odoo Periodic Digest*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To customize the default Digest Email (*Your Odoo Periodic Digest*), go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Statistics --> Digest " +"Email`, select *Your Odoo Periodic Digest* and click on the *external link* " +"next to the dropdown selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:37 +msgid "" +"A popup window appears and presents a variety of editable settings, which " +"include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:39 +msgid "**Digest Title** - what you want your Digest Email to be called" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Periodicity** - control the regimen in how often Digest Emails are sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**KPIs** - check/uncheck each calculated KPI that appears in Digest Emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:42 +msgid "**Recipients** - add/remove users who receive your Digest Emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:43 +msgid "**Custom** - add your own KPIs (Studio required)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:52 +msgid "Custom digest emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:54 +msgid "To do so, click on **Configure Digest Emails** and then **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:56 +msgid "" +"From there, give your Digest Email a title, specify periodicity, and choose " +"your desired KPIs and recipients fields as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:59 +msgid "" +"After you click **Save**, your new custom Digest Email is available as a " +"selection in the **General Settings** dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:65 +msgid "Custom KPIs with Studio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:67 +msgid "" +"For either *Your Odoo Periodic Digest* or your own custom Digest Email, you " +"can add your own KPIs by using Odoo Studio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To begin, click the **Toggle Studio** icon or click the **Recipients** tab " +"and then the ellipses :menuselection:`… icon --> Add Custom Field` to edit " +"the template or add additional fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:73 +msgid "" +"In order to create additional fields, you must create two fields on the " +"digest object:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:75 +msgid "" +"create a boolean field called `kpi_myfield` and display it in the KPIs tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:76 +msgid "" +"create a computed field called `kpi_myfield_value` that computes your " +"customized KPI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:77 +msgid "select your KPI(s) in the KPIs tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:80 +msgid "Computed values reference table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:83 +msgid "LABEL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:83 +msgid "VALUE" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:85 +msgid "Connected Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:85 +msgid "`kpi_res_users_connected_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:87 +msgid "Messages Sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:87 +msgid "`kpi_mail_message_total_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:89 +msgid "New Leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:89 +msgid "`kpi_crm_lead_created_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:91 +msgid "Opportunities Won" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:91 +msgid "`kpi_crm_opportunities_won_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:93 +msgid "Open Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:93 +msgid "`kpi_project_task_opened_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:95 +msgid "Tickets Closed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:95 +msgid "`kpi_helpdesk_tickets_closed_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:97 +msgid "% of Happiness" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:97 +msgid "`kpi_livechat_rating_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:99 +msgid "Conversations handled" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:99 +msgid "`kpi_livechat_conversations_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:101 +msgid "Time to answer (sec)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:101 +msgid "`kpi_livechat_response_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:103 +msgid "All Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:103 +msgid "`kpi_all_sale_total_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:105 +msgid "eCommerce Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:105 +msgid "`kpi_website_sale_total_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:107 +msgid "Revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:107 +msgid "`kpi_account_total_revenue_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:109 +msgid "Bank & Cash Moves" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:109 +msgid "`kpi_account_bank_cash_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:111 +msgid "POS Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:111 +msgid "`kpi_pos_total_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:113 +msgid "New Employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:113 +msgid "`kpi_hr_recruitment_new_colleagues_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:5 +msgid "Email Communication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:3 +msgid "Sending emails with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:6 +msgid "Using your email domain in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Documents in Odoo (a CRM opportunity, a sales order, an invoice ...) have a " +"discussion thread, called *chatter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you post a message in the chatter, this message is sent by email to the" +" followers of the document. If a follower replies to the message, the reply " +"updates the chatter, and Odoo relays the reply to the followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Emails from your users to partners (customers, vendors) are sent from the " +"email address of your users. Similarly, emails from partners to users are " +"sent from the email address of the partners. This allows you to recognize at" +" a glance who sent an email relayed by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If your database is hosted on our cloud (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), it is not " +"necessary to add an outgoing email server to send emails from your custom " +"domain. You can enjoy this feature by using the default Odoo email server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The Odoo server is subject to a daily email limit to prevent abuse. The " +"default limit is 200 emails sent per day for databases with an Enterprise " +"subscription. This limit can be increased under certain conditions. See our " +":doc:`FAQ ` or contact support for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:29 +msgid "" +"However, it is recommended that you configure your domain name to ensure " +"that emails from your users reach your partners, rather than being " +"considered spam." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For the same reason, we recommend that you always give your users an email " +"address from a domain you manage, rather than a generic email address " +"(gmail.com, outlook.com, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:38 +msgid "Be SPF compliant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The Sender Policy Framework (SPF) protocol allows the owner of a domain name" +" to specify which servers are allowed to send email from that domain. When a" +" server receives an incoming email, it checks whether the IP address of the " +"sending server is on the list of allowed IPs according to the SPF record of " +"the sender." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The SPF verification is performed on the domain mentioned in the Return-Path" +" field of the email. In the case of an email sent by Odoo, this domain " +"corresponds to the value of the `mail.catchall.domain` key in the database " +"system parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:50 +msgid "" +"See the :ref:`documentation on incoming emails " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The SPF policy of a domain is set using a TXT record. How to create or " +"modify a TXT record depends on the provider hosting the DNS zone of your " +"domain name. In order for the verification to work properly, each domain can" +" only have one SPF record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If your domain name does not yet have an SPF record, the content of the " +"record to create is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:59 +msgid "``v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If your domain name already has an SPF record, you need to update this " +"record (and do not create a new one)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If your TXT record is `v=spf1 include:_spf.google.com ~all`, you need to " +"edit it to add `include:_spf.odoo.com`: `v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com " +"include:_spf.google.com ~all`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can check if your SPF record is valid with a free tool like `MXToolbox " +"SPF `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:75 +msgid "Enable DKIM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) allows you to authenticate your emails" +" with a digital signature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:79 +msgid "" +"When sending an email, the Odoo server includes a unique DKIM signature in " +"the headers. The recipient's server decrypts this signature using the DKIM " +"record in your domain name. If the signature and the key contained in the " +"record match, this guarantees that your message is authentic and has not " +"been altered during transport." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To enable DKIM, you must add a CNAME record to the DNS zone of your domain " +"name:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:86 +msgid "``odoo._domainkey IN CNAME odoo._domainkey.odoo.com.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If your domain name is `mycompany.com`, you need to create a subdomain " +"`odoo._domainkey.mycompany.com` whose canonical name is " +"`odoo._domainkey.odoo.com.`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:92 +msgid "" +"How to create or modify a CNAME record depends on the provider hosting the " +"DNS zone of your domain name. The most common providers are list below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:95 +msgid "" +"You can check if your DKIM record is valid with a free tool like `DKIM Core " +"`_. If a selector is asked, enter `odoo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:99 +msgid "Check your DMARC policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting & Conformance (DMARC) is " +"a protocol that unifies SPF and DKIM. The instructions contained in the " +"DMARC record of a domain name tell the destination server what to do with an" +" incoming email that fails the SPF and/or DKIM check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:105 +msgid "" +"There are three DMARC policies: - ``p=none`` - ``p=quarantine`` - " +"``p=reject``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:110 +msgid "" +"``p=quarantine`` and ``p=reject`` instruct the server that receives an email" +" to quarantine that email or ignore it if the SPF and/or DKIM check fails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If your domain name uses DMARC and has defined one of these policies, it is " +"therefore imperative to be SPF compliant or to enable DKIM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Yahoo or AOL are examples of email providers with a DMARC policy set to " +"``p=reject``. We strongly advise against using an *@yahoo.com* or *@aol.com*" +" address for your users. These emails will never reach their recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 +msgid "" +"``p=none`` is used for the domain owner to receive reports about entities " +"using their domain. It should not impact the deliverability if the DMARC " +"check fails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:124 +msgid "" +"You can check the DMARC record of a domain name with a tool like `MXToolbox " +"DMARC `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If one of your partners, customer or vendor, uses DMARC and has defined one " +"of these policies, the Odoo server cannot relay emails from this partner to " +"your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:130 +msgid "" +"You need to :ref:`handle user notifications in Odoo " +"`, or replace the email address of the" +" partner with a default email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:136 +msgid "SPF, DKIM & DMARC documentation of common providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:138 +msgid "" +"`OVH DNS " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:139 +msgid "" +"`OVH SPF `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:140 +msgid "" +"`GoDaddy TXT record `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:141 +msgid "`GoDaddy SPF `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:142 +msgid "" +"`GoDaddy DKIM `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:143 +msgid "" +"`NameCheap " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:144 +msgid "" +"`CloudFlare DNS `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:145 +msgid "" +"`Google Domains `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:146 +msgid "" +"`Azure DNS `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To fully test your configuration, the tool `Mail-Tester `_ will give you a full overview of the content and " +"configuration you have in one email sent! Mail-Tester can also be used for " +"other lesser known providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:153 +msgid "Use a default email address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:155 +msgid "" +"To force the email address from which emails are sent, you need to create " +"the following key in the System Parameters of the database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If ``mail.default.from`` is set, and contains a full email address, all " +"outgoing emails are sent from the given address. This is a requirement to " +"use `Outlook with Odoo `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 +msgid "" +"You access the **System Parameters** in :ref:`developer mode ` in the :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> " +"System Parameters` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "Send and Receive Emails in Odoo with an Email Server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:6 +msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " +"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" +" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:16 +msgid "Scope of this documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " +"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " +"unlike `Odoo Online `_ & `Odoo.sh " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " +"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " +"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " +"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " +"reputation yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You will find here some useful information on how to integrate your own " +"email solution with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from " +"hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation " +"`_ to make it work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:39 +msgid "How to manage outbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " +"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " +"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " +"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:45 +msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:50 +msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " +"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " +"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:57 +msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:61 +msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" +" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online unless you configure Odoo to " +":ref:`force the outgoing \"From\" address " +"` ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation `_ to configure " +"a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:71 +msgid "How to use a G Suite server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:72 +msgid "" +"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " +"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " +"`Google documentation " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:77 +msgid "Restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Please note that port 25 is blocked for security reasons on our SaaS and " +"Odoo.sh platform. Try using 465, 587, or 2525." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:84 +msgid "Use a default \"From\" email address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, an email's \"From\" (outgoing) address can belong to a different " +"domain, and that can be a problem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:89 +msgid "" +"For example, if a customer with address *mary@customer.example.com* responds" +" to a message, Odoo will try to redistribute that same email to other " +"subscribers in the thread. But if the domain *customer.example.com* forbids " +"that kind of usage for security, the Odoo's redistributed email would get " +"rejected by some recipients' mail servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To avoid those kind of problems, you should make sure all emails use a " +"\"From\" address from your authorized domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If your MTA supports `SRS (Sender Rewriting Scheme) " +"`_, you can enable it" +" to handle these situations. However, that is more complex and requires more" +" technical knowledge that is not meant to be covered by this documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Instead, you can also configure Odoo to do something similar by itself:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:177 +msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:110 +msgid "Click on *Outgoing Mail Servers*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:112 +msgid "Create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:114 +msgid "Fill its *From Filter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Use a domain (such as ``mycompany.example.com``) to keep the original " +"\"From\" address for mails that come from that domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Use an address (such as ``outgoing@mycompany.example.com``) to allow only " +"that outgoing address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:125 +msgid "Keep it empty to use this server for any email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:127 +msgid "" +"With this configuration in place, if Odoo sends an email that doesn't match " +"any of the *from filters*, it will alter the email's \"From\" before sending" +" it to the MTA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:131 +msgid "" +"It will use the default outgoing email address, composed like this: " +"``{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"In developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:137 +msgid "Add these system parameters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:139 +msgid "``mail.default.from``: local part of default outgoing email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:141 +msgid "" +"``mail.catchall.domain``: domain part of default outgoing email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:146 +msgid "How to manage inbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:148 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:150 +msgid "" +"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " +"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " +"alias (**catchall@**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:154 +msgid "" +"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " +"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " +"`__ to opt-out invalid " +"recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:158 +msgid "" +"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " +"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " +"`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " +"`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project " +"`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " +"`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:169 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " +"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " +"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " +"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:182 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " +"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " +"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " +"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " +"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:191 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " +"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " +"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " +"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " +"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " +"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " +"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:201 +msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " +"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " +":ref:`developer mode `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " +"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " +"mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:209 +msgid "" +"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " +"You can change this value in :ref:`developer mode `. Go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions`" +" and look for *Mail: Fetchmail Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:216 +msgid "Set up different dedicated servers for transactional and mass mails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Odoo is subject to a :ref:`daily email limit " +"` to prevent abuse. However, if " +"needed, you can use a separate Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) servers for " +"transactional e-mails and mass mailings. Example: use Odoo's own mail server" +" for transactional e-mails, and Sendgrid, Amazon SES, or Mailgun for mass " +"mailings. Another alternative is to use Postmark for transactional e-mails, " +"and Amazon SES or Sendgrid for mass mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:226 +msgid "" +"A default outgoing email server is already configured. You should not create" +" an alternative one unless you want to use a specific external outgoing " +"email server for technical reasons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:229 +msgid "" +"To do this, you should first activate the :ref:`developer mode ` and then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Outgoing` " +"e-mail servers. There you have to create two e-mail MTA server settings. One" +" for transactional e-mails and one for mass mail servers. Be sure to mark " +"the priority of transactional e-mail servers as low as the mass email " +"servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:234 +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Settings` and enable " +"*Dedicated Server*. With these settings, Odoo uses the server with the lower" +" priority for transactional emails, and the server here selected for mass " +"mails. Note that in this case, you have to set your domain's Sender Policy " +"Framework (SPF) records to include both transactional and mass mail servers." +" If your server resides with xxxx.odoo.com, the available options are " +"Sendinblue and Mailchimp, as your e-mails would be originated from the " +"xxxx.odoo.com domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:3 +msgid "Email Templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " +"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " +"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " +"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " +"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " +"improving their overall experience with the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The email templates use QWeb. The composer allows you to edit emails in " +"their final rendering, making customizations more robust as you don’t have " +"to edit code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:16 +msgid "Defining a default reply to on your mail template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Although the field *reply to* is available within the mail templates, **this" +" field is only used for mass mailing** mode (this means when sending " +"templates on what we call bulk emailing). You can send emails in bulk in " +"almost every app that has a list view. Select the records you want and click" +" on the action button. If you have an option to send an email, you will see " +"a mail composer with possible values to define:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:28 +msgid "You can also define them by default on the template:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Because of this, setting a value in this field is useless as the value " +"defined will be totally ignored. The default *reply-to* value is the default" +" catchall email address to ensure a communication between your customer and " +"your Odoo database. For more information about the way the catchall works, " +"please check :ref:`how to manage inbound messages " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:40 +msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URL for each company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:42 +msgid "" +"When using Odoo, multiple events trigger the sending of automated emails. " +"These emails are known as transactional emails and sometimes contain links " +"pointing to your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:45 +msgid "" +"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic web.base.url key" +" defined in the system parameters. More information about this " +":ref:`parameter `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If the website application isn't installed, the web.base.url key will always" +" be the default parameter used to generate all the links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:51 +msgid "" +"It’s important to know that this key can only have a single value, meaning " +"that in a multi-website/company database environment, even if you have a " +"specific domain name for each website, the links generated to share a " +"document or within a transactional email might remain the same, whatever the" +" website/company related to the sending of the email/document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:56 +msgid "" +"This is not always the case as some Odoo applications have a link " +"established in the database with the website application, meaning that in " +"this case, if a specific domain is defined for the websites, the URL " +"generated in the email template will use the domain defined on the " +"corresponding website of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:62 +msgid "" +"A document shared using the documents application will always use the " +"web.base.url key, as the document shared isn't associated with any " +"particular website. Meaning that the URL will always be the same (the " +"web.base.url key value), whatever the company it's shared from, this is a " +"known limitation!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:67 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, sales orders made by a customer on one of your Odoo " +"e-commerce websites have a link established with the website from which the " +"order was made. As a result, the e-mail sent for the sales orders uses the " +"domain name defined for the corresponding website to generate the links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:71 +msgid "" +"For more information about how to configure your domains, we invite you to " +"check :doc:`our domain name documentation " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:75 +msgid "Updating translations within email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Email templates are automatically translated. Changing the translations " +"shouldn’t be necessary. However, if for a specific reason you’d like to " +"change some of the translations, this can be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Like any modification in the code, keep in mind that modifications that " +"aren’t done correctly (for example modifications leading to bad syntax) can " +"break the template, as a result, the template will appear blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In order to edit your translations, follow these steps from the template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:86 +msgid "Click on the edit button, then on the language button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:92 +msgid "" +"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database will " +"be displayed. From here, editing the translations will be possible. Don't " +"forget to hit the save button to preserve your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:3 +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring mailing " +"concerns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:7 +msgid "" +"We will start by addressing issues of outgoing emails (ex: my client has not" +" received my email), and then, of incoming emails (ex: I do not receive " +"responses from my customers in the database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:11 +msgid "Outgoing emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:16 +msgid "What do you have to check if your email is not sent?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The first indicator showing you that the email has not been sent is the red " +"envelope next to the date and time of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:26 +msgid "Common error messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:31 +msgid "You reached your daily limit:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Each email service provider has its own email sending limits. The limits may" +" be daily, hourly, and sometimes even per minute. This is the same for Odoo," +" we have to limit our customers to prevent our e-mail servers from being " +"blacklisted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:41 +msgid "Here are the default limits for new databases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:43 +msgid "" +"200 emails/day for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " +"subscription," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:45 +msgid "50 emails/day for one-app free and trial databases," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:47 +msgid "" +"in case of migration, your daily limit might be reset to 50 emails a day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:49 +msgid "In case you hit the limit, you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Ask our support team to increase your daily limit. We will analyze the " +"situation of your database depending on (non-exhaustive list):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:54 +msgid "How many users in your database," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:55 +msgid "Which apps are installed," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Your bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " +"your emails because it was returned by a mail server on its way to the final" +" recipient. You can contact the `support `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Use your own outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo’s mail limit " +"(please refer to :doc:`the corresponding documentation " +"`)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Wait until 11pm UTC for the reset and click on the retry button: The " +":ref:`Developer mode ` must be activated. Then, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Emails`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The daily limit is global to your database and can rise quickly! By default " +"an internal message, a notification, a note, etc. counts as an email in your" +" daily limit if it notifies someone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can mitigate this by receiving your :ref:`notifications in Odoo " +"` instead of by emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:77 +msgid "SMTP Error" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can find out why an email wasn't transmitted successfully by reviewing " +"the Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages. SMTP is a protocol" +" to describe the email structure and transmit it over the Internet, and the " +"error messages generated by email services are helpful tools to diagnose and" +" troubleshoot email problems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:85 +msgid "No Error" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it " +"failed. The different providers implement a personalized policy of the " +"bounce emails and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " +"correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If you have this problem on a recurring basis with the same client or the " +"same domain, please do not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support " +"`_ for help in finding a reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Note: in such case, one of the most common reasons is related to :ref:`SPF " +"` and/or :ref:`DKIM " +"` configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:98 +msgid "Why is my email sent late?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:100 +msgid "" +"It may happen that you schedule an email campaign but it is not sent on " +"time. We know that we use a delayed job to send emails that we consider as " +"not urgent (Newsletters concept such as mass mailing, marketing automation, " +"events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to run" +" automatically at predetermined intervals. We use that policy in order to " +"avoid cluttering the mail servers and prioritize the communication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The emails considered urgent (communication from one person to another one " +"such as Sales Orders, Invoices, Purchase Orders, etc.) are sent directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:113 +msgid "" +"By default, the Mass Mailing cron runs every 60 minutes. So, you should wait" +" maximum an hour before the campaign is actually sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:117 +msgid "Incoming emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When you have an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an " +"indication per se in Odoo. This is the client who tries to contact a " +"database who will get a bounce (most of the time 550: mailbox unavailable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:124 +msgid "Emails are not received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:126 +msgid "Depending on the platform you are using:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:128 +msgid "" +"The **Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder " +":file:`~/logs/`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (preferably accessed by the command line) of an " +"Odoo.sh contains a list of files containing the logs of the database. The " +"log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM UTC. The two last days are not " +"compressed, while the older ones are, in order to gain space. The naming of " +"the files for Today and Yesterday are :file:`odoo.log` and " +":file:`odoo.log.1`. For the following, they are named with their dates and " +"compressed. See the Odoo.sh documentation about :ref:`logs `. " +"Use the command ``grep`` and ``zgrep`` (for the compressed ones) to search " +"through the files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The **SaaS** users won’t have access to their logs. However you can still " +"contact `Odoo Support `_ , if you have a " +"recurring issue with the same client or domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:143 +msgid "Get help from support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:145 +msgid "" +"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " +"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The **EML** of the email, stating for *Electronic Mail*, is the file format " +"containing all the technical information required for an investigation. The " +"documentation of your own email provider might help you on how to get your " +"EML files. Once you get the EML of the email, adding it in the attachment of" +" your ticket is the most efficient way for us to investigate. The support " +"will mainly focus on redundant issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:155 +msgid "`Gmail documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:157 +msgid "" +"`Outlook documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:160 +msgid "" +"The exact flow you are following in order to normally receive those emails " +"in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:163 +msgid "Is this simply a reply from an email going out from Odoo ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:165 +msgid "Are you using an incoming email server or somehow redirecting?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Can you provide us with an example of an email that has been correctly " +"forwarded ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:169 +msgid "Providing answers to the following questions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Is it a generic issue or is it specific to a use case? If yes, which one " +"exactly?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Is it working as expected? In case the email is sent using Odoo, the bounce " +"email should reach the Odoo database and display the :ref:`red envelope " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:3 +msgid "Export and import data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:8 +msgid "Export data from Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " +"in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " +"(even if Odoo offers a precise and easy reporting tool with each available " +"application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," +" activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " +"*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " +"when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " +"the data to export:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:30 +msgid "" +"With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " +"fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " +"update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the " +"box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, " +"not just the ones which can be imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " +".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " +"all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " +"sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " +"fields more easily. To use the search option more efficiently, display all " +"the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:44 +msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the \"to export\" list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The \"handles\" next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " +"and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" +" file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:48 +msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:49 +msgid "" +"For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " +"Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " +"*New template* and give a name to yours. The next time you need to export " +"the same list, simply select the related template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:56 +msgid "" +"It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " +"*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " +"you would like to import next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:63 +msgid "Import data into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:66 +msgid "How to start" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:68 +msgid "" +"You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" +" or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" +" and even orders!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Open the view of the object you want to populate and click on " +":menuselection:`Favorites --> Import records`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:78 +msgid "" +"There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " +"data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " +"already done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:83 +msgid "How to adapt the template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:85 +msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:86 +msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:92 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " +"columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the " +"corresponding field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " +"on the very next time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:104 +msgid "How to import from another application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:106 +msgid "" +"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " +"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " +"**ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that " +"links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original " +"unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will" +" be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " +"re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " +"whenever possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:120 +msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " +"files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " +"you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type " +"*Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior " +"might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes " +"wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " +"fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " +"complete list of fields for each column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:139 +msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " +"guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " +"this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be " +"recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is " +"difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is " +"the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " +"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " +"selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" +" the *ISO 8601* to define the format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " +"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" +" stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " +"whatever your locale date format is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:157 +msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" +" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " +"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can " +"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not " +"known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " +"crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:166 +msgid "32.000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:167 +msgid "32000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:168 +msgid "32,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:169 +msgid "-32000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:170 +msgid "(32000.00)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:171 +msgid "$ 32.000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:172 +msgid "(32000.00 €)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:174 +msgid "Example that will not work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:176 +msgid "ABC 32.000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:177 +msgid "$ (32.000,00)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:180 +msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:182 +msgid "" +"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " +"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " +"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" +" CSV file bar after you select your file)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " +"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " +"your spreadsheet application. See the following question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:191 +msgid "" +"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " +"application?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " +"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " +"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " +"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check " +"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " +":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " +"Encoding tab`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:202 +msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " +"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" +" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " +"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three " +"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " +"import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:209 +msgid "" +"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " +"different fields to import:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:211 +msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " +"postgresql column" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" +" (or the .XML file that imported it)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:216 +msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:218 +msgid "Country: Belgium" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:219 +msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:220 +msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:222 +msgid "" +"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " +"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " +"according to your need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" +" have been created manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " +"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " +"may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique " +"Database ID)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " +"party application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:232 +msgid "" +"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" +" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " +"be able to make a reference to that record with columns like " +"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for " +"Products and their Categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:237 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:240 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:244 +msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:246 +msgid "" +"If for example you have two product categories with the child name " +"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " +"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import " +"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they " +"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product " +"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " +"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:252 +msgid "" +"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " +"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " +"'Category'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:256 +msgid "" +"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " +"multiple tags)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:258 +msgid "" +"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" +" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " +"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" +" of your CSV file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:262 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:266 +msgid "" +"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " +"Sales Order)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:268 +msgid "" +"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" +" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " +"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " +"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any " +"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " +"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some " +"quotations you can import, based on demo data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:275 +msgid "" +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:277 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " +"respective purchase order lines:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:280 +msgid "" +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:282 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " +"contacts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:284 +msgid "" +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:287 +msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:289 +msgid "" +"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " +"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " +"instead of being created. This is very useful as it allows you to import " +"several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between " +"two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " +"depending if it's new or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:294 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " +"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:298 +msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:300 +msgid "" +"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " +"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " +"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of " +"assigning the default value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:305 +msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:307 +msgid "" +"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " +"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" +" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " +"person and the company they work for)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:311 +msgid "" +"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " +"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" +" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " +"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " +"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " +"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:317 +msgid "" +"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " +"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " +"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database `)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:322 +msgid "" +"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" +" the following command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:328 +msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:337 +msgid "" +"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " +"following SQL command in PSQL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:343 +msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:353 +msgid "" +"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " +"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" +" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " +"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " +"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" +" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:359 +msgid "" +"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " +"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " +"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first " +"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:364 +msgid "How to adapt an import template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " +"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " +"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:372 +msgid "How to customize the file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" +" here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:381 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " +"corresponding field using the search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " +"work straight away the very next time you try to import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:392 +msgid "Why an “ID” column" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:394 +msgid "" +"The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " +"free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:397 +msgid "" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:399 +msgid "" +"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " +"duplicates;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:400 +msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:403 +msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:405 +msgid "" +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " +"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:409 +msgid "" +"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " +"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " +"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +msgid "In-App Purchase (IAP)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" +" instance, it allows you to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " +"post directly from my database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:9 +msgid "Buying Credits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " +"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " +"from free credits to test our IAP features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +msgid "IAP accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " +"to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " +"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the " +":ref:`developer mode `, then go to :menuselection:`Technical" +" Settings --> IAP Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:34 +msgid "IAP Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " +"from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " +"there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my " +"consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:44 +msgid "Get notified when credits are low" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " +"Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " +"Services`, unfold a service and mark the Receive threshold warning option. " +"Then, I’ll provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " +"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to " +"by email!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:56 +msgid "IAP services available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " +"Database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " +"(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:62 +msgid "" +"*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " +"Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:66 +msgid "Offering my own services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:68 +msgid "" +"I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" +" the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" +" rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " +"find more information at: :doc:`In-App Purchase `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:7 +msgid "Users & Companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " +"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" +" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " +"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:3 +msgid "Access Rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:9 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:14 +msgid "" +"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " +"`, details of the rules and inheritances of that group" +" are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* comes along. *Groups* are " +"created to define rules to models within an application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" +" rights are shown in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:22 +msgid "" +"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " +"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " +"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " +"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " +"they are being applied to the needed and right users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " +"access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:42 +msgid "" +"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " +"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " +"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:45 +msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:46 +msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:47 +msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:48 +msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:55 +msgid "" +"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " +"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:58 +msgid "" +"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " +"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " +"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " +"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " +"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " +"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:3 +msgid "Companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies" +" simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and" +" contacts. It provides you the ability to generate reports of aggregated " +"figures without switching interfaces, which facilitates daily tasks and the " +"overall management process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:11 +msgid "Manage companies and records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form " +"with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records " +"are shared between the two companies (as long as both environments are " +"active)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Activate the :ref:`developer mode ` to choose a *Favicon* " +"for each of your companies, and easily identify them by the browser tabs. " +"Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels. JPG, PNG, GIF, and " +"ICO are extensions accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection " +"boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is " +"in use. To switch environments, click on the company’s name. In the example " +"below, the user has access to three companies, two are activated, and the " +"environment in use is of *JS Store US*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be " +"shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:43 +msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:44 +msgid "" +"*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that " +"specific company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:51 +msgid "Employees' access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " +"` for *Multi Companies*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " +"**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on " +"the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " +"(the company from which the sale order was issued)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:66 +msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:68 +msgid "The current company (the one active) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:69 +msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " +"is being edited)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:73 +msgid "Documents’ format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select*" +" the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " +"Layout*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:83 +msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:87 +msgid "" +":doc:`Chart of Accounts " +"<../../finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:90 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions " +"<../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:91 +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:92 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Localizations " +"<../../finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With" +" the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like" +" operations between companies to be synchronized at an invoice/bills level " +"or at a sales/purchase orders level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:104 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company " +"confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:107 +msgid "" +"*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, " +"automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales " +"order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is " +"confirmed for the selected company. If instead of a drafted purchase/sales " +"order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:118 +msgid "" +"*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store " +"Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and " +"confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Products have to be configured as *Can be sold* and must be shared between " +"the companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:133 +msgid ":doc:`Multi-company Guidelines `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:134 +msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:3 +msgid "Change language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" +" each user can use Odoo in his own language ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:9 +msgid "Load your desired language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " +"instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:14 +msgid "" +"From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" +" the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " +"select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" +" to change the navigation language on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:27 +msgid "Change your language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" +"down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " +"**SAVE.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:42 +msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:45 +msgid "Change another user's language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " +"language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users " +"--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you " +"can choose the user who you'd like to change the language for. Select the " +"user and click on **Edit** in the top left corner. Under Preferences you can" +" change the Language to any previously installed language and click " +"**SAVE.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/publish/translate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:3 +msgid "Manage users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo defines a **user** as someone who has access to a database to perform " +"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" +" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " +"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`language`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`access_rights`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:16 +msgid "Add individual users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :doc:`Access " +"Rights ` choose the group within each application the user " +"can have access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" +" database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " +"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " +"invitation and create a login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " +"`pricing page `_ for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:46 +msgid "" +"With the :ref:`developer mode ` activated, *User Types* can " +"be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " +"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " +"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:60 +msgid "Deactivate users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, open the " +"user you want to deactivate, click on *Action*, and then on *Archive*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:66 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:71 +msgid "Passwords management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:76 +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:81 +msgid "Enable password resets from login page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:83 +msgid "It is possible to enable password resets directly from the login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Permissions`, activate " +"**Password Reset** and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:94 +msgid "Send reset instructions to users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, select the " +"user out of the list and click on *Send Password Reset Instructions* on its " +"user form. An email is automatically sent to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The *Send Password Reset Instructions* button only appears if the Odoo " +"invitation email has already been confirmed by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:104 +msgid "" +"This email contains all the instructions needed to reset the password, along" +" with a link redirecting the user to an Odoo login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:114 +msgid "Change users’ passwords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users` and select " +"a user to access its form. Click on the *Action* button and select *Change " +"Password*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:123 +msgid "Enter a new password and confirm by clicking on *Change Password*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:126 +msgid "" +"This operation only modifies the password of the users locally and does not " +"affect their odoo.com account. If you want to change the odoo.com password, " +"you can :ref:`send the password reset instructions `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Click on *Change Password* one more time. You are then redirected to an Odoo" +" login page where you can reaccess your database using your new password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:136 +msgid "Multi Companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " +"companies database you hold the user can have access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " +"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" +" required. For technical explanations refer to :doc:`this " +"` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:152 +msgid ":doc:`companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:5 +msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your VoIP Asterisk server for Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:6 +msgid "Installing Asterisk server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:9 +msgid "Dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:13 +msgid "wget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:14 +msgid "gcc" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:15 +msgid "g++" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:16 +msgid "ncurses-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:17 +msgid "libxml2-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:18 +msgid "sqlite-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:19 +msgid "libsrtp-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:20 +msgid "libuuid-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:21 +msgid "openssl-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:22 +msgid "pkg-config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:24 +msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " +"`_. Once the source directory is " +"extracted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:37 +msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:43 +msgid "**run:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:49 +msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:57 +msgid "**Update shared library links:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:63 +msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:69 +msgid "**The result should be:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:86 +msgid "Asterisk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " +"`there `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:90 +msgid "Extract Asterisk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:96 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:102 +msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:108 +msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " +"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " +"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " +"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:116 +msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " +"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " +"run 'make config'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:125 +msgid "DTLS Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:127 +msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:133 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" +" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:146 +msgid "Configure Asterisk server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:148 +msgid "" +"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " +"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " +"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start" +" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " +"uncommented:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " +"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " +"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to " +"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " +"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:186 +msgid "" +"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " +"lines:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:193 +msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:202 +msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:204 +msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:210 +msgid "" +"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" +" the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:212 +msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used " +"if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " +"configured in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " +"\"Integrations\" section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:222 +msgid "" +"The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to" +" be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " +"defined in the http.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:3 +msgid "Use VoIP services in Odoo with Axivox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with `Axivox " +"`_. In that case, an :doc:`Asterisk server " +"` is not necessary as the infrastructure is hosted and managed by " +"Axivox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To use this service, `contact Axivox `_ to " +"open an account. Before doing so, verify that Axivox covers your area and " +"the areas you wish to call." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:18 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Apps` and install the **VoIP Module**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, and " +"fill out the **Asterisk (VoIP)** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**PBX Server IP**: set the domain created by Axivox for your account (e.g., " +"*yourcompany.axivox.com*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:29 +msgid "**WebSocket**: type in ``wss://pabx.axivox.com:3443``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:30 +msgid "**VoIP Environment**: set as *Production*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:37 +msgid "Configure the VOIP user in the Odoo's user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, then open " +"the user's form you want to configure. Under the **Preferences** tab, fill " +"out the section **PBX Configuration**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:42 +msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the Axivox *username*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:43 +msgid "**SIP Password**: the Axivox *SIP Password*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can find all this information by logging in at " +"https://manage.axivox.com/, selecting the user you want to configure, and " +"referring to the fields as pictured below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:58 +msgid "Phone Calls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can make phone calls by clicking on the phone icon in the navigation " +"bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can also receive phone calls. Odoo rings and displays a notification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:65 +msgid "Your number is the one provided by Axivox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:72 +msgid "" +"If you see a *Missing Parameter* message in the **Odoo softphone**, refresh " +"your Odoo window and try again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" +" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " +"the international country code. E.g., +16506913277 (where +1 is the " +"international prefix for the United States)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:3 +msgid "Use VoIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" +" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " +"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " +"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " +"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " +"configuration procedure below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:15 +msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " +"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " +"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " +"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:23 +msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:24 +msgid "**Mode** should be Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " +"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:31 +msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:32 +msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:33 +msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:34 +msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can find all this information by logging in at " +"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " +"and refer to the fields as pictured below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " +"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" +" Odoo and in OnSIP)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " +"to refresh your Odoo window and try again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" +" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " +"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " +"international prefix for the United States)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " +"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:63 +msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:65 +msgid "" +"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " +"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" +" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear " +"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:67 +msgid "" +"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " +"Wave `_." +" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " +"then have to configure it as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:69 +msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:70 +msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:71 +msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:72 +msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:73 +msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " +"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " +"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to " +"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone" +" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call " +"Assistant `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" +" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..26caa8b14 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-11-02 09:24+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 09:27+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/index.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo Documentation" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a3cbce889 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -0,0 +1,7617 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-04-08 13:26+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:48+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 +msgid "Inventory & Mrp" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Inventory** is both an inventory application and a warehouse " +"management system, with an advanced barcode scanner app. Learn how to manage" +" lead times, automate replenishments, and configure advanced routes like " +"drop-shipping, cross-docks, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:15 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:5 +msgid "Daily Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" +" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " +"Adjustments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +msgid "" +"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " +"*Commands for Inventory*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " +"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " +"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " +"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" +" the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " +"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " +"manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " +"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." +" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" +" bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get " +"the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " +"weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " +"interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " +"nomenclature being in :ref:`developer mode `. To do so, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " +"create your first rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " +"with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," +" in our case it will be Weighted Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " +"the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " +"be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start." +" The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there" +" simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the" +" “D” define the decimals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" +" be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " +"sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 +msgid "Configure your Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 +msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " +"identify the product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" +" we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" +" which digit it should be in your case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" +" barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " +"receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically " +"create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the " +"point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +msgid "Rule Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"price, used in POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +msgid "" +"**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " +"discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " +"discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +msgid "" +"**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " +"weight) and in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " +"loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +msgid "" +"**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" +"location is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +msgid "" +"**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" +" activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " +"Mercury module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " +"transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " +"number of characters, those characters being any number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +msgid "Process to Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 +msgid "Simple Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " +"*Operations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " +"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " +"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 +msgid "" +"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " +"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " +"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " +"the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " +"additional steps for the different operation types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 +msgid "Receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " +"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " +"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " +"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " +"scan the next product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery.rst:5 +msgid "Delivery Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 +msgid "" +"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " +"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " +"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " +"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " +"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " +"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " +"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 +msgid "Internal Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " +"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " +"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 +msgid "" +"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," +" you don’t need to scan them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " +"of working:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " +"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" +" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " +"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " +"lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" +" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " +"sheet* from the home page of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." +" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " +"products to populate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:5 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " +"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " +"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 +msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " +"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " +"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " +"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" +" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " +"be configured to be so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" +" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " +"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " +"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " +"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " +"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " +"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " +"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " +"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " +"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," +" it is essential to test it first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 +msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 +msgid "Keyboard layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 +msgid "" +"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " +"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " +"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" +" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 +msgid "Automatic carriage return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " +"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " +"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" +" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " +"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" +" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " +"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " +"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " +"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " +"the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " +"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " +"have ticked the feature, you can hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 +msgid "Set Product Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " +"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Products Barcodes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " +"at creation on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " +"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 +msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " +"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" +" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " +"*Print* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 +msgid "Barcode Formats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " +"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " +"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " +"own barcode format for internal use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5 +msgid "Warehouse Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 +msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " +"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " +"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " +"stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in " +"your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer." +" Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19 +msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22 +msgid "" +"One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are " +"drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of " +"space in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30 +msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large" +" suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a " +"more costly shipping method won't be financially rewarding. But if your " +"product is unique, then it makes sense!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 +msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37 +msgid "Make sure time is not against you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more " +"than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to" +" be able to provide your customers with a tracking number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44 +msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40 +msgid "" +"It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If " +"you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold " +"the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47 +msgid "" +"For more information and insights about Drop-Shipping, you can read our " +"blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 +msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to " +"make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a " +"product via drop-shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. " +"Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " +"which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 +msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Create a *Sales Order* and add the product on which you just set the vendor." +" Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order " +"line. Now, you are able to specify that your products’ route is *Drop-" +"Shipping*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request " +"for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You " +"can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once this *Purchase Order* is confirmed, a *Receipt Order* is created and " +"linked to it. The source location is the vendor location and the destination" +" location is the customer location. Then, the product won’t go through your " +"own stock when you validate the dropship document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 +msgid "" +"You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " +"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " +"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 +msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " +"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " +"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " +"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " +"to handle orders very quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" +" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " +"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " +"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " +"especially when the items you stock are big in size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " +"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " +"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " +"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 +msgid "One step flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 +msgid "Two steps flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 +msgid "Three steps flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 +msgid "How can I change the label type?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " +"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " +"delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" +" methods**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" +" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " +"carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " +"you create a new sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 +msgid "" +"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" +" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " +"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default " +"outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to" +" the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products " +"to deliver and confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the " +"stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat " +"button, you should now see your delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 +msgid "Process a Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* " +"application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under" +" the Delivery Orders Kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on " +"*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock " +"location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that " +"the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now " +"*Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " +"that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more " +"steps before shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 +msgid "" +"With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked " +"to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output " +"location before being effectively shipped to the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 +msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating " +"*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing" +" Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " +"*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one" +" you want to rename and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 +msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 +msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing " +"operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved " +"and you can simply validate the picking document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing " +"order which can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to " +"transfer the products to the customer location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that " +"happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are " +"part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an " +"output location before being effectively shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +msgid "Warehouse configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location." +" If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different " +"pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and " +"another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 +msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the " +"picking operation has been marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery" +" order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming.rst:5 +msgid "Incoming Shipments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" +" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " +"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 +msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 +msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " +"before being admitted in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " +"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " +"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " +"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "The principles are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 +msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " +"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " +"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " +"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" +" goods receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" +" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " +"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " +"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " +"return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 +msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " +"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " +"to the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " +"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " +"the *RfQ*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " +"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "Process a Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " +"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " +"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " +"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " +"suppliers are considered as being always available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you have :guilabel:`Storage Locations` activated, you can click the " +"hamburger menu next to the :guilabel:`Done quantity` to specify the " +"location(s) where you are storing the received product(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " +"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " +"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality " +"throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality " +"of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality " +"control step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. " +"Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, " +"the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have " +"two-steps or three-steps processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your " +"receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control " +"(QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC " +"requirements are moved to stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a " +"mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain " +"the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage " +"Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work " +"with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then " +"quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* " +"and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* " +"from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then," +" three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source " +"document:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality " +"control zone;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* " +"status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase " +"Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they " +"come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes " +"*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products " +"previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the " +"transfer can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is " +"again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " +"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " +"you to have 2 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " +"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" +" stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " +"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " +"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " +"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " +"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" +" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " +"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " +"your purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " +"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" +" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " +"products to *Stock*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " +"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " +"marked as *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " +"through the inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 +msgid "" +"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " +"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " +"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " +"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " +"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " +"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 +msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 +msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " +"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" +" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 +msgid "" +"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " +"altogether in one single pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " +"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " +"delivery and after-sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 +msgid "When to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " +"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " +"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " +"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " +"food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " +"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " +"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" +" way you manage these products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 +msgid "When not to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " +"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " +"chances that you can return them for production fault." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" +"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " +"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " +"for instance, makes no sense at all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 +msgid "Expiration Dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be managed" +" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking and " +"managing product stock based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid " +"selling expired products to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can track and manage your products based on their expiration " +"dates, even if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 +msgid "Application configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To use expiration date tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial " +"Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Now, you can define different dates in the *inventory tab* of the product " +"form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Product Use Time: the number of days before the goods start deteriorating, " +"without being dangerous. This is used to calculate the Best before date on " +"each lot/serial number received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Product Life Time: the number of days before the goods may become dangerous " +"and must not be consumed. This is used to calculate the Expiration date on " +"each lot/serial number received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " +"removed from the stock. This is used to calculate the Removal date on each " +"lot/serial number received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " +"raised on the lot/serial number. This is used to calculate the Alert date on" +" each lot/serial number received. Once the Alert date is reached, an " +"Activity is assigned on the relevant lot/serial number to the Responsible " +"user defined on the Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:45 +msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When receiving a product into inventory, the dates will automatically be " +"updated on the corresponding lot/serial number. These updates will be based " +"on the receipt date of the product and the days set on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 +msgid "Expiration Alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can access expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you can use the" +" pre-existing filter to show all the lots/serial numbers that have exceeded " +"their respective alert dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lots of identical products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " +"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " +"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " +"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " +"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " +"traceability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 +msgid "Setting Up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 +msgid "Application Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " +"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 +msgid "Product Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" +" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " +"inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 +msgid "Manage Lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " +"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 +msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 +msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 +msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +msgid "" +"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " +"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" +" a line* again to register a new lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 +msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " +"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " +"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " +"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " +"contained in each one of the lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 +msgid "Operation Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " +"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +msgid "" +"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " +"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " +"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " +"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " +"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " +"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "Lots traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " +"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " +"shipped to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" +" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " +"your search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 +msgid "" +"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" +" lot number has been used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " +"*Location* stat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Work with serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " +"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " +"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " +"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " +"last movement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" +"entry management is the feature you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +msgid "Configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " +"Then, enable the feature and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." +" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " +"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " +"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 +msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " +"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 +msgid "Manual assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 +msgid "Multi-assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " +"need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 +msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " +"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " +"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 +msgid "" +"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " +"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " +"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " +"number to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 +msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " +"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " +"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" +" need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 +msgid "Operation types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " +"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 +msgid "" +"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " +"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " +"allowed at product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 +msgid "" +"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " +"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 +msgid "Serial Number traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " +"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " +"to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " +":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" +" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " +"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " +"been used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 +msgid "" +"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" +" *Location* button available on the serial number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5 +msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Process Batch Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " +"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " +"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," +" either via the barcode application or in the form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 +msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " +"and hit the create button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " +"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" +" line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " +"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " +"be included in the batch transfer were selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " +"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " +"locations they have been reserved from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 +msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53 +msgid "" +"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " +"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " +"transfer or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69 +msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71 +msgid "" +"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" +" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " +"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " +"too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " +"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93 +msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95 +msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " +"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108 +msgid "" +"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " +"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " +"page) to mark the batch transfer as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having" +" to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" +" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure " +"to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to offer an item to " +"check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through " +"advanced settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in " +"the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 +msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. " +"On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has " +"appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 +msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still " +"belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:5 +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It " +"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, " +"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate" +" scheduled dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 +msgid "" +"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for " +"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer " +"will get the products he ordered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 +msgid "" +"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives " +"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take " +"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated " +"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is" +" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 +msgid "" +"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you " +"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer " +"lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many " +"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default" +" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead " +"Time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a " +"vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope " +"with unexpected vendor delays. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the " +"**Delivery order scheduled date - Security lead time** for purchase will be " +"the default *Receipt* scheduled date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " +"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " +"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " +"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " +"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific " +"date is set on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " +"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " +"produce and does not take the routing time into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " +"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " +"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead" +" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 +msgid "Sales - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " +"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" +" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " +"warning message is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " +"all the lead times that could occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +msgid "Customer Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" +" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " +"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your " +"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" +" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " +"April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 +msgid "Security Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " +"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " +"earlier in order to arrive on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " +"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 +msgid "" +"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 +msgid "" +"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " +"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " +"the delivery order is the 5th of April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 +msgid "Deliver several products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 +msgid "" +"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " +"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " +"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +msgid "" +"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" +" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " +"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 +msgid "" +"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " +"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " +"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is " +"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of " +"April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 +msgid "" +"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " +"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" +" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 +msgid "Supplier Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " +"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " +"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 +msgid "" +"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " +"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " +"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead " +"Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 +msgid "" +"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " +"depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " +"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " +"for your supplier to deliver your order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " +"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 +msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 +msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 +msgid "" +"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." +" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " +"number of days the manufacturing takes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " +"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" +" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of " +"July is June 27th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 +msgid "" +"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " +"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 +msgid "" +"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " +"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " +"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on " +"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +msgid "Global Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 +msgid "Here is a configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 +msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 +msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 +msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " +"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " +"here is when all the various steps are triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 +msgid "" +"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " +"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +msgid "" +"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" +" security lead time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 +msgid "" +"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " +"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " +"Manufacturing)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 +msgid "" +"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " +"security lead time for sales)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " +"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " +"delivery strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 +msgid "Terminology" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 +msgid "Minimum stock rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " +"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " +"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" +" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" +" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 +msgid "Make to Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " +"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " +"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " +"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "Minimum stock rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " +"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" +" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " +"values for a given product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " +"multiple\" fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " +"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " +"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " +"other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 +msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 +msgid "Choice between the two options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " +"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " +"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " +"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." +" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" +" application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you " +"will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products " +"in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " +"*Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 +msgid "Create New Units of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." +" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" +" will use for the Egg product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert " +"products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same " +"category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure " +"for the category which is “Units” here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 +msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " +"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " +"measure, and click on *Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in " +"which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal " +"transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of " +"Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 +msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 +msgid "Buy in the Purchase UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which" +" you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 +msgid "" +"On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of " +"6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually " +"modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to" +" the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been " +"converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "Replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " +"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 +msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to " +"sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically " +"computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 +msgid "" +"In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the " +"*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 +msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 +msgid "Units of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you " +"have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your" +" stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your " +"supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done " +"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " +"*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run " +"the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase " +"order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " +"products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can " +"decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows " +"you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" +" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " +"this for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 +msgid "Packaging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " +"are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " +"and the power plug." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " +"can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " +"the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" +" packing on the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:5 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate" +" \\*multi-step routes\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Enter the warehouse which should be " +"resupplied by another one. You will have the possibility to directly " +"indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "" +"By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your " +"products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected," +" along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " +"stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " +"I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run scheduler`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The system automatically creates two pickings, one \\*delivery order\\* from" +" my Second Warehouse which contains the necessary products, and a receipt in" +" my main warehouse WH/Stock for the same products. The source document is " +"the \\*reordering rule\\* which triggered the route \\*Supply Product from " +"Second warehouse\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Valuation Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 +msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " +"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing " +"method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting " +"application to be installed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 +msgid "" +"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " +"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 +msgid "Add costs to products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 +msgid "Receive the vendor bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick " +"the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 +msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " +"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 +msgid "" +"At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I " +"click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now " +"decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to " +"see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed" +" cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 +msgid "" +"I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by " +"clicking on the journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " +"create the landed cost from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 +msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very " +"important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of " +"a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13 +msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:15 +msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or " +"automatically)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:18 +msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 +msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three " +"options available. Each of them is explained in detail below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:71 +msgid "Standard Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 +msgid "Unit Cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:130 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 +msgid "€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 +msgid "€0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 +msgid "+8*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +msgid "€80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 +msgid "12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54 +msgid "+4*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 +msgid "€120" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:149 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 +msgid "€20" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65 +msgid "+2*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 +msgid "€40" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In **Standard Price**, any product will be valued at the cost that you " +"defined manually on the product form. Usually, this cost is an estimation " +"based on the material and labor needed to obtain the product. This cost must" +" be reviewed periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 +msgid "Average Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 +msgid "€12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 +msgid "+4*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +msgid "€144" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 +msgid "€24" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +msgid "€9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156 +msgid "+2*€6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 +msgid "€36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:113 +msgid "" +"In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value " +"is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the " +"cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 +msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:168 +msgid "FIFO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:148 +msgid "€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-8*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-2*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +msgid "€32" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 +msgid "€11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157 +msgid "€44" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:159 +msgid "" +"In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase " +"cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule" +" that applies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the " +"first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:167 +msgid "" +"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, " +"Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 +msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting " +"books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. " +"Those two methods are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177 +msgid "" +"It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on your" +" accounting mode: it can be continental or anglo-saxon. In continental " +"accounting, the cost of a good is taken into account as soon as the product " +"is received in stock. In anglo-saxon accounting, the cost of a good is only " +"recorded as an expense when this good is invoiced to a final customer. In " +"the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " +"by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " +":ref:`developer mode ` and open your accounting settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 +msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:193 +msgid "" +"In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on " +"your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry " +"representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:198 +msgid "" +"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" +" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " +"postings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:362 +msgid "Continental Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 +msgid "Vendor Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +msgid "\\" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 +msgid "Assets: Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 +msgid "50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:287 +msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:287 +msgid "4.68" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:288 +msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:288 +msgid "54.68" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " +"related product (Expense Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 +msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:296 +msgid "Goods Receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320 +msgid "No Journal Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 +msgid "Customer Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 +msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 +msgid "100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:305 +msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:305 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:306 +msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:306 +msgid "109" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " +"product (Income Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312 +msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 +msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 +msgid "" +"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " +"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317 +msgid "Customer Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320 +msgid "Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:326 +msgid "" +"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" +" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:254 +msgid "" +"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " +"Profit&Loss section to your assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:346 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 +msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:268 +msgid "" +"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and the " +"**Inventory Variations** debited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:389 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" +" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " +"inventory value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:334 +msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345 +msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:346 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 +msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:352 +msgid "" +"In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting " +"entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are " +"always up-to-date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced" +" users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra " +"configuration & testing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:358 +msgid "" +"First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " +"accounting entries. This is done on the product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 +msgid "**Configuration:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 +msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:405 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:380 +msgid "" +"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" +" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:383 +msgid "" +"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" +" specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " +"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " +"product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:415 +msgid "" +"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:418 +msgid "" +"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:423 +msgid "" +"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " +"as a specific replacement value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Using the inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 +msgid "Receive a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory" +" is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your " +"product (more info here)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO " +"costing method* and an automated inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25 +msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory " +"will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the " +"valuation stat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The consignment feature allows you to set owners on your stock (discover " +"more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are " +"owned by another company, they are not taken into account in your inventory " +"valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 +msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total " +"value of $100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52 +msgid "" +"I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in " +"case of automated inventory valuation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59 +msgid "Deliver a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61 +msgid "" +"In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will " +"be impacted and you will have access to a similar information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 +msgid "The inventory valuation report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report " +"(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By " +"clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same " +"information for a past date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:5 +msgid "Warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 +msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " +"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " +"warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " +"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " +"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " +"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " +"as many locations as you need under one warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 +msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " +"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " +"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " +"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " +"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " +"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " +"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " +"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " +"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " +"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " +"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " +"organization of your warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5 +msgid "Advanced Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:5 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 +msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " +"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" +" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " +"another truck." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" +" is cross-docking and is it for me? `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 +msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " +"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 +msgid "" +"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " +"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 +msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " +"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " +"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " +"for it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " +"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " +"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output " +"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* " +"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to " +"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " +"because we still need to order the product to our supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " +"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " +"products in the *Input Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " +"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " +"*Output*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 +msgid "Inter-warehouse transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When owning several warehouses, you might need to transfer goods from one " +"warehouse to another. Proceeding to such behavior is called *inter-warehouse" +" transfers*. If this action is physically easy to perform, the " +"administrative part can be arduous. Fortunately, Odoo comes with an " +"intuitive flow that helps save time when registering those transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:13 +msgid "" +"First of all, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"**Storage Locations**. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want to manage several routes within your warehouses, then enable " +"**Multi-Step Routes** and check :doc:`use-routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 +msgid "Creating a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your new warehouse. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses` and " +"click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Fill out a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is five " +"characters maximum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The **Short Name** appears on your transfer orders and other warehouse " +"documents. We recommend using an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters" +" of location])." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, go back to your dashboard. There, new operations related to your " +"warehouse have been automatically generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:48 +msgid "Creating a new inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you create a new warehouse, you might already have an existing inventory " +"in it. In that case, you should create an inventory in Odoo. If this is not " +"the case, you can skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Operations --> " +"Inventory Adjustment`. Then, create a new inventory by clicking on " +"**Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and make sure to " +"select the right warehouse and location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. You will be able to input your existing " +"products in the new window. Select add an item and indicate the **Real " +"Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can not be " +"changed as it represents a computed one from purchase and sales orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorded the state of " +"all your products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to transfer " +"eight units of a product from your first warehouse to another one, proceed " +"as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:79 +msgid "" +"From your dashboard, select an internal movement of one of the two " +"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`Manage --> Planned " +"Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +msgid "" +"On the new window, select the source location zone (in this case, your " +"\"old\" warehouse) and the destination location zone (in this case, your " +"\"new\" warehouse)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item**, then " +"click on **Save** and **Mark as TODO** once you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If you selected **Immediate Transfer**, Odoo processes the transfer " +"automatically after you clicked on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo puts the transfer in **Waiting " +"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the number of " +"products in your source warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +msgid "Select the right transfer order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner to open the " +"operation details window. In this new window you can manually indicate how " +"many products you process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:124 +msgid "" +"If you decide to process the transfer order partially (e.g., a part of the " +"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo " +"automatically asks if you wish to create a **backorder**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Create a backorder if you expect to process the remaining products later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Do not create a backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " +"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " +"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" +" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" +" those virtual warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8 +msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" +" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " +"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " +"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " +"because you will need it later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " +"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" +" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " +"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" +" A+B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" +" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " +"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" +" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" +" A and one in warehouse B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 +msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " +"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " +"in the retail channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " +"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" +" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given " +"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 +msgid "Inside the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " +"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " +"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also " +"trigger all the route's rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " +"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" +" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used " +"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly " +"stored in their respective locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " +"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " +"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " +"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes" +" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" +" to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 +msgid "Pull Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 +msgid "" +"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " +"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 +msgid "" +"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " +"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" +" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for " +"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery " +"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the " +"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " +"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " +"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are " +"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 +msgid "" +"All these transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " +"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " +"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 +msgid "Push Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " +"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " +"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a" +" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 +msgid "" +"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " +"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " +"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different" +" products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " +"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " +"their *Storage Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " +"upstream transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" +" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " +"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " +"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 +msgid "Use Routes and Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " +"manage advanced routes configuration such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 +msgid "Manage default locations per product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " +"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " +"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " +"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" +"Step Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" +"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 +msgid "Pre-configured Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " +"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " +"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for " +"incoming and outgoing shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" +" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " +"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " +"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " +"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " +"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" +" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the" +" rules for the pre-configured route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 +msgid "Custom Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 +msgid "" +"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " +"selected. Of course, combinations are available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " +"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 +msgid "" +"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " +"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this " +"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from " +"the same category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 +msgid "" +"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " +"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " +"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 +msgid "" +"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " +"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " +"if some products go through different routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 +msgid "" +"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" +" must be selected on the sales order, such as below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 +msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " +"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" +" on which product it must be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " +"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" +" tab* and select the route you’ve created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 +msgid "" +"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " +"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " +"are vital to have working routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 +msgid "" +"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" +" section, and click on *Add a line* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " +"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " +"of them:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 +msgid "" +"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " +"specific location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " +"validated or from a manufacturing order which requires a specific component." +" When the need appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking" +" to fulfill this need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 +msgid "" +"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " +"defined source location. In the case you move products to the source " +"location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination" +" location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 +msgid "" +"**Pull & Push**: this rule allows generating pickings in the two situations " +"explained above. This means that when products are required at a specific " +"location, a transfer is created from the previous location to fulfill that " +"need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule is triggered " +"to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products are pushed to" +" the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 +msgid "" +"**Buy**: when products are needed at the destination location, a request for" +" quotation is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 +msgid "" +"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " +"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 +msgid "" +"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " +"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " +"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " +"source location:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " +"source location;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" +" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " +"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " +"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the " +"source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 +msgid "" +"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " +"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " +"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer " +"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an " +"alert in the form of a *next activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 +msgid "What about a full flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " +"full flow with an advanced custom route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 +msgid "" +"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " +"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " +"WH/Stock to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " +"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " +"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " +"the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 +msgid "" +"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " +"created to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " +"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " +"transfer in the list is not done yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 +msgid "" +"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " +"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 +msgid "" +"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " +"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " +"required products from the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 +msgid "" +"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " +"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " +"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the" +" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is " +"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 +msgid "" +"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " +"have been triggered and the transfers done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:5 +msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 +msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " +"to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" +" uses *Putaway rules*. But what is a putaway rule? Putaway is the process of" +" taking products off the receiving shipments and directly putting them into " +"the most appropriate location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 +msgid "" +"If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " +"to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " +"because of a potential chemical reaction. That’s where putaway rules " +"intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " +"will be automatically activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 +msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" +" to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" +"locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " +"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " +"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main " +"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " +"in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " +"thanks to putaway rules. This information is available from *Inventory " +"Report*, under the reporting menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 +msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select " +"the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " +"control purposes, or to first move the products with the closest expiration " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9 +msgid "" +"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo finds available products that" +" can be assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products " +"depends on the *Removal Strategy* defined in the *Product Category* or on " +"the *Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14 +msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and area, storage " +"locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go " +"through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can" +" have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators " +"scan the products in the receiving area, with the receiving date and, if the" +" product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products " +"are stored in their respective locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but you didn’t receive " +"the goods the same day and they don’t have the same expiration date. In that" +" situation, you logically prefer sending those with the closest date first. " +"Depending on the removal strategy you chose, Odoo generates a transfer with " +"the products fitting your settings the best." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42 +msgid "" +"On the transfer form, you can find the product’s lot/serial number to pick " +"for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48 +msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50 +msgid "" +"When using a **First In, First Out** strategy, a demand for some products " +"triggers a removal rule which requests a transfer for the lot/serial number " +"that has entered your stock the first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To be clearer, let’s imagine that you have three lots of nails in your " +"warehouse. Those three have the following lot numbers: 00001, 00002, 00003, " +"each with 5 nails boxes in it. 00001 entered the stock on the 23rd of May, " +"00002 on the 25th of May, and 00003 on the 1st of June. A customer orders " +"you 6 boxes on the 11th of June. With the *FIFO* strategy selected, a " +"transfer is requested for the five boxes of 00001 and one of the boxes in " +"00002 because 00001 has entered your stock before the others. The box from " +"00002 is taken because it has the oldest enter date after 00001." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60 +msgid "" +"So, for every order of a product with the *FIFO* strategy selected, Odoo " +"requests a transfer for the good that has been in your stock for the longest" +" period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64 +msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The same way as for FIFO, the **Last In, First Out** strategy is based on " +"moving products based on the date they entered the stock. Here, a demand for" +" some products triggers a removal rule that requests a transfer for the " +"lot/serial number that has entered your stock the last." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To better understand, let’s imagine three lots of screws in your warehouse. " +"Those three have the following numbers: 10001, 10002, 10003, each with 10 " +"screw boxes in it. 10001 has entered the stock on the 1st of June, 10002 on " +"the 3rd of June, and 10003 on the 6th of June. A customer orders 7 boxes on " +"the 8th of June. With the *LIFO* strategy selected, a transfer is requested " +"for seven boxes of 10003 because that lot is the last one to have entered " +"the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76 +msgid "" +"So, basically, for every order of a product with the *LIFO* strategy used, a" +" transfer for the last one to have entered the stock is requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80 +msgid "" +"This strategy is banned in many countries and can lead to only have old or " +"obsolete products in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 +msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The **First Expire, First Out** strategy is a bit different from the two " +"others. Here, it is the expiration date that is important and not the date " +"the product entered the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine three lots of 6-eggs boxes (in this specific case, don’t " +"forget to use :doc:`units of measure <../../management/products/uom>`). " +"Those three have the following numbers: 20001, 20002, and 20003, each with 5" +" boxes in it. 20001 has entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on " +"the 15th of July, 20002 on the 2nd and expires on the 14th of July, and " +"20003 on the 4th and expires on the 21st of July. A customer orders 6 boxes " +"on the 5th of July. With the *FEFO* strategy selected, a transfer is " +"requested for the five boxes of 20002 and one from 20001. The transfer for " +"all the boxes of the lot 20002 is because they have the closest expiration " +"date. The transfer also requests one box from 20001 because it’s the lot " +"that expires the sooner after 20002." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Then, you can remember that for every order of a product with the *FEFO* " +"strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that has the nearest " +"expiration date from the order date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 +msgid "Use Removal Strategies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To identify some units from other ones, you need to track them, either by " +"*lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings`. Then, activate *Storage Location*, *Multi-Steps Routes*, and " +"*Lots & Serial Numbers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To work with the *FEFO* strategy, activate the *Expiration Dates* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Next, you need to define your removal strategy, on *Product Categories* via " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123 +msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 +msgid "" +"As said, a *FIFO* strategy implies that products stocked first move out " +"first. Companies should use that method if they are selling products with " +"short demand cycles, such as clothes, and to ensure they are not stuck with " +"outdated styles in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"For this example, we created three lots of white shirts. Those are from the " +"All/Clothes category, where we put *FIFO* as the removal strategy. In our " +"stock location (WH/Stock), we now find the three lots available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The lot 000001 contains 5 shirts, 000002 contains 3 shirts, and 000003 " +"contains 2. As it can be seen above, 000001 has entered the stock first. " +"Let’s create a sale order of six white shirts to check that products from " +"that lot are the first ones to move out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141 +msgid "" +"On the delivery order linked to the picking, you can see that the oldest lot" +" numbers have been reserved thanks to the *FIFO* strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 +msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"With a *LIFO* strategy, that’s quite the opposite. In fact, the products " +"that are brought the last move out the first. It is mostly used in case of " +"products without a shelf life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Even if our white shirts are clothes, we can say that they are timeless. So," +" let’s use them to test our *LIFO* strategy. Once again, open the product " +"category via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and change the removal strategy to *LIFO*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Now, create a sale order for 4 white shirts and check that the reserved " +"products are from lots 000003 and 000002." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "Don’t forget that the *LIFO* strategy is banned in many countries!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173 +msgid "FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175 +msgid "" +"With the *FEFO* strategy, the way products are picked is not based on the " +"reception date. In this particular case, they are dispatched according to " +"their expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 +msgid "" +"To have more information about Expiration date, please have a look at " +":doc:`the related doc " +"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182 +msgid "" +"By activating *Expiration Dates*, it becomes possible to define different " +"dates on the serial/lot numbers to be used in *FEFO*. These dates can be set" +" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Lots/Serial " +"Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots " +"without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not " +"removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be" +" picked for delivery orders!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To use the *FEFO* strategy, once again go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Product Categories` and choose *FEFO* as the *Force " +"Removal Strategy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 +msgid "" +"For this particular case, let’s use hand cream. As usual, we have three lots" +" of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +msgid "**Product**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +msgid "**Expiration Date**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +msgid "0000001" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +msgid "Hand Cream" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +msgid "09/30/2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +msgid "0000002" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +msgid "11/30/2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +msgid "0000003" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +msgid "10/31/2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216 +msgid "" +"When we realize a sale for 25 units of Hand Cream, we can see that the lot " +"numbers which have been automatically reserved by Odoo are the ones with the" +" closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:5 +msgid "Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:5 +msgid "Shipping Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 +msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " +"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " +"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" +" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " +"Tracking Ref**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 +msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 +msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 +msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " +"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " +"get a new tracking number and a new label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`multipack`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 +msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 +msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 +msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " +"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " +"Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " +"rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " +"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 +msgid "" +"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " +"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 +msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " +"order and proceed to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" +" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " +"add a line to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`labels`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 +msgid "How to print shipping labels?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " +"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " +"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " +"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 +msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 +msgid "Then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 +msgid "Configure the delivery method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " +"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" +" more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " +"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 +msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " +"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " +"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " +"data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " +"computation cannot be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " +"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" +" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 +msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " +"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" +" third party shipper in the additional info tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 +msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " +"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " +"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " +"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " +"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 +msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +msgid "Sale process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 +msgid "Sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 +msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 +msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 +msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " +"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 +msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 +msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 +msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 +msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " +"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " +"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " +"underneath:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:5 +msgid "Shipping Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " +"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " +"but also on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " +"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " +"compute the real price and the packagings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 +msgid "Install the inventory module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " +"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" +" order to see it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" +" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 +msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " +"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " +"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " +"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " +"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " +"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " +"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " +"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " +":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 +msgid "Delivery process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " +"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 +msgid "Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 +msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 +msgid "" +"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " +"chosen delivery method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A DHL Password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "A DHL Account Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " +"Rest of the world)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " +"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 +msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " +"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 +msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " +"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" +" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" +" shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " +"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " +"will appear on your ecommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 +msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " +"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " +"For more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " +"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " +"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " +"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " +"United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" +" you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " +"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " +"method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " +"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " +"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " +"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" +" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" +" be computed once the transfer is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" +" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " +"to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A UPS account number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "An Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An Access Key is a 16 character alphanumeric code that allows access to the " +"UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "Create a UPS Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" +" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " +"Service in order to to open an account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" +" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " +"online profile by following these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 +msgid "" +"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com `__, and" +" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 +msgid "" +"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " +"complete the registration process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Log in to the `UPS.com website `_) using your UPS.com " +"User ID and Password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 +msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +msgid "" +"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " +"Details** section of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 +msgid "" +"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " +"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" +" States.q" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 +msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 +msgid "Get an Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " +"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 +msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 +msgid "Verify your contact information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 +msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " +"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " +"contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps you schedule, plan and process manufacturing " +"orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the shop floor to" +" control all your work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger " +"maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5 +msgid "Manufacturing Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 +msgid "Alternative Work Centers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Manufacturing several different products simultaneously at the same work " +"center is a common issue for manufacturing companies. Although in practice, " +"employees can manufacture the goods at another work center instead of " +"waiting for one to be available, it's not always simple to have visibility " +"on which work center is busy and plan resources accordingly in real-time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:11 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can configure alternative work centers to solve this issue. " +"This automatically checks which work center is busy and which equivalent " +"ones are free, and schedules orders and maintenance accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This way, your process becomes more efficient, as work center utilisation is" +" optimised." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:19 +msgid "Configure your Work Centers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:21 +msgid "" +"First, go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, enable the Work Orders feature and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers` and create two " +"new work centers. Add the second work center as an alternative to the first " +"one and vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Next, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills of Materials`, choose your " +"product, and add these work centers to the operations of your BOM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:48 +msgid "Create your Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to " +":menuselection:`Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and hit **Create**. " +"There, add your product to your manufacturing order and plan it. You can " +"then retrieve them from the Work Orders list view, under Operations > Work " +"Orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first " +"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured, as " +"shown below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you" +" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the" +" usual one is free." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Create Bills of Materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component " +"required to make or deliver a finished product. Additionally, it can also " +"include various operations and individual step guidelines needed to complete" +" a production process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo's MRP solution, multiple BOMs can also be linked to each product, " +"so that even product variants can have their *own* tailored BOM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 +msgid "" +"This will help you to optimize your manufacturing process and save time as a" +" result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 +msgid "Setting up a BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The simplest BoM set up is one without operations or instructions. In this " +"case, you will manage your production using Manufacturing Orders only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a BoM from the Manufacturing module, go to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Bills of Materials`. If you click **Create**, " +"the first thing you'll have to do is to specify the final product. For an " +"existing product, simply select it from the list, or create a new one on the" +" spot. Note that if you go through the product form to create your BOM, the " +"product will already be set for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For a standard Bill of Material, keep the default *BoM* type, which is " +"*Manufacture this Product*. Now specify the various components that make up " +"the production of your final product and their respective quantities. You " +"can create components as you go, on the BOM, or create products beforehand, " +"by going to the :menuselection:`Top Menu --> Products --> Create`, and add " +"them later on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The destination location should **not** be a scrap location. A scrap " +"location is where you put products that you don't need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:41 +msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +msgid "" +"As suggested above, you can use *BOMs* for specific *Product Variants*. Once" +" the various attributes have been configured on the product form, there are " +"two ways to configure the appropriate BoM for the respective product " +"combination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Either create one BoM per variant, by specifying the Product Variant in the " +"dedicated field below the product name. Or use one BOM, that contains all of" +" the components and for each component, indicate which variant it applies " +"to, using the *Apply on Variants* column, as shown below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:57 +msgid "Adding Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also add operations to your *BoM*, if you want workers to follow " +"instructions or register time spent. To use this feature, enable the *Work " +"Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings, as shown below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Each operation is unique as it is always linked to only one BOM. This being " +"said, Operations Operations can be re-used when configuring a new BOM, with " +"the *Copy Existing Operations* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Finally, just like for components, operations can also be variant specific " +"only, as shown below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:82 +msgid "Adding By-Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 +msgid "" +"A *by-product* is a product that is produced on top of the main product of a" +" *BoM*. As opposed to the primary product, there can be more than one on a " +"BOM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable the by-" +"product feature from the *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, you can add *by-products* to your *BoMs*. Note " +"that if you have Operations, you'll need to specify in which operation the " +"by-product is produced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Kits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *kit* is a set of components that are not pre-assembled or mixed. This is " +"useful for selling but also for creating cleaner and more effective *BOMs*. " +"To use kits, you need both the Manufacturing and Inventory apps to be " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:10 +msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit " +"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* Type without any manufacturing " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:15 +msgid "" +"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation" +" and a sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item " +"for each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first " +"image shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the " +"second image shows the corresponding delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, " +"create each component product (as you would with any other product), then " +"create the top-level, or kit product. Because you cannot track the stock of " +"kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to *Consumable*. However, if " +"you are using Anglo-Saxon accounting, and you would like COGS to be posted " +"when invoicing your kits (and only for this reason), the storable product " +"type should selected instead. Because a kit product cannot be purchased, " +"*Can be Purchased* should be unchecked. The route of the kit product in the " +"*Inventory* Tab does not really matter, as, for replenishment, only the " +"route of the components that will be taken into account only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:38 +msgid "" +"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " +"preference. The component products require no particular configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit " +"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type* Kit. All" +" other options may be left with their default values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 +msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you want to manage the stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use" +" a standard *BoM Type* manufacture or subcontracting instead. In this case " +"you will either buy the final product from your subcontractor, or make it " +"yourself through a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In that case the product type will be storable, and the BOM type either " +"'Manufacture this product' or 'Subcontracting' as shown below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62 +msgid "Build a cleaner BOM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64 +msgid "" +"As suggested above, a kit BOM can also simply be used to manage a more " +"complex BOM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Imagine the Custom Computer parts above were part of another final product. " +"It would be much clearer and simpler if the BOMs were added together (as " +"shown below) instead of adding all the individual parts one by one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:73 +msgid "" +"This is even better illustrated when looking at the BOM Structure Report, " +"where it is easy to expand and hide specific kit level or sub-assembly type " +"BOMs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:79 +msgid "" +"On the creation of the manufacturing order, the BOM will automatically " +"expand to show all top level and kit level components. You can go back to " +"the BOM at any point though as it remains available on the form view of " +"your manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Finally, note that if there were any Operations in the Kit BOM, these would " +"also simply be added in to the work order list of the main component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 +msgid "Variants BOM Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " +"same product. To activate variants, simply go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Variants`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You will then be able to specify which BOM component lines are to be used in" +" the manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants " +"for each line. If no variant is specified on a component line, then this " +"component will be used in the BOM of all variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " +"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank as shown below. " +"This field is used when creating a BoM for one specific variant of a product" +" only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Note that the same principle applies for the configuration of operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:32 +msgid "And for the production of by-products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:3 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Whether you want to control the quality of your production, or the " +"production of your subcontractor, before registering the products into your " +"stock, you can rely on Odoo's Quality module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To control the quality of your production, you need to set a *Quality " +"Control Point* on the Manufacturing Operation Type, as shown below. To " +"create it, Go to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control " +"Points`, and click **Create**. If the check only applies to specific " +"products, or product categories, you can specify these during the setup as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Regarding the reception of subcontracted products, instead of the " +"Manufacturing Operation Type, you need to select the 'Receipts' Operation " +"type. For the rest, the same principles apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " +"product is made and/or received. Note that several Quality Check *Types* can" +" be chosen from the dropdown. Note also that several Quality Check Points " +"can be set up for the same Operation Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 +msgid "Manage semi-finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo MRP, you can use semi-finished products to simplify a complex " +"*Bill of Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately." +" A *semi-finished product* is a manufactured product that is used as a " +"component in a Bill of Material." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 +msgid "" +"A *BoM* that employs *semi-finished products* is referred to as a multi-" +"level BoM, where we distinguish between the *top level Product* and the " +"*sub-assemblies*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:15 +msgid "Configure a Multi Level BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need the top-level product and " +"its sub-assemblies. Therefore, you must first create the sub-assembly " +"products and their respective Bill of Materials. Please refer to " +":doc:`bill_configuration` for more details on how to create a BOM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:26 +msgid "Configure the Main BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Then on the final product form, simply add your semi-finished products to " +"the Bill of Material." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 +msgid "Manage your production planning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 +msgid "" +"There are several methods to manage the triggering of the various " +"manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If every time a manufacturing order is confirmed for the main product, you'd" +" like one for the semi-finished products as well, you have two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Option 1 : Create re-ordering rules for the semi-finished products, with " +"both the minimum and maximum desired stock quantities at 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Option 2 : Use the Replenish on Order (MTO) route on the semi-finished " +"product, as well as the manufacturing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Note that Option 1 is usually recommended over Option 2 as it is more " +"flexible. The MTO route creates a unique link between the semi-finished and " +"the top level product, whereas the re-ordering rule allows you to simply " +"unreserve that production from the top level product production and redirect" +" it to another, more pressing demand, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In any case, as soon as the semi-finished product is produced, it will " +"become available in the manufacturing order of the final product, as shown " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 +msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Outsourcing a portion or all of your company’s manufacturing needs is not " +"easy. To make it work correctly, you have to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 +msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "Ship raw material to your subcontractors, at the right time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:10 +msgid "Control incoming goods quality" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 +msgid "Control subcontractors bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " +"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"With its MRP subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " +"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> " +"Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " +"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " +"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " +"directly from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" +" subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:49 +msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " +"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, go to the *Purchase* app and create a " +"new purchase order. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " +"subcontractor on the *BoM* of these products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " +"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " +"received. As a result, Odoo does the following things for you:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Consumes the respective components at the subcontractor’s location, based on" +" the *BoM* and your input (3);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:66 +msgid "Produces the finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Moves products from that subcontractor’s location to YourCompany via the " +"validated receipt (5)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " +"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. This can be useful if the " +"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " +"materials used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:81 +msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:83 +msgid "**C = A + B + s**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 +msgid "With:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 +msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90 +msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90 +msgid "subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:92 +msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " +"inventory valuation, as the components are still valued as part of your " +"stock. This is managed by making the *Subcontracting Location* an *Internal " +"Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " +"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " +"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" +" accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Finally, the subcontractor bill then matches the purchase order, with the " +"proposed price coming from the finished products C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:108 +msgid "" +"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" +" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " +"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116 +msgid "" +"In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked " +"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:120 +msgid "" +"In that case, on the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record " +"Components* button appears. Click on it to open a dialog box and record the " +"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " +"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:129 +msgid "" +"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " +"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Also note that in case flexible consumption has been selected on the " +"subcontracted BOM for a non-tracked product, the record components option " +"will also appear optionally on each move line, if you want to register more " +"or less component consumption at your subcontracting location, when " +"receiving your final product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:145 +msgid "" +"As you can see, the reception of both of these non-tracked products can " +"either be executed by selecting the 'Set Quantities' Option or via the move " +"line hamburger menus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:149 +msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to automate the supply of raw materials to your " +"subcontractors when purchasing the final product. The chosen method depends " +"on whether or not you want the materials to transit through your warehouse. " +"Both of these methods are described as pull style mechanisms as their " +"trigger is the inital PO to the subcontractor, which creates a need at the " +"subcontracting location, for raw material." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If you are supplying your subcontractor with raw material from your own " +"warehouse, you must activate the 'Resupply Subcontractor on Order' route as " +"shown below. If this is a component that you buy from a vendor, the buy " +"route should also be activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Now, if you want your vendor to resupply your subcontractor directly, you " +"must choose the 'Dropship Subcontractor on Order' option instead. In order " +"for this option to be active on the product form, you must first activate " +"the dropship option from :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Dropshipping`. Once the PO to the subcontractor is validated, " +"this route will create a dropship RFQ from your vendor to that " +"subcontractor. You then just need to review and validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Note that the buy route is not selected in this case, as the dropship route " +"is a buy route already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Finally, if you want to track the stock of these raw materials at your " +"subcontracting location(s), then you must activate *Multi-locations* in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Storage " +"locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:189 +msgid "From the location form, you are then able to access the Current Stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:198 +msgid "Manual Replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:200 +msgid "You can also choose to replenish your subcontractors manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:202 +msgid "" +"If you want to send components to your subcontractor at your own " +"convenience, select the 'Resupply Subcontractor' Operation Type from the " +"*Inventory* Module, and create a picking, specifying to which subcontractor " +"you are delivering to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can also manually ask your vendor to resupply your " +"subcontractor by creating a dropship type PO, with your subcontractor set as" +" the delivery address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 +msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " +"production based on your demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the MPS settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " +"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display at all times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " +"click on *add a product*. You can now define your safety stock target (= the" +" stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum " +"and maximum quantities that must or can be replenished in each period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to display " +"by clicking on *rows*. For instance, the *Actual demand* will show you which" +" quantity of products has already been ordered for the period, or *Available" +" to Promise*, what can still be sold during that same period (what you plan " +"to replenish - what is already sold during the period). You can also decide " +"to hide rows if you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 +msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The next step is to estimate the demand for the chosen period. This is done " +"in the *Forecasted Demand* Row. You can easily, at any time, compare the " +"demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The demand " +"forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for its " +"components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once the forecasted demand has been set, the quantity to replenish for the " +"different periods will automatically be computed. The replenishments you are" +" supposed to launch based on your lead times (vendor lead time or " +"manufacturing lead time) are then displayed in green. You can now launch the" +" replenishment by clicking on the replenish button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " +"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " +"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In case you manually edit the *Suggested Replenishment* quantity, a small " +"cross will appear on the left hand side of the cell. In case you want to go " +"back to the automatically computed value given by Odoo, simply click the " +"cross." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 +msgid "Cells color signification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The cells, which are part of the *Suggested Replenishment* line, can take " +"different colors depending on the situation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " +"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " +"demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"still matches current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"was too high considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:76 +msgid "" +"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" +" was too low considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " +"stock will be negative during the period in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:82 +msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:84 +msgid "" +"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " +"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " +"replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:89 +msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:91 +msgid "" +"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" +" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " +"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 +msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:98 +msgid "" +"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " +"the right of its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8 +msgid "Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Purchase** helps you keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, " +"and purchase orders. Learn how to keep track of purchase tender, automate " +"replenishments and follow up on your orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:5 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " +"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " +"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " +"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " +"negotiate discounts on prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 +msgid "Generate customized reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " +"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " +"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " +"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," +" key metrics and a pivot table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " +"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 +msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " +"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " +"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " +"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " +"filters are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 +msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 +msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " +"previous year, canceled purchase orders included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 +msgid "" +"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " +"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 +msgid "" +"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " +"depending on their date of confirmation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " +"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" +" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" +" filtered with the previous one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 +msgid "Add custom filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" +" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " +":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " +"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " +"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " +"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " +"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " +"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " +"filtering options, click on *Apply*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" +" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " +"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " +"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 +msgid "Measure exactly what you need" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " +"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " +"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " +"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " +"the top right of the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 +msgid "Visualize your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " +"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " +"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" +" one or several of the 19 *Groups*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 +msgid "" +"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " +"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " +"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " +"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 +msgid "Explore your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " +"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " +"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " +"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " +"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " +"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" +" so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 +msgid "" +"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " +"export it as an Excel file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5 +msgid "Manage deals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: " +"blanket orders and call for tenders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to " +"deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your " +"company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same " +"products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different " +"times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process " +"is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple " +"vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often " +"legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods " +"or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal " +"among several vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20 +msgid "Enable purchase agreements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate *Purchase Agreements*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30 +msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured " +"the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase " +"Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls " +"for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure " +"the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37 +msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using " +"*Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both" +" blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only " +"one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where " +"you only want to select a single vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, " +"which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your" +" purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines " +"automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-" +"filled in with that information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify " +"independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new " +"requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set " +"quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities" +" of agreement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59 +msgid "Set up a blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. " +"The other fields aren't mandatory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can " +"also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with" +" your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If " +"you have configured your blanket order to *Set quantities manually*, this is" +" only used for informational purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on " +"*Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready " +"to be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:78 +msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:80 +msgid "" +"You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need " +"it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for " +"quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket" +" order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, " +"product lines can also be pre-filled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:85 +msgid "" +"From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under " +"that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:93 +msgid "" +"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it" +" to an existing *Blanket Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:97 +msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment " +"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed," +" a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is" +" in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:108 +msgid "Set up a call for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't" +" mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an " +"agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for " +"tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for" +" tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you " +"their best quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:118 +msgid "" +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:126 +msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:128 +msgid "" +"You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New " +"Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for" +" tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you " +"configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send " +"it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process " +"for each vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving " +"their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, " +"click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your " +"vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and " +"click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. " +"You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each " +"purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: " +"either before or after you have received your products. You can also check " +"at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on " +"the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know" +" if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or " +"fraudulent vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14 +msgid "Vendor bills default control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16 +msgid "" +"As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control " +"policy for all the products created onwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23 +msgid "" +"By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon " +"as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are " +"used to generate the draft bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once" +" you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The " +"quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try" +" to create one without having received any product, you get an error " +"message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 +msgid "Change a specific product's control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to " +"the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control " +"policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47 +msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the" +" *Other Information* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they " +"are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Billing status**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Conditions**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On received quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On ordered quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*Nothing to Bill*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*(Not applicable)*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "*Waiting Bills*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "PO confirmed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "*Fully Billed*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "Draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 +msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way" +" matching*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81 +msgid "" +"3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On " +"received quantities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84 +msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86 +msgid "" +"With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be " +"Paid* field under the *Other info* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93 +msgid "" +"As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if " +"you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have " +"received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* " +"when you create one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, " +"or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It" +" means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason " +"to have done so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be " +"Paid* status is set to *No*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can " +"change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 +msgid "Don’t run out of stock with reordering rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make sure you never run out of stock, you can define *Reordering Rules* " +"on products. Thanks to them, Odoo can help you replenish your stock " +"automatically when it reaches set quantities or whenever a sales order is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:9 +msgid "You need to install the *Inventory app* to use reordering rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:12 +msgid "Configure your storable product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:20 +msgid "" +"As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's " +"*Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add " +"multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering " +"rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it " +"isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a " +"minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity " +"specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have " +"another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that " +"purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices " +"for different quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:37 +msgid "" +"By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled " +"*Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown" +" in the image above. For more information, see " +":doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of " +"your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy*" +" route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, " +"select *Dropship*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:50 +msgid "Set up your reordering rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 +msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 +msgid "" +"You can access and create reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` and from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment view " +"presents a summary of all the products that you might need to purchase to " +"fulfill your sales orders. From there, you can ask Odoo with a single click " +"to order a product once or automate all orders for that product, future " +"orders included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:68 +msgid "Define quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can set a **minimum quantity** your stock should always have. Once set, " +"if your stock goes below the minimum quantity, and if you selected the Buy " +"route, a request for quotation is automatically generated to reach that " +"minimum quantity, plus any additional quantity needed to fill in a sales " +"order for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you set a **maximum quantity**, every time the product has to be " +"replenished, enough products are reordered to reach the maximum quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you want to order only the exact quantity needed to fill in a sales order" +" for example, set both both the minimum and maximum quantity to **zero**. " +"The quantity mentioned in the sales order is then used by the reordering " +"rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches " +"of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and " +"select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might " +"go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity " +"multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and " +"respect the set quantity multiple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory " +"tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by " +"clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred " +"Route* column, and selecting the right route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" +" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " +"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " +"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " +"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 +msgid "Consider the following examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**." +" However, your customers are European and use **liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces " +"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19 +msgid "Enable units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29 +msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32 +msgid "Standard units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34 +msgid "" +"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " +"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " +"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " +"(see next section)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " +"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " +"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*" +" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as " +"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of " +"Measure* to be used for purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " +"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " +"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase" +" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56 +msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " +"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" +" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " +"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " +"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both" +" units of measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " +"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 +msgid "" +"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" +" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" +" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" +" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " +"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " +"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " +"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " +"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " +"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower" +" than 0.01, first activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then " +"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> " +"Decimal Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* " +"accordingly. For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of " +"0.00001, set *Digits* to 5." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" +" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " +"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 +msgid "" +"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " +"*Smaller*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " +"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " +"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 +msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 +msgid "" +"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " +"units of measure." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4ac10b869 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,573 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-11-02 08:37+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:49+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing.rst:5 +msgid "Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:8 +msgid "Marketing Automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:11 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Marketing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced.rst:5 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " +"of linking your employees to goals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 +msgid "" +"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" +" in a graph form and in numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" +" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" +" email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 +msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " +"have matched the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" +" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " +"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " +"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " +"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " +"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," +" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " +"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " +"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " +"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" +" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " +"domain one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " +"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" +" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " +"the total number of participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " +"*Rejected*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " +"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " +"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " +"the beginning (parent action)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8 +msgid "SMS Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 +msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 +msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 +msgid "" +"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " +"prepaid credits* to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 +msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 +msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," +" that includes the following characters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " +"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" +" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " +"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " +"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " +"represents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 +msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " +"characters) of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " +"your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 +msgid "How do I buy credits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 +msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 +msgid "More common questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 +msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 +msgid "No, credits do not expire." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 +msgid "" +"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " +"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 +msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 +msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 +msgid "Yes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 +msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 +msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " +"send them all?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " +"until you have enough credits to send them all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 +msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " +"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " +":ref:`developer mode ` under :menuselection:`Technical --> " +"SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:106 +msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:108 +msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:111 +msgid "" +"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " +"lose credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " +"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " +"credit will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:117 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" +" ticket for a festival)?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:119 +msgid "" +"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " +"charged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:122 +msgid "" +"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:124 +msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:127 +msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Please find our `Privacy Policy here `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:131 +msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Yes, but it is not possible out of the box. Our experts can help you " +"customize your database to make it happen. Please, check our success packs " +"`here `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:8 +msgid "Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:11 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Surveys `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview.rst:5 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting " +"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased " +"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy" +" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your " +"market is thinking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:11 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* " +"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as " +"different applications might use it for different purposes such as " +"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:22 +msgid "Tab: Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:24 +msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and " +"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and " +"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey " +"without answering the respective question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and " +"different possibilities. Examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:31 +msgid "" +"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length " +"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or" +" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the" +" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately " +"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, " +"with which a text type field is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per " +"row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:44 +msgid "Tab: Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's " +"homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:53 +msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:56 +msgid "Tab: Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing " +"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* " +"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:67 +msgid "Test and share the survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential " +"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the " +"details of the respondent and his answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:72 +msgid "" +"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of " +"entries clean with only real participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to " +":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:80 +msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`time_random`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Scoring Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall" +" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The " +"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:9 +msgid "" +"On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab " +"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring " +"without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right " +"answer and score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully " +"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The " +"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully " +"finish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to " +"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors " +"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted " +"badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:3 +msgid "Time and Randomize Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:6 +msgid "Time Limit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:10 +msgid "" +"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain " +"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same " +"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them" +" looking at external resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:11 +msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining " +"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers" +" saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:21 +msgid "Selection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a" +" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful" +" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, " +"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section " +"should be taken into account during the shuffling." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6924cbd24 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -0,0 +1,2423 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-03-18 14:56+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:49+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity.rst:5 +msgid "Productivity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:8 +msgid "Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:5 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " +"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " +"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" +" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " +"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 +msgid "Choose your notifications preference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " +"to be handled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 +msgid "" +"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " +"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " +"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:24 +msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" +" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 +msgid "Start Chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " +"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " +"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" +" of where you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" +" your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " +"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:63 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " +"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " +"through email, depending on his settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:75 +msgid "" +"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " +"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" +" scope of the search becomes all partners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +msgid "Chat status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +msgid "" +"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " +"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " +"menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +msgid "Green = online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +msgid "Orange = away" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +msgid "White = offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +msgid "Airplane = out of the office" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " +"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " +"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " +"of having overlapping actions between team members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " +"*Activities* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 +msgid "Plan activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatter by clicking on " +"*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 +msgid "Set your activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " +"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure" +" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 +msgid "Recommend next activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " +"*Recommended Next Activities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" +" next steps are suggested to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " +"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " +"latest developments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 +msgid "Public and Private channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 +msgid "" +"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " +"visible to users invited to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 +msgid "" +"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" +" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " +"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " +"specific department)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 +msgid "Configuration options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" +" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 +msgid "Privacy and Members" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " +"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " +"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" +" a public one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " +"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " +"*Invite*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 +msgid "" +"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " +"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " +"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " +"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " +"are part of the group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 +msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " +"mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " +"messages will need to be approved before being sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" +" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" +" to newcomers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " +"messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " +"their :doc:`notification preference `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " +"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 +msgid "Quick search bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " +"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " +"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" +" and quickly find the one you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 +msgid "Finding channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " +"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " +"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " +"single character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot.rst:8 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:6 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 +msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:10 +msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:15 +msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:21 +msgid "Ethernet Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" +" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:26 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:32 +msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " +"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" +" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:40 +msgid "WiFi Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:42 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:44 +msgid "Copy the token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " +"plugged in your computer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " +"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " +"and paste the token, then click on next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " +"(e.g. this token " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should" +" become " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " +"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " +"redirected to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:72 +msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:78 +msgid "IoT Box Schema" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 +msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" +" our latest updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 +msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " +"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " +"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " +"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " +"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 +msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__. " +"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " +"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " +"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " +"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 +msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:9 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 +msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 +msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " +"installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:20 +msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:22 +msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " +"drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " +"supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:30 +msgid "Set Up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " +"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:36 +msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " +"network and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " +"RJ25 cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" +" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " +"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " +"scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:49 +msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. " +"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by " +"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" +" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" +" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:68 +msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "IoT Box Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 +msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " +"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 +msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 +msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 +msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " +"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " +"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" +" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " +":doc:`Flashing your SD Card `)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " +"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" +" the micro-USB port." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 +msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " +"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " +"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " +"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " +"use a multi-database environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 +msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" +" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " +"network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 +msgid "My printer is not detected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " +"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " +"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " +"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 +msgid "My printer outputs random text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " +"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " +"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " +"characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " +"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " +"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " +"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " +"your printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " +"driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 +msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " +"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " +"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " +"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " +"mode and look for the corresponding template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 +msgid "Barcode Scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 +msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "" +"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " +"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " +"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " +"and select the correct one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " +"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" +" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 +msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " +"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " +"activating the *Is scanner* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid "Cashdrawer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 +msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " +"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:5 +msgid "Devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" +" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " +"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " +"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " +"control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If your camera is a `*supported one* `__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " +"soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:25 +msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 +msgid "With the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " +"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " +"the control point you want to link with the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " +"list. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " +"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" +" will allow you to take a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " +"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " +"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " +"configured in a few steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" +" the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If your footswitch is a `supported one `__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"automatically detected when connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 +msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " +"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " +"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" +" also add a key to trigger it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " +"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " +"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " +"correctly connected to the footswitch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " +"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"`__,." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 +msgid "Connect in USB" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " +"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 +msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " +"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 +msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " +"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " +"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " +"list. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " +"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " +"while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " +"`Supported printers `__ will be " +"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " +"app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:18 +msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:24 +msgid "Link the Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:27 +msgid "To Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"print labels for manufactured products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " +"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " +"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" +" *Print Label* button will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:47 +msgid "To Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " +"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:56 +msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" +" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " +"select and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " +"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" +" print it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:73 +msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:75 +msgid "" +"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" +" directly from your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" +" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " +"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " +"dropdown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " +"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " +"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " +"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " +"current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:99 +msgid "" +"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" +" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " +"left panel of the *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:107 +msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:109 +msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " +"*Order Printer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " +"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " +"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:124 +msgid "" +"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " +"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " +"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Scale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your **IoT Box** in Odoo, you could need to use a scale. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it in your **Point of Sale app** to weigh your products, which is helpful if" +" their price are based on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 +msgid "To link the scale to the **IoT Box**, connect them with a cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:15 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If your scale is `compatibale with Odoo IoT Box " +"`_, there is no need to set up " +"anything because it will be automatically detected as soon as it is " +"connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the " +"box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 +msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " +"configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic " +"Scale* option. Then, you hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product " +"has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the " +"scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct " +"price to the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:5 +msgid "Mail Plugins" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Mail Plugins are connectors that bridge your mailbox with your Odoo " +"database. With them, you can interact with your Odoo database directly from " +"your mailbox by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:16 +msgid "Creating leads and centralizing prospects' emails into the CRM app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:17 +msgid "Generating tasks in any Odoo project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:18 +msgid "Creating tickets in the Helpdesk app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:19 +msgid "Searching and storing insights on your contacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Mail Plugins are available for :doc:`Outlook ` and " +":doc:`Gmail `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:27 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:29 +msgid "Mail Plugins are **free** to install and use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:31 +msgid "" +"However, they can provide **Lead Enrichment**, which is part of a paid " +"service known as **Lead Generation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Mail plugins allow you to test Lead Enrichment for free, whether you connect" +" the plugins to a database or not. After a while, the plugins ask you to buy" +" :doc:`../general/in_app_purchase` credits if you would like to keep using " +"this service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:41 +msgid "Lead Generation IAP service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Lead Enrichment uses the *Lead Generation IAP service*. Each request " +"consumes one *Lead Generation credit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> CRM --> Lead Enrichment " +"--> Buy credits` and select a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are out of credits, the only information populated when clicking on " +"the suggested company is its website link and logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Check out the `Lead Generation IAP service Privacy Policy " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:56 +msgid ":doc:`../general/in_app_purchase`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:57 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Lead Enrichment `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:3 +msgid "Gmail Plugin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Gmail :doc:`Mail Plugin <../mail_plugins>` needs to be configured both " +"on Odoo and Gmail." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:13 +msgid "Enable Mail Plugin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:15 +msgid "" +"First, you need to enable the *Mail Plugin* feature in your database. Go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, enable " +"*Mail Plugin*, and *Save* the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:21 +msgid "Install the Gmail Plugin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Open the `Gmail Plugin Apps Script project " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Verify you are logged in using the Google account you want to install the " +"plugin on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:28 +msgid "Click on *Publish* then *Deploy from manifest...*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Make sure you are using the legacy editor; otherwise the *Deploy from " +"manifest* functionality may not be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Click on *Install add-on*. A \"Deployment installed\" notification should " +"appear. You can then click on *Close*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:52 +msgid "Configure your Gmail mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Open any email in your Gmail mailbox. On the right-side panel, click on the " +"Odoo icon and then *Authorize Access*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:61 +msgid "Choose the right Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:67 +msgid "Allow the Gmail Plugin to access some of your data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The right-side panel can now display **Company Insights**. At the bottom, " +"click on *Login*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Only a limited amount of *Company Insights* (*Lead Enrichment*) requests are" +" available as a trial. This feature requires :ref:`prepaid credits " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:78 +msgid "Enter your Odoo database URL and click on *Login*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:90 +msgid "If you aren't logged into your database, enter your credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:91 +msgid "Click on *Allow* to let the Gmail Plugin connect to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:3 +msgid "Outlook Plugin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Outlook :doc:`Mail Plugin <../mail_plugins>` needs to be configured both" +" on Odoo and Outlook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:21 +msgid "Install the Outlook Plugin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:23 +msgid "Open your Outlook mailbox and select any email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:25 +msgid "Click on the *More actions* button and select *Get Add-ins*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:31 +msgid "Select the *My add-ins* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Under *Custom add-ins*, click on *+ Add a custom add-in*, and then on *Add " +"from URL...*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Enter the following URL " +"`https://download.odoo.com/plugins/v15/outlook/manifest.xml` and press *OK*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:50 +msgid "Read the warning and click on *Install*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:59 +msgid "Connect your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Open any email in your Outlook mailbox, click on the *More actions* button, " +"and select *Odoo for Outlook*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:84 +msgid "Click on *Allow* to open the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:92 +msgid "Click on *Allow* to let the Outlook Plugin connect to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:101 +msgid "Add a shortcut to the plugin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:103 +msgid "" +"By default, the Outlook Plugin can be opened from the *More actions* menu. " +"However, to save time, it's possible to add it next to the other default " +"actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:106 +msgid "" +"In your Outlook mailbox, click on *Settings*, then on *View all Outlook " +"settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Select *Customize actions* under *Mail*, click on *Odoo for Outlook*, and " +"then *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:118 +msgid "Open any email; the shortcut should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:8 +msgid "Studio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Learn all you need in order to build custom applications: customize views, " +"create specific reports, automate actions, define approval workflows, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:14 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Studio `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts.rst:5 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Automated Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:6 +msgid "" +"Automated actions are used to trigger actions. They are based on conditions " +"and happen on top of Odoo’s default business logic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Examples of automated actions include: creating a next activity upon a " +"quote's confirmation; adding a user as a follower of a confirmed invoice if " +"its total is higher than a certain amount; or preventing a lead from " +"changing stage if a field is not filled in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Let's understand how to properly define *when* an automated action runs and " +"*how* to create one:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The first step is to choose the :doc:`Model ` on " +"which the action is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The **Trigger** field defines the event that causes the automated action to " +"happen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:21 +msgid "" +"*On Creation*: when a new record is created. Note that the record is created" +" once saved for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"*On Update*: when the record is updated. Note that the update happens once " +"the record is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:24 +msgid "" +"*On Creation & Update*: on the creation and/or on the update of a record " +"once the form is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid "*On Deletion*: on the removal of a record under the condition set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:26 +msgid "" +"*Based on Form Modification*: when the value of the specified *Trigger* " +"field is changed in the interface (user sees the changes before saving the " +"record). Note that this action can only be used with the *Execute Python " +"Code* action type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"*Based on Timed Condition*: a delay happens after a specific date/time. Set " +"a *Delay after trigger date* if you need a delay to happen before the " +"*Trigger Date*. Example: to send a reminder 15min before a meeting. If the " +"date/time is not set on the form of the model chosen, the date/time " +"considered is the one of the creation/update of the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:34 +msgid "For every Trigger option, **conditions** can be applied, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"*Before Update Domain*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied " +"before the record is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"*Apply on*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied before executing" +" the action rule (*Action To Do*), and after the update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Active** option is to be turned off when the rule should be hidden and" +" not executed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Under **Action To Do** choose the type of server action that must be " +"executed once records meet the *Trigger* conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Execute Python Code*: a block of code is executed. A *Help* tab with the " +"variables that can be used is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:47 +msgid "*Create New Record*: a new record with new values is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:48 +msgid "*Update a Record*: updates the record that triggered the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:49 +msgid "" +"*Execute several actions*: defines an action that triggers other server " +"actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email " +"` is sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 +msgid "*Add Followers*: followers are notified of changes in the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, " +"*Reminder*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 +msgid "" +"*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:56 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the " +"Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, " +"goes through:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:65 +msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 +msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched " +"Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the" +" example: *email is not set*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:71 +msgid "" +"If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the " +"*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:73 +msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:76 +msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding General Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Odoo Studio is a toolbox that allows you to add models or adapt " +"functionalities on top of Odoo’s standard behavior without coding knowledge." +" You can also create custom views and modify existing ones without having to" +" get into the XML code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Even for experienced developers, typing out code requires time. By using " +"Odoo Studio, you can quickly get your models up and going and focus on the " +"crucial parts of your application. The result is a user-friendly solution " +"that makes customizations and designing new applications easy with or " +"without programming skills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:15 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:17 +msgid "" +"One you start using Odoo Studio, you automatically create a new *module* " +"that contains all your modifications. These modifications can be done on " +"existing screens (*views*), by adding new *fields* in existing applications," +" or by creating an entirely new *model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:22 +msgid "What is a Module?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:25 +msgid "" +"An Odoo **Module** can contain a number of elements, such as: business " +"objects (models), object views, data files, web controllers, and static web " +"data. An application is a collection of modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In object-oriented programming, models usually represent a concept from the " +"real world. Example: Odoo has models for Sales Orders, Users, Countries, " +"etc. If you were to build an application to manage Real Estate sales, a " +"model that represents the Properties for sale would probably be your first " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:38 +msgid "What is a Model (also called Object)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:40 +msgid "" +"A **Model** determines the logical structure of a database and fundamentally" +" determines in which manner data can be stored, organized, and manipulated. " +"In other words, a model is a table of information that can be bridged with " +"other tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:45 +msgid "What are Fields?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:47 +msgid "" +"**Fields** compose models. It is where a record (a piece of data) is " +"registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Example: on the Real Estate application, fields on the Properties model " +"would include the price, address, a picture, a link to the current owner, " +"etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There are 2 main types of fields in Odoo: *basic (or scalar) fields* and " +"*relational fields*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Basic fields represent simple values, like numbers or text. Relational " +"fields represent relations between models. So, if you have a model for " +"*Customers* and another one for *Properties*, you would use a relational " +"field to link each Property to its Customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:56 +msgid "Relational Fields in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Relational Fields** provide the option to link the data of one model with " +"the data of another model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, relational field types are: *One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:66 +msgid "" +"An **One2many** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *multiple* " +"records from a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Example: a Sales Order can contain multiple Sales Order Lines, which also " +"contain multiple fields of information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:69 +msgid "" +"A **Many2one** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *one* record from" +" a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Example: you can have many product categories, but each product can only " +"belong to one category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:71 +msgid "" +"A **Many2many** field is a *two-way* direction of selecting records from a " +"table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:72 +msgid "Example: multiple tags can be added to a lead’s form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:75 +msgid "An *One2many* field must have a *Many2one* related to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:78 +msgid "What are Views?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Views** define how records are displayed. They are specified in XML which " +"means that they can be edited independently from the models that they " +"represent. There are various types of views in Odoo, and each of them " +"represents a mode of visualization. Some examples are: *form*, *list*, " +"*kanban*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:85 +msgid "What is a Menu?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:87 +msgid "" +"A **Menu** is a button that executes an action. In Odoo Studio, to create " +"menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:95 +msgid "`Studio Basics `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to.rst:5 +msgid "How To" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:3 +msgid "Export and Import Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you do customizations in Odoo Studio, a new module is created in your " +"database, making it easy to use Studio for prototyping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To export these customizations, activate Studio on the main dashboard and, " +"under the menu *Customizations*, click on *Export*. The default filename is " +"*customizations.zip*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The module created contains the definition of custom models and fields, as " +"well as the UI elements of any customization in an XML format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To import and install the customizations in another instance, connect to the" +" destination database, activate Studio and, under *Customizations*, click on" +" *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Studio does not know which apps are customized (because the same view can be" +" modified on different apps), therefore, it *does not* add the underlying " +"modules as dependencies of the exported module. In other words, the " +"applications installed on the source database should be installed on the " +"destination database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing the Rainbow Man" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Rainbow Man in Odoo is an animation shown once the user completes " +"certain tasks and clicks on certain buttons. It is a way to make the " +"software fun to use, and rewarding, for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:13 +msgid "" +"On most buttons in Odoo, such as *Send by Email*, *Confirm* or *Cancel*, " +"once they are selected in Studio, under their *Properties*, the *Rainbow " +"Man* effect can be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:14 +msgid "By default, the feature is active:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:16 +msgid "when opportunities are marked as won;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:17 +msgid "when users empty their inboxes;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:18 +msgid "when the user finishes a tour;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:19 +msgid "when the user finishes doing reconciliations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses HTML and CSS technologies to create reports. HTML is a markup " +"language that uses tags, also called elements. It is the core of any webpage" +" because it provides its basic structure. CSS interacts with HTML elements " +"to add style to the page, establishing how the HTML is shown to the user. " +"Odoo’s reports also use Bootstrap’s grid layout, which is the containers, " +"rows, and columns to align content, and support Odoo's website themes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When creating a new report, choose the purpose of it and if you would like " +"the report to include header and footer (company logo, name, address, phone," +" email address, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the tab **Add**, you find the fields to be dragged and dropped to the " +"view. *Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & Total*, and *Address Book* are " +"dynamic elements (meaning that they need a :doc:`one2many or a many2many " +"<../concepts/understanding_general>` related object). *Text*, *Title Block*," +" *Image*, and *Text in Cell* are static elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once the element is added to the view, select it to see its **Options**. The" +" first section shows the hierarchy of the selected object and its " +"properties, allowing you to individually edit them. Fields with related " +"objects have their directives shown on *Field Expression*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Under **Visible if**, define the rule(s) to set visibility conditions to " +"fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Example: if choosing to display a product image, you could set a visibility " +"rule to only display the ones that are *set* in the product form, avoiding " +"having a plain icon when they are not set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups " +"` can have access to specific elements in the " +"report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets the visibility " +"of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users belonging to other " +"groups do not see the same final document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under the **Report** tab, name your report, choose the paper format, and if " +"the report should be added to the *Print* menu list on its respective " +"document form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If activating the :ref:`developer mode `, additional fields " +"such as *Class* under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under " +"*Report*, become visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:56 +msgid "" +"*Class*: add custom CSS classes to the selected element (e.g. Bootstrap " +"classes such as *text-danger*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"*Reload from attachment*: saves the report as an attachment of the document " +"when printed. When the report is reprinted, it re-downloads that attachment " +"instead of re-printing it. This means that if the underlying record (e.g. " +"Invoice) changes when compared to the first impression, the report does not " +"reflect the changes because they were done after the attachment was created." +" This is typically useful for reports linked to documents that should not " +"change, such as Invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Actions in Odoo Studio can be undone until you *Close* the toolbox. Once you" +" have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases.rst:5 +msgid "Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Automated Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: when a Belgian lead is created, a 3-stars priority should" +" be automatically applied.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:8 +msgid "Under *Automations*, click on *Create* and set the following rules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:10 +msgid "*Model*: Lead/Opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:11 +msgid "*Active*: On" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:12 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Creation & Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:13 +msgid "*Apply on*: Country > Country Name = Belgium" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:53 +msgid "*Action To Do*: Update the Record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:15 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Lead/Opportunity > Value > 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Check :doc:`this doc ` in order to have another " +"automated action example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_automated_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_general`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Filters and Status Bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: on Sales, set a filter on Belgian customers and define it" +" as the default one (the user should still be able to unset the filter).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On your customer’s page, use *Filters* > *Add Custom Filter* to group " +"customers by country. Now, under *Favorites*, *Save Current Search* enabling" +" *Use by default* and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:15 +msgid "" +"On *Filter Rules* in Studio mode, select the respective filter and enable " +"*Default Filter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life " +"cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, " +"the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:26 +msgid "" +"On your product form, *Add a pipeline status bar* and name its values. " +"Status bars are *selection* fields that give you the ability to follow a " +"specific flow. They are useful to show you the progress that has been made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:28 +msgid "" +"On the *Views* menu, access *Kanban* and, under its *View* options, set the " +"*Default Group by* as *Pipeline status bar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Now, open your product form and set the right status for that product. As " +"you move products throughout stages (also through the product’s form), " +"stages are shown in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To make modifications in the pipeline status bar, for example, remember to " +"go back to *Form View*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set " +"its cost to 0€.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Create an :doc:`automated action " +"<../concepts/understanding_automated_actions>` with the selected values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:49 +msgid "*Model*: Product Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:50 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:51 +msgid "*First Domain*: Pipeline status bar = In use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:52 +msgid "*Second Domain*: Pipeline status bar = Deprecated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:54 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Cost (Product Template) > Value > 0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Creating Models and Adding Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: on the leads’ form, if the chosen country is France, show" +" a field 'Pay by check?'**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On your leads’ form, add a *Related Field* to *Country > Country Name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Now, add a *Checkbox* field and define its invisibility options as *Country*" +" (carefully select the one just created) *> is not = > France.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:11 +msgid "You can now hide the related field created (*Country*) if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Another approach is to use the country’s ID. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Countries`, select France " +"(for example), and on the URL check its *ID*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The related field invisibility path should now be *Country* (carefully " +"select the one just created) *> is not = > 75*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:22 +msgid "Again, hide the related field with the country’s ID if you prefer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called:" +" company, value, name, address, active, image.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:31 +msgid "" +"From the dashboard, (optionally) start a new module. Then, click on *Edit " +"Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). Set your menu name and *Confirm*. Now," +" on its form, drag & drop the necessary fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to" +" which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to " +"see the properties for each region.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Go to *Edit Menu > New Menu* and create your menu, calling it *Regions*. Add" +" the necessary fields on its form by dragging & dropping them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, in the form view of *Properties*, add a *Many2one* field with a " +"relation to your model *Region*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Existing Fields* are the ones that are on the current model but not yet" +" in the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the model *Regions*, select the form view, and add a status " +"button selecting *Regions (Properties)* as your relational field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:62 +msgid "" +"*Status buttons* are computed fields, meaning that they count the numbers of" +" records on the related model, and allow you to access them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When searching for relations, click on *Search more* and filter it by " +"*Custom*. This way you avoid creating duplicates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:76 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as " +"checkboxes instead of tags.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once the field *Tags* is added to the form, select it and, under its " +"*Properties > Widgets*, choose *Checkboxes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the " +"values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, " +"show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In your form view, add a *Tags* field and relate it to *Partners Tag*. Under" +" *Properties*, define its *Widget* as *Many2many*. Do the same process " +"another 2 times for *Checkboxes* and *Tags*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:96 +msgid "Now, add a *Selection* field and the necessary values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Continue by selecting your *Tags* fields, one by one, to set their " +"*Invisible* options according to their *Widget*. In the example below, the " +"invisibility rule for the *Partner Tags* is set as: *Select Tag type > is " +"not = > Tags.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:105 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called " +"'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales" +" manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed" +" amount is higher than 500€.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On your quotation form, add a *Selection* field with the values *Accepted* " +"and *Refused*. Set its *Required* condition as *Untaxed Amount > 500* and " +"the *Limit visibility to groups* as *Sales / Administrator* or managers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:117 +msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:119 +msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode ` and open Studio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Select the necessary field and, under *Properties*, click on *More* to write" +" your tooltip message on *Field Help*. The tooltip message is the " +"explanatory message shown when the user hovers the field. The message here " +"written is displayed on all views forms where the field is added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The *Field Help* message can only be applied to *new* fields. If you would " +"like to change/apply a tooltip for a specific field, use the *Help Tooltip* " +"option under *Properties*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: in Sales, show orders in a Kanban View instead of a List " +"View.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:7 +msgid "" +"From the Sales page, access Studio and, under *Views*, set the *Kanban* " +"option as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without " +"having to switch to the form view.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the *List View*, under *View* > *Editable*, choose between *New record on" +" top* or *New record at the bottom*. This way, besides defining the order in" +" which new records are displayed in the view, you are able to edit them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If the field is left blank, no editing is possible and records are shown " +"based on your column preferences on the lead's page (front-end)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b0c5f65bd --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -0,0 +1,7195 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-04-08 13:26+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:49+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:8 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:8 +msgid "CRM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo CRM** helps you organize your sales activities: track leads, close " +"opportunities and get accurate forecasts. Keep opportunities organized with " +"the pipeline and manage your day-to-day activities with meetings and next " +"activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: CRM `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:5 +msgid "Acquire leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 +msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " +"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " +"assigning to the right sales people." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 +msgid "" +"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " +"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " +"channels from their configuration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:25 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " +"aggregate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " +"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " +"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " +"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " +"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " +"customer already exists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 +msgid "Merge opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" +" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" +" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " +"information present on the first opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 +msgid "" +"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " +"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " +"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " +"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 +msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" +" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 +msgid "Configure email aliases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each sales teams can have its own email alias, to generate " +"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" +" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " +"configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales " +"Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" +" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 +msgid "Use the contact us on your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 +msgid "You should first go to your website app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 +msgid "" +"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " +"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " +"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 +msgid "Create a custom contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " +"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " +"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " +"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " +"Odoo Enterprise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 +msgid "" +"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," +" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " +"fields you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " +"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " +"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 +msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " +"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " +"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 +msgid "Lead mining" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In any business, getting quality leads is essential to keep the business " +"growing. Lead mining allows you to generate leads from scratch directly from" +" your database. Target your leads based on a set of criteria such as the " +"country, the size of the company, the industry your leads are coming from to" +" make them relevant to your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 +msgid "Start generating leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new button **Generate Leads** available in your " +"pipeline. You are also able to create lead mining requests from the " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` and through " +":menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 +msgid "" +"From there, click on the **Generate Leads** button, a window where you will " +"be able to pick your criteria will pop up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When choosing to target Companied and their contacts you can choose the " +"contacts you are getting based on Role or Seniority. When getting contact " +"information make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulation, get more " +"information about General Data Protection Regulation on `Odoo GDPR " +"`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can decide to filter the leads you are getting depending on the size " +"(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " +"leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " +"pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " +"multiple industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can choose the salesperson and the Salesteam the lead will be assigned " +"to. You can also add tags to track your generated leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 +msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 +msgid "" +"This is an In-App Purchase feature, each generated lead will cost you one " +"credit. If you choose to get contact information each contact will also cost" +" us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " +"`__, To buy credits you can " +"either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " +"Credits`; or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my" +" Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The blue box will automatically tell you how many credits are going to be " +"consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +msgid ":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 +msgid "Send quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " +"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 +msgid "Create a new quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " +"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " +"*Quotations* menu on that page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 +msgid "Mark them won/lost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " +"process along." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " +"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize.rst:5 +msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " +"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " +"inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" +" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" +" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " +"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " +"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " +"challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" +" manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" +" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " +"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " +"granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " +"and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " +"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " +"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " +"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " +"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " +"quickly get all the information you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " +"Autocomplete* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " +"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" +" will be populated with corporate data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 +msgid "" +"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " +"company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" +" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " +"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " +"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance.rst:5 +msgid "Analyze performance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 +msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly " +"from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales " +"commission plans, budgets, project forecasts, etc. Formulas are written in " +"Python but programming skills are not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 +msgid "" +"From the *General Settings*, active *Google Drive* and *Google Spreadsheet*." +" The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* are now " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, link your Google account with Odoo going to :menuselection:`Get " +"Authorization Code --> select your Google account --> enter your password " +"--> copy the code --> paste it into the Authorization Code field`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 +msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 +msgid "" +"From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to " +"Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 +msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by " +"Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 +msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 +msgid "From this new file, configure your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> " +"Username --> Password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 +msgid "Applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You have 2 different formulas of using Google Spreadsheet in Odoo: retrieve " +"data and retrieve grouped sums." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested" +" takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no " +"specific size limit, since the time for Odoo to respond depends on several " +"factors - although reading data regarding several thousand records is " +"usually fine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 +msgid "Retrieve Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse " +"(table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the " +"information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 +msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 +msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group " +"(table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to " +"display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 +msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 +msgid "Other uses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create " +"Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 +msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " +"Win/Loss ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" +" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " +"on filter and check Won/Lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 +msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 +msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline.rst:5 +msgid "Organize the pipeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" +" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " +"can help you recover them in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 +msgid "Mark a lead as lost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " +"*Mark Lost* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " +"there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 +msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Lost Reasons`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 +msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" +" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 +msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " +"Reason*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 +msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 +msgid "Restore lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 +msgid "" +"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " +"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " +"clicking on *Archived*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" +" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " +"also archive the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 +msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " +"want to take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " +"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 +msgid "Create a new sales channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 +msgid "" +"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " +"address will create a lead/opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 +msgid "Add members to your sales channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " +"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " +"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," +" you can only be a member of one channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 +msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " +"all of its opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 +msgid "Sales channel dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " +"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " +"*Reporting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 +msgid "" +"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" +" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:5 +msgid "Assign and track leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" +" criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " +"that visited specific pages on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " +"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 +msgid "Create scoring rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" +" can manage your scoring rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " +"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criteria as you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " +"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 +msgid "Assign leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " +"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " +"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " +"This domain can include scores." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " +"more refined domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " +"Assignation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 +msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " +"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " +"useful to do something with them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " +"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" +" unassigned leads from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 +msgid "Track your prospects visits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " +"interests of your website visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " +"they use the contact form on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " +"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 +msgid "Track a webpage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " +"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 +msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 +msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " +"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " +"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " +"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " +"pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 +msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:8 +msgid "Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With **Odoo Point of Sale**, run your shops or restaurants easily. The app " +"runs on the browser, but is able to continue working even if you are " +"offline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Point of Sale Tutorials `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:15 +msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes Documentations `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:5 +msgid "Pricing Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " +"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " +"allow you to scan discount barcodes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 +msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 +msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " +"barcode:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " +"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " +"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 +msgid "Scan the products & tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 +msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 +msgid "" +"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " +"finish the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Apply Discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " +"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " +"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " +"strategy tailored to every business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " +"inside an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 +msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 +msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 +msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" +" discount on oranges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " +"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " +"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" +" the PoS and define a default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " +"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " +"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 +msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 +msgid "" +"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " +"Then, you can finalize the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a loyalty program" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " +"*Loyalty Program*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " +"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 +msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " +"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " +"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " +"everything in between." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 +msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " +"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " +"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " +"rules defined in the loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" +" finalize the order in your usual way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " +"can of course change it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 +msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " +"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " +"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " +"how does that relate with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " +"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " +"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" +" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," +" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " +"happy hour and the discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." +" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 +msgid "" +"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" +" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:5 +msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:170 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" +"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " +"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " +"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " +"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" +" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " +"`_. More " +"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " +"website `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Required hardware" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " +"`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " +"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example " +"`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " +"`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 +msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 +msgid "IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " +"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " +"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " +"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " +"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" +" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:88 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " +"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " +"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" +" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " +"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " +"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " +"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " +"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " +"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " +"VAT signing card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 +msgid "Certification & On-premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " +"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " +"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " +"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " +"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " +"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 +msgid "Restrictions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " +"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " +"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Refunding is disabled" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Modifying orderline prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 +msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 +msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 +msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 +msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview.rst:5 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:3 +msgid "Self-signed certificate for ePOS printers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:5 +msgid "" +"ePos printers are designed specifically to work with your Point of Sale " +"system, which sends the tickets directly to the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Some models don't require an IoT box, but the connection between your web " +"browser and the printer may require a :doc:`secure connection with the HTTPS" +" protocol `. If so, a self-signed certificate is necessary to use " +"your printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Please check the following list of compatible `Epson ePOS printers " +"`_. " +"This list includes the following models:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:17 +msgid "TM-H6000IV-DT (Receipt printer only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:18 +msgid "TM-T70II-DT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:19 +msgid "TM-T88V-DT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:20 +msgid "TM-L90-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:21 +msgid "TM-T20II-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:22 +msgid "TM-T70-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:23 +msgid "TM-T82II-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:24 +msgid "TM-T83II-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:25 +msgid "TM-T88V-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:26 +msgid "TM-U220-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:27 +msgid "TM-m10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:28 +msgid "TM-m30" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:29 +msgid "TM-P20 (Wi-Fi® model)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:30 +msgid "TM-P60II (Receipt: Wi-Fi® model)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:31 +msgid "TM-P60II (Peeler: Wi-Fi® model)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:32 +msgid "TM-P80 (Wi-Fi® model)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:35 +msgid "Generate a Self-signed certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Access your ePOS printer's settings with your web browser by navigating to " +"its IP address, for example, `http://192.168.1.25`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:41 +msgid "The printer automatically prints the IP address during startup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:42 +msgid "" +"We recommend assigning a **fixed IP address** to the printer from the " +"network router." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Authentication --> Certificate List` and create a new " +"**Self-Signed Certificate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:47 +msgid "" +"**Common Name**: the IP address of the ePos Printer, for example, " +"`192.168.1.25`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:48 +msgid "**Validity Period**: `10`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Create and reboot the printer, go to :menuselection:`Security --> SSL/TLS`, " +"and check if **Selfsigned Certificate** is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:54 +msgid "Export the Self-signed certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To avoid having to accept the self-signed certificate several times, you can" +" export it and then import it to your web browser or mobile device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To do so, access your ePOS printer's settings with your web browser by " +"navigating to its IP address, for example, `https://192.168.1.25`. Then, " +"accept the self-signed certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:63 +msgid "Note that the protocol is now **HTTPS**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Connection is not secure --> Certificate is not " +"valid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Go to the *Details* tab and click on **Copy to file**. Select X.509 in base " +"64 and save it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:75 +msgid "Import the Self-signed certificate to Windows (Using Chrome)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In your Chrome browser, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Privacy and " +"security --> Security --> Manage certificates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Go to the *Trusted Root Certification Authorities* tab and click on " +"**Import** and select your previous file. Accept all warnings and restart " +"your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:84 +msgid "Import the Self-signed certificate to your Android device" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"On your Android device, open the settings and search for *certificate*. " +"Then, click on **Certificate AC** (Install from device storage), and select " +"the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and " +"user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any" +" device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any " +"transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives " +"you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 +msgid "Make products available in the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" +" Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable " +"*Available in Point of Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and " +"click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to" +" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open" +" the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the " +"payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale " +"settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 +msgid "Your first PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 +msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 +msgid "You can use both `,` and `.` on your keyboard as decimal separators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:85 +msgid "Return and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " +"and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " +"the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " +"repeat the process individually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:97 +msgid "" +"When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " +"process the payment and validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:105 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:107 +msgid "" +"To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " +"the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" +" the dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:115 +msgid "" +"It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " +"payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " +"during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and " +"post the closing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " +"docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database " +"` and :doc:`Use the IoT Box " +"for the PoS `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:132 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " +"That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " +"Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " +"pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:145 +msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/https.rst:3 +msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/https.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If **Direct Devices** is enabled in a Point of Sale settings (for example, " +"if you use an ePos printer), HTTP becomes the default protocol." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/https.rst:9 +msgid "Force your Point of Sale to use a secure connection (HTTPS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/https.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Add a new **key** in the **System Parameters** to force your Point of Sale " +"to use a secure connection with the HTTPS protocol." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/https.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " +"Parameters`, then create a new parameter, add the following values and click" +" on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/https.rst:18 +msgid "**Key**: `point_of_sale.enforce_https`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/https.rst:19 +msgid "**Value**: `True`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/https.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`epos_ssc`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 +msgid "Register customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " +"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " +"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" +" any future interaction with them faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 +msgid "Create a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 +msgid "Create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " +"any future transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment.rst:5 +msgid "Payment Terminals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an Ingenico Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " +"your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the " +"Benelux." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:15 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " +"database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 +msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " +"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, click on connection change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " +"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " +"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " +"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:65 +msgid "Configure the payment method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " +"Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " +"new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option " +"Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:88 +msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " +"Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " +"column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on " +"*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment " +"Successful*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " +"retry to send the payment request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connection between the terminal and Odoo has issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 +msgid "" +"This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " +"you the connection failed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " +"of card that has been used and the transaction ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " +"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " +"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " +"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " +"integration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 +msgid "Configure the Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to " +"*Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods`, create a new payment method for SIX, select the appropriate " +"journal, select *SIX* in the **Use a Payment Terminal** field, then enter " +"your payment terminal IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:31 +msgid "The journal's type must be *bank* to select a payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 +msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" +" using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " +"the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. If " +"you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " +"You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connection between the terminal and Odoo encounters " +"issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " +"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" +" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " +"payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " +"create new Vantiv credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " +"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " +"save the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " +"payment method and… that’s all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Worldline Payment Terminal to the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:9 +msgid "Please note that Worldline is currently only available in Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Connecting a Worldline Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect one to your database, " +"please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:22 +msgid "Configure the protocol" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:24 +msgid "" +"From your terminal, click on :menuselection:`\".\" --> 3 --> stop --> 3 --> " +"0 --> 9`. Enter the technician password **\"1235789\"** and click on " +":menuselection:`OK --> 4 --> 2`. Then, click on :menuselection:`Change --> " +"CTEP (as Protocole ECR) --> OK`. Click on **OK** thrice on the subsequent " +"screens (*CTEP ticket ECR*, *ECR ticket width*, and *Character set*). " +"Finally, press **Stop** three times; the terminal automatically restarts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:31 +msgid "Here are some useful :ref:`tips `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:34 +msgid "Set the IP address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:36 +msgid "" +"From your terminal, click on :menuselection:`\".\" --> 3 --> stop --> 3 --> " +"0 --> 9`. Enter the technician password **\"1235789\"** and click on " +":menuselection:`OK --> 4 --> 9`. Then, click on :menuselection:`Change --> " +"TCP/IP` (*TCP physical configuration* screen) :menuselection:`--> OK --> OK`" +" (*TCP Configuration client* screen)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:41 +msgid "Finally, set up the hostname and port number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:44 +msgid "Hostname" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To set up the hostname, enter your IoT box's IP address' sequence numbers " +"and press **OK** at each \".\" until you reach the colon symbol." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:48 +msgid "Then, press **OK** twice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:0 +msgid "Here's an IP address sequence: `10.30.19.4:8069`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:0 +msgid "" +"On the *Hostname screen*, type :menuselection:`10 --> OK --> 30 --> OK --> " +"19 --> OK --> 4 --> OK --> OK`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Your IoT box's IP address is available in your IoT Box application's " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:59 +msgid "Port number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On the *Port number* screen, enter **\"9001\"** and click on " +":menuselection:`OK` (*ECR protocol SSL no*) :menuselection:`--> OK`. Click " +"on **Stop** three times; the terminal automatically restarts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:67 +msgid "" +"From the Point of Sale application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Payment terminals` and activate the *Worldline* payment " +"terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment methods` and create a " +"new payment method for *Worldline*. Select the payment terminal *Worldline* " +"and your payment terminal device on your *Payment Method form*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:80 +msgid "Technician password: `1235789`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:81 +msgid "" +"To reach Wordline's technical assistance, call `02 727 61 11` and choose " +"\"merchant\". Your call is automatically transferred to the desired service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Configure the cashier terminal if you have both a customer and a cashier " +"terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To avoid blocking the terminal, check the initial configuration beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Set a fixed IP to your IoT Box’s router to prevent losing the connexion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:90 +msgid "" +"When processing a payment, select *Worldline* as payment method. Check the " +"amount and click on *Send*. Once the payment is successful, the status " +"changes to *Payment Successful*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is processed, the type of card used and the transaction ID" +" appear on the payment record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:100 +msgid "" +"In case of connexion issues between Odoo and the payment terminal, force the" +" payment by clicking on *Force Done*, which allows you to validate the " +"order. This option is only available after receiving an error message " +"informing you that the connection failed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:104 +msgid "To cancel the payment request, click on **cancel**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:5 +msgid "Restaurant Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print the Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " +"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " +"definitive ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Configure Bill Printing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 +msgid "Split a Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 +msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 +msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the " +"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be " +"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes " +"away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 +msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now," +" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 +msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 +msgid "Using fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the " +"fiscal position you need for the current order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 +msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting " +"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " +"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, " +"choose one to set as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " +"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " +"can be a tremendous help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." +" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 +msgid "Add a printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" +" you can add the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 +msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 +msgid "Select or create a printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 +msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives" +" restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their " +"business in the best possible way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print" +" orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine " +"and your employees to work efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a " +"Bar/Restaurant*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 +msgid "" +"New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that " +"they are restaurant-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " +"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " +"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 +msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " +"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " +"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " +"sits the table can have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " +"taken to your main interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " +"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 +msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " +"transferring your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 +msgid "Register an additional order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 +msgid "" +"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " +"another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 +msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 +msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " +"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" +"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 +msgid "Split a bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 +msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " +"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 +msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " +"important to have the option in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 +msgid "Configure Tipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " +"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 +msgid "Add Tips to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 +msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 +msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop.rst:5 +msgid "Shop Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 +msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " +"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " +"is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 +msgid "Activate Cash Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 +msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " +"the opening and closing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" +" values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 +msgid "Start a session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " +"Balance*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 +msgid "" +"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " +"modify it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 +msgid "Close a session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " +"button as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" +" have just counted) and the difference between the two." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " +"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " +"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:9 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:39 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " +"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " +"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 +msgid "Activate invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select your Point of Sale:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " +"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 +msgid "Select a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " +"or create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 +msgid "Invoice your customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " +"select it and validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 +msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Retrieve invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" +" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" +" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Log in with employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " +"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " +"made for that session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," +" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 +msgid "Set up log in with employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " +"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " +"the cash register." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 +msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" +" cashier name in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 +msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " +"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 +msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 +msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " +"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" +" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 +msgid "Find who was the cashier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " +"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 +msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:3 +msgid "Rental" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:5 +msgid "**Odoo Rental** is a comprehensive solution to manage your rentals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:7 +msgid "" +"From a single view, you can send out quotations, confirm orders, schedule " +"rentals, register when products are picked up and returned, and invoice your" +" customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:11 +msgid "`Odoo Rental: product page `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:12 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Rental `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:17 +msgid "Rental Pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Rental --> Products`, select or create a product, and " +"click on the product's *Rental* tab. Under *Rental Pricing*, click on *Add a" +" price*. Then choose a *Unit* of time (hours, days, weeks, or months), a " +"*Duration*, and a *Price*. You can add as many price lines as necessary, " +"usually to give out discounts for longer rental durations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Under *Reservations*, you can add fines for any *Extra Hour* or *Extra Day*." +" You can also set a *Security Time*, expressed in hours, to make the product" +" temporarily unavailable between two rental orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you want to rent a product created outside of the Rental app, do not " +"forget to tick *Can be Rented* under the product's name. By default, this " +"option is ticked when you create a product directly from the Rental app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:42 +msgid "Computing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Odoo always uses two rules to compute the price of a product when you create" +" a rental order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:46 +msgid "Only one price line is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:47 +msgid "The cheapest line is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:50 +msgid "Consider the following rental pricing configuration for a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:52 +msgid "1 day: $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:53 +msgid "3 days: $250" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:54 +msgid "1 week: $500" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:56 +msgid "" +"A customer wants to rent this product for eight days. What price will they " +"pay?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:58 +msgid "" +"After an order is created, Odoo selects the second line as this is the " +"cheapest option. The customer has to pay three times '3 days' to cover the " +"rental's eight days, for a total of $750." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:64 +msgid "Customer signature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can ask your customers to sign a rental agreement outlining the " +"arrangement between you and your customers before they pick up products to " +"make sure your products are returned on time and in their original " +"condition. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Rental --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, activate *Digital Documents*, and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:76 +msgid "" +"This feature requires the :doc:`Sign <../finance/sign>` app. If necessary, " +"Odoo installs it after activating *Digital Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Once the app settings are saved, you have the option to change the default " +"*Rental Agreement* from the dropdown menu. You can pick any document already" +" uploaded to the *Sign* app, or upload a new one to the *Sign* app by " +"clicking on *Upload Template*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To request a customer signature, select a confirmed rental order, click on " +"*Sign Documents*, choose the document template and click on *Sign Documents*" +" again. On the next window, select your customer and click on *Sign Now* to " +"start the signing process with your customer. Once the document is " +"completed, click on *Validate & Send Completed Document*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:89 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Sign `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:94 +msgid "Pickup and Return receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You can print and give your customers receipts when they pick up and/or " +"return products. To do so, open any rental order, click on *Print* and " +"select *Pickup and Return Receipt*. Odoo then generates a PDF detailing all " +"information about the current status of the rented items: which were picked " +"up, when they are expected to be returned, which were returned, and " +"potential rental delay costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Sales** is the application to run your sales process (from quotation " +"to sales order) and deliver and invoice what has been sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Sales Tutorials `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced.rst:5 +msgid "Advanced Topics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 +msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to " +"Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 +msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit " +"any document in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 +msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 +msgid "From Contacts Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 +msgid "" +"From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet " +"created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " +"Enter details of the contact and click \"save\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the " +"interface and from the drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 +msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the " +"content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " +"**Apply** when you're done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 +msgid "" +"An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " +"contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector.rst:5 +msgid "Amazon Connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon Connector Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " +"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " +"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 +msgid "Supported Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 +msgid "The connector is able to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " +"their order items which include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 +msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 +msgid "the shipping costs for the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 +msgid "the gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 +msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +msgid "**Orders**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "**Shipping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "Charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +msgid "Delivery created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "Handled by Amazon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "Gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "Gift message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "**Stock Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "Handled by the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "**Confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 +msgid "Supported Marketplaces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector currently supports 9 marketplaces. If a marketplace is " +"not listed below, it may be possible for you to :ref:`add it as an " +"unsupported marketplace `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:62 +msgid "**North America region**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +msgid "Canada" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +msgid "Amazon.ca" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 +msgid "Amazon.com.mx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 +msgid "US" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 +msgid "Amazon.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 +msgid "**Europe region**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +msgid "Amazon.de" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 +msgid "Amazon.es" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 +msgid "France" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 +msgid "Amazon.fr" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +msgid "UK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +msgid "Amazon.co.uk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +msgid "Amazon.it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +msgid "Amazon.nl" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:105 +msgid ":doc:`setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:160 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 +msgid "Synchronization of orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " +"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " +"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " +"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " +"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " +"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " +"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" +" are not yet registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " +"the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " +"the last synchronization, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, navigate to your Amazon account and modify the date under " +":menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior " +"to the last status change of the order that you wish to synchronize and " +"save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " +":ref:`developer mode `, head to your Amazon account and " +"click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with pickings by clicking on " +"**SYNC PICKINGS**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:30 +msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " +"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " +"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " +"products partially by using backorders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " +"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " +"it) is on its way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Amazon requires to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. You'll " +"need to assign a carrier. If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a " +"tracking reference, you'll need to set one manually. This concerns all " +"marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:45 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48 +msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +msgid "" +"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " +"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " +"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " +"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" +" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " +"under the FBA program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " +"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " +"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " +"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" +" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " +"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " +"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " +"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " +"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" +" your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72 +msgid "" +"You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " +"in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " +"of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " +"orders based on the sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 +msgid "" +"As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " +"invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " +"Payments, with a dedicated intermediary account). You can do the same with " +"the vendor bill received from Amazon and dedicated to commissions. When you " +"receive the balance on your bank account at the end of the month and record " +"your bank statements in Odoo, you simply credit the Amazon intermediary " +"account by the amount received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:87 +msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +msgid "" +"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " +"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " +"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" +" of your company's accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " +"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " +"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " +"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " +"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" +" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " +"two registrations of your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`features`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Configure Amazon Connector in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Generate an Authorization Token in Seller Central" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector uses an Authorization Token that allows Odoo to fetch " +"data from your Amazon Seller Central account. This token can be obtained " +"directly through Seller Central in a few clicks and needs to be set up in " +"your Odoo database configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Connect to your Seller Central account for the marketplace you initially " +"signed up (e.g. if you created your account on Amazon Germany, go to `Amazon" +" Seller Central for Germany `_) with an " +"administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You might need to use the *main* (or first) administrator account and not " +"one added subsequently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In the main menu, select :menuselection:`Apps & Services --> Manage Your " +"Apps`; in the page that displays, click on the ``Authorize new developper`` " +"button:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "Fill in the form depending on your Marketplace:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If your seller account is registered in the **North America** region, use " +"these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Developer's Name: ``Odoo S.A.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 +msgid "Developer ID: ``586127723692``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "For the **Europe** region, use these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Developer ID: ``579095187166``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Amazon will then inform you that by submitting the form, you are giving " +"access to your Seller Central Information to Odoo S.A." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Odoo S.A. is unable to access your Amazon account's information without the " +"Authorization Token which is stored in your Odoo database - we do not store " +"these tokens on our platform directly and are therefore unable to access " +"your account's information outside of the Amazon Connector normal flows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " +"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The " +"**Authorization Token** is the one you generated in the :ref:`previous step " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Upon saving, your credentials are checked. In case of issues, an error will " +"be displayed - the information cannot be saved until your credentials are " +"recognized by Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " +"are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" +" can remove some items from the list of synchronized marketplaces to disable" +" their synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 +msgid "Match database products in Amazon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " +"created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " +"product, one for the shipping charges (if any) and one for the gift wrapping" +" charges (if any)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " +"matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " +"the **shipping code** for delivery charges, and the **gift wrapping** code " +"for gift wrapping charges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 +msgid "" +"For marketplace products, pairings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are " +"listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " +"automatically created when the pairing is established and are used for " +"subsequent orders to lookup SKUs. If no offer with a matching SKU is found, " +":ref:`the internal reference is used instead `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 +msgid "" +"It is possible to force the pairing of a marketplace item with a specific " +"product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" +" be manually created if it was not automatically done yet. This is useful if" +" you do not use the internal reference as the SKU or if you sell the product" +" under different conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " +"given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " +"is used. The same is done with the default product **Amazon Shipping** and " +"the shipping code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To modify the default products, activate the :ref:`developer mode " +"` and navigate to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:105 +msgid "Configure taxes of products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:107 +msgid "" +"To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " +"the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " +"fiscal position. Make sure to have set the correct taxes on your products in" +" Odoo or to have it done by a fiscal position, to avoid discrepancies in the" +" subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:113 +msgid "" +"As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " +"Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " +"Seller Central. Those differences can be resolved with a write-off when " +"reconciling the payments in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:120 +msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil, are not officially " +"supported by Odoo but might be compatible with your seller account. These " +"marketplaces can be added manually should you wish to use them. See " +":ref:`here ` for the exhaustive list of " +"natively supported marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:128 +msgid "" +"To find out if a marketplace is eventually compatible, check the `Amazon " +"Documentation " +"`_." +" The marketplace must belong to the same region as that of your seller " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To add a new marketplace, you must first activate the :ref:`developer mode " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:137 +msgid "" +"From there, you can create a new marketplace record. You will need the " +"Marketplace ID and Endpoint for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon" +" Documentation " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.`` to easily retrieve it (for" +" instance: ``Amazon.se``). The **Code**, **Domain** and **API Identifier** " +"fields should respectively hold the *Country Code*, *Amazon MWS Endpoint* " +"and *MarketplaceId* values from the Amazon Documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Once the marketplace is saved, you should then update the Amazon Account " +"configuration by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`, open the " +"account on which you wish to use the new marketplace, go to the " +"**Marketplaces** tab and click on **Update available marketplaces** (an " +"animation should confirm the success of the operation). Newly added " +"marketplaces are automatically added to the list of synchronized " +"marketplaces. If the new marketplace is not added to the list, it means that" +" it is either incompatible or unavailable for your seller account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:154 +msgid "" +"As manually added marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo, there " +"is no guarantee that adding one as described above will work, nor can this " +"be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector.rst:5 +msgid "eBay Connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 +msgid "How to list a product?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 +msgid "Listing without variation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " +"product form. The eBay tab will be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 +msgid "" +"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " +"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " +"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." +" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " +"Description**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " +"the product template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 +msgid "Listing with variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " +"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is slightly different. In" +" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " +"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 +msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " +"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 +msgid "Product Identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " +"the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " +"**Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty " +"or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " +"apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item " +"specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " +"If these values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " +"listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Create eBay tokens" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " +"the `developer portal `_. Once you are " +"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " +"clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 +msgid "" +"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " +"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " +"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " +"needed to configure the module in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 +msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " +"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " +"Key**. Apply the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " +"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " +"other fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " +"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Since September 2021, **eBay requires supporting customer account " +"deletion/closure notifications**. As such, when eBay receives an account " +"request for deletion, all eBay partners must confirm the reception of the " +"request and take further action if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo has a notification endpoint to receive those notifications, confirm the" +" reception of the request, and handle the first set of actions to anonymize " +"the account details in **Contacts** and remove the customer's access to the " +"portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up your subscription to the marketplace " +"account deletion notifications ` as eBay may temporarily disable the related eBay account " +"until the subscription is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +msgid "Retrieve endpoint details from Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The endpoint details can be found in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration" +" --> Settings --> eBay`. Click on *Generate Token* to retrieve your " +"**Verification Token**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:70 +msgid "Subscribe to account deletion notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Log in on the `developer portal of eBay `_ " +"and go to **Alerts & Notifications**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To subscribe to deletion/closure notifications, eBay needs a few details:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"An **email address** to send notifications to if the endpoint is " +"unreachable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:82 +msgid "The **endpoint details**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:84 +msgid "The URL to Odoo's account deletion notification endpoint" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:85 +msgid "A verification token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:92 +msgid "" +"You can edit the last two fields once the email address field is filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +msgid "Verify the connectivity with the endpoint" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +msgid "" +"After setting the retrieved endpoint details in eBay's dashboard, consider " +"testing the connectivity with the **Send Test Notification** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You should get the following confirmation message: \"A test notification was" +" sent successfully!\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:107 +msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " +"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " +"that eBay enforces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developed; " +"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " +"systems running in parallel in existing installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:116 +msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 +msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:119 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " +"product status*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " +"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " +"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " +"near future" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " +"of the old one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:5 +msgid "Invoicing Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 +msgid "Request a down payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " +"is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " +"to honor the contract. With a down payment, the buyers show their will to " +"acquire the product and agree to pay the rest later, while the sellers are " +"obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " +"way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 +msgid "First time you request a down payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +msgid "" +"When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " +"invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" +" them before validation. To create an invoice, Odoo Sales offers you 3 " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 +msgid "Regular invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 +msgid "Down payment (percentage)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" +" the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " +"percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income " +"account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " +"payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " +"product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, " +"you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you" +" choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able" +" to create an invoice**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 +msgid "" +"For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" +" using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " +"our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , " +"before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view " +"the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the " +"down payment (as you can see below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +msgid "" +"There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " +"But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " +"So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the " +"possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** " +"button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** " +"button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order" +" and draft invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " +"order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" +" to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, " +"paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " +"quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " +"payments when it comes to invoicing your customer. Indeed, you have to " +"deliver a product before creating the final invoice. If nothing has been " +"delivered, you create a **credit note** that cancels the draft invoice " +"created after the down payment. To do so, you have to install the " +"**Inventory App** to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, you can enter the " +"delivered quantity manually on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 +msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 +msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 +msgid "" +"You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " +"to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " +"need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the " +"**Accounting Tab** on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 +msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " +"while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of a " +"consultant paying for a hotel to work on the site of your client. As a " +"company, you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 +msgid "Expenses configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to " +":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " +"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" +" --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 +msgid "Add expenses to your sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 +msgid "" +"From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the " +"hotel for the first week on the site of your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or " +"create a new one from right there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 +msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " +"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " +"expense or a previously agreed on sales price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> " +"Configuration --> Expense products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 +msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 +msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Different business policies might require different options for invoicing:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The **Invoice what is ordered** rule is used as **default mode** in Odoo " +"Sales, which means that customers will be invoiced once the sales order is " +"confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The **Invoice what is delivered** rule will invoice customers once the " +"delivery is done. This rule concerns businesses that sell materials, liquids" +" or food in large quantities. In these cases, the quantity might diverge a " +"little bit and it is, therefore, preferable to invoice the quantity actually" +" delivered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Being able to have different invoicing options allow you more flexibility. " +"Indeed, you need to know exactly how to invoice your customers for different" +" situations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 +msgid "Activate these features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " +"**Invoicing policy** choose the rule you want to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you decide to choose the **Invoice what is delivered** rule, you will not" +" be able to activate the feature called **Automatic invoice**, which " +"automatically generates invoices when the online payment is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 +msgid "Choose an invoicing policy on a product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 +msgid "" +"From any product page, under the **Sales tab**, you will find the invoicing " +"policy, which can be manually changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 +msgid "Impact on sales flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 +msgid "" +"On Odoo Sales, the basic sales flow will be to create a quotation, send it " +"to your customer, wait for confirmation, confirm the sales order and create " +"an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Invoice what is ordered**: No impact on this basic sales flow. Indeed, you" +" can invoice as soon as the sale is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 +msgid "" +"**Invoice what is delivered**: Small impact on sales flow because you will " +"have to manually enter the delivered quantity on the sales order or to " +"install the **Inventory App** to confirm the delivered quantity before " +"creating an invoice, with the **Sales App**. Indeed, if you try to create an" +" invoice without validating the delivered quantity, you will receive an " +"error message as below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation is confirmed and that the status went from **Quotation " +"sent** to **Sales order**, you are able to see your delivered and invoiced " +"quantities directly from your sales order (it is true for both rules)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically add the quantities to the invoice (even if it is a " +"partial delivery)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Finally, to create an invoice, you will have different possibilities: " +"regular invoice or down payment (percentage or fixed amount)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about down payment here: " +":doc:`down_payment`, to master this incredible feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice project milestones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with " +"each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally" +" build up to the completion of the contract. This invoicing method is " +"comfortable both for the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow " +"throughout the project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the " +"project's progress and pay in several installments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 +msgid "Create milestone products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To " +"configure products to work this way, go to any product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and " +"select *Milestones* in the sales tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 +msgid "Invoice milestones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 +msgid "" +"From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you " +"complete a milestone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 +msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 +msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " +"delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" +" other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-" +"forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, " +"or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in" +" not being a demand or request for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 +msgid "" +"From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" +"forma invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " +"in attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Sell subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making " +"planning ahead much easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 +msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " +"the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 +msgid "" +"When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. " +"You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the " +"upper right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible" +" to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that" +" the project requirements would most likely change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay " +"the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what" +" the contractors pay their employees, sub-contractors, and suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 +msgid "" +"For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need" +" to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and" +" purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 +msgid "Invoice time configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. " +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 +msgid "Invoice your time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 +msgid "" +"From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the " +"invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new" +" project*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 +msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the" +" project overview and one for the current task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it " +"from the *Project* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add " +"how many hours they worked on the project so far." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 +msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " +"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 +msgid "" +"under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " +"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " +"expense or a previously agreed on sales price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 +msgid "Invoice purchases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 +msgid "" +"You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " +"*Purchase Analytics*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 +msgid "" +"While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this " +"will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices.rst:5 +msgid "Products & Prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices.rst:5 +msgid "Manage your pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 +msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " +"Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " +"Invoicing/Accounting apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in " +"pricelist setup form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in" +" the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 +msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 +msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The public price is in your company's main currency (see " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the " +"European Central Bank at your convenience: manually, daily, weekly, etc. See" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 +msgid "Set your own prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 +msgid "" +"This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency" +" rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored" +" to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " +"searches to determine the suggested price. You can set several critarias to " +"use a specific price: periods, min. sold quantity (meet a minimum order " +"quantity and get a price break), etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors " +"completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use " +"default product price ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 +msgid "" +"*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per " +"products ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins " +"and roundings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Several prices per product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " +"segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " +"in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 +msgid "Prices per customer segment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " +"segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " +"Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 +msgid "Temporary prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 +msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " +"period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " +"prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 +msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 +msgid "" +"*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. " +"Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost " +"price, or to another pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or " +"surcharges and can be forced to fit within floor (minimum margin) and " +"ceilings (maximum margins). Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar" +" or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" +" (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " +"e-Commerce)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " +"internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" +" option, you can set dates and minimum quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " +"another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 +msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 +msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 +msgid "Discounts with roundings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 +msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +msgid "Prices per country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " +"gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " +"country. In case no country is set for the customer, Odoo takes the first " +"pricelist without any country group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 +msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 +msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 +msgid "" +"In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" +" % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 +msgid ":doc:`currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products.rst:5 +msgid "Manage your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 +msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" +" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " +"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 +msgid "How to customize the file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" +" column (see why below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" +" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " +"import screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " +"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " +"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 +msgid "Why an “ID” column?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one " +"from your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " +"duplicates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 +msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 +msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 +msgid "" +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " +"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " +"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " +"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " +"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " +"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:3 +msgid "Automatically get product images with Google Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The product images are very useful in Odoo, for example, to quickly find a " +"product or check if you scanned the right one, but it can be a bit painful " +"to set up especially if you have a lot of products. **Google Custom Search**" +" allows finding images automatically for your product, based on their " +"barcode, keeping your focus on what matters in your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:15 +msgid "This functionnality requires configuration both on Google and on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:17 +msgid "" +"With a free Google account, you can get up to 100 free images per day. If " +"you need a higher rate, you'll have to upgrade to a billing account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:23 +msgid "Google API dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Go to the `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " +"`_ page to generate Google Custom " +"Search API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Select or create an API project to store the credentials. Give it an " +"explicit name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In the credentials section, click on **Create Credentials** and select **API" +" Keys**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:37 +msgid "Save your **API Key**. You'll need it for the next step in Odoo!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Use the search bar to look for **Google Custom Search API** and select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:45 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:54 +msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " +"`_ and click on **Get " +"Started**. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Fill the language and the name of the search engine. Give it an explicit " +"name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Google doesn't allow to create a search engine without having entered at " +"least one specific site to search on. You can put any website (e.g. " +"www.google.com) for this step, we will remove it later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Validate the form by clicking on **Create**. Then, go to the edition mode of" +" the search engine that you created (either by clicking on **Control Panel**" +" on the confirmation page or by clicking on the name of your Search Engine " +"on the Home page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In the **basics** tab, make sure to enable **Image search**, **SafeSearch** " +"and **Search the entire web**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Once **Search the entire web** is enabled, you can safely delete the site " +"that you put at the previous step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Save your **Search Engine Id**. You’ll need it for the next step in Odoo!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, " +"activate **Google Images** and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Go back to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings--> Integrations`, " +"enter your **API Key** and **Search Engine ID** in **Google Images** " +"settings and save again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:99 +msgid "Automatically get your product images in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The action to automatically get your product images in Odoo appears in any " +"Products or Product Variants list view. Here is a step-by-step guide from " +"the Inventory app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Go to the Products menu (:menuselection:`Products --> Products` or " +":menuselection:`Products --> Product Variants`) from any application that " +"uses products like Inventory or Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:107 +msgid "On the list view, select the products that needs an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Only the 10,000 first selected products or product variants will be " +"processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Only the products or product variants with a barcode and without an image " +"will be processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If you select a product that has one or more variants from the Products " +"view, each variant matching the previous criteria will be processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:117 +msgid "" +"In the action menu, select **Get Pictures from Google Images** and validate " +"by clicking on **Get picture**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:120 +msgid "You should see your images appearing incrementally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Only the 10 first images are fetched immediatly. If you selected more than " +"10, the rest will be fetched as a background job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:125 +msgid "" +"The background job process about 100 images in a minute. If you reach the " +"quota authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan), the " +"background job will put itself on hold for 24 hours and continue where it " +"stopped the day before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:130 +msgid "" +"`Create, modify, or close your Google Cloud Billing account " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "Using product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " +"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " +"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:10 +msgid "" +"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "B&C T-shirt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " +"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." +" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 +msgid "Impact of variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " +"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " +"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " +"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " +"the template or the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " +"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " +"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " +"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " +"variant)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " +"product may have its own primary picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " +"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " +"Income Account, Taxes)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "Should you use variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "When should you use variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:55 +msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " +"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " +"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" +" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " +"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" +" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " +"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " +"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " +"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" +" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " +"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " +"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " +"of managing lots of products that are similars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +msgid "" +"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" +" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " +"product templates and all their related variations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:87 +msgid "" +"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " +"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " +"example, a company having these products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:91 +msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:110 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:111 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " +"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " +"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " +"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " +"e-Commerce:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +msgid "Product Template: Polos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:117 +msgid "Activate the variant feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " +"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " +"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " +"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " +"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 +msgid "Creating products with variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:135 +msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " +"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " +"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " +"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " +"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:149 +msgid "" +"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " +"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " +"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " +"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:163 +msgid "" +"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:167 +msgid "Managing Product Variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " +"variant attributes :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:175 +msgid "T-Shirt B&C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:177 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:179 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:182 +msgid "Managing combination possibilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +msgid "" +"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " +"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " +"you can deactivate the white product variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." +" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " +"XXL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:197 +msgid "" +"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:200 +msgid "Setting a price per variant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " +"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " +"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " +"variant that will be added to the original price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:220 +msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 +msgid "" +"`Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:225 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:5 +msgid "Set taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations.rst:5 +msgid "Send Quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 +msgid "Use quotations deadline to stimulate your customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When sending quotations, it is important to set a deadline to encourage your" +" customers to act. Indeed, this will stimulate them because they will be " +"afraid of missing a good deal and it will also allow you to protect yourself" +" in case you have to fulfill an order at a price that is no longer " +"profitable for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 +msgid "Set a deadline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Sales, it is possible to instantly add an **Expiration Date** from" +" the quotation or the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:22 +msgid "Use deadline in your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:24 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to add a deadline to every quotation template created. " +"Whenever a specific quotation template is used in a quote, its associated " +"deadline will be automatically applied. Be sure to check out our " +"documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to excel in their use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:34 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see when" +" the offer expires. For your information, the number of days will be the " +"same as those mentioned in the quotation template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 +msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Sales, you can configure different addresses for delivery and " +"invoicing. For some customers, it will be very practical to define specific " +"billing and shipping addresses. Indeed, not everyone will have the same " +"delivery location as the invoicing location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" **Customer Addresses** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 +msgid "Add addresses from a quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23 +msgid "" +"When you create a quotation, you must add a customer. This customer can be a" +" company or a person with specific billing and shipping addresses already " +"defined and registered in the system, or it can be a new customer. In this " +"case, you have to **Create and edit** the contact form for your new customer" +" and link it, if necessary, to a company. In this contact form, you will be " +"able to add, delete and modify invoice and delivery addresses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with defined invoice and delivery addresses, Odoo " +"will automatically use them to fill in the fields. Now, if you want to " +"change it instantly, it is possible to do so directly from the quotation or " +"the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:40 +msgid "Add addresses from a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Previously, we talked about the contact form that you can fill in directly " +"from a quotation or a sales order to add billing and shipping addresses to " +"customers. But, if you go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " +"Customers`, you can create or modify every customer you want and add, delete" +" or modify invoice and delivery addresses instantly there, before creating a" +" quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 +msgid "Deal with different addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Like for the previous example, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " +"Customers` and create a new customer. There, you can add company information" +" but, more importantly, you can enter billing and shipping addresses under " +"the **Contacts & Addresses** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can return to your Sales dashboard and create a new " +"quotation. Now, if you enter your new customer, you will see that the other " +"fields will fill in by themself with the information previously saved for " +"billing and shipping addresses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Sales, it is now very convenient to play with various addresses in" +" terms of invoice and delivery features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In general, online payments are considered as a fast and secure alternative " +"to traditional payment methods. It is generally cheaper, easier and faster " +"than other payment methods. It is particularly useful and efficient for " +"international transactions. With Odoo Sales, you can use online payments to " +"get automatic orders confirmation. Online payments are made instantly, so " +"it's very convenient and saves lots of time in a basic sales process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:12 +msgid "Enable online payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" **Online Payment** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 +msgid "" +"There, you will have direct access to the **Payment Acquirers** page. It " +"will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before " +"creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our " +"documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as " +":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " +":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " +":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_acquirers` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`; you can " +"activate or not the **Online Payment** feature for each template you use, " +"under their confirmation tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35 +msgid "Register a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:37 +msgid "" +"After opening quotations from their received email, your customers will have" +" different possibilities to make their online payments. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" +" your customers will have to choose when it comes to payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 +msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Online signatures are like electronic \"fingerprints\". By using them on " +"Odoo, you will get automatic orders confirmation. You and your customers " +"will save a lot of time by using this feature compared to a traditional " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 +msgid "Activate online signature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" **Online Signature** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`, you can " +"activate or not the **Online Signature** feature for each quotation template" +" you use, under their confirmation tab. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:31 +msgid "Confirm an order with a signature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When you send quotations to clients, they can instantly accept and sign it " +"online. When they click on **Sign & Pay**, they have the choice to draw " +"their own signature, automatically fill in the field with an automated " +"signature or load a file from their computer. Here below, it is an example " +"of an automated signature:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Once signed, you will have the possibility to choose your payment methods. " +"Then, when the quotation will be paid and confirmed, a delivery order will " +"be created automatically by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Be careful that delivery orders are only generated for storable products and" +" if the **Inventory app** is already installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3 +msgid "Add optional products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The use of optional products is a marketing strategy for cross-selling " +"products along with a core product. The aim is to offer useful and related " +"products to your customers. For instance, if a customer wants to buy a car, " +"he has the choice to order an automatic opening trunk and massaging seats, " +"or not to order such high-quality products and simply buy his car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:11 +msgid "Add optional products to your quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Sales, it is possible to add or modify optional products directly " +"on quotations (under the **Optional Products** tab, as you can see below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:22 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" +" your customers will have as possibilities after opening a quotation from " +"their received email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In practice, your customers will be able to add different optional products " +"to their order by using associated carts, with a user-friendly layout. More " +"than that, if a customer selects all the optional products suggested, these " +"additional items will automatically fill in the quotation managed by the " +"salesman." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Like this, salespeople will see each movement made by the customer and " +"tracking the order will be all the better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:49 +msgid "Add optional products to your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to " +"understand how you can enable, create, design and manage your own quotation " +"templates before reading this part." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:54 +msgid "" +"For quotation templates, you also have an **Optional Products** tab where " +"you can add related products or services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:62 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Sales, it is now very easy to understand your customer's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 +msgid "Use quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By creating custom quotation templates, you will save a lot of time. Indeed," +" with the use of templates, you will be able to send complete quotations at " +"a fast pace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +msgid "" +"For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation " +"Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very " +"easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:47 +msgid "Create your first template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will " +"be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of " +"the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 +msgid "" +"On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated " +"in the **Sales** settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +msgid "Design your template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer " +"interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and " +"paying the quotation. For example, you will be able to describe your " +"company, your services and your products. To do so, you can click on " +"**Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping " +"different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can " +"add a content block to describe your products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:67 +msgid "Use a quotation template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 +msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 +msgid "" +"You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default " +"template in the **Sales** settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:81 +msgid "Confirm the quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign " +"electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly" +" in the quotation template itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change " +"it and make it specific for each quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 +msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 +msgid "Add terms & conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " +"contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " +"delivery terms between customers and sellers. Every seller must declare all " +"formal information concerning products and company policy. On the other " +"hand, each customer must take note of all these conditions before committing" +" to anything. With Odoo Sales, it is very easy to include your default terms" +" and conditions on every quotation, sales order, and invoice that you " +"manage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 +msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " +"**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " +"Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is " +"done automatically with the installation of the sales application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 +msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" +" your default terms and conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 +msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 +msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 +msgid "" +"According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " +"on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" +" and conditions within your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " +":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 +msgid "General Terms & Conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 +msgid "GT&C on your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " +"page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " +"is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " +"category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 +msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " +"are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 +msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " +"quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " +"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and " +"create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the " +"confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online " +"payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to" +" configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & " +"conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" +" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 +msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:8 +msgid "Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Subscriptions** is used to run recurring businesses: sell new " +"contracts, upsell customers, keep the churn under control and have reporting" +" on the main KPIs: MRR, ARR, retention, churn, upselling, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:15 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Subscriptions " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:3 +msgid "Add subscription products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly sell your subscriptions using our amazing **Odoo Subscriptions**" +" application, you must follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:8 +msgid "**Create your own subscription templates**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:9 +msgid "**Create your own subscription products with the right settings**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:11 +msgid "" +"As a result, you will be able to manage your subscriptions like any other " +"product, create your quotations and continue the sales flow to track the " +"number of subscriptions you sell and manage the revenue they generate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Subscription products` to learn how " +"you can configure your own subscription products. You have the possibility " +"to create a new product or edit an existing one. Once named, be careful to " +"select the option *Can be sold* and deselect *Can be purchased*. For the " +"product type, it is recommended to use *Service* for subscription products " +"as they are non-material products that you provide to your customers. " +"Finally, you can adapt your prices and also add an internal reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In the Sales tab, underneath the Subscriptions section, make sure the " +"*Subscription products* option is activated. In fact, if you create a " +"subscription product from the **Odoo Subscriptions** application, this " +"option is selected by default. However, if you create a product from another" +" application, it is not the case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:39 +msgid "You can also choose the subscription templates you want to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation on how to create, edit and manage " +"your own :doc:`Subscription templates " +"<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` before creating " +"your own subscription products. Once created, check out our documentation on" +" how to :doc:`Create a quotation using subscription products " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>`, to complete the sales " +"flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:85 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:3 +msgid "Use subscription templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The subscription business model is becoming more popular. Are you wondering " +"why?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:7 +msgid "For **customers**, value lies in **convenience**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions simplify the business process. Indeed, subscribers never have " +"to remember to renew their orders every month, which gives them the " +"assurance that they will have everything they need before they actually need" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:12 +msgid "Subscriptions help customers stay on budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:14 +msgid "" +"For **businesses**, value lies in the **ability to predict recurring " +"revenue**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions reduce customer churn rate and significantly increase customer" +" retention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions provide much higher payment security for your business. They " +"stabilize and maintain recurring revenue streams by guaranteeing monthly " +"revenues and adding value to your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Subscriptions** help you save time and money. Subscription templates " +"can help you generate recurring invoices and manage renewals at a fast pace." +" With Odoo you have the possibility to create, edit, and manage your own " +"subscription templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Subscription " +"templates`. By default, Odoo suggests you two types of subscription (MON - " +"Monthly subscription *vs* YEA - Yearly subscription). You can also create " +"your own ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The **Odoo Subscriptions** application automatically installs **Odoo Sales**" +" and **Odoo Invoicing** as they work integrated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. The first thing you " +"need to do is give your template a name. After that, choose an *Invoicing " +"period* and specify whether you would like to invoice your customers per " +"*Days*, *Weeks*, *Months* or *Years*. On *Duration*, determine if the " +"subscription must go on *Forever* (until it’s manually closed), or for a " +"*Fixed amount* of time. Among the payment options, an additional field " +"called *Invoice email* appears when you choose *Send*, *Send & try to " +"charge* or *Send after successful payment*. This field allows you to add an " +"invoice email template to your subscription templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:61 +msgid "" +"For each template, you can also choose if you want your customers to be able" +" to close their subscriptions or not. If enabled, you can set an *Automatic " +"closing* limit and specify the *Group of subscription* and *Journal* " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:66 +msgid "" +"On each template, you can add your **Terms and Conditions**. Specifying " +"terms and conditions is essential to set out important contractual points " +"between the customers and the sellers (payment, refund policy, cancellation," +" complaints, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Finally, if you want to know the basic running health status of your " +"subscriptions, you also have access to a specific tab called **Health " +"Check**. There, you can edit and create your own filters to define what is a" +" subscription in good health *vs* bad health. The system automatically " +"summarizes all the records corresponding to these filters and you are able " +"to manage them in one click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:85 +msgid "" +"After creating your own subscription templates, be sure to check out our " +"documentation on how to create, edit and manage your own :doc:`Subscription " +"products <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products>`, to " +"complete the sales flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up.rst:5 +msgid "Follow-up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:3 +msgid "Set up automatic alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Now that your subscriptions are up and running, you want to stay up-to-date " +"with your customers. Some automation would be appreciated since you would " +"not want to go through the list of all your subscribers to check how things " +"are going. This is what the *Automatic Alerts* feature is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"For example, when customers subscribe to your magazine, you would probably " +"want to send them an email to welcome them and express your gratitude. Or, " +"if the satisfaction rate of your customers drops below 50%, you would " +"probably want to schedule a call with them to understand the reasons for " +"their dissatisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With **Odoo Subscriptions**, you can set automatic emails, create a \"Call\"" +" task for one of your salespeople so that he/she can try to understand your " +"customer's dissatisfaction, and finally, why not automatically send " +"satisfaction surveys so customers can evaluate your services? All of that is" +" now possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:20 +msgid "Create a new automatic alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The following example shows how to create a new automatic alert to send " +"satisfaction surveys to your customers, by email, after one month of " +"subscription. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> " +"Configuration --> Alerts`, and create a new alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"On the *Apply on* section, first give the alert a name. Then, you can choose" +" to apply this alert on a subscription template, on a specific customer, or " +"even on a specific product. If you want to add more specifications, you can " +"also specify the value of your MRR, the change rate of your MRR over a " +"certain period of time, the value of the satisfaction rate, and even the " +"stage to which you want to apply this alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In this example, the alert is applied to a specific product, and the stage " +"goes from *Undefined* to *In Progress*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For the *Action* section, specify the *Action* and the *Trigger on*. If the " +"*Trigger on* is set to *Modification*, the action is triggered every time " +"there is a change or anything added to the subscription, and all the " +"conditions on the *Apply on* section are met. Now, if the *Trigger on* is " +"set to *Timed condition*, it means that the action is triggered based on the" +" type of *Trigger date*. After that, you can choose your *Action*. You have " +"the choice between *Create next activity*, *Set a tag on the subscription*, " +"*Set a stage on the subscription*, *Mark as To Renew*, *Send an email to the" +" customer* and *Send an SMS Text Message to the customer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In the example above, the *Trigger on* is set to *Timed condition*, " +"therefore, a *Trigger date* and *Delay after trigger* need to be specified. " +"And because the *Send an email to the customer* action was adopted, an " +"*Email template* can be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:54 +msgid "" +"As a result, this alert will send a rating survey after one month, to the " +"customers who have purchased that specific product. The survey will appear " +"in the chatter of your respective subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:63 +msgid "Modify an existing automatic alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:65 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo suggests you an automatic alert called *Take action on less" +" satisfied clients*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This alert is applied to the *Rating Satisfaction* of your customers, and " +"the action is triggered on *Timed condition*. If their satisfaction rate is " +"lower than 50%, a salesperson contacts the customer. This action is " +"automatically assigned to the salesperson who manages the subscription, and " +"the due date is 5 days after the triggering of this action. This alert " +"ensures that your clients are happy and that you are taking actions if they " +"are not. It helps to keep your customer retention rates very high." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By editing the alert, you can modify the *Apply on*, the *Action* and " +"*Activity* sections, and adapt them to your own needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Generate subscription reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As we know, understanding how our business is going, and where it is going, " +"is key to success. And particularly so when we offer subscription services " +"or products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Before getting to the heart of the matter, it is very important to recall " +"certain essential concepts to the proper understanding of the following " +"reports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**Monthly Recurring Revenue (MRR)**: MRR is arguably the most important " +"metric for subscription businesses. It shows the monthly revenue earned with" +" subscription-based products or services. It is a consistent number used to " +"track all recurring revenue over time, in monthly increments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Annual Run-Rate (ARR)**: ARR is the yearly version of MRR, which is based " +"on the current MRR, to estimate the coming year's performance. However, this" +" estimation does not take variations and growth into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**Non-Recurring Revenue (NRR)**: NRR shows the revenue earned for everything" +" else than subscription-based products or services. This includes gains of a" +" rare or unique nature that are unlikely to occur in the ordinary course of " +"businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Customer Retention**: Practices to engage existing customers to continue " +"buying products or services from your business. Customer retention can be a " +"challenge, because you must prove you are worthy of your customers' trust." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Churn Rate**: Also known as the Rate of Attrition or Customer Churn, the " +"churn rate can be defined, in this case, as the percentage of subscribers " +"who discontinued their subscriptions within a given time period. We can " +"distinguish two types of Churn:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:35 +msgid "**Logo Churn**: It corresponds to the subscription cancellation rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"**Revenue Churn**: It corresponds to the monthly recurring revenue loss " +"rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:40 +msgid "Let's imagine a 2$ increase in a subscription service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:42 +msgid "" +"We lost 3 customers out of the initial 20, which generates a **Logo Churn** " +"of 15%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Therefore, the 56$ of MRR difference out of the initial 600$ causes a " +"**Revenue Churn**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:0 +msgid "of 9,33%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Reminder: even though they seem to evolve in the same direction most of the " +"time, it might not be the case all the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Customer Lifetime Value (CLV)**: Indicates how much revenue can be " +"expected for a customer during his/her entire contract. This approach " +"emphasizes the importance of customer retention, shifting our focus from a " +"quarterly or yearly approach to a long-term one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Check out the different kinds of reports you can access from the **Odoo " +"Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:61 +msgid "Subscriptions analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Subscriptions`. From " +"there, you can change the *Measures*. By default, Odoo uses the *Monthly " +"Recurring Revenue*. In addition to that, you can choose *Quantity*, " +"*Recurring Price*, *Yearly Recurring Revenue* and *Count*. For this example," +" *Quantity* is added. This way, you can review both of these measures at the" +" same time. You can even *Group By Start Date* and, more precisely, by " +"*Week*, to get a clear view of your report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:74 +msgid "Retention analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Retention`. The " +"default measure applied is *Count*, but you can change to the appropriate " +"one for you. For the example below, *Monthly Recurring Revenue* was chosen, " +"and the *Month* periodicity remains intact. By using these criteria, you can" +" see the progression of the retention from its start." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:86 +msgid "Revenue KPIs report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Revenue KPIs`. From " +"there, you can check different KPIs: *Monthly Recurring Revenue*, *Net " +"Revenue*, *Non-Recurring Revenue*, *Revenue per Subscription*, *Annual Run-" +"Rate*, *Lifetime Value*, and more. You can also filter this information on " +"subscriptions, companies, and sales teams. This is useful if you are looking" +" for specific information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The example below shows the *Monthly Recurring Revenue* detailed report. At " +"the moment, there is no data, which is the typical scenario for a new " +"business. But, as your company grows over the months, these graphs get " +"populated with more and more data. Once again, you can filter these specific" +" KPIs on subscriptions, companies, and sales teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:108 +msgid "Salesperson dashboard report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Salesperson " +"Dashboard`. This page gives you a summary of your *Monthly Recurring " +"Revenue*, *Non-Recurring Revenue*, *Subscription modifications*, and *Non-" +"Recurring Invoices* for each of your salespeople. You can choose the period " +"you want to apply and the salesperson you want to analyze." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow.rst:5 +msgid "Sales flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:3 +msgid "Close a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Losing a customer is always difficult, especially if you put a lot of effort" +" into getting them to sign up for your products/services. However, many " +"companies come up with dubious methods to reduce the probability of this " +"happening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you adopt such methods, you are among companies that actively and " +"indirectly spread the phobia of subscriptions, who do not think about how " +"negatively dissatisfied customers could impact their business and, who " +"frustrate the customers in a way or another. However, at some point, it is " +"understandable that you do not want your customers to be involved in your " +"subscription status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you do not adopt such methods, you are among companies that continue to " +"evolve in a long-term subscription business model, especially in an era of " +"ultra-fast communications between dissatisfied customers, and who retain " +"their customers by making it easier for them to leave if they want to. By " +"giving them the opportunity to close their own subscriptions, your customers" +" do not feel trapped because they subscribed to your products/services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In summary, the **Odoo Subscriptions** application gives you the " +"**possibility to choose what you want to apply**. Indeed, you can decide " +"whether to give your customers the option to close their subscriptions " +"whenever they want to or to restrict this possibility. It depends on you and" +" we will show you how to do that in our amazing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Subscription " +"templates`. From there, you can create a new *Subscription template* or " +"modify an existing one. When editing your template, underneath the Invoicing" +" tab, you have the possibility to activate the option *Closable by " +"customer*. Once enabled, this option gives your customers the right to close" +" their own subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Use subscription " +"templates <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` to " +"fully understand the importance of this feature in a basic flow using the " +"**Odoo Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:49 +msgid "Close your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:52 +msgid "Administrator view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a new subscription is " +"automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has the status *In " +"progress*. From there, you have the possibility to close the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:62 +msgid "" +"By using the smart button *Close*, you have to enter a close reason. For " +"example, \"Subscription too expensive\", \"Subscription does not meet my " +"requirements\", \"Subscription reached its end date\", etc. Immediately " +"after confirming your close reason, you can observe that the status of the " +"subscription is now *Closed* and that the close reason is mentioned on the " +"subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:72 +msgid "Customer view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:74 +msgid "" +"As previously explained in the *Administrator view* part, from the " +"subscription form, you also have the possibility to visualize what your " +"customers see when managing their subscriptions thanks to the *Customer " +"preview* button. In this example, the customer has the choice to close " +"his/her subscription whenever he/she wants to, due to the *Close " +"Subscription* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:83 +msgid "" +"By using this button, the customer can specify the reason for cancelling " +"his/her subscription and he/she can even leave a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:90 +msgid "" +"By confirming the cancellation, the customer is redirected to his/her " +"portal. The administrator is informed of this modification. Indeed, the " +"status of the subscription becomes *Closed* and a note appears in the " +"chatter with the new stage, the end date, the close reason, and the closing " +"text added by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Before closing a subscription, check out our documentation on how to " +":doc:`Create a quotation using subscription products " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` to understand how " +"subscriptions are managed in the **Odoo Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:3 +msgid "Create a quotation using subscription products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Selling a digital product or service gives instant gratification. However, " +"you have to work hard for a new customer to make a purchase. It costs time " +"and money. By convincing customers to sign up for a subscription, you " +"maximize your income and streamline your cash flow. You can sell any type of" +" product or service through a subscription business model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Here is a scenario using **Odoo Subscriptions** to create a quotation " +"including subscription products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:19 +msgid "Create your first quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Before creating your first quotation, be sure to check out our documentation" +" on how to create and manage your own :doc:`Subscription templates " +"<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` and on how to " +"add :doc:`Subscription products " +"<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products>` to your " +"templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:30 +msgid "" +"These steps are **mandatory** to make a basic sales flow using **Odoo " +"Subscriptions**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Go to **Odoo Sales** and create a new quotation. Then, choose a customer and" +" add a product. Be careful to select a product that you previously " +"configured as a *Subscription product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When your quotation is ready, you have the possibility to send it to your " +"customers or to confirm it. It is better to first *Send by email* the " +"quotation to your customers to have their confirmation and, then, *Confirm* " +"it in **Odoo Sales**. By clicking on *Customer preview*, you have an idea of" +" what your customers will see when receiving your quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:48 +msgid "" +"From there, your customers have three choices: *Sign & Pay* the quotation, " +"give you a *Feedback* or *Reject* the quotation. It appears that they are " +"very happy and accept the option *Sign & Pay*. Then, they have to validate " +"the order with a signature and by choosing a payment method. When it is " +"done, you can check out the quotation in **Odoo Sales** and *Confirm* it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:54 +msgid "Manage your subscriptions from your SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, the quotation becomes a sales order and a new button " +"appears, *Subscriptions*. Indeed, a subscription is automatically created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the *Subscriptions* button, you can see that the status of " +"the subscription is *In progress*. From there, you will have three options: " +":doc:`Renew <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals>`, :doc:`Close " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing>` or :doc:`Upsell " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling>` your subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:73 +msgid "" +"In the top-right corner, you can see the status of the subscription. When a " +"subscription is new and created from **Odoo Subscriptions**, the status is " +"*Draft*. When a sales order has been validated, the status is *In progress*." +" Finally, when a customer decides to close his subscription, the status " +"becomes *Closed*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:81 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:82 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:3 +msgid "Renew a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The key feature of a subscription business model is the recurring nature of " +"payments. In this model, customers pay a recurring amount in exchange for " +"access to a product or a service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Each subscriber experiences this renewal process monthly, annually, or " +"sometimes more, depending on the duration of the contract. Most subscription" +" companies choose to automate their renewal processes but, in some cases, " +"manual subscription renewals are still the preferred option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:18 +msgid "" +"With **Odoo Subscriptions**, you can have all your subscriptions in one " +"application, suggest an automatic subscription renewal to your customers (as" +" well as a manual one) and, finally, filter all your subscriptions and " +"easily find those to renew (with the help of the tag *To renew*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:23 +msgid "Renew your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Before renewing a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on " +"how to :doc:`Create a quotation " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` using subscription " +"products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a " +"new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has " +"the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to renew the " +"subscription. In the Other Info tab, underneath the To Renew section, you " +"can activate the *To renew* option. When activated, a yellow tag " +"automatically appears in the upper right corner of the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The *To renew* tag is automatically ticked when a payment fails. This " +"indicator also appears on the customer portal. To visualize that, you just " +"have to click on the *Customer preview* button. The tag *To renew* appears " +"on the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When a subscription needs to be renewed, you have the possibility to use a " +"new button called *Renewal quotation*. By clicking on it, a new quotation is" +" created. From there, start a basic sales flow allowing you to send the " +"quotation by email to your customers or to confirm it. It is better to first" +" *Send by email* the quotation to your customers in order to have their " +"confirmation and, then, *Confirm* it in **Odoo Sales**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:53 +msgid "" +"In the Chatter of this new quotation, it is mentioned that \"This renewal " +"order has been created from the previous subscription\". Once confirmed by " +"your customers, this quotation becomes a sales order and a new sale is " +"mentioned in the upper right corner of the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:61 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your sales orders " +"in a list view. The only difference between your two quotations is the " +"description underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you " +"can easily visualize which one is your renewal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:70 +msgid "Visualize your subscriptions to renew" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Finally, if you want to visualize all your subscriptions and easily find " +"those to renew, you can go to your *Subscriptions dashboard* and use the " +"filter *To renew*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "Upsell a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions are recurrent and go on indefinitely. As time passes by, our " +"customers may want to modify them. We must then be able to adapt the prices " +"or change the products’ quantities to accommodate their needs. Two " +"situations can happen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Loyal customers:** This kind of customers already trust you as a brand. " +"Therefore, you are confident regarding what you offer since they keep paying" +" for your products and services. Consequently, it is easier to sell them " +"something additional than it would be to a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**New customers:** For this kind of customers, you have to come with " +"something new, something attractive. What about discounts? Typically, every " +"subscription ends after a certain given time. Making these types of offers " +"for new customers strengthens your relationships with them and also " +"increases their retention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As previously explained, to upsell a subscription to new customers, it is " +"recommended to offer *Discounts*. To activate this option, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and, under the " +"*Pricing* category, you have the possibility to grant discounts on sales " +"order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:36 +msgid "Upsell your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Before upselling a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on " +"how to :doc:`Create a quotation " +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` using subscription " +"products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a " +"new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has " +"the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to upsell " +"your subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:48 +msgid "" +"By using the smart button *Upsell*, you are able to create a new quotation " +"with new subscription products and send it to your customers for approval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:56 +msgid "" +"When the quotation is confirmed by your customers, the products are added to" +" the initial subscription. Quotation prices are, then, prorated to the " +"remaining time of the current invoicing period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Of course, before sending this new quotation to your customers, you can " +"change the unit price, taxes, and, even the discount you want to offer. The " +"smart button *Customer preview* is useful for mimicking the customer's " +"reaction. In this case, we can confidently say that the customer will *Sign " +"and pay* this new quotation. When it is done, you have to go back in edit " +"mode, confirm the quotation, and click on the smart button *Subscriptions* " +"to visualize all updates. From there, you can see that an additional line " +"has been added to the subscription with the new extra service the customer " +"wanted to purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In addition, by clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your " +"sales orders in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The only difference between your two sales orders is the description " +"underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you can easily " +"visualize which one is your upselling." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/services.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e89f1055b --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -0,0 +1,1214 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-03-18 14:56+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:49+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/services.rst:5 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm.rst:8 +msgid "Field Service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm.rst:11 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Field Service `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:8 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 +msgid "Plan onsite interventions from helpdesk tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the Helpdesk app lets your helpdesk team manage " +"intervention requests directly. Planning field service tasks from tickets " +"speeds up your processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 +msgid "Configure the helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select" +" a team and enable *Onsite Interventions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The helpdesk tickets of the team now display the *Plan Intervention* button." +" Click on it to create a new task under your field service project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales.rst:5 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Create onsite interventions from sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions creates a seamless " +"experience for your customers. They can receive a quotation they first have " +"to approve before the work even starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:8 +msgid "Configure a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Products` and " +"create or edit a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Under the *General Information* tab, select *Service* as *Product Type*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the *Sales* tab, select *Timesheets on tasks* as *Service Invoicing " +"Policy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:15 +msgid "Select *Create a task in an existing project* as *Service Tracking*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:17 +msgid "Select your *Project*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you use them, select your *Worksheet Template* and then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:25 +msgid "" +"From the *Sales* app, create a quotation with the product and confirm it. A " +"task is automatically set up under your Field Service project. It is " +"directly accessible from the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:11 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Helpdesk `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced.rst:5 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 +msgid "After Sales Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team " +"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is " +"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage" +" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " +"interventions from a ticket’s page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 +msgid "Set up the after sales services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " +"Onsite Interventions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 +msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For" +" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " +"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " +"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 +msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" +" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 +msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 +msgid "" +"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or " +"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " +"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 +msgid "Repairs from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" +" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 +msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 +msgid "" +"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite " +"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 +msgid "" +"`Coupons `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " +"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" +" communication and actions more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 +msgid "Configure the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " +"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is " +"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " +"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` " +"and enable *Closing Stage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the " +"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the " +"ticket is put in the first one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 +msgid "The Costumer Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 +msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add " +"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:5 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 +msgid "Forum and eLearning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 +msgid "Forum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " +"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " +"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" +" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " +"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " +"community!)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " +"enable *Help Center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " +"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " +"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " +"allowed per question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 +msgid "" +"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " +"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " +"the ticket's page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " +"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" +" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *eLearning*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " +"Course*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 +msgid "" +"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE " +"AVAILABLE!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they" +" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful " +"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline," +" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels " +"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, " +"accounting, admin, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get " +"redirected to the right person:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 +msgid "" +"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage " +"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "" +"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. " +"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens " +"automatically;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of " +"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure " +"that all tickets get to be taken care of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team " +"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include " +"all employees (with the proper access rights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access " +"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only " +"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees " +"(with the proper access rights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 +msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " +"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams " +"to use certain stages under *Team*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt " +"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and " +"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to " +"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence" +" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve" +" the quality of your services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email " +"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to " +"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit" +" Stage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, " +"an email is sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Ratings can be seen on the chatter of each ticket, under the *See Customer " +"Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 +msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk" +" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you " +"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves." +" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it " +"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " +"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your " +"users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 +msgid "Email Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email " +"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and " +"the content is shown in the Chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from " +"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias " +"Domain*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo " +"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email " +"server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 +msgid "Website Form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on" +" *Go to Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 +msgid "" +"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can " +"be instantly created and redirected to the right person." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* " +"- and :doc:`set up your channel " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command " +"` */helpdesk " +"(subject_of_ticket)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 +msgid "Prioritize tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the" +" top of your list on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 +msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 +msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 +msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`sla`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Reports for a Better Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting " +"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, " +"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s " +"expectations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 +msgid "Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 +msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the " +"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous " +"Period* or a *Previous Year*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 +msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order " +"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how" +" many requests they are able to handle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and " +"ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close " +"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want " +"their issues to be handled quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 +msgid "Save filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every" +" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures " +"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 +msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers " +"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and " +"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, " +"and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 +msgid "Create your policies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 +msgid "" +"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like " +"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" +" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to" +" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a " +"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If " +"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all" +" SLAs is the one considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 +msgid "" +"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and " +"the deadline field is not shown anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 +msgid "SLA Analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply" +" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and" +" keep track of upcoming deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:5 +msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " +"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " +"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " +"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " +"customer needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 +msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" +" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " +"Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" +" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " +"ultimately modified on each ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 +msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " +"the unit of measure of your service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" +" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " +"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " +"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" +" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " +"automating the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 +msgid "" +"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " +"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " +"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " +"time spent on a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 +msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 +msgid "Step 1: Place an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " +"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " +"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " +"customer and *Confirm* the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 +msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 +msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 +msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " +"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 +msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " +"the *Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" +" column in the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " +"the dedicated task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " +"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " +"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" +" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and " +"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " +"the feature *Bill from tasks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 +msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under" +" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 +msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:8 +msgid "Project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:11 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Project and Timesheets " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks.rst:5 +msgid "Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 +msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " +"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " +"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " +"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 +msgid "Set up an incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " +"the incoming email alias you would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**For more information**: " +":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 +msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " +"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" +" a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 +msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 +msgid "" +"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " +"followers of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 +msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:8 +msgid "Timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically timesheets on project/tasks upon time off requests. This " +"allows for better overall control over the validation of timesheets, as it " +"does not leave place for forgetfulness and questions after hours that have " +"not been timesheeted by the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Activate the :ref:`developer mode `, go to *Timesheets*, and" +" change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select" +" or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be " +"validated or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been " +"validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is " +"automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and " +"task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to " +"15th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is " +"automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the " +"time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating " +"does it so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access " +"all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the " +"project/task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:7 +msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:11 +msgid "5 days a week" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " +"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " +"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" +" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:22 +msgid "What kind of support is included?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " +"etc...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." +" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:28 +msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " +"misconfiguration or customization)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " +"version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" +" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:38 +msgid "What kind of support is not included?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " +"help you implement your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " +"resources)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 +msgid "Import of documents into your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " +"database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 +msgid "" +"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " +"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:47 +msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " +"etc)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " +"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " +"involving code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack " +"`__. With a pack, one of our consultants" +" will analyze the way your business runs and tell you how you can get the " +"most out of your Odoo Database. We will handle all configurations and coach " +"you on how to use Odoo." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bf5e12d65 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 15:03+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6 +msgid "Users and Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8 +msgid "" +"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " +"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " +"in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " +"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " +"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " +"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " +"paying one on our online platform)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " +"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " +"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " +"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" +" ` and :ref:`on premise ` " +"installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " +"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " +"`support form `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33 +msgid "Deactivating Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " +"change the status of any of your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " +"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 +msgid "|settings|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 +msgid "|browse_users|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:45 +msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " +"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " +"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " +"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " +"on Archive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:63 +msgid "The user is now deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:68 +msgid "Uninstalling Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " +"` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" +" installing/uninstalling apps)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " +"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" +" access the list of your installed applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 +msgid "|browse_apps|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " +"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " +"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " +"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " +"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " +"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " +"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" +" click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:101 +msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:104 +msgid "Good to know" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106 +msgid "" +"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " +"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " +"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " +"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " +"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " +"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " +"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " +"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " +"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " +"to work properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:119 +msgid "" +"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " +"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " +"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/sphinx.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/sphinx.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bc188dccb --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/sphinx.po @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-04-08 13:26+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 15:03+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/footer.html:3 +msgid "Get Help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/footer.html:5 +msgid "Contact Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/footer.html:6 +msgid "Ask the Odoo Community" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/header.html:11 +msgid "Try Odoo for FREE" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:3 +msgid "Odoo Documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:8 +msgid "User Docs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:9 +msgid "" +"Discover our guide to help you use and configure the platform, by " +"applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:10 +msgid "Top Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:14 +msgid "Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:19 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:24 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:29 +msgid "Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:35 +msgid "Install and Maintain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:36 +msgid "" +"Learn how to install, deploy and upgrade Odoo on premise or on Odoo.sh." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:37 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:66 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:98 +msgid "Top Links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:41 +msgid "Installing Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:46 +msgid "Bugfix updates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:51 +msgid "Upgrading Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:56 +msgid "Odoo.sh: The Odoo Cloud Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:64 +msgid "Developer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:65 +msgid "" +"Learn to develop in Odoo by reading the framework references and programmer " +"tutorials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:70 +msgid "Tutorial: Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:75 +msgid "ORM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:80 +msgid "Regular Views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:85 +msgid "QWeb Views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:90 +msgid "External API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:96 +msgid "Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:97 +msgid "" +"You want to contribute to Odoo but don't know where to start? The tutorials " +"and guidelines are there to help you make Odoo even better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:102 +msgid "Write documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:107 +msgid "Content guidelines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/page_toc.html:2 +msgid "On this page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/search.html:10 +msgid "Please activate JavaScript to enable the search functionality." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0eff8d313 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -0,0 +1,2970 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-03-18 14:56+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 15:03+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites.rst:5 +msgid "Websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:8 +msgid "eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Run a modern open-source online store with Odoo eCommerce. Learn how to sell" +" online, promote products and increase your average cart sizes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers a :ref:`free custom domain name ` to " +"all Odoo Online databases for one year. Visitors can then access your " +"website with an address such as ``www.example.com`` rather than the default " +"``example.odoo.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:20 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Website `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:21 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: eCommerce `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 +msgid "How to customize my catalog page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 +msgid "Product Catalog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " +"website categories, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 +msgid "Highlight a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " +"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" +" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 +msgid "" +"See how to do it: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 +msgid "Quick add to cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " +"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " +"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " +"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " +"better)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 +msgid "How to build a product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 +msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 +msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 +msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 +msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 +msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products.rst:5 +msgid "Manage my products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 +msgid "How to display several images per product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " +"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " +"the image into a carrousel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" +" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 +msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "Manage product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " +"customers on the product's page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Let's say one of your customers selects a T-shirt from your product catalog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Then, they choose the size and color they want. The various size and color " +"combinations are known as product variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:14 +msgid "Create attributes & variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to create various attributes and variants for your products, you " +"first need to turn on *Variants* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Then, select a product from the Products list (:menuselection:`Sales / " +"Website --> Products --> Products`). When the product detail form opens, " +"click on *Edit*, and go to the *Variants* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Here, you can add as many different attributes as you'd like by clicking on " +"*Add a line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:24 +msgid "These attributes appear as three different types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:26 +msgid "Radio buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:27 +msgid "Color buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:28 +msgid "Drop-down menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Several variants appear as soon as there are two values for one attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 +msgid "Don't forget to hit *Save* once all variants have been entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:39 +msgid "Edit variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:41 +msgid "" +"After you hit *Save*, you are able to see all the variants from the product " +"template detail form via the *Variants* smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Clicking the *Variants* smart button takes you to the Product Variants page," +" where you can edit the following data for each specific variant:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:51 +msgid "Picture(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:52 +msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "Barcode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 +msgid "Volume" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:55 +msgid "Weight" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:56 +msgid "Cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " +"to populate them once the variants are generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:63 +msgid "Set specific prices per variant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:65 +msgid "" +"You can set a specific public price per variant by clicking on *Configure " +"Variants* in the product detail form (top-left corner). That takes you to " +"the *Product Variant Values* page for that product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To set a specific public price for a particular variant, simply click on the" +" variant you want to modify, then click on *Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:75 +msgid "" +"The *Value Price Extra* field represents the monetary value that is added to" +" the original product price whenever the corresponding attribute value is " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "This is how the *Value Price Extra* looks on your website:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " +"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:93 +msgid "Disable/archive variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:95 +msgid "" +"You can disable/archive specific variants so they are no longer available in" +" quotes or on your website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, etc.). " +"Simply select *Archive* in their detail form. You can reactivate them the " +"same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To retrieve such items, hit *Archived* in the *Filters* category while " +"searching the variants list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:110 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:5 +msgid "Maximize my revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " +"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " +"functionalities:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 +msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 +msgid "Accessory products when checking out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " +"reviews the cart before paying." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 +msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 +msgid "" +"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " +"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " +"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " +"suggested accessories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 +msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " +"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " +"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 +msgid "To publish optional products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " +"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " +"up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 +msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Adapt prices to website visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This section sheds light on pricing features found in the eCommerce app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 +msgid "force a price by geo-localization," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "let the customer choose the currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 +msgid "" +"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing product pricing: " +":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 +msgid "Geo-IP automatically applies the right price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, visitors who aren't " +"logged in yet will get their own currency when landing on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Currency selector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the case that you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers " +"choose their own. Check the *Selectable* box to add the pricelist to the " +"website drop-down menu, which can be found in *Pricelists* under the " +"*Products* menu, located in the Website application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 +msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " +"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" +" on formula* for *Sale Price*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" +" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " +"code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " +"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " +"prices get automatically updated in the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " +"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 +msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 +msgid "How to enable comments & rating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " +"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " +"your customer to share their feedback!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " +"so (see Portal documentation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 +msgid "Review the posts in real time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " +"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 +msgid "" +"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " +"follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " +"the product discussion thread)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 +msgid "Moderate & unpublish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " +"form or on the web page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " +"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 +msgid "..tip::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" +" smart button (and vice versa)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " +"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" +" time browsing your catalog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 +msgid "To do so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " +"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " +"customers will be confused." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/publish.rst:5 +msgid "Launch my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:5 +msgid "Get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 +msgid "Manage orders paid with Payment Acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The moment a payment is officially authorized by a Payment Acquirer, Odoo " +"*automatically* confirms the order, which triggers the delivery. And, if you" +" invoice based on ordered quantities, you are requested to invoice the " +"order, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Let’s take a closer look at how to manage orders paid with Payment " +"Acquirers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 +msgid "Checking the status of a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To check the status of a payment, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Orders " +"--> Orders`. Then, simply click on the order you wish to check on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Once you are on the Sales Order page, you will find the payment is confirmed" +" with an automatic note in the *Chatter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If the user decides to create an invoice, the payment is directly " +"reconciled. This note in the *Chatter* includes a link to the Payment entry," +" which contains various details about the transaction, along with a link to " +"the related Journal Entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status " +"whenever they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit these " +"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:38 +msgid "Automatically generate invoices at order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed, you can also choose to have an invoice " +"automatically issued and paid. This fully-automated feature is designed for " +"businesses that invoice orders right away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:47 +msgid "To do automatically generate invoices at order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Invoicing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Then, under the **Invoicing Policy** option, select *Invoice what is " +"ordered*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:47 +msgid "Then activate *Automatic Invoices* and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 +msgid "Capture payment after the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If the acquirer handling the payment is configured to capture amounts " +"manually, the order is confirmed, but the amount is kept on hold. Once the " +"delivery is processed, you can capture the payment from the related Sales " +"Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../../finance/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:62 +msgid "" +":ref:`Payment Acquirers: Place a hold on a card " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How customers can access their customer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " +"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" +" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " +"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " +"process before buying something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 +msgid "Sign up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " +"order from order confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 +msgid "Customer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" +" in the login dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 +msgid "" +"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " +"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/taxes.rst:5 +msgid "Collect taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:8 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:11 +msgid "`Live Chat: product page `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " +"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" +" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " +"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " +"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" +" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Live Chat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "For both scenarios, under:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 +msgid "" +"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " +"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " +"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " +"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " +"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 +msgid "" +"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " +"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " +"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 +msgid "" +"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " +"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " +"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "External options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" +" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " +"single live chat page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "Managing chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " +"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " +"operators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 +msgid "Leave or join a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " +"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " +"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 +msgid "Customer Rating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " +"for an explanation is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 +msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 +msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "Make the rating public" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " +"rating of that channel on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 +msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" +"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 +msgid "Use commands" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 +msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 +msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 +msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 +msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 +msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 +msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " +"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " +"link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" +" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 +msgid "Send canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " +"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " +"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " +"shortcut word you created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:8 +msgid "Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Discover the best **Open-Source Website Builder** and learn how to build " +"beautiful websites that convert visitors into leads or revenues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize.rst:5 +msgid "Optimize" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 +msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 +msgid "" +"`Create a Google Analytics account `__ if" +" you don't have any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " +"ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 +msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " +"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google Documentation" +" `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " +"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " +"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to " +"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 +msgid "Select Analytics API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " +"to store your API credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 +msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " +"of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" +" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " +"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " +"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " +"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " +"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account to past " +"your Client ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 +msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " +"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " +"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " +"about the distribution of your marketing budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Link Trackers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " +"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " +"campaign, medium, and source being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " +"product's page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " +"Facebook ad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" +" by the source you have decided on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" +" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " +"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, you can also see complete " +"statistics by clicking on *Stats*, including the number of clicks, and the " +"country of origin for those clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "You can also access the link tracker on *odoo.com/r* via your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " +"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" +"end functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics `, those trackers " +"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " +"your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM " +"` application allows " +"you to understand where your leads and opportunities are coming from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:3 +msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" +" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " +"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " +"should have one and only one title ``

``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " +"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " +"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " +"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " +"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:20 +msgid "" +"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " +"content and the meta tags of your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:24 +msgid "Meta Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:27 +msgid "Title, Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Every web page should define the ```` and ``<description>`` meta " +"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " +"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" +" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " +"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:39 +msgid "Keywords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " +"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " +"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " +"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " +"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " +"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " +"search tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:55 +msgid "Content is King" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" +" to help you build your website content:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " +"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " +"`odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-" +"channel-1>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " +"`odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com" +" landing pages)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:70 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " +"website. Example: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_ (1000 pages created per month)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " +"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " +"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:81 +msgid "Use Social Networks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" +" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " +"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:87 +msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:90 +msgid "Social Network" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." +" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:99 +msgid "Social Share" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." +" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " +"media wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " +"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " +"your page in the Promote tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:116 +msgid "Facebook Page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" +" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " +"timeline, the next events and the messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:123 +msgid "Twitter Scroller" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. This " +"will increase the number of tweets and shares." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +msgid "Test Your Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " +"WooRank free services: `woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:136 +msgid "URLs Handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:138 +msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:141 +msgid "URLs Structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:143 +msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +msgid "With the following components:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:149 +msgid "**https://** = Protocol" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:151 +msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +msgid "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" +" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " +"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:158 +msgid "" +"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" +" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +msgid "" +"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " +"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " +"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " +"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " +"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:169 +msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " +"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:174 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:176 +msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:178 +msgid "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " +"name)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " +"post):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:184 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:186 +msgid "In the above example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:188 +msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:190 +msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " +"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " +"search engines. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:196 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:199 +msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:201 +msgid "" +"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " +"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:204 +msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " +"done to route visitors to the new address of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +msgid "As an example, this URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:213 +msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:217 +msgid "" +"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" +" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " +"link still functions when used by external websites, via a 301 redirect, " +"maintaining the SEO link juice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:223 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " +"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " +"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " +"equivalent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:231 +msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:233 +msgid "" +"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " +"is for your SEO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:236 +msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " +"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " +"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:245 +msgid "" +"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " +"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " +"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " +"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " +"attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:255 +msgid "Multi-Language Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:258 +msgid "Multi-Language URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " +"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:263 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " +"here)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:265 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " +"version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:267 +msgid "" +"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " +"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " +"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:272 +msgid "Language Annotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " +"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" +" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " +"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +msgid "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:282 +msgid "With this approach:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Search engines will redirect to the right language according to the visitor " +"language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:287 +msgid "" +"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " +"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " +"same content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:292 +msgid "Language Detection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +msgid "" +"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " +"version according to their browser language preference (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " +"redirection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" +" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " +"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " +"using the browser language preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:309 +msgid "Page Speed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:312 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:314 +msgid "" +"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " +"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " +"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" +" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " +"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" +" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " +"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-" +"amazon-16-billion-sales>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:325 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " +"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " +"your website ranks using these two tools:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:329 +msgid "" +"`Google Page Speed " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:331 +msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:334 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:336 +msgid "" +"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " +"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " +"for .JPG)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:340 +msgid "" +"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " +"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " +"performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " +"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" +" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " +"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:354 +msgid "" +"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " +"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " +"attributes for the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:361 +msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " +"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." +" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " +"not result in extra requests to load the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:375 +msgid "Static Resources: CSS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:377 +msgid "" +"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " +"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:380 +msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:382 +msgid "" +"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " +"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " +"resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:386 +msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:388 +msgid "" +"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " +"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " +"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " +"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:395 +msgid "" +"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " +"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " +"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " +"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " +"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " +"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " +"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " +"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:405 +msgid "" +"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " +"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " +"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " +"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " +"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:447 +msgid ".text-muted {" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:448 +msgid "color: #666;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "color: #777;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "background: yellow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +msgid "background: yellow;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:449 +msgid "}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:420 +msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:426 +msgid "" +"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " +"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " +"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " +"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " +"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " +"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " +"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" +" backend (/web)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:436 +msgid "" +"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " +"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " +"themes fit below this limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:440 +msgid "" +"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " +"is minified to reduce its size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**Before minification**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**After minification**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:452 +msgid "" +"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:455 +msgid "" +"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" +"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" +" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:461 +msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:463 +msgid "" +"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," +" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:466 +msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:468 +msgid "" +"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " +"validation, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:471 +msgid "" +"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:474 +msgid "" +"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" +" employees using Odoo)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:477 +msgid "" +"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " +"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " +"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " +"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:483 +msgid "" +"If you work on :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, the CSS and " +"Javascript are neither concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. " +"But it allows you to easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and " +"Javascript resources are not transformed from their original versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:488 +msgid "CDN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:490 +msgid "" +"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " +"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" +" Network has three advantages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:494 +msgid "" +"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" +" around the globe)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:497 +msgid "" +"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " +"server)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:500 +msgid "" +"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " +"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " +"domain)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:504 +msgid "" +"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" +" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:511 +msgid "HTML Pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:513 +msgid "" +"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " +"server (NGINX or Apache)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:516 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " +"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " +"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:520 +msgid "" +"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " +"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " +"following code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:524 +msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:526 +msgid "" +"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " +"code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:529 +msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:532 +msgid "Responsive Design" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:534 +msgid "" +"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " +"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " +"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:541 +msgid "" +"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " +"website are mobile friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:545 +msgid "Browser Caching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:547 +msgid "" +"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " +"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " +"this URL: `localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " +"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " +"your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:554 +msgid "" +"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " +"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:559 +msgid "Scalability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:561 +msgid "" +"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " +"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " +"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " +"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-" +"optimisation-197>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:568 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:568 +msgid "fix above link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:570 +msgid "" +"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " +"eCommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:576 +msgid "Search Engines Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:579 +msgid "Sitemap" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:581 +msgid "" +"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " +"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " +"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:585 +msgid "" +"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " +"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " +"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " +"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " +"chunks per file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:591 +msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:593 +msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:595 +msgid "" +"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " +"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" +" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:600 +msgid "" +"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" +" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" +" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " +"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:607 +msgid "Structured Data Markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:609 +msgid "" +"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " +"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " +"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" +"presented search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:614 +msgid "" +"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " +"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:617 +msgid "" +"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " +"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " +"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " +"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:627 +msgid "robots.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:629 +msgid "" +"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " +"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " +"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:633 +msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:636 +msgid "" +"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " +"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:640 +msgid "" +"You can customize the file *robots* in :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>` from *Settings --> Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude " +"robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model " +"Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not reset the file after system " +"upgrades." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:3 +msgid "Unsplash (free images)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:6 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**As a SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow " +"this guide to set up Unsplash information since you will use our own Odoo " +"Unsplash key in a transparent way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:13 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for non-Saas users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:15 +msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New " +"Application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:23 +msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " +"**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " +"that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on " +"**Create application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" +" to find your **access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:42 +msgid "" +"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " +"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " +"50 Unsplash requests per hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:46 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash application ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:49 +msgid "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created " +"Unsplash application under **Your applications**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " +"ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" +" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:65 +msgid "" +"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " +"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " +"requests per hour restriction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish.rst:5 +msgid "Publish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Multi Websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " +"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " +"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " +"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," +" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" +" Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " +"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" +" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " +"visitors to it using Geo IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " +"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " +"theme!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " +"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" +" Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See :ref:`domain-" +"name/existing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 +msgid "Create the menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " +"edit it, click :menuselection:`Pages --> Edit Menu`. Moving forward you only" +" edit the menu of the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 +msgid "Switch from one website to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 +msgid "" +"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " +"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " +"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" +" sign in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 +msgid "" +"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " +"website (e.g., ``/shop/myproduct``). If this URL is not used, you will be " +"redirected to a 404 page but prompted to create a new page from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 +msgid "Add features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" +" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " +"removing the menu item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " +"First, select the website to configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " +"only impact the very website you are working on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 +msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 +msgid "languages," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 +msgid "domain names," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 +msgid "social media links," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 +msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 +msgid "dedicated live chat channels," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 +msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 +msgid "Manage domain names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:113 +msgid "" +"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " +"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " +"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " +"redirected to the right website using GeoIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " +"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" +"installation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/domain_names`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 +msgid "Customize the visitor experience" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" +" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " +"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " +"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " +"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 +msgid "Publish specific content per website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " +"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " +"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " +"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " +"websites*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 +msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 +msgid "Blogs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 +msgid "Slide Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 +msgid "Forums" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 +msgid "Job Positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " +"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 +msgid "Publish a page in all websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 +msgid "" +"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." +" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 +msgid "" +"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " +"and set the new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 +msgid "" +"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" +" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " +"being linked to all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 +msgid "" +"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " +"page behind each edited page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" +"companies environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 +msgid "" +"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " +"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " +"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " +"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " +"visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 +msgid "" +"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " +"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" +" selector in the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 +msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 +msgid "" +"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" +" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 +msgid "Products only available on one website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 +msgid "" +"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." +" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " +"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 +msgid "Products available on *some* websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 +msgid "" +"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " +"should duplicate the product for each website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 +msgid "" +"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " +"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " +"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" +" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " +"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 +msgid "Pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 +msgid "" +"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " +"Prices per Product* in Website settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " +"additional pricelists. See " +":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " +"this website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 +msgid "" +"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " +"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " +"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 +msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 +msgid "" +"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" +" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " +"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " +"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 +msgid "Customer accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 +msgid "" +"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " +"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " +"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " +"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " +"the visitor mind." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 +msgid "Technical hints for customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "" +"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" +" make it work with multi websites:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 +msgid "Access: you should call the method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +msgid "" +"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" +" can see a record in the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 +msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 +msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " +"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " +"being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 +msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation </developer/misc/other/cmdline>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-" +"notice/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 +msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:45 +msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reasons :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +":option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:63 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:3 +msgid "How to translate my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " +"possibility to translate it in different languages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:12 +msgid "Process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" +" many different languages as you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:17 +msgid "You can only translate your website manually, follow the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " +"**Add a language**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " +"click on **Load.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:31 +msgid "" +"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " +"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " +"some of the text has been translated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " +"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." +msgstr ""